Reference Book - A Real Estate Guide

Reference Book - A Real Estate Guide somebody
Public
Off

Chapter 1 - The California Department of Real Estate

Chapter 1 - The California Department of Real Estate somebody
Public
Off

CONTINUING EDUCATION

CONTINUING EDUCATION somebody

CONTINUING EDUCATION


All license renewal applicants must prove compliance with the continuing education (CE) requirements. Real estate salespersons who were licensed or who qualified for their license by passing the salesperson exam and submitted a license application prior to 10/1/2007, and are renewing an original license for the first time, must complete five separate three-hour DRE-approved continuing education courses in Ethics, Agency, Trust Fund Handling, Fair Housing, and Risk Management. All other renewal applicants must satisfactorily complete a total of 45 clock-hours of approved offerings within the four-year period immediately preceding license renewal. See Section 10170, et seq. of the Code.
Current information on the specific CE requirements for brokers and salespersons who do not fall into the category above is available at DRE’s web site, on the Continuing Education Verification Form (RE 251), and

in the most recent edition of the Instructions to License Applicants pamphlet. A licensee may also contact DRE’s Licensing Information Section [P.O. Box 187000, Sacramento, CA 95818-7000, (877) 373-4542.]”


Renewal Procedure


Verification of successful course completion may be provided online when using DRE’s eLicensing system to complete the renewal application process or must be listed on a RE 251 and submitted with the application for renewal. DRE does not accept an application for license renewal earlier than 90 days prior to the expiration of the license.


Exclusion from CE Requirement


An individual who has been a licensee in good standing for 30 continuous years in this State and who is 70 years of age or older is exempt from the CE requirement. Holding a license in good standing means that for the 30 year period in question, in addition to not having any disciplinary action of record, a license must have been renewed without expiration or renewed within a two-year late renewal grace period after expiration without requalification through an examination.


List of Approved Sponsors and Their Offerings


A list of approved sponsors and their offerings may be obtained from DRE’s web site or reviewed, but not purchased, at any DRE office. You may purchase a list by sending a Request for CE Course List Request (RE 301), along with the fee indicated on that form, to:
Department of Real Estate
Education Section
P.O. Box 187000
Sacramento, CA 95818-7000


MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION
Main Office Address Change


A broker engaged in activities requiring a license must maintain an office or definite place of business in California. The broker’s license and the licenses of any salespersons employed by the broker must be available for inspection by the Commissioner or a designated representative at the broker’s principal place of business.
A broker must inform DRE of a main office address change not later than the next business day. The main office address may be changed online at DRE’s web site or by forwarding a Broker Change Application (RE 204) to DRE in Sacramento. For a licensed corporation, a Corporation Change Application (RE 204A) is required. No fee is required. The license certificate may be corrected by the licensee by striking out the old address and typing or writing the new address in ink and dating and initialing the change. The broker may obtain a new license certificate reflecting the address change online at DRE’s web site or by requesting a duplicate license on RE 225. This form may also be submitted to obtain a duplicate corporation license.


Branch Office


This is the license required for each additional business location if a broker maintains more than one place of business in the State. The branch office license permits full operation from that office and must be available for inspection at the branch location. Branch office licenses may be added or deleted by using RE 203 (Branch Office Application). No fee is required. A new license is issued for each additional branch office.


Fictitious Business Name


An individual or corporate broker can operate under a fictitious business name (dba) after DRE issues a license bearing the fictitious name. Before that license can be issued the individual or corporation must forward to DRE a copy of the fictitious business name statement (FBNS) as filed with the county clerk in the county where the broker maintains the principal business address (See Section 17900 et seq. of the Business and Professions Code). The broker must appear as the registrant on the FBNS. The broker must forward the appropriate change application (RE 204 for individual broker; RE 204A for corporation) to DRE with the FBNS. The addition of a dba to a broker’s license does not affect the licenses of the salespersons in the broker’s employ.
An application for a license bearing a fictitious business name may be denied if the name:
1. is misleading or would constitute false advertising.

2. implies a partnership or corporation when a partnership or corporation does not exist.
3. includes the name of a real estate salesperson.
4. constitutes a violation of the provisions of Sections 17910, 17910.5, or 17917 of the Code.
5. is the name formerly used by a licensee whose license has been revoked.
In addition, a license may not be issued or renewed with a fictitious business name containing the term “escrow”, or any name which implies that the escrow services are provided, unless the fictitious business name includes the term “a non-independent broker escrow” following the name. Licensees who have been or are issued a license with a fictitious business name with the term “escrow”, or any term which implies that escrow services are provided, must include the term “a non-independent broker escrow” in any advertising, signs, or electronic promotional material.
A broker desiring to use more than one fictitious business name is required to submit a change application (RE 204 or RE 204A) and a copy of the FBNS filed with the county clerk for each fictitious business name. Each fictitious business name is an addition to the existing license, and the right to use it will expire at the same time as the license. The broker’s main office license certificate will then display on its face the multiple fictitious business names. All other business locations will be designated as branch offices. A broker may use, and salespersons may work under, any fictitious business name at any business location maintained by the broker.
An FBNS expires at the end of five years from December 31 of the year in which it was filed in the office of the county clerk. When a new statement is required because the prior statement has expired, it need not be published unless there has been a change in the information required in the expired statement.
If a broker or corporation changes the licensed name and has a dba, a new fictitious business name statement must be submitted for each dba, with the new license name shown as the registrant.


Mailing Addresses


All mailings from DRE will be addressed to the mailing address provided by the licensee. A separate mailing address may be provided which is distinct from the business address of record. Brokers are required to notify DRE whenever a change of address occurs for the broker’s principal place of business or any branch office not later than the next business day following the change. Salespersons are required to maintain on file the address of the principal place of business of the broker who employs the salesperson. Brokers and salespersons are required to maintain their mailing address of record on file at all times while licensed and during the duration of the two-year late renewal grace period. A change of address notification may be made online at DRE’s web site or by forwarding to DRE the appropriate change application (RE 204 for broker licensees or RE 214 for salesperson licensees) for each license affected. Mailing addresses are public information and are available in a list format.


Non-Resident Information


License applicants or licensees who are out of state residents must file a signed and notarized Consent To Service of Process (RE 234). Brokers are required to maintain a California business address if engaging in licensed activities in California. If a broker does not engage in licensed activities in California, the broker must file an Out of State Broker Acknowledgment (RE 235). Salespersons must be licensed with a California broker if engaging in business in California.


Transfer of Salesperson License


To effect a transfer of employment, a salesperson and the former and new employing brokers must take the following steps:
1. The former employing broker must immediately notify DRE, which may be accomplished online at DRE’s web site or in writing to Licensing in Sacramento (Section 10161.8 of the Code).
2. The former employer gives the transferring salesperson his/her license certificate and signs a Salesperson Change Application (RE 214).
3. Within five days, the salesperson and the new employing broker may complete the change process online at DRE’s web site or complete RE 214 (Salesperson Change Application) and send it to the Department of Real Estate, P.O. Box 187003, Sacramento 95818-7003. A new license certificate will not be issued.



Termination of Salesperson for Violation


When a salesperson is terminated by an employing broker for a violation of any of the provisions of the Real Estate Law, the employing broker must immediately file a certified written statement of the facts with DRE. (Section 10178 of the Code)


Effect of Revocation or Suspension


When a real estate broker license is revoked or suspended, the licenses of every real estate salesperson in the broker’s employ are automatically canceled. Such salespersons may transfer their licenses to a new employing broker.


Loss of License Status


This may occur when a person holding a license allows two years to elapse from the expiration date without applying for (late) renewal, submitting evidence of completion of the continuing education requirements, and paying the required fee. Loss of license status also occurs if a salesperson is issued a conditional license which is suspended by operation of the law (Section 10153.4 of the Code) and the individual fails to submit evidence of the remaining two required college-level courses within four years from the date the license was issued. A third example of loss of license status occurs if a license is revoked.


PREPAID RENTAL LISTING SERVICE LICENSE (PRLS)


A PRLS is in the business of supplying prospective tenants with listings of residential real property for rent while collecting a fee at the same time or in advance of the time the listings are provided. A PRLS does not negotiate rental or lease agreements. Sections 10167-10167.17 of the Code and Regulations 2850-2853 define this activity and contain the PRLS licensing requirements.


Public
Off

CORPORATE REAL ESTATE LICENSE

CORPORATE REAL ESTATE LICENSE somebody

CORPORATE REAL ESTATE LICENSE


In some cases, brokers will elect to do business as a corporation. A corporation may be licensed as a real estate broker, provided at least one officer of the corporation is a duly qualified real estate broker willing to act as the corporation’s responsible designated broker-officer. The corporation must submit, the appropriate corporation license application and fee, and a Certificate of Status issued by the Secretary of State within 30 days prior to the date the application is filed.



Broker-Officers


Each broker who is to act for and on behalf of a corporation as a broker-officer must submit a completed Corporation License Application and the appropriate license fee. A license as an individual broker and a license as a broker officer are separate entities and the status is not transferable from one to the other. It is possible for an individual broker to be issued a broker-officer license for more than one corporation. Also, a corporation may be issued any number of broker-officer licenses, in addition to the designated or primary broker-officer for the corporation. However, a Corporation License Application and license fee must be submitted for each corporation broker-officer license requested. The status as a broker-officer of one corporation is not transferable to being a broker-officer of another corporation.
An individual who is qualified to apply for a broker license may be issued a broker-officer license for a corporation without obtaining an individual broker license. That person would only be allowed to conduct licensed activities on behalf of the corporation.
Broker-officer applicants who currently hold an officer license for a corporation but have never obtained an individual broker license will be required to furnish evidence of completion of the current continuing education requirements to renew their officer license, apply for a new corporation broker-officer license, or apply for an individual license.
Corporation Background Statement
The designated officer of an original corporation license applicant must submit a completed Corporation Background Statement (RE 212) for himself or herself and for each director, the chief executive officer, the president, first level vice presidents, secretary, chief financial officer, subordinate officers with responsibility for forming policy of the corporation and for each natural person owning or controlling more than 10% of the corporation’s shares, if that person has been subject to one of the conditions listed in subdivision (a) of Regulation 2746. (See Regulation 2746.) Also, a RE 212 may be required whenever there is a change in corporation officers. If none of the new officers have been a subject of any of the items enumerated in the Regulation, a RE 212 is not needed.


Certificate of Qualification - Foreign Corporation


In the case of a foreign corporation, a Certificate of Qualification or a Certificate of Good Standing (Foreign Corporation) is required, executed within thirty days prior to the date the corporation submits its application.


Fictitious Business Name (dba)


To use any name other than its own, the corporation must submit a copy of a Fictitious Business Name Statement as filed with the county clerk’s office in the county where the corporation’s principal place of business is located. (Section 10159.5 of the Code)


Salesperson Licensed to Corporation


Salespersons may be placed in the employ of a corporation through the eLicensing system at DRE’s web site. Alternatively, the corporation must submit a completed Salesperson Change Application (RE 214) for each currently licensed salesperson to be placed in the employ of the corporation.


Replacing the Designated Broker-Officer


The designated broker-officer of a corporation may be replaced by another qualified broker for the balance of the license period by submitting: (a) a completed Corporation License Application (RE 201) and Corporation Background Statement (RE 212); and (b) a copy of the personally signed resignation of the officer leaving the firm, or a copy of the Resolution of the Board of Directors with the corporate seal, or a signed statement giving the date of death of the currently licensed designated broker-officer. To keep the corporation continuously licensed, the RE 201, RE 212 (if needed) and the resignation documentation must be received in the same package.


Adding a New Officer as the Designated Officer


A new designated officer may be licensed upon receipt of a completed Corporation License Application (RE 201), Corporation Background Statement (RE 212-if needed), the appropriate license fee and statement that the currently designated broker-officer will remain with the firm as an “additional” officer. Broker-officer applicants without individual broker status will be required to furnish evidence of completion of appropriate continuing education requirements, attained within the previous four-year period. DRE will issue branch licenses to match the term of the new “designated” officer without any additional fee.



Change of Designated Officer when Both Currently Hold a Broker-Officer License with Corporation


To effect this change, the corporation must submit a completed Corporation Change Application (RE 204a) and Corporation Background Statement (RE 212 if needed). No new license certificate will be issued to either officer. However, if the license terms differ, new branch office licenses will be issued.


Change of Main Office or Mailing Address


Submit a completed Corporation Change Application (RE 202A) signed by a licensed officer.


Change of Corporation Name


Submit a completed Corporation Change Application (RE 20Aa) signed by a licensed officer and a copy of the Amended Articles of Incorporation reflecting the name change and bearing the endorsed or filed stamp of the California Secretary of State. If the corporation is currently licensed with a fictitious business name, a copy of the refiled Fictitious Business Name Statement showing the new corporation name as registrant must be submitted.


Public
Off

DEPARTMENT PUBLICATIONS

DEPARTMENT PUBLICATIONS somebody

DEPARTMENT PUBLICATIONS


Although DRE’s function as a licensing and law enforcement agency is primarily that of protecting the public, its policy has been to be of assistance to its licensees and to encourage a high level of ethical and professional standards.
To encourage education for licensees, the Department publishes this Reference Book and the Real Estate Law book, (containing the Real Estate Law, Subdivided Lands Law, Commissioner’s Regulations, and pertinent excerpts from the California codes).
DRE also publishes the quarterly Real Estate Bulletin. This publication is intended for the education of licensees by keeping them informed of the latest administrative provisions and the current practices in real estate and allied activities.
For information regarding the examination process and the issuance of original licenses, the Department publishes a free pamphlet entitled Instructions to License Applicants, available at all district offices and on the Department’s web site at www.dre.ca.gov.
The Department also publishes several consumer brochures and subdivision guides.
Order forms for the Department’s current publications can be obtained at the district offices or by writing to Book Orders, Department of Real Estate, P.O. Box 187006, Sacramento, CA 95818-7006, or by visiting www.dre.ca.gov.


Public
Off

DISCRIMINATION

DISCRIMINATION somebody

DISCRIMINATION


Federal and California laws prohibit discrimination in the sale, rental or use of real property, whether based on sex, race, color, religion, ancestry, national origin, disability or age. These laws apply to persons who sell or rent housing or other real property and to the real estate broker or salesperson involved in such transactions.
The Unruh Civil Rights Act (California Civil Code Section 51, et seq.) declares: “All persons within the jurisdiction of this State are free and equal, and no matter what their sex, race, color, religion, ancestry, national origin or disability are entitled to the full and equal accommodations, advantages, facilities, privileges, or services in all business establishments of every kind whatsoever.”
It is the intent of the Unruh Act to give all persons full and equal accommodations, advantages, facilities, privileges, or services in all business establishments of every kind whatsoever. This law applies to all aspects of real estate activities, including real estate brokerage. An owner/renter of real property cannot discriminate when offering a unit for rent.
Civil Code Section 52 provides monetary remedies to persons who have been discriminated against in violation of the Unruh Act, stating, “Whoever denies, aids, or incites denial, or makes any discrimination or distinction contrary to Section 51, Section 51.5 or 51.6 [pertaining to business establishments] is liable for each and every such offense for the actual damages, and any amount that may be determined by a jury, or a court sitting without a jury, up to a maximum of three times the amount of actual damage but in no case less than one thousand dollars ($1,000), and any attorney's fees that may be determined by the court in addition thereto, suffered by any person denied the rights provided in Section 51, 51.5, or 51.6.”


Age Discrimination - Senior Citizen Housing


Various cases have held that the Unruh Civil Rights Act applies to age discrimination in apartment rental and condominium properties because they are considered to be businesses subject to this act. In 1984 the Legislature enacted Civil Code Section 51.2 to clarify the holdings in the California Supreme Court cases dealing with the scope of the applicability of the Unruh Civil Rights Act. In the same bill, it enacted Civil Code Section 51.3 to establish and preserve specially designed accessible housing for senior citizens. Additionally, these provisions have been subsequently amended to comply with provisions of the federal law as it pertains to senior citizen housing developments.
Section 51.2 states, in part, that: “Section 51 shall be construed to prohibit a business establishment from discriminating in the sale or rental of housing based upon age. Where accommodations are designed to meet the physical and social needs of senior citizens, a business establishment may establish and preserve such housing for senior citizens, pursuant to Section 51.3, except housing as to which Section 51.3 is preempted by the prohibitions in the federal Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988 (P.L. 100-430 ) and implementing regulations against discrimination on the basis of familial status...”
Section 51.3 provides definitions and criteria to be applied for the express allowance for enforcement of legal documents that provide for age limitations for senior citizens housing. This law applies to condominium, stock cooperative, limited-equity housing cooperative, planned development or multi-family residential rental property developed for and initially put into use as housing for senior citizens or substantially rehabilitated or renovated for, and immediately put into use as housing for senior citizens, as described in Section 51.3. The term “senior citizen” is defined as a person 62 years or older or one who is 55 years or older in a senior citizen housing development. A senior citizen housing development is a residential development built, substantially rehabilitated, or substantially renovated for senior citizens and which consists of at least 35 dwelling units.
The law provides standards for the restrictions used for senior citizen housing developments. The restrictions cannot limit occupancy more strictly than to senior citizen residents and “a qualified permanent resident,” i.e., a younger spouse or cohabitant or, as an alternative to a spouse, any person who provides primary physical or financial support to the senior citizen. In any such case, the lower age limit is 45 years. The qualified permanent resident can remain in residency after the death of the senior citizen or upon dissolution of a marriage with a senior citizen.
Housing projects constructed before February 8, 1982, that meet all of the criteria for senior citizen housing specified in Section 51.3 may be established and preserved for senior citizens without the housing development being specifically designed to meet the physical and social needs of senior citizens.

The Unruh Act does not apply to mobilehome developments.
Under the Unruh Act, as well as under case law, restrictions or prohibitions by covenant or condition in written instruments, such as CC&R's, on use, occupancy or transfer of title to real property limiting acquisition, use, occupation of real property because of any of the prohibited classifications are void. (Civil Code Section 51.3)


Housing Discrimination


The Fair Employment and Housing Act (Government Code Section 12900, et seq.) applies to owners of specified types of property, to real estate brokers and salespersons, to other agents and to financial institutions. Sections 12955 and 12980 - 12989.3 specifically cover housing discrimination. The law prohibits discrimination in supplying housing accommodations because of race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, marital status, national origin, ancestry, age, familial status, source of income or disability. (The phrase “Housing accommodations” is defined as improved or unimproved real property used or intended to be used as a residence by the owner and which consists of not more than four dwelling units. The definition also includes four or fewer owner-occupied housing units that secure a home improvement loan.) The law forbids such discrimination in the sale, rental, lease or financing of practically all types of housing, and establishes methods of investigating, preventing and remedying violations. However, the provisions of Sections 51.2 and 51.3 of the Civil Code, as described above, which establish permissible age criteria for a senior citizen retirement community as an exception to the basic prohibition against age discrimination in housing, also apply to this Act.
Housing discrimination under the Fair Employment and Housing Act is handled by administrative procedures. Complaints are directed to the Department of Fair Employment and Housing and are investigated by its staff. If the Department decides that the law has been violated, and if the person accused of violating the law cannot be persuaded to correct the violation, the Department may file an accusation with the Fair Employment and Housing Commission or bring an action in the Superior Court for an injunction. If the Fair Employment and Housing Commission, after hearing, finds a violation of the law, it may order the sale or rental of the accommodation or like accommodations, if available. It may order financial assistance terms, conditions or privileges previously denied. In addition, it may order the payment of a civil penalty to the complainant not to exceed $10,000. The civil penalty may be increased if the respondent has been adjudged in a separate accusation to have committed prior violations. The commission may also order the payment of actual damages as well as injunctive or other equitable relief. The Department may be required to do a compliance review to determine whether its order is being carried out.
The Fair Employment and Housing Act applies to all housing accommodations but does not apply to renting or leasing to a roomer or boarder in a single-family house, provided that no more than one roomer or boarder is to live within the household.
The term “discrimination” includes refusal to sell, rent, or lease housing accommodations, including inferior terms, misrepresentation as to availability, cancellations, etc. For sale or rent advertisements containing discriminatory information are prohibited. Also, discrimination includes failure to design or build a multifamily dwelling of four or more units in a manner that allows disabled persons access and use.


Other State Laws and Regulations


The Housing Financial Discrimination Act of 1977, also known as the Holden Act (Part 6 of Division 24 of the Health and Safety Code, Section 35800 et seq.), prohibits discriminatory loan practices on the part of financial institutions (banks, savings and loan associations, or other financial institutions, including mortgage loan brokers, mortgage bankers and public agencies which regularly make, arrange, or purchase loans for the purchase, construction, rehabilitation, improvement, or refinancing of housing accommodations).
No financial institution shall discriminate in their financial assistance wholly or partly on the basis of consideration of conditions, characteristics or trends in a neighborhood or geographic area unless the financial institution can demonstrate that such consideration in a particular case is necessary to avoid an unsafe and unsound business practice.
The Secretary of the Business, Transportation and Housing Agency has issued rules, regulations and guidelines for enforcement of this law and is empowered to investigate complaints regarding lending patterns and practices. Investigation of complaints has been delegated to the state agency which regulates the particular

financial institution involved. If a violation is found, the Secretary can order that the loan be made on nondiscriminatory terms or impose a fine of up to $1,000.
Financial institutions are required to notify loan applicants of the existence of this law. Business and Professions Code Section 125.6 contains disciplinary provisions for discriminatory acts by any person licensed under the provisions of the Business and Professions Code.
Commissioner's Regulations 2725(f), 2780 and 2781 deal with discriminatory conduct and proper supervision of real estate licensees in that regard.
Business and Professions Code Section 10177(l) includes the practice of “block busting” as grounds for discipline of a real estate license.


Notice of Discriminatory Restrictions


Effective January, 2000, a county recorder, title insurance company, escrow company, or real estate licensee who provides a declaration, governing documents or deed to any person must provide a specified statement about the illegality of discriminatory restrictions and the right of homeowners to have such language removed. The statement must be contained in either a cover page placed over the document or a stamp on the first page of the document.


The Federal Rules


The Federal Fair Housing Act, Title VIII of the Civil Rights Act of 1968, provides an all-encompassing set of rules prohibiting discrimination on the part of owners of real property and their agents. This law applies to all sales or rentals of residences through the facilities of real estate licensees and to publication, posting, mailing or advertising in violation of this law. Direct refusal of an owner to sell a home because of race is, of course, a violation. This law applies to most rental of dwelling units, except it does not apply to the rental of rooms or units in dwellings of four or fewer living quarters if the owner actually occupies one of the living units as his residence.
Real estate licensees are in violation of this law if they commit any of the prohibited actions, even if there was no intent to discriminate, if the result is proscribed discrimination. The law applies to “blockbusting” and steering of home buyers to different areas on the basis of prohibited classifications.
Wherever federal law is applicable, it is paramount. Title VIII declares that its purpose is to provide “within constitutional limitations.. for fair housing throughout the United States.” In short, this law applies as thoroughly and as widely as is permissible under the broadest applicable provision of the Constitution and applies even to the most local transactions. This law is enforced by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development or by civil actions by aggrieved parties or by an attorney general in federal or state court.
Another provision of Title VIII prohibits denial of membership or participation in a real estate board or multiple listing service to a person because of race, color, religion or national origin, or discrimination against a person in terms or conditions of membership. The federal law under Title VIII and relevant cases leads to the following general conclusion for real estate licensees: do not discriminate and, to that end, do not accept restrictive listings or make, print, or publish any notice, statement or advertisement with respect to a sale or rental of a dwelling which suggests discrimination because of race, color, religion, national origin or any other of the prohibited classifications.
The sum of the matter is that there are both a number of state laws and a federal law that apply to discrimination in real estate transactions. Every prohibition of the Unruh Act and the California Fair Employment and Housing Acts remains in effect, and what discrimination they do not prohibit, federal law does. Thus, no one may refuse to sell, lease or rent to another because of race or color, or on the basis of any other prohibited classifications, and no real estate licensee may do so, regardless of the principal's direction. If a principal seeks to restrict a listing on the basis of any of the prohibited classifications, the licensee must refuse to accept the listing.


Public
Off

ENFORCEMENT OF REAL ESTATE LAW

ENFORCEMENT OF REAL ESTATE LAW somebody

ENFORCEMENT OF REAL ESTATE LAW


A licensing and regulatory law is effective only to the extent of its enforcement. The Commissioner, as the chief officer of the Department, is duty bound to enforce the provisions of the Real Estate Law.
The Commissioner shall upon a verified written complaint, or may, upon the Commissioner’s own motion, investigate the actions of any person engaged in the business or acting in the capacity of a licensee within this state, and has the power to suspend or revoke the real estate license. The Commissioner also has the authority to deny a license to an applicant if the applicant does not meet the full requirements of the law. Through a screening process (including the fingerprint record) of an applicant for a license, if it is ascertained that the applicant has a criminal record or some other record that may reflect on the applicant’s character, an investigation is made by the Commissioner’s staff. A formal hearing may be ordered to determine whether or not the applicant meets the requirements of honesty and truthfulness. The Commissioner also has the authority to require evidence of honesty and truthfulness of officers, directors and persons who own or control more than 10% of the shares of the applicant for a corporate real estate brokerage license. Once an individual becomes licensed, the Commissioner will receive a report from the California Department of Justice of subsequent arrests or convictions.
Generally speaking, an investigation of a licensee is based upon a written statement from one who believes he or she has been wronged by a licensee who was acting in the capacity of an agent. The following investigative procedures are followed by the Commissioner’s staff: statements are obtained from witnesses, if any; a statement may be obtained from the licensee involved; bank records, title company records and public records are checked as necessary. As part of the investigation, an informal conference may be called, and all parties concerned may be requested to attend for the purpose of determining the validity and seriousness of the complaint. If it appears that the complaint is of a serious nature and that a violation of law has occurred, an accusation is filed and there may be a formal hearing which could result in suspension or revocation of the license.


Formal Hearings


The formal hearing is conducted in accordance with procedures set forth in the Administrative Procedure Act. The accusation or statement of issues is served upon the affected licensee, who is informed of the rights of an accused. In the hearing, the Commissioner becomes the complainant, and brings the charges against the licensee. The original complainant usually becomes a witness. The licensee, known as the respondent in the

hearing procedure, may appear with or without counsel. A record is made of the proceedings and the hearing is conducted according to rules of evidence. Testimony is taken under oath. An administrative law judge from the Office of Administrative Hearings hears the case. The Commissioner’s case is presented by the Commissioner’s counsel. The administrative law judge issues a proposed decision based upon the findings. The Commissioner may reject or accept the proposed decision, or reduce the proposed penalty and make an official decision. The respondent may petition for reconsideration, and has the right of appeal through the courts.
If the charges are not sustained at the hearing, they are dismissed. On the other hand, if the testimony substantiates the charges and they appear to be sufficiently serious, the license of the respondent is suspended or revoked. After a license is revoked, the person affected may not apply for reinstatement of the license until at least one year has passed, or for the period of time specific to the decision revoking the license, whichever is greater.
Representatives of the Commissioner also investigate persons or firms who appear to be operating improperly, or without benefit of a license, or who subdivide land without complying with the subdivision laws enforced by the Commissioner. If sufficient evidence of a violation is obtained, an Order to Desist and Refrain is issued, or a complaint is brought and the parties are prosecuted in a court of competent jurisdiction.
When determined to be in the public interest, the Commissioner also has the authority to issue a bar order to preclude individuals from engaging in specified real estate business activities for a period of up to three years. When issued, these orders can bar a revoked licensee, or unlicensed individual, from any position of employment, management or control of a real estate brokerage, finance lender, residential mortgage lender, bank, credit union, escrow company, title company or underwritten title company. Individuals who receive a Bar Order have the right to request an administrative hearing on the merits of the order.


Violations


Sections 10176 and 10177 of the Code constitute the foundation for most license suspensions or revocations. Section 10176 is concerned with the actions of a real estate licensee performing or attempting to perform any of the licensed acts within the scope of the Real Estate Law. As a general rule, the licensee must have been acting as an agent in a real estate transaction before the section will apply. The provisions of some parts of Section 10177, on the other hand, will apply to situations where the licensee was not necessarily acting as an agent. The following is a brief discussion of the various grounds for disciplinary action against a licensee and the reasons for which a real estate license may be denied:
Misrepresentation. Section 10176(a). Many complaints received by the Commissioner allege misrepresentation on the part of the broker or salesperson. Included also as a cause for discipline under this section is failure of a broker or salesperson to disclose to his or her principal material facts of which the principal should be made aware. If the misrepresentation was not important, and the person to whom it was made would have proceeded with the transaction anyway, the misrepresentation probably would not be material. However, an Attorney General’s opinion holds that damage or injury need not be present to support an action under this section. The reason is that the California Real Estate Law concerns the conduct of licensees rather than the settling of disputes about damages or injuries between licensees and their clients.
False promise. Section 10176(b). A false promise and a misrepresentation are not the same thing. A misrepresentation is a false statement of fact. A false promise is a false statement about what the promisor is going to do. Many times a false promise is proved by showing that the promise was impossible to perform and that the person making the promise knew it was impossible.
Continued misrepresentation. Section 10176(c). This section gives the Commissioner the right to discipline a licensee for “a continued and flagrant course of misrepresentation or making of false promises through real estate agents or salespersons.”
Dual agency. Section 10176(d). Failure to inform all principals that the licensee is acting as agent for more than one party in the transaction.
Commingling. Section 10176(e). Commingling takes place when a broker has mixed the funds of a principal with the broker’s own money. (Conversion is misappropriating and using principal’s funds. Conversion, of course, can be a more serious offense.)

Definite termination date. Section 10176(f). Failure to include a specified termination date on all exclusive listings relating to transactions for which a real estate license is required. The exclusive listing itself must be clear as to expiration.
Secret profit. Section 10176(g). Secret profit cases usually arise when the broker, who already has a higher offer from another buyer, makes a low offer, usually through a “dummy” purchaser. The broker then sells the property to the interested buyer for the higher price. The difference is the secret profit.
Listing-option. Section 10176(h). A licensee who has used a form which is both an option and a listing must inform the principal of the amount of profit the licensee will make, and must obtain the written consent of the principal approving the amount of such profit, before the licensee may exercise the option. This section does not apply where a licensee is using an option only.
Dishonest dealing. Section 10176(i). “Dishonest dealing” is a sort of catch-all section similar in many ways to Section 10177(f). The difference is that under Section 10176(i) the acts must have been those requiring a license, while there is no such need under Section 10177(f).
Signatures of prospective purchasers. Section 10176(j). Brokers must obtain a written authorization to sell from a business owner before securing the signature of a prospective purchaser to any agreement providing for compensation to the broker if the purchaser buys the business.
Disbursement of funds. Section 10176(k). Failing to disburse funds in accordance with a commitment to make a mortgage loan that is accepted by the applicant when the real estate broker represents to the applicant that the broker is either of the following:
1. Lender
2. Authorized to issue the commitment on behalf of the lender or lenders in the mortgage loan transaction.
Delaying the close of escrow. Section 10176(l). Intentionally delaying the closing of a mortgage loan for the sole purpose of increasing interest, costs, fees, or charges payable by the borrower.
Inaccurate opinion of value. Section 10176(m). Generating an inaccurate opinion of the value of residential real property, requested in connection with a debt forgiveness sale, in order to do either or both of the following:
1. Manipulate the lienholder to reject the proposed debt forgiveness sale.
2. Acquire a financial or business advantage, including a listing agreement, that directly results from the inaccurate opinion of value, with regard to the subject property.
Obtaining a license by fraud. Section 10177(a). Misstatements of fact in an application for a license; procurement of a license by fraud, misrepresentation, or deceit (e.g., failure to reveal a previous criminal record).
Convictions. Section 10177(b). Criminal conviction for either a felony or a misdemeanor which involves moral turpitude and is substantially related to the qualifications, functions, or duties of a real estate licensee. A court has defined moral turpitude as “everything done contrary to justice, honesty, modesty, or good morals.”
False advertising. Section 10177 (c). Includes subdivision sales as well as general property sales.
Violations of other sections. Section 10177(d). This section is the Department’s authority to proceed against the licensee for violation of any of the other sections of the Real Estate Law, the Regulations of the Commissioner, and the Subdivided Lands Law.
Misuse of trade name. Section 10177(e). Use of any trade name or insignia of membership in any real estate organization if the licensee is not a member of that organization.
Conduct warranting denial. Section 10177(f). An essential requirement to the issuance of a license is that the applicant be honest and truthful. If any of the acts of a licensee establish that a licensee is not possessed of these characteristics, Section 10177(f) will apply. This section also provides for disciplinary actions when a real estate licensee has either had a license denied or a license issued by another agency of this state, another state,

or the federal government, revoked or suspended for acts which if done by a real estate licensee would be grounds for the suspension or revocation of a California real estate license.
Negligence or incompetence. Section 10177(g). The Department proceeds in those cases where the licensee is so careless or unqualified that to allow the licensee to handle a transaction would endanger the interests of clients or customers.
Supervision of salespersons. Section 10177(h). Disciplinary action may result if a broker fails to exercise reasonable supervision over the activities of the broker’s salespersons.
Violating government trust. Section 10177(i). Using Government employment to violate the confidential nature of records thereby made available.
Other dishonest conduct. Section 10177(j). Any other conduct which constitutes fraud or dishonest dealing.
Restricted license violation. Section 10177(k). Violation of the terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations contained in any order granting a restricted license.
Inducement of panic selling. Section 10177(l). To solicit or induce the sale, lease, or the listing for sale or lease, of residential property on the grounds, wholly or in part, of loss of value, increase in crime, or decline in the quality of the schools due to the present or prospective entry into the neighborhood of a person or persons of another race, color, religion, ancestry or national origin.
Violation of Franchise Investment Law. Section 10177(m). Violation of any of the provisions of the Franchise Investment Law (Division 5 commencing with Section 31000) of Title 4 of the Corporations Code) or any regulations of the Corporations Commissioner pertaining thereto.
Violation of Corporations Code. Section 10177(n). Violation of any of the provisions of the Corporations Code or of the regulations of the Commissioner of Corporations relating to securities as specified in Section 25206 of the Corporations Code.
Failure to disclose ownership interest. Section 10177(o). Failure to disclose to buyer the nature and extent of ownership interest a licensee has in property which is the subject of a transaction in which the licensee is an agent for the buyer. Also, failure to disclose such ownership on the part of licensee’s relative or special acquaintance or entity in which licensee has ownership interest.
Violation of Article 6 of the Real Estate Law. Section 10177(p).
Violation of Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 2920) of Title 14 of Part 4 of Division 3 of the Civil Code, related to mortgages. Section 10177(q).


Other Penalty Sections


There are additional sections in the Business and Professions Code which provide for the revocation or suspension of licenses. These violations could be included under Section 10177(d) of the law. The following are brief summaries:
Section 10085 - pertains to the use of advance fee agreements and materials.
Sections 10137 and 10138 - employing or compensating any unlicensed person to perform acts requiring a license.
Section 10140 - false advertising.
Section 10140.6 - advertising of acts which require a license must contain a designation disclosing that the licensee is performing such acts.
Section 10141 - broker must cause notice of sales price to be given to both buyers and sellers within one month after the sale is completed.
Section 10141.5 - specifies a broker’s responsibility for recording trust deeds.
Section 10142 - licensee must give a copy of any contract to the party signing it at the time it is signed.
Section 10145 - specifies licensee’s responsibilities in handling trust funds.

Section 10146 - requires advance fess to be deposited in a trust account.
Section 10148 - requires retention and availability for inspection and copying of all listings, deposit receipts, cancelled checks, trust records, etc. for a three year period.
Section 10160 - brokers shall retain and make available for inspection the licenses of salespersons in the broker’s employ.
Section 10161.8 - broker must notify DRE when a salesperson is employed or terminated.
Section 10162 - all active brokers must maintain a definite place of business in the State of California.
Section 10163 - brokers maintaining more than one place of business must first procure branch office license(s).
Section 10165 - failure to make licenses available for inspection and to maintain a place of business.
Section 10167 - requires the licensing of individuals, other than real estate licensees, engaged in prepaid rental listing services and makes a willful violation of the law a misdemeanor.
Section 10176.5 - violation of any of the Civil Code Sections (1102, et seq.) which deal with use of the Real Property Transfer Disclosure Statement.
Section 10177.1 - suspension without hearing if license procured by fraud, misrepresentation, deceit, or by the making of any material misstatement of fact in the application for license.
Section 10177.2 - violations while performing acts under Section 10131.6 (mobilehome sales).
Section 10177.4 - compensation for referring customers to escrow, pest control, home warranty, title insurer or underwritten title company or controlled escrow company.
Section 10177.5 - final judgment in a civil action against a licensee upon the grounds of fraud, misrepresentation or deceit.
Section 10178 - broker terminates a salesperson for cause and then fails to notify the Commissioner.
Section 10475 - automatic suspension of a real estate license if the Commissioner pays a claim against a licensee from the Recovery Account. No license reinstatement until full reimbursement to the fund, with interest.


Examples of Unlawful Conduct - Sale, Lease, or Exchange


In a sale, lease, or exchange transaction, conduct such as the following may result in license discipline under Sections 10176 or 10177 of the Business and Professions Code:
1. Knowingly making a substantial misrepresentation of the likely value of real property to:
A. Its owner either for the purpose of securing a listing or for the purpose of acquiring an interest in the property for the licensee's own account.
B. A prospective buyer for the purpose of inducing the buyer to make an offer to purchase the real property.
2. Representing to an owner of real property when seeking a listing that the licensee has obtained a bona fide written offer to purchase the property, unless at the time of the representation the licensee has possession of a bona fide written offer to purchase.
3. Stating or implying to an owner of real property during listing negotiations that the licensee is precluded by law, by regulation, or by the rules of any organization, other than the broker firm seeking the listing, from charging less than the commission or fee quoted to the owner by the licensee.
4. Knowingly making substantial misrepresentations regarding the licensee's relationship with an individual broker, corporate broker, or franchised brokerage company or that entity's/person's responsibility for the licensee's activities.

5. Knowingly underestimating the probable closing costs in a communication to the prospective buyer or seller of real property in order to induce that person to make or to accept an offer to purchase the property.
6. Knowingly making a false or misleading representation to the seller of real property as to the form, amount and/or treatment of a deposit toward the purchase of the property made by an offeror.
7. Knowingly making a false or misleading representation to a seller of real property, who has agreed to finance all or part of a purchase price by carrying back a loan, about a buyer's ability to repay the loan in accordance with its terms and conditions.
8. Making an addition to or modification of the terms of an instrument previously signed or initialed by a party to a transaction without the knowledge and consent of the party.
9. A representation made as a principal or agent to a prospective purchaser of a promissory note secured by real property about the market value of the securing property without a reasonable basis for believing the truth and accuracy of the representation.
10. Knowingly making a false or misleading representation or representing, without a reasonable basis for believing its truth, the nature and/or condition of the interior or exterior features of a property when soliciting an offer.
11. Knowingly making a false or misleading representation or representing, without a reasonable basis for believing its truth, the size of a parcel, square footage of improvements or the location of the boundary lines of real property being offered for sale, lease or exchange.
12. Knowingly making a false or misleading representation or representing to a prospective buyer or lessee of real property, without a reasonable basis to believe its truth, that the property can be used for certain purposes with the intent of inducing the prospective buyer or lessee to acquire an interest in the real property.
13. When acting in the capacity of an agent in a transaction for the sale, lease or exchange of real property, failing to disclose to a prospective purchaser or lessee facts known to the licensee materially affecting the value or desirability of the property, when the licensee has reason to believe that such facts are not known to nor readily observable by a prospective purchaser or lessee.
14. Willfully failing, when acting as a listing agent, to present or cause to be presented to the owner of the property any written offer to purchase received prior to the closing of a sale, unless expressly instructed by the owner not to present such an offer, or unless the offer is patently frivolous.
15. When acting as the listing agent, presenting competing written offers to purchase real property to the owner in such a manner as to induce the owner to accept the offer which will provide the greatest compensation to the listing broker without regard to the benefits, advantages and/or disadvantages to the owner.
16. Failing to explain to the parties or prospective parties to a real estate transaction for whom the licensee is acting as an agent the meaning and probable significance of a contingency in an offer or contract that the licensee knows or reasonably believes may affect the closing date of the transaction, or the timing of the vacating of the property by the seller or its occupancy by the buyer.
17. Failing to disclose to the seller of real property in a transaction in which the licensee is an agent for the seller the nature and extent of any direct or indirect interest that the licensee expects to acquire as a result of the sale. (The licensee should disclose to the seller: prospective purchase of the property by a person related to the licensee by blood or marriage; purchase by an entity in which the licensee has an ownership interest; or purchase by any other person with whom the licensee occupies a special relationship where there is a reasonable probability that the licensee could be indirectly acquiring an interest in the property.)
18. Failing to disclose to the buyer of real property in a transaction in which the licensee is an agent for the buyer the nature and extent of a licensee's direct or indirect ownership interest in such real property: e.g., the direct or indirect ownership interest in the property by a person related to the licensee by blood or marriage; by an entity in which the licensee has an ownership interest; or by any other person with whom the licensee occupies a special relationship.

19. Failing to disclose to a principal for whom the licensee is acting as an agent any significant interest the licensee has in a particular entity when the licensee recommends the use of the services or products of such entity.


Examples of Unlawful Conduct - Loan Transactions


Conduct such as the following when soliciting, negotiating or arranging a loan secured by real property or the sale of a promissory note secured by real property may result in license discipline:
1. Knowingly misrepresenting to a prospective borrower of a loan to be secured by real property or to an assignor/endorser of a promissory note secured by real property that there is an existing lender willing to make the loan or that there is a purchaser for the note, for the purpose of inducing the borrower or assignor/endorser to utilize the services of the licensee.
2. Knowingly making a false or misleading representation to a prospective lender or purchaser of a loan secured directly or collaterally by real property about a borrower's ability to repay the loan in accordance with its terms and conditions.
3. Failing to disclose to a prospective lender or note purchaser information about the prospective borrower's identity, occupation, employment, income and credit data as represented to the broker by the prospective borrower.
4. Failing to disclose information known to the broker relative to the ability of the borrower to meet his or her potential or existing contractual obligations under the note or contract including information known about the borrower's payment history on an existing note, whether the note is in default or the borrower in bankruptcy.
5. Knowingly underestimating the probable closing costs in a communication to a prospective borrower or lender of a loan to be secured by a lien on real property for the purpose of inducing the borrower or lender to enter into the loan transaction.
6. When soliciting a prospective lender to make a loan to be secured by real property, falsely representing or representing without a reasonable basis to believe its truth, the priority of the security, as a lien against the real property securing the loan, i.e., a first, second or third deed of trust.
7. Knowingly misrepresenting in any transaction that a specific service is free when the licensee knows or has a reasonable basis to know that it is covered by a fee to be charged as part of the transaction.
8. Knowingly making a false or misleading representation to a lender or assignee/endorsee of a lender of a loan secured directly or collaterally by a lien on real property about the amount and treatment of loan payments, including loan payoffs, and the failure to account to the lender or assignee/endorsee of a lender as to the disposition of such payments.
9. When acting as a licensee in a transaction for the purpose of obtaining a loan, and in receipt of an advance fee from the borrower for this purpose, failure to account to the borrower for the disposition of the advance fee.
10. Knowingly making a false or misleading representation about the terms and conditions of a loan to be secured by a lien on real property when soliciting a borrower or negotiating the loan.
11. Knowingly making a false or misleading representation or representing, without a reasonable basis for believing its truth, when soliciting a lender or negotiating a loan to be secured by a lien on real property, about the market value of the securing real property, the nature and/or condition of the interior or exterior features of the securing real property, its size or the square footage of any improvements on the securing real property.


Regulations


The Commissioner has the authority to adopt regulations to aid in the administration and enforcement of the Real Estate Law and the Subdivided Lands Law. The Regulations of the Real Estate Commissioner have the force and effect of the law itself. Licensees and prospective licensees should have a thorough knowledge of the regulations.


Public
Off

GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS somebody

GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS


As our country’s development passed through the pioneering and homesteading stages to urbanization, people across the land found it increasingly difficult to “strike a deal” with strangers for land and homes. There was a real need for an intermediary to provide basic real estate knowledge and services and negotiate transactions. The real estate agent met this need and continues to fill this important role today.
Along with increasing opportunities to provide real estate services to the maturing nation came abuses of the public trust in the form of unethical, illegal or sharp practices by dishonest or incompetent agents operating in a climate of unorganized and often unscrupulous competition. Real estate practitioners themselves began to see the need for government regulation. The public’s legitimate interest in the buying, selling, exchanging and financing of real property has led to regulation of the real estate business through the adoption of legislative and administrative controls.
California’s Legislature passed the nation’s first real estate licensing law in 1917. The courts declared that law to be unconstitutional, based on its conditions compared to the licensing requirements of the Insurance Commissioner. California then adopted the Real Estate Act of 1919, which the State Supreme Court upheld as a reasonable exercise of the power of the state to regulate the conduct of its citizens in the interest of the common good.
All fifty states and the District of Columbia have enacted statutes governing, to some degree, the licensing, regulation and conduct of real estate agents. This type of government regulation and supervision has its foundation in what is known as the police power.


The Police Power and the Real Estate Law


For many people, the phrase “police power” evokes images of police officers, jails and courtrooms. But the police power involves much more than the business of detecting crime and criminals and maintaining public order and tranquility. The following, excerpted from a United States Supreme Court case, gives a useful description of the police power:
“By means of it, the legislature exercises a supervision over matters affecting the commonwealth and enforces the observance by each individual member of society of duties which he owes to others and the community at large. The possession and enjoyment of all rights are subject to this power. Under it the state may prescribe regulations promoting the health, peace, morals, education and good order of the people, and legislate so as to increase the industries of the state, develop its resources and add to its welfare and prosperity.”
In short, police power is the power of the state to enact laws within constitutional limits to promote the order, safety, health, morals and general welfare of our society.
The police power does not vest arbitrary authority in any legislative body. Laws emanating from exercise of the police power must be necessary and proper for the protection or advancement of a genuine public interest. Neither state nor local authority may impose onerous, unreasonable, or unnecessary burdens upon persons, property or business.
Legislation intended to protect the public safety, health and morals may impact the manner of conducting lawful occupations and businesses without, of course, taking away the right to be gainfully employed.
For many years, society has benefited from regulation of professions such as law, medicine and dentistry. More recently, many other professions, including real estate, have become subject to regulation beyond that of mere licensing.
The organized real estate industry has been among the strongest supporters of the real estate licensing law. The industry is aware that reasonable regulation of those engaged in the real estate business benefits the public by creating and maintaining professional standards and ethical practices in the conduct of real estate brokerage activities. This, in turn, benefits the industry by creating an orderly market place.

The Real Estate Law exists primarily for the protection of the public in real estate and mortgage transactions involving the services of an agent. By requiring qualifications for licensing, the law enables the Commissioner to ascertain that persons acting in the capacity of a broker or salesperson meet certain standards of knowledge and honesty and, for the broker license, experience.
The Commissioner’s authority is not arbitrary. For the Commissioner to find that an applicant for a license is not honest and truthful there must be facts which justify that conclusion. When an applicant has the qualifications required by law, the Commissioner must issue the license.


Subdivisions


With statutory authority, the Commissioner began regulating the sale or lease of subdivided lands in 1933. Like the 1919 licensing law, the subdivided lands provisions survived the State Supreme Court’s test of constitutionality. The court held that the object of the law was the prevention of fraud and sharp practices in a type of real estate transaction particularly open to abuses. The court said the method of furnishing information to real property purchasers, which involved investigation and written disclosure of certain essential facts, was appropriate protection. This disclosure document is called a public report.


Law Codified


On August 4, 1943, the Legislature organized the statutory authority of the Department of Real Estate (DRE) into the two Parts of Division 4 of the Business and Professions Code (hereinafter, the Code). Part 1 (now Sections 10000 to 10580) is titled Licensing of Persons and may be cited as the Real Estate Law. Part 2 (now Sections 11000 to 11288) is titled Regulation of Transactions and may be cited as the Subdivided Lands Law. (Note that these laws are quite different in purpose and operation from real property law, law of agency, contract law, or other legal aspects of real estate ownership and conveyancing.)


Administration by Commissioner


The Commissioner’s mission is to enforce the Real Estate Law and the Subdivided Lands Law in a manner which achieves maximum protection for persons dealing with real estate licensees and for purchasers of subdivided real property. Foremost among the Commissioner’s specific duties are: the qualification of applicants and issuance of real estate licenses; the investigation of complaints and, where appropriate, pursuit of formal action against licensees; the investigation of nonlicensees alleged to be performing acts for which a license is required; and the regulation of the sale or lease of subdivision interests. The Commissioner also, through real estate broker and other license requirements, regulates dealings in mineral, oil, and gas property and Prepaid Rental Listing Services.


When a Real Estate License is Required


Sections 10131, 10131.1, 10131.2, 10131.3, 10131.4, 10131.45, and 10131.6 of the Business and Professions Code (hereinafter, the Code) define the scope of a real estate broker’s activity. Mortgage loan broker activities may be found in Sections 10131 (d) and 10240, et seq. of Article 7 (known as the Real Property Loan Law). In addition, the regulation of the origination of mortgages is found in Section 10166.1 et seq. of Article 2.1 (known as the “Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licenses”).Trust deed transactions and real property sales contract transactions requiring a license are defined in Sections 10131 (e) and Sections 10230-10236.6 (Article 5). The law governing Multiple Investor trust deed transactions is found in Section 10237, et seq. (Article 6). Advance fee brokerage activities are defined in Section 10131.2. Mobilehome sales activities requiring broker licensure are described in Section 10131.6 and Prepaid Rental Listing Services provisions are found in Sections 10167-10167.17. Mineral, oil and gas property dealings requiring a broker license can be found in Sections 10131.4 and 10131.45. Section 10132 of the Code defines a real estate salesperson and the acts requiring licensure and employment by a real estate broker.
Without a license, an individual cannot receive compensation for the performance of any of the acts defined as being within the purview of a licensed broker or salesperson. In addition, the law provides penalties for a person who acts or purports to act as a real estate broker or salesperson without being duly licensed. The Commissioner may revoke the license of any real estate broker who is found in a disciplinary hearing to have compensated an unlicensed person for performing activities which require a real estate license. Furthermore, any person who compensates a nonlicensee for performing services which require a license is guilty of a misdemeanor and may also be fined by the courts. (Sections 10138 and 10139 of the Code)



Exemptions From License Requirements


Exemptions to the license requirement include: resident managers of apartment buildings and complexes or their employees; short-term (vacation - only if under 30 days) rental agents; employees of certain lending institutions; employees of real estate brokers for specific, limited functions; certain agricultural associations; residential mortgage lenders licensed by the Department of Corporations; cemetery authorities; certain collectors of payments for lenders or on notes for owners in connection with loans secured directly or collaterally by liens on real property, provided such collectors annually meet exemption criteria; clerical help, etc. (See Sections 10131.01, 10133, 10133.1, 10133.2, 10133.3, 10133.35, and 10133.4, of the Code for the license exemptions.)


Examinations Required


The law requires the Commissioner to ascertain by written examination that the license applicant is qualified to act in the capacity of a broker or salesperson. Under no circumstances can the examination requirement be waived. An applicant for a real estate license examination must meet the prerequisite requirements and be scheduled for the applicable qualifying examination. The examination application and fee are valid for a maximum period of two years after the application was filed. No restrictions are placed on the number of times an applicant who fails the qualifying examination may apply for reexamination. Applicants may apply for reexamination online at DRE’s web site or by filing the Examination Result Notification (RE 418), or an Examination Change Application (RE 415), and the appropriate examination fee. If the applicant is unsuccessful in passing the examination within the two-year period, the application expires and the applicant will be required to submit a new application and fee, and may be required to submit new qualification documents.
When a qualifying examination is passed, the successful examinee is entitled to apply for a four-year license. The examinations are discussed in more detail in Chapter 2.


Applications


Salesperson examination applicants must apply to take their examination by submitting a Salesperson Examination Application form (RE 400A). Broker examination applicants must apply for their examination by submitting a Broker Examination Application form (RE 400B). Applications for all examinations and for all licenses issued by the Commissioner must be made on forms furnished by DRE. Forms can be obtained online at DRE’s web site, at any of DRE’s offices, or by writing to the main office in Sacramento. Detailed instructions and fee requirements are furnished with the application forms. An application for an examination or a license may be presented at any of DRE’s offices or (preferably) mailed to Sacramento. A license application must be submitted with the current license fee and proof of Legal Presence. Applicants must also comply with the fingerprint requirement.


Fingerprint Requirement


An applicant for any real estate license must submit one set of classifiable fingerprints, acceptable to the State Department of Justice (DOJ), unless the applicant is currently licensed by DRE or has held a real estate license which expired less than two years ago.
Fingerprints must be submitted through DOJ's Live Scan Program, which involves the electronic taking and transmission of fingerprints to DOJ. Fingerprints may be submitted any time after an applicant has applied to take the real estate examination. The Live Scan Service Request form (RE237) is available from the DRE’s web site. Alternatively, a RE 237 will be sent to all applicants who successfully complete the real estate examination. Live Scan applicants should take the Live Scan Service Request form to a participating Live Scan service provider. A fingerprint processing fee and a live scan service fee will be collected by the live scan provider. After the Live Scan service provider takes the fingerprints, the applicant must submit to DRE a copy of the RE 237 with Part 4 completed, along with the applicant’s completed original license application and the appropriate fee. A list of Live Scan service providers can be obtained on the DRE web site at www.dre.ca.gov.
Applicants who reside outside California may continue to submit fingerprints in ink using the California license applicant Fingerprint Card (FD-258 Rev. 5/99). A $51.00 fee, payable to DRE, is required for processing fingerprints through DOJ. This fee must be included with the license application and may be combined with the license fee.

Within 90 days after issuance, the Commissioner may suspend without a hearing the license of anyone who procured a license by fraud, misrepresentation, or deceit, or made any material misstatement of fact in the application. (Section 10177.1 of the Code)


Proof of Legal Presence


All applicants for a real estate salesperson, broker, officer, mineral, oil and gas broker, or prepaid rental listing service license, must submit proof that they have legal presence in the United States before an original or renewal license can be issued. A proof of legal presence document (i.e., birth certificate, resident alien card, etc.) must be submitted by original and renewal license applicants only one time with a Public Benefits Form (RE205). Please refer to that form for further instructions and information.


License Term


Original broker and salesperson licenses are issued for a four-year period. A broker or salesperson license may be renewed every four years online at DRE’s web site or by filing the proper application, fee, and evidence of completion of continuing education. A license may not be renewed which has been revoked as a disciplinary measure, or denied, or suspended under the provisions of Section 17520 of the Family Code (Family Law -Child Support). The license issued to a salesperson who has not completed the educational requirements outlined under Section 10153.4 within eighteen months of license issuance will be suspended automatically and may not be renewed unless the educational requirements are completed within the original four-year license term.


Public
Off

ORIGINAL REAL ESTATE BROKER LICENSE

ORIGINAL REAL ESTATE BROKER LICENSE somebody

ORIGINAL REAL ESTATE BROKER LICENSE


The individual broker license entitles a natural person to conduct a brokerage business under his/her own name or, if so licensed, under a fictitious business name.
The applicant for an original real estate broker license must: (l) be at least 18 years old; (2) have had previous experience and education as required by law; (3) be honest and truthful; and (4) pass the qualifying examination. The Real Estate Law requires that every applicant for a real estate broker license must either have been actively engaged as a real estate salesperson for at least two years full time during the five years immediately preceding the application or prove to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that applicant has general real estate experience which would be the equivalent of two years of full-time experience as a salesperson completed within a similar time period, and must have successfully completed the following statutory three semester-unit (or quarter equivalent) college-level courses:

1. Real Estate Practice 6. And three from the following:
2. Legal Aspects of Real Estate Real Estate Principles
3. Real Estate Finance Business Law
4. Real Estate Appraisal Property Management
5. Accounting or Real Estate Economics Real Estate Office Administration
Escrows
Advanced Legal Aspects of Real Estate
Advanced Real Estate Finance
Advanced Real Estate Appraisal
Mortgage Loan Brokering and Lending
Computer Applications in Real Estate
Common Interest Developments

NOTE: If the applicant completes both Accounting and Economics, only two courses from Group 6 are required.

As an alternative to the experience requirements, the applicant may submit evidence of graduation from a four-year university or college accredited by the Western Association of Schools and Colleges or similar regional accrediting agency recognized by the United States Department of Education, and completion of the required real estate courses.
Some private vocational schools offer these required courses, both in residence (classroom) and through correspondence study. However, only those private schools formally approved by DRE may offer these courses for DRE credit.


Experience Qualification


Many candidates for a real estate broker license base their claims of qualification on two years of experience as a licensed real estate salesperson in California. However, even though DRE’s records show the applicant has been licensed for two or more years as a salesperson, that fact does not in itself qualify the applicant. Evidence that an applicant has worked full time as a salesperson for at least two years must be provided by the applicant’s employing broker(s), using an Employment Verification (RE 226). The completed verification forms must be mailed with the examination application. If applicant is unable to obtain certification of experience from the employing broker, experience may be corroborated on an Employment Certification (RE 228), by at least two other individuals who were employed in a related real estate field and were in a position to verify the applicant’s duties and employment dates, etc. An explanation should be included as to why the employing broker of record cannot verify the salesperson’s experience.
The Employment Verification and Employment Certification forms should include sufficient detail to enable DRE to perform an evaluation. DRE may conduct further inquiry in order to evaluate claimed experience.


Alternate Qualification Methods


A claim of equivalent experience, in lieu of the two years of salesperson experience required for the broker examination, may be based on any combination of salesperson experience, equivalent real estate related experience and education, which, considered as a whole, would satisfy the intent of the law.
Claims of equivalent real estate related experience may be made by submitting a completed Equivalent Experience Verification (RE 227). This form must be certified by employers or other responsible parties who have been in a position to verify the applicant’s employment status. The verification must include a clear, detailed description of the applicant’s duties/activities, as they relate to the general field of real estate. Further information concerning the types of equivalent experience which are considered acceptable for qualification purposes is contained in the most recent edition of the Instructions to License Applicants pamphlet that may be obtained at any DRE office or on-line at DRE’s web site.
If an applicant has been licensed as a real estate salesperson in another state, RE 226 must be used to verify previous salesperson experience. If an applicant has been licensed as a real estate broker in another state, two responsible parties, such as other real estate brokers, title officers or loan officers, who have been in a position to verify the applicant’s employment status, must complete RE 228. The verification must include a clear, detailed description of the applicant’s duties/activities and indicate how the verifier is aware of the applicant’s employment record.
Claims of qualification based on a college degree with specialization in subjects relating strictly to real estate must be supported by official transcripts of educational records.
In some instances, applicants may be in a position to claim qualification by combining certain experience and education. For example, the applicant may have been actively engaged as a licensed salesperson in California for one year, had additional experience as an escrow officer or a loan officer, and also had certain education relating to real estate. In such cases, a combination claim for experience can be made.
All claims of experience qualification for real estate broker license, including those based upon two years of full-time work as a licensed salesperson in California, are individually evaluated. The Commissioner decides whether the claim of qualification meets the Commissioner’s standards. If the claim is approved, the candidate is scheduled for examination. If rejected, the candidate may eventually qualify for a real estate broker license examination by working the required time as a salesperson. Often a claim of qualification is rejected but the applicant is given a certain amount of credit toward two years as a salesperson. Care in preparing the claim of

qualification and the required verification forms will facilitate the experience review process. DRE may conduct further inquiry when evaluating experience.
The applicant who fails to qualify for a license because of lack of experience and/or educational prerequisites is not entitled to a refund of the fee paid with the application. The fee, however, remains to the applicant’s credit for two years.


Examination for Original Broker License


All applicants for an original broker license must take and pass a written qualifying examination before the license can be granted.
The appropriate fee must be submitted with a Broker Examination Application (RE 400B) and the applicant’s evidence of education and experience An applicant failing the examination may apply online at DRE’s web site for reexamination and must pay the appropriate fee. There is no limit to the number of reexaminations which may be taken but an application is valid for only two years. A person who fails to pass the examination during this two-year period must file a new application. The application must include documentation which supports the qualification of the applicant.
If an applicant does not take the examination on the date scheduled, or wishes to change the scheduled date, a new examination may be scheduled online at DRE’s web site or by completing, signing, and returning the Broker Examination Schedule Notice (RE 401B) to DRE. The rescheduling request may also be made on a Broker Examination Change Application (RE 415B). All requests for a new examination date must be submitted with the appropriate rescheduling fee.
An applicant who passes the examination is notified and may apply for the original broker license.


Combined Exam/License Application


Individuals may apply and pay for their real estate broker examination and license at the same time by submitting one application and both the license and examination fee. Applicants must complete the Broker Exam/License Application (RE 436), which may be obtained from the DRE web site, and submit the required combined license and examination fee, listed on the form. Broker examination applicants must submit all education and experience requirements with their application. Once submitted, the fee may not be refunded or transferred to another application. The applicant must successfully pass the examination within two years of the date the application is filed. If those steps are not completed within the two-year time limit, the application and fee will lapse. Applicants who do not hold a salesperson license, must submit a completed State Public Benefits Statement (RE 205) and proof of legal presence, such as a copy of a birth certificate or passport, with their application.
Applicants who do not currently hold a salesperson license must also be fingerprinted using a Live Scan service provider. Applicants may get their fingerprints taken at the time they submit their exam/license application or any time thereafter; however, results from the fingerprint process must still be received before a real estate license can be issued. Fingerprint processing fees are not refundable under any circumstances, including failure to qualify by examination for a license.
Missing requirements may be submitted anytime within a two-year period following DRE receipt of a combination application and fee. Additionally, if a significant period of time elapses between the time the examination/license application is filed and the date the examinee passes the test, the Department will require a written update of pertinent information before the license can be issued.


Public
Off

ORIGINAL SALESPERSON LICENSE

ORIGINAL SALESPERSON LICENSE somebody

ORIGINAL SALESPERSON LICENSE


This license is required for an individual who is to be employed as a salesperson under the control and supervision of a licensed broker. The license permits licensed activity only while in the employ of a broker. Salesperson licenses must be available for inspection in the broker’s main office (Commissioner’s Regulation 2753). The salesperson can be compensated for work as an agent only by the salesperson’s employing broker. (Sections 10132 and 10137 of the Code)


License Requirements


A candidate for an original real estate salesperson license must: (l) be at least 18 years old; (2) make application on a form prescribed by the Commissioner; (3) be honest and truthful; and (4) pass a qualifying examination as required. The applicant must, prior to the examination, submit proof of completion of a statutory three semester-unit or four quarter-unit college-level course, or an equivalent DRE approved course, in Real Estate Principles, Real Estate Practice, and one additional basic real estate course selected from the following:

• Real Estate Appraisal • Legal Aspects of Real Estate
• Accounting • Real Estate Finance
• Business Law • Real Estate Economics
• Property Management • Escrows
• Mortgage Loan Brokering/Lending • Real Estate Office Administration
• Common Interest Development • Computer Applications in Real Estate
All courses must be three semester-unit or four quarter-unit courses from an institution of higher learning accredited by the Western Association of Schools and Colleges or similar regional accrediting agency recognized by the United States Department of Education, or an equivalent course of study offered by a private vocational school approved by DRE.
The application for a salesperson examination may be filed online at DRE’s web site or may be made on RE 400A and be accompanied by the appropriate examination fee.
There is no limitation on the number of reexaminations which may be taken by the candidate who fails the qualifying examination. Each examination application must include the reexamination fee.
An applicant who fails to take the examination on the scheduled date may apply for another examination date online at DRE’s web site or by completing, signing and submitting the Salesperson Examination Schedule Notice (RE 401A), along with the appropriate fee. The rescheduling request can also be made on a Salesperson Examination Change Application (RE 415A).
An applicant who successfully passes the salesperson examination may apply for a four-year original license by submitting, within one year of the examination date, an application for the real estate salesperson license (RE 202) together with the appropriate license fee and proof of Legal Presence. Applicants must also comply with the fingerprint requirement.


Combined Exam/License Application


Individuals may apply and pay for their real estate salesperson examination and license at the same time by submitting one application and both the license and examination fee. Applicants must complete the Salesperson Exam/License Application (RE 435), which may be obtained from the DRE web site, and submit the required combined license and examination fee, listed on the form. Salesperson examination applicants must submit evidence of completion of a three semester, or quarter unit equivalent, college-level course in Real Estate Principles, Real Estate Practice and one additional course from the previous mentioned course list.


MORTGAGE LOAN ORIGINATOR (MLO) LICENSE ENDORSEMENT REQUIREMENTS


Title V of Public Law 110-289, the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008 (“SAFE Act”), was passed on July 30, 2008. The new federal law gave states one year to pass legislation requiring the licensure of mortgage loan originators according to national standards and the participation of state agencies on the Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System and Registry (NMLS&R). The SAFE Act is designed to enhance consumer protection and reduce fraud through the setting of minimum standards for the licensing and registration of state-licensed mortgage loan originators.
The Conference of State Bank Supervisors (CSBS) and the American Association of Residential Mortgage Regulators (AARMR) created, and maintain the NMLS&R. The NMLS&R will contain a single license record for each mortgage loan lender, broker, branch and mortgage loan originator (MLO) that can be used to apply for, amend, and renew a license in any state.
The SAFE Act requires state-licensed Mortgage Loan Originators (MLOs) to pass a written qualified test which covers federal and state law, to complete pre-licensure education courses, and to take annual continuing education courses. The SAFE Act also requires all MLOs to submit fingerprints to the NMLS&R for submission to the FBI for a criminal background check, and authorization for the NMLS&R to obtain an independent credit report.
Senate Bill 36 (SB 36), which was signed into law in October 2009, was enacted in order to bring California into compliance with the SAFE Act. SB 36 requires all DRE real estate licensees who conduct residential MLO activities, as outlined in the SAFE Act, to meet specific requirements to qualify for a MLO real estate license endorsement by January 1, 2011.
Definition of a Residential Mortgage Loan Originator and Residential Mortgage Loan
For individuals licensed by the Department of Real Estate, a mortgage loan originator means:
An individual who takes a residential mortgage loan application or offers or negotiates terms of a residential mortgage loan for compensation or gain. An individual real estate licensee acting within the meaning of Section 10131 (d) or Section 10131.1(b)(1)(c) of the Business and Professions Code (B&P) is a mortgage loan originator with respect to activities involving residential mortgage loans.


Pre-License Education Requirement


The SAFE Act requires all MLO license applicants to complete 20 hours of pre-license education, including the following specific areas:
a) Three hours of federal law and regulations
b) Three hours of ethics, including fraud, consumer protection, and fair lending issues
c) Two hours of training related to lending standards for the nontraditional mortgage product marketplace
Pre-license education must be completed through a NMLS approved provider. For more information on course providers visit www.dre.ca.gov.



Examination Requirement


State-licensed loan originators pass a qualified written test developed by NMLS and administered by an approved test provider. As required by the SAFE Act, the test is designed to adequately measure an individual's knowledge and comprehension in appropriate areas, to include:
a) Ethics;
b) Federal law and regulation pertaining to mortgage origination;
c) State law and regulation pertaining to mortgage origination;
d) Federal and State law and regulation, including instruction on fraud, consumer protection, the nontraditional mortgage marketplace, and fair lending issues.
The SAFE Test includes two components, a National Component and a Unique California State Component. A MLO license endorsement applicant wishing to satisfy the SAFE test requirements for licensure, must pass each component with a test score of not less than 75 percent correct answers to questions. MLO license applicants wishing to seek licensure in more than one state or jurisdiction, must pass the unique State Component test in each of those states.


Fingerprint/Background Requirement


The SAFE Act requires that each MLO applicant submit a set of fingerprints through the NMLS&R. Although DRE licensees were required to submit fingerprints before their license was issued, a new set of fingerprints must be obtained based on the provisions of the SAFE Act and SB 36.


Financial Responsibility/Credit Report Requirement


The SAFE Act requires that mortgage loan originator applicants have demonstrated financial responsibility, character, and general fitness such as to command the confidence of the community and to warrant a determination that applicants will operate honestly, fairly, and effectively.
The SAFE Act also requires that applicants authorize the NMLS&R to obtain a credit report from a consumer reporting agency. This step will be completed as part of the on-line application process. If an individual completes the application process before this functionality becomes available, it will be a required for the first MLO license renewal.
When the credit report is obtained, it will be done through a “soft pull” process which has no effect on the applicants credit score.
DRE has published Regulations in order to define the requirements of the SAFE Act and SB 36. Regulation 2758.3 Evidence of Financial Responsibility, specifically speaks to how DRE will evaluate the financial responsibility requirement for mortgage loan originator applicants.


Renewal and Continuing Education Requirement


Initial MLO license endorsements which are approved for issuance in 2010 will expire on December 31, 2011. Thereafter, MLO endorsements will be issued annually and expire December 31st each year. The renewal requirements for a MLO license endorsement will include a renewal request filed electronically through the NMLS&R, a renewal fee, and filing evidence of completion of 8 hours of continuing education (CE), completed in during 2011. CE must be taken through sponsors approved through the NMLS&R. The continuing education completed for the purpose of renewing a MLO license endorsement cannot be used to satisfy real estate license continuing education requirements. The renewal application filing period will be from November 1 through December 31 each year.


LICENSE RENEWALS - BROKERS AND SALESPERSONS


Licenses are issued for a four year period and should be renewed prior to the expiration date listed on the license. As a reminder, the DRE mails a renewal form to the licensee’s mailing address of record approximately 90 days prior to the license expiration date. The form is sent as a courtesy only. Non-receipt of the renewal form does not relieve the licensee of the responsibility to renew the license. DRE’s eLicensing online system offers expedited processing of salesperson and broker license renewals any time and day of the week. A license is renewable without examination upon submittal of the appropriate fee and evidence of completion of the required continuing education.

If submitted by mail, the application for license renewal must be postmarked prior to midnight of the expiration date of the current license to avoid a lapse in licensure and payment of a late renewal fee. For the purpose of determining the date of mailing, postage meter stamps are not considered evidence of a postmark by the U.S. Postal Service.
If a broker’s license expires, all licensed activities of the broker must cease and the broker’s salespersons are immediately placed in a non-working status. Any branch office licenses are cancelled. The broker must then reactivate the license of each salesperson to the broker’s employ online at the DRE web site or by submitting a Salesperson Change Application (RE 214). The broker must re-activate any branch office licenses by submitting a Branch Office Application (RE 203).
An individual with a conditional salesperson license which has been suspended may renew the license only by submitting evidence of completion of the required college-level semester-unit courses within four years of the date the license was issued. These courses are separate from continuing education courses.


Late Renewal


The holder of a license who fails to renew it prior to the expiration of the period for which it was issued may renew it within two years from such expiration online at the DRE web site or by submitting a proper application, evidence of completion of the current continuing education requirements, and the appropriate late renewal fee. Of course, there can be no licensed activity between the date of license expiration and the date of late renewal. A commission may not be claimed without a valid license.
An individual with a conditional salesperson license which has been suspended and who does not submit evidence of completion of the two required college-level semester-unit courses within four years of the date the license was issued may not renew the license on a late basis. (Section 10154 of the Code)
Two years after a license expires, all license rights lapse. The individual will be required to requalify through the examination process before being licensed in real estate.


OTHER LICENSE INFORMATION
Social Security Number


Effective January 1, 1995, an original or renewal license may not be issued to any individual who has not provided a social security number. This requirement applies to real estate broker and officer licenses, real estate salesperson licenses, pre-paid rental listing licenses, and existing mineral, oil, and gas licenses. The requirement does not apply to corporations with regard to a federal tax identification number.


Child Support Obligors


In accordance with Section 17520 of the Family Code, DRE is precluded from issuing or renewing a full-term license if the applicant is on a list of persons (obligors) who have not complied with a court order to provide child support payments. Additionally, a license may be suspended if a licensee’s name remains on the list 150 days after notice. Information concerning such individuals is provided to DRE by the Department of Child Support Services, which obtains the information from the district attorney of each county in California.
A 150-day temporary license may be issued to an otherwise qualified applicant who is on the list of child support obligors. The applicant will be advised that the license applied for cannot be issued unless a release is obtained from the district attorney’s office during the 150-day temporary license period. If the applicant fails to submit an appropriate release to DRE from the district attorney’s office within the 150-day period, all license rights cease. Only one 150-day temporary license may be issued. License fees submitted are not refundable. In order to be issued another license, all applicable statutory provisions must be met and another licensing fee would have to be submitted. Renewal applicants may have to submit a late renewal fee.
DRE is regularly provided with a supplemental list of obligors which identify individuals who are more than four months delinquent in child support payments and which is matched against DRE’s total license population. If there is a match of an existing licensee and the license is not due for renewal for at least six months, the licensee will be advised that the license will be suspended if the delinquency is not cleared within 150 days. The suspension will remain in effect until the delinquency is cleared.
DRE will assess a $95 fee when the name of a license applicant or licensee appears on a child support obligor list or supplemental list.



Non-Working Status


A salesperson may be issued and hold a license (but not perform acts requiring a license) without being in the employ of a broker. The license will be assigned non-working status until DRE is properly notified that the salesperson is employed by a broker.


Mineral, Oil, and Gas Licenses


Effective January 1, 1994, DRE no longer issues original mineral, oil, and gas (MOG) broker licenses or permits. MOG activities, as defined in Sections 10507 and 10581 of the Code, can be performed by currently licensed MOG brokers, or by licensed real estate brokers. Licensed MOG brokers may apply for license renewal.


Partnerships


DRE does not issue partnership licenses. A partnership may perform acts for which a real estate broker license is required, provided every partner through whom the partnership so acts is a licensed real estate broker.
Broker members of a partnership formed by written agreement may operate from branch offices of the partnership without obtaining an individual branch office license, provided one member of the partnership is licensed at that location. (Commissioner’s Regulation 2728)
A salesperson whose employing broker is a member of a partnership formed by written agreement may perform licensed acts on behalf of the partnership from any branch office maintained by any one of the partners.


Restricted License


There are certain types of restricted licenses sometimes issued by the Commissioner when a license has been suspended, revoked or denied after a hearing. In effect, they are probationary licenses and contain specific restrictions.
The Commissioner can restrict licenses by: term (one month, three months, etc.); employment by a particular broker (for a salesperson); limitation to a certain area or type of activity; requiring detailed reports of each transaction; requiring the filing of a surety bond; other conditions or combinations of conditions.


Fees


License or examination fees must accompany the application for the different types of examination or licenses. Applicants or other interested parties should contact any DRE district office or visit DRE’s web site to obtain information on the current examination or license application fees.
By law, fees paid to DRE in connection with licenses, endorsements, and examinations are not refundable (Section 10207). Therefore, a change of mind on the part of the applicant, rejection of a broker license examination application, examination failure or failure to appear to take an examination will not result in refund of all or any part of the fee paid.
There are no fees to implement the following: address change; salesperson employment transfer; personal or corporate name change; adding or deleting fictitious business name; and branch office.

Because of statutory mandates, license fees are likely to change frequently. Always check DRE’s web site to ensure you are submitting the correct fees.


Public
Off

RECOVERY ACCOUNT

RECOVERY ACCOUNT somebody

RECOVERY ACCOUNT


The Recovery Account is a fund of last resort for a member of the public who has obtained a final civil judgment or criminal restitution order against a real estate licensee based on intentional fraud or conversion of trust funds and who has been unable to satisfy the judgment through the normal post-judgment proceedings.
The licensee must have been properly licensed at the time the cause of action arose, and must have been performing acts requiring a real estate license. The applicant must file the application within one year of the date the judgment or criminal restitution order became final and must show that he or she has made all reasonable efforts to satisfy the judgment from the assets of not only the judgment debtor but also all other persons who may have been liable in the transaction.
When an application for payment is filed, DRE has 15 days to notify the applicant of any deficiencies. When the applicant has provided sufficient information to determine whether the application qualifies for payment, the application is made substantially complete. After the application becomes substantially complete, DRE has 90 days within which to pay, compromise, or deny the claim. If an application is denied, the applicant has six months within which to appeal the denial by refiling the application with the court which rendered the judgment.
If payment is made, the license of the judgment debtor is automatically suspended until he or she has repaid the amount plus interest. A judgment debtor who filed a timely response may file a writ of mandamus to challenge the payment from the Recovery Account and the suspension of his or her license.
As to a particular transaction/licensee, Section 10474 of the Business and Professions Code sets forth the maximum liability of the Recovery Account. A portion of license fees are used to fund the Recovery Account.
Public
Off

SUBDIVISIONS

SUBDIVISIONS somebody

SUBDIVISIONS


Every broker and salesperson and prospective licensee should be familiar with the extent and purpose of the Commissioner’s jurisdiction over the sale or lease of newly subdivided land. Sooner or later the majority of active licensees are associated with the sale of subdivided property or are called on for advice in preparing a subdivision for market.

Sometimes a broker will find that a principal is creating a subdivision without realizing it. The broker should be equipped to protect the principal from violating the law.
When selling subdivided property, the broker must make certain that these important requirements of the subdivision law are observed:
1. Broker must furnish the prospective buyer with a copy of the subdivision public report, obtain a receipt, and give the prospective buyer an opportunity to read the report before the prospect makes an offer to purchase.
2. Broker must handle the deposit or purchase money in accordance with the law.
3. Broker must make a copy of each of the following documents available for examination by a prospective purchaser or lessee before the execution of an offer to purchase or lease and must give a copy thereof to each purchaser or lessee as soon as practicable before transfer of the interest being acquired by the purchaser or lessee:
a) The declaration of covenants, conditions, and restrictions for the subdivision.
b) Articles of incorporation or association for the subdivision owners association.
c) Bylaws for the subdivision owners association.
d) Any other instrument which establishes or defines the common, mutual, and reciprocal rights, and responsibilities of the owners or lessees of interests in the subdivision as shareholders or members of the subdivision owners association or otherwise.
e) To the extent available, the current financial information and related statements as specified in subdivision (a) of Section 1365 of the Civil Code, for subdivisions subject to those provisions.
f) A statement prepared by the governing body of the association setting forth the outstanding delinquent assessments and related charges levied by the association against the subdivision interests in question under authority of the governing instruments for the subdivision and association.


Public
Off

Chapter 10 - Agency

Chapter 10 - Agency somebody
Public
Off

AGENCY RELATIONSHIPS AND DISCLOSURE SUMMARY

AGENCY RELATIONSHIPS AND DISCLOSURE SUMMARY somebody

AGENCY RELATIONSHIPS AND DISCLOSURE SUMMARY

Various rules of agency affect real estate licensees. As the principal's agent, the broker has the duty and
obligation, among other fiduciary duties, to exercise the utmost care (and depending upon the fact situation,
reasonable care), integrity, honesty, and loyalty and to maintain confidentiality. California Law also imposes
duties upon the listing agent with respect to the other principal to the transaction. These duties include, but are
not necessarily limited to, the exercise of reasonable skill and care, the obligation to act honestly and fairly and
in good faith, and the duty to disclose all facts which are known or should be known to the broker and which
materially affect the value, desirability or implicitly the intended use of the property.

The seller and the real estate brokers acting as the agents of the seller for the purposes of making disclosures
about the property and its conditions do not have the duty to "explain" the practical or legal effect or impact of
the disclosures. (Sweat v. Hollister (1995), 37 Cal. App. 4th 603, 609). However, the agent of the principal to
whom the disclosures are being made owes fiduciary duties to that principal which include "explaining" the
significance and consequences of that which has been disclosed, or should have been disclosed, and the agent is
obligated to "counsel" the principal so that the principal can make an informed and considered decision to buy,
sell, lease, exchange, borrow or lend. "Counseling" includes conducting any required inquiry or recommending
that an inquiry be undertaken to ensure that the principal makes informed and considered decisions. (Field v.
Century 21 Klowden-Forness Realty (1998) 63 Cal.App.4th 18; Salahutdin v. Valley of California (1994) 24
Cal.App.4th 555; Galeppi v. Waugh (1958) 163 Cal. App. 2d 507, 511).

Section 2079.13 et seq. of the Civil Code establishes an agency disclosure format where the transaction involves
residential property improved with one to four dwelling units. This disclosure format applies to all transactions
involving a sale or a lease of such residential property for longer than one year. A "sale" also includes an
exchange of the property, or a real property sales contract as defined in Civil Code § 2985. To comply with this
law, statutory forms have been provided which the licensee must use.

1. Disclosure and Confirmation of Actual Agency Relationships

The agency disclosure form sets forth the real estate broker's disclosure obligations and describes certain duties
a licensee owes to a principal in a real property transaction, whether the broker is the "seller's agent," the
"buyer's agent", or is acting as a "dual agent." The form must contain the entire text of § 2079.16 of the Civil
Code, and it should be delivered to the principal in a real property transaction as soon as practical and when the
relationship between the agent and the principal becomes more then casual. (Civil Code § 2079.14).

The listing broker or his or her agent (the salesperson or broker associate) must deliver the form to the seller
before entering into a listing agreement. The cooperating or selling broker or his or her agent (the salesperson
or broker associate) must provide the form to the seller as soon as practical and before presenting the offer.
Should the cooperating or selling broker not deal face to face with the seller, then the form may be delivered by
the listing broker. The agency disclosure form may also be delivered to the seller by certified mail. The
cooperating or selling broker must deliver the form to the buyer as soon as practical before signing the offer to
buy. Should the offer be not prepared by the cooperating or selling broker, then the form must be delivered to
the buyer no later than the next business day following the receipt of the offer from the buyer. (Civil Code §
2079, 14 (d).)

One reported case has discussed the phrase "as soon as practical." (Leendert P. Huijers v. Gordon R. DeMarrais
(1992) 11 Cal.App.4th 676). In this case, a listing broker was required to disclose the intended agency

relationship to and obtain consent from the seller at the time of the signing of the listing by the seller. The
Leendert case speaks to the practice of some brokers leaving unanswered the agency relationship(s) they intend
with the seller until such time as a buyer is procured. Presumably, the listing broker would not know whether
he or she would be acting as a dual agent or as an exclusive agent of the seller, and whether the buyer will be
separately represented or unrepresented, until the specific buyer is identified. Rather than leaving unanswered
the intended agency relationship(s), the listing broker is well advised to disclose to and obtain the consent from
the seller to the agency relationship intended at the time of the seller's signing of the listing agreement.

Should the actual facts later prove to be distinguishable from the listing broker's original belief, then the listing
broker should make and deliver a new disclosure describing the revised agency relationship(s) and obtain the
written consent of the seller to this revision. An example would be where the listing broker believes at the
outset that he or she will be acting as a dual agent, (i.e., represent both the seller and the buyer in selling the
listed property), but what actually occurs is that the buyer is represented by a cooperating broker. The
cooperating broker may present the offer as the exclusive agent of the buyer requesting the listing broker act as
the exclusive agent of the seller. In this case, the initial dual agency disclosure and consent would require
revision and a new agency disclosure must be prepared and delivered conforming to the facts. In other words,
the agency disclosure must be re-disclosed to clarify and confirm any changes in the nature of the agency
relationship that arose during the course of the transaction. Practitioners must be mindful of the fact that the
dual agency disclosure obligations apply equally to commercial real estate transactions. (L. Byron Culver &
Associates v. Joudi Industrial & Trading Corp. (1991) 1 Cal.App.4th 300).

Whether the disclosure form is issued at the outset or as a result of a later revision, the broker must obtain a
receipt from the principal receiving the disclosure. When the disclosure form is delivered by certified mail,
then no further receipt is required. Should a seller or a buyer refuse to sign the receipt, the broker or his or her
agent must "set forth, sign, and date a written declaration of the facts of the refusal.” (Civil Code § 2079.15).

Civil Code § 2079.16 includes the required text of the agency disclosure. The disclosures set forth in this
statutory framework include a list of duties owed by the real estate broker as an agent and fiduciary of the
principal to whom the disclosures are being made. The disclosures are essentially as follows: a duty of utmost
care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in dealings with the agent's principal; and the duty to exercise skill and care
in performance of the services rendered by the agent; the duty to act honestly and without fraud or deceit and to
act fairly and in good faith; and the duty to disclose of all material facts known to or which should be known to
the agent affecting the value or desirability of the property not known to or readily observable by the parties to
the transaction.

In summary, the real estate broker or his or her salesperson or broker associates shall, as soon as practical and
after the relationship becomes more than casual, disclose to the buyer and seller the agency relationships
intended by the broker or brokers involved in the transaction. The alternatives are "listing agent" (acting
exclusively for the seller), "selling agent" (acting exclusively for the buyer), or "dual agent" (acting for both the
buyer and seller). This agency disclosure must be consented to in writing by the seller and buyer. The
acknowledgment by and the consent to the intended agency relationships may be in a separate document, and
may be confirmed no later than in the purchase agreement. Furthermore, the statutory scheme set forth in Civil
Code § 2079.13 et seq and the other duties of disclosure and fiduciary responsibility continue to apply. (Civil
Code § 2079.24).

The phrase, "as soon as practical," has been defined to mean at the time the listing broker obtains the signature
of the seller on the listing agreement. (Leendert P. Huijers v. Gordon R. DeMarrais (1992) 11 Cal.App.4th 676,
684). Disclosing the agency relationships intended by the parties and obtaining the principal's consent thereto
will establish a rebuttable presumption that the relationships disclosed are the actual agency relationships
intended between the parties.

2. Statutory Limitations and Definitions

In addition to establishing a disclosure format, Civil Code § 2079.13 et seq. imposes various limitations upon
the conduct of and adds definitions regarding the performance of the special agency role of the real estate
broker acting in the sale transaction. Among such limitations and definitions are the following:

a. A listing broker who is also a selling broker is a dual agent and may not be the agent for a buyer only. (Civil
Code § 2079.18).

b. Payment of compensation to the broker and agent in the transaction does not in and of itself determine who is
the broker's principal. (Civil Code § 2079.19).

c. A real estate broker functioning as a dual agent may not disclose to the seller that the buyer is willing to pay
more the buyer's written offer to purchase, nor may a dual agent disclose to the buyer that the seller will take
less than that which is set forth in the listing agreement, without the express written consent of the party
authorizing the disclosure (this limitation in effect prevents the broker, when acting as a dual agent, from
negotiating the price and related financial terms on behalf of either the seller or buyer or both). (Civil §
2079.21). Practitioners who issue broker price opinions (commonly called BPOs) should pay particular
attention to § 2079.21. For instance, a licensee who issues a BPO at the request of a seller should provide a
copy of the BPO to the buyer when acting as a dual agent. Consent of the seller should be obtained. Prudent
practitioners should also notify the seller of the prospect that the buyer (in a dual agency situation) may have the
right to receive the BPO although it was initially prepared only for the Seller.

d. A listing broker acting as the seller's agent may also sell the property to an unrepresented buyer without
necessarily becoming a dual agent. (Civil Code § 2079.22). The licensee may not advise or counsel the buyer
and must disclose that the buyer is unrepresented. Prudence dictates that only sophisticated buyers may be
unrepresented in these circumstances.

The Real Estate Law includes authority mandating that real estate licensees disclose when they are acting as
dual agents. Section 10176(d) of the Business and Professions Code requires that a licensee not proceed to
represent more than one party to any real estate transaction without the knowledge or consent of both. Further,
Civil Code § 2079.17 requires that the agency relationship intended or any change in the agency relationship
regarding the agents of either party to the transaction must be in writing and must be consented to by all
principals.

Although Civil Code § 2079.13 et seq. applies only to 1 to 4 residential units, Business and Professions Code §
10176(d) imposes dual agency disclosure requirements in all real property and real property secured
transactions. This Business and Professions Code Section is largely a restatement of the common law
obligations of an agent to disclose all material facts to a principal. (Business and Professions § 10176(a) and,
e.g., L. Byron Culver & Assoc. v. Jaoudi Industrial & Trading Corp. (1991) 1 Cal.App.4th 300, 304.) The real
estate licensee, however, when applying 10176(d) should not misunderstand the phrase "knowledge or consent."
While the phrase appears in the disjunctive, it can only be read in the conjunctive, i.e., to proceed to act with
knowledge implies consent and one cannot consent to that which one has no knowledge.

3. Ostensible or Implied Agency

A broker must recognize that an agency relationship can result from the conduct of the parties even though there
is no express employment agreement and regardless of the source of compensation. In addition, the duties of
agency can arise even where there is no expectation of compensation. For example, if a relative or friend acts
on behalf of another, and agrees to do so without being paid, he or she will be subject to the duties and
responsibilities of a gratuitous agent. Agency relationships created from the conduct of the parties are known as
ostensible or implied agencies. (Civil Code §§ 2300, 2307, 2308).

In a typical real property or real property secured transaction, the real estate broker enters into a written contract
with the seller, lessor or the borrower, and the broker agrees to exercise due diligence to find a buyer, a
tenant/lessee or a lender. This is called the listing agreement, and the listing broker is the actual agent of the
employing principal. The listing broker is authorized to act as a special agent of the employing principal in
dealing with other persons relating to the contemplated real property or the real property secured transaction.
Confusion often arises about when and under what circumstances the listed broker might unintentionally
become the agent of the buyer, the tenant/lessee, or the lender.

When performing these fiduciary duties on behalf of a principal to the real property or real property transaction,
the listing broker must exercise care to avoid unwittingly becoming the agent of the other principal to the
transaction. Because agency relationships can arise out of the conduct of the parties, independent of any

express agreement, the listing broker must be aware of the potential that his or her actions may create an
ostensible or implied agency relationship with the other principal. To act as an undisclosed agent of the other
principal, without the informed consent of both parties may subject the broker to administrative discipline, loss
or disgorgement of commission, and may subject the principals to recession of the transaction. (Business and
Professions § 10176(a) and (d) and, e.g., L. Byron Culver & Assoc. v. Jaoudi Industrial & Trading Corp. (1991)
1 Cal.App.4th 300.)

The National Association of Realtors (NAR) has provided examples of activities or conducts which a listing
broker in a sale transaction may perform without becoming the ostensible or implied agent of the buyer. Some
of the NAR examples which the listing broker can perform as the special agent of the seller include, among
others, the following:

a. Show the buyer the listed property and describe to the buyer the property’s amenities, attributes, condition
and status;

b. Present offers made by the buyer to the seller; or

c. Refer the buyer to service providers such as lenders, mortgage brokers, attorneys, inspection companies, title
companies, escrow holders or other service providers required or desired by the buyer to complete the
transaction.

While it may be possible for a real estate broker to provide any one or all of the foregoing services without
establishing an agency relationship with the buyer, as a practical matter avoiding an agency relationship with an
unrepresented buyer may be next to impossible. Real estate brokers often become the ostensible or implied
agent of the buyer as the result of statements made by and/or conduct of the broker. For example, negotiating
on behalf of or in any manner advocating the interest of the buyer when presenting the offer to the seller, or
when processing the transaction to the close of escrow, will likely result in the broker becoming the agent of the
buyer. The important point is that while disclosures create presumptions regarding the agency relationships and
the duties flowing therefrom, these presumptions may be overcome based on the actual conduct of the parties.

4. Subagency

In a typical real property transaction, it is common for the listing broker to seek the cooperation of other real
estate brokers to carry out the purpose and objective of the agency. A principal may expressly authorize his or
her broker to appoint a subagent and thereby establish a new contractual and fiduciary relationship directly
between the principal and the subagent. Under such an appointment, the subagent represents the principal in the
same manner as the listing broker. When the listing broker appoints another broker to cooperate without the
express or implied authority of the principal, the cooperating broker becomes the subagent or agent of the listing
broker and not the subagent of the principal. (Civil Code §§ 2349, 2350 and 2351).

Real property or real property secured transactions typically involve cooperation between and among more than
one broker. The legal principles which govern the field of subagency are particularly complex. This is due, at
least in part, to the different relationships which exist between the brokers and the principals to the transaction
when seeking to carry out the purposes of the agency, (e.g., find a buyer, a tenant/lessee, or a lender).

A critical element in determining the relationships between and among the parties is whether the principal has
agreed to allow the listing broker to delegate some portion of his or her authority to another (Civil Code §
2349). The typical listing agreement between the principal and the real estate broker provides that the listing
broker may cooperate and share commissions with other brokers to carry out the purpose and scope of the
agency (e.g., to find a buyer, a tenant/lessee, or a lender).

When another agent is appointed by the listing broker with the express or implied authority of the principal, the
second broker becomes the subagent of the principal. (Civil Code § 2351). On the other hand, where the listing
broker appoints another broker without the consent of the principal, the second broker becomes the agent of the
listing broker. (Civil Code § 2350).

The rule of subagency has been criticized for a number of reasons and has periodically led to ridiculous results.
For example, in one case, the cooperating broker made certain misrepresentations about the property to a
prospective buyer. Since the listing broker had express authority under the exclusive listing agreement to

engage the services of the cooperating broker, the court held that the listing and cooperating broker were jointly
acting as the agents of the seller. Therefore, the seller was held liable to the buyer for the fraudulent
misrepresentations of the cooperating broker, even though it was established that the seller did not even know of
the cooperating broker's participation in the transaction. (Johnston v. Seargeants (1957) 152 Cal.App.2d 180).
(Also, Kruse v. Miller (1956) 143 Cal.App.2d 656; Hale v. Wolfsen (1964) 276 Cal.App.2d 285; and, Easton v.
Strassburger (1984) 152 Cal. App. 3d 90).

The acts, errors and/or omissions (negligence) of a cooperating broker who is the authorized subagent of the
seller may be imputed to the seller. For example, certain negligent acts of the cooperating broker who is the
authorized subagent of the seller may be imputed to the seller and the seller may be subject to liability to third
parties under the legal theory of respondeat superior. Equally, when the cooperating broker is not the
authorized subagent of the seller, but rather the authorized agent or subagent of the listing broker, the negligent
acts of the cooperating broker may be imputed to the listing broker and the listing broker may be subject to
liability to third parties under the legal theory of respondeat superior. (Civil Code § 2338). (Alhino v. Starr
(1980) 112 Cal.App.3d 158).

Since negligent misrepresentation by an agent and fiduciary may be characterized as constructive fraud, the
principal may well be liable under the theory of respondeat superior for the fraudulent conduct of principal's
agent. Should the conduct of the agent arise out of an intentional tort or criminal act, the principal may not be
liable for such conduct, unless the principal knowingly ratifies and accepts the benefits of the conduct. (Civil
Code § 2339).

A considerable debate occurred within the industry about imposing subagency upon sellers and whether most
sellers had any idea about the potential consequences of designating the cooperating broker as a subagent of the
seller. Most commentators recognized that subagency was unwise and worked to the disadvantage of both
buyers and sellers. The difficulties of subagency in typical real estate transactions were recognized by NAR in
the early 1990's. At that time, NAR amended its Multiple Listing Rules and established what has become
known as Multiple Listing Plus.

Under these new rules, a listing broker has the option of either extending a unilateral offer of subagency to the
cooperating broker, or of merely offering to share the commission with the cooperating broker without
extending any offer of agency or subagency on behalf of the seller or the listing broker. The cooperating broker
may now elect to solely represent the buyer even though the cooperating broker is sharing in the compensation
paid by the seller.

The legislature anticipated this development when it enacted Civil Code § 2079.19 which provides that the
payment of compensation does not necessarily determine the nature of the agency relationship between the
parties. Common practice in the industry now is to avoid subagency.

5. Offer of Compensation to Cooperating Broker

While a listing broker may offer to share compensation without creating an agency relationship between the
seller and the cooperating brokers, the cooperating broker's right to compensation remains somewhat unclear
under existing law. As previously discussed in this Chapter, where the principal's authority regarding the
payment of compensation to the cooperating broker was unclear, the cooperating broker was held to have no
rights against the seller, but could only collect compensation from the listing broker. (Goodwin v. Glick (1956)
139 Cal.App.2d Supp. 936). However, where the seller's authority to pay the cooperating broker was certain,
the cooperating broker was able to secure payment directly from the seller. (Schmidt v. Berry (1986) 183
Cal.App.3d 1299).

6. Delegation of Duties

Agents commonly delegate certain of their duties and their responsibilities to others. For instance, a seller may
ask a real estate broker to provide an opinion of value regarding the seller's property. The broker may, in turn,
engage the services of an appraiser to assist in estimating the market value of the seller's property. Such a
delegation may not relieve the real estate broker of liability in the loan transaction. In one case, the court held
that a real estate broker has a nondelegable duty to arrive at a value conclusion on behalf of a private trust deed

investor in a loan transaction. The broker was liable for the negligence of the appraiser. (Business and
Professions Code § 10232.5(a) (2) and Barry v. Roskov (1991) 232 Cal. App. 3d 447).

There are many other examples of such delegation of duty. Unless the delegation is specifically forbidden by
the principal, the general rule is that an agent may delegate certain of the agent's powers to others. The
legislature recently amended the Business and Professions Code to allow for real estate brokers to delegate their
responsibility to estimate the market value of the security property in a loan transaction to a real estate appraiser
licensed or certified by the California Office of Real Estate Appraisers. (Business and Professions Code
10232.6).

The powers which may be delegated by the agent to others are generally limited to the following:

a. When the act is purely mechanical;

b. When it is such as the agent cannot do alone and the subagent can lawfully perform;

c. When it is the usage of the place to delegate such powers, or when the principal authorizes the delegation;
or

d. When such delegation is specially authorized by the principal. (Civil Code § 2349).

When delegating a power to another, the agent must exercise care in delegating the authority and in choosing
and appointing the delegee. Although an agent may not be authorized to assign a duty of performance to
another, the agent may nevertheless be authorized to delegate the actual performance of such duty to others, and
thereby discharge the duty through the performance of the delegee. Most agency agreements do not require the
personal performance of the original agent, although the original agent will typically remain liable for the
details delegated to and executed by others. (Barry v. Roskov (1991) 232 Cal. App. 3d 447).

The doctrine of respondeat superior remains the basis for holding a broker liable for the negligent and even the
intentional acts of salespersons or broker associates, when such conduct is reasonably foreseeable, and may
apply even where the supervising broker is not aware of the conduct (Business and Professions Code § 10159.2;
10 CCR, Chapter 6, § 2740 et seq.). (Also, Inter Mountain Mortgage, Inc. v. Sulimen (2000) 78 Cal.App.4th
1434, 93)). In addition, the DRE may impose disciplinary sanctions upon a supervising broker based on the
doctrine of respondeat superior. (California Real Estate Loans, Inc. v. Wallace (1993) 18 Cal.App.4th 1575).

7. Dual Agency

Dual agency arises where the listing broker who is the actual agent of the seller becomes the actual agent, or
ostensible or implied agent of the buyer. The real estate broker who has entered into a listing agreement with a
seller, establishes an actual agency relationship with the seller. The listing broker may also establish an actual
agency relationship with the buyer as the result of the broker accepting the responsibility to act on behalf of the
buyer to locate a property. For instance, a listing broker who meets a prospective buyer at the seller's open
house, and who later undertakes with the buyer's consent to help the buyer find a home which is other than the
listed property, has established an actual agency relationship with the buyer, notwithstanding the fact that no
written formal agreement exists between them.

Regardless of whether the transaction is a sale, a lease or a loan, a real estate broker can become the agent of all
principals to the transaction, and the broker should only so act with the knowledge and consent of all principals
to the real estate loan, real property or real property secured transaction. (Business and Professions Code §§
10176(a), (d) and §§10177.6). In fact, Business and Professions Code §§10177.6 requires a broker to provide
written disclosure to all parties when representing the buyer or seller and the broker has agreed to also arrange
the financing. The failure to disclose and obtain the consent of the principal to the dual agency may result in
disgorgement of the broker's compensation and rescission of the transaction. (Culver v. Jaoudi (1991) 1 Cal.
App. 4th 300, 304-305, citing Glenn v. Rice (1917) 174 Cal. 269, 272).

Dual agency also commonly arises when two licensees associated with the same broker undertake to represent
two or more parties to a real property or real property secured transaction. The real estate broker with whom
the two licensees are associated is the dual agent of the principals to the transaction, and the salesperson and
broker associate licensees are the agents of the real estate broker. (Civil Code § 2079.13(b)).

In any dual agency situation, the broker owes fiduciary duties to both principals to the real property or real
property secured transaction. Dual agents face a particular difficulty with the elements of fiduciary duty which
involve loyalty and confidentiality. A common example arises in connection with the negotiation of price and
terms between a seller and buyer, and the negotiation of the loan amount and terms between the lender and
borrower.

The legislature recognized this conflict when enacting § 2079.21 of the Civil Code. That section states: "A
dual agent shall not disclose to the buyer that the seller is willing to sell the property at a price less than the
listing price, without the express written consent of the seller. A dual agent shall not disclose to the seller that
the buyer is willing to pay a price greater than the offering price, without the express written consent of the
buyer." "This section does not alter in any way the duty or responsibility of a dual agent to any principal with
respect to confidential information other than price."

As previously described in this Chapter, the practical affect of Civil Code § 2079.21 is to limit the ability of a
real estate broker, acting as a dual agent, to engage in the negotiation of price and terms in a sale transaction.
The broker should present to the buyer the listed price and terms requested by the seller and ask the buyer to
make whatever offer the buyer deems appropriate. Equally, the broker should present to the seller the price and
terms set forth on the buyer's written offer to purchase. The seller should be asked to accept the offer or counter
the price and terms as the seller deems appropriate.

Should either principal require professional assistance to ascertain the price and terms to request or offer, or the
price and terms to present in the form of a counter-offer, the real estate broker who is the dual agent is not in the
position of offering that assistance. Rather, the broker who is the dual agent should recommend that the
principals seek independent advice from qualified professionals to assist the principals in determining what
price and terms are appropriate in the fact situation. The limitation placed upon the real estate broker as a dual
agent, pursuant to Civil Code § 2079.21, does not preclude the broker from providing both principals with the
same comparative market data (including a BPO prepared by the broker) upon which the principals may
independently rely.

The conflict of interest which is inherent in dual agency has been recognized by other authorities. The reasons
underlying the rules against dual agency are of ancient origin. "No man may serve two masters; for either he
will hate the one and love the other; or else he will hold to the one and despise the other..." (Gospel of
Matthew, Chapter vi: 24 quoted in Nahn-Beberer v. Schrader (Mo. App. 1936) 89 S.W. 2d 142). Although
dual agency is a common practice in California real property and real property secured transactions, a real estate
broker who represents both parties must act with extreme care. One court framed the issue as follows: "A
broker so unwise as to place himself in the anomalous position of representing adverse parties must
scrupulously observe and fulfill his duties to both". (Martin v. Hieken (Mo. App. 1960) 340 S.W. 2d 161, 165).

The problem is compounded because of the proliferation of large, multi-office brokerages, and because a dual
agency can exist unexpectedly. The failure to properly disclose a dual agency and scrupulously honor its
limitations may result in the forfeiture of any commission due the broker, and may subject the licensee involved
to discipline by the Department of Real Estate. (Business and Professions Code §§ 10176(a) and (d)). In view
of the reality that dual agency is a common practice in the industry in spite of its potential for abuse, the
California Legislature, the California Department of Real Estate, and the California Association of Realtors
have attempted to accommodate the practice while informing principals through written disclosure.

A form of dual agency which has not been specifically addressed in the disclosure statutes is where the broker
attempts to present offers on behalf of two different buyers. This can easily happen when a broker is showing
the same property to buyer 1 and buyer 2, and both buyers want the broker to write an offer on the property on
their behalf. The situation becomes even worse if buyer 1 is in contract and buyer 2 makes a back-up offer.
Buyer 1's position is almost certainly weakened and buyer 1 would have good reason to claim that the real
estate broker breached the broker's fiduciary duties and obligations by participating in the transaction on behalf
of buyer 2.

The better practice would be for the real estate broker to avoid attempting to represent two buyers on the same
property without the clear, informed and unequivocal consent of both parties. It is recommended that when
acting as an agent for more than one buyer regarding the same property, the buyers should be sophisticated, or

they should be represented by independent professionals. Some have suggested that dual agency conflicts may
be mitigated by assigning separate salespersons or broker associates within the same office to each principal to
the real property or real property secured transaction. Under these circumstances, each principal would receive
the benefit of an individual presumably concerned only about their interest. However, individually assigning
salespersons or broker associates to the principals does not alter the fact that the real estate broker by whom the
associate licensee is engaged is the dual agent of the principals to the transaction. (Civil Code § 2079.13(b)).

8. Consequences of Undisclosed Agency in Non-Residential Transactions

As previously discussed in this Chapter, Civil Code § 2079.13 et seq. requires agents selling one-to-four unit
residential properties to sign a statutory agency disclosure statement. Commercial real estate agents and agents
acting in loan transactions must also prepare and deliver to their principals agency disclosure statements. Real
estate brokers who act as agents in loan transactions or in the sale or leasing of income producing property
must, in addition to the agency disclosure statement, obtain the informed consent of the principals to the
transaction. The failure to obtain the informed consent of the principals may result in the broker forfeiting the
right to receive a commission, and the transaction may be subject to an action for recession. (Culver v. Jaoudi
(1991) 1 Cal. App. 4th 300, 305, citing Glenn v. Rice (1917) 174 Cal. 269, 272).

The court put it this way: one who acts as an undisclosed dual agent is "in a position where his duty to one
conflicts with his duty to the other, where his own interests tempt him to be unfaithful to both principals, a
position which is against sound public policy and good morals. His contract for compensation being thus
tainted, the law will not permit him to enforce it against either party. It does not matter that, in the particular
case, the agent acted fairly and honorably to both. The infirmity of his contract does not arise from his actual
conduct in the given case, but from the policy of the law, which will not allow a man to gain anything from a
relation so conducive to bad faith and double dealing." (Culver v. Jaoudi (1991) 1 Cal. App. 300, 305 citing
Glenn v. Rice (1917) 174 Cal. 269, 272).

Public
Off

AUTHORITY OF AGENTS

AUTHORITY OF AGENTS somebody

AUTHORITY OF AGENTS

The authority of agents may be express (actually conferred) or may be apparent or implied (ostensibly
conferred). (Civil Code § 2315 and Lyne v. Bonner (1954) 129 Cal. App. 2d 743 and Walter v. Libby (1945)
72 Cal. App. 2d 138). An agent's authority is limited to that which has been actually or ostensibly conferred by
the principal. The Civil Code provides that every agent has authority to:

A. Do everything necessary, or proper or usual in the ordinary course of business, for effecting the purpose of
the agency; and

B. Make representations as to facts not including the terms of the agent’s authority, but upon which the agent's
right to use his or her authority depends, and truth of which cannot be determined by the use of reasonable
diligence on the part of the person to whom the representation is being made. (Civil Code § 2319).

The agent has such authority as the principal actually or ostensibly confers upon the agent (Civil Code § 2315).
Actual authority is that authority a principal intentionally confers upon the agent, or intentionally, or by want of
ordinary care, allows the agent to believe that he or she possesses (Civil Code § 2316). Ostensible authority is
that authority a principal intentionally, or by want of ordinary care, causes or allows third persons to believe that
the agent possesses. (Civil Code § 2317). Ostensible authority is sometimes referred to as apparent or implied
authority. This authority is distinguishable from express or actual authority which is created by an agreement
between the principal and agent which specifically identifies the activities which the agent is allowed to
undertake.

1. Express Authority

Express authority is created by the contract of the principal which completely and precisely delineates those
activities which the agent is authorized to undertake. For example, if the principal authorizes the agent to
acquire a particular single-family residence for the price of $100,000, the agent has express authority to do

precisely that and nothing else. The agent would not have express authority to purchase the house for $105,000
or to purchase a different house.

2. Implied Authority

Implied authority exists because it is often impractical or even impossible for the principal to specifically
delineate every aspect of the agent's authority. Implied authority may be derived from express authority and
exists to the extent that it is reasonably necessary to accomplish the overall objectives of the agency. In the
example given directly above, the agent had express authority to purchase a particular property at a special
price. The agent might have implied authority to set the time limits for performance of the agreement, receive
notifications from the seller, waive conditions in the agreement and possibly undertake efforts to obtain
financing for the benefit of the buyer.

Implied authority cannot conflict with expressed authority but it may exist where there is no relevant grant of
express authority. The determination of whether implied authority has been given usually involves determining
the custom and practice of the community, and whether the specific act was reasonably necessary for achieving
the objectives for which the agency relationship was created.

The real estate broker should carefully consider the exercise of implied authority when acting on behalf of
principals in real property or real property secured transactions. Real estate brokers are special agents whose
actions typically require ratification by their principals.

3. Apparent Authority

Apparent authority depends not upon the express or implied agreement between the principal and the agent, but
upon the reasonable expectations of third parties who have been led to believe that the agent is authorized to act
on behalf of the principal. Apparent authority is distinctly different from actual or express authority, and is
sometimes referred to as ostensible authority by estoppel. Ostensible authority by estoppel arises when the
principal, by words or conduct, leads a third party to believe that another person is his agent.

In other words, apparent or ostensible authority will arise and the principal will be estopped to deny the
existence of the agency, or the scope of the agent's authority when the principal's actions have created the
appearance of authority in the agent, and a third party reasonably relies to his detriment upon this authority.
The most common way in which questions concerning apparent authority arise is where the principal has placed
a limitation upon the normal and ordinary authority of the agent and fails to communicate this limitation to a
third party dealing with the agent. In most cases, the third party will not be bound by this special limitation.

4. Liability of Principal to Third Parties

The principal is liable to persons who have sustained injury through a reasonable and prudent reliance upon the
ostensible, whether implied or apparent, authority of an agent. The act of the agent can never alone establish
ostensible, whether implied or apparent authority, but silence upon the part of the principal who knows that an
agent is holding himself or herself out as vested with certain authority may give rise to liability of the principal.

For instance, when the principal executes and entrusts to the agent a negotiable or non-negotiable instrument
containing blanks and the agent fills them in, principal will be bound to third persons who rely upon the
instrument, even though the agent was not so authorized. The authority conferred upon an agent to fill in the
blanks of a negotiable or non-negotiable instrument does not extend to inserting the name of the other party to
the transaction without the knowledge, consent of and disclosure to the principal. For example, to form a
contract the name and identity of the lender must be known to the borrower when the borrower executes the
promissory note. (Civil Code § 1558, Jackson v. Grant (1989) 876 F2d, 764).

5. Emergency Broadens Authority

An agent has expanded authority in an emergency, including the power to disobey instructions where it is
clearly in the interests of the principal, and where there is no time to obtain instructions from the principal. An
example of this authority occurs in the relationship between a property manager and an owner when an
immediate repair or replacement is required to protect the property and to provide necessary services to the
tenant.

6. Restrictions on Authority

An agent who is given the power to sell and convey real property for a principal also possesses the power to
give the usual covenants of warranty unless there are express restrictions in this regard in the agent's agreement
with the principal. Also, an agent can never have authority, either actual or ostensible, to do an act which is
known or suspected by the person with whom the agent deals to be a fraud upon the principal. Unless
specifically authorized, an agent has no authority to act in the agent's own name except when it is in the usual
course of business for the agent to do so. (Civil Code § 2315 et seq.). Remember, a real estate broker acts as a
special agent with limited authority which generally does not include the power to act in the place instead of the
broker's principal.

An agency to sell the property does not carry with it the authority to modify or cancel the contract of sale after it
has been made. A limited agency as created between a seller and a real estate broker to sell the property
ordinarily empowers the real estate broker as a special agent to find or procure a buyer, but does not authorize
the agent to enter into a contract to convey title to the property on behalf of a principal. Unless otherwise
specified, the authority of a general agent to sell the property only permits a sale for cash, or its equivalency,
and the agent is not entitled to accept goods in payment.

An agent who has authority to collect money on behalf of his or her principal may endorse a negotiable
instrument received in payment only where the exercise of this power is necessary for the performance of the
agent's duty and where the principal has specifically granted the power to endorse the instrument. Where an
agent is expressly authorized to collect money, the agent may accept a valid check and the agent's receipt of the
check on behalf of the principal will be considered payment to the principal.

A real estate broker who negotiates a loan on behalf of a lender ordinarily has no authority to collect payments
from the borrower, except in those instances where the broker as a special agent of the lender has possession of
the security and the borrower has knowledge of this fact, or the broker has received written authority from or
has entered into a written servicing agreement with the principal delegating the collection of payments (and
generally other loan servicing functions) to the broker. The delegation to the broker of loan servicing functions
also occurs in the context of administration, management, and operation agreements as part of an investment
contract relationship established when issuing securities. (Securities and Exchange Comm. v. W. J. Howey Co.,
328 U.S. 293 (1946) and Securities and Exchange Comm. v. Glenn W. Turner Enterprises, Inc., et al., No. 72-
2544, 474 F.2d 476; 1973 U.S. App. LEXIS 11903; Fed. Sec. L. Rep. (CCH) P93,748). The borrower must
have actual notice of the existence of the servicing agreement and the authority of the real estate broker as the
special agent of the lender. (Business and Professions Code §§ 10233, 10233.2 and 10237 et. Seq. and Civil
Code § 2937).

7. Ratification of Unauthorized Acts

Occasionally, a person may act as agent without any authority to do so, or the agent may act beyond the scope
of the agent's authority. The alleged principal may not be bound by such acts. A principal may under certain
circumstances ratify the acts of the agent and thus become bound. Not only must the principal intend to ratify,
but:

a. The agent must have professed to act as a representative of the principal;

b. The principal must have been capable of authorizing the act both at the time of the act and at the time of
ratification (e.g. sometimes the promoters of a proposed corporation make contracts on its behalf, but the
corporation cannot ratify them - though it may achieve the same result by other means);

c. The principal must have knowledge of all the material facts (unless ratification is given with the intention
to ratify whatever the facts may be);

d. The principal must ratify the entire act of the agent, accepting the burdens with the benefits;

e. The principal must ratify before the third party withdraws.

(Civil Code §§ 2310 et seq.).

Once ratified the legal consequences are the same as though the act had been originally authorized. Generally
an act may be ratified by any words or conduct showing an intention upon the part of the principal to adopt the
agent's act as the principal's own. Acquiescence or acceptance of benefits by the principal must be with full
knowledge of the facts, unless made with the intention to ratify whatever the facts may be.

Where the principal's ignorance of the fact arises from the principal's own failure to investigate, and the
circumstances are such as to put a reasonable person on inquiry, the principal may be held to have ratified the
act in spite of lack of full knowledge. A ratification can be made only in the manner that would have been
necessary to create the original authority for the act ratified. Accordingly, in real property dealings, the
ratification must be generally in writing. (Civil Code § 2310 et seq.).

8. Duty to Ascertain Scope of Agent's Authority

No liability is incurred by the principal for acts of the agent beyond the scope of the agent's actual or ostensible
authority. A third party who deals with an agent and knows of the agency is under a duty to ascertain its
purpose and scope. If the agent acts beyond the agent's actual authority and the conduct of the principal has not
been such as to give the agent ostensible authority to do the act, the third party cannot hold the principal liable
for such acts. (La Malfa v. Piomobo Bros. (1945) 70 Cal.App.2d 840, 844-845 citing Ernst v. Stearle, 218 Cal.
233, 240):

"A third person, such as appellant, is not compelled to deal with an agent, but if he does so, he must take the
risk. He takes the risk not only of ascertaining whether the person with whom he is dealing is the agent, but
also of ascertaining the scope of his powers. The rule is cogently stated in 1 Mechem on Agency, second
edition, section 743, page 527, as follows: 'An assumption of authority to act as agent for another of itself
challenges inquiry. Like a railroad crossing, it should be in itself a sign of danger and suggest the duty to "stop,
look and listen." It is therefore declared to be a fundamental rule, never to be lost sight of and not easily to be
overestimated, that persons dealing with an assumed agent whether the assumed agency be a general or special
one, are bound at their peril, if they would hold the principal, to ascertain not only the fact of the agency but the
nature and extent of the authority, and in case either is controverted, the burden of proof is upon them to
establish it.’ "

9. Power of Attorney

A power of attorney is a written instrument giving authority to an agent. The agent acting under such a grant of
authority is generally called an "attorney in fact". A special power of attorney authorizes the attorney in fact to
do certain prescribed acts on behalf of the principal. Under a general power of attorney, the agent may transact
all of the business of the principal. Powers of attorney are strictly construed and ordinarily where an authority
is given partly in general and partly in specific terms, the general authority is limited to acts necessary to
accomplish the specific purposes set forth.

Real Estate brokers should not be given powers of attorney in the same matter for which the broker is acting
within the course and scope of the real estate license as a compensated agent. It is a legal maxim that one
should not exercise a power of attorney to one's own economic advantage or benefit.

10. Authority to Receive Deposits

The general rule is that when the scope of authority of a real estate broker has been limited to producing a buyer
ready, able and willing to purchase the property upon terms prescribed by the broker's principal, the broker has
no authority to accept a deposit from the buyer. Even when an agent has express authority to negotiate a sale of
real property, this does not give him or her implied or ostensible authority to collect the purchase price. When

an agent does so, the agent is acting as the agent for the buyer and not the seller. Consequently any
misappropriation of these funds by the broker would result in loss to the buyer and not the seller.

This general rule of law does not apply, however, where the broker actually had authority to receive a deposit
on behalf of the seller. Virtually all listing agreement forms in use today give express authority to the broker to
accept an earnest money deposit on behalf of the seller. The authority granted a listing broker also applies to
any subagents of the seller. The authority, however, would not apply to a broker who is acting only as an agent
of the buyer.

In those cases where a down payment has been paid to the broker and not deposited in escrow, title to such
payment vests in the seller when the seller accepts the purchase contract. Further, where an agreement for sale
of real property provides that a deposit with the broker is to become a part of the down payment when the seller
puts in escrow a deed evidencing good title, the deposit becomes the seller's property when the deed is put in
escrow. Thereafter, the broker cannot, except at the broker's own risk, return the deposit to the buyer.
Similarly, money received by the seller's agent under a deposit receipt with a valid liquidated damages clause is
generally (in the case of the buyer's breach) not recoverable by the buyer. (Civil Code §§ 1057.3 and 1671).

The rationale behind this rule is that money received by a broker as agent or subagent for the seller belongs to
the seller when the offer has been accepted. The broker may not return the funds to the buyer without the
consent of the seller.

11. Checks

In those cases where an earnest money deposit has been paid to the broker with written instructions to hold and
not negotiate the check until acceptance of the offer, the buyer's instructions should be followed. But the seller
must be informed in writing that the buyer's check is being held and not negotiated. This disclosure should be
given to the seller no later than the actual presentation of the offer to the seller, and the notice must be
acknowledged by the seller prior to or concurrent with the seller's acceptance of the offer. (Business and
Professions Code § 10176(a)).

It is acceptable practice to include the disclosure as a term and condition of the offer. During the time between
the receipt of the check by the broker and the acceptance of the purchase offer by the seller, the broker must
enter the fact of receipt of the check into the broker's trust fund records and hold the check in a safe place. (10
CCR, Chapter 6, §§ 2831 and 2832).

Although there may be a custom in real estate transactions for a broker to accept a check or promissory note
instead of cash as an earnest money deposit, the existence of such a custom does not justify the acceptance of
such instruments, unless there is full disclosure to the seller. While checks have been universally accepted as
the equivalency of money in business transactions, promissory notes are not. The maker of a check represents
that sufficient funds are in the bank account upon which the check has been drawn, and the failure to have such
money may be a crime. The maker of a note does not represent that he or she has sufficient money to pay the
sums owing (pursuant to the terms of the note) at the time of its original execution and delivery, and the maker's
failure to pay the note when it is due is generally not a crime.

California Law has held that a post-dated check may be considered the equivalent of a promissory note.
Therefore, a broker should not accept a post-dated check from a buyer since this may result in
mischaracterization of the form of earnest money deposit without adequate disclosure to the seller. As our
society moves towards more electronic or wire transfer of funds, other forms of earnest money deposits may
well be used in real property transactions. Full and complete disclosure to the seller is required of the form, the
amount, and disposition of the earnest money deposit.

12. Promissory Notes

A real estate broker, like a trustee, has an affirmative duty to disclose all material facts which might influence a
principal's decision. Thus the broker who impliedly represents to a principal that the broker has received cash
from a purchaser as an earnest money deposit (when in fact the broker has accepted a non-negotiable
promissory note) has violated the Real Estate Law. The use of promissory notes as earnest money deposits
should be reviewed, in advance, by the real estate broker's legal counsel.

13. Escrow Depository

In those cases where an earnest money deposit has been paid by the buyer directly into a neutral escrow under
typical escrow instructions which provide for the exchange of money and a deed on stipulated conditions, the
buyer is said to have conditionally delivered the money to the escrow holder. Escrow is defined to mean any
transaction wherein one person, for the purpose of effecting the sale, transfer, encumbering, or leasing of real or
personal property to another person, delivers a written instrument, money, evidence of title, or other thing of
value to a third person to be held by such person until a happening of a specified event or a performance of a
prescribed condition, when it is then to be delivered to a grantee, grantor, promisee, promisor, obligee, obligor,
bailee, bailor, or any agent thereof. (Financial Code § 17003 and Civil Code § 1057).

While it may be argued that the buyer retains title to the money until the conditions imposed by the buyer have
been performed, the escrow holder upon receipt of written escrow instructions from the seller will generally not
return the earnest money deposit to the buyer without the concurrence of the seller. It is the obligation of the
buyer and seller to insure that all funds deposited with the escrow holder are returned to the person who
deposited the funds or who otherwise are entitled to the money if the purchase agreement is not completed and
the escrow is not timely closed.

The failure to execute any required documents to cause the funds to be returned, unless said funds are being
held to resolve a good faith dispute, may result in damages being imposed up to $1000 plus reasonable
attorney's fees. (Civil Code § 1057.3). Should the buyer and seller be unable to mutually resolve any disputes
regarding the return of earnest money deposits, the escrow holder will generally file an interpleader action
seeking declaratory relief from a court of competent jurisdiction. The cost of such action will typically be
deducted from the earnest money deposits.

When the buyer and seller have each fully performed under an agreement (all conditions of escrow have been
satisfied or waived), the escrow holder becomes the agent of the seller as to the purchase money and the agent
of the buyer as to the deed. The escrow holder thereupon delivers the money to the seller and the deed to the
buyer.

14. Commingling and Conversion

Commingling occurs when real estate licensees deposit money belonging to another or others into a bank
account owned or controlled by the licensee that is other than a properly constructed trust account.
Commingling can also occur when real estate licensees join or integrate the property belonging to another or
others with property of the licensee in an unauthorized manner and in violation of applicable law. Depending
upon the facts, joining or integrating the money or property belonging to another or others with the money or
the property of the licensee may be characterized as conversion.

The real estate licensee who is guilty of commingling and/or conversion creates a risk of the funds or the
property of the client/principal being included in an attachment for personal or business claims against the
licensee. (Business and Professions Code § 10176(e)). Hence, the Real Estate Law requires real estate brokers
to place all funds received on behalf of clients/principals in an authorized trust bank account no later than three
business days following the receipt of the funds by the broker or the broker’s salespersons or broker associates.

Alternatively, the real estate broker may place the client’s/principal’s funds with a “neutral” escrow depository
(e.g., a title company or licensed public escrow), or the broker may promptly deliver the funds to the
client/principal who is entitled to receive them. Trust bank accounts of real estate brokers must be established
and maintained in compliance with the Real Estate Law and are not available to real estate salespersons. A
salesperson or a broker associate must immediately deliver all client/principal funds to the broker, or deliver the
funds as instructed by the broker for whom the salesperson or broker associate acts as an agent. (Business and
Professions Code §§ 10145 and 10146 and 10 CCR, Chapter 6, § 2830.1 et seq.).

Real estate brokers are required to keep separate records for each beneficiary or transaction, accounting for the
funds of the client/principal that are deposited into the trust bank account. These separate records are to include
information sufficient to identify the beneficiaries, the transactions, and the parties to the transactions, as
required pursuant to 10 CCR, Chapter 6, § 2831.1.

Maintaining proper trust account records is essential for the protection of the public. For example, FDIC
insurance coverage available per bank account is extended to each beneficiary identified separately in the
broker’s trust bank account records. Accordingly, a beneficiary whose trust assets, trust liabilities, and net trust
balances are properly maintained on a daily basis as part of the separate records of the broker’s trust bank
account (whether manually or through software) will be separately recognized by the FDIC under their
insurance coverage. Should the bank depository become insolvent or be subject to a regulatory enforcement
action, separate FDIC insurance coverage for each beneficiary is extremely important

A real estate broker is authorized to deposit into the broker’s trust account certain defined funds belonging to
the broker without being in violation of Business and Professions Code 10176(e). These funds of the broker
include an amount not to exceed $200, to pay service charges or fees levied or assessed against the trust account
by the bank or financial institution with which the trust account is maintained. The broker also may deposit
funds into the trust bank account that belong in part to the broker’s client/principal and in part to the broker
when it is not reasonably practical to separate such funds. The client/principal funds that may be maintained in
the same trust bank account with the funds of the broker must be received in connection with debt service on
mortgage loans co-owned by the broker and the client/principal, or the funds may represent the proceeds of
rental income from a property co-owned by the broker and the client/principal.

Certain predicates apply to this exemption from the definition of commingling, including that the funds
belonging to the broker are to be disbursed no later than twenty-five days after their deposit, provided no
dispute exists between the broker and the broker’s client/principal as to the broker’s portion of the funds. Other
predicates apply before the broker may rely on this limited exemption. (10 CCR, Chapter 6, § 2835).

If the broker fails to comply with the Real Estate Law regarding the handling of trust funds, the broker is
subject to disciplinary action by the Commissioner and may be subject to criminal action for conversion of
funds belonging to the public. It is recommended real estate brokers consult with legal counsel and with a
certified public accountant before establishing trust fund handling, trust bank account procedures, or when
proposing to join or integrate the money or property of the client/principal with the money or property of the
licensee.

Public
Off

CONCLUSION

CONCLUSION somebody

CONCLUSION

The subject of agency and fiduciary duty is complex and has proven to be difficult to understand and apply,
particularly by real estate brokers and mortgage brokers when performing as special agents of the principals
they serve. The discussion in this Chapter is intended to enhance the knowledge of the real estate and mortgage
brokerage industries regarding the duties and obligations owed by brokers and their salespersons and broker
associates when acting as principals only in real property transactions: as principals and special agents, or as
special agents of the principals to real property transactions (buying, selling, leasing, exchanging or property
managing), and to real property secured transactions (the making and arranging of loans).

Public
Off

CREATION OF AGENCY RELATIONSHIPS

CREATION OF AGENCY RELATIONSHIPS somebody

CREATION OF AGENCY RELATIONSHIPS

The relationship of principal and agent can be created by agreement between them, referred to as an actual
agency, by ratification or by estoppel, or as the result of the conduct of the parties and the agent's inherent
relationship with third parties (i.e., an ostensible or implied agency). Typically, the status of the real estate
broker performing as a special agent of a principal in a real property or real property secured transaction is
created by an express agreement (an actual agency). When created in this manner, the basic principles of
agency law arising out an agreement are applicable.

1. Employment Contract

The duty to know and understand the agency relationship being constructed by an agreement or occurring as a
result of the conduct of the parties is placed primarily upon the broker. When a real estate broker and a
principal enter into an employment contract authorizing the broker to act on behalf of the principal, an actual
agency relationship is created. (Civil Code § 2299). Since a real estate broker draws clients from all walks of
life, it is incumbent upon the broker (in view of the broker's knowledge and expertise) to see that the
employment agreement with the principal establishes the agency relationship, is in a correct form, and is
constructed according to the circumstances and in a fair manner.

2. When is the Agency Relationship Established?

As indicated above, the relationship between an agent and a principal is usually based upon an agreement, either
expressed or implied. In the real estate industry, the most common and standardized agency agreement is that
which arises between a seller or lessor of property, or an owner of a property who is an intended borrower and
his or her broker. Such agency agreements are known as "listings." Agency agreements can also be made
between an agent and a prospective buyer, lender, or tenant/lessee. Agreements with buyers, tenants/lessees, or
lenders are more common in non-residential transactions, although the use of such agreements for residential
sales appear to be increasing. In any case, an agency agreement must be in writing for the agent to be able to
enforce a commission claim based upon a breach of contract theory. (Civil Code § 1624(d); Phillippe v. Shapell
Industries (1987) 43 Cal. 3d 1247, 1255-1258).

3. Right to Compensation

A. Breach of Contract vs. Tort Theory

The broker's right to compensation and the amount must be clearly set forth in the listing agreement. The
obligation to pay compensation to the broker must be in writing. A real estate broker can act upon a letter
received from an owner, whether voluntarily sent by the owner or in answer to the broker's solicitation. When
relying upon letters, the broker should be very careful to see that the letter contains an employment clause, or
authorizes the broker to find or procure a buyer, tenant/lessee, or a lender, and describes the compensation the
broker is entitled to receive as a result of accomplishing the purpose and scope of the agency.

Civil Code § 1624(d) and the Phillippe case mean that a broker is not entitled to recover a commission under a
breach of contract theory, unless there is a signed agreement between the broker and the principal. The
agreement can be a listing agreement, some other form of agency agreement, or the agreement to pay the
commission may be set forth in the purchase agreement itself. For instance, one court held that a defaulting
buyer was liable to the buyer's agent for a $100,000 commission on the grounds that the broker was a third party
beneficiary of the purchase agreement between the buyer and seller. (Chan v. Tsang (1991) 1 Cal.App.4th
1578).

Similarly, loan brokers should have but often do not have written agreements with their principals. Even
without written agreements, loan brokers may be able to enforce payment of their compensation by reference to
other loan documents and disclosures exchanged between the borrower and the broker that identify the
commissions, fees, costs and expenses being paid to or charged by the broker, and which obligate the borrower
for the payment of such compensation. However, if there is no written agreement obligating the principal to
pay compensation, the real estate broker generally will not be able to recover the compensation, regardless of
the extent to which services were rendered for the benefit of the principal.

An example is where a seller and broker enter into a 90 day listing agreement which expires before a buyer is
found. The seller instructs the broker to continue working on finding a buyer, but does not sign a written
extension of the listing agreement. Can the broker recover a commission if a buyer is procured? Answer: Quite
probably not.

An agency agreement and all extensions or modifications of it must be in writing to be enforceable. In this
case, the listing agreement expired and the agent is working without an agreement. The broker may very well
be a continuing agent of the principal for purposes of soliciting for buyers, but the broker is without a written
agreement for compensation. Should the broker be successful in producing a buyer willing, ready, and able to
purchase the property pursuant to the terms, conditions, and covenants authorized and agreed to by the
principal, unless the broker is able to successfully argue the principal waive the termination date of the listing
contract the broker may be unsuccessful in enforcing compensation. The result of the argument may create a
conflict with Business and Professions Code § 10176(f).

At least in one case, a real estate broker was successful in obtaining a commission based upon a claim arising
out of an intentional interference with a prospective economic advantage. The real estate broker, Mr. Buckaloo,
did not have a written commission agreement with the seller. Based upon an oral contract with the seller, Mr.
Buckaloo expected to earn a commission if the property were sold. Mr. Buckaloo found a buyer and showed
him the property. The seller and the buyer apparently conspired to avoid paying Buckaloo a real estate
commission, and closed the sale without informing Mr. Buckaloo. Mr. Buckaloo sued for intentional
interference with a prospective economic advantage, based upon his allegation he was the "procuring cause" of
the sale.

The Supreme Court saw the inequity in the fact situation and ruled in Mr. Buckaloo's favor. The Court held that
Buckaloo had no contractual right to a commission because there was no compliance with the Statute of Frauds
(Civil Code § 1624) in the absence of a written agreement for payment of the commission. In this case, the
claim for commission was not based upon an alleged breach of contract, but rather it was based upon a tort
theory of recovery. The Supreme Court held that the tort theory of interference with an economic advantage
arising out of the relationship between the parties would support Mr. Buckaloo's commission claim, even
though Mr. Buckaloo would be unable to enforce the underlying oral commission agreement on a breach of
contract theory. (Buckaloo v. Johnson (1975) 14 Cal. 3d 815). Notwithstanding the Buckaloo case, the real
estate broker is well advised to obtain written agreements for payment of compensation when acting as an agent
for a principal in a real property or real property secured transaction.

It is unlawful for any licensed real estate broker to employ or compensate, directly or indirectly, any person for
performing any of the acts for which a license is required who is not a licensed real estate broker, or a real estate
salesperson licensed under the broker employing or compensating him or her; provided, however, that a
licensed real estate broker may pay a commission to a broker of another state. No real estate salesperson shall
be employed by or accept compensation from any person other than the broker under whom he is at the time
licensed. It is unlawful for any licensed real estate salesperson to pay any compensation for performing any of
the acts within the scope of the Real Estate Law to any real estate licensee, except through the broker under
whom he or she is at the time licensed. (Business and Professions Code § 10137).

The above prohibition against sharing commissions with unlicensed persons applies only to a payment made by
a licensee to a non-licensee as compensation for the performance of acts for which a real estate license is
required. Thus, the payment of a portion of a commission by a licensee to a principal in the transaction does not
constitute a violation of § 10137, but if there is a commission rebate to the buyer in the transaction that fact
must be disclosed by the agent to the seller who has paid the commission. (Business and Professions Code §§
10138, 10139, and 10139.5).

To summarize the foregoing discussion regarding breach of contract and tort theories, the following conclusions
should be considered:

1. Commissions can only be paid to a licensed real estate broker who, in turn, may pay all or a portion of the
commission to a licensed salesperson or broker associate provided that the salesperson or broker associate has a
written contract with the broker. (Business and Professions Code §§ 10136, 10137, and 10138 and 10 CCR,
Chapter 6, § 2726).

2. No salesperson shall be employed by or accept compensation from any person other than the broker with
whom he or she is at the time licensed, and no salesperson shall pay compensation for performing any of the
acts for which a license is required to any real estate licensee except through the real estate broker under whom
the salesperson is licensed. (Business and Professions Code § 10137).

3. The listing broker must have a valid, written contract with the principal for whom the broker is acting, e.g.,
the seller landlord/lessor, or borrower. (Civil Code § 1624(d); Phillippe v. Shapell Industries (1987) 43 Cal. 3d
1247).

4. The selling broker must either have a valid written agreement with the buyer, tenant/lessee, or lender or be
the "procuring cause" of the sale, tenancy or loan. (Civil Code § 1624(d); Phillippe v. Shapell Industries (1987)
43 Cal. 3d 1247; Buckaloo v. Johnson (1975) 14 Cal. 3d 815.)

B. Procuring Cause

In addition to showing that the broker has produced a ready, willing and able buyer, the broker must sometimes
show that he or she was the "procuring cause" of the transaction before becoming entitled to a commission.
This definition is particularly important in the case of more than one cooperating broker who has been working
with a buyer, or where the broker is operating under an open listing and more than one broker may be
competing for the payment of the commission. "Procuring cause" may be defined as a cause originating or
setting in motion a series of events which, without breaking their continuity, results in the accomplishment of
the prime object of the employment of the broker. (Pass v. Industrial Asphalt of California, Inc., (1966) 239
Cal.App.2d 776, 782; Rose v. Hunter (1957) 155 Cal.App.2d 3/9, 323).

The foregoing definition, while often repeated, is somewhat difficult to apply in practice. The broker is
certainly the procuring cause if the parties enter into an agreement authorizing the broker to solicit buyers on
behalf of the seller, and the broker produces a buyer in conformance with the listing agreement. What if the
broker simply introduces the parties who then make their own agreement? Assuming there are no significant
lapses of time, the broker is still probably the "procuring cause". (Buckaloo v. Johnson (1975) 14 Cal. 3d 815).

A common problem occurs when an ungrateful buyer, who was shown property by a broker, goes directly to the
seller or listing broker to make the agreement to either avoid or reduce the amount of commission paid. Based
upon the definition of "procuring cause," the broker who showed the property to the buyer is probably the
"procuring cause", although in the practical world the problems of proof that the broker will face suggest that
the case may be difficult to win.

4. Essential Elements of an Agency Agreement

The essential terms of an agency listing agreement are: (1) The names of the parties; (2) The identity of the
property; (3) the terms and conditions of the anticipated sale, lease or loan; (4) the amount of commission or
other compensation to be paid; (5) the expiration date of the agency; and (6) signatures of all parties concerned.
In addition, an agency agreement concerning owner occupied residential property must contain a statement in
ten point bold print or larger, acknowledging that commission amounts are negotiable and are not set by law.

It is advisable for a real estate broker to include such a statement in all transactions where the broker is acting
within the course and scope of the real estate license and is claiming, contracting for, or expecting
compensation for his or her services.

5. Types of Listing Agreements

The type of listing agreement and the terminology used to designate the form of listing varies somewhat among
localities. The four kinds of listing agreements most commonly used are: (1) the open listing; (2) exclusive
agency listing, (3) exclusive right to sell listing and (4) the net listing. In addition, local real estate boards or
associations either directly or indirectly provide a service known as a multiple listing which is not a listing
agreement. Rather, it is a mechanism and a medium through which information concerning listed properties is

disseminated among a wide group of real estate brokers and their salespersons and broker associates.

When the relationship between the real estate broker and seller results in an exclusive agency, the listing
agreement must contain a definite, specified date of final and complete termination. (Business and Professions
Code § 10176(f). Regardless of the relationship between the real estate broker and the seller, the description of
the real property which is the subject of the listing must be included although it need not be as detailed as
required in an instrument of conveyance or encumbrance. The description should, however, identify the
property with certainty. A description that can be made certain is sufficient, e.g., "My house on Tenth Street,
City," would be acceptable if the owner had but one house on Tenth Street. It would not be acceptable if this
person owned two houses on Tenth Street.

A. Open Listing

An open listing is the most informal of the four principal kinds of listing agreements, and is distinguished by the
fact that the owner retains the right to revoke the listing at any time, to sell the property him or herself, or to list
the property with another broker. Open listings often generate questions regarding a real estate broker's claim to
a commission, because the sale of the property by either the owner or any subsequently hired agent will defeat
the original broker's right to a commission.

B. Exclusive Agency

An exclusive agency is an agreement by which the owner agrees to employ a particular real estate broker and no
other to solicit buyers, tenants/lessees, or lenders. Under an exclusive agency listing, the broker's right to a
commission is protected as against other brokers for the duration of the listing agreement. However, under an
exclusive agency agreement, the owner retains the right to sell, encumber or rent/lease the property on his or her
own and, in that event, the owner can terminate the agency agreement and defeat the broker's claim to a
commission or other compensation.

C. Exclusive Right to Sell

The exclusive right to sell listing affords the real estate broker the greatest protection and makes him or her the
sole agent for the sale, renting or leasing, or encumbering of the property. Under such an agreement, the broker
is entitled to a commission provided only that the property is sold, rented or leased, or encumbered during the
listing period, regardless of who procures the buyer, the tenant/lessee, or lender. In other words, under an
exclusive right to sell agreement, the owner relinquishes both the right to list the property with other agents and
the right to defeat the broker's claim for a commission by selling, renting or leasing, or encumbering the
property him or herself.

It should be noted that in "sheltered" loan transactions arranged by real estate brokers pursuant to Article 7 of
the Business and Professions Code, commencing with § 10240, the period of time during which exclusive
authority may be granted to solicit lenders to procure a loan is limited to 45 days. (Business and Professions
Code § 10243).

D. Net Listing

A net listing is one which contemplates the seller realizing a specific net price with the real estate broker's
commission consisting of any sum that is received in excess of the seller's net proceeds. For example, if the
seller enters into a net listing with a broker for a $100,000 net price, the broker would receive no commission if
the net proceeds of the sale are $100,000 or less. On the other hand, if the proceeds of the sale are $125,000,
the broker is entitled to a commission of $25,000.

Because of the potential for creating conflicts of interest between the real estate broker acting as a special agent
and the principal, some states such as Massachusetts and New York limit or prohibit the use of net listing
agreements. Net listings are not illegal in California. However, the net listing can easily lead to a breach of the
agent's fiduciary duties and obligations. Therefore, net listing should be used only with highly sophisticated
clients, or with clients who are independently represented by another professional and, of course, with full
disclosure of all material facts involved in all transactions. (Business and Professions Code §§ 10176(a), (g)
and (h)).

E. Multiple Listing

The multiple listing and the multiple listing service (M.L.S.) creates a means by which information concerning
individual listings is distributed to all participants and subscribers of the service. For example, a seller lists
property for sale with a broker. The broker then transmits a memorandum of the listing which includes
information such as the type of property, its size, location, the listed price and other relevant information. This
memorandum is then transmitted to the M.L.S. which in turn publishes, either in a booklet and/or computerized
data sharing format, the information submitted by the original listing broker. Other brokers throughout the
region are thereby made aware of the existence of the listing and can contact the listing agent on behalf of
prospective buyers for the property.

When this is done, it is common that the listing broker will split any commission received with the broker who
procures the buyer for the property. The broker who cooperates with the listing broker to procure a buyer is
known as the selling broker. The selling broker may be acting as a subagent of the seller, an agent of the listing
broker, or may be performing as the exclusive agent of the buyer.

F. Legal Significance of the M.L.S.

Two features of the M.L.S. are of legal significance to real estate brokers. The first is that information
submitted to M.L.S. may later be admissible in court on the claim that the M.L.S. profile was incorrect and
therefore was a misrepresentation. In addition, when a real estate broker or his salesperson or broker associate
submits a listing to the M.L.S., the broker typically makes a unilateral offer to compensate the cooperating
broker who procures a willing, ready and able buyer. Further, the seller typically authorizes the listing broker to
cooperate and share commissions with other brokers who are members of the M.L.S., for the purpose of
delegating to the cooperating brokers some of the listing broker's responsibilities, i.e., the assignment to solicit
for and procure the buyer.

In such event, the cooperating broker becomes the subagent of the seller, unless the agency relationships are
clearly bifurcated in writing limiting the cooperating broker to performing as an agent only of the buyer. Civil
Code §§ 2079 et seq. [agency disclosure]; Civil Code §§ 2349, 2350 and 2351).

G. In the Context of a Listing Relationship, Authority of an Agent to Perform Authorized Acts on Behalf of the
Principal

A pervasive aspect of agency law involves the agent's authority to act on behalf of the principal. Related to this
concept is whether and to what extent will the principal be liable for agreements entered into, conducts of, or
misconducts or wrongdoing committed by the agent. For instance, an agent, acting on behalf of an owner of
real property, hires a contractor to perform an inspection of and to make certain repairs on the owner's property.
Is the owner contractually obligated to pay for the services? Suppose that unknown to the owner, the agent for
the owner (who is a real estate broker authorized to solicit for and to procure a buyer) falsely represents to the
buyer there is a new roof covering on the property. Is the owner and seller liable for the broker's engagement of
the contractor or for the misrepresentation regarding the roof covering? The answer to both of these questions
is probably yes, depending upon the extent of the agent's authority.

The real estate broker should not confuse the authority of an agent to act on behalf of the principal under the
principal’s express authority, whether written or oral, with the broker's limited authority as a special agent. Real
estate brokers are special agents who are licensed and regulated to solicit and negotiate on behalf of their
principals, but generally not to bind or act in the place and stead of the principals. As special agents, real estate
brokers are authorized within the course and scope of the agency to make certain representations on behalf of
owners and sellers of real property.

H. Consideration in the Listing Context

Consideration is not essential to the creation of an agency. One may gratuitously undertake to act as an agent
and will still be held to certain standards demanded of an agent for compensation. Under the Real Estate Law,
one who acts as a gratuitous agent does not need a real estate license. However, in any transaction subject to
the Real Estate Law, and where there is an expectation of compensation, regardless of the form, time, or
implicitly source of payment, then a license is required. (Business and Professions Code § 10131. et seq.).

Needless to say, compensation or the expectation of compensation is viewed broadly. For instance, benefits
arising out of a joint venture relationship, or even out of the sharing of overhead, have been held to be sufficient
compensation to established licensed activity. (Stickel v. Harris (1987) 196 Cal.App.3d 575, 585; James Jones
v. Kellman (1988) 199 Cal.App.3d 131-136).

Generally, the agreement between the real estate broker and his or her principal provides for the payment of
consideration, usually in the form of a commission. The payment of consideration arises out of the agreement
between the principal and the broker. The agreement can be classified as either unilateral or bilateral. A
unilateral agreement is one in which one party makes a promise to induce some act or performance by the other
party, but the latter can act or not act as he chooses. For example, in the case of an open listing, the intended
seller agrees to pay compensation to the real estate broker if the broker procures a buyer, but there is no
obligation on the part of the broker to do so.

A bilateral agreement is one in which a promise by one party is given in exchange for a promise by the other
party. For example, the exclusive right to sell listing (since the obligation upon the broker to use due diligence
and best efforts to procure a buyer is either express or implied) is a bilateral agreement because it involves an
exchange of promises. As previously noted in this Chapter, it is essential for the real estate broker to be able to
enforce payment of compensation on a breach of contract theory that the agreement retaining the broker be in
writing (Civil Code § 1624(a)(3); Phillippe v. Shapell Industries (1987) 43 Cal. 3d 1247, 1255-1258.)

In the relationship established between the listing broker and cooperating brokers under traditional M.L.S. rules,
the cooperating broker is appointed as a subagent of the principal (i.e., the seller). As a result of such
appointment, the subagent may generally seek compensation from the principal. The more recent M.L.S. rules
result in a unilateral offer of payment of compensation and not of subagency. See the discussion in this Chapter
regarding subagency.

Where the principal's direct authority to cooperate with other brokers is unclear or contradictory, the
cooperating broker has been obligated to seek compensation from the listing broker. (Goodwin v. Glick (1956)
139 Cal.App.2d Supp. 936). When the principal's authority is direct and clear, the cooperating broker has been
able to secure payment of the commission from the principal. (Schmidt v. Berry (1986) 183 Cal.App.3d 1299).
Although legal theories exist such as "third party beneficiary agreements" to support the payment of
commissions to cooperating brokers, the latter may find it difficult to seek compensation directly from the
principal because of a lack of privity of contract between the cooperating broker and the principal.

I. Mortgage Brokers

Real estate brokers perform as mortgage brokers when soliciting or negotiating loans, or when collecting
payments or performing other related services for borrowers or lenders, including holders of promissory notes,
when the loans are secured directly or collaterally by liens on real property. These licensees also perform as
mortgage brokers when offering to sell, buy, or exchange promissory notes on behalf of the holders when the
loans are secured directly or collateral by liens on real property. (Business and Professions Code §§ 10131(d)
and (e), 10131.1 et seq., 10166.01 et seq., 10230 et seq., 10237 et seq., and 10240 et seq., and 10 CCR, Chapter
6, §§ 2840 through 2846).

Mortgage brokers may also engage (when authorized) in the collection of advance fees and in the issuance of
securities, as defined in the Real Estate Law. When issuing securities, mortgage brokers are also subject to the
Corporate Securities Law of 1968 and the applicable regulations of the Corporations Commissioner. (See,
among others, Business and Professions Code §§ 10026, 10085, 10085.5, 10131.2, 10131.3, and 10146, and 10
CCR, Chapter 6, §§ 2970 and 2972; and, among others, Corporations Code §§ 25019 and 25206, and 10 CCR,
Chapter 3, §§ 260.115 and 260.204.1).

Mortgage brokers solicit or negotiate loans to be delivered to financial institutions or to licensed lenders, as well
as to private parties who invest private equity capital to fund loans or purchase promissory notes or interests
therein secured directly or collaterally by liens on real property. When doing so, mortgage brokers act as agents
and fiduciaries of the borrower or lender, or both; or the promissory note holder and the purchasers of such
notes, or both. When acting for both principals in either circumstance, mortgage brokers are dual agents.
(Business and Professions Code §§ 10131 et seq., 10166.01 et seq., 10176(d), 10177(n), 10177(q), 10177.6.,

10230 et seq., 10237 et seq. and 10240 et seq; and Civil Code §§ 2295 et seq., and 2923.1, and 10 CCR,
Chapter 6, § 2840 et seq.).

When loans are arranged to be delivered to financial institutions or to licensed lenders, mortgage brokers
typically are the agents and fiduciaries of at least the borrowers in such transactions. Depending upon the facts,
mortgage brokers may also become the agents and fiduciaries of financial institutions or licensed lenders
funding the loans for defined purposes, e.g., obtaining appraisal and credit reports or completing and delivering
required disclosures or issuing required notices of rights on behalf of the lenders/creditors. In such fact
situations, mortgage brokers are typically dual agents. (Business and Professions Code §§ 10131 et seq.,
10176(d) and 10177(q) and Civil Code §§ 2295 et seq. and 2923.1).

When acting within the course and scope of the real estate broker’s license, mortgage brokers are not solely
performing as facilitators or intermediaries. Pursuant to applicable law, mortgage brokers must generally be
agents and fiduciaries of at least one of the principals to the loan transactions or to the purchase and sale of
promissory notes. When loans are delivered to private parties, mortgage brokers must be the agents and
fiduciaries of the private parties, whether funding loans or purchasing existing promissory notes or interests in
either the loans or the notes. Generally, mortgage brokers are also the agents and fiduciaries of the borrowers in
such transactions. (Business and Professions Code §§ 10131 et seq., 10176(d), 10177(n), 10177(q), 10230 et
seq., 10237 et seq., and 10240 et seq.; and Civil Code §§ 2295 et seq., and 2923.1, and the Real Estate
Commissioner’s Regulations pertaining thereto, including 2840 et seq., and Corporations Code §§ 25004,
25100(e), 25102.5, and 25206 and the Corporations Commissioner’s Regulations pertaining thereto, including
10 CCR, Chapter 3, §§ 260.115 and 260.204.1).

Regardless of the nature of the intended loan transaction or the type of security property, mortgage brokers act
as special agents and fiduciaries of their principals pursuant to Civil Code § 2297. When performing mortgage
brokerage services, as defined, mortgage brokers are agents and fiduciaries of the borrowers and may be agents
and fiduciaries of the lenders/creditors. (Business and Professions Code §§ 10131 et seq., 10166.01 et seq.,
10176(d) and 10177(q), and Civil Code §§ 2295 et seq. and 2923.1).

Whether mortgage brokers act as the agents and fiduciaries of the borrowers or the lenders/creditors, or for the
promissory note holders or the intended purchasers, or for both principals in the same transaction as dual agents,
the common law as well requires mortgage brokers to place the interests of their principals ahead of their own.
This duty and obligation to represent and act in the interests of their principals is incumbent upon mortgage
brokers, regardless of the nature of the loan transaction, the services being provided, or the type of security
property, including when acting as servicing agents, or in connection with loan modifications, extensions, or
forbearances. (Business and Professions Code §§ 10131 et seq., 10166.01 et seq., 10176, 10177, 10230 et seq.,
10237 et seq., and 10240 et seq.). (Realty Projects, Inc. v. Smith (1973) 32 Cal.App.3d 204, 108 Cal. Rptr. 71
and Wyatt v. Union Mortgage Co. (1979) 24 Cal. 3d 773 [157 Cal. Rptr. 392; 598 P.2d 45] and Montoya v.
McLeod (1985) 176 Cal.App.3d 57, 64, 221 Cal. Rptr. 353 and Barry v. Raskov (1991) 232 Cal. App. 3d 447,
283 Cal. Rptr. 463 (Cal. App. 2 Dist.) and California Real Estate Loans, Inc. v. Wallace (1993) 18 Cal.App.4th
1575, 1580).

An agency relationship is established when a person represents a principal in dealings with third persons.
Agents are fiduciaries with rare exception when performing within the course and scope of the agency.
Mortgage brokers are agents and fiduciaries with prescribed duties and obligations when performing within the
course and scope of the real estate broker’s license. (Civil Code § 2297). However, fiduciary relationships may
exist with principals even when no third persons are involved. Examples include the relationships between
doctors and patients (principals) and between lawyers and clients (principals) when the services are performed
in the absence of third persons.

Black's Law Dictionary describes a fiduciary relationship as "one founded on trust or confidence reposed by one
person in the integrity and fidelity of another". A fiduciary has a duty to act primarily for the principal’s benefit
in matters connected with the undertaking and not for the fiduciary's own personal interest, including the
requirement mortgage brokers place the economic interests of the borrower ahead of the broker’s own economic
interest. (Business and Professions Code §§ 10131 et seq., 10166.01 et seq., 10176, 10177, including 10177(q),
10230 et seq., 10237 et seq., and 10240 et seq., and Civil Code §§ 2295 et seq. and 2923.1(a)).

Mortgage brokers are providing mortgage brokerage services when acting for compensation or in expectation of
compensation (whether paid directly or indirectly) to arrange or attempt to arrange residential mortgage loans as
exclusive agents of the borrowers. Mortgage brokerage services are also provided when mortgage brokers act
as dual agents for the borrowers and the lenders/creditors. Mortgage brokerage services, as defined, require the
residential mortgage loan be made by an unaffiliated third party. (Civil Code § 2923.1(b) (3)).

However, mortgage brokers may not rely solely on the language requiring the residential mortgage loan to be
made by an unaffiliated third party. For example, mortgage brokers may undertake to act as agents and
fiduciaries of the borrowers to procure lenders/creditors in intended loan transactions and then elect to make the
loan with funds the brokers own or control (whether directly or by an affiliated party). In such circumstances,
mortgage brokers are acting as principals and as agents and fiduciaries of the borrowers (and are agents and
fiduciaries of private parties who may join with the mortgage brokers to fund the loan or purchase the
promissory note or an interest therein. (Business and Professions Code §§ 10131 et seq., 10166.01 et
seq.,10176(d), 10177(q), 10230 et seq., 10237 et seq., and 10240 et seq., including 10240(b,) and 10 CCR,
Chapter 6, § 2840 et seq.; and Civil Code §§ 2295 et seq. and 2923.1(c); and Corporations Code §§ 25019,
25004, 25100(e), 25102.5, 25206 and 10 CCR, Chapter 3, §§ 260.115 and 260.204.1.).

Residential mortgage loans are defined to mean consumer credit transactions secured by residential real
properties improved by four or fewer residential units. (Civil Code § 2923.1(b) (4)). Real estate brokers
performing as mortgage brokers are licensed and authorized to not only make or arrange residential mortgage
loans, but to make and arrange loans secured by other than 1 to 4 residential units, e.g., land, income producing
property, and the like. Mortgage brokers are agents and fiduciaries, as well, in non-residential mortgage loan
transactions. (Business and Professions Code §§ 10131 et seq., 10230 et seq., 10237 et seq., and 10240 et seq.,
and Civil Code § 2295 et seq.).

The agency relationships between mortgage brokers and borrowers and lenders/creditors, or promissory note
holders or the intended purchasers of such notes, or when providing services to borrowers or lenders/creditors
(including acting as loan servicing agents) must be disclosed and consented to by the principals in each
transaction. Mortgage brokers are subject to this duty and obligation regardless of the nature of the transaction
or the type of security property, including when performing services on behalf or borrowers or lenders/creditors,
such as loan modifications, extensions, or forbearances. The appropriate standard of care requires mortgage
brokers, in writing, to disclose to and obtain consent from their principals to the agency relationships intended
before proceeding to act on behalf of their principals. (Business and Professions Code § 10176(d)).

Significant duties and obligations are imposed on mortgage brokers pursuant to federal and state law when
performing as agents and fiduciaries of one or more principals in loan transactions. Even when not acting as
agents and fiduciaries of both principals (dual agents) in loan transactions, the duties and obligations imposed
upon mortgage brokers include (among others), completing and delivering disclosures and notices of rights
required under applicable law. Mortgage brokers are also subject to specified disclosures and notices and may
not engage in prohibited conducts or in material loan terms in loan transactions that qualify as “high-cost”,
“higher-cost”, or “higher-priced”, as defined. (12 USC 2601 et seq.; and 24 CFR Part 3500 et seq.; USC 1601
et seq. and 12 CFR 226 et seq.; Business and Professions Code §§ 10131 et seq., 10166.01 et seq., 10176,
10177, 10230 et seq., 10237 et seq., 10240 et seq. and 10 CCR, Chapter 6, § 2840 et seq.; and Financial Code
§§ 4970 et seq. and 4995 et seq.).

Public
Off

FIDUCIARY DUTIES OWED TO A PRINCIPAL BY AN AGENT, AN OVERVIEW

FIDUCIARY DUTIES OWED TO A PRINCIPAL BY AN AGENT, AN OVERVIEW somebody

FIDUCIARY DUTIES OWED TO A PRINCIPAL BY AN AGENT, AN OVERVIEW

1. Loyalty and Confidentially

A real estate broker owes duties of loyalty and confidentiality to the broker's principal for whom the broker is
an agent and fiduciary. The broker is prohibited from personally profiting by virtue of the agency relationship,
except through the receipt of compensation for services rendered by the broker in accordance with the terms of
the employment agreement. This fiduciary duty and obligation of the broker as an agent of his or her principal
throughout the agency relationship is probably the most significant aspect of the relationship.

The courts have consistently equated the duty of an agent to a principal with the duty owed by a trustee to a
beneficiary. The Probate Code provides that, in all matters connected with a trust, a trustee is bound to act in
the highest good faith toward the trustee's beneficiary, and the trustee may not obtain any advantage over the
beneficiary by the slightest misrepresentation, concealment, duress or adverse pressure of any kind. (Probate
Code 16000, 16015 and Rodes v. Shannon (1963) 222 Cal. App. 2d 721, 725; Whipple v. Haberle (1963) 223
Cal. App. 2d 477, 36 Cal. Rptr. 9; Batson v. Strehlow (1968) 68 Cal. 2d 662, 674-675; Loughlin v. Idora Realty
Co. (1968) 259 Cal.App.2d 619, 629; Alhino v. Starr (1980) 112 Cal.App.3d 158, 169).

A broker may not unite his or her role as a special agent of a principal with his or her personal objectives (an
agent may not unite the agent's personal and representative characters) in the same transaction without
disclosure to and consent from the principal. The act of an agent within the course and scope of the agent's
authority is the act of the principal. In exercising that authority the agent is dealing with property or other
matters of grave concern to the principal. The agent has the principal's confidence and is, therefore, not
permitted to enjoy the fruits of any advantage which the agent might take of this confidential relationship. As a
fiduciary, the real estate broker performing as a special agent in relationships with a principal is bound by law to

exercise, among other duties, the utmost good faith, loyalty and honesty.

2. Fair and Honest Dealing

In addition to the fiduciary duties owed to a principal, a real estate broker who is the agent of a principal owes a
duty of fair and honest dealing to the other principal to the real property or real property secured transaction.
This duty includes, among others, the obligation to make a complete and full disclosure of all material facts.
Accordingly, the real estate broker owes the duty of full disclosure to a principal in a real property or real
property secured transaction even though the broker is not the agent and fiduciary of the principal to whom the
disclosures are being made. This is a duty which the courts have held to exist by reason of the agent's status as
a real estate broker. (Lingsch v. Savage (1963) 213 Cal. App. 2d 729, 736).

The duty of disclosure may also be found to exist by way of the agent's fiduciary obligation to the principal
upon whose behalf the disclosures are being made. Any misrepresentation or material concealment on the part
of the agent may afford the other principal grounds upon which to seek rescission or damages from the principal
for whom the agent is acting for purposes of making the disclosures. For example, a real estate broker must not
withhold from a prospective buyer material facts regarding the property which are known to, or should be
known to the broker, and which are unknown to the buyer or unascertainable by the buyer through diligent
attention or observation.

The duty of disclosure of a real estate broker representing the seller also includes the affirmative duty to
conduct a reasonably competent and diligent inspection of the residential property listed for sale, and to disclose
to prospective purchasers all facts materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that such an
investigation would reveal. (Easton v. Strassburger (1984) 152 Cal. App. 3d 90).

3. Disclosure Duties Pursuant to Civil Code § 2079 et seq.

After the Easton v. Strassburger decision, Civil Code § 2079 et seq., was enacted which provides:

a. A real estate broker has a duty to the buyer of residential real property of one to four units (including
manufactured homes) to conduct a reasonably competent and diligent visual inspection of property offered for
sale, and to disclose to said buyer all facts materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that such
an investigation would reveal, if the broker has a written listing contract with the seller to find/obtain a buyer or
is a broker who acts in cooperation with such a broker to find/obtain a buyer.

b. The above provision in (a) also applies to leases of such residential property with an option to buy and to real
sale property contracts as defined in Civil Code § 2985. (Civil Code § 2079.1).

c. The standard of care owed by a broker under this statute is the degree of care that a reasonably prudent real
estate licensee would exercise and is measured by the degree of knowledge through education, experience, and
examination, required to obtain a license under Part 1 (commencing at § 10000) of Division 4 of the Business
and Professions Code. (Civil Code § 2079.2).

d. The inspection to be performed does not include or involve an inspection of areas that are reasonably and
normally inaccessible to such an inspection, and if the property comprises: a unit in a planned development as
defined in § 11003.1 of the Business and Professions Code, a condominium as defined in Civil Code Section
783, or a stock cooperative as defined in § 11003.1 of Business and Professions Code.

e. The inspection does not include an inspection of more than the unit offered for sale, if the seller complies
with § 1368 of the Civil Code which requires a seller of such properties to furnish the buyer with copies of
covenants, conditions, and restrictions, by-laws, delinquent assessments and penalties, etc.

f. The inspection to be performed also does not include an affirmative inspection of areas off the site of the
subject property, or public records or permits concerning the title or use of the property. (Civil Code § 2079.3).

This disclosure law provides that in no event shall time for commencement of legal action for breach of duty
imposed by this article exceed two years from the date of possession, which means the date of recordation, the

date of close of escrow, or the date of occupancy, whichever comes first. (Civil Code § 2079.4). Nothing in
this disclosure law relieves a buyer or prospective buyer of the duty to exercise reasonable care to protect
themselves including those facts which are known to or within their diligent attention and observation. (Civil
Code § 2079.5).

The two year limitation for the commencement of legal action, and the limitations imposed upon the agent's
duties of disclosure (whether of material facts about the property or of the agency relationships intended) do not
apply to the agent's fiduciary duties owed to a principal to whom the disclosures are being made. The fiduciary
duties of a real estate broker acting as a special agent of a principal in a real property or real property secured
transaction are distinguishable from mere disclosure duties.

For example, should the real estate broker be acting as a dual agent or as the exclusive agent of the buyer to
whom disclosures of material facts are made, the real estate broker as an agent and fiduciary of the buyer has a
duty to "explain" the disclosures to the buyer and to "counsel" the buyer about the disclosures, including
recommending that inquiry be undertaken about the material facts to permit the buyer to make an informed and
considered decision. (Galeppi v. Waugh (1958) 163 Cal. App. 2nd 507, 511, and Salahutdin v. Valley of
California (1994) 24 Cal.App.4th 555). (In Chapter 20, see the seller property condition form to be completed
and delivered to buyer in timely fashion before title transfer which indicates the various actual disclosures
required.)

4. Real Estate Transfer Disclosure Statement (TDS)

In addition to the common law duties imposed on sellers of residential real property, the California legislature
enacted Civil Code §§ 1102-1102.17 that added disclosure duties for sellers of residential real estate. Civil
Code § 1102(a) applies to residential property transactions, including any transfer by sale, exchange, lease with
an option to purchase, any other option to purchase, or ground lease coupled with improvements “of real
property or residential stock cooperative, improved with or consisting of not less than one nor more than four
dwelling units, ” including manufactured homes (Civil Code § 1102(b). These provisions are mandatory and
cannot be waived by the parties Civil Code § 1102(c). (Realmuto v Gagnard (2003) 110 Cal 4th 193).
However, there are certain statutory exceptions, such as sellers who acquire property through foreclosure.
(Civil Code §1102.2 (c)).

Sellers must complete and deliver to the buyer a comprehensive real estate disclosure statement. (Civil Code
§§ 1102.1, 1102.3-1102.3a, 1102.6). The statutory disclosure form in Civil Code §1102.6 contains an extensive
list of items normally found in residential properties about which the seller is required to provide some
disclosure. (Alexander v McKnight (1992) 7 Cal 4th 973).

The seller's duty to deliver the disclosure form to a prospective buyer operates as a condition to the buyer's
obligation and duty to perform under a real estate purchase agreement. (Realmuto v Gagnard (2003) 110 Cal
4th 193). An action for negligent misrepresentation against a broker for violation of Civil Code §§ 1102-
1102.17 must be brought within 2 years after the date of the violation. (Civil Code §2079.4; Loken v Century
21-Award Props. (1995) 36 Cal. 4th 263, 272)

5. Malpractice Insurance Coverage

Because of the foregoing affirmative duties of disclosure being imposed upon real estate brokers when acting as
special agents of principals in real property transactions, the legislature was concerned that the codification of
these statutory duties may result in insurers seeking to exclude from errors and omissions coverage the duties
imposed upon real estate brokers. As a result, an amendment was made to the Insurance Code adding § 11589.5
of the Insurance Code which provides:

a. No insurer who provides professional liability insurance for persons licensed under the provisions starting
with § 10000 of the Business and Professions Code shall exclude from coverage under that policy liability
arising from the breach of the duty of the licensee arising under Article 2 (starting with § 2079) of Chapter 3 of
Title 6 of Part 4 of Division 3 of the Civil Code.

b. An insurer may exclude coverage against liability arising out of a dishonest, fraudulent, criminal, or
malicious act, or as the result of an error or omission committed by, and at the direction of, or with knowledge
of the insured.

The Legislature also declared that it is desirable to facilitate the issuance of professional liability insurance as a
resource for aggrieved members of the public, and declares that the provisions of this act are, and shall be
interpreted as, a definition of the duty of care found to exist by the court's decision under Easton v. Strassburger
(1984) 152 Cal. App. 3d 90, and the manner of its discharge. (Cal. Civil Code § 2079.12.)

6. General Disclosure Duties

In a fiduciary relationship it is the duty of the agent, in whom such trust and confidence are reposed by the
agent's principal, to make full disclosure of all material facts relating to the subject matter of the agency. For
example, the courts have held that negotiating a sale to the real estate broker's wife without making a full
disclosure to the principal is a violation of the duty which the broker owes to disclose all material facts. A later
case was concerned with the failure of the real estate broker to disclose to the seller that the buyer was the
broker's mother-in-law.

The court stated that where a seller's real estate agent is obligated to disclose to agent's principal the identity of
the buyer, and where the buyer is not the agent but has with the agent such blood, marital or other relationship
which would suggest a reasonable possibility that the agent could be indirectly acquiring an interest in the
property, such relationship is a material fact which the agent must disclose to the agent's principal.

In addition, a licensee who acts as a principal to a real estate transaction must disclose the fact of his or her
licensure to the other principal to the transaction (Business and Professions Code § 10177 (o)).

An agent's duty includes full disclosure and explanation of facts necessary for the principal to make an informed
and intelligent decision. In George Ball Pacific, Inc. v. Coldwell Banker & Co. (1981) 117 Cal. App. 3d 248
the court found that the broker had made an inaccurate representation when he arranged a lease without
knowing whether the lessor owned the property being leased.

Also, refer to the definition of a fiduciary and to the duties and obligations imposed on fiduciaries as discussed
in this Chapter in the section entitled, “Mortgage Brokers”. Fiduciary duties and obligations are equally
applicable to real estate brokers as well as to mortgage brokers who are real estate brokers acting within the
meaning of Business and Professions Code §§ 10131(d) and (e), 10131.1 et seq. and 10166.01 et seq.

7. Limits on Disclosure/Antidiscrimination Provisions

Licensees who participate in discriminatory practices in the housing market may incur liability under any of a
number of fair housing statutes. Brokers have been held to be covered by California's Unruh Civil Rights Act (
Civil Code § 51) (Lee v O'Hara (1962) 57 C2d 476).

The Fair Housing Act (FHA) (42 USC §§ 3601-3631; commonly referred to as Title VIII of the Civil Rights
Act of 1968) and the Civil Rights Act of 1866 (42 USC §§ 1981-1982) prohibit discriminatory practices in the
sale or rental of a dwelling and serve as potential bases for imposing liability for damages on brokers who
participate in discriminatory practices.

Another possible basis for imposing liability on brokers for discriminatory practices is the California Fair
Employment and Housing Act (Government Code §§ 12900-12996). Government Code § 12920, prohibits
discrimination based on “race, color, religion, sex, marital status, national origin, ancestry, familial status,
disability or sexual orientation in housing accommodations...” A broker who supplies information on the race,
color, sex, religion, ancestry, or national origin of a prospective buyer, even when requested by the seller,
violates the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (FEHA) ( Government Code §§ 12900-12996).

Brokers are also subject to administrative action under the Real Estate Law (Business and Professions Code §§
10000-10580) to revoke the broker's license. (Business and Professions Code § 10177(l); 10 CCR, Chapter 6,
§§ 2780-2781. (Also, Business and Professions Code §§ 125.6, 10170.5(a) (4); 10 CCR, Chapter 6 § 2725.

In addition, a licensee is not liable for failing to disclose a death at property sold or leased that occurred more
than three years before the transfer or if there was a death caused by AIDS at any time (Civil Code § 1710.2).

8. Reasonable Care and Skill

An agent moreover is under a duty to use reasonable care and skill (and depending upon the fact situation,
utmost care) to obey directions of the employer, and to render an accounting to the principal. The language in
Civil Code § 2079.16 requires "a fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty. . ." The
reasonable care and skill standard is assigned to the party in the transaction who is not the agent's principal.
Whether the standard is utmost or reasonable will depend upon the fact situation and the relationship between
the agent and the principal. A gratuitous agent (i.e., one who is not paid for the agent's services) cannot be
compelled to perform the undertaking, but such an agent who actually enters upon performance must obey
instructions and is bound to exercise the utmost good faith in dealing with the principal. This aspect of the
fiduciary duty is further embodied in Business and Professions Code § 10177 (g).

9. Agent May Not Act for More Than One Party Without Consent of Both

An agent cannot act for two or more principals in negotiations with each other unless each have knowledge of
and consent to the dual agency. Such conduct is opposed to public policy in that it places the agent in a position
where the agent may represent conflicting interests. Therefore, regardless of the real estate broker's honesty, or
the fairness of the contract in the particular case, the real estate broker cannot recover commissions from the
principals unless the dual agency is both disclosed and consented to by the principals. Further, it has been held
by the Supreme Court that an undisclosed dual agency is a ground for rescission by any principal without any
necessity of showing injury. (L. Byron Culver & Associates v. Jaoudi Industrial and Trading Corp. (1991) 1
Cal. App. 4th. 300, 305; McConnell v. Cowan (1955) 44 Cal. 2d 805, 811; Jarvis v. O'Brien (1957) 147 Cal.
App. 2d, 758, 759; and, Glenn v. Rice (1917) 174 Cal. 269, 272).

Even when the dual agency relationship is known and consented to by all parties, the agent owes to each party
the same duty of utmost good faith, honesty, and loyalty in the transaction, and the same duty to disclose
material facts which would affect the judgment of either principal. This rule of disclosure of dual agency is
specifically mentioned in the Real Estate Law, and its violation is cause for revocation or suspension of a real
estate license. (Business and Professions Code §§ 10176(a) and (d)). Also, disclosure to and consent by the
principals is required by law in transactions involving 1 to 4 residential units. (Civil Code § 2079.13 et seq.). It
is important to note that § 10176 (d) applies to any transactions within which a real estate broker or his or her
salespersons or broker associates are engaged as special agents acting within the course and scope of their
licenses.

10. No Secret Profits or Undisclosed Compensation

The courts have unequivocally held that an agent cannot acquire any secret interests adverse to the principal;
that the agent cannot lawfully make a secret personal profit out of the subject of the agency; and that if an agent
conceals the agent's interest in the property being conveyed or encumbered, the agent is liable to the principal
for all secret profits made by the agent.

In addition, the courts have held that where an agent falsely represents the amount at which a property may be
purchased by an offeror and then purchases for him or herself at a lower amount permitting the agent to pocket
the difference, the agent will be compelled to disgorge the secret profits. The fact that the offeror was willing to
pay the larger amount or that the property may have been worth the amount paid by the offeror is immaterial.

Claiming or receiving a secret profit or any form of undisclosed compensation is cause for discipline under
Business and Professions Code § 10176(g). (Ward v. Taggart (1959) 51 Cal. 2d 736). The obligation to disclose
all compensation regardless of the form, time, or source of payment is imposed upon real estate licensees
whether acting in a real property or real property secured transaction.

11. Attitude of the Courts

The decision in the case of Rattray v. Scudder (1946) 28 Cal. 2d. 214, is a clear exposition of the attitude of the
California Supreme Court toward the fiduciary relationship between the real estate broker and the principal. In
that case, a real estate broker was retained by an owner of real property to find a buyer for the property. The
fiduciary duties of the broker were violated when, without disclosing to the principal that broker had found a
buyer, the broker made misrepresentations about the salability of the property at the asking price. The broker
made untruthful and misleading statements to induce the principal to reduce the price of the property and to sell
it to the brokerage firm of which the broker was a member.

In commenting on duties and good faith of a broker the court held: "The law of California imposes on ... the real
estate agent the same obligation of undivided service and loyalty that it imposes on a trustee in favor of his
beneficiary. Violation of his trust is subject to the same punitory consequences that are provided for a disloyal
or recreant trustee."

A real estate broker when acting as an agent and fiduciary in a real property or real property secured transaction
is duty bound to inform a principal of every fact material to the principal. The duty to disclose material facts is
not limited to the relationship between the agent and the principal. A real estate broker and his or her
salespersons and broker associates each have duties to disclose material facts to the principal in a real property
or real property transaction even when the broker owes no fiduciary duty to that principal. For example, a
listing broker who is not a dual agent owes the duty of disclosure of material facts to the buyer.

When acting within the course and scope of a real estate license, a real estate broker, whether acting in a
fiduciary or nonfiduciary capacity, owes affirmative duties of disclosure. When the real estate broker is acting
within a fiduciary capacity, the broker's duty extends beyond mere disclosure to the duty of "explaining" and
"counseling" about that which has been disclosed, or should have been disclosed. Of course, the duty to
"explain" and to "counsel" is limited by the course and scope of the agency and by the license, knowledge,
experience, and training ascribable to real estate brokers. The duty to "counsel" includes the obligation to offer
advice and to make recommendations to the principal within the course and scope of the agency to permit the
principal to make informed and considered decisions.

Not only does the failure to abide by these fundamentals place the broker in a position of jeopardizing the
broker's license, but the courts have held that the broker as an agent of a principal in a real property transaction
is not entitled to any profit from the transaction in which such agent is guilty of violating these principles. In
the case of Thomas v. Snyder, (1930) 114 Cal. App. 397, 300 P. 117, it was held that "What is required of an
agent toward his principal is clearly set forth in the text found in 1 California Jurisprudence, page 789, as
follows: 'The proposition is conclusively settled that an agent is charged in full measure with the duty of good
faith in his dealings with his principal, touching the subject of his authority. The animating principle in this
proposition is that no one should, nor will he be permitted to enjoy the fruits of an advantage taken of a
fiduciary relation whose dominant characteristic is the confidence reposed in one person by another. The law
requires perfect good faith on the part of agents not only in form but in substance, and not only from agents
receiving compensation, but also from gratuitous agents. Indeed, the rule is so familiar as to be trite that the
obligation of an agent to his principal demands of him the strictest integrity and most faithful service.’ "

The requirements of law governing the relationship between agent and principal is to the effect that the agent
cannot be allowed to profit at the expense of the agent's principal, no matter whether the result is reached by
misrepresentation, concealment or other fraudulent device. In the case of Rempel v. Kells the court held that an
agent obtaining profits by fraudulent conduct and concealment from the principal is not even entitled to recover
expenses incurred by the agent in connection with the transaction. The duty of a real estate broker to disclose
material facts known by him to the seller employing him was again confirmed in the appellate court case,
Jorgensen v. Beach 'n' Bay Realty, Inc., (1981) (125 Cal. App. 3d 155).

In Jorgensen, the listing broker presented an offer to his seller that was only about 7 percent less than the listing
price. The broker presented the offer on behalf of a speculator for whom the broker hoped to act in future
transactions. When the broker presented the offer, he informed the seller that he was also acting on behalf of
the offeror and was therefore a dual agent in the transaction. The seller wished to counter offer on the price, but

the broker recommended that the seller not do so. The seller followed this recommendation. The sale was
consummated. Shortly thereafter the purchaser resold the property through the broker at a 13.5 percent profit.

In reversing a nonsuit for the broker, the appellate court held that the broker did not fully discharge his fiduciary
obligation to the seller by simply disclosing that he was acting as a dual agent in the transaction. It was the
broker's duty to disclose all material facts known to him which might have affected the seller's decision to
accept the offer. The court suggested that the facts known to the broker which might have affected the seller's
decision included (l) the fact that the buyer was acquiring the property for investment purposes and (2) the fact
that the broker had a substantial personal stake in negotiating a bargain purchase for the buyer. (Field v.
Century 21 Klowden-Forness Realty (1998) 63 Cal.App.4th 18).

12. Obligations of Real Estate Salespersons or Broker Associates

A real estate salesperson or broker associate is subject to the same duties and obligations arising out of the
fiduciary relationship between the broker and the broker's principal. The salesperson or broker associate is the
supervised employee or agent of the broker and is employed to carry on licensed activities on behalf of the
broker through whom the fiduciary duties of the salesperson or broker associate are owed to the principals of
the transaction. When a salesperson or broker associate owes a duty to a principal or, for that matter to a party
to a real estate transaction who is not a principal, that duty is the equivalent to the duty owed to the party for
whom the salesperson or broker associate functions. The term "broker associate" in this context refers to a real
estate broker who has entered into a written contract to act as the agent of another broker in connection with
acts requiring a real estate license and to function under the latter broker's supervision. (Civil Code §
2079.13(b)).

In performing the acts for which a real estate license is required, the salesperson or broker associate must
disclose to the broker's principal all the information the salesperson has or should have which may affect the
principal's decision. A failure on the part of the salesperson or broker associate to fulfill this obligation could
result in disciplinary action against the salesperson's license and may result in disciplinary action against the
license of the broker with whom these licensees are associated. Moreover, the broker will generally be held
liable in damages to the principal or any other party to whom the broker owed a duty for acts and omissions of
the broker's salesperson or broker associate.

Since the broker may be subject to administrative disciplinary action or civil liability for the acts of the broker's
salespersons or broker associates, the broker should take particular care in instructing salespersons or broker
associates about their duties and obligations to the broker's principals and other parties to whom the broker
owes a duty. The salespersons or broker associates should also exercise the greatest care in carrying out these
instructions of the broker when dealing with the broker's principals or any party to whom duties are owed.

Real estate salespersons and broker associates are subject to the same duties as a broker by whom they are
employed, including prescriptions against dual agency, secret profits or undisclosed compensation, and other
acts and omissions which violate an agent's duties to the agent's principal. Since a real estate broker has a
statutory duty to exercise reasonable supervision over the activities of his or her salespersons or broker
associates, it is quite possible for a broker to be disciplined for the acts and omissions of broker's salespersons
or broker associates in violation of provisions of the Real Estate Law even if the broker was not aware that
specific acts had taken place. (California Real Estate Loans, Inc. v. Wallace (1993) 18 Cal.App.4th 1575, and
Business and Professions Code §§ 10159.2, 10176(a), (b), (d), and (g), 10177(h), 10177.5 and 10179).

For purposes of a civil action, the duty of the qualifying broker under a corporate license to supervise
salespersons or broker associates is a duty owed to the corporation. In the case Walters v. Marler (1978) 83
Cal. App. 3d 1, a salesperson breached the duty to disclose to the buyer all material facts affecting the buyer's
decision. The court held that when a salesperson who is agent for the buyer acting through the supervising
broker, breaches a duty owed to the buyer, the qualifying broker's duty to supervise did not make the broker
individually liable for the damages suffered by the buyer. The broker's actions are considered the actions of the
corporation. Therefore, the corporation remains liable for damages resulting from the acts of its salesperson.

Public
Off

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION somebody

INTRODUCTION

The subjects of agency and the fiduciary relationships between real estate brokers and their principals are
among the most difficult concepts for real estate licensees to understand and apply when engaged in real
property or real property secured transactions.

A significant percentage of claims presented to insurance carriers offering errors and omissions coverages
involve alleged negligence, professional negligence, negligent misrepresentations and breaches of fiduciary
duty by real estate licensees. Equally, civil actions brought against real estate licensees by the public usually
include causes of action for negligence, professional negligence, negligent misrepresentations and breaches of
fiduciary duty.

The purpose of this Chapter is to provide the reader with an understanding of the concept of agency and
fiduciary duty in the expectation that those who practice as real estate licensees will better perform their
responsibilities to the public they serve. Fiduciary duties include, among others, loyalty; confidentiality; the
exercise of utmost care (and in certain fact situations, reasonable care); full and complete disclosure of all
material facts; the obligation to account to the principal; the obligation to act fairly and honestly and without
fraud or deceit; and the duty to "explain" and "counsel" about that which has been disclosed or should have
been disclosed thereby permitting the principal to make an informed and considered decision to buy, sell, lease,
exchange, borrow or lend.

The concept of agency and fiduciary duty is quite old. According to Civil Code § 2295 (which was enacted in
1872), "An agent is one who represents another, called the principal, in dealings with third persons. Such
representation is called agency." In an agency relationship, the principal delegates to the agent the right to act
on his or her behalf, and to exercise some degree of discretion while so acting. The agency relationship
between a real estate broker and his or her principal results in a special agency typically limiting the broker to
soliciting and negotiating on behalf of the principal to the real property or real property secured transaction.
(Business and Professions Code § 10131 et seq.; Civil Code § 2297). Generally, real estate brokers are neither
entitled to act in the place and instead of nor are they entitled to bind their principals.

An agency relationship creates a fiduciary duty owed by the agent to the principal within the course and scope
of the agency and the authority granted by the principal. The fiduciary duty owed by real estate brokers to their
principals has been compared by the courts to the duty owed to the beneficiaries by a trustee under a trust.
(Civil Code § 2322, Probate Code §§ 16000-16105.)

In most real property transactions, the real estate broker acts as an agent for someone else - the principal - who
seeks to sell to, buy from, or exchange with a third party real property or a business opportunity. The real estate
broker also may be acting on behalf of another or others to negotiate a loan, the repayment of which is secured,
directly or indirectly, by real property. As a special agent, the real estate licensee is authorized to represent the
licensee's principal with third persons in real property or real property secured transactions. (Business and
Professions Code § 10131 et seq.; Civil Code § 2079.13 et seq. and § 2297.)

A real estate broker is a special agent who is authorized by the principal to carry out certain defined acts within
the course and scope of the agency established by the principal. The real estate salesperson is an agent of the
real estate broker, regardless of whether he or she is an employee for purposes of the Real Estate Law, or an
independent contractor of the real estate broker for federal and state income tax reporting purposes. The broker
in the real property transaction is responsible for his or her salesperson who acts as an agent of the broker.
When a salesperson owes a duty to the buyer, the seller, or to any principal or party in a real property
transaction, the duty is equivalent to the duty owed by the real estate broker for whom the salesperson acts.
Broker associates act as agents of the responsible broker in the same manner as salespersons. (Civil Code §
2079.13(b).)

The existence of an agency relationship invokes a vast and often complicated body of rules and regulations
which govern the rights and duties of principals and agents to each other and the obligations of both principals

and agents to third parties. The following discussion begins with an analysis of the distinctions between general
and special agents and the description of those relationships between parties which are other than agent and
principal.

Public
Off

RIGHTS OF AGENT REGARDING A PRINCIPAL, AN OVERVIEW

RIGHTS OF AGENT REGARDING A PRINCIPAL, AN OVERVIEW somebody

RIGHTS OF AGENT REGARDING A PRINCIPAL, AN OVERVIEW

1. Compensation - Performance Required Under Employment Contract

Generally

To be entitled to a commission the broker must (l) produce a buyer ready, willing and able to purchase upon the
terms and at the price stipulated by the seller or (2) secure from the prospective buyer a binding contract upon
terms and conditions which the seller subsequently accepts.

In the first situation, the real estate broker's right to compensation is based upon the broker's written
employment contract (listing). The listing agreement requires that the broker be the procuring cause of an offer
by a buyer ready, willing and able to purchase on the seller's listing terms. A ready and willing buyer generally
denotes one who is prepared to enter into a binding unconditional contract while an able buyer is one who has
the financial ability to obtain the funds necessary to consummate the transaction at the proper time.

From the broker's standpoint, a listing agreement is very much result oriented. The broker's right to a
commission is in no way dependent upon, nor is it affected by, the amount of work put into finding a buyer
ready, willing and able to purchase and in negotiating the "meeting of the minds" of buyer and seller. By the
same token if the broker expends no time and effort on behalf of the principal and yet is able to produce a buyer
who is ready, willing and able to purchase on the terms specified in the listing contract, the broker has earned a
compensation.

Payment of Compensation May Be Dependent on Any Lawful Condition

The payment of a commission under a listing contract may be made dependent upon any lawful condition. A
seller may be relieved from the obligation to pay a commission if it appears from the language of the contract
that the payment of a commission was contingent upon the happening of a condition that did not occur. The
burden is upon the broker to establish that he or she has earned a commission by fulfilling all of the conditions
of the contract. If the fulfillment of a condition is prevented by the fraud or bad faith of the seller, or through
collusion between the seller and other parties, the broker may recover compensation even if the condition has
not been met.

The amount or rate of compensation may not be part of a printed or form agreement for sale of residential real
property comprised of four units or less or the sale of a mobile home. Such agreements must contain a 10-point
boldface type notice that real estate commissions are not fixed by law and may be negotiated. The wording to
be used is set out in Business and Professions Code § 10147.5.

If Broker Performs Within Time Limit Broker is Entitled to Commission

Revocation of a broker's authorization cannot operate to deprive the broker of the compensation contracted for
or its equivalent in damages, for nonperformance of the owner's contract if, within the time specified in the
listing agreement, the broker has found a customer ready, willing and able to purchase upon the price and terms
in such contract. The principal will not be relieved from liability by a capricious refusal to consummate a sale
where the principal's voluntary act precludes the possibility of performance on the principal's part. This is
based upon the familiar principle that no one can avail himself or herself of the nonperformance of a condition
precedent who has occasioned its nonperformance. It is well settled that a principal cannot discharge an agent
pending negotiations by the agent with a prospective customer, then effect a sale to the customer, without
liability to the agent.

When the listing contract is for a definite period, and there is a valuable consideration extending from the
broker, e.g., a promise to use due diligence in locating a person ready, willing and able to purchase, the contract
is binding upon the seller as soon as executed. The agent cannot be prevented from earning a commission
within the period of the appointment by revocation of the broker's authority. However, the distinction must be
made between the power to revoke and the right to revoke.

If the principal no longer desires to have the agent act for the principal, then principal has the power to revoke
the agency at any time. Should the principal revoke the agency, the principal breaches the promises under the

listing contract and may be liable to the broker for the payment of a commission. The principal may revoke the
agency without liability, if it can be proven that the agent failed in the duty to use due diligence, or has breached
the fiduciary duties owed by the agent to the principal.

Agreements Between Brokers

An agreement between brokers cooperating in the sale of real property for a division of the fees or commissions
is neither illegal nor against public policy. It will be construed and enforced the same as other contracts not
required to be in writing, but no partnership or joint venture is created by such an agreement between the
cooperating brokers in their endeavors to sell real property listed with one of them.

In the case where a cooperating broker has been the procuring cause of the sale and this broker's services are
completed, this broker may be entitled to recover the selling broker's share of the commission from the listing
broker. In the case where the original broker fixed the compensation at a certain sum, the original broker
cannot deprive the assisting or cooperating broker of a portion of the commission by settling with the principal
for a lesser sum.

There is an implied warranty that the owner will pay the amount of the commission as specified, and the
original broker is liable to the other broker for the other broker's portion regardless of what the original broker
settles for, unless the consent of the assisting broker is obtained. The listing broker is liable to the cooperating
broker for the payment of the commission only if the listing broker has received a commission from the seller.
If an agreement for the division of a commission has been abandoned by the cooperating broker, the listing
broker may then sell the property without being liable to the other broker for a share of the commission earned.

Right of Principal to Secure Buyer

Where the listing is an open one, the sale by the owner of the property to a person who has not been referred to
the owner by the broker does not violate the listing agreement and creates no liability to the broker on the part
of the principal. Where there is no termination date in an open listing, the owner may not seek to take
advantage of a failure on the part of the broker to produce the person willing to purchase on the terms of the
listing by attempting to deal directly with the agent's prospect.

An agency contract which provides that the agency is irrevocable for a fixed time does not prevent the owner
from selling the property within that time to a person with whom the agent has had no prior negotiations.

Commission Negotiable Between Principal and Broker

The amount of commission is set out in a broker's contract of employment. In the absence of any evidence of
incapacity to read or any fraud to prevent the reading or understanding of the agreement to employ and pay
compensation, the party signing the written contract is bound by its express terms and conditions. Ordinarily,
the compensation of the broker is negotiated at a certain percentage of the purchase price obtained by the
owner. If no amount of compensation is mentioned in the contract of employment, the law implies a promise
on the part of the owner to pay the usual or customary commission charged in the neighborhood for like
services.

If the owner accepts an offer procured by the broker at a price which is less than the price specified in the listing
agreement, both the listing agreement and the deposit receipt usually expressly provide for the payment of a
commission to the broker.

2. Listing Agreement - No Deposit Receipt Contract. When Agency Is Executed

A broker has earned a commission when, within the life of the contract, the broker has fulfilled the terms of the
agency contract. As stated before, a buyer produced must be ready, willing and able to purchase upon the terms
and conditions specified by the owner. The readiness and willingness of a person to purchase real property may
be shown only by an offer to purchase from that person. Unless such person has made an offer to the seller to
enter into such a contract, this person cannot be considered as a person ready, willing and able to buy. The
buyer and seller must be brought into communication with each other. Merely putting a prospective purchaser
on the track of property which is on the market does not entitle the broker to the commission contracted for and,
even though a broker opens negotiations for the sale of the property, the broker will not be entitled to a
commission if the broker ultimately fails to induce the prospective buyer to make an offer on the property. This

is true even though the owner may subsequently sell the property to the person originally produced by the
broker at the price and upon the terms at which it was originally offered for sale.

The obligation assumed by the broker is to achieve a "meeting of the minds" of the buyer and seller as to the
price and other terms for the transaction. Thus, if a valid contract is executed by seller and buyer, the broker is
entitled to a commission even though the sale is never consummated.

Seller Responsible When Seller Negotiates Contract

A seller who negotiates the terms of the contract bears the responsibility for its form and contents. The broker
does not lose a commission if, after producing a buyer who is ready, willing and able to purchase on the terms
set forth in the listing agreement, an unenforceable contract is entered into through the mistake, inadvertence or
ignorance of the seller. If the seller undertakes alone to complete the contract, the broker is discharged from
any responsibility and the seller is estopped to deny the broker's commission claim on the ground that the
contract is unenforceable. (Business and Professions Code § 10147.5 for Negotiability and Notice
Requirements for commission agreements.)

Broker Who First Produces A Ready, Willing and Able Offeror Is the Procuring Cause

Where the listing is open, the broker who first produces a customer who is ready, willing and able to buy in
accordance with the listing is the procuring cause of the sale, and is entitled to the commission therefor. As
soon as a broker has found a buyer, it is the broker's duty to notify the principal. Where the listing is an open
one, the seller may accept the first satisfactory offer presented.

There is no duty on the part of the seller to ascertain whether the agent who presented the offer was the
procuring cause unless the seller has notice that another broker was the procuring cause. The seller may accept
an offer which does not conform to the terms of the listing agreement and will ordinarily be liable to pay a
commission to the broker who has presented the offer under the terms of the contract executed.

The owner is entitled to a reasonable time within which to investigate the financial responsibility of the
proposed purchaser before accepting the purchaser as such. If the offeror presented by Broker A decides not to
enter into a contract, but is thereafter induced by Broker B or another person to enter into the contract on
substantially the same terms that offeror originally declined, Broker A is not entitled to a commission under the
theory that Broker A is the procuring cause of the sale. On the other hand, Broker A is the procuring cause of
the sale if Broker A has negotiated a "meeting of the minds" of offeror and offeree notwithstanding the fact that
the written contract for the sale of the property is executed through negotiations by Broker B.

Seller Interference With Competing Agents Under Open Listing

Where competing brokers are endeavoring to negotiate a contract under an open listing, the agents must be
permitted to act freely and independently of each other without interference by the owner. Where there is
freedom and independence of action on the part of the agents, the owner is under no obligation to the agent who
was unsuccessful in effecting a contract for the sale of the property. The owner, on the other hand may not
avoid the payment of a commission by personally negotiating a contract with a prospect produced by the agent
on terms and conditions substantially similar to those offered through the agent.

3. Deposit Receipt Contract - No Listing

On occasion the only written agreement containing a promise to pay a commission to the broker is in the
contract to purchase between buyer and seller. To protect a right to a commission, the broker should attempt to
obtain a separate agreement for the payment of a commission, even if the listing is written up to terminate
within hours after an offer is presented. If a seller refuses to enter into such a separate agreement, the broker
will have to rely upon the deposit receipt and purchase agreement. Where this occurs, a question may arise on
the seller's obligation to pay a commission if the sale of the property is not consummated.

Whether there is an enforceable obligation on the part of the seller will often depend upon the wording of the
commission clause in the deposit receipt and purchase agreement. Business and Professions Code § 10147.5
sets out the form to disclose negotiability of commission amounts which notice must be provided to the
principal at the time commission agreements are executed. Whichever form agreement - listing or deposit
receipt - initially establishes, intends to establish, or alters the terms of a previously established right to

compensation by a licensee, it must contain the specified information regarding the negotiability of commission
amounts.

4. Both Listing Agreement and Deposit Receipt Contract

The broker's recovery of a commission is based upon the employment contract (listing). The execution of the
contract to sell is nevertheless significant in that it evidences the fact that the agent has produced an offer that is
acceptable to the owner.

5. Exclusive Listings

An additional basis for the recovery of compensation by the broker is provided where the listing is either an
exclusive agency or exclusive right to sell. In these cases the broker need not necessarily comply with the
performance requirements set forth under (2), (3), and (4), above. If the broker is prevented from performing
under an exclusive contract as the result of a sale by the owner or through another agent or through the
withdrawal of the property from the market by the owner, the broker will ordinarily be entitled to a commission
under the listing agreement.

6. Sale to Broker's Prospect After Termination of Listing

To recover a commission under a listing contract, the broker must have produced an offer satisfying the terms
of the listing contract within the time limit of the listing. The broker's negotiations during the life of a listing
with a prospect who ultimately purchases the property does not necessarily entitle the broker to a commission.
Special circumstances may nevertheless dictate that the agreed commission be paid to the broker.

For example, where the sale is consummated directly by the buyer and seller after the expiration of the listing
on the same terms as proposed through the broker, or with only a price reduction to the buyer, there is every
reason to believe that the broker was the procuring cause of the sale. Accordingly, the broker should be entitled
to the agreed compensation for these services.

The broker may also protect his or her commission by a so called protective or savings clause in the listing
agreement. Under this clause, the seller agrees to pay a commission to the broker if the property is sold within a
period of so many days after expiration of the listing to a person with whom the broker negotiated while the
listing was in effect. Ordinarily, the terms of a listing contract which includes such a protective clause requires
that the broker furnish the owner of the property with a list of prospective buyers with whom the broker has
negotiated within a prescribed number of days after expiration of the listing.

Even though the broker may not have negotiated with anyone during the term of the listing, the seller may
waive the expiration of the contract by encouraging the broker to continue efforts to find a buyer. If the broker
continues in reliance upon such a waiver and does produce an offeror to whom the property is ultimately sold,
the broker may be entitled to a commission even without literal compliance with the terms of the listing
contract. The broker will face the issue of waiver of the termination date of the listing agreement as compared
to compliance with Business and Professions Code § 10176(f). (See discussion this Chapter regarding Breach
of Contract v. Tort Theory.)

7. Intentional Interference with Prospective Economic Advantage

A broker may be entitled to recover a commission under a tort rather than a contractual theory of liability by
proving that the actions of the owner of the property constituted intentional interference with the prospective
economic advantage of the broker. In one such case, a broker negotiated with a prospective buyer of real
property without any kind of a listing agreement solely on the strength of a sign erected on the property by the
owner which read "FOR SALE - CONTACT YOUR LOCAL BROKER". The broker was aware of the merits
of the property from a previous listing of the property with him. After his discussions with the prospective
buyer, the broker informed the owner of the property in writing that he was the procuring cause should an offer
be made by the group with whom he had discussed the property.

Notwithstanding this notice, the owner sold the property to the group with whom the broker had negotiated
without his participation. While the court denied the broker's right to a commission under a contractual theory
for lack of any written agreement to pay the commission signed by the owner, it upheld the broker's right to sue

for commission under the theory that the owner and buyers had intentionally interfered with his reasonable
expectation of a commission for having negotiated the sale of the property. (See discussion this Chapter
regarding Breach of Contract v. Tort Theory.)

Criteria for Duty of Care

Although an agent's interests in prospective economic advantage may be protected against injury occasioned by
negligent conduct, there are six criteria for determining whether a duty of care is owed: l) the extent to which
the transaction was intended to affect the agent, 2) the foreseeability of harm to the agent, 3) the degree of
certainty that the agent suffered injury, 4) the closeness of the connection between the principal's conduct and
the injury suffered, 5) the moral blame attached to the principal's conduct, and 6) public policy regarding the
prevention of future harm.

Public
Off

SPECIAL BROKERAGE RELATIONSHIPS

SPECIAL BROKERAGE RELATIONSHIPS somebody

SPECIAL BROKERAGE RELATIONSHIPS

From time to time a broker may have occasion to make a sale of property included in the estate of a decedent.
Less frequently a broker may represent a Board of Education or the State of California. Finally, a broker may
be innocently embroiled in a lawsuit by merely holding assets claimed by two or more contesting parties. The
following comments throw some light on these special situations.

1. Probate Sales and Commissions

The representative of the estate of a decedent may initiate a probate sale by seeking offers to purchase directly
or through one or more brokers. (Probate Code § 10150.) The executor or administrator may sell the real
property of an estate where it is found to be in the best interests of the estate. Whether the sale is public or
private, it must be advertised by publication or posting of notice. (Probate Code §§ 10300 et seq.) Acceptance
of an offer by the estate representative is subject to probate court confirmation. The representative of the estate
of the decedent with court permission may grant an exclusive right to sell the property for a period of not to
exceed 90 days. (Probate Code § 10150.)

The broker's compensation and the court confirmation procedure is set forth in Probate Code § 10160 et seq.
Initial information concerning the property, the broker's compensation, and the court confirmation procedure, if
any, can be furnished by the attorney for the estate. If a bank or trust company has been appointed
representative, interested persons may apply directly to the trust office of the institution for information. If a
public administrator is the estate representative, inquiry may be made at that office. The broker should ask
about the Independent Administration of Estates and whether the administrator is entitled to sell the property
without the court's confirmation, but with notice to all beneficiaries. (Probate Code § 10400 et seq.).

An offer to purchase must be for a price which is not less than 90% of the property's appraised value (appraisal
date within one year of sale) and it must conform to statutory requirements, the rules of the local superior court
governing probate sales and the terms stated in the public notice of sale. The court will make efforts to assure
the executor or administrator of the estate has exposed the property to the market. (Probate Code § 10160 et
seq.).

The person making the offer returned to court for confirmation, and the broker representing that person, should
attend the confirmation hearing whether or not that person plans to participate in higher bidding for the
property. All prospective bidders and brokers should be familiar with local rules of court governing advance
bidding, deposits required and similar matters. Ordinarily after court confirmation of a sale, normal escrow
procedures are used to consummate the transaction on the terms and conditions approved by the court.

The payment of commissions to brokers participating in probate sales is generally within the discretion of the
probate court subject to certain standards prescribed by statute. For example, § 10162 of the Probate Code
provides that the compensation of the agent producing a successful bidder shall not exceed one-half of the
difference between the amount of the bid in the original return and the amount of the successful bid provided
that the limitation shall not apply to any compensation of the agent holding a contract with the estate
representative pursuant to § 10150 of the Probate Code.

It is obviously important that the broker who procures the offer which is accepted by the estate representative
and returned to the court for confirmation have a written contract with the representative. In the case of an over
bid in open court at the confirmation hearing, it is a matter of importance to the broker that the court be
informed that a licensed broker has produced the bid in question. If a purchaser not represented by an agent has
his overbid confirmed, the listing broker may receive a full commission on the original bid only. (Probate Code
§ 10162.5).

The court in its order confirming the sale will set forth the amount of commission to be paid and the division of
the commission if more than one broker is to be compensated. (Probate Code § 10160 et seq.)> Needless to
say, where an agent is also the purchaser, the court will carefully examine "the substantiality" of the agent's acts
in putting together "the best deal," for the estate, especially where the agent expects a commission. Estate of
Levinthal v. Silberts, 105 Cal. App. 3d 691 (1980).

2. Board of Education Sales Commissions

The Education Code provides that the governing body of any school district may pay a commission to a
licensed real estate broker who procures a buyer for real property sold by the board. The sealed bid for the
property must be accompanied by the name of the broker to whom the commission is to be paid and by a
statement of the rate or amount of the commission.

In the event of a sale on a higher oral bid to a purchaser procured by a qualified licensed real estate broker,
other than the broker who submitted the highest written proposal, the board will allow a commission on the full
amount for which the sale is confirmed.

Note: One-half of the commission on the amount of the highest written proposal will be paid to the broker who
submitted it, and the balance of the commission on the purchase price to the broker who procured the purchaser
to whom the sale was confirmed.

3. State of California Sales Commissions

From time to time, the State of California has real property for disposal. When bids received for this property,
after advertising, do not equal its appraised value, the Department of Finance may authorize employment of a
licensed real estate broker to effect the sale on a commission basis. This procedure does not apply to surplus
real property of the State Division of Highways.

4. Dismissal of Broker-Stakeholder from Suit

The real estate broker as escrow holder has often been named as a defendant in a law suit to recover money
which the broker is holding as a trustee in a transaction. All too often the licensee must retain counsel and pay
the expense of defending in such a suit.

Under the Code of Civil Procedure, where the only relief sought against one of several defendants is payment of
a stated amount of money, such defendant may upon affidavit that he or she is a mere stakeholder with no
interest in the amount and that parties to the action have made conflicting demands upon the defendant, and
upon notice to the other parties, apply to the court for an order discharging said broker from liability and
dismissing defendant-broker from the action. This is known as an interpleader action. The defendant must
however deposit the amount in dispute with the clerk of the court. The court may then dismiss this suit as to
defendant-broker.

The broker need not wait to become a defendant in a lawsuit. If there is a fund disputed by two or more
persons, the holder of the fund may file an interpleader action. The holder would deposit the fund with the
clerk. The pleading would allege that the holder has no interest in the fund, and it would require the other
parties to litigate their claims. The holder of the fund may be awarded attorney fees and costs. The complaint
in interpleader can be used when there is a dispute between buyer and seller concerning a deposit in a failed
transaction.

Public
Off

TERMINATION OF AGENCY

TERMINATION OF AGENCY somebody

TERMINATION OF AGENCY

Ordinarily an agency may be terminated in the following ways:

(a) The expiration of its term.

(b) The extinction of its subject.

(c) The death of the agent.

(d) The agent's renunciation of the agency.

(e) The incapacity of the agent to act as such. Civil Code § 2355.

1. When Principal May Revoke Agency

Because the relationship between a principal and agent is a personal one founded on the trust and confidence
which a principal places in his or her own agent, the principal has an absolute power under the law to revoke the
agency at any time unless the agency is coupled with an interest. For example, when the principal owns a real
property with the agent who is a real estate broker, and the two principals appoint the broker as the property
manager, the purpose and scope of the agency is coupled with the broker's interest as a joint owner of the
property.

Nevertheless, while the principal in most circumstances has an absolute power to revoke, the principal does not
necessarily have the right to do so and may be liable for breach of contract by revoking the agency without good
cause. The Civil Code provides that if the agency was created by a recorded instrument containing a power to
convey or execute instruments affecting real property, the revocation of the agency is not effective unless the
revocation is in writing and is acknowledged and recorded in the same place as the instrument creating the
agency.

2. Effect of Termination

According to Civil Code § 2355, notice of termination of an agency relationship must be given to third persons
if the agency is terminated as a result of expiration of the term, extinction of the subject matter or the death,
incapacity or renunciation by the agent. If the agency is in fact terminated in any of the ways enumerated in §
2355, the former agent is still an ostensible agent as to those third persons who have not received notice of
termination. If the agency is terminated through the death or incapacity of the principal or by the principal's
express act of revocation, it is effective as to third persons even though they have no notice. There is an
apparent internal contradiction in § 2356 in that it states that a contract entered into with an agent by a third
person who does not have actual knowledge of the death, incapacity or revocation by the principal is binding
upon the principal, the principal's heirs and other successors in interest.

3. Time When Revocation Can Be Made

As a rule, unless a real estate broker's authority is coupled with an interest in the property, the broker's
authorization may be revoked at any time by the principal. A real estate broker's right to earn a commission
under a listing agreement is not considered to be an interest in the contract which precludes termination by
death, incapacity or revocation on the part of the principal. This is true even if the broker is given a particular
time within which to perform under the terms of the listing agreement. On the other hand, the courts have
recognized circumstances where the contract of agency is irrevocable because the licensee has an interest in the
property which is the subject matter of the agency. While such agency contracts are generally irrevocable, the
real estate broker may still be discharged for breaching the fiduciary duties owed by the broker to the principal
or by acting adverse to the interests of the principal.

The principal's termination of the agency relationship by revocation may give a real estate broker a right to
damages for breach of contract or to the right to receive compensation pursuant to the terms of the listing
agreement. (Blank v. Borden (1974) 11 Cal. 3d 963-967). Withdrawal of the property from the market by the
owner prior to expiration of the listing is an example of a de facto revocation which may give the broker a cause
of action for agreed compensation under the listing contract. The California Supreme Court has held that a
clause in an exclusive listing contract providing for payment of the commission to the real estate broker on
withdrawal of the property from sale by the principal does not constitute an unenforceable penalty under
California law. If the listing is an open one, a sale negotiated by the owner or by a broker terminates the listing
and notice of termination need not be given to brokers other than the broker who has presented the offer which
has been accepted.

In the event an open listing specifies no fixed term of employment, the listing normally may be revoked by the
owner at any time without liability prior to production of a ready, willing and able buyer by the broker. If a

fixed term is specified it is possible that, despite revocation by the owner, the commission will be earned if the
broker produces such a buyer within the specified time.

Exclusive listing agreements must contain a definite, specified date of final and complete termination. If the
listing does not contain a definite termination date, the listing is unenforceable by the real estate broker and the
claim, demand or receipt of any fee under the agreement by the broker is a basis for disciplinary action against
that broker's license. (Business and Professions Code § 10176 (f)).

Public
Off

THE DUTIES AND LIABILITIES OWED BY AN AGENT TO THIRD PARTIES, AN OVERVIEW

THE DUTIES AND LIABILITIES OWED BY AN AGENT TO THIRD PARTIES, AN OVERVIEW somebody

THE DUTIES AND LIABILITIES OWED BY AN AGENT TO THIRD PARTIES, AN OVERVIEW

1. Warranty of Authority

If an agent acts in the name of the agent's principal with authority given by the principal, the principal is bound
by the agent's act. When the agent acts without authority or in excess of the agent's authority, the agent may be
held liable for resulting damages for having breached the agent's implied warranty of authority. While the agent
warrants the agents own authority, the agent does not impliedly guarantee the principal's capacity to contract.
The agent is not liable therefore if the principal is incapable of contracting through infancy or incompetency
unless the agent has expressly warranted capacity or fraudulently concealed the fact of incapacity.

To protect himself or herself against liability for breach of an implied warranty of authority, the agent should
clearly indicate to the third party that he or she is not sure of the authority granted by the principal and does not
warrant it or, on the alternative, that the authority granted by the principal is limited to that which has been
clearly defined by the principal and disclosed by the agent to the third party.

2. On Contracts

When a contract is negotiated and executed by an agent in the name of the principal, the agent will not
ordinarily be held liable for the performance of the contract. If, however, there is a lack of authority on the part
of the agent and a lack of a good faith belief on the agent's part that the agent possesses the authority, the agent
is liable for the performance of the contract as a principal. The agent is also personally liable for the
performance of the contract if the agent fails to reveal the name of the principal, or the fact that the agent is
acting in an agency capacity. If the fact of agency is disclosed in the contract, but the name of the principal is
not, the rule in California appears to be that the agent is personally liable for the performance of the contract.
To avoid the possibility of personal liability of the agent, the name of the principal for whom the agent is acting
must appear on the face of the contract.

The failure to disclose the name of the principal by an agent who is known to be acting as an agent is
distinguishable from the fact situation where the agent fails to disclose to a principal that there is a principal
distinguishable from the agent for whom the agent is acting. In a real property secured transaction, the court
held that the loan was rescindable by the borrower since the borrower never knew the identity of the actual
lender. For a contract to exist between two principals, it is essential that the principals are able to identify each
other. (Civil Code § 1558 and Jackson v. Grant (1989) 876 F. 2d 764, 766).

The manner in which an agent signs a contract with a third party on behalf of the agent's principal may be
significant in determining whether the agent has any personal liability to the third party. Ordinarily an agent
should enter the name of the principal as the contracting party and should then sign the instrument "by" himself
or herself as agent for that principal. By signing the contract in this manner, the agent is virtually assured that
he or she will not be held liable for the performance of the contract since the fact of agency and the name of the
principal are disclosed. There are other ways in which this double disclosure can be effected, but the method
described has the advantage of being time tested.

3. On Torts

Torts are private wrongs committed upon the person or property of another and arising from a breach of duty
created by law rather than by contract. An agent is liable to third parties for the agent's own torts whether the
principal is liable or not, and in spite of the fact that the agent acts in accordance with the principal's directions.
Where a person misrepresents his or her authority to act as agent for another, such person may be liable in tort
to the third party who relies on the representation to the third party's detriment.

Real estate brokers and their salespersons and broker associates by the very nature of their business are
constantly making representations to prospects concerning the property being offered for sale. A representation
may be merely an expression of opinion or "puffing" on the part of the broker but, on the other hand, it may be
reasonably understood by both the broker and prospective buyer to be a representation of fact and thus a part of
the contract if agreement is reached.

Material representations purporting to be fact which are false or misleading may result in liability of the real
estate broker. The same may be said with respect to a failure on the part of the broker to disclose material facts
about the property to the prospective buyer. In addition to incurring liability for damages to the buyer, a broker
may also be subject to disciplinary action by the Department of Real Estate against the broker's license for overt
misrepresentations or for failure to disclose material facts. (Business and Professions Cade § 10176(a) and
Pintor v. Ong (1989) 211 Cal. App 3rd 837).

4. Misrepresentations

A misrepresentation by the broker who is the exclusive agent of the seller to a prospective buyer of the lowest
price acceptable to a seller is not usually actionable by the buyer, because it is not a representation of a material
fact. The seller has a right to obtain the best price available and has hired the agent to achieve that end.
Therefore, the seller's agent should not make representations to the buyer about price except with the seller's
knowledge and consent. Representations about price to the buyer absent the seller's knowledge and consent
may be actionable by the seller. Equally, a misrepresentation about price to the buyer by the real estate broker
or his or her salesperson or broker associate who is acting as an agent of the buyer will usually be actionable by
the buyer. Practitioners who issue BPOs must be particularly careful. For instance, a licensee who issues a BPO
at the request of a seller should provide a copy of the BPO to the buyer when acting as a dual agent. Consent of
the seller should be obtained. Prudent practitioners should also notify the seller of the prospect that the buyer
(in a dual agency situation) may have the right to receive the BPO although it was initially prepared only for the
Seller.

Statements incorporated into the purchase contract are often in the form of promises comprising part of the
consideration extending from the seller to the buyer. If such a representation is made in good faith, the fact that
it is untrue will ordinarily not render the seller or seller's agent liable in tort. An untrue representation which is
a material ingredient of the purchase contract may, however, be the basis for an action for rescission and/or
damages by the buyer. The same holds true with respect to mutual mistakes of fact resulting from
representations made by the seller's agent. The mutual mistake may be the basis for a rescission of the purchase
contract, but neither the seller's agent nor the seller would ordinarily be liable in tort to the buyer.

5. Fraud v. Negligence

Misrepresentation may be either fraudulent or negligent. In either case the agent may be liable civilly for
damages incurred by the buyer on account of the misrepresentation or the agent may be subject to disciplinary
action against the broker's license. The principal may be vicariously liable in damages for the broker's
misrepresentations even where the principal was not the source of the erroneous information conveyed by the
broker acting as the principal's agent.

Certain misrepresentations, even though made by an agent with no evil intent, are defined by law as actual fraud
if they are positive assertions of that which is not true made in a manner not warranted by the information of the
person making the representation notwithstanding that such person believes it to be true. Constructive fraud as
defined in the California Civil Code includes any breach of duty which, without an actually fraudulent intent,
gains an advantage to the person in fault, or anyone claiming under him or her, by misleading another to his or
her prejudice, or to the prejudice of anyone claiming under him or her. (Carl Michel et al. v. Moore and
Associates, Inc. (2007) 156 Cal App. 4th 756 and Field v. Century 21 Klowden-Forness Realty (1998) 63
Cal.App.4th 18).

Thus, in the area of misrepresentations, the dividing line between fraud and negligence is often blurred and yet
there may be a significant difference in the agent's exposure in damages depending upon whether the
misrepresentation is found to be negligent or fraudulent. If found by a court or jury to be fraudulent, punitive
damages can be awarded against the person making the misrepresentation. Remember, a real estate broker
acting as a special agent in a real property or real property secured transaction may make no representation
without a reasonable basis for believing the representation is true, may assert no half-truths, and may not assert
a series of independent truths which when interconnected are expressly or inferentially misleading.

Furthermore, if a fraud judgment is entered against a real estate broker based upon the broker's performance of
acts for which a real estate license is required, disciplinary action may be taken against the broker based solely

upon the civil judgment. (California Real Estate Loans, Inc. v. Wallace (1993) 18 Cal.App.4th 1575. If on the
other hand, the broker's misrepresentation is found to be no more than negligent, a case against the broker for
negligence would have to be retried at the administrative level where the standard of proof required in order to
discipline is convincing proof to a reasonable certainty as opposed to the preponderance-of-evidence standard in
a civil negligence action.

6. Nondisclosures and Constructive Fraud

Civil liability of a real estate broker for misrepresentation and the possibility of disciplinary action against the
licensee may arise from the broker's failure to disclose as well as from overt misstatements. Liability for failure
to disclose may result where the broker has knowledge of facts materially affecting the value, desirability, or
intended use of the property, and which facts the broker does not convey to the prospective buyer knowing that
the buyer does not have the same information.

Cases imposing a duty of disclosure usually involve the concealment by the seller of latent defects in the
property. These cases have held that the real estate broker acting as an agent of the seller and the seller have a
duty to disclose facts materially affecting the value, desirability, or intended use of property, if the broker
knows that the buyer is unaware of these facts and they are not within the buyer's diligent attention including
the inspection of the property. The courts have sometimes referred to such non-disclosure as negative fraud.
(Easton v. Strassburger (1984) 152 Cal.App.3d 9099).

In addition, a fiduciary may be liable to its principal for constructive fraud even if his or her conduct is not
actually fraudulent. (Salahutdin v Valley of Cal., Inc. (1994) 24 Cal. 4th 555). In Salahutdin, a real estate agent
made affirmative statements about the size and subdivision prospects to the buyer but failed to disclose that he
did not investigate accuracy of these statements. Constructive fraud comprises any act, omission, or
concealment involving a breach of legal or equitable duty, trust, or confidence that results in damage to another
even if the conduct is not otherwise fraudulent. (Salahutdin v Valley of Cal., Inc., supra.).

7. “Puffing”

Even in some situations where a licensee honestly believes that representations to the prospective buyer are
nothing more than "puffing" or ''sales talk", a problem may develop if the impression made upon the buyer is
that the representation is one of fact. Statements by a real estate broker that the property being offered is the
"best on the street", or that the buyer "will receive handsome profits from the buyer's investment", were at one
time almost universally considered to be mere expressions of opinion. In more recent years, there appears to be
a growing tendency on the part of the courts to treat such statements as representations of material fact, because
persons of limited expertise and sophistication tend to rely upon such statements and to purchase property as a
result of such reliance.

A statement by a real estate broker, salesperson or broker associate that a house was "in perfect shape," while
obviously not literally true, has been described as a representation of a material fact by an appellate court
considering the question.

8. Gratuitous Agent

In addition to negotiating the "meeting of the minds" of seller and buyer in a real estate transaction, brokers do a
multitude of other things in order to consummate sales. For example, they order preliminary reports, complete
forms, process loan applications, arrange for pest control inspections, and assist in the preparation of escrow
instructions. In a sense, the broker performs many of these functions gratuitously since he or she has earned a
commission when he or she has produced an offer from a person who is ready, willing and able to purchase.
The standard of the industry, however, is that the broker does not deem the commission to be due and payable
until the close of escrow.

If the real estate broker acting in a sales transaction undertakes to aid the buyer in processing a loan application
and does not charge the buyer for that service, the broker is a gratuitous agent of the buyer for the purpose of
arranging the loan. The broker's failure to use reasonable care while acting in the capacity of a gratuitous agent
can result in the liability of the broker, if the buyer sustains an injury as a result of this negligence.

Public
Off

THREE RELATIONSHIPS IDENTIFIED AND DEFINED

THREE RELATIONSHIPS IDENTIFIED AND DEFINED somebody

THREE RELATIONSHIPS IDENTIFIED AND DEFINED

A party may be authorized to act on behalf of or in relationship to another in various ways:

1. The relationship is that of a principal and agent, whether that of a general agency or a special agency;

2. The relationship is that of an ordinary employer-employee between the principal and the second party;

3. The relationship is that of a principal and an independent contractor who is the second party performing
certain defined services.

1. General and Special Agents Defined

General Agents

A general agent is one who is authorized to conduct a series of transactions involving a continuity of service.
(Civil Code § 2295; Restatement (Second) of Agency, § 3(1)). General agents tend to be an integral part of a
business enterprise and do not require additional authorization for each transaction which they conduct on
behalf of their principal. For example, a branch manager of a company may have general authority to transact
the business of the branch on behalf of the company and is a general agent to that extent.

Special Agents

A special agent is one who conducts a single transaction or series of transactions not involving continuity of
service. (Civil Code § 2297; Restatement (Second) of Agency, § 3(2).) A real estate broker is usually a special
agent although, in appropriate circumstances, a form of general agency can arise. The distinction between a
general and special agent is important when determining the extent of an agent's authority to bind the principal
to agreements made by the agent with third parties, and when defining the course and scope of the agency
relationship.

Real estate brokers typically exercise limited authority as special agents to solicit and negotiate on behalf of
their principals from whom they must obtain ratification of agreements with third parties. Real estate brokers
and associate licensees they have engaged are neither licensed nor regulated to act as general agents. Rather
real estate licensees are licensed and regulated as special agents to carry out on behalf of another or others
certain defined activities for compensation or expectation of compensation in real property and real property
secured transactions.

A real estate broker is ordinarily a special agent who acts on behalf of the principal, but does not act in place or
instead of the principal. In order for a real estate broker to act in place and instead of the principal the agent
must be designated the attorney in fact pursuant to a power of attorney, which should only be used in
exceptional circumstances and with the advice of counsel. For example, the broker is not entitled to convey or
encumber title to the real property of his or her principal without the express written authority of that principal.
Such authority would typically require a power of attorney. While the listing agreement, known as an exclusive
right to sell, grants to the real estate broker the right to receive a commission regardless of whether the
principal, the listing broker or any other broker sells the property, such a listing agreement does not convey any
power to the listing broker to sell the property. Rather, the authority granted to the listing broker is the right to
solicit offers from prospective buyers (offerors) and the right to be compensated regardless of through whom
the property may be sold.

Broker Acting for Own Account Whether as a Principal Only or as a Principal and a Special agent of the Other
Principal

Not infrequently a real estate broker or salesperson will act in a real property transaction or real property
secured transactions for his or her own account. Because of professional background and contacts, a licensee is
more aware of investment and profit opportunities in real property or real property secured transactions than are

a majority of the people who do not possess real estate licenses. An effort to exploit these opportunities to
personal advantage may involve legal or ethical matters to be carefully considered by the licensee before
becoming involved in a transaction as a principal and, therefore, for the licensee's own account.

Even where a broker or salesperson is acting for his or her own account, i.e., as a principal to the transaction,
duties are owed to the other principal including the obligation to act honestly and fairly, in good faith, and
without fraud or deceit. These duties and obligations are expected of all parties to agreements. Real estate
licensees are generally subject to additional defined duties when acting as principals only in real property or real
property secured transactions. (Katz v. Departments of Real Estate (1979) 96 Cal.App.3d 895; Prichard v. Reitz
(1986) 178 Cal.App.3d 465).

In certain fact situations, brokers or salespersons have added duties to the principal to the transaction even when
acting only as principals for their own account. An example is when a broker or salesperson is acting as a
principal in a transaction who is an arranger of credit pursuant to Civil Code §§ 2956-2957. Licensees who are
principals in such transactions pursuant to Civil Code § 2957(a)(1) and (a)(2) must prepare and complete a
seller financing disclosure statement to be delivered to the other principal.

Civil Code § 2079.13(b) imposes a higher standard upon real estate licensees and upon the broker which whom
the licensee is associated (both salespersons and broker associates) even when acting as principals for their own
account. In particular, the Civil Code provides that: "The agent in the real property transaction bears
responsibility for his or her associate licensees who perform as agents of the agent. When an associate licensee
owes a duty to any principal or to any buyer or seller who is not a principal, in a real property transaction, that
duty is equivalent to the duty owed to that party by the broker for whom the associate licensee functions.”
(Civil Code § 2079.13(b) emphasis added.)

Numerous complaints are made to the Department of Real Estate resulting from the efforts of licensees to
secure profits in real property transactions by purporting to act as principals. In this connection they have
resorted to the use of options, net listings, guaranteed sales, and other types of agreements which combine
features of a listing with an obligation or right imposed upon or given to the licensee to act as a principal. The
use of options, net listings, and guaranteed sales is neither illegal nor unethical in California so long as a full
disclosure of the licensee's involvement in the transaction and the legal effect of such an agreement are
explained to the persons with whom the licensee is transacting business. The other party to the prospective
transaction must be advised and understand that the licensee may be acting as a principal, and potentially as
both an agent and a principal in the transaction, rather than simply as an agent.

When a real estate licensee is acting as a principal only in a transaction, it is essential that the other principal to
the transaction understand the role of the licensee. The other principal should be aware of the conflicts of
interest involved in such transactions and that the dealings with the licensee are at "arms-length" and not that of
a special agent and principal. Because of the potential for creating conflicts of interest between the agent and
the principal who is the other party to the transaction, some states such as Massachusetts and New York limit or
prohibit the use of net listing or agency agreements. Although net listings are not illegal in California, they can
easily lead to a breach of the agent's fiduciary obligations and should be used only with highly sophisticated
clients, or clients who are independently represented and, of course, with full disclosure of all of the conflicts
involved.

Since the broker or salesperson holds himself or herself out as a real estate licensee, the broker or salesperson
must be careful when acting as a principal only, or as both a special agent and a principal. It is easy for the
public to misunderstand the role of the licensee because the contacts between them usually arise out of the
marketing activities of the licensee. For example, office signs, signs on properties, stationery, newspaper
advertisements and business cards are all illustrations that the broker or salesperson is acting or intending to act
in a licensed capacity. Therefore, great care must be taken to dispel the agency image if the licensee chooses to
act as a principal only in a real property or real property secured transaction.

Also, it is important for the licensee to disclose and explain fact situations where the licensee may be acting
both as a principal and a special agent. An example of such a fact situation is when the licensee lists his or her
property on a multiple listing service, soliciting buyers through that medium, and the real estate firm with whom
the licensee is associated later becomes the agent of the buyer. Another example is where a real estate broker

has undertaken on behalf of the borrower to solicit for a lender to make a loan to the intended borrower. The
broker later decides to make the loan him or herself or out of broker controlled funds. As a result, the broker is
presumptively acting as both a principal and as a special agent in the loan transaction. (Business and
Professions Code §§ 10240(b) and 10241(j)).

It is particularly dangerous for as a licensee to start out as an agent in a transaction and then switch status before
the transaction is consummated to that of a principal only. In fact, it may not be possible to discharge the
responsibilities inherent in the agency relationship in the middle of a transaction. The usual result is the
licensee will be acting both as a principal and as a special agent of the other principal to the transaction. The
licensee must be scrupulous in informing the other principal of the inherent conflicts of interest when the
licensee is acting as a principal, and the licensee should recommend that the principal obtain independent
professional advice with regard to and before proceeding with the transaction.

Various court decisions indicate that the burden of proof under these circumstances is upon the licensee to show
that the principal was fully informed of this change of status. Obviously, such disclosures must be made in
writing (Civil Code § 2079.17 and Business and Professions Code §§ 10176(a) and (d)). Vague or ambiguous
disclosures will not be sufficient notice of a change of status by the licensee from special agent to principal
only.

Option to Purchase by the Broker as a Special agent

A somewhat similar situation arises when a broker who is employed as a special agent to find a buyer of real
property obtains an option to purchase the property by the owner which runs concurrently with the agency. In
such a case, the broker cannot ignore the interests of the principal and the broker may not take advantage of the
fiduciary relationship with the principal.

The law is well summarized in American Jurisprudence: "If a broker employed to sell property is also given . . .
an option to purchase the property himself, he occupies the dual status of agent and purchaser and he is not
entitled to exercise his option except by divesting himself of his obligation as an agent by making a full
disclosure of any information in his possession as to the prospect of making a sale to another." Again, a broker
should not proceed to obtain options to purchase from a principal for whom the broker is acting as an agent
unless the principal is highly sophisticated in such transactions, or is independently represented by a
professional, and receives full disclosure.

Disclosure of Conflicts and Profits by the Broker as a Special agent

In the language of The Restatement of Agency: "Before dealing with the principal on his own account . . . an
agent has as a duty, not only to make no misstatements of fact, but also to disclose to the principal all relevant
facts fully and completely. A fact is relevant if it is one which the agent should realize would be likely to affect
the judgment of the principal in giving his consent to the agent to enter into the particular transaction on the
specified terms. Hence, the disclosure must include not only the fact that the agent is acting on his own account
but also all other facts which he should realize have or are likely to have a bearing upon the desirability of the
transaction from the viewpoint of the principal.” (Restatements (Second) of Agency ' 390)

The very nature of combining listings, options, and guaranteed sale agreements place the licensee in a position
where he or she must exercise the utmost caution to avoid violating the fiduciary duties and obligations owed to
the principal. Additional problems arise in this context because the Real Estate Law and general principals of
agency require that the licensee make full disclosure to the principal of any compensation, commission or profit,
claimed or taken by the licensee with respect to the transaction. (Business and Professions Code § 10176 (g)).

2. Employer-Employee Relationship Defined

For centuries, the employment relationship was characterized as the law of Master and Servant. An employee is
defined in the Labor Code as one who renders personal services to the employer and who is performing the
service under the direction and control of the employer. For instance, a filing clerk in an office, or a machinist
in a factory is an ordinary employee. A broker is usually not an employee. Rather, a broker acts as a special
agent of his or her principal to accomplish the limited and specific purposes of the agency. In this relationship,
the broker is authorized to solicit, negotiate and to act on behalf of the principal within the course and scope of
the agency. However, the broker is not typically authorized to act in the place or instead of the principal. For

instance, an officer of a corporation often has the authority to bind his employer to agreements while a broker
must obtain a ratification or specific consent of the principal. Although there is some confusion in both the
statutes and reported cases, there is a distinction between an agent and an employee.

An employee is an agent of the employer but not all agents are employees. A real estate broker is an agent of
his or her principal but not an employee of the principal. On the other hand, the relationship between the real
estate broker and his or her licensees is that of a principal and an agent and employee. (Business and
Professions Code §§ 10032 and 10132, and Civil Code § 2079.13(b)). With regard to the liability and
responsibilities to third parties, it does not matter whether the salesperson or broker associate is classified as an
employee or agent. In either case, the supervising broker whether individually or through a real estate licensed
corporation is vicariously liable for the actions of the broker's agents and employees. Should the broker be a
corporation, the salesperson or broker associate is an agent and employee of the corporation, and not directly an
agent of the supervising qualifying broker in his or her individual capacity. (Walters v. Marler (1978) 83
Cal.App.3d 1, 35). However, the broker as the designated officer of the corporation is responsible to supervise
the agents and employees of the corporation to ensure full compliance with the Real Estate Law. (Business and
Professions Code § 10159.2).

3. Independent Contractor Defined

An independent contractor is one who, in rendering services, exercises an independent employment or
occupation and is responsible to the principal only for the results of his or her work. An important factor in
establishing independent contractor status is that the contractor determines the method of accomplishing the
work for which the contractor has been engaged. Salespersons and broker associates are usually characterized
as independent contractors of the broker for purposes of state and federal income tax reporting and for certain
other purposes such as Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage. (Unemployment Insurance Code § 650 and
26 USC § 3508). Accordingly, salespersons and broker associates are agents and employees of the supervising
broker in connection with dealings with the public but may, at the same time, be independent contractors for
income tax reporting and certain other labor related purposes.

To maintain independent contractor status for income tax reporting and related labor law purposes, it is
necessary for the supervising broker to specify in contracts with salespersons and broker associates that the
associates are independent contractors and not employees for income tax reporting purposes. However, the real
estate broker should not be confused by the implementation of independent contractor status for tax reporting,
Workman's Compensation, or other labor related purposes. The independent contractor relationship with
salespersons and broker associates does not in any way diminish the broker's responsibilities and liabilities for
the conduct of the broker's salespersons and broker associates who are acting as agents and employees for other
purposes. (Business and Professions Code §§ 10032, 10132, 10177(h) and 10159.2.) (Also, Manning v. Fox
(1984) 151 Cal.App.3d 531; Resnik v. Anderson & Miles (1980) 109 Cal.App.3d 569, 572-573; Gipson v.
Davis Realty Co. (1963) 215 Cal.App.2d 190, 206-207; Grand v. Griesenger (1958) 160 Cal.App.2d 397, 406).

4. Status of Mortgage Brokers

In view of the turmoil in the mortgage origination industry during the last 10 years, and culminating in the
mortgage meltdown of 2008, the legislature has enacted various specialized provisions pertaining to
independent contractors in the mortgage loan origination business. (Business and Professions Code §§
10133.1(c) (1) and (2) and 10177.6, § 10166.03; 10 CCR, Chapter 6, § 2841).

5. Interrelating Factors

A. Independent Contractor Status

For the most part, an independent contractor sells final results rather than time and the methods of achieving
those results are not subject to the control of the principal. The independent contractor agrees to do the work
contracted for in his or her own way. An independent contractor may also be an agent of the principal. For
instance, a real estate broker is typically an independent contractor acting as a special agent of the principal for

a defined limited purpose. On the other hand, office personnel such as secretaries, receptionists, and
administrative assistants are typically employees. At the same time, there are many independent contractors
who may not be agents. Examples of this relationship are building subcontractors, structural pest control
operators and other professionals such as architects and engineers who may be engaged to inspect and issue
reports on the condition of a real property, and who are not engaged to accomplish an activity on behalf of the
principal.

Many factors bear upon the issue of whether a given agent is an employee or an independent contractor.
Further, the agent may be an employee for certain purposes and an independent contractor for certain purposes,
e.g., the salesperson or broker associate engaged by the real estate broker. Some of these factors are: existence
or nonexistence of an independent calling; limited or unlimited right of principal to hire and fire; extent to
which the engagement agreement permits principal to give orders as to time and details; custom in the industry
as to scope of control; and payment by time or by job. In addition, real estate licensees have been given certain
statutory exemptions which allow salespersons and broker associates to be characterized as independent
contractors for income tax reporting, Workers' Compensation, and other labor related purposes when engaged in
brokerage sales and related services. (Unemployment Insurance Code § 650 and 26 USC § 3508.)

A legislative objective was pursued by the real estate industry to presumably allow real estate brokers and their
salesperson or broker associates to contract distinguishably from existing law regarding the employer’s
statutory obligation to indemnify the employee for acts occurring within the course and scope of the
employment. While the objective of having salesperson and broker associates indemnify the employing real
estate broker has not yet been tested in a reported case, this contractual relationship would not in any event
affect third parties, including the Department of Real Estate or members of the public. (Business and
Professions Code § 10032). These and many other elements will determine a person's status as an employee,
agent, independent contractor or some combination of the foregoing.

B. Public Liability: Broker’s Duty to Supervise

Even though an employer or principal may not be personally at fault, they can be held liable in damages for the
negligent conduct of their employees or agents who act within the general course and scope of their
employment or agency. This liability finds its most notable illustrations in cases involving automobile
accidents of employees while driving on the employer's business. If the wrongdoer is an independent contractor
for all purposes, the person who hired him or her would not ordinarily be liable for injuries caused by the
negligence of the independent contractor. Brokers should consider carrying general liability and Errors and
Omission insurance covering their salespersons, broker associates and office personnel regardless of their
contractual and employment relationships with the supervising broker.

The fact that the salespersons and broker associates may be independent contractors for income tax reporting
and labor related purposes does not alter the agency and employee relationship for other purposes. In Resnik v.
Anderson and Miles, 109 Cal.App.3d 569, 573 the California Second District Court of Appeals held, "a
salesman, insofar as his relationship with his broker is concerned, cannot be classified as an independent
contractor. Any contract which purports to change that relationship is invalid as being contrary to the law."

Some brokers may be unaware of their responsibilities to supervise the activities of salespersons and broker
associates even when the associate licensees are acting as principals. While the duty to supervise salespersons
and broker associates when acting as principals may be narrower than the duty to supervise these associates
when acting within the course and scope of the real estate license, the scope of the duty to supervise principal
transactions has wide-ranging implications. As aforementioned, the seller "carry back" financing is an example
of a principal relationship which would require broker supervision. Another example would be when a
salesperson or broker associate is acting as a principal to make loans through the supervising real estate broker
with the real estate broker being the arranger of the loan transaction. (Business and Professions Code §§ 10240
and 10241(j)).

Although many practitioners may be unaware of their obligations in this regard, the duty of the broker to
supervise the transactions of a salesperson or broker associate is well established. For instance, it is clear that
salespersons and broker associates are the agents of the broker by whom they are employed or with whom they

are licensed. A real estate salesperson does not have authority to act independently of the broker who employs
him. Rather, the salesperson acts on behalf of the broker, who is, in turn, the agent of the principal. (California
Real Estate Loans, Inc. v Wallace (1993) 18 CA 4th 1575; Manning v. Fox (1984) 151 Cal.App.3d 531; Resnik
v. Anderson & Miles (1980) 109 Cal.App.3d 569, 572-573; Gipson v. Davis Realty Co. (1963) 215 Cal.App.2d
190, 206-207; Grand v. Griesenger (1958) 160 Cal.App.2d 397, 406.).

Recent developments have expanded the scope of civil liability of brokers for the negligent acts of salespersons
and broker associates. (Business and Professions Code §10032; Civil Code § 2079.13 (b)) This is true
regardless of whether the salesperson treated by the hiring broker as an employee or independent contractor.
An employer is required by statute to indemnify an employee for all expenses or losses necessarily incurred in
the performance of his or her job or while obeying the directions of the employer, whether or not lawful, unless
the employee believed the acts to be unlawful at the time the directions were obeyed. (Labor Code §2802(a)).
Any contract made by an employee that purports to waive this right is null and void. (Labor Code §2804).

The Department of Real Estate has published comprehensive regulations pertaining to the broker’s duty to
supervise independent contractors and requires the supervising broker to establish policies, rules procedures and
systems to monitor the conduct of broker and salesperson associates (10 CCR, Chapter 6, § 2725).

C. Liability for Intentional Torts and Criminal Misconduct

Ordinarily, employers and principals are not liable for the intentional torts or criminal misconducts of the
employee or agent. However, the law recognizes various exceptions to this general rule. This is a complicated
and quickly evolving field and no effort is made here to fully explore the subject.

Under existing law, the supervising broker will be liable for the intentional torts or criminal misconducts of his
salespersons or broker associates where the supervising broker ratifies the misconduct, or where the broker
knew or should have known of the misconduct but failed to reasonably prevent it, e.g., the conduct was
reasonably foreseeable. (Alhino v. Starr (1980) 112 Cal. App. 3d 158, 173-175; also Inter Mountain Mortgage,
Inc. v. Sulimen (2000) 78 Cal.App.4th 1434). For instance, when a supervising broker knows a salesperson is
committing fraud, the broker must intervene and take necessary and appropriate steps to terminate the
misconduct, and the broker would be well advised to consider terminating the relationships with the perpetrators
of such misconduct.

D. Workers’ Compensation

Under the California Workers' Compensation Act, the broker may not necessarily be required to carry workers
compensation insurance covering salespersons and broker associates. However, the failure of the supervising
broker to carry workers' compensation coverage may result in liability to the broker if a court later concludes
that the real relationship between the parties for the purposes at issue was that of an employer and employee.
The broker will minimize the risks inherent in the uncertainties of the law in this field by carrying workers'
compensation insurance.

E. Social Security

A similar situation arises under the Federal Insurance Contributions Act and Federal Unemployment Tax Act.
Here the broker may submit broker's employment agreements with the salespersons or broker associates
together with detailed data as to operating methods to the District Director of Internal Revenue and obtain a
ruling whether the salespersons or broker associates are considered employees under these acts. The existing
exemptions available to real estate brokers have extended primarily to brokerage sales and related services.
Real estate brokers who are engaged in a broad list of licensed and non-licensed activities may wish to review
with legal counsel the effect of these activities upon the available exemptions from employee and employee
relationships for income tax reporting purposes. (26 USC § 3508; IRS Rev. Ruling 76-136, IRS Rev. Ruling
76-137, and California Attorney General Opinion 59 Ops. A.G. 369.)

The consequences of mischaracterizing the relationship in this context are serious. For example, if the IRS
rules that the salespersons or broker associates are employees for income tax reporting purposes, the supervising
broker may be liable for income taxes due from the salespersons or broker associates which should have been

withheld by the broker and timely paid to the IRS. Interest and penalties will be typically added to the amount
assessed by IRS. Supervising brokers should obtain the advice of a CPA and/or qualified tax attorney when
establishing policies and procedures in this regard.

F. Unemployment Insurance

The California Unemployment Insurance Act excludes brokers and salespersons who are remunerated solely by
way of commission from the definition of employee for purposes of maintaining unemployment insurance
coverage. (Unemployment Insurance Code § 650). The Employment Development Department (EDD) has
generally taken a more industry sympathetic view on this issue then has IRS. However, if IRS rules in a given
fact situation that salespersons or broker associates are employees of the supervising broker for income tax
reporting purposes, EDD is likely to follow the IRS ruling and impose the same relationships on the supervising
broker in the subject fact situation.

G. Personal Income Tax

In recent years IRS has been challenging the exemption available to real estate licensees under 26 USC 3508
when the activities involved are other then general sales brokerage and related services, e.g., licensed activities
such as mortgage brokerage, mortgage banking, and special project brokering such as new subdivision sales.
Real estate licensees may be still treated as independent contractors for both federal and state personal income
tax purposes, depending upon the fact situation.

This issue has been addressed in part by (1) the Federal Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and
(2) the amendment to § 650 and the addition of § 13004.1 to the California Unemployment Insurance Code.
Under these laws real estate licensees functioning on behalf of a supervising real estate broker, in certain fact
situations, are and remain exempt from treatment as employees for income tax reporting and other labor related
purposes provided that certain conditions are met.

Section 13004.1 provides that an individual will not be considered an employee for state income tax purposes if
all of the following conditions are met: (l) the individual is licensed by the Department of Real Estate and is
performing brokerage services as a real estate licensee on a commission basis; (2) substantially all
remuneration for such services performed is related directly to sales or other output rather than the number of
hours worked; and (3) the real estate services by that individual are performed pursuant to a written agreement
between the individual and the supervising broker and the agreement provides that the individual will not be
treated as an employee with respect to those services for state tax reporting purposes. Similar standards apply
for establishing independent contractor status for federal income tax reporting purposes.

It bears emphasis that the characterization of independent contractor status for state and federal income tax
reporting purposes has no effect upon the supervising brokers' (whether individual or corporate) civil or public
liability for the conduct or misconduct of salespersons or broker associates. (Business and Professions Code §§
10032, 10132, 10177(h) and 10159.2). (Also, Manning v. Fox (1984) 151 Cal.App.3d 531; Resnik v. Anderson
& Miles (1980) 109 Cal.App.3d 569, 572-573; Gipson v. Davis Realty Co. (1963) 215 Cal.App.2d 190, 206-
207; Grand v. Griesenger (1958) 160 Cal.App.2d 397, 406).

H. Employment Contract with Salespersons and Broker Associates

Commissioner's Regulation 2726 provides that every real estate broker must have a written agreement with each
salesperson or broker associate, whether licensed as a salesperson or as a broker. An engagement agreement
between the broker and salesperson is instrumental in establishing the relationship between them, but it is
ineffective to the extent that it conflicts with the Real Estate Law, other statutes, and applicable case law. It is
important to recognize that a written agreement is required with both salespersons and broker associates if either
is given access to and the ability to withdraw monies from the trust accounts of the supervising broker. (10
CCR, Chapter 6, § 2834).

Public
Off

Chapter 11 - Impact of the Penal Code and Other Statutes

Chapter 11 - Impact of the Penal Code and Other Statutes somebody
Public
Off

IMPACT OF THE PENAL CODE AND OTHER STATUES

IMPACT OF THE PENAL CODE AND OTHER STATUES somebody

IMPACT OF THE PENAL CODE AND OTHER STATUES

Penal Code

Violations of the Penal Code (PC) are of interest to real estate licensees because such offenses may be
committed by clients or by others with whom licensees come into contact. If there is doubt as to whether a
transaction involves a crime, a licensee should obtain legal advice.

For the most part, grand (as opposed to petty) theft is committed when the value of the money, labor, or real or
personal property taken exceeds four hundred dollars ($400). Theft of certain farm crops, farm animals and real
property severed from land is defined as grand theft at values below $400. (PC 484, 487, 487a through 487g,
488)

Some examples of real estate related crimes are:

1. Diversion of construction funds from the intended purpose; use of a false voucher to obtain construction
loan funds. (PC 484b, 484c)

2. Copying without permission, and with intent to use, documents owned by a title company. (PC 496c)

3. Removal of a structure from mortgaged real property, or after a foreclosure sale, with intent to defraud or
to injure the mortgagee or purchaser. (PC 502.5)

4. Fraudulent appropriation of or secreting of trust funds by a broker or other fiduciary. (PC 506)

5. Failure by debtor, upon sale of property covered by a security agreement, to pay to the secured party the
amount due under the security agreement (or the sale proceeds, whichever is less). (PC 504b)

6. Obtaining property from another by extortion, i.e., by force or by a threat of injury to person or property,
including injury to reputation. (PC 518, 519)

7. Making or recording a deed, knowing the maker has no title; being a party to a fraudulent conveyance of
land. (PC 531a)

8. Making or procuring a false financial statement to benefit oneself or another person in obtaining credit. (PC
532a)

9. Offering or giving parcels of real property by means of winning numbers at any drawing or with admission
tickets, and collecting fees in connection with the land transfer. (PC 532c)

10. Giving a kickback of construction funds. (PC 532e)

11. Selling the same land twice to different persons. (PC 533)

12. Willful concealment by a married person of the necessity for concurrence of a spouse in the sale or
mortgaging of land. (PC 534)

13. A broker or agent who “holds out” on a principal, or renders a principal a false accounting, commits a
misdemeanor. (PC 536, 536a)

14. Except for posting legal notices, placing advertising signs on public or private property without
permission. (PC 556, 556.1, 556.2)

15. Bribing a lender to obtain credit; accepting the bribe. (PC 639, 639a)

16. Accepting compensation or consideration from a title or escrow company given as an inducement for the
referral of title business. (PC 641.4)

17. Signing the name of another person, or of a fictitious person, without authority to do so; falsely making,
altering, forging or counterfeiting documents such as leases, deeds or checks; passing such documents as
true and genuine, with intent to defraud. (PC 470, 473)

Unlawful Practice of Law

Sections 6125 and 6126 of the California Business and Professions Code prohibit the practice of law by persons
who are not active members of the State Bar.

In 1943, in People v. Sipper (61 CA 2d Supp. 844), the Appellate Department of the Los Angeles County
Superior Court stated that the practice of law is the doing and performing of services in a court of justice in any

matter pending therein throughout its various stages and in conformity with the adopted rules of procedure. The
court recited the larger traditional definition that includes legal advice and counsel and the preparation of legal
instruments and contracts by which legal rights are secured, although such matters may not be pending in a
court.

In the Sipper case, a married couple had asked the real estate broker “to make out a paper to protect Mrs.
Hetman for the money” which they had borrowed from her in order to pay off the indebtedness on their real
property. The defendant broker proceeded to prepare a trust deed, and later a mortgage. He charged $15 for his
services, later reducing the charge to $10.

The appellate court held that the trial jury was justified in concluding that the defendant broker undertook to,
and did, advise his clients as to the kind of legal document that they should execute in order to secure the loan.
He made a charge which clearly indicated “…that he considered he was called upon to do something more than
the mere clerical work of typing in certain furnished information on a blank form.” This was practicing law.

Significantly, the court stated that if the defendant “…had only been called upon to perform and had only
undertaken to perform the clerical service of filling in the blanks on a particular form in accordance with
information furnished by the parties, or had merely acted as a scrivener to record the stated agreement of the
parties to the transaction, he would not have been guilty of practicing law without a license.”

In discussing this problem, an authoritative encyclopedia of California law, California Jurisprudence, states
that, “…an established business custom sanctions the activities of real estate and insurance agents in drawing
certain agreements in business transactions in which they take part in their respective professional capacities.”
The editors then quoted an article by Robert L. Lancefield (29 California Law Review 602) which stated:
“While these actions are technically within the usual definition of practice of law, they are generally recognized
as proper where:

• the instrument is simple or standardized;

• the draftsman or intermediary does not charge any fee for such work (other than his regular commission for
the transaction); and,

• the drafting is incidental to his other activities in the transaction.”

Selection and use of a form by the broker may sometimes require a lawyer’s help.

Business and Professions Code

The Department of Real Estate publishes the Real Estate Law, a book which includes the many Business and
Professions Code Sections which regulate real estate licensees.

Civil Code

The Civil Code (CC) proscribes various acts relative to real property sales contracts. A real property sales
contract (sometimes called a contract of sale or a land installment contract) is defined (with certain exceptions)
as an agreement to convey title to land upon satisfaction of specified conditions set forth in the contract and
which does not require conveyance within one year of formation of the contract. (CC 2985)

Some examples of violations involving contracts of sale are:

1. Without the buyer’s consent, the seller under an unrecorded contract of sale encumbers the land in an
amount exceeding the present contract balance. (CC 2985.2)

b. When there is a payment due on an obligation secured by the land, a seller under a contract of sale
appropriates a payment received from the buyer to any purpose except payment on that obligation. (CC
2985.3)

c. Failure by the seller under a contract of sale to hold in trust and properly apply pro rata tax and insurance
payments received from the buyer. (CC 2985.4)

(The Department of Real Estate’s Real Estate Law book includes these and other Civil Code sections which are
of interest to real estate licensees.)

Public
Off

IMPACT OF THE PENAL CODE AND OTHER STATUTES

IMPACT OF THE PENAL CODE AND OTHER STATUTES somebody

IMPACT OF THE PENAL CODE AND OTHER STATUTES

Corporations Code

Some of the activities which constitute crimes under the Corporations Code relate to the sale of securities. A
conspiracy to violate the California Corporate Securities Act is a crime. (PC 182; Corporations Code Section
25540)

The sale of fractionalized interests in promissory notes secured by deeds of trust may result in the sale of
corporate securities subject to qualification or exemption with the California Department of Corporations.
Without such qualification or exemption, the sales are illegal and the broker or offeror could be convicted of a
crime.
Public
Off

Chapter 12 - Real Estate Finance

Chapter 12 - Real Estate Finance somebody
Public
Off

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

ACKNOWLEDGMENT somebody

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

I/we have read this disclosure form, and understand that [referring party] is referring me/us to purchase the
above-described settlement service(s) and may receive a financial or other benefit as the result of this referral.

...[signature]

Computerized Loan Origination (CLO)

Prior to June 7, 1996, mortgage brokers benefited from an exemption permitting them to charge fees for limited
borrower services: pre-qualifying, counseling, and matching available loan products to consumer/borrower
qualifications and needs. The CLO had to meet certain federal standards and was to be accompanied by the
delivery of an advance notice describing the intended services and fees. If the required standards were met, the
mortgage broker was able to charge a negotiated fee without direct regard to the relationship of the value of the
services provided (except as otherwise limited by California law as an agent and fiduciary). HUD has
withdrawn from CLOs the required notice and the qualified exemption for payment of compensation to
mortgage brokers.

Accordingly, the use of limited service CLOs has disappeared from the origination of federally related
mortgage loans. However, commencing a loan application through an electronic means has become
commonplace and is included in the services of loan originators when making or arranging federally related
mortgage loans. Face-to face or telephonic interviews typically follow an electronic loan application.
Regardless of the goods or facilities provided or the services rendered, the compensation of mortgage brokers
(MLBs/MLOs) (whether acting individually or in cooperation with another broker) must be reasonable related
to the value of the foregoing. Further, as agents and fiduciaries under California law (unless specific authority
exists to negotiate the commission), the general rule is that the commissions, fees, costs, and expenses must be
reasonably earned and actually incurred (12 USC Section 2601 et seq. and 24 CFR Section 3500 et seq.;
Business and Professions Code Sections 10176(a), (b), (c), (g), (i), and (l), 10177(g), (j), and (q); 10 CCR,

Chapter 6, Section 2843; Civil Code Sections 2295 et seq., 2349 et seq., and 2923.1; and Financial Code
Sections 4979.5, 4995(c) and (d) and 4995.3(c)).

RESPA Statute of Limitations

A borrower has three years from the date of occurrence to bring an action against a lender for failure to timely
disclose transfer of loan servicing and other loan servicing issues. The limit is one year from the date of
occurrence for a lender’s unauthorized payment of referral fees (kickbacks) or the forced use of a title insurance
company.

RESPA Enforcement Policy

It is the policy of the Secretary regarding RESPA enforcement matters to cooperate with Federal, State, or local
agencies having supervisory powers over creditors/lenders, mortgage brokers (MLBs/MLOs), or other persons
with responsibilities under RESPA. Federal agencies with supervisory powers over creditors/lenders may use
their powers to require compliance with RESPA. In addition, failure to comply with RESPA may be grounds
for administrative action by the Secretary under 2 CFR part 2424 concerning debarment, suspension,
ineligibility of contractors and grantees, or under the authority of the HUD Mortgagee Review Board. The
remedies described in this paragraph are cumulative and are not intended to limit any other form of
enforcement that may be legally available (24 CFR Section 3500.19).

Public
Off

ADDITIONAL CHARACTERISTICS OF PROMISSORY NOTES AND DEEDS OF TRUST OR MORTGAGES

ADDITIONAL CHARACTERISTICS OF PROMISSORY NOTES AND DEEDS OF TRUST OR MORTGAGES somebody

ADDITIONAL CHARACTERISTICS OF PROMISSORY NOTES AND DEEDS OF TRUST OR MORTGAGES

In General

The parties and the property must be adequately identified in the instruments, and the instruments must be
signed by, delivered to and accepted by the appropriate parties. The parties should be named in the security
instrument in the same manner they are named in the promissory note, unless additional parties have been
added as co-signors or have provided additional or separate collateral secured by separate security instruments.

Further, in spousal circumstances where title is held in joint tenancy or as tenants in common, it is possible for
the name of one spouse who is the borrower to appear on the promissory note and the deed of trust or
mortgage, or for one borrower to appear on the promissory note and both to appear on the deed of trust or
mortgage. Needless to say, the foregoing deviations from the customary practice of the same parties being
identified in both the promissory note and deed of trust or mortgage should be reviewed by knowledgeable
legal counsel in advance of their use.

Notary acknowledgment of the security instrument is necessary for recording purposes. Subsequent to
acknowledgement, no changes may be made to the parties of the instruments without a subsequent
acknowledgement.

A valid deed of trust or mortgage must have a valid underlying debt/loan or obligation (whether present or
future), otherwise the security instrument secures nothing. Without a debt/loan or an obligation to secure, the
security instrument has no meaning and no lien attaches to the intended security property.

One security instrument can secure several debts/loans or obligations (whether present or future), and one debt
or obligation can be secured by several security instruments on several parcels of land. Further, a single security
instrument may describe several parcels of land as the security for the debt/loan or obligations the promissory
note evidenced.

Unless prohibited by law, fractional interests in the fee title to real property as well as the entire fee interest
may be hypothecated or pledged, but lenders/creditors or beneficiaries/mortgagees are generally reluctant to
lend on partial estates. No requirement exists that the trustor/mortgagor be the debtor. One person may give a
deed of trust or a mortgage to secure the debt/loan or obligations of another, or as a surety or guarantor. As
previously discussed, the debtor/trustor/mortgagor is usually the same person.

A transaction which is a “hidden security device” (a mortgage transaction disguised to appear otherwise)
established by the use of a grant deed as a “deed absolute” to secure a debt/loan or the performance of an
obligation will typically be characterized as a mortgage without power of sale subject to judicial foreclosure,
including the reinstatement, redemption, and anti-deficiency rules discussed in this Chapter (Civil Code
Sections 2925 and 2950). Such transactions are not to be structured by MLBs. Hidden security devices are for
legal counsel to consider, if at all appropriate for the fact situation.

A beneficiary/lender/mortgagee of a security instrument with power of sale will usually prefer the publicly
held, privately conducted foreclosure sale (trustee’s sale) if the real property is valuable enough to satisfy the
debt/loan and expenses of the sale. Since the power of sale eliminates subsequent to the sale the
debtor’s/trustor’s/mortgagor’s right of redemption, the trustee’s sale is generally absolute. If the security
property’s sale is expected to be insufficient to satisfy the debt/loan, the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee will
generally initiate a judicial sale and seek a deficiency judgment following such foreclosure sale when the
security instrument is a non-purchase money deed of trust or mortgage. The election of the remedy is the choice
of the lender/creditor or beneficiary/mortgagee. This election of remedy is to be made with the advice of
knowledgeable legal counsel before proceeding.

Interest-Only Promissory Notes

As previously indicated, an interest-only promissory note is characterized as a straight note in which the
monthly payments cover the accruing interest. The unpaid principal balance, which remains constant, is due and
payable on an agreed date in the form of a balloon payment. Balloon payments are discussed further in this
Chapter.

Depending upon the facts, balloon payments in loans secured by 1 to 4 dwelling units are typically required at
the end of periods as short as one to as long as seven years. Most commonly, the balloon payment will be due at
the end of a five year period. Shorter periods should be limited to bridge loans such as construction loans or
loans where a reasonable method of repayment has been established and assuming the short period for the
maturity date does not violate applicable federal or state law.

Balloon Payment Loans

In California, when a private investor/lender makes or funds a loan or when a seller extends credit to the buyer
(a “carry back”) in the form of a purchase money note and junior deed of trust or mortgage, often the monthly
payments to service the debt are either interest only or do not fully amortize the loan or extension of credit.
These transactions are typically subject to a due date, e.g., three to five years, at which time payment in full of
the principal amount owing plus any interest accrued thereon is required (the “maturity date”). This last
payment is called a balloon payment, and the amount owing is generally substantial.

Section 2924i of the Civil Code requires the holder of a balloon payment loan or forbearance with a term in
excess of one year secured by an owner-occupied dwelling of four or fewer units to give 90 to 150 days notice
in advance of the due date of the balloon payment. Seller “carry backs” are subject to a similar advance balloon
payment notice pursuant to 2966 of the Civil Code. Foreclosure of the loan or forbearance or seller “carry
back” may not commence without the required balloon payment notice being first given.

Real property loans negotiated by MLBs, junior loans under $20,000, or first loans under $30,000 (“sheltered”
loans) are subject to specific controls on broker compensation and to prohibited loan terms, as defined. For
example, loans or forbearances secured by non-owner-occupied real property with a term of less than three
years require substantially equal installment payments over the period of the loan with the final payment due at
the maturity date (the balloon payment). This means the balloon payment may not occur before the 36th month
of the loan term. During the period of the loan, no installment shall be greater than twice the amount of the
smallest installment.

If the loan or forbearance is secured by owner-occupied real property, the term of the loan must be more than
six years to include a balloon payment. Loans or forbearances for six years and less (when the security property
is owner-occupied) are subject to limitations regarding the installment payments, whether providing for interest
and principal or for interest only. No installment payment during the loan term may be in amount greater than
twice the amount of the smallest installment, i.e., no balloon payment until the final payment is to be no sooner
than the 73rd month.

The balloon payments that may occur when the loan is “sheltered” must be disclosed in accordance with
Business and Professions Code Section 10241.4. The notice is also to contain a statement whether any
refinancing, renegotiation or extension of the loan term has been agreed to by the parties, or whether the MLB
has undertaken to use his or her best efforts to obtain a future refinancing, renegotiation or extension of the loan
described in the disclosure. The outcome of such efforts may well be limited by market conditions operative at
the time and to the then credit worthiness and financial standing of the borrower.

A further discussion of the balloon payments described above are included in this Chapter in the Section
regarding Article 7 of the Business and Professions Code. The foregoing requirements do not apply to a
purchase money note given back to a seller for part payment of the purchase price, a seller “carry back”.

Piggybacks or Combo Financing

Piggyback or combo financing is a financing arrangement whereby two conventional loans, one secured by a
first deed of trust or mortgage and a second secured by a junior deed of trust or mortgage, are made by the same
creditor/lender or by two different lenders to purchase or refinance a residential security property. In a typical
scenario, the first conventional loan may provide sufficient funds up to 80% of the purchase price or appraised
value of the security property (whichever is less), and the junior loan funds up to an additional 10% for a
combined loan-to-value ratio (CLTV) of 90%. Typically, depository institutions and licensed lenders will
reduce the LTV or the CLTV for commercial security properties, i.e., other than residential property consisting
of 1 to 4 dwelling units.

Since mortgage insurance is normally only required by creditors/lenders on first conventional loans exceeding
80% LTV, piggyback financing has the advantage of avoiding the (non-tax deductible) cost of mortgage
insurance in favor of (tax deductible) interest expense on the junior deed of trust or mortgage.

Swing or Bridge Loans

In residential loan transactions, a swing or bridge loan is a temporary loan made against the equity in the
borrower’s home (which is to be sold), or against the equity in both the present and the “contemplated” home
(which is being purchased). The loan funds are used for the down payment on the contemplated residence. In
addition, swing or bridge loans are used to finance the construction of the borrower’s intended residence.

Where the security property is or is intended to become the residence of the borrower (owner-occupied), the use
of swing or bridge loans requires special consideration. For example, a bridge loan for the purposes of
applicable California law is defined as a temporary loan having a maturity of one year or less for the purpose of
acquisition or the construction of a dwelling intended to become the consumer’s (borrower’s) principal
dwelling (Financial Code Section 4970(d)). Because loans with short maturity dates are subject to extensive
regulation, these products should not be offered to private investors/lenders by MLBs without the advice of
knowledgeable legal counsel prior to proceeding with such loan transactions.

Public
Off

ALTERNATIVE FINANCING

ALTERNATIVE FINANCING somebody

ALTERNATIVE FINANCING

In a stable economic environment (i.e., one involving low inflation and relatively constant market interest
rates), the long-term, fixed-rate conventional loan was the typical financing vehicle for the purchase of
residential real property. Uncertainty regarding future inflation and interest rates can complicate matters for

both lenders and borrowers. As people continue to build, sell and purchase homes, the terms of home
mortgages reflect economic realities and expectations including the periodic reluctance of lenders, investors,
and some borrowers to accept long-term, fixed-rate loans.

Loans that involve balloon payments, interest reset options, shared appreciation at resale, etc., have
ramifications that are not readily apparent to most people. This section discusses some of the alternatives to the
fixed-rate conventional loan that have been offered by lenders to borrowers.

The Fixed-Rate Conventional Loan

The use of alternative financing instruments (non-traditional loan products) authorized under preemptive
federal law constituted a major change in the traditional lender-borrower relationship in that the risk of changes
in the market rate of interest shifted from lenders to borrowers. However, marketplace competition, including
FHA insured or VA indemnified loans, resulted in continued availability of fully amortized, long-term, fixed-
interest rate mortgages. The Federal National Mortgage Corporation (FNMA or Fannie Mae) and the Federal
Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC or Freddie Mac) also contributed and continue to contribute to the
availability of fixed interest rate mortgages.

Redesigned Mortgage Instruments

During the 1970’s and the early 1980’s unstable economic conditions caused Congress, California legislators,
consumers, lenders, and real estate and mortgage industry representatives to explore a whole catalog of issues
regarding the use of alternative mortgage instruments or non-traditional loan products that were being made
available to homeowners and purchasers. In 1970, legislation was passed and regulations adopted in California
authorizing the use of variable rate mortgages (VRMs). The interest rate of a VRM changes within a range as
increases or decreases in an identified published index occurs. In 1980, California legislation authorized the use
of renegotiable rate mortgages (RRMs) in which the borrower has an option to either prepay or renew the
residential loan, typically at five year intervals. Generally, renewal of such loans is subject to renegotiation of
the interest rate. Lenders were required to offer a fixed-rate mortgage as an option to the RRM.

In 1981, the California Legislature also authorized the use of adjustable rate mortgages (ARMs). These
mortgages allowed for the nominal interest rate to adjust periodically by a set margin in relationship to a
defined index. Again, lenders were required to offer fixed rate mortgages as an option.

In response to the foregoing California legislation, state depository institutions sought federal legislation to
level the playing field among state licensed and chartered and federally licensed and chartered depository
institutions. As previously mentioned, the Alternative Mortgage Lending Act was passed by Congress in 1982
to preempt state law to the contrary allowing state licensed and chartered institutions to make residential
mortgage loans pursuant to federal law. State depository institutions thereafter followed federal regulations
when express preemption of state law was included in federal law. Otherwise, state depository institutions were
obligated to follow the more stringent of the applicable state or federal law.

Basically, alternative mortgages also known as non-traditional loan products, resulted in an expansion of the
residential mortgage market. These alternative or non-traditional loan products shifted to borrowers some of
the risks inherent in market changes to enhance the inflow of funds to lenders during periods of tight money
and of high interest rates.

Adjustable Rate Mortgages (ARMs)

As mentioned, an ARM is a mortgage loan that provides for adjustment of its interest rate as market interest
rates change. Interest rates are linked to an index (typically representing short term interest rates) which
fluctuates as market interest rates change. Following an initial contract period as defined in the loan documents
and at predetermined periods (monthly, quarterly, or annually depending upon the terms of the loan); lenders
would adjust the interest rates on residential mortgage loans based upon a pre-agreed margin added to an
identified current index to arrive at the borrowers’ new interest rates for the next period. The new interest rates
would remain operative until subsequent adjustments occurred.

Major indices used in ARMs include: the Prime or Reference Rate of major commercial banks, as published in
the Wall Street Journal (Prime Rate); the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), as published in the Wall
Street Journal or by Fannie Mae; United States Treasury Securities adjusted to a constant maturity (TCM), as
published by the Federal Reserve in its Statistical Release H.15; and the 11th District Cost of Funds (COFI), as

published by the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco. There are many variations in methods of
calculation for the aforementioned indices as well as other indices available for different types of ARMs. A
Home Equity Line of Credit (HELOC) is a revolving line of credit typically featuring an adjustable rate tied to
the Prime Rate of major commercial banks, as published in the Wall Street Journal.

Because ARM interest rates can increase over the term of the loan, ARM borrowers share with lenders the risk
that interest rates will increase; therefore, it is important for borrowers to not only fully understand how their
loan may react to changes in market conditions, but also to minimize their exposure by selecting loan programs
with low margins and reasonable caps or limits on interest rate changes. Selecting a less volatile index is also
important to borrowers.

Some ARM products also include an interest rate floor limiting decreases in the promissory note interest rates
regardless of the downward movement of the selected index. Typically, interest rate floors have been set at
either the start (teaser) or the initial rate. More recently, the difference between the start or teaser rates and the
initial rates has diminished.

Lenders benefit from ARMs in that they are able to more closely match the maturities of assets and liabilities
and minimize their exposure to the risk of rising interest rates. This results in lower initial rates on ARMs than
on fixed rate loans. ARMs that include negative amortization or payment options have proven to be more
troubling to borrowers as they often result in loan balances exceeding the then value of the security property
(particularly in a declining market) or in borrower payment shock.

Renegotiable Rate Mortgages (RRMs)

An RRM is a long-term mortgage (amortized up to 30 years) comprised of a series of short-term loans. The
loans are renewable after specified periods (e.g., every three to five years). Both the interest rates and the
monthly payments remain fixed during periods between renegotiation/renewal.

Any change in the interest rate, as limited by law, is based on changes in an identified index. If the borrower
declines renewal after any specified period, the remaining balance of the loan including any interest remaining
unpaid and accrued thereon becomes due and payable.

Rollover Mortgages (ROMs)

ROMs (used extensively in Canada) are a renegotiated loan wherein the interest rate (and hence, the monthly
payment) is renegotiated, typically every five years. Consequently, the mortgage rate is adjusted every five
years consistent with the then current or prevailing mortgage rates, although monthly payments are amortized
on a 25 or 30-year basis. Monthly payments are calculated in the same manner as conventional mortgage loans,
with the term decreasing in increments of five years to permit full payment at maturity date specified at loan
origination.

Reverse Mortgages (RMs)

Elderly or retired homeowners often rely on limited or fixed incomes while at the same time owning their
homes free and clear or with relatively small mortgage loan balances. For many of these homeowners the
choices are limited because of reduced fixed income during retirement years. The choices available to these
homeowners include either selling their home to access the equity as a means of supplementing their living
expenses or to consider obtaining a reverse mortgage.

The reverse mortgage loan that is available today is known as a Home Equity Conversion Mortgage (HECM),
an FHA insured product. Under a HECM reverse mortgage, the homeowner is not required to make loan
payments. Instead the homeowner has a choice of receiving monthly income/cash flow from the lender or
receiving a lump sum payment at the time the loan is originated. The amount of income/cash flow or the initial
lump sum paid to the borrower is determined through an analysis of the current and expected future value of the
security property; the current and future expected accruing interest rates to be applied to the principal
distributions made to the homeowner during the term of the reverse mortgage (based upon the selection by the
lender of one of two HECM authorized adjustable rate programs); and upon the remaining life expectancy of
the homeowner.

The analysis considers the amount of any existing mortgage loans encumbering the homeowner’s property that
must be paid in full at the time of origination of the reverse mortgage loan. This may require the selection of the

option for a lump sum payment at the time of loan origination or that the loan program include both a lump sum
payment sufficient to payoff the existing encumbrance(s) and to thereafter provide a monthly income/cash flow
to the homeowner. If the amount owing in connection with the existing mortgage loans is in excess of the
calculated maximum amount available from the selected HECM loan program, the homeowner may not be
entitled to obtain a reverse mortgage.

These homeowners are qualified for a reverse mortgage loan in a maximum amount that can be sustained by the
equity in the security property (based upon the analysis previously discussed) and not on their retirement
income, or their credit worthiness and financial standing. The homeowner’s equity must also sustain the
mortgage premiums imposed by HUD/FHA both at the time of origination and throughout the term of the
reverse mortgage loan, among other fees, costs, and expenses. The fees, costs, and expenses to originate a
reverse mortgage are typically much higher than to originate a conventional loan; therefore, it is ill-advised to
consider a reverse mortgage for a short period. The selection of a reverse mortgage loan by a homeowner
requires a long-term commitment to occupy the security property.

The FHA insurance coverage protects homeowners by insuring the monthly income/cash flow will continue
even if the lender becomes insolvent or subject to a regulatory enforcement action. The insurance coverage also
protects the lender and the homeowner in the event the amount owing at the time of the maturity of the reverse
mortgage loan exceeds the then market value of the security property. The difference is subject to a claim
against the insurance coverage by the reverse mortgage lender thus protecting the estate of the homeowner from
any shortfall in principal balance and accrued interest that might otherwise be due.

HECM reverse mortgages are due and payable when then last qualified borrower permanently leaves the
property or until a specified event, such as death of the homeowner or a sale of the security property. In effect,
a reverse mortgage enables the homeowner to draw on the equity of their home by increasing their loan balance
each month. No cash payment of interest is involved, as the increase in the loan balance each month represents
the cash advanced, plus interest on the outstanding principal balance.

Shared Appreciation Mortgages (SAMs)

SAMs give the lender the right to an agreed percentage of the appreciation in the market value of the security
property in exchange for an initial below market interest rate. These loans are usually unavailable in markets
where real property is not appreciating in value.

Graduated Payment Mortgages (GPMs)

GPMs provide for partially deferred payments of principal at the start of the loan term. There are a variety of
plans. Usually, after the first five years of the term, the principal and interest payments increase substantially to
pay off the loan during the remainder of the term (e.g., 25 years). This loan may be appropriate for borrowers
who expect salary or income increases in future years. A GPM may involve negative amortization (i.e.,
increases in principal) in the early years of the loan, although some GPM products do not provide for negative
amortization. If negative amortization is included, the early sale of the home could require the borrower repay
more than the original principal amount of the loan. This could be a significant problem if the property has not
increased or has even declined in market value.

In Summary

Alternative mortgages also known as non-traditional loan products are not suitable for everyone. It is very
important that those who recommend such products, or who contemplate using them personally, have a good
understanding of the potential risks and drawbacks as well as the benefits. A temporary solution to a financing
problem may turn out to be a long-term detriment to the borrower and/or lender. When the party recommending
such products is an MLB/MLO, the understanding of and the explanation regarding the use of alternative
mortgages or non-traditional loan products occurs within the context of the fiduciary duties owed to the
intended borrower.

Real estate licensees, including MLBs/MLOs should use caution when advocating the use of innovative or
creative financing techniques and products in residential loan transactions. These licensees (as agents and
fiduciaries) should be prepared to explain the benefits and risks to their clients throughout the anticipated term
of the residential mortgage loan when using alternative mortgages or non-traditional loan products. Alternative
mortgages or non-traditional loan products are not something that licensees and their principals should learn

together through trial and error. Innovative or creative financing techniques and products generally are to be
avoided without the advice of knowledgeable legal counsel.

Public
Off

APPENDIX G-1: INITIAL ESCROW ACCOUNT DISCLOSURE STATEMENT – FORMAT

APPENDIX G-1: INITIAL ESCROW ACCOUNT DISCLOSURE STATEMENT – FORMAT somebody

APPENDIX G-1: INITIAL ESCROW ACCOUNT DISCLOSURE STATEMENT – FORMAT

[Servicer’s name, address, and toll-free number]

Public
Off

BACKGROUND

BACKGROUND somebody

BACKGROUND

Finance is the lifeblood of the real estate industry. Developers, contractors, real estate brokers (REBs) and
mortgage loan brokers (MLBs) should each understand how real estate is financed.

Traditional sources of loan funds are the financial depository institutions (depository institutions), including
savings and loan associations, savings banks, commercial banks, thrift and loans and credit unions. Other non-
institutional sources characterized as “non-banks” include mortgage bankers, finance lenders, private
individuals and entities, pension funds, mortgage trusts, investment trusts, and hedge funds. Insurance
companies are neither depository institutions nor non-banks. These entities collect premiums from
policyholders/the insured and invest some of the premium dollars in interests in real property, including equities
and mortgage loans.

Brief Overview

Over the past 15 to 20 years, enacted California legislation that characterized certain non-depository institutions
or non-banks as institutional and supervised lenders for limited, defined purposes. These include mortgage
bankers (licensed under the Residential Mortgage Lending Act), finance lenders (licensed under the California
Finance Lender Law), pension funds in excess of $15,000,000 in assets, mortgage trusts, investment trusts, and
hedge funds. The expansion of these non-depository institutions or non-banks and their growing share of the
residential mortgage market resulted in the development of a secondary market through securitization of
mortgage loans in the form of mortgage backed securities. Mortgage backed securities are qualified by
registration for intrastate and by coordination for interstate issuance of public offerings. Depending upon the
fact situation, these securities may also be qualified by exemption as private placements in accordance with
applicable federal and state law.

The secondary mortgage market (investors purchasing real estate loans originated by other lenders through
mortgage backed securities) surpassed loan sources which dominated real estate lending prior to the 1990’s.
The significant financial collapse and consolidation of the savings and loan and savings bank industry that
occurred at the end of the 1980’s and in the early 1990’s contributed to this change. At the beginning of 1980’s,
there were approximately 4,022 savings and loans and savings banks in the United States. As of December 31,
2009, approximately 1,158 remain, of which 756 are supervised by the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) and
402 are supervised by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). During the same period, commercial
banks reduced in number from approximately 15,000 to 6,739, of which the Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency (OCC) supervises 4,461 and the Federal Reserve Bank (the Fed or FRB) supervises 839.

The FDIC issued a public report at the end of the first quarter of 2010 that indicated 775 banks or more than
10% of remaining U.S. banks were placed on a list of “problem” depository institutions. These problem
institutions had a significant portion of non-performing commercial loans on their balance sheets. Non-
performing loans are considered to be loans that are at least 3 months past due. According to the FDIC report,
the number of non-performing commercial loans continued to increase for the 16th consecutive quarter. The
number of problem banks/depository institutions listed by the FDIC increased from 262 at the end of 2008 to
702 at the end of 2009 and to 775 at the end of the first quarter of 2010.

In addition to savings and loans, savings banks, and commercial banks, credit unions have been and remain a
significant source of residential financing. In recent years, credit unions have been merging, resulting in some
having hundreds of millions of dollars in assets. Currently, approximately 7,244 credit unions control $205
billion in assets, $181 billion in deposits, and $120 billion in loans to their members. Commercial banks control
$4.4 trillion in assets, $3.1 trillion in deposits, and $2.7 trillion in loans.

Life and health insurance companies also invest substantial resources in loans secured by real property. The
Insurance Information Institute reports that, as a percentage of total investments, the life and health insurance
industry continues to invest in mortgage loans from 9.85 to 10.87% of their total assets. As of the end of 2008,
this industry reportedly held $327.4 billion in real estate loans. While life and health insurance companies
historically invested in residential loans, during the last approximate 30 years the mortgage loans held by this

industry have been other than residential, i.e., income producing properties including apartments, office
buildings, shopping centers, malls, strip and freestanding commercial retail, industrial and the like.

Since the 1980’s, mortgage loan brokers (MLBs) have become a substantial source of residential mortgage loan
origination. The industry-wide use of MLBs to “originate” residential mortgage loans expanded until the
mortgage melt down of 2007 and 2008. Depending upon markets, MLBs “originated” from 50 to 70% of
residential mortgage loans, i.e., loans secured by 1 to 4 dwelling units.

The term “originate” has historically meant to fund or make the loan and did not include the function of
“arranging” a loan on behalf of another or others. Since the late 1980’s, mortgage lenders, state legislatures,
Congress and various federal and state governmental agencies and departments have redefined the term
“originate” to include third parties who arrange loans for lenders to fund and make. These third party
“originators” are commonly known as MLBs. Recently, the term “originate” has been extended to employees
who act as loan representatives of depository institutions and of licensed lenders. MLBs and lender
representatives who solicit and negotiate loans to be secured by 1 to 4 residential units have been re-
characterized as Mortgage Loan Originators (MLOs) in the federal Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage
Licensing Act of 2008 (the SAFE Act). The Safe Act is briefly explained later in this Chapter.

California MLBs also make and arrange loans relying on funds from private individuals/entities, known as
private investors/lenders. Traditionally, these private investors/lenders funded loans secured by 1 to 4
residential units. The majority of these loans were based upon the “equity” in residential properties held by
borrowers rather than to finance the purchase of such properties. Beginning with the early 1990’s, depository
institutions and licensed lenders (non-banks) expanded their loan products to include the quality of loans that
previously had been almost an exclusive market for private investors/lenders making loans through MLBs. This
almost exclusive market consisted of mortgage loans that relied in large part on the equity in the security
property and to a lesser extent on the credit worthiness and financial standing of the borrower.

Private investors/lenders and the MLBs through whom these residential mortgage loans were funded could not
effectively compete with the expanded residential loan products that were being offered to the borrowing public
by depository institutions and non-banks. However, the historic secondary market would not purchase most of
these expanded residential loan products (alternative mortgages or non-traditional loan products). To create the
liquidity necessary to continue to fund these expanded residential loan products, a new secondary market was
established relying on the issuance of the aforementioned mortgage backed securities.

The residential mortgage loans funded by the historic depository institutions and the more recently constructed
non-bank lenders were then packaged, securitized, and sold to foreign and domestic investors in risk/yield
based “traunches” through Wall Street investment banks and broker-dealers. These historic depository
institutions and more recently constructed non-banks also sold these loan products to each other.

The Wall Street Investment Banks and broker-dealers created a parallel loan “origination” and delivery system
outside of the direct regulatory oversight of the Fed and the various federal agencies having supervisory
jurisdiction over depository institutions, e.g., FDIC, OCC, and OTS, among others. These federal agencies were
responsible for ensuring the safety and soundness of the depository institutions. The new and alternative
“origination” delivery system relied primarily on MLBs as third party “originators” of residential mortgage
loans, which were often funded through credit facilities made available by mortgage bankers, finance lenders,
or hedge funds.

Before Deregulation

Partially because of the unstable market forces prevailing over the last 30 to 35 years, depository institutions
such as savings and loan associations, savings banks, commercial banks, credit unions, and thrift and loans
experienced reductions in profitability. Largely unregulated non-depository institutions or non-banks drew
savings deposits away from regulated depository institutions by paying investors higher rates of interest on
financial instruments created for this purpose (e.g., uninsured money market funds, commercial paper, and
hedge funds).

During the late 1970’s, many depository institutions were holding low-interest loan portfolios that steadily
declined in value. At the same time, they were unable to make enough higher-interest rate loans to achieve
acceptable profit levels. This happened in part because of the decline in personal savings, appreciating property

values, and increasing interest rates paid to depositors. It was during this period the concept of brokered
deposits was first established. Wall Street broker-dealers were delivering deposits from their investor clients to
depository institutions looking for those that would pay the highest interest rates. High deposit rates resulted in
high mortgage loan interest rates. Many potential home buyers could not qualify for higher-rate mortgage loans
and/or were unable to make required down payments.

Across the country, forced postponements of home ownership occurred except for transactions involving
transferable (assumable) loans and seller-assisted financing. Subdividers, developers, and builders reduced new
home production. By the end of 1980, the prime interest rate imposed by commercial banks reached 21.5%. On
September 14, 1981, the interest rate for FHA and VA single-family insured or indemnified home loans
reached 17.5%. Tight money, stringent credit underwriting, and high interest rates made mortgage money
scarce and expensive. Potential private and government sector borrowers were forced to bid for available loan
funds.

Deregulation that Followed

The foregoing mortgage market led to a period of deregulation, the process whereby regulatory restraints upon
the financial services industry were reduced or removed. Deregulation extended to California law, and federal
legislation was pursued to level the playing field between federally licensed and chartered depository
institutions and California licensed and chartered depository institutions. This legislative deregulation included,
among others, the federal Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control Act of 1980, the
Depository Institutions Act of 1982 (also known as the Garn - St. Germain Act), and the Alternative Mortgage
Lending Act of 1982.

Re-regulation

Re-regulation occurred at the end of the 1980’s as a result of substantial losses in the savings and loan and
savings bank industry. Re-regulation began with the federal Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and
Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA). This federal re-regulation continued with a significant number of
amendments to both the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA) and the Consumer Credit Act, also
known as the Truth-In-Lending Act (TILA).

FIRREA was designed to “bail out” the savings and loan and savings bank industry as the Federal Savings and
Loan Insurance Corporation (FSLIC) did not have sufficient reserves to accomplish this objective. FIRREA
directly regulated federal depository institutions, and these regulations affected state licensed and chartered
depository institutions. The supervision by federal regulators over savings and loans, savings banks and
commercial banks increased during the 1990’s to include, among other changes, enhanced capital reserve ratios
required for loan losses. In addition, the OTS was structured as an office within the Fed or the FRB, replacing
the Federal Home Loan Bank Board (FHLBB) that had supervised savings and loans and savings banks since
the 1930’s. At the same time, the FSLIC was restructured from a separate entity to the Saving Associations
Insurance Fund (SAIF) as a subset of the FDIC.

More Deregulation

Following the restructuring of the savings and loan and savings bank industry in the early 1990’s and the
enhanced federal regulatory supervision that followed, Congress returned to deregulation. An example is the
federal Financial Institutions Regulatory Relief Act (FIRRA), also known as the Paper Reduction Act of 1996.
Included as part of FIRRA was the termination of SAIF, with its function of insuring deposits held by savings
and loans and savings banks being transferred to the Bankers Insurance Fund (BIF). BIF also operated under
the FDIC.

In 2006, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act became law. This Reform Act merged BIF and the deposit
insurance function of savings and loans, savings banks, and commercial banks into a fund called the Deposit
Insurance Fund (DIF). This change was made effective March 31, 2006. The Reform Act also established
capital reserve ranges from 1.15 to 1.50% within which the FDIC directors were allowed to set reserves for
member institutions, i.e., the Designated Reserve Ratio (DRR).

With this deregulation, the differences once separating the loan products, services, and the purposes of savings
and loans, savings banks, and commercial banks were reduced or eliminated. Further, the distinctions in
premiums paid to DIF by the various depository institutions were restructured. Savings institutions competed

with commercial banks for business and profits with few governmental restrictions. Some experts in the
financial world believed that depository institutions surviving this competition would become larger, more
diverse, and more efficient than the depository institutions prior to the 1990’s.

The process of diversification and integration of the financial services industry accelerated by the repeal of the
Glass-Steagall Act as part of the federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. The repeal of the Glass-Steagall Act
allowed savings and loans, savings banks, and commercial banks to invest funds and integrate investment
activities with investment bankers and insurance carriers, including engaging in the issuance of mortgage-
backed securities and in the structuring and issuing of unregulated financial instruments referred to as
derivatives.

Derivatives have been defined as agreements or contracts that are not based on a real, or a concomitant
exchange, i.e., nothing tangible is currently exchanged such as money or a product. For example, a person goes
to a department store and exchanges money for merchandise. The money is currency and the merchandise is a
commodity. The exchange is concomitant and complete. Each party receives something tangible. If the
purchaser had asked the store to hold the merchandise to be delivered at a later date when future payment is
made at a predetermined price standard (based upon the movement in the retail price of the product) and the
store agrees, then a form of derivative has been created.

Derivatives are agreements derived from proposed future exchanges rather than current and concomitant
exchanges of assets, obligations, or liabilities. In financial terms, a derivative is a financial instrument between
two parties representing an agreement based on the value of an identified and underlying asset linked to the
future price movement of the asset rather than its presumed current value. Some commonplace derivatives, such
as swaps, futures, and options have a theoretical face value that can be calculated based on formulas. These
derivatives can be traded on open markets before their expiration date as if they were assets.

California Law

Consolidation of the licensing of lenders other than depository institutions has occurred in California. As of
July 1, 1995, the Finance Lender Law established a single license, the California Finance Lender (CFL) which
replaced three licenses including personal property brokers, consumer finance lenders, and commercial finance
lenders. These three licenses were merged into the CFL license.

Effective January 1, 1996, the California Legislature created a new license category for mortgage bankers either
originating or servicing residential loans in this state. These licensees are known as residential mortgage lenders
(RMLs), each of which is licensed under the Residential Mortgage Lending Act (RMLA). CFLs and RMLs are
licensed and regulated by the Department of Corporations (DOC).

Some mortgage bankers remain licensed as real estate brokers (REBs) and continue to operate their non-
residential commercial loan business (loans secured by other than 1 to 4 dwelling units) under the regulation of
the Department of Real Estate (DRE). RMLs are not to use an REB license to make, arrange or to service
residential loans.

During 1996, the California Legislature consolidated regulation of depository institutions into a Department of
Financial Institutions (DFI). This department replaced the Department of Banking and the Department of
Savings and Loans and acquired from the DOC’s regulatory oversight the state-chartered thrift and loans
(industrial loan companies) and the credit unions.

California industrial loan companies have also experienced significant restructuring. These institutions were
legislatively required to switch from a California-based insurance fund to the FDIC. With this switch came
more regulatory oversight, including stricter loan underwriting guidelines. Reported diminished profits
followed this restructuring and the result was the merger of many of these institutions into larger institutions
that were able to profitably function within the regulatory climate and competitive market of the 1990’s through
the middle of 2007.

Restructuring of the Residential Loan Market

Deregulation and the proliferation of alternative mortgage instruments or non-traditional loan products were
each responsible for the restructuring of the housing finance system. These alternative mortgage instruments or
non-traditional loan products were responsible for redefining the underwriting guidelines and the standards for

borrower qualifications applied by depository institutions and by non-banks (including licensed lenders). The
purpose was to facilitate the expansion of homeownership as a stated public policy and also as a means of
pursuing the objectives of the federal Community Reinvestment Act.

As always, the most important issue facing both mortgage lenders and borrowers is the availability and
affordability of mortgage funds. As legislators, regulators, lenders, brokers (including MLBs) and consumer
interests addressed complex risks, challenges and opportunities, more changes occurred in the lending process.
For example, electronic loan originations became readily acceptable to depository institutions and non-banks as
well as to the secondary market.

The foregoing changes increased involvement of licensed lenders and brokers, including RMLs, CFLs, and
MLBs in residential mortgage loan originations. Since the mortgage meltdown of 2007 (to be discussed later in
this Chapter), what remains to be seen is how much consolidation will occur among these licensees, and if not
consolidation, how many of these licensees will become subsidiaries of or affiliates horizontally associated with
depository institutions. The result of these business relationships will require acknowledgement and disclosure
of Affiliated Business Arrangements (ABAs) to be discussed later in this Chapter.

Extensive federal and state re-regulation of lenders and mortgage brokers making and arranging residential
mortgage loans (including the SAFE Act) will likely reduce the ability for small independent licensed firms to
survive. Accordingly, many of these firms will be forced to merge or, as previously mentioned, may become
subsidiaries or affiliates of depository institutions or their holding companies.

Acquisition of state licensed firms may also be considered by federally licensed and chartered savings and
loans, savings banks, and commercial banks following a decision of the U.S. Supreme Court issued in April
2007. The decision is Watters, Commissioner, Michigan Office of Insurance and Financial Services v.
Wachovia Bank, N.A. et al., No. 05–1342 (argued November 29, 2006, decided April 17, 2007). The U. S.
Supreme Court held that subsidiaries of federally licensed and chartered depository institutions or their holding
companies did not require licensing under state law. This decision abrogated in part the opinion of the
California Attorney General, 84-903, which was issued in October 1985 and had concluded that entities,
whether subsidiaries or affiliates, could not rely on exemption from state licensure that extends to the parent or
to the employees of the parent entity. The remaining opinions of the Attorney General remain operative.

Essentially, the Attorney General’s opinions require separate licensing of entities that fund or make loans,
purchase promissory notes, or service loans/promissory notes held by the entities. The U. S. Supreme Court
decision will likely facilitate the acquisition of a number of RMLs, CFLs, and MLBs by federally licensed and
chartered depository institutions.

Public
Off

DEEDS OF TRUST OR MORTGAGES

DEEDS OF TRUST OR MORTGAGES somebody

DEEDS OF TRUST OR MORTGAGES

Security Interest

“Security interest” is a term designating the interests of the lender/creditor in the property of the
borrower/debtor. Certain assets of the borrower/debtor are set aside so that the lender/creditor can reach or sell
them if the borrower/debtor defaults on his or her debt or obligations. The document that describes the rights
and duties of the lender and the borrower is called a security instrument. Deeds of trust and mortgages are
security instruments.

In General

The deed of trust is the security instrument most frequently used in California real estate loan transactions.
Early distinctions between the legal and economic effects of the deed of trust and mortgage have diminished
considerably. In the early 1930’s, the California Supreme Court held in the case, Bank of Italy Nat'l Trust and
Savings Ass'n v. Bentley, 217 Cal. 644, 657 (1933), that deeds of trusts and mortgages were functional
equivalents. Also, Civil Code Section 2920 was amended in 1986 to provide “…mortgage also means any
security device or instrument…that confers a power of sale affecting real property…to be exercised after breach
of the obligation so secured…”. Now, both security instruments may include a power of sale through which a
named or substituted trustee may conduct a trustee’s sale as part of the non-judicial foreclosure procedural law
(Civil Code Section 2924 et seq.).

Unless indicated otherwise, references to “mortgage”, “mortgagor”, or “mortgagee” in this discussion include
“deed of trust”, “trustor”, “beneficiary”, “lender”, or “lender/creditor” and vice versa. Further, references to
“debtor” or “borrower” also may mean “trustor” or “mortgagor”. Further, the terms creditor/lender and
borrower/debtor as used in this Chapter also describe the person or entity funding or making a loan and the
person or entity that obtains the loan. These terms are sometimes used interchangeably with other terms
describing the same parties and other times used distinguishably when so defined.

Differences Between Deeds of Trust and Mortgages

The historical differences between deeds of trust and mortgages have been largely eliminated. What remains
distinguishable are the names of the parties and the terms used to extinguish the deed of trust as compared to
the mortgage as a lien against the security property when the debt or loan is paid. The deed of trust is
extinguished by a deed of reconveyance while the mortgage is extinguished by a certificate of
discharge/satisfaction of indebtedness.

The parties to a mortgage remain identified as the mortgagor (borrower) and the mortgagee (lender or
beneficiary). Even here the terms mortgagor/mortgagee are often used to describe the borrower and the
beneficiary as in the deed of trust. For example, federal government agencies and enterprises interchange the
use of mortgagor and mortgagee with the terms borrower/trustor, and the terms lender/beneficiary/mortgagee
with the terms creditor/lender.

When the mortgage instrument is constructed without power of sale, it may only be foreclosed judicially. When
judicial foreclosure is the only available foreclosure remedy; the statute of limitations, the pursuit of
deficiencies (money claims), and the redemption rights would be distinguishable from a deed of trust that is
foreclosed through a power of sale as a function of the procedural law authorizing the named or substituted
trustee to conduct such sales. However, when the deed of trust or mortgage each includes a power of sale,
distinctions regarding the statute of limitations, deficiencies, and redemption rights no longer exist.

When a power of sale is included in a deed of trust or mortgage, each security instrument is subject to the same
anti-deficiency limitations and to the same reinstatement and redemption rights (if a non-judicial foreclosure is
the selected remedy). Should judicial foreclosure be the selected remedy, the same rules are generally
applicable to both deeds of trusts or mortgages.

The Civil Code was amended in 2006 to make uniform the statute of limitations when a deed of trust or
mortgage contains the power of sale. If the final maturity date or the last date fixed for the payment of the
debt/loan or performance of the obligations is ascertainable from the recorded evidence of indebtedness, an
action for foreclosure may be commenced within 10 years from that date, whether the security
device/instrument for the debt/loan or obligations is a deed of trust or mortgage. If the recorded evidence of
indebtedness does not fix the maturity date or the last date for the payment of the debt/loan or performance of
the obligations, then an action to foreclose may commence within 60 years after the recording of the security
device/instrument. It is important to note that the California Legislature and the Law Revision Commission in
the context of this legislation have deemed deeds of trust and mortgages to be functional equivalents (Civil
Code Section 882.020).

Junior Deeds of Trust or Mortgages

It is often necessary to obtain junior financing (a loan secured by a deed of trust or mortgage recorded after the
recordation of or made subordinate to the deed of trust or mortgage securing the senior financing) to complete a
transaction where the amount of a first conventional loan (senior financing) plus the trustor’s/mortgagor’s down
payment are not sufficient to pay the purchase price.

It should be noted junior financing may not be employed when the security property is subject to a first
conventional loan made by a financial institution or licensed lender at the time of purchase without the approval
of the foregoing. When the senior financing is FHA insured or is a VA indemnified loan made at the time of the
purchase of the security property, junior financing is most often prohibited. Even to further encumber a security
property with junior financing where the senior financing is held by a financial institution or a licensed lender
(or when the loan is FHA insured or VA indemnified), may require prior approval from the financial institution,
licensed lender, or applicable government agency because the existence of due on further encumbrance clauses
or similar provisions.

Packaged or Mixed Collateral Deeds of Trust or Mortgages

A package or mixed collateral deed of trust or mortgage involves a loan on real property that is secured by
more than just the land and improvements thereon. It may include fixtures (appliances, carpeting, drapes, and
air conditioning units) as well as other items of business or household personal property. As a cautionary note,
MLBs are not licensed to make or arrange loans to be funded by private investors/lenders secured by business
or household personal property. This restriction does not apply to depository institutions or certain licensed
lenders, i.e., the California Finance Lender (CFL).

In California, the license that specifically authorizes making and arranging loans secured by business or
household personal properties are issued under the Finance Lender Law to CFLs. In loan transactions where
business personal property represents an essential part of the security for the real property loan, MLBs should
seek the prior advice of knowledgeable legal counsel prior to proceeding.

Blanket Deeds of Trust or Mortgages

A blanket deed of trust or mortgage is a loan which covers more than just one parcel of property. Usually, the
loan contains a “release clause” providing for release of a particular parcel upon the repayment of a specified
portion of the loan. Typical use of blanket security instruments is in connection with subdivisions of homes
built on speculation.

Initially, one blanket deed of trust covers the entire subdivision or the particularly defined and authorized unit
or phase of the subdivision. Releases from the blanket encumbrances may not occur until the
developer/subdivider/builder has complied with the requirements imposed pursuant to the Subdivision Map Act
and, if a common interest development (as defined), with the requirements of the Subdivided Lands Law. The
Subdivision Map Act is found in the Government Code commencing with Section 66411. This law delegates
primary responsibility of regulating the development of residential subdivisions to local government (cities and
counties). Each condition imposed by local government as a prerequisite to issuing the required entitlements
and authorizing the development of a residential subdivision must be met or satisfied in an acceptable manner
prior to releasing from the blanket financing any individual lot or parcel within the subdivision, or the
authorized unit or phase thereof.

The Subdivided Lands Law is found in the Business and Professions Code commencing with Section 11000.
The regulatory and enforcement oversight of this law is the responsibility of the DRE. Prior to releasing any lot
or parcel within a subdivision from the blanket financing, compliance with the requirements of the Subdivided
Lands Law must occur, including the issuance of the Public Report, or in accordance with an applicable
exemption from such required issuance.

It is unlawful to sell, offer to sell, lease or offer to lease, finance or offer to finance any lot or parcel of real
property or commence construction of any building for sale or lease (except for model homes), or to allow any
occupancy of a lot or parcel within the subdivision until a final map has been recorded in full compliance with
the Subdivision Map Act. It is also unlawful to sell or offer to sell, lease or offer to lease, or to finance any lot
or parcel in a subdivision subject to the Subdivided Lands Law without compliance with this law (including
notice to the Real Estate Commissioner of the provisions of such financing). Further, the issuance of a Public
Report or an Amended Public Report by the DRE must first occur prior to offering any lot or parcel for sale or
for lease unless an applicable exemption exists for such required issuance (Business and Professions Code
Section 11000 et seq.).

The manner in which blanket financing/encumbrances are handled in common interest developments is also
subject to the Subdivided Lands Law. The statutory penalties for violating these provisions may result in fines,
in jail or prison terms, or both not to mention discipline of the real estate licensee who may be acting in an
agent or in a principal capacity (or both) in such transactions (Business and Professions Code Sections 11013 et
seq. and 11023).

Open-End Deeds of Trust or Mortgages

An open-end deed of trust or mortgage involves a loan arrangement whereby additional amounts of money may
be lent in the future (an advance) without affecting the priority of the security instrument. In California, the law
provides that additional advances retain the priority established by the recorded deed of trust or mortgage, if the
advances qualify as obligatory as opposed to optional (Civil Code Sections 2882 and 2884).

Construction loan advances made pursuant to construction loan agreements and evidenced by a construction
promissory notes and deeds of trust or mortgages are obligatory. For example, a supervised institutional or
licensed lender operating under government regulation and with sufficient net worth and reserves may well be
able to establish that the draws or voucher payments made during the construction period will retain the priority
of the recorded documents and instruments, including the construction loan agreements and deeds of trust or
mortgages. If properly documented, the same standards should apply to HELOCs.

MLBs should exercise caution when structuring land acquisition and development, vertical construction loans,
or HELOCs to adequately address the obligatory or optional advance issue and to establish under what fact
situation such loans may be partially funded or funded in stages by private investors/lenders. Partially funded
loans when relying on fractionalized note interests to be held by private investors/lenders pose significant
problems, including the loss of priority in connection with mechanic’s liens occurring during the staged funding
and the possible result of a “Ponzi” scheme (even if inadvertent). The question of advance fees also is at issue
when such loans are partially or staged funded. Partial or staged funding of construction or rehabilitation loans
are expressly prohibited in transactions subject to Business and Profession Code Section 10238(h)(4), the
“multi-lender” statutory “quasi-private placement” exemption from qualification under the Corporate Securities
Law of 1968.

Wrap-Around Deeds of Trust or Mortgages (Over-Riding or All-Inclusive Trust Deeds or AITDs)

A word of caution is required before discussing this type of financing. Prior to using this security instrument, it
is essential that an analysis of the existing financing (typically a conventional loan) be undertaken to learn
whether the deed of trust or mortgage includes due-on-sale or due on further encumbrance clauses. Most loans
made by depository institutions or licensed lenders, including FHA insured or VA indemnified loans, contain in
their loan documents (promissory notes and security instruments), acceleration provisions that either include or
substantively describe due-on-sale or due on encumbrance clauses/provisions. These clauses preclude the
transfer of the security property to a new owner or the further encumbrance of the property by the owner
holding title without the existing lender’s prior approval.

Practitioners should be aware that the full implementation of the Federal Deposit Institutions Act of 1982
(Garn-St. Germain Act) has resulted in federal preemption of state law that restricted the right of lenders to
accelerate the maturity date of loans secured by real property (regardless of the maturity date set forth in the
loan documents) in the event the borrower either transferred the title to or further encumbered the security
property, as defined. This includes AITDs and real property sales contracts.

When the security property is an owner-occupied residence, certain exemptions from the exercise of this right
were included in the Garn-St. Germain Act. This preemption has limited the ability to lawfully use AITDs and
real property sales contracts. Implementing an AITD and a real property sales contract in violation of a due-on-
sale or due on further encumbrance clause may result in an allegation of fraud upon the existing creditor/lender
and/or professional negligence, including a breach of fiduciary duty. Accordingly, the advice of knowledgeable
legal counsel is recommended to ensure the transaction is being conducted lawfully and each party is receiving
what they intended and for which they bargained.

During periods of credit shortages and/or “tight-money,” it is may be impossible for some potential buyers to
qualify for conventional loans and for other borrowers to refinance existing loans secured by commercial real
estate (as defined) held for the production of income or for investment. Often the purpose for refinancing is to
raise additional capital or to improve the rate and terms of the financing. The opportunity to refinance may be
severely limited. For example, the existing loan may be “locked” precluding prepayment for a prescribed
period. Further, the existing loan may not be locked but may include a substantial prepayment penalty or
include a yield maintenance agreement that imposes substantial costs for the owner of the property at the time
of refinance or prepayment of the existing loan. In addition, loan-to-value ratios established by depository
institutions and licensed lenders may limit the ability to refinance. In such circumstances (among others), these
owners and their agents may elect to use an AITD as a means of further encumbering or selling the security
property.

An AITD, like a junior deed of trust or mortgage, should not disturb the existing loan, yet the debtor is able to
borrow an additional amount against the security property to obtain cash or to permit the sale of the property.
After the AITD has been arranged, the new lender typically assumes payment of the existing loan while
funding a new loan in an increased principal amount at a higher interest rate. The increased principal amount of
the AITD includes the unpaid principal balance of the existing loan plus the loan funds advanced (or the AITD
reflects the amount of the purchase price being “carried back” by the owner as the seller of the security
property).

The borrower makes payment on the AITD to the new creditor/lender that in turn makes payment to the holder
of the existing loan, which remains the senior encumbrance against the security property. Although the AITD
“wraps around” the existing loan, it is in effect a junior encumbrance that secures the repayment of the
debt/loan representing the difference between the unpaid balance of the existing loan and the principal loan
amount secured by the AITD. This method has also been used to finance a sale of real estate where the
purchaser has only a small down payment. In the case of a seller “carry back”, the AITD evidences the time
differential payment of the purchase price. The buyer/borrower executes an AITD to the seller who will collect
a larger loan payment from buyer/borrower, and the seller will continue to make payments on the existing loan.
The interest rate spread between the amount required under the AITD and the nominal rate on the underlying
promissory note evidencing the debt/loan results in an expected profit for the creditor/lender.

Pledged Savings Account Deeds of Trust or Mortgages

Under the pledged savings account loan, also known as the flexible loan insurance program mortgage, or FLIP,
part of the borrower’s down payment is used to fund a pledged savings account. The savings account is
maintained as cash collateral for the creditor/lender and a source of supplementary payments for the borrower
during the first (usually two) years of the loan. Interest on the account is typically paid to the borrower.

Pledged savings account loans are used by depository institutions as additional collateral to reduce otherwise
required equity or down payment for residential as well as commercial loans. Pledged savings accounts may
also appear in construction loans made by depository institutions as additional collateral to cover performance
of obligations that may include the payment of interest during construction.

Public
Off

EFFECTS OF SECURED TRANSACTIONS

EFFECTS OF SECURED TRANSACTIONS somebody

EFFECTS OF SECURED TRANSACTIONS

As previously indicated in this Chapter, the terms “debtor”, “borrower”, “trustor”, and “mortgagor” may be
used together, separately, or in some combination. Unless specifically noted, they are interchangeable terms
describing the person or entity who has borrowed money, the repayment of which is secured by real property.
Further, the terms “creditor”, “lender”, “beneficiary”, or “mortgagee” may be used together, separately, or in
some combination. Unless specifically noted, they are interchangeable and are intended to describe the person
or entity that has loaned money, the repayment of which is secured by real property.

Having subjected property to the lien of a deed of trust or mortgage, the debtor/borrower/trustor/mortgagor
should be aware of some of the effects of these security instruments. Among the more important effects are:

1. Assignment of the debt by the creditor;

2. Transfer of the property by the borrower;

3. Acceleration due to breaches and default (including due-on-sale and due on further encumbrance);

4. Offset/Estoppels Statements and Certificates;

5. Lien priorities; and,

6. Purchase Money vs. Non-Purchase Money Deeds of Trust or Mortgages.

Assignment of Debt by the Creditor

The assignment of a debt secured by a mortgage carries with it the security. An attempted assignment of the
mortgage without the note transfers nothing to the assignee, but a transfer of the note without the mortgage
gives the assignee the right to the security (Civil Code Section 2936).

An assignment of a deed of trust or mortgage may be recorded and recordation gives constructive notice to all
persons (Civil Code Section 2934). After the promissory note has been transferred (assigned or endorsed) and
the assignment of the deed of trust or mortgage has been recorded, the debtor is not protected if he continues
making payment to the original lender/creditor. Failing to record the assignment would prevent constructive
notice being transmitted to all persons regardless of notice of transfer of loan servicing. Recent amendments to
federal and state law require notice to the debtor/trustor/mortgagor of any transfer of servicing agent (Civil
Code Section 2937 and 24 CFR Section 3500.21).

Business and Professions Code Sections 10233.2, 10234, 10234.5 and 10 CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2841.5
require every licensee negotiating a loan secured by a deed of trust or mortgage, or where the promissory note
or interests therein are being sold or assigned, to cause the deed of trust or mortgage or the assignment thereof
to be recorded. When delivering these instruments to the lender or assignee (including private
investors/lenders), the licensee is to in writing recommend that the deed of trust or mortgage or the assignment
thereof be immediately recorded, if the licensee has not already recorded such instruments on behalf of the
lender or assignee thereof.

Should the licensee be acting as an MLB and be servicing the loan secured by real property, the MLB may
retain the original promissory note and deed of trust or mortgage but perfect delivery to the lender and/or the
assignee or assignees thereof by recording the required instruments in the office of the County recorder in
which the security property is located. A conformed copy of the promissory note and deed of trust or mortgage
should be delivered by the MLB to the lender (or to each of the private investors/lenders). The ability of the
MLB acting as a servicing agent under a written agreement with the lender (including private investors/lenders)
or assignees thereof to retain the promissory notes and security instruments is authorized in applicable law
(Business and Professions Code Sections 10233.2, 10234, and 10234.5).

Transfer of the Security Property by Borrowers

When encumbered real property is transferred, the buyer either obtains new financing (and the existing loan is
paid off), buys the property “subject to” the existing loan, or “assumes” the loan. Buyers may not take title to
the security property “subject to” and existing loan when the deed of trust or mortgage securing the loan
includes a due-on-sale clause. Taking title “subject to” the existing loan may result in no personal liability to
the buyer; however, the advice of knowledgeable legal counsel should be obtained prior to proceeding with
such transactions.

Despite the transfer to the buyer of the security property, the seller will (except in purchase money mortgage
fact situations) remain personally liable to the lender for the loan repayment. Even in purchase money fact
situations, the seller may remain liable to the lender to the extent of collateral actions that may be pursued by
the lender, including actions for fraud. Further, the credit worthiness and financial standing of the seller
remains at issue if the buyer fails to timely perform each of the obligations set forth in the promissory note or
mortgage. The purchase money exception limits the availability of pursuing a money claim that results from a
deficiency judgment. The lender would be required to look only to a sale of the security property to recover the
amount of the debt/loan.

If the loan terms do not include a due-on-sale clause and as long as the buyer makes the loan payments in a
timely manner and holds, keeps, and performs each and every obligation set forth in the promissory note and
deed of trust or mortgage (e.g., cultivates, irrigates, fumigates, and otherwise keeps and maintains the security
property in good and tenable condition), no problem should occur for the original maker of the loan and
trustor/mortgagor. If the buyer defaults and the loan is not a purchase money loan, the lender can look to the
seller/original maker for payment, even years after the transfer was made. The seller may also suffer a loss of

credit status due to the purchaser’s failure to timely make the payments or perform each of the obligations
required of the maker.

Under a loan assumption, the buyer becomes the principal debtor and the seller either may remain liable to the
lender as a continuing maker, or may become liable to the lender as surety for any deficiency resulting after the
sale of the property. The safest arrangement for the seller is to ask the lender for a substitution of liability,
releasing the seller of all liability in consideration for assumption of the debt/loan and of each and every
obligation thereof by the buyer. In such circumstances, the buyer must qualify as though they were the maker of
the loan.

Acceleration Due to Breaches and Defaults

Deeds of trust and mortgages generally contain clauses giving the lender the right to declare the full amount of
debt/loan due and payable upon defined breaches and default, including the failure to timely pay debt service,
property taxes when due, or the happening of a certain event such as failure to maintain the security property or
to proceed with an unauthorized transfer or further encumbrance of the security property, i.e., due–on-sale and
due on further encumbrance clauses.

“Due-on-sale” and due on further encumbrance clauses, are forms of an acceleration clause. These clauses give
the lender the right or option to insist the loan be paid off or renegotiated when the title to the security property
is transferred or further encumbered. When loan funds are available at acceptable interest rates, buyers
ordinarily obtain new financing and the seller pays off the existing loan as part of the terms of the purchase and
sale transaction. In times of scarce money, escalating interest rates, enhanced loan underwriting standards, or
declining property values; buyers may prefer (as previously discussed) to assume or take “subject to” the
existing mortgage. Lenders generally do not want to be “locked” into long-term, lower-than-market-rate loans.
Often, lenders will argue that they must not only watch the value of their existing loans decline, but also are
forced to pay higher interest rates to depositors who otherwise would withdraw funds and seek higher returns in
other investments.

The issue of a lender’s right to automatically enforce a “due-on-sale” provision upon transfer of the mortgaged
property has been resolved in favor of the lender, as a result of the 1982 United States Supreme Court decision,
Fidelity Federal Savings and Loan Association v. de la Cuesta (1982 458 US 141), and the 1982 federal
legislation to which this Chapter has previously referred, the Federal Deposit Institutions Act of 1982 (also
known as the Garn- St. Germain Act). These amendments to the law provide for specified exemptions when the
security property is a single family owner-occupied residence. Of course, loan documents containing no due-
on-sale clause are not affected by the operative changes in applicable law.

Brief Overview of Due-On-Sale and Due On Further Encumbrance Clauses

The California Supreme Court ruled in Wellenkamp v. Bank of America (1978) 21 Cal. 3d 943, that a state-
chartered institutional lender could not automatically enforce a due-on-sale provision in its loan documents to
accelerate payment of a loan when residential property securing the loan is sold by the borrower. Under this
ruling an institutional lender had to demonstrate that enforcement was necessary to protect against impairment
of its security or the risk of default (character and credit considerations).

In its opinion, the court reviewed prior decisions, particularly La Sala v. American Savings and Loan
Association (1971) 5 Cal. 3d 864, and Tucker v. Lassen Savings and Loan Association (1974) 12 Cal. 3d 629.
In La Sala, further encumbering of real property through a second loan in the form of a junior deed of trust or
mortgage was found to be insufficient justification for acceleration of the maturity date. In Tucker, sale of the
property under a real property sales contract (installment contract) was held to be insufficient justification.

A flurry of California court cases followed Wellenkamp addressing issues it left unresolved, such as the
applicability of Wellenkamp to private lenders, commercial as well as residential property, and federal
regulations preempting state laws on due-on-sale and due on further encumbrance provisions. The Wellenkamp
rule was found applicable to California real property and real property secured transactions.

However, federally-chartered banks and savings and loan associations successfully asserted that the validity
and automatic exercise of due-on-sale or due on further encumbrance provisions is applicable to them
notwithstanding state law to the contrary. As previously mentioned, this contention was upheld by the United
States Supreme Court in Fidelity Federal Savings and Loan Association v. De La Cuesta (1982) 458 US 141.

On October 15, 1982, the Federal Depository Institutions Act of 1982 (the Garn-St. Germain Act) became
effective. As mentioned previously with certain limited exceptions, the law makes due-on-sale or due on further
encumbrance provisions in real property secured loans automatically enforceable by all types of lenders,
including non-institutional private investors/lenders.

These amendments to federal law preempted state laws and judicial decisions which restrict enforceability of
due-on-sale or due on further encumbrance provisions in promissory notes and security instruments. In
addition, FHA and VA have since implemented rules and regulations restricting the transferability of the loans
they insure or indemnify.

Enforceability

The following concerns the automatic enforceability of due-on-sale and due on further encumbrance provisions
in loan instruments:

1. Federally-chartered savings and loan associations may automatically enforce due-on-sale and due on
further encumbrance clauses in promissory notes and deeds of trust that they originated while federally
chartered;

2. With certain exceptions of limited application, all loans originated after October 15, 1982 may be
accelerated, upon transfer of the property securing the loan, if the security instrument includes a due-
on-sale clause; and,

3. As of October 15, 1985 with very few exceptions, loan transfers or further encumbrances of the
security property without the consent of the existing lender are no longer possible in California.

Other Exceptions

Where the security is the owner-occupied residence of the borrower, notable exceptions to automatic
enforceability of due-on-sale or due on further encumbrance clauses enumerated under the law include, among
others, the following:

1. Creation of a junior deed of trust or mortgage (liens) on the security property which are not related to a
transfer of the rights of occupancy;

2. Transfer of the property by one joint tenant to another joint tenant;

3. Transfer to a relative or descendent of a borrower resulting from the death of the borrower; and,

4. Transfer into a revocable inter-vivos trust of which the borrower is the settlor and beneficiary, if it
does not relate to a transfer of rights of occupancy of the security property.

Special Provision

As previously discussed in this Chapter, a clause in any deed of trust or mortgage that provides for acceleration
of the due/maturity date upon sale, conveyance, alienation, lease, succession, assignment or other transfer of
property (containing four or fewer residential units) subject to a deed of trust or mortgage is invalid unless the
clause is printed, in its entirety, in both the security instrument and the promissory note or other document
evidencing the debt/loan and the obligations (Civil Code Section 2924.5).

Caution Regarding Due-On-Sale and Due On Further Encumbrance

Proposed loan transfers, whether as the result of assumptions or taking title “subject-to”, must be very carefully
considered in light of the Supreme Court ruling allowing the nation’s federal lenders to automatically enforce
due-on-sale provisions in their loans and the effects of the Garn-St. Germain or Federal Depository Institutions
Act of 1982. This federal law limited, and in California by 1985 eliminated, except in certain fact situations
(regarding single- family owneroccupied security properties), automatic transfers of loans or further
encumbrances of the security property secured by real property with due-on-sale or due on further encumbrance
clauses within the security instruments. Covert transfers, no matter how structured, are not an acceptable

practice and are to be avoided by real estate licensees. Again, the advice of legal counsel is recommended
before proceeding with transfers of the security property while leaving an existing loan in place.

Offset/Estoppel Statements and Certificates

In transactions involving an assignment of an existing mortgage or deed of trust or mortgage to an investor, an
offset statement is customarily obtained for the benefit of the investor. The information included in the offset
statement (often referred to an estoppel certificate) is typically the unpaid balance of the promissory note, the
date to which interest is paid, the interest rate, the payment amount and due date, the maturity date of loan, the
existence of due-on-sale or due on further encumbrance clauses, as well as other forms of acceleration clauses
that are of interest to an assignee or endorsee, and whether the property owner has any claims which do not
appear in the promissory notes and security instruments being purchased by the investor. The offset/estoppel
statement/certificate is in addition to the beneficiary statement of current loan status from the lender. Together
the offset/estoppel and beneficiary statements/certificates confirm to the person/investor purchasing the existing
loan the nature of the obligations of the property owner (trustor/mortgagor) that will inure to the benefit of the
new holder of the deed of trust or mortgage (assignee).

Lien Priorities

Ordinarily, different liens or encumbrances upon the same security property have priority according to the time
of their recordation. Notice is an important element in the determination of priority. Notice may be actual or it
may be constructive from recordation, thus giving notice of the lien or encumbrance to subsequent buyers and
encumbrancers for value (including junior lien holders such as deeds of trust or mortgages). Actual notice will
be imparted through an investigation of the occupancy of the security property, including other manners of
receiving specific notice of the liens or encumbrances in question. For example, an occupant of an intended
security property under a lease with an option right, pursuant to a land contract of sale, or in accordance with an
executory purchase and sale agreement, would impart actual notice of the equitable interest in the title that
arises from any one of the foregoing documents/instruments and the equitable interest would be prior to any
subsequently recorded deed of trust or mortgage.

County and municipal property taxes and authorized assessments are “super liens” and retain priority over
deeds of trust and mortgages no matter when recorded. Where there are special assessments affecting the
security property, such assessments impart notice to all persons when recorded. These assessments, whether
bonds or otherwise, are subordinate to all fixed assessment liens previously imposed on the property. These
special assessments would retain priority over all fixed assessment liens that are subsequently recorded against
the same property.

Generally, special assessments are coequal to and independent of the lien for general property taxes, except as
otherwise provided for by applicable law. Special and ad valorem assessments have the same priority as
property taxes, including each installment due as required by the terms of the foregoing. They each retain super
lien status over deeds of trusts or mortgages and other liens and encumbrances no matter when recorded
(Government Code Section 53930 et seq.)

Purchase Money vs. Non-Purchase Money Deeds of Trust or Mortgages

Purchase money mortgages are described in California law to include deeds of trust or mortgages. Two distinct
definitions of purchase money debt exist under applicable law. One definition applies to the issue of priority
over all other liens created against and brought with the buyer to the property, subject to the operation of the
recording laws when the deed of trust or mortgage is given for the price of the security real property. In such
event, the liens created against the purchaser are junior or subordinate to the purchase money deed of trust or
mortgage. This rule protects even third persons who furnished money, but only when it is loaned for the express
purpose of acquiring the security property (Civil Code Section 2898).

For purposes of establishing whether a deficiency judgment may be obtained against the debtor/borrower, the
deed of trust or mortgage must be given to the seller/vendor to secure the payment of the balance of the
purchase price of the security real property. When given to a third party lender to secure repayment of a
debt/loan or obligation, the proceeds of the debt/loan must have been used to acquire the security property and
the borrower must intend to occupy entirely or in part as his/her residence. The security property must consist
of 1 to 4 dwelling units. Third party financing of the purchase of 1 to 4 dwelling units for the purpose of
investment or the production of income does not qualify the deed of trust or mortgage as purchase money.

When the loan is secured by a purchase money deed of trust or mortgage, as defined, and the borrower fails to
pay the debt/loan according to its terms, the lender/creditor/beneficiary can generally look only to the security
property or to the proceeds of sale from the property for payment.

This limitation applies whether the security property is sold through judicial or a non-judicial foreclosure. The
inability to obtain a deficiency judgment may not preclude the lender/creditor/beneficiary from proceeding
against the borrower under a collateral action theory, including an action for fraud (Code of Civil Procedure
Sections 580b, 580d, and 726 et seq.; and Financial Code Section 7460).

Under current applicable law, refinancing the owner-occupied security property alters the character of the
security instrument from a purchase money to a non-purchase money deed of trust or mortgage. Further, if the
security property for the loan is other than 1 to 4 dwelling units (e.g., commercial, income producing property,
or land) and the lender is a third party (the extender of credit was other than the seller/vendor), the deed of trust
or mortgage is characterized as a non-purchase money security instrument.

With a non-purchase money deed of trust or mortgage, the lender/creditor/beneficiary may generally proceed
through the security property and obtain a money judgment for the difference between the amount received at a
judicial foreclosure sale and the total amount of debt/loan owing (including authorized fees, costs, and
expenses). The court may order a fair value hearing to ensure the property is sold at the foreclosure sale in an
amount consistent with its appraised value or as expressly ordered by the court (Code of Civil Procedure
Section 580a).

Public
Off

FEDERAL AND STATE COMPLIANCE AND REPORTING REQUIRMENTS

FEDERAL AND STATE COMPLIANCE AND REPORTING REQUIRMENTS somebody

FEDERAL AND STATE COMPLIANCE AND REPORTING REQUIRMENTS

Equal Credit Opportunity Act (ECOA)

Authority and scope

The authority and scope of ECOA is set forth in the regulation issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System pursuant to title VII (Equal Credit Opportunity Act) of the Consumer Credit Protection Act, as
amended (15 USC Section 1601 et seq.). ECOA applies to all persons who are creditors, as defined in 12 CFR
Section 202.2(l) of the applicable regulations. Certain exemptions are operative; however, they generally do not
extend to creditors/lenders of residential mortgage loans. Information collection requirements imposed upon
creditors/lenders contained in the foregoing regulation have been approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under the provisions of 44 USC Section 3501 et seq. and have been assigned OMB No. 7100-0201.

Purpose

The purpose of ECOA is to promote the availability of credit to all creditworthy applicants without regard to
race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, or age (provided the applicant has the capacity to
contract); whether all or part of the applicant's income is derived from a public assistance program; or that the
applicant has in good faith exercised any right under the Consumer Credit Protection Act. ECOA prohibits
creditors/lenders practices that discriminate on the basis of any of these factors. The use of the term consumer
may not necessarily exclude certain commercial loan applications from being subject to ECOA.

This law requires creditors/lenders to notify applicants of actions taken on their applications (including credit
denials); to report credit histories in the names of both spouses on an account; to retain records of credit
applications; and to collect information about the applicant's race and other personal characteristics in
applications for dwelling-related loans (generally, residential mortgage loans occupied as the primary residence
of the consumer/borrower); and to provide applicants with copies of appraisal reports prepared and used in
connection with credit transactions.

Federal and State Licensed and Chartered Creditors/Lenders are Subject to ECOA in Mortgage
Transactions

Among the requirements imposed by ECOA when an action is taken by such creditors/lenders after an
application has been received from a consumer/borrower is to provide a prescribed notice informing the
applicant of the reasons for the denial or altering of the credit terms requested. The notice is to be issued within
30 days of the decision. The reasons may include the credit worthiness and financial standing of the
consumer/borrower, the value of the security property, the incompleteness or lack of necessary information
required to complete the loan application, or that the file remains open and no credit decision has been made,
among others. The specific notice requirements are included in Regulation B of ECOA.

Regulation B also addresses the issue of spousal and multiple signatures on the loan documentation. For
example, requiring a signature simply because the individual is married to the applicant, amounts to substantive
discrimination when the transaction is subject to ECOA. The Official Staff Commentary contains the advice
that submission of a joint financial statement is meant to presume that the application is for joint credit. The
FRB strongly recommends that a creditor/lender clearly document the use of additional signatures. It is also
recommended that mortgage loan originators (MLOs) whether employed by the creditor/lender or performing
as an independent agent and fiduciary of the consumer/borrower, keep log sheets of the substance of
conversations with the applicant(s) about the loan application. Creditors/lenders are advised not to presume the
consumer/borrower will transfer title to the security property as a means to escape the reach of collectors.

Another clarification has been included within the revised ECOA regulations requiring creditors/lenders when
considering separately the income of each applicant or combining the income of both applicants to apply the
same methods for all applications, regardless of the relationship of the applicants to each other. Record
retention is required for a period of 25 months from the date of initial solicitation for extensions of credit.
Records to be kept include the solicitation criteria and any lists maintained in connection therewith. Further,
records of any complaints received from consumers/borrower must also be maintained by creditors/lenders.

Subsequent to the establishment of a secondary market for alternative mortgages or non-traditional loan
products, consumer advocates have raised questions about when an applicant is in fact an applicant and have
asked the FRB to take action to protect consumers prior to the submission of a loan application. The question is
whether ECOA and the regulations thereof protect consumers who have not yet applied for credit. In response,
the FRB has added requirements for record keeping to allow examiners to evaluate the design and demographic
impact of solicitations, including the information used to select targets for such solicitations, of any consumer
complaints received, and of any evidence of unequal treatment.

The definition of creditor has been clarified to include, when multiple parties are involved in a single credit
application, anyone involved in making the credit decision or in setting the terms of the credit. Such persons are
creditors for the purposes of ECOA. This means that an MLB/MLO who negotiated the terms with a
consumer/borrower is an ECOA creditor by virtue of having set terms of credit.

Third Parties Subject to the Requirements for Creditors under ECOA

Under Regulation B, the term “creditor” includes any person “who in the ordinary course of business” regularly
delivers loan applications to creditors/lenders, or selects or offers to select creditors/lenders to whom requests
for credit may be made.” This definition does not apply to the term “creditor” pursuant to TILA which
specifically excludes third parties who are arrangers of extensions of credit. Official Staff Commentary 2(1)-2
provides guidance to mortgage brokers (MLBs/MLOs), i.e., “For certain purposes, the term ‘creditor’ includes
persons such as real estate brokers who do not participate in credit decisions but who regularly refer applicants
to creditors or select or offer to select creditors to whom credit requests can be made. These persons must
comply with Section 202.4, the general rule prohibiting discrimination, and with Section 202.5(a) on
discouraging applications.” MLBs/MLOs are subject to the general prohibitions against discrimination in

mortgage loan transactions and are not to engage in any unlawful conduct that would discourage any persons
applying for a mortgage loan (Business and Professions Code Section 10177(l)(1) and (2), among others).

Adverse Action Issues. The Official Staff Commentary to Regulation B also provides guidance regarding the
giving of notices of adverse action when the loan application of a consumer/borrower is delivered by third
parties such as MLBs/MLOs to creditors/lenders. When loan applications are submitted by MLBs/MLOs on
behalf of consumers/borrowers to more than one creditor/lender and the loan transaction proceeds with one of
the creditors/lenders, the remaining creditors/lenders who received the loan applications are under no duty to
provide a notice of adverse action to the consumer/borrower.

A notice of adverse action under ECOA (if applicable) would be issued by the creditor/lender whose proposed
loan transaction was initially accepted by the consumer/borrower. Should the consumer/borrower elect not to
proceed with any of the creditors/lenders receiving concurrent loan applications, each creditor/lender who took
an adverse action are well advised although may not be required to either provide the consumer/borrower
directly or through the MLB/MLO (who accepted and delivered the loan application) with the required notice
of adverse action.

A notice of adverse action given by an MLB/MLO must disclose the identity of each creditor/lender on whose
behalf the notice is being given. The FRB requires notices of adverse action given by third parties to distinguish
the reasons for the decline of credit or altering of the credit terms by each creditor/lender to which the specific
reasons apply. The Official Staff Commentary provides guidance on how notices of adverse action are to be
given by MLBs/MLOs as third parties.

Guidance to creditors/lenders is provided regarding the content of such notices when the loan application is
delivered by a third party. Applications submitted through a third party are subject to the following:

1. Third-party notice – delivery by creditor. The notification of adverse action may be given by
one of the creditors to whom an application was submitted through the third-party.…

2. Third-party notice – enforcement agency. If a single adverse action notice is being provided
to an applicant on behalf of several creditors and they are under the jurisdiction of different federal
enforcement agencies, the notice need not name each agency; disclosure of any one of them will
suffice.

3. Third-party notice – liability. When a notice is to be provided through a third party, a creditor
is not liable for an act or omission of the third party that constitutes a violation of the regulation if the
creditor accurately and in a timely manner provided the third party with the information necessary for
the notification and maintains reasonable procedures adopted to prevent such violations.”

The foregoing guidance is published in Comment 9(g) to Section 202.9 of Regulation B. When delegation to an
MLB/MLO as a third party occurs for the purpose of giving the notice of adverse action on behalf of the
creditor/lender, the broker must be specifically authorized by the creditor/lender. In such circumstances, the
creditor/lender (particularly when applying California law) may well be liable for compliance violations
resulting from any deficiencies in the adverse notice or for any other violations of Regulation B engaged in by
the authorized MLB/MLO. The issue presented is whether the MLB/MLO when authorized becomes the agent
of the creditor/lender for the purpose of issuing the notice of adverse action.

ECOA and State Law Requirements for Real Estate Brokers (MLBs/MLOs)

Real estate brokers (MLBs/MLOs) may have primary responsibility for providing the notice of adverse action.
The MLB/MLO may be authorized to engage in certain legitimate prescreening functions, relying on
qualification standards supplied or required by the creditor/lender. Should the MLB/MLO make the
determination the loan application is not to be delivered to the creditor/lender as the consumer/borrower does
not meet the qualification standards imposed; the broker has taken an adverse action on the application and
would be responsible for providing the notice of adverse action.

Pursuant to California law, MLBs/MLOs must provide a notice to the consumer/borrower of any adverse action
and whether the adverse action is based in whole or part on any information contained in the consumer credit
report received and used by such licensees (regardless of the role of these brokers in the loan transaction). The
notice of adverse action required under California law is based upon the use of a consumer credit report and not

on the predicate of receiving a loan application. However, it is generally accepted that compliance with the
notice requirements under Regulation B of ECOA will comply with California law provided MLBs/MLOs issue
the notice of adverse action based upon the use of a consumer credit report rather than on the receipt of the loan
application (Civil Code Section 1785.20).

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (HMDA)

Background and Application

The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (HMDA) was adopted by Congress in 1975 (12 USC Section 2801 et
seq.). HMDA was authorized and implemented by the FRB and became effective in 1976. It is commonly
known as Regulation C, which was significantly amended in 2004. HMDA and the implementing Regulation C
applies to federally insured banks, savings and loans, savings banks, credit unions as well as “for profit”
mortgage lending institutions (licensed lenders and non-banks other than depository institutions). These
mortgage lending institutions are subject to reporting under HMDA when home purchase loans originated equal
or exceed 10% of the lending institution’s loan origination volume, or if the purchase money loans originated
equaled at least $25 million, or if the lending institution had either $10 million in assets or originated at least
100 home purchase loans, including refinances of home purchase loans.

Collection and Disclosure of Information

HMDA requires that creditors/lenders (as defined above) collect and publically disclose information about
housing related loans, including characteristics about the applicants and consumers/borrowers. The original
purpose of HMDA was to provide the citizens/residents and public officials of the United States with sufficient
information to determine whether such creditors/lenders are serving the housing credit needs of the
communities and neighborhoods in which they are located, to assist public officials and private investors in
distributing funds in areas that may need investment, and to assist in identifying possible discriminatory lending
patterns and enforcing fair lending laws. These obligations are also included in the Community Reinvestment
Act (CRA).

Covered Loans

Covered loans include home purchase loans, home improvement loans and refinances secured by a dwelling.
“Dwelling means any residential structure, whether or not attached to real property. It includes vacation or
second homes and rental properties; multifamily as well as 1 to 4 family structures; individual condominium
and cooperative units; and manufactured and mobile homes. It excludes recreational vehicles such as boats and
campers, and transitory residences such as hotels, hospitals, and college dormitories” (FFIEC publication, “A
Guide to HMDA Reporting, Getting It Right!”).

Reporting Requirements

HMDA reporting is limited to property on which a dwelling is located and does not apply to loans on
unimproved land, construction only loans and other temporary financing, purchased loans or interests in
mortgage backed securities, servicing rights, loans acquired as part of a merger or acquisition; and the
acquisition of a partial interest in a home purchase, home improvement, or a refinancing loan; prequalification
requests, or “assumptions” that do not involve a written agreement between the creditor/lender and the new
borrower (generally described as a “subject to” transfer). As aforementioned, the federal agency, FFIEC, has
published “A Guide to HMDA Reporting, Getting It Right!” which is available on the FFIEC’s website
(http://www.ffiec.gov/hmda/guide.htm). This publication describes in detail the scope, purpose and how to
properly report as required by HMDA.

The Holden Act

Background and Purpose

Following the enactment of HMDA under federal law, California adopted “The Holden Act” to impose similar
requirements upon creditors/lenders that either are state licensed or chartered depository institutions or licensed
under California law (Health and Safety Code Section 35810 et seq.). To the extent that this state law includes
subject matter addressed under HMDA or under the Federal Fair Housing Act (42 USC Section 3601 et seq.),
the federal law is intended to apply and would prevail, unless the state law is more restrictive.

The purpose of the Holden Act is to ensure, among other objectives, no financial depository institution
discriminates in the availability of financial assistance for the purpose of purchasing, rehabilitating, improving,
or refinancing housing accommodations (whether in whole or in part) due to the conditions, characteristics, or

trends in the neighborhood or geographic area surrounding the housing accommodations. An exemption is
provided when the financial depository institution can demonstrate the consideration of the foregoing
conditions in a particular case is required to avoid an unsafe and unsound business practice (Health and Safety
Code Section 35810(a)).

Discrimination Standards

The foregoing discriminatory standards are also applied by this law when considering Government Code
Sections 12926, 12926.1, 12955, and 12955.2, including with reference to familial status (the relationships that
may exist among the occupants, as well as the issue of age). However, California law recognizes the limited
exemption from the familial status standard applicable to older persons (senior citizens), as defined in
Government Code Section 12955.9. Further, Civil Code Sections are controlling relating to certain housing for
senior citizens when applying the familial status issue (Civil Code Sections 51.2, 51.3, 51.4, 51.10, 51.11,
799.5, and 1360). The housing exemptions for senior citizens from otherwise applying the non-discriminatory
familial status issue includes housing accommodations specifically designed for use by older persons (whether
as rental housing or as housing within common interest developments (CIDs)). The statutes regarding familial
status are intended to ensure no discrimination occurs regardless of the relationships or age that may exist
among the occupants of the housing accommodations (Health and Safety Code Section 35811).

The Holden Act also precludes discrimination by depository institutions and licensed lenders (creditors/lenders)
regarding the racial, ethnic, religious, or national origin composition of a neighborhood or a geographic area
surrounding the housing accommodations (or whether such composition is undergoing change or is expected to
undergo change). Further, in appraising of housing accommodations for the purpose of providing financial
assistance, depository institutions and licensed lenders are not to use practices that are inconsistent with the
prohibitions regarding discrimination concerning the composition or the expected future composition of a
neighborhood or geographic area. However, the aforementioned creditors/lenders are not precluded when
directing the appraisal of intended security properties from considering conditions of the housing
accommodations that constitute a threat to the health or safety of the occupant or that which may apply in the
appraisal process when estimating the fair market value of such properties (Health and Safety Code Sections
35812 and 35813).

Compliance and Reporting Obligations

The Secretary or the Secretary’s designee of Business Transportation and Housing Agency (BT & H) is
charged with the responsibility of monitoring and investigating the lending patterns and practices of the
depository institutions and licensed lenders to ensure compliance with the provisions of this law. Annual
reports to the California Legislature by the Secretary are required on the activities of supervising regulatory
agencies and departments in ensuring compliance and reporting from all persons/entities that are in the business
of originating residential mortgage loans in California, including (among others) insurers, mortgage bankers,
investment bankers, credit unions, and MLBs/MLOs that are engaged in the making of such mortgage loans.

These regulations are to include reports as required and deemed necessary by the Secretary to the appropriate
supervising regulatory agencies or departments. The reports are intended to be substantially consistent with the
reporting standards established under HMDA. The Secretary’s regulations are intended to also address the
reporting requirements imposed upon those creditors/lenders whose assets or residential mortgage loan volumes
are insufficient to meet the federal reporting requirements (Health and Safety Code Sections 35815 and 35816).

The Fair and Accurate Transaction Act (FACT) – “The Red Flag Rules”

Background and Application

The FACT Act was passed in 2003 and is an extension of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (GLB Act). The
citation for the FACT Act is Public Law 108–159, December 4, 2003. Sections of the FACT Act have become
effective over a period of time and regulations are promulgated by different federal agencies for distinguishable
purposes. The last two Sections of the FACT Act are known as the “Red Flag Rules” and the “Address
Discrepancy Policy”. These Sections became effective August 1, 2009.

Regulations

The Federal Trade Commission (FTC) and the National Credit Union Association (NCUA) issued regulations
to implement the “Red Flag Rules” and the “Address Discrepancy Policy”, which regulations affect depository
institutions and “creditors” (as defined) with “covered accounts” (15 USC Sections 1681a(q)(3)(4), 1681c(h),

1681m(e), and 1691a(e), and 16 CFR Part 681). Included within the definitions of the foregoing are financial
depository institutions, i.e., state or federally licensed or chartered banks, savings associations, savings banks,
mutual savings banks, and credit unions; and any other persons/entities that hold a “transaction account”
belonging to a customer or client/principal depending upon the fact situation.

“Creditor” Defined

For the purposes of the aforementioned statutes and regulations, the term “creditor” is any person/entity that
regularly extends, renews, or continues credit; any person/entity that regularly arranges for the extension,
renewal, or continuation of credit; or any assignee of an original “creditor” who is involved in the decision to
extend, renew, or continue credit. “Creditors” under this law (who are other than depository institutions)
include mortgage bankers, finance companies, automobile dealers, mortgage brokers (MLBs/MLOs), real estate
brokers involved in defined activities in relationship to property sales, utility companies, telecommunication
companies, and non-profit entities that defer payment for goods and services (among others).

While depository institutions are primarily regulated by the FRB and other related federal banking regulatory
agencies (including the NCUA), most “creditors” come under the jurisdiction of the FTC. This would include,
as aforementioned, MLBs/MLOs. As defined for application of the “Red Flag Rules” under the FACT Act, the
term “creditor” is not intended to apply to the definition of “creditor” (often referred to as creditor/lender) for
the purposes of extending credit or making loans to consumers/borrowers pursuant to TILA. The term creditor
for this purpose is the lender in the loan transaction required to complete and deliver the disclosures and notices
of rights and to otherwise comply with TILA and Regulation Z (15 USC 1601, Subsection 103(f), and 12 CFR
Section 226.2(a)(17)).

Covered Accounts

Under the FACT Act and related federal law and implementing regulations, a “covered account” is an account
used primarily for personal, family, or household purposes, and which involves multiple payments or
transactions. “Covered accounts” include credit card accounts, mortgage loans, automobile loans, margin
accounts, cell phone accounts, utility accounts, checking accounts, and savings accounts, among others. The
term “covered account” is also intended to apply to an account for which there is a foreseeable risk of identity
theft, e.g., such as small businesses or sole proprietor accounts.

Transaction Accounts

The term “transaction account” is defined pursuant to the aforesaid regulations to mean a deposit or other
account from which the owner makes payments or transfers (i.e., checking accounts, negotiable order of
withdrawal accounts, savings deposits subject to automatic transfers, and shared draft accounts). This term
would also apply to accounts held in behalf of clients/beneficiaries such as escrows or impounds for the future
payment of property taxes and insurance premiums; and trust accounts for advance fees, earnest money
deposits, loan servicing, or funds from property management activities, among others.

Loan servicing trust accounts in connection with transactions involving residential mortgage loans are
presumably included within the definition of “covered accounts” as the funds held and disbursed are used
primarily for personal, family, or household purposes, and the loan servicing involves multiple payments or
transactions. Commercial loan servicing accounts maintained on behalf of private investors/lenders raise
questions regarding this issue. For example, are the funds of the private investors/lenders used for or in any way
applied to personal, family, or household purposes? This is a factual matter to be determined with the
assistance of professionals including knowledgeable legal counsel and a CPA.

Policies and Procedures

Depository institutions and “creditors” under the “Red Flag Rules” are to establish policies and procedures (or a
written program) that identifies and detects the relevant warning signs of identity theft, such as unusual account
activity, fraud alerts on consumer reports, attempted use of suspicious account application documents, or
unauthorized access to the data or records maintained regarding the account(s). The policies and procedures (or
the written program) should describe appropriate responses to prevent and mitigate the conduct or activities
identified by the warning signs (the “Red Flags”).

The objectives when designing a program to comply with the “Red Flag Rules” are to 1.) Detect identity theft
(“Red Flags”); 2.) Prevent future identity theft; 3.) Mitigate identity theft; and 4.) Update the program

periodically, as necessary. Since the transaction files of MLBs/MLOs are to be maintained a minimum of three
years (and for certain purposes, longer periods), the policies and procedures (or the written program) to
accomplish the foregoing objectives of detecting, preventing, mitigating, and updating the program is to apply
to and for the protection of the information contained within these files.

“Red Flag Rules”

The “Red Flag Rules” are intended to be flexible to provide depository institutions and “creditors” with the
opportunity to design and implement a program that is appropriate for the size and complexity of each, as well
as to consider the nature of their financial operations. The “Red Flag Rules” fall into five categories:

1. Alerts, notifications, or warnings from a consumer reporting agency;

2. Suspicious documents;

3. Suspicious personal identifying information, including a suspicious address;

4. Unusual use of or suspicious activities relating to a “covered account”; and,

5. Notices from customers/clients, victims of identity theft, law enforcement authorities, or other
businesses about possible identity theft in connection with “covered accounts”.

Address Discrepancy Policy

Depository institutions and “creditors” are required to adopt an “Address Discrepancy Policy”. The purpose of
such a policy is to establish procedures to identify and respond to discrepancies noted in the information
received from customers/clients regarding their past and present addresses. For example, the credit report
reveals a different address of the customer/client than the loan application; the address for tax information
returns is distinguishable from the address where payments or disbursements to the consumer/client are to be
made; or when the consumer/borrower is requesting a loan on an owner-occupied security property and the
applicant’s current reported address in third party verifications are different than the security property; among
others. Not only are policies and procedures required to identify these discrepancies (“Red Flags”), but
guidance for staff members is necessary to assist in resolving these discrepancies before proceeding any further
with the financial services requested.

How to Comply

The starting point for developing a program is the Guidelines issued for the Red Flags Rule are available at
www.ftc.gov/os/fedreg/2007/november/071109redflags.pdf . The guidelines are found on pages 63773 and
63744 of the document. It is also recommended that practitioners contact knowledgeable legal counsel to
prepare a Red Flag manual incorporating the policies and procedures to be applied in each fact situation,
including the elements and issues discussed in this section. The program must provide for appropriate
responses to the Red Flags identified to prevent and mitigate identity theft, including monitoring an account,
closing an account, not opening an account (or declining to proceed with the loan application), contacting the
customer/client when detecting a Red Flag, or any combination of the foregoing. In certain events, such as a
recent data breach or a phishing fraud that targeted the depository institution or “creditor” may require specific
preventative actions.

Administering the Program

No matter how good the policies and procedures (written program) looks on paper, the true test is how it works.
The program must describe how it is to be administered, including the approval of the management of the
business organization and how the program will be maintained and kept current. According to the Red Flag
Rule, the program requires approval by the board of directors of the business organization, and if the firm
operates without a board, then by a senior employee whose responsibility it is to administer the program. The
board or designated employee must approve any changes made to the program.

Further, the program should include staff training as appropriate and provide a means for the manager to
monitor the work of service providers, including third parties. Evidence of compliance with the Red Flags Rule
by independent service providers who are third parties with whom the business organization does business
should be included as an element of the program. The program is to describe how oversight is accomplished
and it must be kept relevant and current.

Penalties for Non-Compliance

Although there are no criminal penalties for failure to comply with the Red Flags Rule, depository institutions
or “creditors” that violate the rule are liable for a civil penalties of $1,000 per occurrence, a fine of $2,500 per
occurrence, plus actual damages.

California depository institutions and “creditors” (as well as any “business” as defined) should not overlook
applicable state law and the civil penalties imposed for the failure to securely maintain and to destroy in a
timely and lawful manner the customer/client records that include personal information (as defined). Disposal
of such records under California law requires shredding, erasing, or otherwise modifying the personal
information in these records to make the information unreadable, or to be undecipherable by any means (Civil
Code Section 1798.80 et seq.). In addition, actions for identity theft may be brought under California law
against any person or entity by victims of identity theft. Civil and criminal sanctions are available under this
law (Civil Code Section 1798.92 et seq.).

The Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA)

Background

The Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1971 and subsequent amendments guarantees consumers rights as they relate
to credit information, including a prospective consumer/borrower’s right to know about their own credit. State
and federal laws require the mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) to provide specific disclosures to the consumer who
is applying for credit secured by real property (15 USC Section 1681 et seq. and Civil Code Section 1785.14 et
seq.).

Disclosure of credit scores

FCRA Section 609(g) was added by the FACT Act and requires the disclosure of an applicant’s credit score.
The Act applies to persons making or arranging loans whenever a credit score is used in conjunction with an
application for the loan that will be secured by a 1 to 4 unit residential real property, whether the credit is
closed end or open ended. Further, it applies regardless of the outcome of the credit decision. Therefore,
disclosures are to be made whether the application is approved, denied, withdrawn or closed for
incompleteness. This law does not apply to credit applications for loans secured by mobile homes.

A credit score is defined by the Act as a numerical value or a categorization derived from a statistical tool or
modeling system used by a person who makes or arranges a loan to predict the likelihood of certain credit
behaviors, including default; also referred to as a “risk predictor” or “risk score”. This definition appears to
include credit scores maintained by credit repositories including bureaus that do not take into account the
characteristics of the subject transaction. This definition may extend to depository institutions and other
creditors who undertook to develop their own credit score methodology.

The three most commonly used in California are Experian’s Fair Isaac Corporation score, the FICO Score;
TransUnion’s Empirica Score; and Equifax’s Beacon Score. It does not include any mortgage score or rating of
an automated underwriting system that considers factors in addition to credit information such as the loan-to-
value ratio, the applicant’s assets or other elements of the underwriting process or decision. Fannie Mae’s
Desktop Underwriter and Freddie Mac’s Loan Prospector are excluded, since they take into account the
proposed down payment, loan-to-value ratio and other loan specific data.

The disclosure of an applicant’s credit information must be delivered “as soon as reasonably practicable.” The
contents of the notice under federal law are defined in Section 609 (g)(1)(A). Initially, this law requires that “a
copy of the information identified… that was obtained from a consumer credit reporting agency” and a required
statutory notice be provided to the consumer/borrower. Subsequently, this law requires that six items of
information need to be given as follows:

1. A statement that the information and credit scoring model may be different than the credit score used
by the lender;

2. The current credit score;

3. The range of possible credit scores;

4. The key factors, up to four, that adversely affected the consumer’s credit score in the model used (i.e.,
key factors mean all relevant elements or reasons adversely affecting the credit score for the particular

individual, listed in order of their importance and based on their effect on the credit score; and if the
key factors include the number of inquiries made with respect to the consumer report, this factor must
be disclosed without regard to the four factor limit);

5. The date the credit score was created; and,

6. The name of the person or entity that provided the credit score or credit file from which the score was
created.

The statutory notice required in Section 609 (g)(1)(D) further requires the name, address and telephone number
of each credit repository/bureau providing a credit score that was used plus the statutory text. Later in Section
609 (g)(1)(E)(ii) it provides that this law does not require any person to disclose any information other than a
credit score and the key factors.

The disclosure of credit scores applies to each individual for whom a credit score was used; therefore, each
applicant is to be provided with the statutory required notice and the information set forth above.

Depending upon the fact situation, creditors/lenders and MLBs/MLOs acting under California law must also
provide the consumer/borrower with a notice regarding the use of "Credit Scores" and of information
prescribed by state statute, including the key factors that adversely affect the consumer/borrower's credit score
in the model used. Further, the information provided is to include how to contact the three credit repositories to
correct any inaccuracy in the consumer/borrower's credit report. The three repositories are Experian,
TransUnion, and Equifax (Civil Code Sections 1785.14, 1785.15, 1785.15.1, 1785.15.2, 1785.16, and
1785.17).

Credit Disputes

If an applicant believes there is a mistake in his/her credit report and wishes to dispute or correct the mistake,
the applicant can contact the credit repository that developed the report. Under FCRA, the repository must
complete an investigation of the disputed items within 30 days and provide a written notice of the results of the
investigation within 5 days of completion, and to provide a copy of the credit report (if it has changed) based on
data developed from the dispute. The FTC is responsible for enforcing FCRA.

The Home Valuation Code of Conduct (HVCC)

Background

The Home Valuation Code of Conduct (the Code) is the result of a joint agreement among Fannie Mae, Freddie
Mac, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA), and the New York State Attorney General. The Code is
intended to enhance the independence and accuracy of the appraisal process and to provide added protections
for homebuyers, lenders, investors in mortgage loans, and to generally support the housing market. While the
Code arises from an agreement, depository institutions are subject to the impact on the agreement of regulations
concerning third party relationships promulgated in OCC regulations 12 CFR Sections 5.34, 5.36, and 5.39
describing the permissibility of the activities to be conducted. Further, affiliated relationships that may result
from the joint agreement are subject to the rules applicable to such relationships (Sections 23A and 23B of the
Federal Reserve Act, 12 USC 371c and c(1)).

Delivery of Single Family Mortgages to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac

Effective May 1, 2009, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac no longer purchase residential mortgages from Sellers
that have not adopted the Code with respect to single-family mortgages (other than government insured or
indemnified loans) delivered to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. Also, effective for single-family mortgages with
loan application dates on or after May 1, 2009, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac seller/servicers must represent and
warrant that the appraisal report is obtained in a manner consistent with the Code.

The sale of mortgage loans that are excluded from the foregoing representation and warranty include FHA and
VA insured or indemnified mortgage loans; Section 184 Native American Mortgages; and Section 502
Guaranteed Rural Housing Mortgages.

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have jointly established the Uniform Mortgage Data Program (UMDP) under the
direction of the FHFA to provide common requirements for appraisal and loan delivery data, including a
Uniform Appraisal Dataset that standardizes key appraisal data elements to enhance data quality and promote
consistency; and a Uniform Collateral Data Portal (UCDP) for the electronic collection of appraisal data.

Non-compliance with the Code

Complaints about non-compliance with the Code may be submitted electronically or through the mail using the
complaint submission form. The complaint submission form must be completely filled out to be accepted and
reviewed. Anonymous or incomplete complaints will not be reviewed. Instructions are provided on the
complaint types that are eligible for submission to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.

Taking Precautions

There are many factors that led to the inflated property values experienced a few short years ago, which
substantially contributed to the market conditions that are being experienced at the time of this writing. One of
those factors involved real estate appraisers who were not objective in their appraisal work, but rather were
unduly influenced to arrive at specified values by those who hired them. Appraisers were influenced in a
variety of ways, ranging from subtle to overt, but the net effect was uncontrolled market appreciation that could
not be sustained.

To address the problem of the improper influence of real estate appraisers, Civil Code Section 1090.5, was
enacted and became effective October 5, 2007. It provides in part that “No person with an interest in a real
estate transaction involving an appraisal shall improperly influence or attempt to improperly influence, through
coercion, extortion, or bribery, the development, reporting, result, or review of a real estate appraisal sought in
connection with a mortgage loan.” To further restrain undue influence upon appraisers, the law also provides
that if a person who violates the law is licensed under any state licensing law, and the violation occurs within
the course and scope of the person’s duties as a licensee, the violation shall be deemed a violation of that state
licensing law.

To help real estate licensees avoid any potential impropriety, the DRE (working in conjunction with the Office
of Real Estate Appraisers, the Department of Corporations, and the Department of Financial Institutions)
developed the following list of practices which may constitute evidence of a violation of California law and
should be avoided when engaging the services of a licensed real estate appraiser.

1. Withholding or threatening to withhold timely payment or partial payment for a completed appraisal
report, regardless of whether a sale or financing transaction closes;

2. Withholding or threatening to withhold future business from an appraiser, or demoting or terminating
or threatening to demote or terminate an appraiser;

3. Expressly or impliedly promising future business, promotions, or increased compensation for an
appraiser;

4. Conditioning the ordering of an appraisal report or the payment of an appraisal fee or salary or bonus
on the opinion, conclusion, or valuation to be reached, or on a preliminary value estimate requested
from an appraiser;

5. Requesting that an appraiser provide an estimated, predetermined, or desired valuation in an appraisal
report prior to the completion of the appraisal report, or requesting that an appraiser provide estimated
values or comparable sales at any time prior to the appraiser’s completion of an appraisal report;

6. Providing to an appraiser an anticipated, estimated, encouraged, or desired value for a subject property
or a proposed or target amount to be loaned to the borrower, except that a copy of the sales contract
for purchase transactions may be provided;

7. Requesting the removal of language related to observed physical, functional or economic
obsolescence, or adverse property conditions noted in an appraisal report;

8. Providing to an appraiser, appraisal company, appraisal management company, or any entity or person
related to the appraiser, appraisal company, or appraisal management company, stock or other
financial or non-financial benefits;

9. Allowing the removal of an appraiser from a list of qualified appraisers, or the addition of an appraiser
to an exclusionary list of disapproved appraisers used by any entity, without prior written notice to
such appraiser, which notice shall include written evidence of the appraiser’s illegal conduct, a
violation of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP) or state licensing

standards, substandard performance, improper or unprofessional behavior or other substantive reason
for removal;

10. Ordering, obtaining, using, or paying for a second or subsequent appraisal or automated valuation
model (AVM) in connection with a mortgage financing transaction unless: (i) there is a reasonable
basis to believe that the initial appraisal was flawed or tainted and such basis is clearly and
appropriately noted in the loan file, or (ii) such appraisal or AVM is done pursuant to written, pre-
established bona fide pre- or post-funding appraisal review or quality control process or underwriting
guidelines, and so long as the lender adheres to a policy of selecting the most reliable appraisal, rather
than the appraisal that states the highest value; or,

11. Any other act or practice that impairs or attempts to impair an appraiser’s independence, objectivity, or
impartiality or violates law or regulation, including, but not limited to, the Truth in Lending Act
(TILA) and Regulation Z, or USPAP.

It should be noted that neither Civil Code Section 1090.5, nor any other California code section, prohibits a
person with an interest in a real estate transaction from asking an appraiser to do any of the following: (1)
consider additional, appropriate property information; (2) provide further detail, substantiation, or explanation
for the appraiser’s value conclusion; and/or (3) correct objective factual errors in an appraisal report.

While the above list is illustrative of acts that may be evidence of violations of the prohibitions against undue
influence contained in Civil Code section 1090.5, it is not exhaustive. It is, however, intended to alert real estate
licensees of practices that could potentially lead to disciplinary action. In this regard, real estate licensees are
admonished to exercise caution when working with real estate appraisers and avoid actions that could be
considered improper influence.”

The USA Patriot Act

Background

An applicant is to be identified to determine if there exists an association with terrorism, narcotics trafficking
and/or money laundering. This is accomplished by utilizing the lists published by the Office of Foreign Asset
Control. The information regarding the persons or nation-states that identify with such an association is known
as the U.S. Treasury Department’s Specially Designated Nationals (SDN) and Blocked Persons list. This list
also includes nation-states that have been placed on non-favored nation status. If the applicant is either
specifically named or is from one of the nation-states appearing on the list, the financial institution (depository
institution) or licensed creditor/lender, including MLB/MLO, cannot proceed with a loan application or with
other financial services. The website for the list is www.ustreas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/sdn/.

The Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) administers a series of laws that impose economic sanctions
against hostile targets to further U.S. foreign policy and national security objectives. The list identifies “pariah”
countries, as well as certain groups, such as narcotics traffickers and terrorists, who threaten the security,
economy, and safety of the United States and its citizens. Management of sanctions is entrusted to the Secretary
of the Treasury. While OFAC is responsible for promulgating, developing, and administering the sanctions for
the Secretary under eight basic statutes, all of the bank regulatory agencies cooperate in ensuring financial
institution compliance with the regulations implementing the USA Patriot Act.

Compliance

“U.S. persons” or “persons subject to the jurisdiction of the United States”, depending on the sanctions
program, must comply with OFAC regulations. This law is expected to include licensed creditors/lenders and
MLBs/MLOs that have been characterized as financial institutions for other purposes under federal law, e.g.
FACT. Commercial banks, whether large or small, are subject to these terms and are responsible for complying
with OFAC regulations.

While depository institutions are routinely examined to ensure they maintain policies and procedures in place
for complying with the requirements of OFAC, licensed creditors/lenders (other than depository institutions), as
well as MLBs/MLOs are primarily left to their own practices to establish compliance with this issue. These
creditors/lenders and brokers need to establish internal policies and procedures (including obtaining the lists
available from the previously identified website) to ensure that loan applications and other financial services are
not extended to SDN and Blocked Persons.

For example, establishing new accounts (such as fiduciary, discount, or other securities or brokerage
transaction accounts), pursuing certain loan brokerage activities, developing new loan customers/clients,
proceeding with wire transfers, and engaging in other bank or financial transactions should not occur until the
identity of a potentially Blocked Person are compared to OFAC’s listings. MLBs/MLOs should be subject to
more limited compliance with this law than would depository institutions, depending upon the activities
pursued by these brokers. Real estate brokers (MLBs) who receive capital/funds from private investors/lenders
should research their liability under this law, as these brokers will likely be subject to broader application of the
USA Patriot Act than brokers who package loans to be delivered to depository institutions or licensed
creditors/lenders.

Reporting Procedures and Requirements

Whenever a bank blocks or rejects a prohibited transaction, that bank must report its action to OFAC within 10
days, describing the action taken, including a copy of the payment order or other relevant documentation. In
addition to this periodic report, all holders of blocked property must file a comprehensive annual report of
blocked property (form TDF 90-22.50) by September 30 each year. Reportedly, no procedures have yet to be
developed to monitor licensed creditors/lenders or MLBs/MLOs in connection with this issue. Nonetheless, the
importance of establishing a compliance program and developing internal audit procedures should be obvious.

Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons

Individuals and entities which are owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, the governments of
target countries or are associated with international narcotics trafficking or terrorism are listed on the Treasury
Department’s Specially Designated Nationals (SDN) and Blocked Persons list. The purpose of maintaining this
list in current status is to inform persons subject to the jurisdiction of the United States they are prohibited from
dealing with those identified and they must block all property within their possession or control in which these
blocked individuals and entities have an interest.

An Overview of Current OFAC Profiles for Blocking Transactions

Commercial banks (and it is believed the following extends to all persons/entities subject to this law) must
block transactions involving the following:

1. Individuals appearing on OFAC’s SDN list;

2. Cuban and North Korean citizens, except U.S. residents, wherever located;

3. Individuals, regardless of citizenship, currently residing in Cuba or North Korea;

4. Entities on OFAC’s SDN list;

5. Companies and Commercial Enterprises located in North Korea and Cuba; and,

6. Governmental entities and officials of Libya, Iraq, North Korea, Cuba, Sudan, Serbia, and the Federal
Republic of Yugoslavia, including those entities and individuals appearing on OFAC’s list of SDNs
and Blocked Persons. All banks in Libya, Iraq, and Serbia are government-controlled banks.

Objectives and Screening

The most fundamental objective of OFAC compliance procedures is to provide enough information to key staff
members in relevant operations to recognize and stop, or “interdict,” suspected transactions for further review
before processing. An effective internal communication network is critical to OFAC regulatory compliance.
Compliance training programs should be initiated by all persons/entities subject to this law.

Such training initiatives can range from mentioning regulations in staff meetings and incorporating compliance
requirements into operating manuals including policies and procedures, and joining with other affected persons
or entities (including trade associations) to sponsor seminars. Relevant operational areas of every affected
person or entity should receive, at a minimum, a listing of sanctioned countries and continuously updated SDN
list (Public Law 106-56-October 26, 2001).

The Flood Disaster Protection Act (FDPA)

Background

The Flood Disaster Protection Act (FDPA) was adopted to provide adequate amounts of federally subsidized
flood insurance to owners of improved real property located in a designated flood hazard area of communities
that participate in the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP). The purpose of this program is to provide an
alternative to the federal disaster relief funds normally required in flooded areas. The NFIP is administered by
the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) The federal banking agencies adopted uniform
interagency flood regulations effective October 1, 1996. Further information can be found in the Interagency
Questions and Answers Regarding Flood Insurance at www.occ.treas.gov/handbook/compliance.htm.

Both consumer and commercial loans to be secured by improved real property or with a mobile home (located
or to be located in an identified special flood hazard area) are loans designated for consideration of flood
insurance coverage. The Act also applies to increases in, extensions or renewals of such loans. Federally
regulated lending institutions are prohibited from making, increasing, renewing or extending such loans, unless
the property securing the loan is covered by sufficient flood insurance.

“The FDPA imposes five basic requirements on a creditor/lender:

1. Prior to making, increasing or renewing or extending a loan, the lender must determine whether the
property is located in an area designated by FEMA as a special flood hazard zone rated “A” or “V”;

2. If the property is located in a special flood hazard area (SFHA), the lender must determine whether the
property is located in a community participating in the NFIP and then provide special notices to the
borrower, loan servicer, and flood insurer;

3. If the community participates in the NFIP, the lender may not close the loan without proof that
sufficient flood insurance is in place (if the community does not participate in the NFIP and flood
insurance is unavailable from FEMA, lenders may wish to obtain flood insurance coverage from a
private insurer to protect the collateral);

4. If the lender ever determines that flood insurance has lapsed or become insufficient in amount, the
lender must force place the insurance required; and,

5. Certain notices about flood insurance coverage are required at various points during the life of the
loan.”

The statutes imposing the above requirements are found in 42 USC 4001-4129, which include the National
Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (1968 Act); the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 (FDPA); and Title V of the
Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994.

Compliance

Regulators of this law include FRB, NCUA, FDIC, the OCC, OTS, and the Farm Credit Administration (FCA),
collectively the agencies, issued a joint rule to implement the National Insurance Reform Act (the OCC’s
implementing regulation is cited as 12 CFR 22). The agencies have adopted, “Interagency Questions and
Answers Regarding Flood Insurance”, published in the Comptroller of the Currency Administrator of National
Banks Comptroller’s Handbook, May 1999. The questions and answers serve as guidance to comply with the
regulations.

The Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC) has published statements in the Federal
Register regarding notice and request for comments on loans in areas having special flood hazards, including
interagency questions and answers regarding flood insurance. The publication by the FFIEC is cited as Council
(FFIEC) 62 FR 39523 (July 23, 1997).

Eligibility for the purchase of flood insurance extends to communities that agree to adopt ordinances to mitigate
the impact of future flooding, such as conditioning the issuance of building permits for new residential
construction upon the requirement that the structure be built so that the lowest floor is above the flood elevation
level.

There are 14 Flood hazard areas defined. If the property is located within an “A” and “V” rated FIRM zones
(A, A1-30, AE, A99, AH, AR, V1-30, VE, V and VO) insurance is required. Insurance is available but not
required for the remaining zones. If the improved property or mobile home is located or will be located in a
flood hazard area but not in an area of special flood hazard, B, X, C or D zones, flood insurance is not required
but may be obtained.

The flood insurance regulations apply to federally regulated depository institutions and loan servicers acting on
behalf of such institutions. The loan servicer’s obligations to comply with the NFIP are governed by the loan
servicing agreement.

“A ‘loan servicer’ means the party responsible for:

1. Receiving any scheduled periodic payments from a borrower on a loan including amounts for taxes,
insurance premiums and other charges with respect to the property securing the loan; and,

2. Making payments of principal and interest and any other payments from the amounts received from
the borrower under the loan.

The flood regulations apply to any loan made by a regulated lender secured in whole or in part by real property
improved with vertical structures or with a mobile home. The term mobile home does not include a recreational
vehicle. Loans secured by vacant land are not subject to flood insurance. Commercial, business agricultural and
residential loans are subject to flood insurance.

The Agencies have created the term “designated loan” and defines that term to mean a loan secured by a
building or mobile home that is located or to be located in a special flood hazard area in which flood insurance
is available under the Act.

When a loan is made to construct improvements upon the property that is located in a special flood hazard area,
flood insurance coverage must be maintained throughout the construction. Where a building and its contents
both secure a loan, and the building is located in a special flood hazard area, flood insurance coverage is
required for the building and any contents stored in that building. Exemptions to the flood insurance
requirements generally include loans that have an original principal balance of $5,000 or less and a term of one
year or less.

FNMA and FHLMC have imposed requirements that loans sold to these entities have adequate flood insurance
coverage. To promote consistent treatment for lenders, the OTS and the FDIC have adopted the position of the
OCC and FRB that a loan purchase does not require that a determination be made whether the security property
is located in a special flood hazard area. Although commercial banks may purchase mortgage loans where flood
insurance was not obtained, these depository institutions must review their loan portfolio to measure the
operative risk and exposure in the absence of flood insurance coverage. This may require the depository
institution to purchase the flood insurance coverage as a means of reducing portfolio risk.

FNMA outlines the basic flood insurance requirements for mortgagees sold on the secondary market in their
most recent Fannie Mae Servicing Guide (Servicing Guide) that can be found online at www.efanniemae.com.
FHLMC’s flood insurance guidelines are contained in Volumes 1 and 2 of its single family Seller/Servicer
guide that can also be accessed on their website at www.freddiemac.com. The NCUA directs federal credit
unions to not purchase member loans without determining whether such loans secured by improved real
property have adequate flood insurance coverage.

Lenders are required to document their flood hazard determinations on the Department of Homeland
Security/Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination Form (SFHDF)
O.M.B. No. 1660-0040. The current form has an expiration date of December 31, 2011. The form is made
available on FEMA’s website, www.fema.gov.

A notice to the borrower is required whenever a lender makes, increases, extends, or renews a loan secured by a
building or a mobile home located in a SFHA. The notice is also to inform the borrower whether flood

insurance coverage is available under the NFIP. The notice must be in writing and includes required contents.
The flood regulations contain a model notice form that the lender may use at its option.

When flood insurance coverage is required, a lender must ensure that adequate flood insurance coverage is in
place by the time the loan closes. Applicable regulations include the methods for determining the amount of
coverage.

“In general it must be at least equal to the lesser of:

7. The outstanding principal balance of the designated loan;

8. The maximum amount available under NFIP for the particular type of property; and,

9. The value of the improvements (overall value of the property less the value of the land).”

Lenders may require more insurance than required by the applicable regulations to ensure repayment of the
loan; however, the coverage may not be more than the replacement cost of the improvements. The amount of
building coverage limits and contents coverage limits currently in effect are published in the questions and
answers that may be found on the FEMA website. California law prohibits requiring hazard insurance in an
amount in excess of the replacement value of the improvements on the real property (Civil Code Section
2955.5).

Public
Off

FEDERAL AND STATE DISCLOSURES AND NOTICE OF RIGHTS

FEDERAL AND STATE DISCLOSURES AND NOTICE OF RIGHTS somebody

FEDERAL AND STATE DISCLOSURES AND NOTICE OF RIGHTS

Article 7 - The Borrower

The Real Estate Law has long required the licensing of one who solicits or negotiates mortgage loans for
another or others for compensation (or expectation of compensation) evidenced by promissory notes secured by
deeds of trust or mortgages (either directly or collaterally) by/though liens on real property. The statutory
scheme found in Article 7 of the Business and Professions Code, commencing with Section 10240, was enacted
to curb a variety of abuses carried on by some participants in the mortgage brokerage industry. These abuses
included exorbitant commissions; inflated costs and expenses; short term loans with large balloon payments;
and misrepresentations or concealments of material facts. Article 7 is referred to by the industry, the Courts, the
Regulators, the public and others as the Real Property Loan Law, the Mortgage Loan Brokers’ Law, or the
Necessitous Borrowers’ Act (Business and Professions Code Section 10240 et seq. and 10CCR, Chapter 6,
2840 et seq.).

Non-licensed Assistants

A real estate broker (MLB) who engages in mortgage loan activities or in the purchase, sale, or assignment of
promissory notes may, under specified conditions, employ non-licensed assistants. Business and Professions
Code Section 10133.1(c)(1) and (c)(2) was added in 2000 to provide for an exemption from licensure of
persons who are employees of real estate brokers (MLBs/MLOs) when such persons are performing activities
under the supervision of the MLBs, as defined. The exemption allows a non-licensed employee to assist the
MLBs/MLOs in certain residential mortgage loan transactions (as defined) provided such employees do not
participate in any negotiations among the principals of such transactions (10 CCR, Chapter 8, Section 2841).
Beginning January 1, 2011 loan processors and underwriters must be employees of the real estate broker
(MLB/MLO) or be separately licensed as mortgage loan originators if providing services as independent
contractors.

Real estate brokers (MLBs) must exercise reasonable supervision and control over the non-licensed employees’
activities at an office or branch office licensed to each employing broker. In December of 2000, the activities
and conditions for employment of unlicensed assistants were included in the Commissioner’s Regulations (10
CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2841). This regulation implemented the exemption authorized by Business and
Professions Code Section 10133.1(c)(1) and (c)(2) and mirrors the “Guidelines For Unlicensed Assistants” that
were published by the DRE in the Winter of 1993. The aforementioned Guidelines were issued as a safe harbor

on which real estate licensees may rely when applying the clerical exemption included in applicable law
(Business and Professions Code Section 10133.2).

Accordingly, MLBs employing unlicensed assistants in loan transactions, as defined, that are not subject to
Section 2841 of the Regulations would apply the “Guidelines For Unlicensed Assistants” to establish the
parameters of the activities authorized for such persons under the supervision of these real estate brokers.

Application of Article 7

Certain Sections of Article 7 apply to every real estate broker (MLB) who engages in loan transactions, as
defined. Except for Business and Professions Code Section 10240, this Article applies to dwellings defined to
mean a single dwelling unit in a condominium or cooperative, or a parcel of real property containing 1 to 4
residential units which are owned by a signatory to the deed of trust or mortgage secured thereby that was made
or arranged by an MLB (Business and Professions Code Sections 10240.1 and 10240.2). The provisions of this
Article apply to loans secured directly or collaterally by a first trust deed, the principal of which is less than
thirty thousand dollars, or to a loan secured directly or collaterally by a subordinate lien, the principal of which
is less than twenty thousand dollars.

The remaining provisions of Article 7 apply only to first or senior deeds of trust or mortgages, the original
principal balance of which are $30,000 or more; or to junior deeds of trust of mortgages, the principal balance
of which are $20,000 or more. When the first or senior deeds of trust or mortgages are securing an original
principal balance up to $30,000 or the junior deeds of trust or mortgages are securing an original principal
balance of up to $20,000, these transactions are commonly referred to as “Sheltered Loans”.

Article 7 applies to loans made or negotiated by real estate brokers (MLBs) acting within the meaning of
subdivision (d) of Section 10131 and subdivision (b) of Section 10240 of the Business and Professions Code.
Subdivision (b) of Section 10240 includes loan transactions in which a broker (MLB) solicits a borrower with
express or implied representations that the MLB will obtain and arrange a loan as an agent, but in fact makes
the loan with the broker’s own funds or funds the broker/MLB controls. In such fact situations, the broker may
not discharge the agency and fiduciary relationship established with the borrower, even though the MLB is
acting as well as a principal (and as the agent and fiduciary of private investors/lenders funding the loan) when
making the loan with funds the broker (MLB) owns or controls (Business and Professions Code Sections
10131(d) and (e), 10131.1, 10131.3, 10177(q), 10230 et seq., 10237 et seq., and 10240(b), and 10 CCR,
Chapter 6, Section 2840 et seq. and 2846; Civil Code Sections 2295 et seq., 2349 et seq., and 2923.1; and
Corporations Code Sections 25019, 25100(e) and 25206, and 10 CCR, Chapter 3, Sections 260.115 and
260.204.1; among others).

Mortgage Loan Disclosure Statement

The MLDS is at the heart of Article 7. This statement’s purpose is to provide a prospective borrower with
information concerning the important features or the material facts of an intended loan transaction, including
the fees, costs, and expenses to obtain the financing. A real estate broker (MLB) soliciting or negotiating a loan
transaction, as defined, on behalf of another or others (for compensation or in the expectation of compensation)
or when making the loan with funds owned or controlled by the MLB, which loan is evidenced by a promissory
note and a deed of trust or mortgage (secured either directly or collaterally by/through a lien on real property);
must present and deliver a completed MLDS to the prospective borrower within 3 business days of receipt of a
completed written loan application or before the borrower becomes obligated to take or accept the loan
(whichever is earlier).

MLBs either directly or through a salesperson or broker associate employed by the broker are required to obtain
the signature of the borrower(s) on the MLDS prior to the time that the borrower becomes obligated to
complete the loan transaction. The licensee must certify in the MLDS that the loan transaction complies with
Article 7, as applicable (Business and Professions Code Section 10240 et seq. and 10 CCR, Chapter 6, Sections
2840, 2842.5, 2843 and if lending 2844).

The information that must be included in the MLDS is set forth in the Real Estate Law (Business and
Professions Code Section 10241 et seq. and 10 CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2840 et seq.). Unless the MLDS is in
the form prescribed for use in the Commissioner’s regulations, the form of MLDS must be specifically
approved by the Commissioner prior to its use (10 CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2840 et seq.). The Commissioner

has established approved forms in Regulations 2840 and 2842. Mortgage Loan Disclosure Forms can be
obtained at any DRE office or on the DRE Web site at http://www.dre.ca.gov/frm_mlb.html. Other mortgage
lending and brokerage forms published by the DRE are available through the same web page.

In 2008, the DRE promulgated Commissioner’s Regulation 2842 and adopted the Mortgage Loan Disclosure
Form, RE 885 for the disclosure of terms on non-traditional and subprime mortgage products. This form must
be used when offering any loan that is defined as a “non-traditional mortgage product” in Regulation 2842, or
as defined throughout this chapter as an alternative mortgage(s) or non-traditional loan product(s). Further, the
Real Estate Commissioner promulgated at the same time Regulation 2844 describing the standards to which
MLBs/MLOs are subject when making a loan from funds owned or controlled by the broker that qualifies as a
“non-traditional mortgage product” (Business and Professions Code Sections 10131.1, 10240(b), and 10241(j),
and 10 CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2844).

In addition to the MLDS, real estate brokers (MLBs/MLOs) are required under the Real Estate Settlement
Procedures Act (RESPA) to complete and deliver a Good Faith Estimate (GFE) to the consumer/borrower. The
GFE is more fully discussed in the following section of this Chapter.

Broker Owned or Broker Controlled Funds

Both forms of the MLDS provide for disclosure that the broker (MLB) anticipate that the loan will be made
with broker-controlled funds (including funds that the broker owns). The phrase “broker-controlled funds”
means funds owned by the broker, by the broker’s spouse, child, parent, grandparent, brother, sister, father-in-
law, mother-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, or by any entity in which the broker alone or together with
any of the above relatives has an ownership interest, among others (Business and Professions Code Sections
10131.1, 10240(b), and 10241(j), and 10 CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2844). The definition of the broker’s own
funds or funds that the broker (MLB) controls should not be determined without consideration of the applicable
sections of the Corporate Securities Law of 1968 and the Corporations Commissioner’s Regulations pertaining
thereto.

Alternate Disclosures - Applicable Federal Law

When the real estate broker (MLB/MLO) is the creditor/lender, the broker may rely on federal disclosures and
the notices of rights required in federally regulated residential mortgage loan transactions, i.e., the disclosures
and the notices of rights required pursuant to the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA) and to the
Truth-In-Lending Act (TILA). A predicate to reliance exclusively on the foregoing federal disclosures and
notices of rights is the original principal amount of the loan must exceed the “Sheltered Loan” limits as set forth
in California law (12 USC 2601 et seq. and 24 CFR Parts 3500 et seq., Regulation X; 15 USC 1601 et seq. and
12 CFR Section 226 et seq., Regulation Z; and Business and Professions Code Sections 10240(c) and 10245).

A further and an important predicate is the qualifying MLBs/MLOs must be the creditor/lender and may not be
performing exclusively as the agent and fiduciary of the consumer/borrower (see the federal cases cited below
in the section entitled, “Disclosures – Case Law”). Qualifying MLBs/MLOs would not be required to complete
and deliver the MLDS in accordance with state law, if the “good faith estimate” that satisfies the requirements
of RESPA includes the broker’s real estate license number and a clear and conspicuous statement that the
“Good Faith Estimate” does not constitute a loan commitment.

Further, if the residential mortgage loan contains a provision for a balloon payment, the notice and disclosure
required under applicable California law must be included. Alternatively, the qualifying MLB/MLO may rely
on the balloon payment notice and disclosure required for the subject residential mortgage loan by Fannie Mae
or Freddie Mac, or the MLB/MLO may use a disclosure determined by the Real Estate Commissioner to satisfy
the requirements of TILA (12 CFR Section 226 et seq. and 24 CFR Parts 3500 et seq.; and Business and
Professions Code Section 10241(h)).

The prospective consumer/borrower must also be provided with the applicable disclosures required by TILA
and must acknowledge receipt of the RESPA “good faith estimate” and TILA required disclosures and notices
of rights prior to becoming obligated to the residential mortgage loan transaction. The broker (MLB/MLO)
must maintain copies of the disclosures and the signed acknowledgement for three years pursuant to applicable
law (Business and Professions Code Sections 10148 and 10240(c)).

Disclosures - Case Law

The federal District Court and the Court of Appeals for the 3rd Circuit have held that the disclosures and
notices of rights required pursuant to TILA (including Regulation Z thereof) must be made by the
creditor/lender and not by a third party agent. However, these holdings do not appear to extend to an agent that
is functioning in the place and stead of the creditor/lender through an express
management/administration/operations agreement (including the loan servicing relationship), i.e., in an
investment contract relationship with private investors/lenders funding and making the residential mortgage
loan as the creditors for TILA purposes. Further, these holdings should not apply to the exclusive authorized
agent and loan correspondent for the depository institution or licensed creditor/lender funding and making the
loan as the creditor for TILA purposes. The agent in this circumstance is also acting in the place and stead of
the creditor/lender.

The Court in the three separate reported case citations issued in the 3rd Circuit regarding this issue did not alter
the holding applicable to this discussion, i.e., the TILA required disclosures and notices of rights must be
completed and given to the consumer/borrower by the creditor/lender and not by a third-party agent, as defined.
The MLB/MLO making the residential mortgage loan relying on funds the broker controls or on the broker’s
own funds (as defined) would be the creditor/lender for TILA purposes.

Further, when the MLB/MLO is performing in an investment contract relationship, or is the exclusive
authorized agent and loan correspondent for a depository institution or a licensed creditor/lender may also
qualify as the creditor/lender pursuant to TILA. The status of creditor/lender (or performing in the role of
creditor/lender as described above) is an essential predicate to reliance on the alternative federal disclosures and
the notices of rights discussed in the previous section, “Alternate Disclosures - Applicable Federal Law”. This
means an MLB/MLO who is acting as the exclusive agent of the consumer/borrower is not entitled to complete
and deliver TILA disclosures and notices of rights. (Vallies v. Sky Bank, 432 F. 3d 493 – 2006; Vallies v. Sky
Bank, 583 F. Supp. 2d 687 – 2008; and Vallies v. Sky Bank, 591 F. 3d 152 – 2009).

In Realty Projects, Inc. v. Smith (1973 32 C.A. 3d 204), the court held that the statutory obligation of a licensee
to act fairly and honestly demanded that the licensee inform prospective borrowers of the differences between
commissions and other charges for loans in amounts subject to the Real Property Loan Law as against loans not
covered by that law. While the Court referred to the respondent/licensee as the agent of the prospective
borrower, the Court did not rely upon an agency theory in reaching its decision regarding this disclosure duty.
Rather, this duty was declared to stem simply from the respondent’s status as a licensee.

However in the case of Wyatt v. Union Mortgage Co. (1979 24 C.A. 3d 773), the Court held that a mortgage
loan broker’s (MLB’s) duty to disclose information about late charges and the effective interest rate of a loan
was based upon a fiduciary relationship between the broker (MLB) and the prospective borrower, i.e., part of
the fiduciary duties owed to the consumer/borrower (Civil Code Sections 2295 et seq., 2349 et seq., and 2923.1
and Financial Code Sections 4979.5, 4995(c) and (d), and 4995.3). It should be noted that Civil Code Section
2923.1 and Financial Code Sections 4979.5, 4995(c) and (d), and 4995.3 were each codified subsequent to the
reported decision in Wyatt v. Union Mortgage Co.

Commissions and Other Charges

Article 7 limits the amount that may be charged as commission or fees and as “costs and expenses” for
arranging or making a loan. Again, these limitations do not apply to a first or senior loan of $30,000 or more or
a junior loan of $20,000 or more (residential mortgage loans other than “Sheltered Loans”). The maximum
commissions for loans subject to Article 7 are:

1. First or senior loans:

a. 5 percent of the principal of a loan of less than 3 years;

b. 10 percent of the principal of a loan of 3 years or more;

2. Second or other junior loans:

a. 5 percent of the principal of a loan of less than 2 years;

b. 10 percent of the principal of a loan of at least 2 years but less than 3 years; and,

c. 15 percent of the principal of a loan of 3 years or more.

Costs and expenses of making or arranging a loan subject to Article 7, including appraisal fees, escrow fees,
notary and credit investigation fees (but excluding actual title charges and recording fees) charged to or
imposed upon a consumer/borrower cannot exceed 5 percent of the original principal balance/amount of the
loan or $390, whichever is greater, to a maximum of $700. The amount charged cannot exceed the actual costs
and expenses paid, incurred or reasonably earned. Fees, costs, and expenses imposed by the MLB/MLO must
be reasonably earned and actually incurred. No charge can exceed the amount customarily charged for the same
or comparable service in the community where the service is rendered (Business and Professions Code Section
10242 and 10 CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2843).

Balloon Payments

For the purposes of Article 7, a balloon payment is defined as an installment payment that is greater than twice
the amount of the smallest installment payment required by the terms of the promissory note (Business and
Professions Code Sections 10244 and 10244.1).

Generally, no mortgage loan subject to Article 7 that qualifies as a “Sheltered Loan” may have a balloon
payment, if the term of the loan is less than 3 years. However, if the real property securing the loan is an
owner-occupied dwelling, a balloon payment is not permissible if the term of the loan is 6 years or less
(Business and Professions Code Section 10244 and 10244.1). As in the case of the 3-year balloon payment
provision, this restriction does not apply to a promissory note given back to the seller (“carry back”) by the
purchaser of the dwelling on account of the purchase price (Civil Code Section 2956 et seq.). Notwithstanding
the foregoing, should the residential mortgage loan qualify as a “High-Cost Loan”, applicable California law
otherwise limits the use of balloon payments when the term of the loan is less than 5 years (Financial Code
Section 4973(b)(1)).

The MLDS includes a required notice regarding balloon payments. This notice must be in 10 point bold
typeface/font (using capital or upper case letters) and it must contain the precise language required by statute
(Business and Professions Code Sections 10241 and 10241.4). Business and Professions Code Section 10241.4
requires an expanded disclosure should provisions have been made, or will be sought, for either extension,
refinancing or renegotiation of a residential mortgage loan (as defined) subject to Article 7 when the loan
includes a balloon payment.

Other Restrictions

Other restrictions on mortgage loans subject to Article 7 include:

1. An MLB is prohibited from charging or negotiating any loan servicing or loan collection fees to be
paid by the borrower;

2. A consumer/borrower may not be required to purchase credit life or credit disability insurance as a
condition of obtaining a loan;

3. An MLB/MLO may collect only one premium for credit life or credit disability insurance provided
through duly licensed insurance agents, and only one consumer/borrower whose earnings are
reasonably relied upon by the creditor/lender for repayment of the loan may be insured;

4. Regardless of the amount of the loan, charges for late payments of an installment are limited to 10
percent (or $5, whichever is greater) of the principal and interest part of the installment or periodic
payment, and if a payment is paid or tendered within ten days of a payment due date, no late charge
may be imposed for the payment tendered;

5. No charge may be assessed for a prepayment penalty fee in connection with a prepayment of the
principal amount owning made more than seven years from the date of the loan, and if the prepayment

occurs within the first seven years of the origination of the loan, the prepayment penalty may not
exceed for any prepayment of principal (during any 12-month period) a fee in excess of six months’
advance interest on the amounts prepaid that are greater than 20 percent of the then remaining unpaid
principal balance; and,

6. The term of an exclusive right granted to the MLB/MLO by the consumer/borrower to secure
financing cannot exceed 45 days.

The late payment charges may not be imposed more than once for each late payment of an installment due and
no late charge may be imposed upon any installment which is paid or tendered in full within 10 days after its
scheduled due date (even though an earlier maturing installment or a late charge on an early installment may
not have been paid in full). A late charge in the authorized amount of 10% (of the monthly or periodic
installment of principal and interest) may not be imposed for the failure to timely pay a balloon payment, as
defined. Rather, the authorized late-payment charge for a balloon payment is limited to the late charge
imposable for a single monthly installment of principal and interest multiplied by the number of months
occurring from the date that the balloon payment was due to the date such payment was paid or tendered plus
one such monthly late charge.

The prepayment penalty provisions of Article 7 are trumped by the prepayment penalty fees controlled by the
provisions of the “High-Cost Loan” or “Covered Loan” and the “Higher-Cost/Priced Mortgage Loan” laws
subsequently enacted (if the loan transaction is subject to these laws). The prepayment penalty fees under the
“High-Cost Loan” or “Covered Loan” law are controlled by Financial Code Section 4973(2)(C) and such fees
under the “Higher-Cost/Priced Mortgage Loan” law are controlled by Financial Code Section 4995.1. While the
foregoing late charges and prepayment penalty fees established in Article 7 were intended for single family,
owner-occupied dwellings, these provisions apply to any loans negotiated by MLBs (Business and Professions
Code Sections 10241.1, 10242.5, 10242.6, 10248, and 10248.1).

Commissioner’s Regulations

As previously cited in this section, regarding Article 7, real estate licensees should be familiar with
Commissioner’s Regulations 2840, 2841, 2841.5, 2842, 2842.5, 2843, and 2844.

REAL ESTATE SETTLEMENT PROCEDURES ACT (RESPA) REGULATION X

Background

The U. S. Congress enacted the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA) in 1974 to provide certain
consumers/borrowers with early information about the fees, costs, and expenses involved in real estate
transactions that include federally related mortgage loans. RESPA also protects consumers/borrowers from
hidden kickbacks and other abusive practices. In residential transactions involving federally related mortgage
loans, RESPA requires consumers/borrowers who are refinancing, further encumbering, or purchasing (as the
buyers) the intended security property to receive information regarding settlement or closing costs and prepaid
expenses (estimates of fees, costs, expenses and “points” to be incurred).

The term “points” as applied in the financial services industry includes loan origination fees; discounts to adjust
investor yields or to assist in accomplishing a “rebate” sufficient to pay the required fees, costs, and expenses to
settle or close the loan transaction; and to pay the commissions imposed by mortgage brokers (MLBs/MLOs)
for services rendered to arrange mortgage loans. In this Chapter, the consumer/borrower is the person applying
for a loan and to whom the disclosures and notices of rights are to be delivered.

Federally Related Mortgage Loans

Generally, federally related mortgage loans include loans the proceeds of which are for the purpose of
purchasing, refinancing, or further encumbering real property improved with 1 to 4 residential units. The
residential real property may be owner occupied or non-owner occupied, and the deed or trust or mortgage
securing the repayment of the loan may be recorded senior or junior in priority (12 USC Section 2601 et seq.
and 24 CFR Section 3500 et seq.).

The specific definition of the term, “federally related mortgage loan”, as set forth in RESPA is any loan (other
than temporary financing such as a construction or bridge loan) which:

“(A) is secured by a first or subordinate lien on residential real property (including individual units of
condominiums and cooperatives) designed principally for the occupancy of from one to four families, including
any such secured loan, the proceeds of which are used to prepay or pay off an existing loan secured by the same
property; and

(B) (i) is made in whole or in part by any lender the deposits or accounts of which are insured by any agency of
the Federal Government, or is made in whole or in part by any lender which is regulated by any agency of the
Federal Government; or

(ii) is made in whole or in part, or insured, guaranteed, supplemented, or assisted in any way, by the Secretary
or any other officer or agency of the Federal Government or under or in connection with a housing or urban
development program administered by the Secretary or a housing or related program administered by any other
such officer or agency; or

(iii) is intended to be sold by the originating lender to the Federal National Mortgage Association, the
Government National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or a financial
institution from which it is to be purchased by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation; or

(iv) is made in whole or in part by any “creditor”, as defined in section 103(f) of the Consumer Credit
Protection Act (15 USC Section 1602 (f)), who makes or invests in residential real estate loans aggregating
more than $1,000,000 per year, except that

for the purpose of this Act, the term “creditor” does not include any agency or instrumentality of any State” (12
USC Section 2602 (1)(B)).

Exemptions from RESPA

RESPA applies to federally related mortgage loans (as defined) except for loans secured by real property
consisting of 25 acres or more, vacant land, or for a loan that is primarily for business, commercial, or
agricultural purposes. Loan transactions for temporary or short-term purposes (defined as construction or bridge
loans) are exempt from the application of RESPA. The temporary financing exemption from RESPA relies
upon the definition for such financing included within the regulations promulgated under TILA (12 CFR
Section 226.3(a)(1)).

The definition for temporary financing applied under California law is similar to the federal definition with a
noted exception that state law imposes, i.e., such loans must have a maturity of one year or less. Further, bridge
loans when applied under California law are for the express purpose of financing the acquisition or construction
of a dwelling intended to be the consumer’s/borrower’s principal residence (Financial Code Section 4970(d)).

Further, RESPA does not apply to loan “assumptions” (transfers of the title to the security property) without at
the same time transferring the liability of the initial maker of the mortgage loan through an assumption
agreement executed by the transferee and the creditor/lender. Such transfers occur “subject to” the existing
mortgage loan and may well be in violation of due–on-sale clauses included within the loan documents. RESPA
also does not apply to contemplated conversions of existing loans from one amortization to another or from
adjustable to a fixed interest rate residential mortgage loan. Secondary market transactions where the
originating creditor/lender sells, endorses or assigns the mortgage loan as an “asset in being” (an asset existing
as part of a loan portfolio) to the ultimate investor(s) are also exempt from RESPA (24 CFR Section 3500.5(a)
and (b)).

Definitions of “Creditor” and of “Lender”

The Consumer Credit Protection Act, commonly referred to as the Truth-In-Lending Act (TILA), applies to
qualifying “creditors” (15 USC Section 1601 et seq. and 12 CFR Section 226 et seq.). Accordingly, federal law
applies two distinguishable definitions to the persons or entities that fund and make loans, i.e., “creditors” and
“lenders”. RESPA defines the persons or entities that fund or make loans as “lenders”.

Pursuant to TILA, the term ''creditor'' refers to a person (or entity) that “(1) regularly extends, whether in
connection with loans, in sales of property or services, or otherwise extends consumer credit which is payable

by an agreement in more than four installments or for which the payment of a finance charge is or may be
required, and (2) is the person to whom the debt arising from the consumer credit transaction is initially payable
on the face of the evidence of indebtedness or, if there is no such evidence of indebtedness, by agreement…”
(15 USC Section 1601(f) and 12CFR Section 226.2(a)(17)). The conjunctive “and” requires both the extension
of credit (funding and making the loan) and being identified as the initial payee on the face of the evidence of
indebtedness or the agreement.

Further, a person or entity regularly extends consumer credit, “… only if it extended credit (other than credit
subject to the requirements of 226.32) more than 25 times (or more than 5 times for transactions secured by a
dwelling) in the preceding calendar year. If a person did not meet these numerical standards in the preceding
calendar year, the numerical standards are to be applied to the current calendar year. A person regularly extends
consumer credit if, in any 12-month period, the person originates more than one credit extension that is subject
to the requirements of 226.32 or one or more such credit extensions through a mortgage broker” (15 USC
Section 1601(f) and 12 CFR 226.2(a)(17)). The TILA definition of “creditor” has been adopted for RESPA
purposes (12 USC Section 2602).

The term “lender” is defined in applicable federal law as persons and entities that regularly make loans and that
appear on the promissory note and other evidence of indebtedness as the initial payee. Under federal law, the
term “creditor” applies to persons and entities that complete and deliver certain disclosures and notices of rights
to consumers/borrowers when making residential mortgage loans. The term “creditor” also applies under
federal law to persons or entities that make residential mortgage loans that are subject to various federal
mandates, including the completion of demographic and geographic reports, and that otherwise require
compliance with consumer/borrower protection objectives. The result of the foregoing is a “two-pronged”
definition for those persons and entities engaged in the funding and making of residential mortgage loans, i.e.,
“lenders” and “creditors”.

RESPA Amendments

Significant changes to RESPA were published November 17, 2008. The new regulations became effective over
a period of several months, commencing January 16, 2009, and concluding as of January 1, 2010. These
changes include (among other technical changes) amending the contents of the booklet, “Shopping for Your
Home Loan, HUD’s Settlement Cost Booklet”; revisions to the Good Faith Estimate; modifying the HUD-1 and
HUD-1A Settlement/Closing Statements; restructuring the Servicing Disclosure Statement; and altering the
requirements for the Initial Escrow (Impound) Account Statement. Each of the foregoing amendments,
revisions, modifications, alterations, or restructuring is discussed in this Section.

Special Information Booklet

There are six disclosure requirements under RESPA. The first is to provide mortgage loan applicants
(consumers/borrowers) with a special information booklet. This booklet entitled, “Shopping for Your Home
Loan, HUD’s Settlement Cost Booklet”, revised in December 2009, is available on the HUD website at
www.hud.gov. The booklet is to be delivered to a person from whom the creditor/lender receives or for whom a
written application is prepared in connection with a federally related mortgage loan. The special information
booklet may be translated into languages other than English when appropriate or as required by applicable law.

When Required

The special information booklet is to be received by the applicant (consumer/borrower) at the earliest possible
time; however, the booklet is not required when the applicant is applying for a reverse mortgage. In open-end
credit transactions, such as home equity lines of credit (HELOCs), the special information booklet may be
replaced with the booklet published by HUD entitled, “When Your Home is on the Line, What You Should
Know about Equity Lines of Credit”.

Multiple Applicants

When two or more persons (consumers/borrowers) apply together for a loan, the creditor/lender is in
compliance if one consumer/borrower receives a copy of the booklet. The creditor/lender may deliver the
booklet to the applicant or mail it to the applicant (consumer/borrower) no later than three business days after
the application is received or prepared. If the applicant uses a mortgage broker (MLB/MLO), the mortgage
broker is to provide the special information booklet relieving the creditor/lender from the responsibility to do
so. Further, if the creditor/lender denies the application for credit of the consumer/borrower before the end of

the three-business-day period, then the creditor/lender need not provide the booklet (12 USC Section 2604 and
24 CFR Section 3500.6(c) and (d)).

Time of Delivery

Disclosures required under RESPA are generally to be completed and delivered within a defined number of
business days. For RESPA purposes, a business day is defined as a day on which the offices of the person or
business entity (creditor/lender or mortgage broker (MLB/MLO)) are open to the public for carrying on
substantially all of the entity’s business functions (24 CFR Section 3500.2(b)). Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Sundays and federal holidays are excluded from the definition of a business day.

Good Faith Estimate

Content, Form, and Delivery

The second required disclosure under RESPA is the Good Faith Estimate (GFE). The GFE is to be completed
and delivered to the applicant (consumer/borrower) and it includes an estimate of settlement charges or closing
costs and prepaid expenses as well as the prospective material loan terms. RESPA requires that a GFE
disclosing the fees, costs, and expenses and the material loan terms be completed and delivered to the
consumer/borrower no later than three business days after preparing the loan application or receiving
information sufficient to complete an application, whether received by the creditor/lender or the mortgage
broker (MLB/MLO) (24 CFR Section 3500.7).

The creditor/lender or the mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) is to provide the GFE to the loan applicant
(consumer/borrower) by hand delivery; by placing it in the mail; or, if the applicant agrees, by fax, e-mail, or
other electronic means. When the residential mortgage loan is being delivered to the creditor/lender by a
mortgage broker (MLB/MLO), it is the obligation of the creditor/lender funding the mortgage loan to verify the
GFE was delivered to the consumer/borrower within the three business days as described in this paragraph. If
the GFE was timely delivered by the mortgage broker (MLB/MLO), then the creditor/lender need not complete
and deliver the GFE. A GFE is not required on home equity lines of credit (HELOCs), or regarding loan
applications denied by the creditor/lender or withdrawn by the applicant (consumer/borrower) within the
statutory three days. (24 CFR Section 3500.7(a)(3)(i)(ii)).

Tolerances for Amounts Included on the GFE

Neither the creditor/lender nor the mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) may charge, as a condition for providing a
GFE, any fee for an appraisal, inspection, or other similar settlement services. The creditor/lender or the
mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) may, at its/their option, charge a fee limited to the cost of a credit report. No
additional fees may be charged by the creditor/lender or the mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) until after the
applicant (consumer/borrower) has received the GFE (24 CFR Sections 3500.7 (a)(4) and (b)(4)). The GFE is
deemed received by the consumer/borrower within three calendar days subsequent to the mailing, excluding
Sundays and legal holidays specified in applicable federal law (5 USC Section 6103(a) and 24 CFR Section
3500.7 (a)(4) and (b)(4)).

The loan application includes an estimate of the then market value of the intended security property as
represented by the applicant (consumer/borrower) or as may be reflected in a purchase and sale agreement (if
the loan is to finance the purchase of the intended security property). The creditor/lender or the mortgage
broker (MLB/MLO) are advised to research comparable sales and/or listings in the neighborhood where the
intended security property is located through on line vendor services, MLS’, or through information available
from title companies. The purpose of the foregoing is to apply reasonableness tests as the appropriate standard
when considering the applicant’s estimate of market value or that the proposed sales price of the intended
security property bears a relationship to recent comparable sales in that neighborhood.

Limitations on Collection of Fees

The creditor/lender or the mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) may at any time collect from the loan applicant
(consumer/borrower) information in addition to the contents of the application (as described and defined), when
the creditor/lender is prohibited from requiring such information as a condition for providing a GFE. An
example is the applicant (consumer/borrower) may not be required to submit supplemental documentation to
verify the information provided on the loan application (24 CFR Section 3500.7 (a)(5) and (b)(5)). However,
the creditor/lender may obtain verification from third parties in support of the information included in the
application provided no fees, costs, and expenses are imposed on the applicant (consumer/borrower) other than

a credit report fee in advance of providing a GFE. As previously mentioned, the foregoing includes (among
others) the fee for an appraisal report (24 CFR Section 3500.7 (a)(4) and (b)(4)).

Binding on Loan Originator

It is paramount the GFE contains accurate information. While the GFE is not a commitment to lend by the
creditor/lender, the creditor/lender and the mortgage broker (MLB/MLO), as loan originators, are each bound
within the tolerances established when completing and delivering the GFE to the consumer/borrower. Some of
the fees, costs, and expenses disclosed are subject to zero tolerances and others are subject to the 10 percent
tolerance cap on the amounts disclosed in the GFE. Should the loan originator provide a new or revised GFE to
the consumer/borrower prior to settlement or the close of the loan escrow, documentation must be included
supporting the reasons for the revisions.

The estimate of the charges (fees, costs, and expenses) for settlement services and the loan terms must remain
available for at least 10 business days from when the GFE is initially delivered to the consumer/borrower. The
loan originator may elect to maintain the GFE and the estimated charges and loan terms for longer than 10 days.
Should the loan originator extend the period of availability of the GFE, certain estimated charges or loan terms
are not subject to the tolerance requirements. These are the interest rate; the charges and loan terms dependent
upon the interest rate (which include the charges for credit to reimburse the fees, costs, and expenses through
adjustments in the interest rate chosen); the adjusted origination charges, if any; and the daily or per diem
interest (24 CFR Section 3500.7(c)).

If a consumer/borrower does not express an intent to continue with a loan application within 10 business days
after the GFE is delivered or during the extended period of availability offered by the loan originator, the
creditor/lender or mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) is no longer bound to the initial GFE (24 CFR Section 3700.5
(f)(4)).

Retention of Documents and Disclosures

Loan originators must retain copies of GFEs and documentation of the reasons in support of a new or revised
GFE for a minimum of three years after settlement or loan closing (24 CFR Section 3500.7(f)). Mortgage loan
brokers (MLBs/MLOs) are required under state law to retain the entire loan file for at least three years
subsequent to loan closing or the last action taken, whichever is later (Business and Professions Code Section
10148).

Changed Circumstances

Change in circumstances includes those requested by the consumer/borrower; those affecting the
consumer’s/borrower’s eligibility and/or the ability to qualify for the specific loan terms disclosed; those
affecting the anticipated or represented market value of the intended security real property; or those affecting
increased costs of settlement services that exceed the tolerances for those charges arising from the foregoing
changed circumstances. Should changed circumstances apply, the loan originator should provide a revised GFE
to the consumer/borrower. If a revised GFE is delivered to the consumer/borrower, the loan originator must do
so within three business days after receiving information to establish the changed circumstances (24 CFR
Section 3500.7(f)(1), (2) and (3)).

Distinctions between Federal and State Law

Application of this federal law is not as strict as state law when considering the fiduciary duties owed by the
mortgage broker (MLB/MLO), a category of loan originator distinguishable from those who are
creditors/lenders or employees/agents of creditors/lenders. As the agent and fiduciary of the consumer/borrower
where the contemplated loan is being delivered to a depository institution or a licensed lender (the
creditor/lender), the change in circumstances (regardless of cause or reason) must be disclosed by the mortgage
broker (MLB/MLO) to the consumer/borrower (Business and Professions Code Section 10240 et seq.; and 10
CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2840 et seq.; Civil Code Sections 2295 et seq. and 2923.1; and Financial Code
Sections 4979.5, 4995(c) and (d) and 4995.3(c)).

The MLB/MLO is required under California law to complete and deliver to the consumer/borrower a Mortgage
Loan Disclosure Statement (MLDS) together with the GFE in a federally related loan transaction, as defined.
California law requires the material loan terms, including the estimated fees, costs, and expenses to be
disclosed, in writing, as well as any change in the foregoing through the use of the MLDS (and through a

revised GFE to avoid any conflicts between the two required disclosure statements). This means the material
loan terms and the estimated fees, costs and expenses and any changes are to be in writing and evidence of such
disclosures is to be maintained in the loan file. The purpose is to ensure no misrepresentation occurs and that no
false promises have been made to the consumer/borrower by the mortgage loan broker (MLB/MLO) (Business
and Professions Code Sections 10176(a), (b) and (c), 10177(d), (g) and (j), 10240 et seq., and 10 CCR, Chapter
6, Section 2840 et seq.; Civil Code Sections 2295 et seq. and 2923.1; and Financial Code Sections 4979.5,
4995(c) and (d) and 4995.3(c)).

Generally, state laws that are inconsistent with RESPA are preempted to the extent of the inconsistency.
However, the regulations promulgated pursuant to RESPA are not intended to “…annul, alter, affect, or exempt
persons subject to their provisions from complying with the law of any state with respect to settlement
practices, except to the extent of the inconsistency” (24 CFR Section 3500.13). The requirement under
California law to obtain the signature of the loan applicant (consumer/borrower) on the MLDS and to include
the GFE for this purpose (prior to becoming obligated to the loan transaction) represents an added
responsibility of the MLB/MLO that is not an “inconsistency” subject to the preemption (Business and
Professions Code Section 10240 and 10 CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2842.5).

Comparison of GFE with HUD-1 or HUD-1A

As aforementioned, charges disclosed on the GFE are compared for accuracy prior to drawing of the loan
documents (including instruments, disclosures, notices of rights and escrow instructions) and when funding the
loan. The settlement or loan closing statement (HUD-1 or HUD-1A) must be reviewed in advance of settlement
or loan closing to ensure no unauthorized changes have occurred to the fees, costs, and expenses. As
previously mentioned, once the GFE is completed and delivered to the consumer/borrower, certain charges are
subject to a zero tolerance. Charges that cannot change include the origination fee (whether imposed by the
creditor/lender or the mortgage broker (MLB/MLO)), the credit or charge (“points”) for the specific interest
rate chosen after the interest rate is “locked”, and transfer taxes (24 CFR Section 3500.7(e)).

A 10 percent tolerance is applied to the sum of the prices for services where either the creditor/lender or the
mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) requires the use of a particular provider, or the consumer/borrower uses a
provider selected or identified by the loan originator (24 CFR Sections 3500.2 and 3500.7(e)). The charges
required by the service providers selected by the loan originator (creditor/lender or the MLB/MLO); the fees
imposed for title services including title insurance coverage (lender’s and owner’s title insurance coverage);
and the charges for other required services subject to shopping (when the consumer/borrower selects providers
identified by the loan originator) cannot increase by more than 10 percent at settlement or loan closing.
Government recording charges are also subject to a 10 percent cap, i.e., they cannot exceed the amount
disclosed in the GFE by more than 10 percent.

However, the services for which the consumer/borrower selects a provider (other than a provider identified by
the loan originator) are not subject to any tolerance cap and, at settlement or loan closing, would not be
included in the sum of the charges on which the 10 percent tolerance is based. Charges of third party service
providers can change in addition to those where a service provider chosen by the consumer/borrower is used.
Other charges that can change include the initial deposit for an escrow (impound) account, daily or per diem
interest charges, and premiums for property insurance coverage (24 CFR Section 3500.7(e)).

While the regulations do not refer to property taxes, the amount of such taxes may change through pro-rations,
and the amount of reserves required when establishing an escrow (impound) account may also be subject to
change (depending upon the date of settlement or loan closing). California creditors/lenders and mortgage
brokers (MLBs/MLOs) should be aware that if the proceeds of the loan are to facilitate the purchase of
residential real property, future property taxes may be increased by supplemental tax assessments resulting from
the purchase price paid for the security property.

Interest Rate Locks and Loan Commitments

The term “interest rate lock commitment” was defined in the Mortgage Bankers Association Presentation to
Bank Regulatory Agency Representatives made on February 20, 2004. This presentation included a definition
which in part states, “An interest rate lock commitment represents a lender’s agreement to make money
available to a borrower within a specified time period at a specified rate for a specified tenor…”. When
“locking” the interest rate in residential loan transactions, the consumer/borrower may elect to “lock” typically

for periods of 15, 30, 45 or 60 days. Generally, the lock period selected is from 45 to 60 days. Shorter periods
are often selected when pre-approval of the loan has been extended by a creditor/lender and in those
circumstances when a purchase transaction must close within a short defined period.

“Pre-approve” vs. “Pre-qualify”

Interest rate locks with a commitment to make a loan to a consumer/borrower at a specified rate and terms for
an identified period (based upon “pre-approval” subject to specified conditions) is an offer from the intended
creditor/lender that may not be made by a mortgage loan broker (MLB/MLO). It is a misrepresentation and a
false promise for a MLB/MLO to communicate a “lock” in the rate and terms of a mortgage loan without
identifying the source of the “lock of rate and loan terms”. The MLB/MLO is obligated to disclose the material
facts relevant to the consumer’s/borrower’s decision to rely upon the “lock”, including the identity of the
intended creditor/lender (Business and Professions Code Sections 10176 (a),(b), (c), (k) and (l)).

Creditors/lenders may “pre-approve” the loan application of a consumer/borrower whereas mortgage brokers
(MLBs/MLOs) may “pre-qualify” but may not “pre-approve.” It is a misrepresentation for a mortgage broker
(MLB/MLO) to pre-approve or to issue a “lock” and/or “commitment”, unless the MLB/MLO is the
creditor/lender or the authorized agent for the creditor/lender for such purposes (Business and Professions Code
Sections 10176(a),(b),(c) and (k) and 10177 (g) and (j)). It is also unlawful for an MLB/MLO to delay the
closing of a mortgage loan to increase fees, costs, or expenses (charges) payable by the consumer/borrower
(Business and Professions Code Sections 10176(l) and 10177 (g) and (j)).

Revised GFEs

If the interest rate has not been “locked” or a “locked interest rate” has expired; the charge for the interest rate
chosen, the adjusted origination charges, the daily or per diem interest, and the loan terms related to the interest
rate lock may change. If the consumer/borrower later requests a “locked interest rate”, a revised GFE must be
completed and delivered showing the altered interest rate and dependent charges and loan terms. All other
charges and loan terms must remain the same as on the original/initial GFE, except as otherwise provided in the
event of changes in circumstances (24 CFR Section 3500.7 (f)(5)).

In the event the contemplated loan transaction is to finance a new home purchase and the anticipated settlement
or loan closing is to occur more than 60 calendar days from the time the initial GFE is completed and delivered,
the loan originator must separately disclose in a clear and conspicuous manner that a revised GFE may be
issued to the consumer/borrower. Should a separate disclosure occur in anticipation of a revised GFE, the
subsequent disclosure must comply with the required tolerances established by the original/initial GFE, except
as to the changed circumstances previously discussed (24 CFR Section 3700.5(f)(6)).

Violations of Section 5 of RESPA Regarding GFEs

Should any charges at settlement or loan closing exceed the fees, costs, and expenses listed on the GFE by more
than the permitted tolerances, the loan originator is to cure the tolerance violation by reimbursing the
consumer/borrower the excess amounts. The required reimbursement are the amounts by which the tolerances
were exceeded at settlement or loan closing, and the reimbursement is to be made either at loan closing or
within 30 calendar days thereafter. If the loan originator delivers or places the reimbursement in the U. S. Mail
within 30 calendar days after settlement or loan closing, the consumer/borrower is presumed to have timely
received the reimbursement.

It may prove to be difficult for a loan originator who is a mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) to cure tolerance
violations beyond the scope of the mortgage broker’s authority and capacity. Many MLBs/MLOs are pursuing
a practice of establishing the amount of the estimated fees, costs, and expenses, and the specific material loan
terms through creditors/lenders; with settlement agents, title insurers, title companies or public escrows in
advance of issuing the original/initial GFEs (24 CFR Section 3500.7(i)).

Apparently, a HUD omission has occurred regarding enforcement of Section 5 of RESPA. As of this writing,
no sanctions or penalties exist for violations of Section 5 other than timely curing any breach of the tolerance
limits or conforming the transactional terms to the material loan terms disclosed in the GFE. HUD indicates it
plans to seek authority from the U. S. Congress to impose civil monetary penalties and injunctive and equitable
relief for such RESPA violations. In the meantime, it is likely banking and other regulators will enforce the new
GFE requirements under their regulations. Federal regulators are likely to examine the fees, costs, and expenses

and material loan terms disclosed in the GFE and compare these disclosures to the HUD-1 or HUD-1A and to
the loan documents to learn whether compliance with Section 5 has occurred.

Available Instructions

HUD has prepared instructions to assist loan originators in completing and delivering the GFE that are
available on the HUD website at http://edocket.access.gpo.gov/cfr_2009/aprqtr/24cfr3500AppC.htm.

HUD-1 or HUD-1A

Required Use

The third disclosure required by RESPA in a federally related loan transaction is either the HUD-1 or HUD-1A.
Generally, the HUD-1 is to be used when the security property is being purchased and sold and the HUD-1A
when the purpose of the loan is to refinance or further encumber the intended security property (24 CFR
Section 3500.8 (a), (b), and (c)).

Form HUD-1 is required in every settlement or closing statement involving a federally related mortgage loan in
which there is a borrower (buyer) and a seller. In preparing regulations to implement RESPA, HUD has
focused on the borrower even in sales transactions. The borrower and the buyer are generally the same person
in such transactions. As previously mentioned, the HUD-1 is the appropriate form when the proceeds of the
loan are used to purchase the security property, i.e., a residential property improved by 1 to 4 dwelling units.
Creditors/lenders may use the HUD-1 in other transactions such as refinancing loans or loans secured by
subordinate liens by simply using the borrower’s side of the form. A single HUD-1 may be distributed to
multiple borrowers in the same transaction.

Form HUD-1A may be used as the settlement or loan closing statement for loans refinancing or further
encumbering the equity of the intended security property, or in other one-party transactions that do not involve
transfers of title. Creditors/lenders are not required to use either the HUD-1 or HUD-1A for open-end home
equity lines of credit (HELOCs), as long as the applicable provisions of Regulation Z are followed.

Comparison with GFEs

The settlement agent (or the escrow holder) is required to use the HUD-1 or HUD-1A settlement statement in
every settlement/escrow involving a federally related mortgage loan. In most cases, in transactions that involve
an escrow holder or settlement agent (for example, title insurance companies, underwritten title companies,
public escrows, or an attorney acting as a settlement agent), the creditor/lender historically did not have direct
statutory responsibility for the accuracy of the HUD-1 or HUD-1A (24 CFR Section 3500.8 (a), (b), and (c)).

However, the imposition of tolerance caps and related issues such as changes in circumstances place a burden
on creditors/lenders and mortgage brokers (MLBs/MLOs) to ensure the HUD-1 or HUD-1A is consistent with
the settlement charges or closing costs and prepaid expenses as disclosed in the GFE. This burden to ensure
consistency and to protect the consumer/borrower also extends to the material loan terms disclosed in the GFE
as well as in the disclosures required under Regulation Z of TILA.

Definition of Settlement Agent or Escrow Holder

The federal definition of “settlement agent” includes the creditor/lender if no one is designated by the parties in
the transaction to be a neutral settlement agent or escrow holder. In California, to function as a settlement agent
or escrow holder the person or entity requires licensing under the Public Escrow Law or an exemption from
licensing pursuant to this law (Financial Code Sections 17003, 17004 and 17006). The persons or entities that
may function as settlement agents or escrow holders without being licensed under the Public Escrow Law
include title insurance companies, underwritten title companies, banks, savings and loan associations, savings
banks, trust companies, or other licensed insurance carriers that are doing business under applicable laws of the
state of California or of the United States. Title insurance companies or underwritten title companies are
required to make an offer to issue a title policy as a predicate to conducting an escrow under this exemption.

In addition, persons licensed to practice law in California who are in a bona fide relationship with a principal to
a real property or a real property secured transaction may act as the settlement agent or escrow holder through
an exemption from the Public Escrow Law, provided the attorney is not actively engaged in business as an
escrow agent. Real estate brokers are also exempt from licensure under the Public Escrow Law when acting as
an escrow holder, provided the broker is either an agent or party to the real property or real property secured

transaction performing an act requiring a real estate license Financial Code Section 17006(a)(1) through (4),
and (b)).

Unlike most other settlement agents or escrow holders, brokers acting as an escrow holder in a real property or
a real property secured transaction are not functioning as a neutral escrow agent (Business and Professions
Code Section 10145 and Financial Code 17006). Further, mortgage bankers acting under the Residential
Mortgage Lending Act (RMLA) or finance lenders acting under the Finance Lender Law (CFLs) may not act in
California as settlement agents or escrow holders.

Obligation for Loan Originator to Review HUD-1 or HUD-1A

When the settlement agent or escrow holder is someone other than the creditor/lender, the creditor/lender
should obtain a copy of the HUD-1 or HUD-1A issued to the consumer/borrower from the settlement agent or
escrow holder. The purpose is to ensure the settlement agent or escrow holder has complied with the
instructions of the creditor/lender, including confirming that the amounts imposed as fees, costs, and expenses
are within the applicable tolerances of the estimates disclosed in the GFE. The creditor/lender is also to review
the HUD-1 or HUD-1a to ensure the material loan terms disclosed remain unchanged and to accomplish record
keeping obligations.

Similar obligations are imposed upon mortgage brokers (MLBs/MLOs) with the added burden of ensuring that
conformed copies of the deeds of trust or mortgages have been delivered to the creditor/lender or investor and
to the consumer/borrower as required under applicable law (Business and Professions Code Section 10234.5).
MLBs/MLOs must also confirm that the consumer/borrower received a copy of the final HUD-1 or HUD-1A
Settlement Statement.

Contents of HUD-1/HUD-1A

The HUD-1 settlement statement is a three-page document which has been redesigned to provide the
consumer/borrower with the ability to compare the estimates of settlement or closing costs and pre-paid
expenses given in the GFE to the actual charges shown on the HUD-1. Further, the HUD-1 includes a third
page that was added at the time of this writing to allow the consumer/borrower to determine if the actual
charges or closing costs and pre-paid expenses have exceeded the required tolerances and whether a
restatement of the same material terms of the loan as set forth in the GFE has occurred.

The GFE for comparison purposes is the last GFE (and when the loan originator is a MLB/MLO, the last
MLDS) that was completed and delivered to the consumer/borrower in accordance with applicable federal and
state law. The consumer/borrower should receive a final GFE including settlement or closing costs and prepaid
expenses that are actually being imposed as well as disclosing the material loan terms actually occurring in the
transaction (24 CFR Section 3500.8 (b) and (c) and Business and Professions Code Section 10240 et seq.).

As previously mentioned, the HUD-1A form applies in residential mortgage loan transactions where the
purpose of the loan is to accomplish the refinance or the further encumbrance of the intended security property.
The HUD1-A is a two-page statement that includes much the same information as the HUD-1, except no
information is included for a seller of real property (since no sales transaction is occurring). Again, the
information to be included must be sufficient to allow a consumer/borrower to compare the settlement charges
or closing costs and prepaid expenses to the fees, costs, and expenses and to the material loan terms as
disclosed in the GFE (24 CFR Section 3500.8 (a), (b) and (c)).

Advance Review by Consumer/Borrower

One-day in advance of the anticipated settlement or close of the loan escrow, the settlement agent or escrow
holder must permit the consumer/borrower to inspect the proposed HUD-1 or HUD-1A settlement statement as
completed, including all items known to the settlement agent or escrow holder at the time of inspection. The
one-day prior inspection of the proposed HUD-1 or HUD-1A is to occur during the business day immediately
preceding the date on which the contemplated transaction is to be settled or closed. The only items that may be
eliminated from the proposed HUD-1 or HUD-1A settlement statement for this advance inspection are those in
a sales transaction exclusively concerning the seller (24 CFR Section 3500.10 (a)).

Waiver of Right to Advance Review

The consumer/borrower may waive the right to inspect in advance the proposed HUD-1 or HUD-1A settlement
statement. Such waiver must be in a writing executed by the consumer/borrower. In such event, the settlement

agent or escrow holder is to deliver a completed HUD-1 or HUD-1A to the consumer/borrower as soon as
practical after the settlement or the close of the escrow (24 CFR Section 3500.10 (b) and (c)). When mailing the
HUD-1 or HUD-1A settlement statement, it is to be placed in the U.S. Mail addressed to the
consumers/borrowers at the address included within the loan application. A distinguishable address may be
used if authorized in writing and executed by the consumer/borrower (24 CFR Section 3500.11).

Neither the settlement agent nor the escrow holder or any other person (whether the creditor/lender, mortgage
broker, or a third party service provider) may impose a fee or charge to prepare and deliver the HUD-1 or the
HUD-1A settlement statement. This fee or charge prohibition applies to any disclosures or notices of rights
required under RESPA or pursuant to TILA (12 USC Section 2601 et seq. and 15 USC Section 1601 et seq.).

Servicing Disclosure Statement

When the Servicing Disclosure Statement is Required

The fourth disclosure required by RESPA in a federally related loan transaction is the Servicing Disclosure
Statement. When an application for a federally related mortgage loan is submitted or within 3 business days
after submission of the application, the creditor/lender or mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) who anticipates using
“table funding” or the dealer who anticipates a first lien dealer loan is to provide a Servicing Disclosure
Statement to each loan applicant (consumer/borrower) (24 CFR Section 3500.21 (a), (b), (c), and (d)).

Definition of Mortgage Servicing Loan/Federally Related Mortgage Loan

In the regulations promulgated to implement RESPA, the phrase “mortgage servicing loan” is interchangeable
with and is meant to mean a “federally related mortgage loan” (24 CFR Section 3500.2). The objective of
providing a Servicing Disclosure Statement is to inform the applicant (consumer/borrower) whether loan
servicing of the mortgage servicing loan/federally related mortgage loan may, will, or will not be transferred by
the identified loan originator.

As previously discussed, the term loan originator has been redefined in recent amendments to RESPA to
include for certain purposes creditors/lenders and mortgage brokers (MLBs/MLOs). A creditor/lender or a
mortgage broker in those jurisdictions where “table funding” is acceptable and who anticipates such a
transaction are each subject to the obligation of issuing a Servicing Disclosure Statement at the time of an
application for a federally related mortgage loan, or within 3 days after submission of the application. A
mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) in California may not engage in “table funding” (with a limited exception
described below) is not required to issue a Servicing Disclosure Statement (Business and Professions Code
Section 10234; 10CCR, Chapter 3, Section 1460; Financial Code Section 50003(o) and (t); and 24 CFR Section
3500.21 (a), (b), (c), and (d)).

“Table Funding” Defined

The issue of “table funding” has been previously discussed in this Chapter. However, for the purposes of
completing and delivering the Servicing Disclosure Statement, a further discussion is necessary. Except in
narrow circumstances involving California mortgage bankers (licensed under the RMLA) that are relying on
funds advanced from an affiliated creditor/lender (as defined), “table funding” is unauthorized under and
inconsistent with applicable state law (Business and Professions Code Section 10234; 10CCR, Chapter 3,
Section 1460; and Financial Code Section 50003(o) and (t)).

While various references are made to “table funding” in federal regulations promulgated under RESPA or
otherwise, the definitions applied to this practice must first be understood to interpret the application of such
references to the relationships between creditors/lenders (as one category of loan originator) and mortgage
brokers (as another category of loan originator). In the federal regulations implementing RESPA, “table
funding” is defined to mean a settlement at which a loan is funded by a contemporaneous advance of loan funds
and an assignment of the loan to the person(s) advancing the funds. In California, such transactions are
“concurrent assignments”. For RESPA purposes, a “table funded” loan is not a secondary market transaction
(24 CFR Section 3500.2).

Secondary Market Transactions Defined

Secondary market transactions are defined under RESPA as a bona fide transfer of a loan obligation in the
secondary market, except as set forth in Section 6 of RESPA and in accordance with 24 CFR Section 3500.21.
The aforementioned regulation is relevant to this discussion and distinguishes a secondary market transaction

for the purposes of establishing the actual creditor/lender and thus the obligation to complete and deliver the
Servicing Disclosure Statement. While obligated to complete and deliver the Servicing Disclosure Statement, a
mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) in a “table funded” transaction (where authorized under federal law in
jurisdictions other than California) does not become the creditor/lender (12 USC Section 2602(1); 24 CFR
Section 3500.2; 15 USC Section 1602(f); and 12 CFR 226.2(a)(17)).

HUD has stated that in determining what constitutes a bona fide transfer for a secondary market transaction
will depend on the real source of funding and the real interest of the funding creditor/lender. Further, HUD
points out “table funded” mortgage broker transactions are not secondary market transactions; and neither is the
creation of a dealer loan nor a dealer consumer credit contract, nor is the assignment of such a contract to a
creditor/lender (24 CFR Section 3500.5 (b)(7)).

Table Funding Pursuant to California Law

The differences in definitions and use of the term “table funding” between federal and California law are
consistent. While applicable federal law does not seek to prohibit “table funding”, the previously identified
federal statutes and regulations clearly define such transactions as brokering and not lending, i.e., other than a
secondary market transaction. The mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) when authorized to engage in “table funding”
is to complete and deliver the Servicing Disclosure Statement (even though the relationship with the
creditor/lender advancing the funds is under applicable federal law other than a secondary market transaction).
A secondary market transaction occurs when a residential mortgage loan/a mortgage servicing loan is being
sold and assigned from one actual creditor/lender to another.

Rather, in such transactions the mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) is arranging and delivering the loan to the
creditor/lender that is the real party at interest while at the same time completing and delivering the Servicing
Disclosure Statement to the consumer/borrower. The purpose is for the MLB/MLO to disclose the material
facts regarding the transfer of loan servicing. Under California law, a mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) would be
misleading the consumer/borrower by claiming to be the creditor/lender when brokering or arranging the loan
rather than funding and making the loan. This is a misrepresentation of a material fact and an avoidance of and
a breach of fiduciary duty (Business and Professions Code Section 10176(a), (b), and (c); Civil Code Sections
2295 et seq. and 2923.1; and Financial Code Sections 4979.5, 4995(c) and (d) and 4995.3(c)).

The purpose of delivering the Servicing Disclosure Statement in “table funded” transactions is to ensure the
consumer/borrower is aware of the transfer of loan servicing by the person or entity identified on the
promissory note as the payee (24 CFR Section 3500.21 (a), (b), (c) and (d)). The Servicing Disclosure
Statement providing for the transfer of loan servicing, as defined, does not in and of itself establish the “table
funding” mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) held any loan servicing rights to transfer. California mortgage brokers
(MLBs/MLOs) who are unable to engage in “table funding” would not complete and deliver the Servicing
Disclosure Statement. Thus, no inconsistency exists with applicable federal law (24 CFR Sections 3500.5(b)(7)
and 3500.21 (a), (b), (c) and (d); Business and Professions Code 10234; 10 CCR, Chapter 3, Section 1460; and
Financial Code Section 50003 (o) and (t)).

Format for Servicing Disclosure Statement

A format for the Servicing Disclosure Statement appears in the Federal Register, Vol. 73 No 222 68259. The
specific language of the Servicing Disclosure Statement is not required to be used. The information set forth in
the “Instructions to Preparer” on the Servicing Disclosure Statement need not be included with the information
given to applicants (consumers/borrowers), and the material in the square brackets is optional or alternative
language.

The model format may be annotated with additional information that clarifies or enhances the model language.
The creditor/lender, “table funding” mortgage broker in authorized jurisdictions, or the dealer should use the
language that best describes the particular circumstances of each person or entity completing the statement. The
format appearing in the Federal Register is as follows:

“Sample language; use business stationery or similar heading”

[Date]

Public
Off

INITIAL ESCROW ACCOUNT DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

INITIAL ESCROW ACCOUNT DISCLOSURE STATEMENT somebody

INITIAL ESCROW ACCOUNT DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

THIS IS AN ESTIMATE OF ACTIVITY IN YOUR ESCROW ACCOUNT DURING THE COMING YEAR BASED ON PAYMENTS ANTICIPATED TO BE MADE FROM YOUR ACCOUNT.

Month Payments to Payments from Description Escrow Account Escrow Account Escrow Account Balance

Initial deposit: ……………………………………………………………………………………..$

[A filled-out format follows.]

(PLEASE KEEP THIS STATEMENT FOR COMPARISON WITH THE ACTUAL ACTIVITY IN
YOUR ACCOUNT AT THE END OF THE ESCROW ACCOUNTING COMPUTATION YEAR.)

Cushion selected by servicer: $ .

[YOUR MONTHLY MORTGAGE PAYMENT FOR THE COMING YEAR WILL BE $ ,

OF WHICH $ WILL BE FOR PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST, $ WILL GO INTO

YOUR ESCROW ACCOUNT, AND $ WILL BE FOR DISCRETIONARY ITEMS (SUCH

AS LIFE INSURANCE, DISABILITY INSURANCE) THAT YOU CHOSE TO BE INCLUDED WITH
YOUR MONTHLY PAYMENT.]

[YOUR FIRST MONTHLY MORTGAGE PAYMENT FOR THE COMING YEAR WILL BE $ ,
OF WHICH $ WILL BE FOR PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST, $ WILL GO INTO YOUR

ESCROW ACCOUNT, AND $ WILL BE FOR DISCRETIONARY ITEMS (SUCH AS LIFE

INSURANCE, DISABILITY INSURANCE) THAT YOU CHOSE TO BE INCLUDED WITH YOUR
MONTHLY PAYMENT. THE TERMS OF YOUR LOAN MAY RESULT IN CHANGES TO THE
MONTHLY PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST PAYMENTS DURING THE YEAR.]

California Requirements for Escrow (Impound) Accounts

Funds held by the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee of a deed of trust or mortgage in an impound account for the
payment of property taxes, insurance premiums or other purposes relating to the security property are to be

retained and deposited in authorized California depository institutions. If funds in the impound accounts are
invested (as authorized by applicable law), such funds are to be only invested with California residences or
businesses (i.e., branches or subsidiaries of the businesses located in this state). The foregoing requirement is
subject to certain exemptions depending upon the identity and status of the creditor/lender (Civil Code Section
2955).

When a depository institution or a creditor/lender (as defined) makes a loan or purchases a promissory note
secured by a deed of trust or mortgage on real property located in this state (containing 1 to 4 residential units),
and the institution or creditor/lender creates an impound account for the payment of property taxes, insurance
premiums, or for other purposes related to the security property; a minimum of at least 2% simple interest per
annum shall be paid to the consumer/borrower on the funds maintained in the impound account. No fees or
charges are allowed for the maintenance or disbursements of monies received in advance in accordance with
the provisions of the escrow (impound) account. An exemption from the payment of the 2% simple interest is
provided for moneys that are required by state or federal regulation to be placed in non-interest bearing trust
fund accounts. This exemption does not apply to banks (Civil Code Section 2954.8).

Moneys maintained in escrow (impound) accounts represent trust funds held by loan servicers as agents of
identified principals. Real estate brokers are required to place such moneys into trust accounts to be established
and maintained in accordance with the Real Estate Law. Generally, real estate brokers when acting as
mortgage brokers (MLBs/MLOs) maintain trust funds in non-interest bearing accounts. However, if interest is
to be paid and disbursed in connection with the trust funds held, the trust accounts are to be segregated by each
principal for whom the funds are being held (Business and Professions Code Section 10145 and 10 CCR,
Chapter 6, Section 2830.1 et seq.).

Affiliated Business Arrangements

The sixth disclosure that may be required in transactions subject to RESPA is in connection with Affiliated
Business Arrangements (ABAs or AFBAs), formerly called Controlled Business Arrangements. ABAs occur
when affiliated service providers refer consumers/borrowers to each other in transactions subject to RESPA.
ABAs include entities with a defined percentage of common ownership. This common ownership may be held
by shareholders or by an entity common to both (e.g., a holding company). ABAs also apply to associated
relationships where one entity exercises control over, or shares control with the other (i.e., by joint venture,
partnership or, in certain fact situations, a common business plan). If one service provider benefits financially
by referring borrowers to another service provider, the cautious approach is to assume that the referral is subject
to ABA disclosures (24 CFR Section 3500.15(a), (b), and (c)).

Unless the affiliated entities or associated relationships occur pursuant to an acceptable division of labor or
services agreement, the ABA must function through a separate entity that may not be a division of either of the
affiliated parties. HUD has required adequately capitalized separate entities to be either corporations or
partnerships. Depending upon the activities of the service provider and unless a professional license is required
(as defined), it is possible under California law to structure separate entities as Limited Liability Companies
(LLCs) or Limited Liability Partnerships (LLPs). The preferred option is that of a corporation. The separate
entity must accept its own business risk, obtain licensing as required; and have, among other attributes, its own
facilities, management, and employees (24 CFR Section 3500.15(b) and (c)).

An ABA, whether a separate entity or structured pursuant to an acceptable division of labor agreement, may
receive payment for performing compensable loan services when engaged in loan originations subject to
RESPA. HUD has made it clear that sham entities will not be recognized and considered ploys for avoiding the
unauthorized payment of referral fees. The only thing of value that may be received from an ABA (other than
payments of fees, salaries, compensation or other forms of payment authorized pursuant to 24 CFR Section
3500.14(g)) is a return on an ownership interest or through a franchise relationship from the affiliated entity.
This may include bona fide dividends and distributions of capital or equity. Bona fide business loans, advances,
and capital or equity contributions among entitles in an affiliated relationship are not prohibited so long as they
are for ordinary business purposes and are not for fees for referral of settlement services, or fees that are
unearned (24 CFR Section 3500.15(a), (b), and (c)).

A return on ownership interests does not include any payment that has as a basis of calculation no apparent
business motive other than distinguishing among recipients payments predicated on the amount of the actual,

estimated, or anticipated referrals. Further, payments that vary according to the relative amount of referrals by
different recipients of similar payments; or that are based on an ownership, partnership, or a joint venture share
that has been adjusted for previous relative referrals by recipients of similar payments are also excluded from
the definition of a return on an ownership interest (24 CFR Section 3500.15(b)(3)).

When a face-to-face interview occurs with or when a written or electronic referral is offered to a
consumer/borrower, the ABA disclosure must be delivered at or before the time of the referral and the
creditor/lender must keep a record of the delivery to the consumer/borrower. The ABA disclosure must be in a
separate writing and may be delivered at the time the GFE is completed and delivered (whether separately or
with disclosures required pursuant to TILA). After a face-to-face interview, the creditor/lender must attempt to
obtain a written receipt from the consumer/borrower for the ABA disclosure. If the consumer/borrower refuses
to sign the receipt, the creditor/lender must note the refusal in the business records which must be maintained
for this purpose for five years after the date of execution (24 CFR 3500.15(b) and (d)).

If an ABA referral is made telephonically, the substance of the ABA disclosure must be given during the
conversation, together with an explanation that a separate written disclosure will follow within three business
days of the conversation. A record of the telephone discussion and mailing of the ABA disclosure must be
included in the records of the creditor/lender. Further, if a referral is made by a creditor/lender to an affiliated
creditor/lender, the ABA disclosure is to be delivered to the borrower at the time of the referral or no later than
three business days thereafter. The earliest point for delivery of the ABA disclosure is when the booklet
entitled, “Shopping for Your Home Loan, HUD’s Settlement Cost Booklet” is delivered. Again, the
creditor/lender should retain a record of this as well as any other delivery of the ABA disclosure (24 CFR
Section 3500.15(b) and (c)).

When a referral is made by an attorney or law firm to a client who is a consumer/borrower to a particular title
insurance agent, the ABA disclosure must be provided no latter than at the time the attorney or law firm is
engaged by the client. A creditor/lender may require the use of a particular provider of settlement services or a
business incident thereto when the provider is an attorney, credit reporting agency, or a real estate appraiser
chosen to represent the interests of the creditor/lender in the real estate transaction (24 CFR Section
3500.15(b)(1) and (2)).

Prohibition against Kickbacks and Unearned Fees

No person is to give and no person may accept any fee, kickback or other thing of value pursuant to any
agreement or understanding, oral or otherwise, in connection with a settlement service involving a federally
related mortgage loan transaction for the referral of such service to any other person (including an entity). A
thing of value is defined broadly to include, among others: moneys; things; discounts; salaries; commissions;
duplicate payments of a charge; stock; dividends; distributions of partnership profits; franchise royalties; credits
representing moneys that may be paid at a future date; the opportunity to participate in a money-making
program; payment of retained or increased earnings; increased equity in a parent or subsidiary; special bank
deposits or accounts; special or unusual banking terms; services, sales, or rentals at special prices or rates
including free rates, leases or rental payments based all or in part on the amount of business referred; providing
trips or the payment of expenses of another person; or reductions in credit against existing obligations.

HUD indicates the term “payment” as used in the context of the prohibition against kickbacks and unearned
fees is intended to be synonymous with the giving and receiving of any “thing of value” and does not require
the transferring of money from one person or entity to another. The payment of fees or other compensation
(including thing of value) must be reasonably related to the value of the goods and facilities provided and of the
services rendered (24 CFR Section 3500.14 and .15).

Division of Labor Agreements

In February 1995, HUD responded by letter to an inquiry from the Independent Banker’s Association of
American (IBAA) regarding agreements dividing loan origination services and compensation between IBAA
members and other service providers. HUD provided an opinion letter which allowed division of labor or
service agreements between service providers in certain fact situations. Before this letter, HUD generally
refused to recognize any cooperative mortgage brokerage agreements in loan transactions subject to RESPA.
Mortgage loan brokers (MLBs/MLOs) may now share the performance of compensable services when
originating RESPA loans.

A written agreement is necessary between mortgage brokers (MLBs/MLOs) describing the services each will
perform. Each MLB/MLO must perform at least six identifiable functions (e.g., 5 plus the loan application for
the broker representing the borrower). The division of compensation among cooperating brokers
(MLBs/MLOs) must be reasonably related to the value of the services each performs. Likewise, agreements
between brokers (MLBs/MLOs) and creditors/lenders to share origination functions must be based upon
performance of compensable services for fees that are reasonably related to the value of the services provided.
Such agreements will not work in transactions that are FHA insured.

Cooperating Brokers (MLBs/MLOs)

RESPA contemplates the parties to a loan transaction would include the creditor/lender, a mortgage broker, a
borrower, and a security property. RESPA did not contemplate the use of two mortgage brokers
(MLBs/MLOs) in the same loan transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on February 14, 1995, HUD issued
a letter to the IBAA in response to inquiries regarding cooperative brokering arrangements. The letter
described when compensation paid to more than one mortgage broker in a loan transaction subject to RESPA
would not be in violation of Section 8 (i.e., a "Division of Labor"). This letter provided a "safe harbor" to
creditors/lenders and to mortgage brokers (12 USC Section 2601 et seq. and 24 CFR Section 3500 et seq.). In
the IBAA letter, HUD identified the following services typically performed in the "origination" of a federally
related mortgage loan:

(a) Taking information from the Borrower and filling out the loan application;

(b) Analyzing the prospective Borrower's income and debt and pre-qualifying the prospective Borrower to
determine the maximum mortgage that the prospective Borrower can afford;

(c) Educating the prospective Borrower in the home buying and financing process, advising the Borrower
about the different types of loan products available, and demonstrating how closing costs and monthly
payments could vary under each product;

(d) Collecting financial information (tax returns, bank statements) and other related documents that are part
of the application process;

(e) Initiating/ordering VOEs (verifications of employment) and VODs (verifications of deposit);

(f) Initiating/ordering requests for mortgage and other loan verifications;

(g) Initiating/ordering appraisals;

(h) Initiating/ordering inspections or engineering reports;

(i) Providing disclosures (truth in lending, good faith estimate, others) to the Borrower;

(j) Assisting the Borrower in understanding and clearing credit problems;

(k) Maintaining regular contact with the Borrower, Realtors, Lender, between application and closing to
apprise them of the status of the application and gather any additional information as needed;

(l) Ordering legal documents;

(m) Determining whether the Security Property was located in a flood zone or ordering such service; and,

(n) Participating in the loan closing” (24 CFR Section 3500.14(b), (c), (d), (e), (f), and (g)).

HUD indicates it would generally be satisfied that no RESPA violation had occurred if it found that:

“The lender's agent or contractor (i.e., mortgage broker or cooperating broker) took the application information
under item (a);

The mortgage broker or cooperating broker performed at least five additional items on the list above, i.e., (a)
through (n); and,

The fees imposed by mortgage brokers are reasonably related to the value of the services performed.”

When two mortgage brokers (MLBs/MLOS) act in a loan transaction subject to RESPA, the mortgage broker
who solicited and/or initially undertook to represent the consumer/borrower to procure a creditor/lender to

extend credit and make a loan are the agents and fiduciaries of the consumer/borrower. The mortgage broker
(MLB/MLO) may perform (among others) each of the services described in (a) through (n) above. The
mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) may also delegate to a cooperating broker (as the subagent) the performance of
some of the aforedescribed settlement services. When such delegation lawfully occurs, and the
consumer/borrower acknowledges and consents to the appointment of the cooperating broker, the latter
becomes the subagent and fiduciary of the consumer/borrower and may be for certain limited purposes the
agent of the delegating mortgage broker (Business and Professions Code Sections 10176(d) and 10177(q); Civil
Code Sections 2295 et seq., 2349 et seq., and 2923.1; and Financial Code Sections 4979.5, 4995(c) and (d) and
4995.3(c)).

When one mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) performs the settlement services of taking the loan application plus
five additional items, the other mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) must perform each of the remaining items on the
list included in the IBAA letter. Accordingly, the settlement services to be performed by each mortgage broker
must be memorialized in writing in a document executed by both mortgage brokers (MLBs/MLOs). HUD is
particularly concerned the additional services of the second mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) are not limited to
"counseling-type" activities that result in unauthorized "steering" of the consumer/borrower. To engage in
meaningful counseling and to avoid "steering", the "counseling-type" services, i.e., (b), (c), (d), (j), and (k) on
the list in the IBAA letter when performed by the mortgage broker (MLB/MLO) must meet the following
standards:

■ “The "counseling" gave the Borrowers the opportunity to consider products from at least three
different approved lender(s);

■ The broker performing the "counseling" is to receive the same compensation regardless of which
approved lender(s)' product is ultimately selected; and,

■ Any payment made for the ‘counseling-type’ services is reasonably related to the value of the services
performed and not based on the amount of loan business referred.”

Bona Fide HUD Employee Exemptions

In 1997 HUD modified the limitations imposed on payment of referral fees or fee-splitting in RESPA loan
transactions. The modifications apply to payments which are made by employers to bona fide employees,
(recipients of W-2 tax forms). The employer/employee relationship must be neither a sham nor established on a
temporary basis to circumvent the intent of the regulation. HUD has outlined the following general exemptions
for payments made by employers to bona fide employees:

■ Payments for generating business for the employer, or for providing services in the loan origination
process;

■ Payments to marketing employees and managerial employees (employees not providing services) for
referrals to the employer or another provider within an ABA. (The latter must include an ABA notice);
and,

■ Payments to managerial employees based upon criteria relating to performance, as long as the
payments are not on a per loan basis” (24 CFR Section 3500.14(f) and (g)).

Independent Contractor Limitations

Independent contractor relationships are not subject to the same exemptions. Accordingly, loan representatives
who are independent contractors of a mortgage firm must be licensed and registered as MLBs/MLOs and are to
perform compensable loan services to be compensated in RESPA loan transactions. The compensation paid to
independent contractors must be reasonably related to the services they provide and should be evidenced by a
division of labor agreement between the mortgage firm and its independent contractors (24 CFR Section
3500.14(b), (c), (d), (e), (f), and (g)).

Affiliated Business Disclosure Statement Format

To:

From:

Property:

Date:

This is to give you notice that [referring party] has a business relationship with [settlement services
providers(s)]. [Describe the nature of the relationship between the referring party and the providers(s),
including percentage of ownership interest, if applicable.] Because of this relationship, this referral may provide
[referring party] a financial or other benefit.

[A.] Set forth below is the estimated charge or range of charges for the settlement services listed. You are NOT
required to use the listed provider(s) as a condition for [settlement of your loan on] [or] [purchase, sale, or
refinance of] the subject property. THERE ARE FREQUENTLY OTHER SETTLEMENT SERVICE
PROVIDERS AVAILABLE WITH SIMILAR SERVICES. YOU ARE FREE TO SHOP AROUND TO
DETERMINE THAT YOU ARE RECEIVING THE BEST SERVICES AND THE BEST RATE FOR THESE SERVICES.

[provider and settlement service] [charge or range of charges]

[B.] Set forth below is the estimated charge or range of charges for the settlement services of an attorney, credit
reporting agency, or real estate appraiser that we, as your lender, will require you to use, as a condition of your
loan on this property, to represent our interests in the transaction.

[provider and settlement service][charge or range of charges]

Public
Off

LENDER’S REMEDIES IN CASE OF DEFAULT

LENDER’S REMEDIES IN CASE OF DEFAULT somebody

LENDER’S REMEDIES IN CASE OF DEFAULT

Foreclosures Generally

Foreclosure is a procedure used to terminate the right, title, and interest of a trustor/mortgagor in the security
real property by selling the encumbered property and using the sale proceeds in an effort to satisfy the debt/loan
of the lender/creditor.

A mortgage without a power of sale can only be foreclosed judicially (i.e., by court proceeding) pursuant to the
Code of Civil Procedure, commencing with Section 695.010, “The Enforcement of Money Judgments”. A deed
of trust or mortgage that contains a power of sale may be foreclosed nonjudicially by trustee’s sale in
accordance with the procedural law provided for in Civil Code Section 2924 et seq. Most security instruments
utilized in California expressly provide for power of sale, thus offering a choice to the lender/creditor of
electing a non-judicial or judicial foreclosure sale.

As previously discussed in this Chapter, where anti-deficiency judgments are sought and permitted by law, the
foreclosure must be accomplished judicially. The lender/creditor may proceed in the same court action to
foreclose, quiet title, and to eject the trustor/mortgagor, and to then proceed through the sale of the security
property (should the proceeds prove to be insufficient to fully pay the debt/loan) to obtain a money judgment as
ordered by the court. Money judgments are evidenced by an abstract of judgment which may be enforced
against the assets of the borrower/debtor through a writ of execution. The entire proceeding constitutes one
form of action comprised of respective parts (Code of Civil Procedures 726 et seq.).

As a general rule, procedural requirements in effect at the time the judicial foreclosure is begun will govern,
even if the requirements change (Code of Civil Procedure Section 725a et seq.). However, when amendments
occur to the non-judicial foreclosure procedural law, careful reading of the amendments is required to learn the
operative dates of each amendment and the effect the amendments may have on non-judicial foreclosures in
process (Civil Code 2924 et seq.).

“One-Action” Rule

Under California law, the “one-action” rule applies for recovery of any debt or enforcement of any right
secured by a deed of trust or mortgage on real property (Code of Civil Procedure Section 726).

The “one-action” rule requires the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee to first foreclose the security property before
seeking a personal money judgment against the maker/trustor/mortgagor. The personal money judgment
represents the deficiency between the amount of debt/loan (including any related authorized fees, costs and
expenses), and the amount received for the property at the judicial foreclosure sale.

The foregoing assumes this second part of the action is permitted under the anti-deficiency rules. Only after the
security has been exhausted may the unpaid lender/creditor seek a personal money judgment against the
maker/trustor/mortgagor. However, this stepped judicial procedure may not apply to guarantors. It should be
noted that a maker/trustor/mortgagor cannot guaranty his or her own debt. Depending upon the facts, limited
exceptions to the “one-action” rule may be available, e.g., the security becomes worthless due to the act or
negligence of the maker/trustor/mortgagor.

If a property is ‘‘legally” worthless (i. e., nonexistent or not actually owned by the maker/trustor/mortgagor, or
in a situation in which foreclosure would be meaningless because the security has been destroyed or has
become valueless not from any action of the creditor/lender) or where fraud is involved, the creditor/lender is
not limited to the “one-action” rule. Under such circumstances, the creditor/lender may sue directly on the
promissory note and need not first judicially foreclose.

California Financial Code Section 7460 authorizes depository institutions and their affiliates (as defined) to
seek damages for alleged fraud from the maker/trustor/mortgagor in an amount not to exceed 50% of the actual
damages, unless the security property is the owneroccupied residence of the borrower and the amount of the
loan is $150,000 or less (this amount being adjusted annually, commencing January 1, 1987, in accordance with
the Consumer Price Index published by the United States Department of Labor).

“Worthless security” does not include a loss in property or security value due to marketplace or economic
declines. Unless expressly authorized in the security instrument to occur with prior notice during the loan term,
the creditor/lender must generally first foreclose to have the court determine “economic worthlessness” in the
form of an opinion of value of the security property (an appraisal) and whether a writ of attachment may be
granted in connection therewith.

Status of “Sold Out” Junior Lien Holders

A first deed of trust or mortgage is a security instrument that achieves in the records of the county where the
security property is located first priority as the result of the date and time of recordation or through an express
subordination of a previously recorded security instrument. First deeds of trust or mortgages take precedent and
have priority over junior deeds of trusts or mortgages, i. e., security instruments that are either recorded
subsequent to or expressly subordinated to the prior recorded deed of trust or mortgage. A foreclosure by the
holder of a first deed of trust or mortgage will extinguish junior deeds of trust and mortgages and other liens
that are recorded subsequent to the prior recorded deed of trust or mortgage (as defined) except for super liens,
e. g., property taxes or certain bonds and assessments. This is known as lien cleansing.

A holder of a junior deed of trust or mortgage or other lien holders in such circumstances are “sold out” juniors.
Should the junior lien be a purchase money deed of trust or mortgage, the holder cannot proceed with a suit for
a money judgment for the amounts owed in accordance with the terms of the promissory note. However, if the
junior lien is a non-purchase money deed of trust or mortgage, the holder is not barred from proceeding with
such a suit.

As to the Parties

When the deed of trust or mortgage includes a power of sale, there are three parties to the security instrument.
In a deed of trust the three parties are: the trustor (borrower), the trustee (third party), and the beneficiary
(creditor/lender). In a mortgage with power of sale, the three parties are the mortgagor (borrower), the trustee
(third party), the mortgagee (creditor/lender). The trustor/mortgagor conveys technical title to the trustee to
hold until the trustor/mortgagor performs or defaults under the terms of the promissory note and deed of trust or
mortgage.

California is a lien theory not a title theory state. Accordingly, the technical title conveyed does not carry with it
limitations on the exercise of the “Bundle of Rights” extended to property owners under our constitutional
system, including the rights of possession and use of the security property. Therefore, the conveyance of
technical title is to accomplish a hypothecation or pledging of the security property as collateral for the
repayment of the debt/loan or the performance of an obligation without giving up the right to use and further
encumber the security property.

In the deed of trust or mortgage, the trustee’s function is to reconvey or release the technical title received by
the trustee to the security property back to the trustor/mortgagor when the debt/loan is paid in full. The trustee

also is authorized to proceed with the power of sale to nonjudicially foreclose and sell the security property to
pay the debt/loan, should the trustor/borrower breach the terms of the promissory note and deed of trust or
mortgage. The third power or authority conveyed to the trustee is to execute any instruments as directed by the
beneficiary/creditor/lender to reform the description of or any other provision of the deed of trust or mortgage.

The trustee in a mortgage with power of sale performs much the same functions as under the deed of trust. In a
mortgage, the manner through which to evidence the repayment of the debt/loan is historically known as a
certificate of discharge/satisfaction of mortgage. However, a mortgage with power of sale should be treated by
the trustee in the same manner as a deed of trust with a power of sale for this purpose, i. e., a deed of
reconveyance may be used.

As to Reinstatement

Under a deed of trust or mortgage, the trustor/mortgagor and certain other persons, including successors in
interest and subordinate lien holders listed in Civil Code Section 2924c, may reinstate the loan by curing the
default at any time in a non-judicial foreclosure proceeding up to five days prior to the date of the scheduled
trustee’s sale or the date of the postponed trustee’s sale.

In a judicial foreclosure proceeding, the same parties may reinstate before the sale is conducted as ordered by
the court. Reinstatement is accomplished by paying all delinquencies, including advances made by the lender to
a senior lien holder , plus all authorized fees, costs and expenses incurred because of the foreclosure action.

Under either security instrument, the lender’s right to accelerate payment of the debt/loan in the event of a
breach or default is limited by the statutory right of reinstatement. This right is intended to provide the
trustor/mortgagor with an opportunity to cure the breach or default (assuming it is curable) within a defined
period prior to the trustee’s sale or prior to the court ordered judicial sale. An example of a non-curable default
is a breach of the due-on-sale or due on further encumbrance provisions.

As to Redemption

Code of Civil Procedure Section 729.020 provides that property sold subject to the right of redemption may be
redeemed after the sale only by the judgment debtor or his successor in interest (i.e., the trustor/mortgagor).
Liens are money claims and include, among others, deeds of trust and mortgages. Junior lien holders are no
longer entitled to redeem the debt or loan represented by a senior lien. The junior lien (including deed of trust
or mortgage) cannot reattach unless pursuant to an order by a court of competent jurisdiction.

Accordingly, a junior lien holder must proceed with a lawsuit in the form of an action for a money claim for
amounts remaining owed to secure an abstract of judgment as an unsecured creditor. As indicated, liens are
money claims and also are encumbrances against the title of the security property; however, all encumbrances
are not liens. An example of an encumbrance that is not a lien is an easement.

The redemption period is three months after the judicial sale date, if the sale proceeds are sufficient to pay the
secured indebtedness (debt/loan) plus interest and costs of foreclosure. The redemption period is one year after
the judicial sale date, if the sale proceeds do not satisfy the amount of the debt/loan plus interest, authorized
fees, costs, and expenses. However, if the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee waives or is prohibited from obtaining
a deficiency judgment (e.g., a non-purchase money loan subject to a non-recourse agreement), there no longer
would be any right of redemption according to Code of Civil Procedure Section 726 (the “one-action” rule).

Under a deed of trust or a mortgage with power of sale, the trustor/mortgagor in most cases has a statutory right
of reinstatement after the notice of default up to five business days prior to the date of the trustee’s sale or the
date of any postponed sale and a right of redemption thereafter up to the time that the trustee or the agent of the
trustee cries the sale. No right of redemption applies following the trustee’s sale. The sale is absolute unless
otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction in a subsequent proceeding brought to set aside the sale.

As to Deficiency Judgments

A deficiency judgment is a personal judgment against a debtor/borrower for the difference between the unpaid
balance of the secured debt/loan (plus interest, authorized fees, costs, and expenses of sale) and the amount of
the actual proceeds of the sale. Depending upon the language used in establishing prepayment or yield
maintenance provisions (and assuming these provisions have not been imposed inconsistent with applicable
law), the additional amount due will increase the unpaid balance of the secured debt/loan.

Anti-deficiency Rules

Where a beneficiary or mortgagee elects to foreclose the security by power of sale (non-judicial foreclosure)
rather than by judicial foreclosure, a deficiency judgment is automatically barred under Code of Civil
Procedure Section 580d. Section 726 et seq. of the same code sets certain limits for a deficiency judgment; and
Section 580b prohibits deficiency judgments when specified purchase money secured loans are involved (as
previously discussed in this Chapter).

A seller/vendor extending purchase money credit generally cannot obtain a deficiency judgment if the
trustor/mortgagor breaches or defaults and a foreclosure sale fails to bring sufficient proceeds to pay off the
entire amount owing under the promissory note. An exception to this rule exists in the sale of a property to a
developer for land development or vertical construction and the seller/vendor subordinates his or her purchase
money lien to the deed of trust or mortgage evidencing the land development or construction loan. Upon default
by the purchaser/developer, the seller/vendor would typically lose his or her security interest after a foreclosure
sale under the senior lien. However, Code of Civil Procedure Section 580b will not be applied to bar recovery
by the subordinating junior seller/vendor of the unpaid balance of the purchase price of the security property
when the senior deed of trust or mortgage is a land development or vertical construction loan (Spangler v.
Memel (1972) 7Cal. 3rd603).

As previously discussed, if the proceeds of the court ordered sale pursuant to a judicial foreclosure were
adequate to satisfy the entire amount owing, the redemption right extended to the debtor/borrower would be
limited to three months. Should the proceeds from the court ordered sale of the security property be insufficient
to pay the entire amount owing (as defined), the lender/creditor may elect to sue the debtor/trustor/mortgagor
for the residual balance owing pursuant to the terms of the promissory note. When a deficiency judgment is
permitted following a judicial foreclosure and the court ordered sale of the security property, the redemption
right extended to the debtor/trustor/mortgagor is for one year following the sale.

Purchase money anti-deficiency provisions also apply to installment land contracts, and to instruments
determined to be, in fact, security devices (disguised mortgages such as equitable liens or, as previously
mentioned, hidden security devices). Disguised mortgages of whatever nature are not to be pursued by MLBs
without the involvement of and advice from knowledgeable legal counsel.

To determine whether a deficiency judgment will be allowed where third-party lenders are involved, secured
transactions falling outside the provisions of Code of Civil Procedure Section 580b (i.e., non-purchase money
transactions) depend upon a “purpose” scrutiny and a security property and related analysis by a court of
competent jurisdiction.

A borrower/trustor/mortgagor generally cannot waive at the time of executing the security instruments and
related loan documents the anti-deficiency protections granted by applicable law. These protections are
generally deemed to be a non-waiveable public policy (Civil Code Section 1667). In narrow fact situations, it
may be possible for the borrower/trustor/mortgagor to execute a waiver of rights concerning the protections
granted against deficiency judgments or the “one-action” rule. However, such waiver attempts should not be
accomplished without the prior advice of knowledgeable legal counsel.

Short Sales

Finally, legislation effective January 1, 2011 altered the anti-deficiency rules with respect to short sales. Senate
Bill 931 amended Section 580e of the Code of Civil Procedure stating that a lender holding a first deed of trust
secured by a dwelling consisting of not more than 4 units cannot obtain a deficiency judgment in a short sale
transaction if the lender agrees in writing that they will accept the sale proceeds as payment in full for the
amount owed. However, if the borrower commits fraud in the transaction or commits waste with respect to the
property, the lender can seek damages against the borrower.

As to Guarantors

When the deed of trust or mortgage is guaranteed by a third party other than the maker/trustor/mortgagor, the
surety or guarantor may waive rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification, or contribution and any
other rights and defenses that are or may become available to the surety or guarantor by reason of applicable
law. This would include, among others, any rights or defenses the surety or guarantor may have by reason of an

election of remedies by the lender/creditor or that the promissory note or other obligations are secured by real
property.

In the context of the repayment of the debt/loan or performance of the obligation being secured by real
property, the rights or defenses the surety or guarantor may have include, but are not limited to, any rights or
defenses pursuant to sections 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 et seq. of the Code of Civil Procedure. As a predicate to
the waiver of the foregoing rights and defenses, the surety or guarantor must affirmatively waive these rights
and defenses in the manner described and with the language required pursuant to Civil Code Section 2856,
commonly known as the Gradsky waiver.

As to Satisfaction of Mortgages

When any mortgage has been satisfied, the mortgagee or the assignee of the mortgagee must initiate the
discharge procedure by executing a certificate of the discharge/satisfaction, as provided in Civil Code Section
2939. This provision applies to mortgages without the power of sale. The mortgagee is to within 30 days of
satisfaction, record or cause to be recorded (except as limited by applicable law) such certificate of
discharge/satisfaction in the office of the county recorder in which the mortgage is recorded. Upon written
request of the mortgagor, the mortgagee shall then deliver the original promissory note marked paid in full and
the mortgage instrument to the person entitled to make such request and to receive these instruments (Civil
Code Section 2941).

When the debt/loan or the obligations secured by any deed of trust or mortgage with power of sale has been
paid in full or satisfied, the beneficiary or mortgagee or the assignee of either shall deliver to the trustee the
original note and deed of trust or mortgage together with a request for a full reconveyance or for a certificate of
discharge/satisfaction with such other documents as may be necessary to reconvey and extinguish the deed of
trust or mortgage from the title of the security property.

Within 21 calendar days after receipt of all necessary documents, instructions and authorized fees, costs, and
expenses, the trustee is to execute and record or cause to be recorded (except as limited by applicable law), a
full reconveyance or a certificate of discharge/satisfaction in the office of the county recorder in which the deed
of trust or mortgage is recorded. Upon the written request of the trustor/mortgagor, the trustee shall then deliver
the original note marked paid in full and the deed of trust or mortgage to the person entitled to make such
request and receive such instruments. A copy of the reconveyance or discharge shall be delivered to the
lender/beneficiary/mortgagee, its successor in interest, or its servicing agent, if known (Civil Code Section
2941).

Limitations to Recording of Reconveyance or Certificate of Discharge/Satisfaction

Pursuant to Civil Code Section 2941 and other applicable law, the trustee under a deed of trust or a mortgage
with power of sale (or a mortgagee of a mortgage without power of sale) are not to record or cause the deed of
reconveyance or the certificate of discharge/satisfaction to be recorded when any of the following
circumstances exist:

1. The trustee or mortgagee has received written instructions to the contrary from the trustor or
mortgagor, from the current owner of the land, or from the lender/mortgagee of the debt/loan or
obligations secured by the deed of trust or mortgage (or from the lender’s/mortgagee’s servicing agent,
if known), or from the escrow holder designated for this purpose;

2. The deed of full reconveyance or certificate of discharge/satisfaction is to be delivered to the
mortgagor or trustor, or to the current owner of the land, through an escrow (as requested by the
escrow holder) to which the mortgagor, trustor, or current owner of the land is a principal or a party;
and,

3. When personal delivery is requested in writing by the mortgagor or trustor, or by the current owner of
the land, or by the authorized agent of either (with the understanding the reconveyance or discharge is
to be recorded by said parties).

Required Timely Recording of the Deed of Full Reconveyance or Certificate of Discharge/Satisfaction

If a deed of full reconveyance (or certificate of discharge/satisfaction) is not issued and recorded within 60
calendar days of the payment in full of the debt/loan, or release of or the performance of the obligations, and
upon receipt of a written request by the trustor/mortgagor or the trustor’s/mortgagor’s heirs, successors in

interest (including assignees), or by an authorized agent of the foregoing, the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee may
execute and acknowledge a document substituting another as trustee to issue a deed of full reconveyance or a
certificate of discharge/satisfaction (Civil Code Sections 2934a, 2939 and 2941).

It is clear deeds of trust and mortgages have been deemed to be functional equivalents under applicable
California law and that each security instrument may include a power of sale. What remains unclear as of this
writing is whether the mortgagee of a mortgage with power of sale will issue or cause to be issued a certificate
of discharge/satisfaction or whether the trustee will be instructed to issue such certificate. In any event, the
trustee’s interest in a mortgage with power of sale must also be extinguished at the time of payment in full of
the debt/loan or performance of the obligations.

If a deed of full reconveyance (or as applicable, a certificate of discharge/satisfaction) is not executed and
recorded in accordance with the previous paragraphs or within 21 days of the trustee’s receipt of all required
documents, instruments, instructions and authorized fees, costs, and expenses necessary to effect the
reconveyance or discharge, then within 75 calendar days of payment in full or satisfaction of the debt/loan or
release of or performance of the obligations, a title insurance company may elect to prepare and record a release
of the debt/loan or of the obligations. The release shall be deemed, when recorded, to be the equivalent of a
reconveyance of the deed of trust (or as applicable, the discharge/satisfaction of the mortgage).

However, at least 10 days prior to issuance and recording of a full release pursuant to this paragraph, the title
insurance company shall mail by U. S. Mail, first-class with postage prepaid, to the trustee, trustor/mortgagor,
and beneficiary/mortgagee (beneficiary/lender/creditor) of record, or their successors in interest, at the last
known address for each party the intention to release the debt/loan or the obligations.

The release shall set forth:

1. The name of the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee;

2. The name of the trustor/mortgagor;

3. The recording reference to the deed of trust or mortgage;

4. A recital that the debt/loan or obligations secured by the deed of trust or mortgagee have been paid in
full; released or performed; and,

5. The date and amount of payment, release or performance.

Sanctions and Penalties

Failure to comply with Civil Code Section 2941 makes the violator liable to the person affected for all damages
sustained by reason of the violation. Further, the violator must forfeit to that person the sum of $500. In
addition, Civil Code Section 2941.5 provides that every person who willfully violates Section 2941 is guilty of
a misdemeanor punishable by a fine of not less than $50 or more than $400, or by imprisonment in a county jail
not to exceed 6 months, or by both such fine and imprisonment. The trustee’s failure to timely deliver the deed
of reconveyance (or the certificate of discharge/satisfaction, if applicable) has resulted in the trustee being
subjected to emotional damages under a tort theory in addition to the sanctions and penalties (Pintor v. Ong
(1989) 211 Cal.App 3rd 837).

Fees for Services Rendered

A trustee, beneficiary or lender/mortgagee may charge a reasonable fee to the trustor or mortgagor or the
current owner of the land for services involved in the preparation, execution and recordation of the full
reconveyance (or as applicable, the discharge/satisfaction) including, but not limited to, document preparation
and forwarding services, plus any additional official fees that may be required (e.g., notary and recording).

Unless the lender/mortgagee is exempt from applicable state law, the fees charged for the foregoing are not to
exceed $45 plus official fees. These fees are conclusively presumed to be reasonable. It is important to note that
such fees cannot be charged prior to the opening of a bona fide escrow, or more than 60 days prior to full
satisfaction of the debt or obligations secured by the deed of trust or mortgage.

Reinstatement Rights - Pre-sale

As previously discussed under a judicial foreclosure, a trustor/mortgagor or his or her successor in interest, any
beneficiary/lender/mortgagee under a subordinate deed of trust or mortgage, or any other person having a
subordinate lien or encumbrance of record, may reinstate the debt/loan at any time before entry of judgment by
restoring the loan (usually to its installmentpayment basis) by paying the delinquencies and advances on the
debt/loan plus authorized fees, costs, and expenses. Thereupon, all foreclosure proceedings terminate and the
loan continues in full force and effect as if no such acceleration proceeding had taken place.

As previously mentioned, under a power of sale exercised in a non-judicial foreclosure, the statutory right of
reinstatement for the individuals named above ends five business days prior to the date of the trustee’s sale or
the date of any postponed sale.

Redemption Rights - Post-sale

By way of review, only the judgment debtor or his or her successor in interest may redeem the security property
subsequent to a judicial foreclosure sale. All junior lien holders are eliminated under the law effective July 1,
1983 (Code of Civil Procedure Section 729.020). Further, the redemption period is three months, if the sale
proceeds satisfy the debt/loan plus interest, costs of the action, and authorized fees, costs, and expenses. If sale
proceeds are insufficient to pay the entire amount owed (as defined), the redemption period is one year (Code
of Civil Procedure Section 729.030). If the creditor waived the deficiency judgment or it was prohibited, there
is no right of redemption (Code of Civil Procedure Section 726(e)).

During the redemption period permitted following a judicial foreclosure and a court ordered sale of the security
property, the judgment debtor or tenant occupying the property is entitled to remain in possession but must pay
rent to the successful bidder/buyer following the judicial foreclosure sale.

Often a deed of trust or mortgage permits the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee to take legal possession of the
security property upon default prior to the foreclosure sale (whether a judicial or a trustee’s sale) under the
“assignment of rents” provision and manage the property, pay expenses, and collect the rents, applying the net
proceeds to the maintenance of the property and to preserve the lender’s security. However, to proceed to
exercise an “assignment of rents” provision may require a court order appointing a receiver who will collect the
rents and maintain the security property as authorized by the order.

Should the assignment of rents provision in a deed of trust or mortgage be in connection with a loan made on
security property that is non-owneroccupied and the provision is deemed to be an absolute rather than a
conditional assignment of rents (and a court of competent jurisdiction does not disagree with this legal
conclusion), the lender/beneficiary/mortgagee may be able to take control of the security property without a
receiver as a beneficiary/mortgagee in possession. Such an action should not be taken without the prior advice
of knowledgeable legal counsel.

Statute of Limitations

Civil Code Section 2911 provides that a lien is extinguished if an action on the underlying debt or obligation is
not brought within the required time limits. Judicial foreclosure actions must be filed within four years after
maturity of the obligation or any installment payment. Deeds of trust and mortgages secure a written debt/loan
or the performance of obligations that if not paid as agreed or performed create a cause of action in connection
with the promissory note (evidencing the debt and representing the agreement to repay) for four years following
the default, the date the loan matures, or the date that the debt was last acknowledged by the debtor/borrower,
whichever occurs last.

However, a deed of trust or a mortgage with power of sale conveys to the trustee technical legal title to the
security property for the purposes of exercising the powers granted to the trustee. Even though the statute of
limitations bars an action on the promissory note, the power of sale continues and may be exercised, whether
the security instrument is a deed of trust or mortgage. Except as amended in Civil Code Section 822.020, the
“1982 Marketable Title Act” requires the security instrument to be periodically renewed to continue to be
enforceable.

The 2006 amendments to Civil Code Section 882.020 provide the lien of a deed of trust or mortgage shall
expire 10 years after the final maturity date or the last date fixed for payment of the debt/loan, if the date can be
ascertained from the recorded document. If the final maturity date cannot be determined from the recorded

document, then the deed of trust or mortgage shall expire 60 years after the date the security instrument was
originally recorded.

However, if a “notice of intent to preserve interest” is recorded prior to the expiration of the lien (whether a
deed of trust or mortgage) under either of the above scenarios, then the enforceability of the security instrument
shall be extended for an additional 10 years after the notice is recorded.

Judicial Sale

A judicial foreclosure is usually sought when a beneficiary or mortgagee wants to obtain a deficiency judgment.
The mortgagee or beneficiary, as well as the servicing agent (including MLBs), must be mindful of whether a
deficiency judgment against the debtor/borrower will be sought before electing the foreclosure remedy.
Consultation with knowledgeable legal counsel is recommended before selecting the foreclosure remedy, i.e., a
judicial foreclosure or non-judicial foreclosure.

The Process

The judicial foreclosure sale process involves:

1. Filing a complaint and notice of action (lis pendens) which will bind all persons acquiring liens or
interests in the property during the pendency of the action;

2. A summons served on the parties whose interests are to be eliminated/extinguished, such as the trustor
or his successor in interest and junior lien holders, including in deeds of trust or mortgages;

3. The trial, after which the judgment is entered (decree of foreclosure and order of sale); and,

4. The recording and serving by the Sheriff of Notice of Levy followed by the Notice of Sale.

The Notice of Sale cannot be earlier than 120 days after recording and serving of the Notice of Levy if a
deficiency judgment is barred or properly waived.

When a deficiency judgment is available, the property is sold subject to the one-year redemption period, the
120-day notice period is not required and only a 20-day Notice of Sale is needed. The 20-day Notice of Sale
must be made by posting the Notice of Sale in a public place and on the property at least 20 days before the sale
and by publishing the notice once a week for three weeks in a newspaper of general circulation in the city or
judicial district in which the property or any portion of the property is located. The notice must also be mailed
to all defendants at their last known address and to any other person who has requested to be notified.

The Court Supervised Sale

The court ordered sale is to be held between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. on a business day in the county where the
property or some portion of the property is located. The foreclosing lender/creditor, debtor/borrower, junior lien
holders (including deeds of trust or mortgages) and others may bid at the sale. The foreclosing lender/creditor
may credit-bid up to the amount owed to it, him or her, and cash bid in excess of the amount of the debt/loan.

All other bidders must bid cash except that a bidder may, if the bid price exceeds $5,000, deposit with the party
conducting the sale the greater of $5,000 or 10 percent of the bid amount, and pay the balance within ten days
of the sale, plus interests, fees, costs, and expenses as authorized by the court. Should the successful bidder fail
to pay the amounts owed pursuant to the successful bid, he or she may be subject to costs and damages as
determined by the court. In such an event, a second sale is required.

After the Sale

The Sheriff issues the highest bidder a prescribed Certificate of Sale stating the title is subject to any
redemption privilege of the debtor/borrower. The certificate operates to transfer title to the highest/successful
bidder. The bidder/purchaser receives no rights to possession for the period of redemption, but does have the
right to receive the rents inuring from or impose rents for the occupancy of the property. The title received by
the highest/successful bidder is subject to any senior liens but free of any junior liens, including deeds of trust
or mortgages. The Certificate of Sale is recorded. Recording of the certificate does not result in clear,
marketable title. Such title will not be achieved until the Sheriff issues a Deed of Conveyance, as described
below.

Sale proceeds are applied to costs of the lawsuit and attorney fees; to selling expenses; to the amount due the
beneficiary/mortgagee of the security instrument foreclosed; to junior lien holders (including deeds of trust or
mortgages) in order of priority; and finally the excess to the debtor/borrower (if any).

If the debtor/borrower does not redeem the property within the 3-month or l-year redemption period (as
applicable), the Sheriff will issue a Deed of Conveyance containing special recitals concerning the judicial
foreclosure and court ordered sale and will record or cause to be recorded the deed conveying title to the
highest/successful bidder to whom the Certificate of Sale was previously issued. The grantee receives all right,
title and interest of the trustor/mortgagor as of the date of initial recording of the deed of trust or mortgage
foreclosed upon (i.e., the title conveyed relates back to the date of initial recording). The grantee may now evict
the trustor/mortgagor or tenant in possession.

A lender/creditor seeking a deficiency judgment must file application in the court case within three months of
the sale for a determination of the deficiency. If the court enters a deficiency judgment against the
trustor/mortgagor and it is recorded by the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee, the judgment becomes a lien upon all
property owned by the debtor/borrower or acquired by him or her within ten years of the entering of the
judgment ruling.

If a debt/loan is secured by both real and personal property, the creditor may foreclose upon the real property
under the power of sale and bring a separate action on the personal property security pursuant to the
Commercial Code, or may (if authorized in the security instruments) elect to foreclose both the real and
personal property security pursuant to the rules applicable to real property as set forth in Civil Code Section
2924 et seq.

Trustee’s Sale - “Power of Sale”- Non-Judicial Foreclosure

When the security instrument includes a power of sale, the alternative remedy for a creditor/lender to proceed
against the security property (in the event of a breach or default by the debtor/borrower) is through a non-
judicial foreclosure. A non-judicial foreclosure results in a privately conducted but publicly held “trustee’s
sale” pursuant to the power of sale included within the security instrument. The exercise of the power of sale
must be at the direction of the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee to whom the power is typically conferred (Civil
Code Sections 2932 and 2932.5).

The Procedure

Accordingly, the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee following a breach of the terms and provisions of the
promissory note and/or the security instrument (usually a failure to make specified installment payments of
principal and interest or to make a balloon payment) and will notify the trustee to issue and record a Notice of
Default. When notifying the trustee, the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee may (but often does not) deliver the
original note and deed of trust or mortgage to the trustee. Further, adequate evidence of the amounts owing that
are delinquent and/or in breach in the case of a monetary default, and/or in breach of the required performance
of the obligations described in the security instruments in the case of a non-monetary default are to be provided
to the trustee by the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee.

The amounts to reinstate or cure a monetary default will likely vary during the non-judicial foreclosure
proceeding. Accordingly, the amounts owing that are reported delinquent and in breach to the trustee will not
be comprehensively set forth in the Notice of Default as these amount may increase. Also, the debtor/borrower
may be required as a condition of reinstatement to provide reliable evidence of the payment of senior liens
(including deeds of trust and mortgages), property taxes, assessments, property casualty insurance premiums,
and of the payment of any other liens in the chain of title that are to be paid to protect the security of the
beneficiary/lender/mortgagee).

The document prepared by the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee to inform the trustee of the breach is generally
referred to as a Declaration of Default. Usually, the trustee named in the security instrument is a corporate
entity. The named trustee or properly substituted trustee prepares and records the Notice of Default and
proceeds thereafter as a limited agent with the non-judicial foreclosure (Civil Code Sections 2924c and 2934a).

In the absence of an applicable agreement to the contrary, any one beneficiary in a “fractionalized” deed of trust
may invoke the power of sale and initiate the non-judicial foreclosure by preparing and delivering to the trustee
a Declaration of Default. Civil Code Section 2941.9 was added to establish a process through which the

beneficiaries of a deed of trust may agree to be governed by beneficiaries holding more than 50% of the
recorded beneficial interests in the fractionalized promissory note evidencing the debt secured by the deed of
trust (or in a series of notes secured by the same property by a deed of trust or deeds of trust of equal priority),
exclusive from any notes or interests therein held by a licensed real estate broker (including MLBs) or any
affiliate of the broker that is the issuer or servicer of the promissory notes and deeds of trust. Applicable law
establishes a process through which the parties must agree in writing to majority rule and each “fractionalized”
note holder or holders of notes issued in series must be noticed of the action taken. The majority action
agreement between the note holders must be in the form of an affidavit and is to be acknowledged and recorded
(Business and Professions Code Section 10238 et seq.; and Civil Code Section 2941.9).

The individual action of the holder of a fractional interest in a promissory note or of the holders of notes issued
in series secured by the same deed of trust or by deeds of trust of equal priority, may also be limited by the
administration, operation and management agreement (including loan servicing) representing the investment
contract relationship established as part of the offering/prospectus resulting in the issuance of securities either
by exemption, registration, or coordination (Securities and Exchange Comm. v. W. J. Howey Co., 328 U.S. 293
(1946) and Securities and Exchange Comm. v. Glenn W. Turner Enterprises, Inc., et al., No. 72-2544, 474 F.2d
476(1973)).

At the time of the preparation of the Declaration of Default, the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee will inform the
trustee of the date of the original breach or default. Typically, the trustee obtains from the title company a
trustee’s sale guarantee report (TSG) assuring the trustee of the identity of the holders of and the priority of
liens against the security property (including deeds of trust and mortgages) and to whom notice is required,
among other matters. The trustee then prepares, records, mails, and posts on the security property the Notice of
Default and Election to Sell pursuant to the power of sale (Civil Code Section 2924 et seq.).

Since non-judicial foreclosures are conducted in accordance with procedural law, it is important compliance
with applicable law occurs. Any irregularity or defect in carrying out this procedure may invalidate the trustee’s
sale. The power of sale and the procedural law to which non-judicial foreclosures are subject are based upon
Civil Code Section 2924 et seq., a codification of the process through which non-judicial foreclosures may be
conducted without state action, i.e., a procedural and not a substantive law (I.E. Associates v. Safeco Title Ins.
Co. (1985) 39 Cal.3d 281, 287-288).

Unless a mortgagor or trustor files suit contesting the trustee’s sale to obtain a court ordered temporary
restraining order (TRO) and/or a preliminary injunction (e.g., to determine whether a valid lien exists, whether
there is a breach resulting in the alleged default, or whether there is a dispute in the amount owing), a judicial
proceeding may be entirely bypassed in non-judicial foreclosures resulting in a trustee’s sale of the security
property (Anderson v. Heart Federal Savings ("Heart") 208 Cal. App. 3d 202, 256).

Asking a court to intervene can be costly and time consuming and will generally require the use of legal
counsel. The debtor/borrower may be required to tender the amount owing in a manner acceptable to the court
and must make an adequate showing of the grounds the court believes will likely result in a preliminary
injunction for a TRO to be issued. For a preliminary injunction to follow, the debtor/borrower must
demonstrate to the court that triable issues exist over the grounds raised in the dispute for the matter to be set
for trial and for the non-judicial foreclosure to be enjoined until resolution of the dispute occurs by court order.

Under existing statutes, the time required between filing of the Notice of Default and of the Notice of Sale and
the actual sale date allows the debtor the opportunity to pursue the judicial process discussed in the previous
paragraph to ultimately establish underlying facts and applicable law. As previously noted, after the trustee’s
sale, the trustor/mortgagor, or any other party affected by the sale, may bring an action to set aside the sale
(usually on procedural grounds), even though the sale is characterized as absolute.

Special Rules

Special rules apply in trustee’s sales involving bankruptcy, substitution of trustee, federally insured or
indemnified loans, individuals in military service, senior citizens, and Unruh Act deeds of trust or mortgages
(on single-family owneroccupied residences arising from a contract for goods or services). The advice of
knowledgeable legal counsel should be obtained in advance of proceeding with a non-judicial foreclosure
involving any of the foregoing fact situations.

Notice of Default and Election to Sell

The Notice of Default must be executed by the beneficiary or the trustee and must state an election on the part
of the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee to declare the entire debt due because of the breaches and defaults. Absent
this declaration, the full amount owing on the debt cannot be collected at the trustee’s foreclosure sale. The
Notice should make it clear that unless the default is non-curable, the trustor/mortgagor or the successor in
interest of the foregoing may reinstate and cure the default prior to five business days immediately before the
date of the trustee’s sale or of the date of any postponed sale.

The Notice of Default is recorded in the office of the county recorder where the real property or some portion
of the property is located at least three months before Notice of Sale is given. Within ten days after recordation
of the Notice of Default, a copy of the Notice containing the recording information must be sent by certified or
registered mail to all persons who have requested notice and to the trustor/mortgagor at his or her last known
address.

If there has been no request for notice by the trustor/mortgagor or the request by the trustor/mortgagor includes
no address, then the Notice of Default must be published weekly for four weeks in a newspaper of general
circulation in the judicial jurisdiction starting within ten days of the recording date, or the notice may be
personally delivered to the trustor/mortgagor (Civil Code Section 2924b(d)).

The Notice of Default and the Notice of Sale are valid if the foreclosure procedural law has been strictly
followed, whether the trustor/mortgagor has actual knowledge of the notices. The Notice of Default must also
be sent within one month of recording by U. S. Mail, registered or certified, to persons listed in Civil Code
Section 2924b, even though they have not recorded a request to receive notice. These persons are: successors in
interest to the trustor/mortgagor; a beneficiary/lender/mortgagee of any junior recorded deed of trust or
mortgage or the assignee of such beneficiary/lender/mortgagee; the vendee of a contract of sale; or to a lessee
of a lease encumbering the security property being foreclosed that is junior to the security instrument being
foreclosed or to the successor in interest to such vendee or lessee; to the State Controller, if a recorded lien for
postponed property taxes exists against the property; and such other parties as are required by law, including
the IRS in the event of an income tax lien.

Notice of Sale

If the loan is not reinstated and the trustee issues a Notice of Sale, the content and form of the notice is
prescribed by Civil Code Section 2924f(b). The Notice of Sale sets a sale date not sooner than twenty days after
the recording date of the notice. Actual practice usually requires a longer time (e.g., 31 days), especially if
federal tax lien notice requirements are to be met or other justifiable delays are encountered. In any event, the
sale date is set to allow time for the required recording, publication, posting, and mailing of the Notice of Sale.

The Notice of Sale must be recorded at least fourteen days, and mailed by registered or certified mail to the
trustor/mortgagor and other persons requesting/receiving the Notice of Default, at least twenty days before the
sale (Civil Code Section 2924b). The notice must be published once a week over a period of at least twenty
days in a newspaper of general circulation in the city, county, or judicial district where the security real
property or a portion of the property is located. Three publications of the notice not more than seven days apart
are required. The notice must be posted for no less than twenty days in at least one public place in the city,
judicial district, or county of the sale, and in a conspicuous place on the property (a door, if possible, if the
property is a single-family residence).

If the loan has not been reinstated by the trustor/mortgagor, a partial payment accepted by the beneficiary may
not terminate the foreclosure unless received in consideration of a forbearance agreement among the parties.
The beneficiary/lender/mortgagee should be careful when accepting partial payments to set forth in writing:

1. Whether it is the intention of the parties that the partial payment constitute a reinstatement and,
therefore, a cure of the default; or

2. Whether the partial payment is to be construed to be part of a work-out or forbearance agreement
providing a plan for payment of all delinquencies and related and authorized fees, costs, and expenses;
or

3. Whether the partial payment has been received without any effect on the foreclosure process, thereby
permitting the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee to proceed with foreclosure as though no payment had
been received.

The Trustee’s Sale

The sale is to be conducted at a public auction by the trustee, or the crier/auctioneer named by the trustee, on a
business day between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. in a public place in the county where the property or some portion of
the property is located. The sale is to occur on the date and at the time noticed for the scheduled sale, or on the
date and time of the postponed sale. The date and time of a postponed sale is to be cried on the date and time of
the scheduled sale or a previously postponed sale.

Unless expressly authorized in the notice by the trustee, all bids must be for payment in cash, cashier’s check or
its equivalent from a qualified depository financial institution specified in Section 5102 of the Financial Code
that is authorized to do business in this state, or a “cash equivalent” which is authorized by law or has been
designated in the Notice of Sale as acceptable to the trustee (Civil Code Section 2924h).

Until the bidding commences, the trustor/mortgagor or a holder of a junior deed of trust or mortgage may still
redeem the property by paying off the defaulted loan in full, plus all authorized fees, costs, and expenses (as
permitted by law). Reinstatement of a monetary default may be made at any time within the period commencing
with the date of recordation of the Notice of Default, until five business days prior to the date of sale set forth in
the initial recorded notice of sale. As previously stated, the reinstatement period revives as a result of each
postponed sale where the postponed sale date is more than five business days subsequent to the initial sale date
or the date of a previous postponed sale (Civil Code Section 2924c(e)).

Any person may bid at the trustee’s sale, including the trustor/mortgagor, lender/creditor, or a junior lien holder
( such as deeds of trust or mortgages). Only the foreclosing beneficiary/lender/mortgagee (who is the holder of
the debt/loan evidenced by the promissory note and the security instrument being foreclosed) may credit-bid to
offset up to the amount owed plus interest and authorized fees, costs, and expenses. Junior lien holders
(including deeds of trust and mortgages) may not credit-bid the amount of their junior liens. However, amounts
bid at the foreclosure sale by the junior lien holder would serve to reduce any potential liability that the
trustor/mortgagor has to the junior lien holder. Further, if the junior lien holder (deed of trust or mortgage) is
one and the same as the holder of the senior security instrument being foreclosed (or effectively controls the
security instrument being foreclosed), then this holder is not entitled to purchase the security property and later
sue the trustor/mortgagor for deficiency under a “sold out junior” status.

A trustee may reject all bids if the trustee reasonably believes they are inadequate (Civil Code Section 2924h).
At the trustee’s discretion, the sale may be postponed and a postponed sale date at the same location
announced. Generally, the trustee’s actions to reject bids or to postpone the sale are the result of prior
instructions from the holder of the security instrument being foreclosed. Bid fixing, restraining from bidding,
or the offering or accepting of consideration for not bidding at a trustee’s sale (“chilling the bidding process”)
is unlawful and subjects the participants to fine, imprisonment, or both (Civil Code Section 2924h(g)). A
trustee may state that the security property is being sold at the trustee’s sale “as is”. However, the trustee must
disclose any material facts that affect the security property and its condition or value about which the holder has
notice or knowledge (Karoutas vs. Home Fed Bank, 232 Cal. App. 3d. 767 (1991)).

In the event that the trustee’s sale proceedings are postponed for a period or periods totaling more than 365
days, the scheduling of any further sale is to be proceeded by giving a new Notice of Sale that must be
published, recorded, mailed, and posted in the manner required by applicable law (Civil Code Section 2924f).
Fees and costs incurred to process the new notice of sale are not to exceed the amount specified by applicable
law (Civil Code Sections 2924c, d, and 2924g(c)(2)). When postponing a sale, the trustee must publicly declare
the reason for the postponement and announce the date, time, and place the postponed sale is to occur.

After the Sale

The successful bidder receives a trustee’s deed to the property containing special recitals giving notice of
compliance with the foreclosure statutes to protect this bidder and subsequent purchasers of the security
property. The title conveyed is without covenant or warranty that no title defects exist, and the title relates back
in time to the date the trustor/mortgagor signed the deed of trust or mortgage. The trustee’s deed passes to the

successful bidder/purchaser the title held at the time the security instrument was recorded and any after-
acquired title of the trustor/mortgagor, not the trustor’s/mortgagor’s title as of the sale date.

However, title will remain subject to certain liens:

1. Federal tax liens filed more than thirty days before the date of the trustee’s sale unless the proper
twenty-five day notice has been given the Internal Revenue Service;

2. Real property taxes and assessments; and,

3. Valid mechanic’s liens.

Even with proper notice to the IRS, the federal government may have the right for 120 days following the
trustee’s sale to redeem the security property by paying the amount advanced by the successful
bidder/purchaser.

Provided that the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee successfully makes a “full credit bid” (bids the full amount of
unpaid principal and interest and any authorized charges, penalties, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, trustee’s
fees, and any advances that may be lawfully due and owing to the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee); the sale
eliminates the debt/loan and obligations of the trustor/mortgagor. Whether a beneficiary/lender/mortgagee “full
credit bids” or “underbids”, completion of a trustee’s sale will extinguish the deed of trust or mortgage securing
the debt/loan and the obligations in favor of a beneficiary/lender/mortgagee.

In addition, junior liens and encumbrances (e.g., deeds of trust or mortgages, judgment liens, easements, and
leases which do not have priority over the security instrument that has been foreclosed) will be extinguished
from the record of title to the security property. The interests of tenants who occupy a residential security
property subject to a local rent control ordinance may not be extinguished by the foreclosure sale. Even if no
local rent control ordinance is operative, tenants may not be removed from the foreclosed property prior to the
time required pursuant to applicable to California law, generally no less than 60 days following the date of a
properly delivered Notice to Vacate.

A beneficiary/lender/mortgagee may elect to “underbid” when a collateral action is anticipated against the
debtor/trustor/mortgagor or a claim is anticipated against a third party for part payment of the amount due and
owing under the promissory note and security instrument being foreclosed. A beneficiary/lender/mortgagee
may elect to proceed with a legal action for fraud, waste or malicious destruction of the security property
against the debtor/trustor/mortgagor or against third parties.

Further, if a casualty loss has occurred to the security property for which insurance coverage is available (even
if not a result of the actions described in the previous sentence), a beneficiary/lender/mortgagee should
“underbid” and then file a claim against the insurer under the terms of coverage extended by the insurance
policy to recover the cost of damages to the security property as part of the amount due. The failure to
“underbid” in such circumstances may result in the denial if the claim by the insurance carrier (Alliance
Mortgage Co. v. Rothwell 10 Cal. 4th 1226 (Cal. 1995)). The issue of whether to “underbid” should be
discussed in advance with knowledgeable legal counsel.

Liens or encumbrances, including real property taxes and assessments, which are senior to the foreclosed deed
of trust or mortgage remain on the title to the security property. In a trustee’s foreclosure sale, the title is free of
any right of redemption by the debtor/trustor and the debtor/trustor has no further rights or interests in the
security property absent a successful legal action to set aside or void the trustee’s sale.

Separate from a civil action to set aside the trustee’s sale, a Petition in Bankruptcy can be filed by the
debtor/trustor/mortgagor. As part of the bankruptcy proceedings, the court may void the trustee’s foreclosure
sale at the request of the debtor/trustor/mortgagor or of the trustee appointed by the bankruptcy court, or as
otherwise authorized under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Upon voiding the foreclosure sale, the security property
may be returned to the bankrupt estate or ultimately to the estate of the debtor/trustor/mortgagor in a manner
consistent with the order of the bankruptcy court.

It is important to note that sales transactions of residential real property during a non-judicial foreclosure
proceeding may be rescinded by the debtor/trustor within two years from the date of such transaction upon
written notice if unconscionable advantage has been taken of the debtor/trustor (Civil Code Section 1695.14).

The issues presented by the Home Equity Sales Contracts Act, commencing with Civil Code Section 1695 will
be discussed later in this Chapter.

The successful bidder/purchaser is generally entitled to immediate possession of the security property and may
evict the former debtor/trustor/mortgagor by instituting an Unlawful Detainer action subsequent to delivery of a
three-day Notice to Quit. As previously mentioned, should the occupant be a tenant pursuant to a local rent
control ordinance or who occupies under the terms of a lease junior to the foreclosed lien without a non-
disturbance and attornment agreement, the successful bidder/purchaser at the foreclosure sale may evict the
tenant in accordance with applicable law subsequent to the delivery of a 60 day Notice to Vacate. If the tenant
fails to vacate, an Unlawful Detainer action could then be pursued by the successful bidder/purchaser
subsequent to the delivery of a three-day Notice to Quit.

If a tenant occupies pursuant to a lease agreement that is either senior in priority to the foreclosed lien (or is
junior but subject to a non-disturbance and attornment agreement) or whose occupancy is subject to the
provisions of a local rent control ordinance, the successful bidder/purchaser should seek legal advice before
taking any action to evict the tenant or otherwise terminate the occupancy of the tenant. On the other hand, the
successful bidder/purchaser should also seek professional advice regarding whether an eviction is in the
interests of the successful bidder/purchaser or if continuing the occupancy of the tenant is economically
preferable, particularly in the context of a commercial or industrial property where the occupancy is pursuant to
a long term lease.

When deciding to continue a tenancy or to evict the tenant in occupancy, the successful bidder/purchaser
should consider whether a local ordinance has been adopted requiring the property be properly maintained,
including the interior and exterior, e.g., grounds, landscaping and such amenities as a pool by the current owner
of the fee title. These local ordinances often impose fines up to $1,000 per day up to a maximum of $100,000
which may attach to the property in the form of an assessment and, therefore, may be foreclosed in accordance
with applicable law and subject to payment in the event of a conveyance or further encumbrance. This is a
significant issue for beneficiaries/lenders/mortgagees who foreclose their security instrument when there is no
third-party successful bidder resulting in the security property becoming real estate owned (an REO).

Disposition of Sale Proceeds

The trustee distributes the foreclosure sale proceeds in the following order:

1. To authorized trustee’s fees, costs, and sale expenses;

2. To beneficiary/lender/mortgagee to satisfy the full amount of unpaid principal and interest and any
charges, penalties, costs, expenses, attorney’s fees, and advances that may be lawfully due and owing;

3. To junior lien holders in order of priority, whether their debt/loan is matured; and,

4. Any surplus that remains would then be distributed to the debtor/trustor/mortgagor.

If either a junior lien holder or the debtor/trustor/mortgagor disputes the distribution of funds, the trustee should
file a Complaint for Interpleader and Declaratory Relief to have the court decide the issue.

Statement of Condition of Debt

Pursuant to Civil Code Section 2943, any time before or within two months after the recording of a Notice of
Default under a deed of trust or mortgage with power of sale or before thirty days prior to entry of a decree of
judicial foreclosure; the debtor/trustor/mortgagor or entitled person (as defined in the law) may make written
demand of the beneficiary or mortgagee for a written beneficiary statement showing:

1. The amount of the unpaid balance of the obligation secured by the deed of trust or mortgage and the
interest rate together with the total amounts, if any, of all overdue installments of either principal or
interest, or both;

2. The amounts of periodic payments, if any;

3. The date on which the obligation is due in whole or in part;

4. The date to which real estate taxes and special assessments have been paid to the extent the
information is known to the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee;

5. The amount of hazard insurance in effect and the term and premium of such insurance coverage to the
extent the information is known to the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee;

6. The amount in an account, if any, maintained for the accumulation of funds with which to pay taxes
and insurance premiums (escrow impound account);

7. The nature and amount, if known, of any additional charges, costs, or expenses paid or incurred by the
beneficiary/lender/mortgagee which have become a lien on the security real property; and,

8. Whether the obligation secured by the deed of trust or mortgage can or may be transferred to a new
borrower.

Section 2943 of the Civil Code also provides that the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee may make a charge not to
exceed $30 for furnishing each required beneficiary statement, except when the loan is insured by FHA or
indemnified by VA or is subject to some other federal exemption. The deed of trust or mortgage should provide
whether the charge may be imposed and how much may be charged for the statement.

Within 21 days of receipt of the written demand, the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee or his or her authorized
agent shall prepare and deliver the statement together with a complete copy of the promissory note or other
evidence of indebtedness. If requested, the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee or its authorized agent shall furnish a
copy of the deed of trust or mortgage at no additional charge. Such statements may be requested in connection
with the sale, refinance, or further encumbrance of the security property.

A penalty of $300 and liability for damages is prescribed for the beneficiary’s/lender’s/mortgagee’s willful
failure to deliver the statement within 21 days. The beneficiary/lender/mortgagee may reasonably require the
entitled person to produce evidence that he/she/they are eligible to make the request in accordance with
applicable law. The beneficiary/lender/mortgagee may demand payment of the authorized fee at the time of
request. The entitled person should include within the written request for the beneficiary statement that the
request is being made pursuant to Civil Code Section 2943.

Civil Code Section 2943 includes the definition and use of pay-off demand statements as distinct from
beneficiary statements. The beneficiary statement is intended to provide information when the loan may be
transferred to a buyer of the security property or for loan status purposes. The pay-off demand statement details
amounts owing for purposes of loan pay-off. While the beneficiary statement may not be requested subsequent
to 60 days following the recordation of notice of default, the pay-off demand statement may be requested
anytime except following the first publication of the notice of a trustee sale or of the applicable hearing before
the court supervising the judicial sale.

The “Short-Pay Demand”

Recent California legislation has added requirements in connection with “Short-Pay Demand Statement”. This
phrase means a written statement issued subsequent to and conditioned on the existence of a “Short-Pay
Agreement” that is in the possession of the entitled person and that was prepared in response to a written
demand made therefor by an entitled person including an authorized agent. The “Short-Pay Demand Statement”
is to set forth the amount less than the outstanding indebtedness (debt/loan) together with any terms and
conditions under which the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee will execute and deliver a reconveyance of the deed
of trust or discharge/satisfaction of the mortgage securing the promissory note. The operative period of this
demand statement shall not be greater than 30 days from date of preparation by the
beneficiary/lender/mortgagee.

The “Short-Pay Request” is defined to mean a written request made by an entitled person, including an
authorized agent, requesting the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee to provide a “Short-Pay Demand Statement” that
includes the following:

1. A copy of an existing contract to purchase the property for an amount certain;

2. A copy of the “Short-Pay Agreement” in possession of the entitled person; and,

3. Information related to the release of any other lien on the security property, if any.

Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, a beneficiary/lender/mortgagee or his or her authorized agent is
required (upon receipt of a “Short-Pay Request”) to prepare and deliver a “Short-Pay Demand Statement” to the
person requesting the statement within 21 days of receipt of the “Short-Pay Request”. The
beneficiary/lender/mortgage or its authorized agent may elect not to proceed with the transaction that is subject
to the “Short-Pay Request” and may refuse to provide a “Short-Pay Demand Statement” for the transaction. In
lieu, a beneficiary/lender/mortgagee is to provide a written statement to the person requesting the “Short-Pay
Demand Statement”, within 21 days of the receipt of the “Short-Pay Request” that the
beneficiary/lender/mortgagee elects not to proceed with the transaction.

Should the terms and conditions of the “Short-Pay Agreement” require approval by the
beneficiary/lender/mortgagee of a closing statement or similar statement prepared by an escrow holder,
approval or disapproval is to be provided in not more than 4 days after receipt by the
beneficiary/lender/mortgagee of the closing statement, or the closing statement shall be deemed approved
(provided the statement is not clearly contrary to the terms of the “Short-Pay Agreement” or to the “Short-Pay
Demand Statement” provided to the escrow holder).

As is the case with a request for beneficiary statement, the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee must respond to a
request for a pay-off demand statement or a “Short-Pay Demand Statement” within 21 days after receipt, and
the failure of a beneficiary/lender/mortgage to timely respond may subject the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee to
an automatic $300 sanction plus actual damages and attorney’s fees. Needless to say, each request for a payoff
demand statement or for a “Short-Pay Demand Statement” is to be in writing and should indicate that the
request is being made pursuant to Civil Code Section 2943, as amended.

The fee for a pay-off demand statement is the same as the fee for a beneficiary statement. Failure to specifically
identify whether the statement being requested is a beneficiary statement or a pay-off demand statement will
allow the beneficiary to “default” to the pay-off demand statement exclusive of a “Short-Pay Demand
Statement”. The provisions added to Civil Code Section 2943 describing and requiring the “Short-Pay Demand
Statement” procedure are subject to repeal as of January 1, 2014, unless a statute is enacted before January 1,
2014 that deletes or extends that date.

Annual and Monthly Accounting - Impound Accounts

Under Civil Code Section 2954, any trustor/mortgagor under a deed of trust or mortgage, or a vendee under a
real property sales contract, may make a written request of the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee or of the vendor
for a statement of condition of account. A statement is to be provided within 60 days after the end of each
calendar year.

The statement includes an itemized accounting of money received for interest and principal repayment or held
in or disbursed from an impound/trust account (an escrow account), if any, for payment of property taxes,
insurance premiums, or other purposes relating to the security property. The debtor/trustor/mortgagor is entitled
to receive one statement for each calendar year without charge. A monthly statement or passbook showing
money received for interest and principal or held in and disbursed from an impound/trust account (an escrow
account) constitutes compliance with this requirement.

No increase in the monthly rate of payment of a trustor/mortgagor or vendee for an impound/trust account (or
escrow account) will be effective until the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee or vendor has furnished the
trustor/mortgagor or vendee with an itemized accounting of the monies presently held in the impound account
and with a statement of the new monthly rate of payment and the factors necessitating the increase. The use
and maintenance of an impound/trust account (escrow account) by the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee is subject
to applicable federal and state law, including the fees that may be imposed on the trustor/mortgagor.

Existing law prohibits the use of impound/trust account (escrow accounts) except in those fact situations
described below:

1. When the security property is an owner occupied dwelling, unless required by state or federal
regulatory authority if the loan has been made, insured or indemnified by a state or federal government
lending or insurance agency; or upon the failure of the borrower to pay two consecutive tax
installments on the security property prior to the delinquency date for such payments;

2. When the security property is owner occupied, unless the original principal amount of the loan is 90%
or more of the sales price of the security property at the time of sale; or the loan is 90% or more of the
appraised value of the security property; or whenever the combined principal amount of the loans
against the security real property exceeds 80% of the appraised value of such property; or,

3. The loan is made in compliance with the requirements for higher priced mortgage loans established in
Regulation Z of the Federal Truth-In-Lending Act (TILA) pursuant to 15USC Section 1601et seq.,
whether the loan is a higher priced mortgage loan; or when a loan is refinanced or modified in
connection with a lender’s homeownership preservation program or a lender’s participation in such a
program is sponsored by a federal, state or local government or a non-profit organization.

Contact Requirements Prior to Filing a Notice of Default

Civil Code Section 2923.5 has been added to require an initial contact with the borrower (as defined) at least 30
days prior to the recording of a Notice of Default. This requirement applies to loans secured by residential real
property consisting of 1 to 4 dwelling units within which an owner occupies and the security instrument for the
loan was recorded during the period of January 1, 2003 through January 1, 2008, inclusive. Exemptions from
the required contact include:

1. When the borrower has previously surrendered the keys and possession of the security property to the
beneficiary/lender/mortgagee or its authorized agent;

2. When the borrower has contracted with an entity whose primary business is advising homeowners on
how to avoid or extend the foreclosure process; or,

3. When the borrower/homeowner has filed a petition in bankruptcy and an order has not been entered
closing or dismissing the bankruptcy or granting a relief from stay.

Unless an exemption applies, contact or attempted contact must be made with the borrower to discuss the
borrower’s financial situation and foreclosure alternatives. Due diligence to contact the borrower
(trustor/mortgagor) must be undertaken by the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee, its servicing agent, or another
lawfully authorized agent.

Due diligence requires that an initial contact be made with the borrower (trustor/mortgagor), either in person or
by telephone, advising of the availability of a United States Department of Housing and Urban Development
(HUD) certified housing counseling agency and the toll free telephone numbers of such agencies who may
provide counseling services to the borrower.

The borrower is also to be advised that he or she has a right to request a subsequent meeting with the
beneficiary/lender/mortgagee, its servicing agent, or other authorized agent, with the meeting scheduled to
occur within 14 days. The contact with the borrower is also to provide the opportunity to assess the borrower’s
financial situation and to explore options to avoid foreclosure.

A borrower may designate by written consent a HUD certified counseling agency, an attorney, or another
advisor to discuss with the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee, its servicing agent or other authorized agent, the
borrower’s financial situation, options for the borrower to avoid foreclosure, or any loan modification or
workout plan offered by the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee.

When the borrower, the loan transaction, and security property are subject to this law; a Notice of Default filed
or recorded pursuant to Civil Code Section 2924 et seq. is to include a declaration that the
beneficiary/lender/mortgagee its agent or other authorized agent has:

1. Contacted the borrower;

2. Has tried with due diligence to contact the borrower in accordance with applicable law; or,

3. That no contact was made with the borrower because the borrower has surrendered the keys and
possession of the security property to the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee, its servicing agent, or other
authorized agent; or the borrower has contracted with an organization, person, or entity, whose
primary business is to advise homeowners how to extend the foreclosure and/or how to avoid the
borrower’s contractual obligations to beneficiaries/lender/mortgagees; or the borrower has filed a
petition in bankruptcy pursuant to Chapters 7, 11, 12 or 13 and the bankruptcy court has not entered an
order closing or dismissing the bankruptcy or granting a stay of relief from a foreclosure.

If the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee, its servicing agent or other authorized agent, has previously directed the
trustee to record the Notice of Default (prior to the enactment of Civil Code Section 2923.5) and no Notice of
Rescission has been recorded, then the Notice of Sale issued and recorded pursuant to Civil Code Section 2924
shall include a declaration that the borrower (trustor/mortgagor) was contacted to assess the borrower’s
financial situation and to explore alternatives to foreclosure, or that efforts were made exercising due diligence
in accordance with applicable law and no contact occurred. Civil Code Section 2923.5 is to remain in effect
until January 1, 2013, and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute extends the aforementioned
date of repeal.

Delayed Notice of Sale

Civil Code Section 2923.52 has been added to require the delay period of three months between
filing/recording of the Notice of Default and filing/recording of the Notice of Sale (Civil Code Section
2924(a)(2)) to be extended for an additional 90 days to allow the parties to pursue a loan modification as a
means to delay foreclosure. The requirement for such further extension is subject to the following conditions:

1. The loan was recorded during the period from January 1, 2003 to January 1, 2008 inclusive, and the
loan is secured by residential property;

2. The loan at issue is the first deed of trust or mortgage against the security property;

3. The borrower occupied the property as the borrower’s principal residence at the time the loan became
delinquent; and,

4. A Notice of Default has been recorded on the security property.

The requirement for the further extension of 90 days does not apply to loans made, purchased, or serviced by a
California state or local public housing agency or authority; a state or local housing finance agency; a secured
transaction that is subject to the Military and Veterans Code; or the loan is collateral for securities purchased by
an agency or authority referred to hereinbefore. In addition, the 90 day further extension does not apply to
loans serviced by a mortgage loan servicing agent, if the servicing agent has obtained a temporary or final order
of exemption pursuant to Civil Code Section 2923.53 that is current and valid at the time the Notice of Sale is
given.

For example, if the servicing agent is licensed and regulated by the DRE, the exemption order must be obtained
from the Commissioner of the DRE. A comprehensive loan modification program must be implemented by the
servicing agent that meets the requirements imposed by the commissioner of the department or agency through
whom the servicing agent is licensed.

The loan modification program is to consider the objective of keeping borrowers in their California homes
rather than foreclosing when the anticipated recovery under the loan modification or workout plan exceeds the
anticipated recovery through foreclosure on a net present value basis. The loan modification program targets a

ratio of the borrower’s housing related debt to the borrower’s gross income of 38% or less on an aggregate
basis for the lender’s loan modification program. As a predicate to the loan modification program being
acceptable to the commissioner licensing and regulating the servicing agent, the program is to include a
combination of the following features:

1. An interest rate reduction, as needed, for a fixed term of at least five years;

2. An extension of the amortization period of the loan term to no more than 40 years from the original
date of the loan;

3. Deferral of some portion of the principal amount of the unpaid principal balance until maturity of the
loan;

4. A reduction of principal amount owing;

5. Compliance with an applicable federally mandated loan modification program; and,

6. Such other factors the commissioner determines are appropriate, and the commissioner may consider
efforts implemented in other jurisdictions that have resulted in a reduction in foreclosures.

When determining a loan modification solution for a borrower, the servicing agent is to seek to achieve long-
term sustainability for the borrower. The commissioner has been given 30 days of receipt of an initial or revised
application to determine whether the proposed loan modification program meets the requirements imposed by
applicable law.

Upon approval of the loan modification program for which the servicing agent has applied, the commissioner is
to issue a final order exempting the loan servicer pursuant to the terms of the order from the requirements of
Civil Code Section 2923.52. If the commissioner concludes that the loan modification program is not
acceptable, the application is to be denied. However, the servicing agent may submit a revised or modified
application. The commissioners were required to adopt emergency and final regulations to clarify the
application of this law (Civil Code Section 2923.52 and 2923.53) no later than 10 days after the date the law
took effect, i.e., May 21, 2009. Civil Code Sections 2923.52 and 2923.53 are to remain in effect until January

1, 2011 and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute extends the aforementioned date of repeal.

Public
Off

LOAN PURPOSE

LOAN PURPOSE somebody

LOAN PURPOSE

Purchase Loan

A purchase loan is made to finance a portion of the purchase price of the security property. The intended
occupancy of the borrower/buyer should be determined at the outset. This status will affect the type of loan
product available for the transaction. Owner-occupied conventional purchase loans typically require a down
payment of from 5 to 25%. The greater the down payment, the better the rates and terms will be. Minimum
down payments and loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80% will generally require mortgage insurance. FHA
insured and VA indemnified loans are often used in purchase transactions.

Refinance Loan

A refinance loan is one made to replace an existing loan to borrowers who hold title to the security property. In
most cases:

■ It occurs for the borrower to obtain more attractive interest rates and loan terms (the interest rate is
adjusted to more closely reflect the current market and to achieve a new schedule of payments);

■ Some additional credit may be extended (“cash-out”); and,

■ The lender and borrower may desire to substitute a basically different kind of loan (e.g., a
conventional fixed rate loan to replace an adjustable rate or a negatively amortizing loan).

(Note: As previously discussed, the character of the loan and the deed of trust or mortgage against the security
property may be changed through refinancing from that of a purchase money mortgage to a non-purchase
money mortgage resulting in personal liability for the borrower and a possibility of a money judgment for
deficiencies against the borrower.)

Public
Off

OVERVIEW OF THE LOAN PROCESS

OVERVIEW OF THE LOAN PROCESS somebody

OVERVIEW OF THE LOAN PROCESS

Originating a new loan begins when a prospective borrower contacts an MLB or lender representative now also
referred to as a mortgage loan originator (MLO). The MLO should be prepared to listen to the applicant’s

needs, gather appropriate information and respond to the inquiry with accurate program descriptions that would
be best suited to the applicant, the consumer/borrower. Preparing for inquiries in advance will enable the MLO
to handle the inquiries in a logical and uniform manner.

Whether the loan will be delivered to a depository institution, to a non-bank (including licensed
creditors/lenders), or to private investors/lenders; the MLO should know the details of each loan program
offered as well as the guidelines, policies and procedures of the funding sources with respect to originating
residential mortgage loans. The MLO’s ability to obtain comprehensive information up front will result in the
best service to both the applicant and to prospective lenders or permanent investors.

There are four steps to originating a real estate loan:

1. The Application;

2. Loan Processing;

3. Underwriting Analysis; and,

4. Loan Approval, Funding and Closing.

The Application

The application form is a summary of all key components required by a lender or permanent investor to
determine if an applicant qualifies for the loan request, has the ability to repay the loan, and whether collateral
sufficient to support the debt/loan will be provided by the borrower. The loan application is to be completed
with the assistance of a representative of the lender or the MLB (as previously mentioned, each is also known
as MLOs). The application is to be completed accurately and entirely to facilitate processing, underwriting,
funding and closing the requested loan.

Historically, application forms varied from lender to lender. Now, a “standard” form for residential mortgage
loan applications is commonly used in the mortgage lending and brokerage industries. The form is a
collaborative effort between FNMA and FHLMC. Each agency has assigned a different number to the same
form; the FNMA Form is 1003 and the FHLMC Form is 65. The application form most often referred is the
FNMA 1003. Today, even FHA and VA use this form.

An initial interview with the prospective borrower is necessary, whether occurring telephonically,
electronically, or in person (face-to-face). The interview provides MLOs with the opportunity to make certain
the applicants understand the terms of the loan requested, among other important issues within the loan process.
The requirements of the lender to whom the loan application is or will be submitted will often control how the
initial interview is to occur. Interviews with the prospective consumer/borrower are necessary to complete
accurately the loan application package.

The proposed loan request is normally set forth in writing on the 1003. It identifies the amount and proposed
terms of the requested loan, the purpose of the loan, and how and when the loan is to be repaid. Each loan
request is to be evaluated in a fair, impartial, and non-discriminatory manner.

The Federal Equal Credit Opportunity Act (ECOA) prohibits discrimination based on age, sex, race, marital
status, color, religion, national origin, receipt of public assistance, or that the applicants (consumers/borrowers)
have, in good faith, exercised any right under the Consumer Credit Protection Act. In addition under the Fair
Housing Act, discrimination is prohibited based on the existence of a handicap or on familial status, e.g., the
age and presence of children, except when the housing qualifies under HUD standards as senior housing. Each
person’s character and capacity must be considered fairly and equitably based on income adequacy; satisfactory
net worth, financial standing and management; job stability; on an acceptable credit rating, and on other
pertinent factors that are not unlawfully discriminatory. Credit guidelines are to be applied to each potential
consumer/borrower in an equal manner, including the income of each spouse.

Advance Fees

MLOs who are MLBs as well as lenders may wish to collect money in advance from a loan applicant to cover
the cost of services to be performed in arranging or originating the mortgage loan. Money collected “up front”
is an advance fee. Advance fees are defined in and subject to the regulation of the Real Estate Commissioner
pursuant to Business and Professions Code Sections 10026, 10085, 10085.5, 10131.2 and 10146. Fees imposed

at the time of the loan application are also subject to the requirements imposed under the Real Estate Settlement
Procedures Act (RESPA) that is discussed later in this Chapter (12 USC Section 2601 et seq. and 24 CFR
Section 3500 et seq.).

Unless the advanced fee is for a credit or appraisal report and is in the exact amount required by the service
providers, an MLB/MLO may only collect an advance fee pursuant to a written agreement previously reviewed
and authorized by the Department of Real Estate (DRE). Real Estate Commissioner’s Regulation 2970 sets
forth the basic contents of an advance fee agreement. The MLB must also submit for the DRE’s prior approval,
advertising materials used in conjunction with an advance fee arrangement. Additionally, the verified
accountings and trust fund handling as required by Business and Professions Code Section 10146 and set forth
in Commissioner’s Regulation 2972 must be reviewed for and to establish the appropriate policies and
procedures to maintain the MLB’s/MLO’s books and records in compliance with the foregoing.

Any real estate broker or MLB who contracts for or collects advance fees from a principal must deposit the
funds into a properly constructed trust account. Advance fees are not the broker’s/MLB’s funds. Amounts may
be withdrawn for the benefit of the broker/MLB only when actually expended for the benefit of the principal or
five days after verified accounts have been mailed to the principal for whom the fees are being held. If advance
fees are not handled in accordance with the Real Estate Law, it will be presumed that the broker/MLB has
violated Penal Code Sections 506 and 506a (i.e., embezzlement and conversion). Penalties, fines and jail or
prison terms may result.

As previously mentioned, the DRE permits by policy MLBs/MLOs to collect fees in advance for appraisal and
credit reports as long as the broker collects as near as possible the exact amount(s) necessary and deposits these
funds into a properly constructed trust account. Refunds of any excess to the principal are required as soon as
the excess is identified. Though credit and appraisal report fees are not treated as advance fees for the purposes
of prior approval of the DRE (as defined above), these funds are trust funds. On October 11, 2009, Governor
Schwarzenegger signed Senate Bill 94 (Calderon), and the legislation took effect immediately upon his
signature. California law prohibits any person, including real estate licensees and attorneys, from demanding or
collecting an advance fee from a consumer for loan modification or mortgage loan forbearance services
affecting 1-4 unit residential dwellings.

Loan Processing

Once the application is complete with the assistance of an MLB/MLO, the applicant will be given a list of items
that will comprise a loan application package. In addition, certain disclosures to the applicant
(consumer/borrower) are required. Disclosures and notices of rights will be addressed later in this Chapter.

The MLB/MLO will usually submit the application to loan processing to assemble a loan application package.
A loan application package consists of a properly completed application form and the supporting
documentation required to process the loan and to make a credit decision. During the loan process, the lender
typically uses a series of checklists to ensure each of the required steps properly occurred and the necessary
documentation and support information has been gathered to approve and to close the loan requested (the loan
for which the applicants applied). The loan processing checklists often include:

1. A Compliance Checklist;

2. A Stack Order;

3. A Borrower Checklist; and,

4. A Property Checklist.

Borrower Information

The following information is gathered by the processor and helps the lender to assess their risk by
understanding the borrower’s capacity/ability and willingness/desire to repay the loan:

1. Purpose of the loan. Learning why the applicant (consumer/borrower) wants to borrow money and the
use of the loan funds will help to determine the risk associated with the extension of credit. The loan
purpose will categorize the loan requested to determine the program criteria and what disclosures are
required. The three common categories of loan purpose include (a) purchase, either for occupancy or

investment; (b) refinance, either to obtain a better loan rate and terms, or to receive a “cash-out”; or (c)
an equity loan to obtain financing for home improvement or other described financial needs or
objectives.

2. Source of Repayment. Typically, the primary source of repayment will be from the combined income
received through the employment or professional activities of the applicants. Determining the type of
business or profession pursued by or the employment of the applicants, how long the applicants have
been in business or have engaged in a defined professional activity or how long employed in acurrent
or related job in the same industry, will help to establish the stability of the income. Most lenders look
for a minimum of 2 years in the same line of work or professional pursuit. In some instances, the
source of income is through self-employment, from either a business or professional activity.

3. The applicant (consumer/borrower) may also present investment income as the source of repayment.
In such instances, support documentation will prove to be critical in this analysis. The underwriting
lender will look at the applicants’ historical income and longevity of employment; the future expected
trends of the employment, business, or profession of the applicant; and whether there is a likelihood of
continuance in the same employment, business, or professional activity.

4. Assets. The asset breakdown represents the strength and composition of the financial standing of the
applicants. Liquidity is important to determine the applicants’ ability to provide down payment funds
and required cash reserves, as well as to overcome unforeseen interruptions in income or irregular
expense items. It is also an indication of the applicants’ ability to save. Equity in other real estate,
businesses, investments, or insurance policies also serves to demonstrate the applicants’ overall
substance.

5. Liabilities. Liabilities represent the applicants’ leverage/debt against assets and the financial
obligations that result in monthly payments, referred to as expenses. These expenses are usually
broken into two categories, defined as the monthly housing expenses to establish a “front-end” ratio of
debt to income, and the total monthly obligations to establish a “back-end” ratio of debt to income.
The monthly housing expenses include the required monthly loan debt service, the debt service on any
other financing against the security property, property taxes, assessments, causality and hazard
insurance premiums, mortgage insurance premiums, and the dues or assessments of homeowners
associations. The total monthly obligations include housing expenses and additional monthly debt
service such as long-term contractual installment debt (vehicle or furniture payments), revolving debt
such as credit card payments and open accounts, spousal and child support, and other liabilities that
require monthly payments. The foregoing currently does not include when underwriting conventional
loans or alternative mortgages or non-traditional loan products, utilities or the maintenance of the
property (unless the loan product is FHA insured or VA indemnified).

6. Credit History. Each lender sets general policy guidelines outlining acceptable credit quality. These
policies typically include loan terms that are predicated on different credit score thresholds. Credit
policies are influenced by the lender’s intent to keep the loan in their portfolio or to sell the loan in the
secondary marketplace. Whether the lender relies solely on a credit score or on the overall repayment
habits of the applicants, the credit history is a good indication of the applicants’ financial management
and how the prospective mortgage loan will be repaid, given a continuance of represented income. A
lender may favorably consider repeat consumers/borrowers who have a proven “track record” of
repayment or other banking or loan relationships with the lender.

Property Information

The value, condition of title, and overall quality of the property is evaluated to ensure the collateral will be
adequate to secure repayment of the loan. Because of the long terms associated with real estate loans, the lender
will estimate not only the current value and condition of the intended security property, but the economic trends
in the neighborhood and community where the property is located. To further this evaluation, the loan
processor will order the following reports:

1. Preliminary “Title” Report. A primary concern is that the consumer/borrower has good title to the real
property which would secure the loan. Once a lender decides that serious consideration can be given to

a loan application, a preliminary report will be obtained on the proposed security property from a title
company or from the intended title insurer to describe the terms of the offer to insure title to the
property.

The purpose of a preliminary report is to:

a. Identify the property, including assessor’s parcel number, street address, legal description and
any issue that may be presented by the legal description;

b. Identify the current vesting (owner of record); and,

c. Reveal proposed title policy exceptions, including property taxes, assessments, encumbrances,
liens, easements, claims and conditions of record, etc.

When all objections to title are resolved to the satisfaction of the lender, a title policy insuring the interest
of the lender must ordinarily be obtained at the time the loan is funded. In this policy, the title insurer
agrees to defend and indemnify the lender against damages/losses suffered by the lender arising from
actions founded upon claims of encumbrances or title defects which were known, or should have been
discovered, by the title insurer when the policy was issued.

2. Appraisal. A staff or independent fee appraiser will be engaged to inspect the property and estimate
present market value and future value trends. The relationship between the amount of the proposed
loan and the estimate of fair market value of the intended security property is the “Loan-to-Value”
ratio. Most lenders base their loan amounts on the purchase price or appraised value, whichever is
less.

The purpose of the appraisal report is to ascertain:

a. An estimate of the current market value of the intended security property;

b. Description and condition of land and improvements;

c. Applicable zoning and if the current uses of the land and improvements are consistent with the
zoning;

d. Neighborhood and community market conditions;

e. Any discernable issues with the legal and physical description of the intended security
property; and,

f. The nature of the occupancy.

3. Property due diligence. Depending upon the fact situation, the following property issues may also
be addressed:

a. If other than the borrower, the status of and whether the occupant is asserting a title claim;

b. If a loan is to finance the purchase of the proposed security property, the sales price and
proposed terms;

c. If a refinance, the date of original purchase, the price and terms of such purchase;

d. Are there additional assessments (regular or special);

e. If income producing property, the historical and projected operating income and expenses,
and the amount of expected net operating income available to support the mortgage loan debt
service; and,

f. Has any work occurred on or related to the security property within the last 90 days that
might result in a mechanics’ lien or other title claim.

Once up front disclosures are provided, the applicant has supplied all requested support documentation, and the
credit, prelim and appraisal reports have been received, among any other items requested by the lender; the loan
file should contain enough information to be presented to an underwriter. The application package should be
organized in a logical manner using application and processing checklists to ensure conformity and compliance
with the lender’s policies and procedures.

Construction and Rehabilitation Loan Requests

In addition to the elements of loan processing for loan transactions where the intended security property is
improved residential or commercial, as defined, vertical construction loan transactions require the gathering of
additional documentation to support the loan request.

The following list is included to illustrate the documents and information to be gathered for vertical
construction loans. Many of the items on the list will also apply to land acquisition and development loans
whether residential, income producing or other forms of commercial property:

1. Current Preliminary Report meeting the requirements of the intended lender or permanent investor
regarding the date of issuance and subsequent “date down” showing the condition of and the claims
against title (including conditions, covenants, restrictions, encumbrances, liens, etc.);

2. Land Survey, if applicable or required for ALTA extended coverage, showing the exact location of the
security property and the improvements thereon, or a proper final tract map or parcel map (if a
subdivision) in accordance with the Subdivision Map Act;

3. Soils Report, if obtained, showing the composition and condition of the soil and sub-soil, topography,
flood, and landslide or soil subsidence hazards, or related existing conditions, etc. (including whether
the report is generic to a subdivision or site specific);

4. Geologic Hazard Report, if applicable, showing any known geologic or seismic hazards including
historic landslides which may affect the intended security property;

5. Environmental Impact Report or Negative Declaration as required by the governmental agencies
having jurisdiction over the matter;

6. If the financing contemplated is to be secured by a junior encumbrance in a context of a subdivision or
contiguous phases or units in the same subdivision, whether the financing is subject to the
requirements imposed for promotional notes pursuant to the Securities Law;

7. Contractor’s resume and qualifications, and the contract for new construction showing a cost
breakdown and description of materials, building plans and specifications as approved by the local
government of jurisdiction, etc.;

8. Contracts from design professionals and bids from the major subcontractors intended to be engaged
for the project;

9. Approvals from local and regional governments, districts or commissions having jurisdiction over the
project, e.g. Coastal Commission;

10. Appraisal report in a form appropriate for the transaction, including an estimate of the market value of
the intended security property “as is” and “as completed” applying a discounted cash flow or an
anticipated development analysis with absorption rates and estimating costs for holding periods when
appropriate, in accordance with USPAP;

11. Evidence of compliance with the Subdivided Lands Law if the project is a CID subject to the issuance
of a Public Report and of the financial arrangements and bonding to ensure lien free completion in
accordance with the requirements imposed by local governments and the DRE; and,

12. Insurance policies extending coverage for course of construction, general liability and workers
compensation, among others, including proper endorsements.

The above list is intended to be illustrative and not comprehensive. The documents and information to be
gathered will vary substantially depending on the nature of the land development or vertical construction to be
financed. Loan documents/instruments evidencing and securing land development or construction loans are
unique and include construction loan and security agreements; UCC-1 filings; assignments of contracts with
contractors, subcontractors and design professionals; assignments of plans, specifications, and building permits,
among many others. These transactional loan documents/instruments, agreements, disclosures, etc., should be
reviewed by knowledgeable legal counsel before proceeding with land development or vertical construction
loans.

Loan Processing Wrap Up

When the loan is packaged by an MLB, the broker’s file should be maintained in a logical manner consistent
with the practices of the broker (MLB) recognizing the policies and procedures of the lender to whom the loan
is to be delivered. The lender or the authorized agent of the lender can then underwrite a properly developed
loan package.

Underwriting Analyses

The underwriter’s role is to assess the risk of the proposed loan and make recommendations whether to approve
the loan. In addition, the underwriter will ensure the loan package is in compliance with not only applicable
laws but with the lender’s policies. The underwriter will typically use an underwriting checklist to make sure all
components, elements, and conditions are considered and/or included, and that a credit memo or other written
summary of verified information, recommendations, and conclusions of the underwriter will be completed.

The underwriter will carefully consider the ability/capacity and willingness/desire of the consumer/borrower to
repay the loan as well as the adequacy of the collateral. This analysis is based on:

1. Information contained in the loan application and supporting documents;

2. Information developed by the lender in checking the credit and character of the prospective
consumer/borrower;

3. Verification of employment, bank deposits, etc. of the consumer/borrower;

4. A review of the information obtained in the preliminary “title” and appraisal reports and from the
property due diligence;

5. A interview with the consumer/borrower either telephonically or in person; and,

6. A review of the specific loan file to ensure compliance with the lender’s policies and procedures,
including the loan product being offered to the consumer/borrower.

Lenders evaluate residential loan requests using various measures to answer two basic questions concerning the
consumer/borrower. What is the borrower’s capacity for repaying the loan? What is the borrower’s
willingness/desire to repay the loan? The first issue deals with the capacity to repay and involves calculating
debt ratios. The traditional secondary mortgage market (primarily represented by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac)
dictated standard underwriting ratios of 28% and 36%.

The first number of 28% is the historic “front-end” ratio that was often ignored when underwriting alternative
mortgages or non-traditional loan products. As previously indicated, the borrower’s housing expenses include,
principal and interest payments on senior and junior encumbrances, property taxes, and homeowners insurance
premiums, collectively referred to as PITI. If the property is located within a common interest development
(CID), many lenders add on to the housing expenses the dues/assessments imposed by the homeowners
association (HOA). The relationship between total housing expenses and the borrower’s gross monthly
income is translated into a ratio with the housing expenses not to exceed 28% of the gross monthly income, i.e.,

the “front-end” ratio. In restructuring existing mortgage loan/debt, an acceptable “front-end” ratio is as much as
38% of the borrower’s gross monthly income.

The second traditional number of 36% is the historic “back-end” ratio that was also often ignored when
underwriting alternative mortgages or non-traditional loan products. As previously indicated, the borrower’s
total monthly obligations include, the aforementioned housing expenses, as well as any other long-term
installment debt (defined as obligations that have more than 10 months of payments remaining before they are
paid off); certain forms of revolving debt such as credit cards and open account payments; spousal or child
support; and other qualifying liabilities subject to monthly debt service. The historic relationship between the
total housing expenses plus other qualifying monthly obligations was translated into a ratio not to exceed 36%
of the borrower’s gross monthly income.

Fannie Mae as part of revamping their underwriting guidelines has since abandoned the above described
housing ratios in favor of a total debt ratio, now called the benchmark ratio of from 36% to 38%, depending
upon the fact situation. It is important to understand the 36% to 38% benchmark ratio is a guideline only which
is considered in conjunction with other factors as part of a comprehensive risk assessment. An incremental
increase in the ratio above 36% to 38% may not be considered significant in the overall decision. Underwriting
guidelines currently consider a low or high ratio as a contributory risk factor that may decrease overall risk
when the ratio is less than 30%, or increase the overall risk when the ratio is over 42%. Part of the risk analysis
is the consideration of the net available income to service the consumer/borrower’s general obligations and
living expenses including income taxes, food, utilities, transportation, etc.

The credit report is the means the lender uses to measure the borrower’s willingness/desire to repay.
Traditionally, lenders evaluated a borrower’s credit by doing a line-by-line analysis of each “tradeline” or
source of credit appearing on the consumer/borrower’s credit report. This often resulted in a level of scrutiny
which required consumers/borrowers to provide additional loan documentation by way of a letter to explain,
“why they were late once on a department store credit card four years ago”. This was true even though it may
have had little relevance in predicting risk for the current credit decision.

Today, most lenders rely on credit scores to summarize a consumer/borrower’s credit profile with respect to its
overall predictability of future delinquency risk. Even with the use of credit scores which have become
commonplace, specific issues may result in the requirement for a letter of explanation. For example, a past
record that includes a Notice of Default, a bankruptcy, or an action by a creditor/lender to obtain a judgment for
non-payment of a debt will likely result in a letter of explanation (See additional discussion of credit scores
under Fannie Mae’s Automated Underwriting).

Fannie Mae’s Automated Underwriting

Fannie Mae has automated the underwriting process for lenders through its Desktop Underwriter (DU)
program. DU is a knowledge based software tool that contains rules for the quantitative assessment of risk
associated with a given loan request. It not only provides a comprehensive risk assessment of the borrower’s
capacity and willingness/desire to repay a loan, but also determines whether the loan meets the eligibility
criteria for purchase by Fannie Mae.

MLBs/MLOs through Desktop Originator (DO) are able to access the DU to deliver point of sale underwriting
decisions for the consumers/borrowers who are their clients. This results in greater efficiencies for lenders and
MLBs. In addition, the immediate feedback enables the MLB/MLO and the consumer/borrower to utilize “what
if scenarios” in putting together a structured loan program that is the most suitable for the client while at the
same time pursuing the objective of loan approval.

Automated underwriting initiatives rely heavily on credit scores generated from each of the three national
repositories of credit data: Experian, Transunion, and Equifax. Credit scores are derived from statistical models
applying complex mathematical formulas to evaluate the raw credit data in a consumer/borrower’s file to
predict the desired repayment of the loan being requested. These three digit scores generally range from 300 –
850 with the higher the score representing the lesser risk. The borrower should ask the MLB or MLO to whom
they are applying about credit practices the borrower should avoid that could result in an inadvertent decline in
the reported credit score.

The historic statistical analysis has suggested that one out of every 39 consumers with a score from 660–679
(considered a fair or acceptable score for many loan programs) will become 90 days or more late on a loan. A
score of 700 or higher is considered a very good score and will generally qualify a consumer/borrower for most
loan programs. The general benchmarks used by lenders for credit scores are 620, 650 and 680. A credit score
of less than 650 issued to a borrower will likely result in a higher interest rate. Conversely, a credit score in
excess of 680 will likely result in a preferential lower interest rate.

Freddie Mac offers an automated loan-underwriting program called Loan Prospector (LP). It operates in a
similar manner to the Fannie Mae automated underwriting system and relies, as well, on credit scores generated
from each of the three national repositories of credit data. Freddie Mac also uses similar credit score
benchmarks which are applied in the same manner.

Underwriting Income Property

There are different methods of underwriting income property. The methodology is often dependent on the type
of loan request and the primary source of repayment. For example, if the loan is secured by a rented or leased
fee commercial investment property (such as an apartment building, retail store, or an office building), the
lender likely will rely heavily on the security property’s cash flow that is available to service the mortgage debt.
Since the income from the security property will be the primary source of repayment, the lender will ask to
review rental and lease agreements and for lessee estoppel certificates to be obtained.

In the case of an apartment property, the rent roll and the status of the rent on each unit are included in the
information required to underwrite the loan. Secondary sources of repayment may come from the borrower’s
excess cash flow or liquidity (depending on if the loan is recourse or non-recourse). The tertiary source of
repayment may come from the sale of the security property. In this method of underwriting, a debt coverage
ratio will be established. Generally, the underwriter determines the debt coverage ratio by using the following
formula:

Plus Projected Gross Rents Other Income (Economic or projected gross rent scenarios will be considered) (e.g., laundry, parking, common area maintenance reimbursements)
Equals Total Gross Income ( Economic or projected)
Less Equals Vacancy Factor Effective Gross (Includes projected vacancies, collection, and credit losses)
Less Operating Expenses (Economic or projected)
Equals Net Operating Income (Economic or projected)

The projected gross rents estimate the income the security property should generate if rented at economic or the
then current market rents. If long-term leases encumber the security property with contract rents that are less
than economic or the then current market rents, the market value of the intended security property is burdened
by these actual rents. The available income stream upon which to rely for a debt coverage ratio is reduced by
the contract rents from the long-term leases. The actual gross income from the contract (actual) rents will
correspondingly reduce the available economic or projected net operating income (NOI), i.e., the actual NOI
will be less than the economic or projected NOI. The actual NOI will prevail when calculating the debt
coverage ratio.

The NOI is the cash flow of the property and the amount available to service the mortgage debt. The debt
coverage ratio (DCR) is determined by dividing the annual NOI by the annual mortgage debt service. The debt
coverage ratio will vary depending on the loan, property type, and the creditor/lender or the permanent investor.
For example, an institutional lender making a loan on an apartment building may require a 1:15:1.0 DCR. This
means that for every dollar of debt service, there must be $1.15 of NOI. In a commercial loan transaction where
the intended security property is other than an apartment building and the underwriter believes the loan
represents a greater risk to the creditor/lender or to the permanent investor, the lender may ask for a 1.25:1.0
DCR.

If the loan is a recourse transaction or there is a third party guarantor, the financials of the borrower and the
guarantor will be evaluated to determine their overall financial strength. The objective is to estimate the
financial ability to service any shortfalls, should the security property’s income stream be interrupted.

In the case of income property that is occupied by an owner/user (such as an industrial building where the
borrower’s business is located) another underwriting method may be used. In this instance, the primary source
of repayment is from the borrower’s business. Accordingly, a global cash flow analysis will be considered
encompassing not only the income of the business, but also income from other sources the borrower may have.
The available cash flow is compared to the expenses of the business as well as to any personal debt/loans of the
borrower. The lender will also consider the continued viability of the business as a “going concern”. This
analysis of the business is an essential element in the qualification for a loan to be insured by the Small
Business Administration (SBA).

Further, if the loan is a non-recourse transaction secured by a single-tenant building (such as a fast food
restaurant), the strength of the tenant, the ability to produce sufficient cash flow to support the mortgage debt
service, and the continued long-term viability of the business as a “going concern” will be evaluated by the
underwriter.

In addition, when evaluating an investment grade commercial loan transaction, the tools of analysis used may
include an inquiry into four main categories:

1. Liquidity. One component of the borrower’s assets is their liquidity. The borrower’s liquidity includes
cash and cash equivalents that are available for down payment, liquid reserves, and in some cases from
additional collateral. An underwriter must consider how able a borrower is to pay bills as they come
due. Current assets are compared to current liabilities. A liquidity ratio of 2 to 1 or better (current
assets are twice the liabilities) is recognized as acceptable by most lenders. Cash on hand and accounts
and notes receivable due within one year are considered “current assets”; debts and obligations due or
payable within one year are considered “current liabilities.”

2. Leverage. This is the ability of the borrower to control a large investment with a small amount of his
or her own equity capital and a large amount of other people’s money (the use of leverage). The more
money borrowed in relation to the value of the security property, the greater the leverage. Leverage
tests reveal how much of the total financing for the project is supplied by the owner and how much is
supplied by creditors such as the mortgage lender.

Included in the leverage analysis is a consideration of the “debt-to-equity ratio”. Leverage tests in
connection with analysis of a borrower’s financial statements are completed by comparing the
borrower’s equity interest in the assets owned and the total value of the capital investment to the long-
term debt. The purpose is to find how much of the total investment is ownership and how much is
debt. In a purchase transaction, to determine the original equity ratio, the down payment is divided by
the purchase price; and to determine the original debt ratio, the loan amount is divided by the purchase
price.

It is common for equity investors to seek debt ratios in excess of 75-80%. However, the ability to
exceed this ratio is often capped by applicable regulatory law. Lenders, looking at risk factors,
carefully scrutinize loan proposals to assure a safe equity ratio based on property characteristics and
the borrower’s repayment record. The rule of thumb for debt to equity ratio will be something between
3:1 and 4:1. The borrower often wants a more extreme ratio, because it reduces the amount of equity
capital that is at risk in the transaction. Real estate investment examples in a liquid money market have
been presented where ratios of 1 to almost zero are achieved by borrowers. This is usually a very
dangerous situation for the lender and is not available in a highly regulated atmosphere. An exception
allowing for zero debt to equity ratio is when the repayment of the loan is guaranteed or insured by
some reputable third party in the transaction, e.g., the United States Department of Agriculture
(USDA), or a financially strong company such as a major chain store or oil company.

Some lenders are willing to risk entering a high debt to equity loan situation in anticipation of market
prices going up, which automatically achieves growth in the owner’s equity resulting a more moderate
ratio through property appreciation. History has repeatedly shown that the expectation of market
appreciation is uncertain, especially in unstable economic conditions where a flat or down market
often occurs.

Coverage of fixed expenses is a test of how many times net income before income taxes and fixed
expenses (gross income minus operating expenses) will cover the fixed expenses. It reveals how far
the income can drop before the security property (or the borrower) will be unable to meet the fixed
expenses such as real estate taxes, insurance, license and permit fees. Net operating income after
operating expenses is divided by fixed expenses to get this ratio. If the ratio is 1:1, the net operating
income after operating expenses is just barely able to cover the fixed expenses. This is known as the
break-even ratio.

3. Activity. Activity tests are designed to reveal just how hard and effectively assets are working. There
are several tests for this but the most widely used is the income to total asset ratio. This ratio is found
by dividing total income by the value of the total assets.

4. Profitability. Profitability tests are designed to see how much net profit results from the operation. The
following are several of a variety of ratios and tests that are used to inquire into profitability.

Included is the “return on net worth.” This is the ratio of net profit (after taxes) to the net worth of the
project. This will yield a percentage return on investment which can be compared with the return
available from other investments of comparable risk. This is known as the alternative investment
theory.

Another profitability test is “yield analysis”. This form of analysis is well suited to estimating
profitability of real estate projects because it is relatively easy to compute and takes into consideration
three factors unique in their combination to real estate investment: cash return, equity return, and tax
shelter. It involves dividing the total return (net spendable cash income, principal reduction of
mortgage loans, and tax shelter) by the borrower’s equity. This is referred to as the internal rate of
return (IRR).

Loan Approval, Funding and Closing

Lender’s Action

Most lenders operate with a Loan Committee of experienced senior officers who consider loan applications
recommended to them by loan officers or borrower representatives (MLBs/MLOs). These MLOs have
screened the applications through borrower interviews including due diligence about the borrower and the
intended security property. The due diligence includes obtaining appraisal reports and other applicable reports
such as credit data. The underwriting analysis will typically represent the summary of the due diligence
accomplished regarding the borrower and the intended security property.

Through the underwriting analysis, the loan request will be approved, declined or the file may be closed for
incompleteness. The file is closed if the applicants have failed to provide required documentation and support
information. If the loan request and application is approved, the file progresses to the Loan Funding/Closing
Department for document/instrument preparation, funding of the loan, and ultimate closing of the loan
transaction.

Funding and Closing of the Loan

Depending upon how the lender is organized, the Loan Funding/Closing Department or the Document
Preparation Department will (subsequent to loan approval) prepare and complete the documents and
instruments required to evidence and secure the intended loan as well as the federal and state disclosures and
notices of rights to which the borrower is entitled. A loan closing and funding checklist will be added to the file
to ensure all appropriate documents/instruments are included. In addition, lender’s escrow instructions will be
prepared and transmitted with the documents, instruments, disclosures, and notices of rights to the escrow
holder for the signature of the borrowers.

The mechanics of closing the loan will vary. For the sale of a residence, an escrow holder is usually handling a
sale transaction between the seller and buyer and a loan transaction between the lender and the buyer/borrower.
In a loan transaction where no sale is involved (i.e., a refinance or further encumbrance of the security
property), the escrow holder’s assignment will be limited to escrowing the intended loan as well as obtaining

the signatures of the borrowers on the loan documents, instruments, disclosures, notices of rights and escrow
instructions necessary to close the loan transaction.

The escrow holder will typically furnish the lender with a certified copy of the signed escrow instructions,
together with any amendments thereto, and other documents, instruments the lender may require. As indicated,
an escrow officer employed by the escrow holder should obtain the signatures of the borrower on the required
documents, instruments, instructions, disclosures and notices of rights as directed by the lender. This activity
should not be delegated to independent signing agents without the express authority of the lender. MLBs/MLOs
are not authorized under the Real Estate Law to participate in the delegation of this function to independent
signing agents to carry out the obligations imposed under the Real Estate Law and pursuant to the exemption
available under the Financial Code when the broker is acting as the escrow holder (Business and Professions
Code Section 10133.1(c)(1) and (c)(2) and 10 CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2841; and Financial Code Section
17006(a) and (b)).

The escrow holder returns the loan documents and certified copies of the instruments to be recorded to the
lender for final review and approval in advance of loan funding. The escrow holder then awaits confirmation
that the lender is ready to fund the loan and for the receipt of the loan funds to close the loan escrow.

Recordation

When the lender’s instructions have been complied with, no conflicts remain or exist in the instructions of the
principals, and the lender approves the documents, instruments, agreement, disclosures, etc., as executed; the
lender sends/wires the loan funds to escrow. Upon receipt and verification of the loan funds, the escrow holder
transmits or causes to be transmitted to the county recorder for recordation the appropriate instruments
conveying or encumbering the title to the security property as instructed by the principals of the escrow. The
escrow holder confirms the recording and then proceeds to order the requested title insurance coverage.

Subsequent to recordation and close of the loan escrow, the escrow holder distributes the loan documents,
instruments, agreements, disclosures, etc., pursuant to the instructions of the principals of the escrow that were
not otherwise previously delivered. Loan funds are disbursed in accordance with the foregoing instructions.

Public
Off

PREDATORY LENDING AND BROKERING PRACTICES

PREDATORY LENDING AND BROKERING PRACTICES somebody

PREDATORY LENDING AND BROKERING PRACTICES

Background

“Predatory Lending” is a general term used to describe abusive lending practices by some depository
institutions, licensed creditors/lenders, and by some MLBs viewed as “preying” on unsophisticated
consumers/borrowers. The U. S. Congress and the California legislature have each acted to address these
practices through the introduction of legislation that has added substantial new law regarding the making and
arranging of residential mortgage loans with the primary focus on owner occupied dwellings. In addition, new
federal regulations have been adopted as guidance for lenders and MLBs/MLOs when engaged in the making
and arranging of alternative mortgage instruments or non-traditional mortgage products. “Redlining” of certain
neighborhoods and communities was among the practices considered to be unacceptable.

In this section, the term “lender(s)” are the persons or entities that regularly make loans and whose names
appear on the promissory notes as the initial payee or that meet a defined status, when the mortgage loans are
subject to the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA) implemented through Regulation X, as well as
other applicable federal law. Regulation X is found in 24 CFR Section 3500 et seq. The term “creditor(s)” are
the persons or entities that, among other defined responsibilities and reporting obligations, extend credit to
consumers/borrowers in transactions subject to the Truth-In-Lending Act (TILA). Accordingly, the federal
definition is two-pronged, i.e., the “creditor(s)” for the purpose of making disclosures and delivering notices of
rights pursuant to TILA and “lender(s)” that regularly make loans and whose names appear on the promissory
notes as the initial payees and on the security devices/instruments as the beneficiaries/lenders/mortgagees.

California and Federal Legislation

The first effort to address predatory lending practices was accomplished by the California Legislature in 2001.
This legislation is now commonly known as the Predatory Lending Law and is found in Financial Code Section
4970 et seq. This law became operative on July 1, 2002. During the same period, the U.S. Congress and the

FRB pursued amendments to TILA found in 15 USC Section 1601 et seq. and in Regulation Z, 12 CFR Section
226 et seq. On December 20, 2001, the FRB issued final amendments to Section 226.32 of Regulation Z and to
the related “Commentary”. Creditors/lenders were required to comply with these amendments on October 1,
2002, commonly known as “Section 32” or the “High-Cost Loan Law”.

The aforementioned state law limited or controlled specific loan terms and added prohibited conducts by
creditors/lenders and MLBs in connection with consumer loans defined to be secured by the borrower’s
principal dwelling. The federal law amendments added disclosures to consumers/borrowers in loan transactions
where the security property is an owner occupied dwelling (as defined).

Federal Regulations

As previously mentioned, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC); the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System (Fed or FRB); the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC); the Office of Thrift
Supervision (OTS); and the National Credit Union Administration (NCUA); (collectively the Agencies)
published the, “Interagency Guidance on Non-Traditional Mortgage Product Risks,” November 7, 2006, which
became effective November 14, 2006. The same Agencies issued the, “Statement on Subprime Mortgage
Lending”, which became effective June 29, 2007.

The Guidance and the Statement were adopted by state regulators of banking (depository institutions), licensed
lenders, and of MLBs, including the Commissioner of the DRE (Business and Professions Code Section
10240.3). Accordingly, these documents/regulations had a sweeping affect on mortgage lending and brokering
(as well as severely limiting the secondary market for alternative mortgage instruments and non-traditional
mortgage products) throughout the entire country, including the terms available for residential loans.
Limitations and prohibitions on certain conducts by creditors/lenders and MLBs were imposed through these
documents/regulations.

Redlining

The aforementioned “redlining” practices by creditors/lenders and MLBs have been outlawed. The practices
defined as a violation of applicable law included creditors/lenders and MLBs drawing lines on maps around
areas within neighborhoods and communities in which lending and brokering activities did not occur (i.e.,
creditors/lenders and MLBs refused to make or arrange residential mortgage loans, as defined). This past and
unlawful practice of “redlining” was replaced by a much bigger problem of “reverse redlining”.

Reverse redlining involves targeting these previously underserved areas that were occupied by residents and
tenants who were often members of lower socio-economic classes or who were members of racial and ethnic
minorities (as well as recent immigrants). A catalyst for targeting these previously underserved areas was the
federal Community Reinvestment Act that was amended and expanded in 1999 by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley
Act.

The occupants of these geographic areas were generally less knowledgeable about loan programs and the
lending process and were typically uncertain or afraid to assert their legal rights, even in instances where it
appeared they were taken advantage of by creditors/lenders and MLBs (who failed to appropriately perform
their disclosure duties and related obligations, including the fiduciary duties owed to consumers/borrowers by
MLBs). Because of the reverse redlining, the individuals residing in these geographic areas became targets for
abusive lending and brokering practices.

Consumer/Borrower Abuses by Creditors/Lenders and MLBs

These practices involved unlawful tactics such as fraud, deceit, misrepresentation or deception, and unfair
business practices that may otherwise not be unlawful; but were unethical and, if pursued by MLBs, resulted in
breaches of fiduciary duties owed to consumers/borrowers. Inducing consumers/borrowers to repeatedly
refinance the mortgage loan secured by their principal residences and charging high rates and fees each time
(sometimes referred to as “churning”) is an example of the unfairness cited by the Federal Reserve System in
their background commentary for the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act (HOEPA), the “High-Cost
Loan Law”. This “churning” practice is patently unfair and unethical, particularly when no demonstrable
benefit from the refinance inures to the consumer/borrower (such as improving the rate and terms as the
borrower’s credit worthiness and financial standing improves), i.e., the refinance was not in the interest of
consumers/borrowers.

As previously discussed in this section, federal and state legislation was enacted and regulations were adopted
in an effort to curb predatory practices. These regulations expanded regulatory oversight of what are described
as “High-Cost Loans” or “Higher-Cost or Priced Loans”. Until a California Supreme Court decision struck
down the City of Oakland’s Predatory Lending statute in favor of regulation at the state and federal level, some
cities and other local political subdivisions had adopted or considered adopting their own predatory lending
statutes. In the previously mentioned case, the court held California through its state legislation had occupied
the field and that any local ordinance was preempted thereby.

“High-Cost Loans” – An Overview of Sections 32 and 35

Federal legislation was enacted to regulate predatory lending practices pursuant to the aforementioned HOEPA
in Section 226.32 in Regulation Z where the regulations were promulgated to implement the amendments to
TILA (as mentioned, commonly known as Section 32). In addition, the Federal Higher Cost Mortgage Loan
Act, commonly referred to as Section 35, was adopted by Congress. Section 226.35 in Regulation Z of TILA is
where the regulations were promulgated implementing this law (15 USC Section 1601 and 12 CFR Sections
226.32 and 226.35).

In “High-Cost Loans” (Section 32), the interest rate threshold is determined by comparing the Annual
Percentage Rate (APR) with United States Treasury Securities of a comparable maturity. The APR is the
effective mortgage loan interest rate, which includes fees and charges considered prepaid finance charges, as
defined (12 CFR Section 226.4 (a)(b)). For first or senior deeds of trust or mortgages, if the difference in the
APR exceeds the rate of comparable Treasury Securities by 8% or more, then the APR has met one of the two
defined thresholds for a “High-Cost Loan”. For second or junior loans, the APR threshold is 10% over
Treasury Securities of comparable maturities.

The second of the two tests is whether the defined points and fees (including compensation paid to MLBs)
exceeds a threshold equivalent to 8% or more of the “net” loan amount (after deduction of the qualifying
prepaid finance charges, except for the prepaid interest represented by the initial partial month’s interest
proration imposed at the time of loan closing). If either the APR based test or the fee based test is met or
exceeded, then the mortgage loan is considered a “High-Cost Loan” for purposes of applying HOEPA.

“Higher-Cost/Priced Loans” (Section 35) are defined for federal purposes as a consumer credit transaction
secured by the consumer/borrower’s principal dwelling with an APR that exceeds the average prime offer rate
for a comparable transaction as of the date the interest rate is set on the subject mortgage loan. When the
subject mortgage loan is a first or senior encumbrance, the applicable APR that triggers Section 35 is set at
1.5% or more than the applicable prime offer rate. If the loan is a second or junior encumbrance, the applicable
APR that triggers Section 35 is set at 3.5% or more than the applicable prime offer rate. The applicable prime
offer rate is the average prime offer rate for conventional loans.

The average prime offer rate means an APR that is derived from average interest rates, points, and other loan
pricing terms currently offered to consumers by a representative sample of creditors/lenders for mortgage loan
transactions (including compensation paid to MLBs) that have low-risk pricing characteristics. The Federal
Reserve Board (FRB) publishes average prime offer rates for a broad range of types of transactions including
conventional mortgages in a table updated weekly known as the H15 Statistical Release
(http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h15/update/). Key issues included in Section 35 require
creditors/lenders to not extend credit solely based on the value of the consumer/borrower’s collateral without at
the same time considering the consumer/borrower’s ability to repay the mortgage loan debt service.

In addition, prepayment penalty fees are regulated and escrow (impound) accounts must be established by
creditors/lenders to provide for the monthly collection of sufficient sums for the future payment of property
taxes and property and casualty and other mortgage related insurance coverage when the property taxes and the
premiums for such coverage become due and payable. These escrow (impound) accounts are established by
creditors/lenders or by their servicing agents on behalf of consumers/borrowers in such loan transactions.

These federal and state laws to prevent creditors/lenders and MLBs from engaging in predatory practices will
be discussed further in this Chapter. MLBs/MLOs are well advised to familiarize themselves with each of these
laws, including implementing regulations, as the remedies include rescission of the mortgage loan, actual and
punitive damages, attorney’s fees and costs, license revocation or suspension, possible exclusion from the

mortgage and other real estate related industries for specified periods, and in some circumstances criminal
penalties. MLBs/MLOs should seek the advice of knowledgeable legal counsel prior to engaging in residential
mortgage loan transactions when the intended security property is the owner occupied dwelling of the
consumer/borrower.

California “High-Cost Loans” – “The Covered Loan Law”

Legislation was passed into law in 2001 that created California’s “Covered Loan Law” effective with
transactions originated on or after July 1, 2002. As previously discussed, this law provides that mortgage loans
(as defined) with annual percentage rates or points and fees that exceed certain levels must adhere to specific
restrictions and limitations.

The law is intended to protect consumers/borrowers of these “High-Cost Loans” from abusive lending and
brokering practices and is limited to consumer credit transactions that are secured by residential real property
located in California and used, or intended to be used, as the consumer’s/borrower’s principal residence and
improved by a 1 to 4 unit residential dwelling. For the purposes of this law, “consumer loans” exclude bridge
loans (defined as temporary loans having a maturity of one year or less that fund the acquisition or construction
of a dwelling intended to be the primary residence of the consumer/borrower) or a reverse mortgage (as
defined) (Regulation Z, 12 CFR Section 226.32 and Financial Code Section 4970(d)).

The state’s “High-Cost Loan” legislation was codified in the California Financial Code, commencing with
Section 4970. This Predatory Lending Law is more restrictive than federal law regarding the application of the
APR tests. The first test to be applied under state law is whether the amount of the original principal balance
qualifies the mortgage loan as a “Covered Loan”, defined to mean a loan secured by real property located in
this state used or intended to be used or occupied as the principal dwelling of the consumer/borrower and which
is improved by a 1 to 4 dwelling unit. To establish “Covered Loan” status, the original principal balance of the
loan is not to exceed the most current conforming loan limit for a single-family first mortgage loan, as
established by FNMA for the community in which the security property is located. Applicable federal law does
not apply a “Covered Loan” original principal balance limit/test.

The second test is the APR threshold standard. State law applies a standard of more than 8% greater than the
yield of Treasury Securities of comparable maturities (established on the 15th day of the month immediately
proceeding the month in which the application is received by the creditor/lender) as the threshold for purposes
of determining “Covered Loan” status. This 8% APR threshold standard applies to both first or senior and
second or junior mortgage loans. Again, the FRB H15 Statistical Release identifies the yield of the Treasury
Securities of comparable maturities.

A third test is applied to determine whether a mortgage loan is subject to the California Predatory Lending Law.
This test is measured by the total points and fees paid by the consumer/borrower at or before closing for a loan
secured by a deed of trust or mortgage. If the total points and fees exceed 6% (including compensation paid to
MLBs) of the “total loan amount”, which fees and points are defined as the items required to be disclosed as
prepaid finance charges under Regulation Z (12 CFR Sections 226.4(a) and (b)); “Covered Loan” status applies
to the mortgage loan transaction, i.e., the mortgage loan is subject to the California Predatory Lending Law (the
common title applied to “Covered Loan” transactions).

When persons MLBs/MLOs arrange the “Covered Loan”, such persons are fiduciaries of the
consumer/borrower and any violation of these fiduciary duties is a violation of applicable law. Further, brokers
(MLBs/MLOs) arranging “Covered Loans” owe fiduciary duties to the consumers/borrowers in such loan
transactions, regardless of any other representation the brokers may have as agents and fiduciaries in “Covered
Loan” transactions (Financial Code Section 4979.5).

This means the brokers (MLBs/MLOs) who are delivering “Covered Loans” to private investors/lenders for
whom they must act as agent and fiduciaries are “dual agents”, and this status is to be disclosed and consented
to by each principal to the loan transaction. Brokers (MLBs/MLOs) are agent and fiduciaries of
consumers/borrowers in residential mortgage loan transactions (whether “Covered Loans” or otherwise) and
are agents and fiduciaries of private investors/lenders, regardless of the nature of the loan transactions or the
intended security properties. Brokers (MLBs) who are engaging in commercial loan transactions, as defined
(loans secured by other than 1 to 4 dwelling units) are the agents and fiduciaries of commercial borrowers,

unless such borrowers are either separately represented or have received and consented to disclosures that they
are unrepresented and no conduct has occurred that would otherwise establish and agency and fiduciary
relationship with the borrower. It is important to understand that brokers (MLBs) whether registered as MLOs
are not facilitators in mortgage loan transactions (Business and Professions Code Sections 10131(d) and (e),
10131.3, 10176(d), 10177(q), and 10237 et seq.; Civil Code Sections 2295 et seq., 2349 et seq., and 2923.1;
Corporations Code Section 25100(e) and 25206; Corporations Commissioner’s Regulations 10CCR, Chapter 3,
Sections 260.115 and 260.204.1; and Financial Code Sections 4979.5, 4995(c) and (d) and 4995.3(c), among
others).

The Predatory Lending Law restricts or prohibits loan terms that provide for prepayment penalties, balloon
payments, negative amortizations, advance payments, default interest rates, and single premium life and
disability insurance. The law also establishes rules for the payment of home improvement loan proceeds to
contractors. Generally, such loan proceeds are to be paid jointly to the consumer/borrower and to the home
improvement contractor (Financial Code Section 4973(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), and (g)).

To make or arrange a “Covered Loan”, the person originating such loan must have a reasonable belief, based on
certain criteria, the consumer/borrower can repay the loan from income or financial resources other than the
equity in the property securing the loan. The law also limits the amount of points and fees that can be financed
by the consumer/borrower as part of the loan proceeds. Persons originating “Covered Loans’ (whether
creditors/lenders or MLBs) must give consumers/borrowers a notice required by statute entitled, “Consumer
Caution and Home Ownership Counseling Notice”. This notice is to be delivered not less than three business
days prior to signing of the loan documents by consumers/borrowers. The font size, content, and format of this
notice is prescribed by statute (Financial Code Section 4973(k)).

This law provides for administrative and civil penalties for violators, other than an assignee who is a “holder in
due course” (which may not include private investors/lenders). In addition, violating certain restrictions or
prohibitions regarding loan terms can render those terms unenforceable. For example, this law establishes rules
for prepayment penalty fees and for a minimum loan term length, if a balloon payment transaction is
contemplated. Consumers/borrowers must be qualified in accordance with the guidance included in this law
applying debt to income ratios; and a “Covered Loan” is not to contain a “call” or acceleration provision that
would permit creditors/lenders (in their sole discretion) to accelerate the indebtedness evidenced by the
promissory notes and deeds of trust or mortgages, except as expressly authorized in accordance with this law
and in the loan documents (Financial Code Section 4973(a), (b), and (i)).

The three authorized circumstances permitting creditors/lenders to accelerate all sums due irrespective of the
maturity date include:

1. As a result of the consumer’s/borrower’s default;

2. Pursuant to a “due-on-sale” provision; or,

3. Due to a fraud or material misrepresentation by the consumer/borrower in connection with the
mortgage loan or the value of the security real property (Financial Code Section 4973(i)).

Further, persons who originate “Covered Loans” shall not refinance or arrange the refinancing if the new loan
is made for the purpose of debt consolidation or “cash-out”, unless the refinanced “Covered Loan” results in
identifiable benefits to the consumer/borrower measured by the stated loan purpose and the fees, interest rate,
points (including MLB compensation), and total finance charges.

This law further provides that it is unlawful for persons (creditors/lenders and MLBs) who originate (make or
arrange) “Covered Loans” to steer, counsel, or direct any perspective consumer/borrower to accept a loan
product with a risk grade less favorable than the risk grade for which the consumer/borrower would qualify
based upon the creditor’s/lender’s and the MLB’s then current underwriting guidelines, prudently applied,
including information available to such persons and as provided by the consumer/borrower. If the person is a
broker (MLB), the MLB/MLO is not to steer, counsel, or direct any prospective consumer/borrower to accept a
mortgage loan product at a higher cost than that for which the consumer/borrower qualifies, based upon the
loan products offered by the persons (creditors/lenders) with whom the broker (MLB) regularly does business
(Financial Code Section 4973(l)).

It is also important to understand persons who originate covered loans are not to avoid, attempt to avoid, or
otherwise circumvent the Predatory Lending Law by structuring the loan transaction for the purpose of evading
the law. This includes using an open-end credit plan (e.g., Home Equity Line Of Credit); dividing the loan into
separate parts; or proceeding in any other manner, whether specifically prohibited or of a different character,
that constitutes fraud (Financial Code Sections 4970(d) and 4973(m)(n)).

In addition, “stated income” loans may not be made or arranged unless the consumer’s/borrower’s income is
based upon a reasonable belief (supported by information in the possession of the person originating the loan
after the solicitation of all information customarily solicited in connection with loans of this type). A “Covered
Loan” is not to be knowingly or willfully originated as a stated income loan with the intent or the effect of
evading the Predatory Lending Law. Further, persons making or arranging “Covered Loans” must be able to
demonstrate a reasonable belief the consumer/borrower will be able to make the scheduled payments to repay
the loan based upon their current and expected income, current obligations, current employment status and
other financial sources, excluding the equity in the consumer’s/borrower’s dwelling (Financial Code Section
4973(f)).

Depending upon the issue, loan terms negotiated in violation of this law may result in voiding (rendering
unenforceable) such loan terms. Furthermore, persons who make “Covered Loans” (creditors/lenders) when the
person is on notice of, knew, or otherwise showed reckless disregard of violation(s) of the Predatory Lending
Law by MLBs, such persons and the brokers shall be jointly and severally liable for all damages awarded under
this law with respect to the unlawful conduct of the brokers (Business and Professions Code Section 10177(d)
and Financial Code Section 4974(b)).

The provisions of the “Covered Loan” law are in addition to the consumer/borrower protections established in
Article 7 of the Real Estate Law and in the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994 (Section 32) of
TILA (HOEPA). Section 32 was discussed previously in this section as was Section 35 of TILA which also
provides additional consumer/borrower protections. Article 7 will be discussed later in this Chapter. The
following subsection will discuss recently enacted law, California “Higher-Cost/Priced Mortgage Loans”
(Financial Code Section 4995 et seq.). This law is also intended to provide further consumer/borrower
protections.

California “Higher-Cost/Priced Mortgage Loans”

The California law identified as “Higher-Cost/Priced Mortgage Loans” was codified in Financial Code Section
4995 et seq. The definition of loan transactions subject to this law to be applied for state purposes is the same
as established under federal law (Regulation Z, 12 CFR Section 226.35). This state law imposes limits on
prepayment penalty fees. Creditors/lenders and MLBs who violate the duty of fair dealing, i.e., licensed persons
(as defined) who in bad faith attempt to avoid the application of the law by engaging in one or more of a
defined series of prohibited activities or conducts, are subject to damages, civil sanctions, to license discipline,
and potentially to criminal sanctions.

“Higher-Cost/Priced Mortgage Loans” are defined under state law in the same manner as under federal law
(Financial Code Section 4995(a)). Each law applies to consumer credit transactions secured by the
consumer/borrower’s principal dwelling with an APR that exceeds the average prime offer rate for a
comparable transaction as of the date the interest rate is set on the subject mortgage loan. When the subject
mortgage loan is a first or senior encumbrance, the applicable APR that triggers this state law is set at 1.5% or
more than the applicable prime offer rate. If the loan is a second or junior encumbrance, the applicable APR
that triggers this state law is set at 3.5% or more than the applicable prime offer rate (Regulation Z, 12 CFR
Section 226.35). As previously mentioned, the applicable prime offer rate is the average prime offer rate of
conventional mortgage loans that may be determined by reference to the H15 statistical release.

This law applies to licensed persons and to mortgage brokers (MLBs), as defined. Licensed persons include real
estate brokers licensed under the Real Estate Law; finance lenders or brokers licensed under the Finance
Lenders Law; residential mortgage lenders/brokers licensed under the Residential Mortgage Lending Act;
commercial or industrial banks organized under the Banking Law; savings associations organized under the
Savings Associations Law; and credit unions organized under the Credit Union Law (Financial Code Section
4995(b)). Licensed persons also include mortgage brokers who are providing mortgage brokerage services
(Financial Code Section 4995(c)). “Mortgage brokerage services” means arranging or attempting to arrange, as

the exclusive agent of the consumer/borrower, or as a dual agent for the borrower and the creditor/lender, for
compensation or expectation of compensation (whether paid directly or indirectly) a “Higher-Cost/Priced
Mortgage Loan” made by an “unaffiliated third party” (Financial Code Section 4995(d)).

The language “unaffiliated third party” may prove to be difficult to interpret (Financial Code Section 4995(d)).
The reasonable interpretation would suggest if the mortgage broker (MLB) is delivering the loan to an affiliated
party that “mortgage brokerage services” are not being provided. MLBs are apparently presumed to be
exclusive agents of the affiliated party (creditor/lender) funding and making the loan and, therefore, are not
required to be the agent and fiduciary of the consumer/borrower (Financial Code Section 4995(d)).

This relationship may be altered by the conduct of the mortgage broker (MLB). For example, should the MLB
solicit or cause the consumer/borrower to be solicited with express or implied representations (including
through conduct) the mortgage broker (MLB) will act as an agent to obtain and arrange the loan (whether a
residential mortgage that is a “High-Cost Loan” or a “Higher-Cost/Priced Mortgage Loan”, or another form of
mortgage loan, regardless of the nature of the intended security property) and the mortgage broker (MLB) in
fact makes the loan to the borrower from funds belonging to or controlled by the MLB (an affiliated party); the
mortgage broker is acting within the meaning of subdivision (d), Section 10131 of the Business and Professions
Code.

Accordingly, the MLB would be unable to discharge the agency fiduciary relationship with the
consumer/borrower or with a borrower in other than a consumer loan transaction (Business and Professions
Code Sections 10240(b) and 10241(j); Civil Code Sections 2295 et seq., 2349 et seq., and 2923.1; and
Financial Code Sections 4979.5, 4995(c) and (d) and 4995.3(c), among others).

Notwithstanding any other provision of applicable law, prepayment penalty fees imposed by a licensed person
in connection with a “Higher-Cost/Priced Mortgage Loan” shall not exceed 2 percent of the principal balance
prepaid during the first 12 months, or 1 percent of the principal balance prepaid during the second 12 months
following loan consummation (Financial Code Section 4995.1).

As aforementioned, this California law imposes a duty of fair dealing upon licensed persons when making or
arranging “Higher-Cost/Priced Mortgage Loans”. This means licensed persons may not in bad faith attempt to
avoid the application of the law by dividing the loan transaction into separate parts with the purpose and intent
of evading the law or through any other form of subterfuge (Financial Code Section 4995.2(a)). Licensed
persons are prohibited from making or causing to be made, any false, deceptive or misleading statement or
representation in connection with “Higher-Cost/Priced Mortgage Loans” (Financial Code Section 4995.2(b)).

Mortgage Brokers (MLBs) who limit their business plan/model to arranging only California “Higher-
Cost/Priced Mortgage Loans” are required to disclose that fact, orally and in writing, to consumers/borrowers at
the time of initially engaging in mortgage brokerage services. Further, MLBs who provide mortgage brokerage
services are prohibited from steering, counseling, or directing a consumer/borrower to accept a loan at a higher
cost than for which the consumer/borrower could qualify based upon the loans offered by the person from
whom the broker regularly does business. In addition, mortgage brokers providing mortgage brokerage services
for a consumer/borrower, cannot receive compensation (including a yield spread premium, fee, commission, or
any other compensation) for arranging “Higher-Cost/Priced Mortgage Loan” with a prepayment penalty
exceeding the compensation the MLB would otherwise received for arranging such a loan without a
prepayment penalty. When MLBs provide mortgage brokerage services for consumers/borrowers, the broker’s
compensation is to be the same whether paid by the creditor/lender, the consumer/borrower, or by a third party
(Financial Code Section 4995.2(c), (d), and (e)).

Licensed persons are prohibited from making or arranging California “Higher-Cost/Priced Mortgage Loans”
that include provisions for negative amortization, and licensed persons are also prohibited from recommending
or encouraging consumers/borrowers to default on existing mortgage loans or other debts prior to or in
connection with the closing or planned closing of a “Higher-Cost/Priced Mortgage Loan” that refinances all or
any portion of existing loans or debts (Financial Code Sections 4995.2(f) and (g)).

Licensed persons may avoid some of the sanctions if they voluntarily undertake (prior to any institution of any
action under this section) to notify the consumer/borrower within 90 days of loan closing of any compliance
failure, offer to correct the failure, and offer to make restitution, including changing the terms of the loan in a

manner authorized by this law (i.e., offering the consumer/borrower at his/her option a California “Higher-
Cost/Priced Mortgage Loan” consistent with the requirements of this law, or offering to change the terms of the
loan in a beneficial manner so that the loan would no longer be considered a “High-Cost/Priced Mortgage
Loan”) (Financial Code Section 4995.2(h)). Some of the foregoing remedies may not be available for a licensed
person who is a MLB/MLO as they require acts of creditors/lenders.

The California “High-Cost/Priced Mortgage Loan” Law becomes effective July 1, 2010. It is important to note
that the remedies for violations of this law are not exclusive, but will include any other rights or remedies
available under applicable law, including a violation of Civil Code Section 2923.1. Practitioners should not
pursue a business plan/model that includes making or arranging loans intended to be secured by property that is
the principal residence of or the owner occupied dwelling of the consumer/borrower which is a California
“High-Cost Loan” or “Higher-Cost/Priced Mortgage Loan” (as defined) or when such loans are subject to
federal law (i.e., Sections 32 and 35 of Regulation Z of TILA); without first obtaining the advice of
knowledgeable legal counsel.

In Summary

The basic premise of both federal and state statutory and regulatory responses is to limit or control specified
loan terms and to prohibit creditors/lenders and brokers (MLBs) from engaging in defined activities or
conducts. The terms “High-Cost Loans” or “Higher-Cost/Priced Loans” were employed in both federal and
state law to new law intended to apply to loans that exceed a prescribed interest rate and/or fee threshold for
which additional disclosures and noticed of rights are required. These new laws describe certain transactional
terms, activities, and conducts of creditors/lenders and MLBs that are prohibited and deemed unlawful.
Further, consumers/borrowers are provided with the opportunity (as defined) to cancel the contemplated
residential mortgage loan transaction (i.e., a loan secured by an owner occupied or principal dwelling).
Creditors/lenders and MLBs violating these statutory and regulatory provisions are subject to sanctions,
including fines, economic and punitive damages, attorney’s fees and court costs, and to license discipline.

Additional federal and state laws to prevent creditors/lenders and MLBs from engaging in predatory practices
will be discussed in this Chapter. MLBs/MLOs are well advised to familiarize themselves with each of these
laws, including implementing regulations, as the remedies include (among those outlined in the previous
paragraph) rescission of the residential mortgage loan, license revocation or suspension, possible exclusion
from the mortgage and other real estate related industries, and in some circumstances the possibility of criminal
penalties. MLBs/MLOs should seek the advice of knowledgeable legal counsel prior to engaging in residential
mortgage loan transactions when the intended security property is the owner occupied dwelling of the
consumer/borrower.

Public
Off

PREVENTING FORECLOSURE ABUSES

PREVENTING FORECLOSURE ABUSES somebody

PREVENTING FORECLOSURE ABUSES

Brief Overview

Since 1979, corrective legislation has been passed and subsequently amended aimed at home-equity purchasers
and mortgage foreclosure consultants. These laws are found in Civil Code Sections 1695 et seq. and 2945 et
seq. The purpose of the laws is to provide protection for and to prevent foreclosure abuse of homeowners
whose residences are encumbered by deeds of trust or mortgages subject to an outstanding Notice of Default.
The term residential real property as used in these laws means a security property consisting of 1 to 4 family
dwelling units, one of which the owner occupies as his or her principal place of residence.

Home Equity Sales Contracts Law

Should a homeowner sell a residential property that he or she occupies (as defined) to an equity purchaser and
the property is the security for a loan subject to an outstanding Notice of Default, the provisions of Civil Code
Section 1695 et seq. (Home Equity Sales Contracts Law) would apply. An equity purchaser is defined to be a
person who acquires title to the residence of the seller subject to an outstanding Notice of Default, unless the
person acquires the title as follows:

1. For the purpose of using such property as a personal residence;

2. By deed in lieu of foreclosure of any voluntary lien or encumbrance of record (including deeds of trust
or mortgages);

3. By a deed from a trustee acting under the power of sale contained in a deed of trust or mortgage in a
non-judicial foreclosure sale conducted pursuant to Civil Code Section 2924 et seq.;

4. At a sale of the security property as otherwise authorized by statute;

5. By order or judgment of any court; or,

6. From a spouse, a blood relative, or a blood relative of a spouse.

If an equity purchaser intends to acquire a property subject to this law, the contents of the contract to effect
such a transaction are mandated by Civil Code Section 1695.3. Included among the required contract terms are:

1. The name, business address and telephone number of the equity purchaser;

2. The address of the residence in foreclosure;

3. The total consideration to be given by the equity purchaser in connection with or incident to the sale;

4. A complete description of the terms of payment or other consideration including, but not limited to,
any services of any nature which the equity purchaser represents he or she will perform for the equity
seller before or after the sale;

5. The time at which possession is to be transferred to the equity purchaser;

6. The terms of any rental agreement;

7. A Notice Of Cancellation (in at least 12 pt bold face type if the contract is printed, or in capital letters
if the contract is typed) as provided for in Civil Code Section 1695.5 setting forth the seller’s right to
cancel; and,

8. And a Notice Required By California law (in at least 14 pt bold face type if the contract is printed, or
in capital letters if the contract is typed) informing the equity seller that until the seller’s right to cancel
has ended, the equity purchaser or anyone working for the equity purchaser cannot ask the seller or
have the seller sign any deed or any other document related to the property or transaction. The name of
the equity purchaser must be included in this notice and the notice must immediately precede the
notice required in Civil Code Section 1695.5(a) and (b), i.e., the Notice of Cancellation.

The right to cancel any contract with an equity purchaser continues until midnight of the fifth business day (as
defined) following the day on which the equity seller signs a contract that complies with the Home Equity Sales
Contracts Law, or until 8:00AM on the day scheduled for the sale of the residential property pursuant to a
power of sale conferred in a deed of trust or mortgage, whichever occurs first. This law allows rescission of
such contracts under specified conditions (Civil Code Sections 1695.4, 1695.6, 1695.13, 1695.14, 1685.15,
1685.16 and 1695.17, or pursuant to any other applicable law).

Further, an equity purchaser who violates Section 1695.6 or Section 1695.13 may be liable for actual damages,
exemplary damages in an amount not less than three times the equity seller’s actual damages, attorney’s fees
and costs, and may be subject to an action for equitable relief. In addition, the court may award a civil penalty
of up to $2,500 under certain fact situations.

A criminal conviction for violation of Section 1695.6 (or for any practice which operates as fraud or deceit
upon the equity seller, including taking unconscionable advantage of the equity seller) may result in a fine of
not more than $25,000 or by imprisonment in the county jail, or in a state prison for a period of not more than
one year (or both the fine and the imprisonment) for each violation of this law.

The Home Equity Sales Contracts Law establishes a presumption that a grant to an equity purchaser with an
option for the equity seller to repurchase is a loan rather than a sale transaction (i.e., a hidden security device).

Any representative of a home equity purchaser as defined in Section 1695.15 deemed to be the agent or
employee of the equity purchaser is required to provide written proof to the equity seller that the representative
has a valid and current California real estate license and that the representative is bonded by an admitted surety
insurer in an amount equal to twice the amount of the fair market value of the property which is the subject of
the contract. However, a holding in a recent California case on this issue has made unenforceable the
requirement to obtain the bond as a predicate to representing the equity purchaser. As of this writing, the
requirement to obtain a bond to represent an equity purchaser is in doubt.

Because of the specific requirements of the Home Equity Sales Contracts Law, the standard real estate purchase
contracts and receipts for deposits (residential purchase agreements) customarily used in real estate brokerage
are not acceptable for use in home equity sales when the residential real property is subject to an outstanding
Notice of Default. Accordingly, a real estate licensee should seek the prior advice of legal counsel for
preparation of the proper contract forms and for advice regarding the manner in which such sales must be
conducted.

Mortgage Foreclosure Consultants Law

Civil Code Sections 2945 et seq. (Mortgage Foreclosure Consultants Law) addresses the problem of consultants
who represent that they can assist homeowners who are in foreclosure (their residence is subject to an
outstanding Notice of Default), often charge high fees, frequently secure the payment of their fees by a deed of
trust or mortgage on the residential property in foreclosure, and have been known to perform no service or
essentially a worthless service for the homeowner.

Foreclosure consultant means any person who makes any solicitation, representation, or an offer to any owner
to perform for compensation, or who for compensation, performs any service the person in any manner
represents he or she will do including any of the following:

1. Stop or postpone the foreclosure sale;

2. Obtain any forbearance from any beneficiary/lender/mortgagee;

3. Assist the owner in the right of reinstatement as provided for in Civil Code Section 2924c;

4. Obtain any extension of the period within which the owner may reinstate his or her debt/loan or
obligations;

5. Obtain any waiver of an acceleration clause contained in the promissory note or in a deed of trust or
mortgage on a residence in foreclosure (or in both the evidence of debt/loan and the security
instrument);

6. Assist the owner to obtain a loan or advance of funds;

7. Avoid or ameliorate the impairment of the owner’s credit rating resulting from the recording of a
Notice of Default or through the conduct of a foreclosure sale;

8. Save the owners residence from foreclosure; or,

9. Assist the owner in obtaining from the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee or trustee acting under a power of
sale or from a counsel acting for the beneficiary/lender/trustee the remaining proceeds from the
foreclosure sale of the owner’s residence (surpluses due to the owner as the borrower upon whom the
foreclosure was conducted).

Excluded from the definition of a foreclosure consultant are the following:

1. A person licensed to practice law in this state when the person renders services in the course and the
scope of the license;

2. A person licensed under Division 3 (commencing with section 12000) of the Financial Code when the
person is acting as a prorater as defined in the law;

3. A person licensed under the Real Estate Law when the person is acting under the authority of that
license as described in Sections 10131 or 10131.1 of the Business and Professions Code;

4. A person licensed under Chapter 1 of the Business and Professions Code (commencing with Section
5000 of Division 3) when the person is acting in any capacity under that license and under the
provisions of that law (as an accountant);

5. A person or his or her authorized agent acting under the express authority or with the written approval
of HUD or other department or agency of the United States or of this state to provide such services;

6. A person who holds or is owed an obligation secured by a lien on the residence in foreclosure
(including deeds of trust or mortgages) when the person performs services in connection with the
debt/loan and obligation or lien;

7. Any person acting under the California Finance Lender Law when the person is acting under the
authority of that license;

8. Any person acting under the Residential Mortgage Lending Act when the person is acting under the
authority of that license; or,

9. Any person or entity doing business under any law of this state, or the United States relating to banks,
trust companies, savings and loans, savings banks, industrial loan companies, pension trusts, credit
unions, insurance companies or any person or entity authorized under the law of this state to conduct a
title or escrow business, or a mortgagee which is a HUD approved mortgagee and any subsidiary or
affiliate of any of the above, or any agent or employee of any of the above while engaged in the
business of these persons or entities.

Service Means

“Service” means and includes, but is not limited to, any of the following:

1. Debt, budget, or financial counseling of any type.

2. Receiving money for the purpose of distributing it to creditors in payment or partial payment of any
obligation secured by a lien on a residence in foreclosure.

3. Contacting creditors on behalf of an owner of a residence in foreclosure.

4. Arranging or attempting to arrange for an extension of the period within which the owner of a
residence in foreclosure may cure his or her default and reinstate his or her obligation pursuant to
Section 2924c.

5. Arranging or attempting to arrange for any delay or postponement of the time of sale of the residence
in foreclosure.

6. Advising the filing of any document or assisting in any manner in the preparation of any document for
filing with any bankruptcy court.

7. Giving any advice, explanation, or instruction to an owner of a residence in foreclosure which in any
manner relates to the cure of a default in or the reinstatement of an obligation secured by a lien on the
residence in foreclosure, the full satisfaction of that obligation, or the postponement or avoidance of a
sale of a residence in foreclosure pursuant to a power of sale contained in any deed of trust.

8. Arranging or attempting to arrange for the payment by the beneficiary, mortgagee, trustee under a
power of sale, or counsel for the beneficiary, mortgagee, or trustee, of the remaining proceeds to
which the owner is entitled from a foreclosure sale of the owner's residence in foreclosure. Arranging
or attempting to arrange for the payment shall include any arrangement where the owner transfers or
assigns the right to the remaining proceeds of a foreclosure sale to the foreclosure consultant or any
person designated by the foreclosure consultant, whether that transfer is effected by agreement,
assignment, deed, power of attorney, or assignment of claim.

9. Arranging or attempting to arrange an audit of any obligation secured by a lien on a residence in
foreclosure, sometimes referred to as a “forensic loan audit”.

Notwithstanding the foregoing list of exemptions from the status of a foreclosure consultant, if the activity is to
assist the owner in obtaining surplus funds (if any) from the foreclosure sale of the owner’s residence, the

person is a foreclosure consultant (unless the person is the owner’s attorney). No exemption from the
foreclosure consultant’s law applies to a person except a licensed attorney when the foregoing service is being
offered or provided.

It is important to note the term “person” means for this purpose any individual, partnership, corporation, limited
liability company, association, or other group no matter how organized. The question of services that come
within the activities controlled by this law should be reviewed with knowledgeable legal counsel in advance of
performing any services or activities that may be subject to this law. They are broad and encompass most any
service, advice or activity offered or provided to a homeowner regarding the credit of the homeowner/borrower,
the ownership of the property, and concerning the security instruments of record when the residential property
is subject to an outstanding Notice of Default.

This law requires that contracts for services of foreclosure consultants contain specified provisions. The law
allows cancellation or rescission of such contracts under certain prescribed conditions (as well as the violation
of any applicable law that would result in cancellation or rescission of contracts). This law makes it a crime to
violate the provisions relating to such foreclosure consultant contracts.

Among the requirements for the contract for foreclosure consultants is a Notice Required by California Law
(printed in at least 14 pt bold face type) and the notice must be completed with the name of the foreclosure
consultant. The notice must immediately precede a second notice, a Notice of Cancellation. The purpose of the
notices is to ensure the homeowner is informed that no money may be paid to or received by the foreclosure
consultant until the foreclosure consultant has completely finished what the foreclosure consultant contracted to
do; that the homeowner may not be asked to sign or to sign any lien, deed of trust or mortgage, or execute a
deed that relates to the property or to the services being provided by the foreclosure consultant; and that the
homeowner may cancel the contract with the foreclosure consultant within five business days (as defined) from
the date of the transaction (i.e., entering into the contract). These notices are required pursuant to applicable law
(Civil Code Sections 2945.2 and 2945.3).

The foreclosure consultant’s fees are statutorily limited as well as the manner via which payment of the fees
may be obtained. The foreclosure consultant may not take a power of attorney from the homeowner for any
purpose and may not induce or attempt to induce a homeowner to enter into any contract that does not comply
in all respects with Civil Code Sections 2945.2 and 2945.3. Needless to say, foreclosure consultants may not act
in any manner that is deceptive, fraudulent, misleading or unconscionable.

Unless specifically exempt by this law, foreclosure consultants must register with the California Department of
Justice and must maintain in force a surety bond in the amount of $100,000 executed by a surety admitted to do
business in this state. As in the Home Equity Sales Contracts Law, the foreclosure consultant who commits any
violation described in Civil Code Section 2945.4 may be punished by a fine of not more than $10,000 or
imprisoned in the county jail or state prison for not more than one year, or both. Finally, any provision in a
contract with a foreclosure consultant that purports to limit the liability of the foreclosure consultant under Civil
Code Section 2949.9 is void and, at the option of the homeowner, would render the contract void.

Loan Modifications, Forbearances or Extensions, and Advance Fees

Background

The “Mortgage Meltdown” discussed earlier in this Chapter has resulted in significant problems for the
California housing market. Many borrowers are struggling or unable to make their mortgage loan payments.
Other borrowers are concerned about adjustable rate mortgages that have or are expected to reset to higher
interest rates producing increased monthly payments. Often these increased monthly payments are beyond the
capacity of many borrowers to pay. This is particularly true for those borrowers who obtained loan products by
qualifying at an initial “teaser” rate to achieve monthly payments that were affordable even for a short time.
Other borrowers qualified for their mortgage loans based on a represented stated income that was substantially
greater than the actual income earned.

Unable to make these increased mortgage loan payments, many of these borrowers turned to real estate brokers
(MLBs) to assist them with loan modifications or forbearances to prevent or delay foreclosure by the lenders or
the current holders of these mortgage loans. Real estate brokers (MLBs) can lawfully perform such services
pursuant to Section 10131(d) of the Business and Professions Code. Further, real estate brokers (MLBs) are

specifically exempt (with a notable exclusion regarding surplus funds) from the strict requirements of the
Mortgage Foreclosure Consultants Law that is discussed in this Chapter (Civil Code Section 2945.1).

Some borrowers sought the services of attorneys to obtain modifications of their mortgage loan terms,
including a reduction in the monthly payments. Under applicable law, California licensed attorneys may render
loan modification and/or forbearance services within the course and scope of their law practice. Attorneys who
are members of the California State Bar can lawfully perform such services. If not actively and principally
involved in the practice of negotiating loans secured by real property and when rendering services in the course
and scope of a law practice, attorneys are exempt from the Real Estate Law (Business and Professions Code
Sections 10133(a)(3) and 10133.1(a)(5)).

The DRE has reported “…financially distressed borrowers have fallen and continue to fall prey to pervasive
unlicensed loan modification and foreclosure rescue companies/entities, including natural persons offering such
services. In many cases, these companies are unlicensed entities that are nothing more than perpetrators of
fraud. They promise timely and helpful loan modification services, ask for and collect monies up front,
perform no valuable services, and simply pocket the monies paid in advance leaving borrowers exposed to
foreclosure of the mortgage loans secured by their homes.”

Evidence indicates persons or entities that are unlicensed have been involved in more “…monstrous and
unconscionable foreclosure rescue frauds, including ones where the unsophisticated homeowners surrender the
home title to the unlicensed scam artist or to an accomplice”.

California Legislation to Prevent Mortgage Loan Modification Abuses

Legislation was introduced, passed and signed by the Governor, which became effective October 11th, 2009
(Civil Code Sections 2944.6 and 2944.7). This law prohibits any person or entity that negotiates, attempts to
negotiate, arranges or attempts to arrange, or otherwise offers to perform for a fee or other compensation paid
by a borrower, a mortgage loan modification or other form of loan forbearance without first providing the
borrower with a notice prescribed by statute. The notice (statutory statement) is to be printed or word processed
in not less than 14pt bold type and provided to the borrower prior to entering into any fee agreement regarding
loan modification or loan forbearance services. This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2013,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that is enacted before January 1, 2013, deletes or
extends that date.

The obligation to provide the notice (statutory statement) in advance includes a contemplated loan modification
(as authorized by federal or state regulators) which proposes an extension of the amortization period for the
loan term to no more than 40 years from the original date of the loan. The specific content of the notice
(statutory statement) is set forth in Civil Code Section 2944.6(a).

In the notice, the borrower is referred to non-profit housing counseling agencies approved by HUD and a list of
these agencies is available by visiting a local HUD office or www.hud.gov. The borrower is to be informed of
the free services available through HUD approved non-profit counseling agencies (Business and Professions
Code Section 10147.6 and Civil Code Section 2944.6(a)).

This notice provision does not apply to a person or entity or an agent acting on behalf of the foregoing when the
loan modification or loan forbearance services are in connection with a mortgage loan owned (held) or serviced
by such persons or entities. If the loan modification or forbearance service is offered to the borrower in a
language specified in Civil Code Section 1632, the notices, documents and instruments (including the
agreement to provide such services) are to be translated into the language used. These languages include
Spanish, Vietnamese, Tagalog, Chinese, and Korean (Civil Code Sections 1632 and 2944.6(a)).

This recent legislation prohibits any person or entity who offers to negotiate or attempts to negotiate, or offers
to arrange or attempts to arrange, or offers to otherwise perform any loan modification or forbearance service
from claiming, demanding, charging, collecting, or receiving any compensation, until the person or entity
performs every service contracted for or represented to be performed. The purpose of this prohibition is to
prevent any form of advance fees in connection with loan modification or other loan forbearance services
(Business and Professions Code Sections 10026, 10085, 10085.5, 10085.6, 10131.2, 10146, and 10147.6; and
10CCR, Chapter 6, 2970 and 2972; and Civil Code Section 2944.7).

Prior to proceeding with the use of any advance fee agreement for the performance of any services for which a
real estate broker’s license is required, these agreements and materials used to obtain advance fees (including
contract forms, letters or cards used to solicit the public, radio and television ads, among other advertisements)
must be submitted to and requires the prior approval of the DRE. The DRE may elect to issue a no objection
statement. Either way, real estate brokers (MLBs) may not proceed until the DRE authorizes the advance fee
agreements and materials the licensee intends to use.

When advance fees are collected they are to be handled as trust funds and deposited into the trust account of the
real estate broker (MLB) and must be accounted for and disbursed in the manner authorized by the DRE
(Business and Professions Code Sections 10085 and 10146, and 10CCR, Chapter 6, 2970 and 2972). The
failure to comply with the advance fee requirements as described in this Chapter and in accordance with
applicable law is a presumptive violation of 506 and 506(a) of the Penal Code (conversion and embezzlement).

In addition, any person or entity contracting or representing to perform such services is prohibited from
receiving any wage assignment or any lien of any type on real or personal property to secure the payment of
compensation. Also, such persons are prohibited from accepting a power of attorney from the borrower for any
reason whatsoever. The prohibition of the payment of advance fees (as defined) does not preclude the lender or
the holder of the loan or its servicing agent from collecting principal, interest, or other charges under the terms
of the mortgage loan before the loan is modified (including charges to establish a new payment or amortization
schedule, or for structuring the modification providing for a reduction in the unpaid principal balance for the
express purpose of reducing the monthly payment under the terms of the loan).

The lender or holder of the mortgage loan and its servicing agent are not precluded for collecting interest, or
other charges under the terms of the loan after the loan is modified, or from accepting payments by a federal
agency in connection the “Making Home Affordable Plan” or other federal plan to help borrowers refinance or
modify their residential mortgage loans, as well as otherwise avoiding foreclosure. Each of these codified
sections are intended to apply to residential real property containing four or fewer units (Civil Code Sections
2944.6(e) and 2944.7(a), (c), and (d)).

A violation of this law by a natural person is a public offense punishable by a fine not exceeding $10,000 or by
imprisonment in the County jail for a term not to exceed one year or by both a fine and imprisonment. If the
violation of the law occurs by an entity, the violation is punishable by a fine not exceeding $50,000. The
penalties described in this law are cumulative to any other remedies or penalties provided by law (Business and
Professions Code Section 10147.6(e); and Civil Code Sections 2944.6(c) and 2944.7(b)). The section
prohibiting the collection of advance fees is repealed as of January 1, 2013, unless extended by a later statute
enacted before January 1, 2013 (Civil Code Section 2944.7).

Conclusion

It is illegal for any person to take “unconscionable advantage” of any property owner in foreclosure or in
connection with mortgage loan modification or loan forbearance services. While real estate broker licensees
may, under certain circumstances, be exempt from the provisions of the Mortgage Foreclosure Consultants
Law, a licensee should proceed with an abundance of caution when dealing with owners of residential property
where a Notice of Default has been recorded and remains outstanding or a Home Equity Sales Contract is being
considered. This note of caution extends to engaging in any activities involving mortgage loan modification or
other loan forbearance services, including the prohibition from collecting advance fees.

Among other requirements, real estate licensees must act within the course and scope of their licenses, must
not accept any advance fees, and must not acquire any interest in the residence in foreclosure. Prior to
representing either a seller of residential real property or an equity purchaser when the property is subject to an
outstanding Notice of Default, or prior to offering loan modification or other loan forbearance services, real
estate brokers (MLBs) should seek the advice of knowledgeable legal counsel.

Public
Off

PRIVATE INVESTORS/LENDERS

PRIVATE INVESTORS/LENDERS somebody

PRIVATE INVESTORS/LENDERS

Private Money Loan Transactions

Loans funded by private investors/lenders and arranged by MLBs that are secured directly or collaterally by
liens on real property (deeds of trust or mortgages) have been historically referred to as “hard money” loans.
Whether the proceeds of the loan funded by private investors/lenders are for the purchase of the intended
security property or used to further encumber or refinance existing encumbrances (including the payment of
additional net proceeds to the borrower known as an “equity loan”), the term “hard money” has been
historically applied to such transactions.

The term “hard money” has also been applied to loan transactions funded by depository institutions and
licensed lenders when the loan proceeds are used to refinance existing encumbrances or to further encumber the
security property (including loan transactions where additional net proceeds are paid to the borrower known in
this setting as a “cash-out refinance”). The discussion in this Section is intended to apply to loan transactions
made or arranged by MLBs with the capital/funds of private investors/lenders.

MLBs also make and arrange loans relying on capital/funds from private investors/lenders where the loan
proceeds are used to purchase, develop, or improve the intended security property (land acquisition and
development or vertical construction loans). In addition, loans made or arranged by MLBs may be secured by
either senior or junior deeds of trust or mortgages.

Many practitioners have redefined making and arranging loans with the capital/funds of private
investors/lenders as “private money” transactions. Investment bankers and broker-dealers refer to the use of
funds from private investors/lenders as “private equity capital”. The traditional term “hard money” has given
way to industry use of the terms “private money” or “private equity capital”. As a cautionary note, the use of
“private money” in a loan transaction does not excuse MLBs from following applicable federal and state law,

including (among others) standards imposed regarding the appraisal of the intended security property and the
underwriting of the borrower’s credit worthiness and financial standing.

As agents and fiduciaries, MLBs remain subject to the responsibility of ensuring that a reasonable method of
repayment of the debt/loan has been established and that the borrower is capable of paying the required
mortgage debt service throughout the term of the loan, i.e., the proposed loan transaction is suitable for the
borrower. Equally, MLBs must assess whether the intended loan transaction is suitable for the private
investors/lenders whose capital/funds are being relied upon to make or arrange the loan. (Business and
Professions Code Sections 10131(d) and (e), 10131.1, 10131.3, 10176, 10177, 10232.4, .5 and .6, 10238(h)(3)
and (4), 10240 et seq., including 10241.3 and 11302(b), among others).

Transactions with Private Investors/Lenders are Securities

When relying on capital/funds obtained from private investors/lenders for loans secured directly or collaterally
by liens on real property (deeds of trusts or mortgages), MLBs must be aware they are performing in three roles
under the Real Estate Law and the Corporate Securities Law of 1968 and the respective Commissioners’
Regulations pertaining to each. The three roles include issuer, real estate broker acting within the course and
scope of his or her license as an agent and fiduciary, and de-facto broker/dealer (Business and Professions Code
Sections 10131.3, 10177.6, 10177(q), 10230 et seq., and 10240 et seq., and 10CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2840 et
seq. among others; Civil Code Sections 2295 et seq. and 2923.1; Corporations Code Sections 25019, 25100(e),
25206, and 10CCR, Chapter 3, Sections 260.115 and 260.204.1, among others).

If the loan is evidenced by promissory notes issued in series secured by the same deed of trust or mortgage,
secured by more than one deed of trust or mortgage of equal priority, or “fractionalized” interests in the
promissory notes are sold to private investors/lenders (in “multi-lender” transactions), the loan or the purchase
of the promissory notes or interests therein must occur through MLBs (Business and Professions Code Sections
10131.3, 10177(n) and 10237 et seq.; and Corporations Code Sections 25100(e), 25102(e), 25102(f), 25102(n),
25102.5 and 25206, and 10CCR, Chapter 3, Sections 260.115 and 260.204.1, among others).

These private investors/lenders are usually persons desiring higher returns on the capital/funds invested in
exchange for higher risks than might occur in other forms of investment vehicles. It is possible investments in
promissory notes and deeds of trusts may result in lower risks than some alternative investment vehicles.
Individual private investors/lenders acting for their own account in “whole note” loan transactions without the
loan being arranged by MLBs must still operate within applicable federal and state law governing lending and
usury.

Disclosures Required

Private investors/lenders making loans through MLBs must receive disclosures pursuant to Sections 10176,
10177, 10232.4, 10232.5, 10232.6, and 10237 et seq. of the Business and Professions Code, and 10CCR,
Chapter 6, Section 2846, among others, including any additional disclosures regarding material facts and
investment risks required under the Corporate Securities Law of 1968 and the Corporations Commissioner’s
Regulations pertaining thereto (Corporations Code Section 25000 et seq. and 10CCR, Chapter 6, Section
260.100 et seq.). These disclosures must be made to private investors/lenders prior to the MLB committing the
private investor/lender’s capital/funds to loan transactions or to the purchase of interests in promissory notes
and deeds of trusts or mortgages.

Borrowers must receive disclosures from MLBs pursuant to Sections 10176, 10177 and 10240 et seq. of the
Business and Professions Code and 10CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2840 et seq., among others, prior to becoming
obligated to complete the loan transaction.

Whether required to be delivered to private investors/lenders or to borrowers, the objective of these disclosures
is to ensure that in either residential or commercial loan transactions (as defined), the principals are making
informed and considered decisions to extend credit or to borrow the money, and the proposed loan transactions
are suitable for the intended private investors/lenders and the borrowers.

Usury

Private investors/lenders may loan money directly or they may benefit from the usury exemption by lending the
funds through an MLB. In California, the passage of Proposition 2 in 1979 made significant changes to the
constitutional provisions defining and controlling usury. Thereafter, loans secured directly or collaterally by

liens on real property in the form of deeds of trusts or mortgages made or arranged by licensed real estate
brokers (acting as MLBs) became exempt from the usury law.

The California Legislature has applied the usury exemption to loans or forbearances made or arranged by
licensed real estate brokers (whether acting as MLBs or as brokers in connection with a related real property
transaction) that are directly or collaterally (in whole or in part) secured by liens (deeds of trusts or mortgages)
on real property (Civil Code Section 1916.1). The usury exemption extended to real estate brokers (MLBs)
applies regardless of the nature of the intended security real property.

Whether a loan made or arranged by a real estate broker (MLB) may be secured “… in whole or in part by liens
on real property …” is controversial in the real estate and mortgage industries and among some members of the
legal community (Civil Code Section 1916.1). Some observers believe this phrase authorizes MLBs to make or
arrange loans secured in part by business or other forms of personal property (including the pledging as
additional collateral of other non-real property security interests) even though the real estate license authority
for such brokers does not extend beyond loans secured directly or collaterally by liens on real property.

Other observers believe the language was intended to preserve the usury exemption when real estate brokers
(MLBs) made or arranged part of the loan within the course and scope of their license authority with the
remaining part of the loan being made or arranged by other lenders acting within their license authority. A
further interpretation has been applied in narrow circumstances, i.e., when the loan is made in part directly by a
principal (person or entity) without the benefit of a license.

A principal acting directly raises additional questions involving the Securities Law and the applicable license
law, e.g., a real estate broker’s license is required when performing as a mortgage broker (MLB) to issue
“multi-lender” promissory notes (Business and Professions Code Sections 10131.3 and 10237; Corporations
Code Section 25102.5 and 10CCR, Chapter 3, Sections 260.115 and 260.204.1). Regardless of interpretation,
MLBs are unable to include other than the real property security when establishing loan-to-value ratios required
pursuant to Business and Professions Code Section 10238(h)(1) and (2).

A real estate broker arranged extension, forbearance, or refinancing of a loan secured in whole or in part by a
lien on real property (deed of trust or mortgage) in which the broker had originally been compensated (even
though not being specifically compensated for arranging the new credit terms) is also exempt from the usury
law. As previously mentioned, private investors/lenders making loans or engaging in such transactions
involving new credit terms without having the transaction arranged by a real estate broker are controlled by and
subject to the usury law (Article 15, Section 1 of the California Constitution; Civil Code Section 1916.1; Gibbo
v. Berger (2004) 123 Cal.App. 4th 396, and In re Lara, 731 F.2d 1455, 1459 (9th Cir. 1984)).

“Multi-Lender” Promissory Notes

Notes in series which are secured by a single deed of trust or more than one deed of trust of equal priority, or
notes providing fractionalized interests to no more than 10 investors/lenders (as defined) are securities requiring
issuance pursuant to the “quasi-private placement” exemption (as defined) set forth in Business and Professions
Code Section 10237 et seq., and in Corporations Code Section 25102.5. The phrase “quasi-private placement”
as used in this discussion means a “private placement”, which unlike any other such offering allows the issuer
to market to private investors/lenders through media and to accept funds from the foregoing even though no
preexisting business relationship exists with the issuer.

When private investors/lenders fund or make loans evidenced by promissory notes or purchase interests in
promissory notes, the issuance of securities must be addressed to ensure compliance with the Corporate
Securities Law of 1968 and the Corporations Commissioner’s Regulations pertaining thereto, particularly
Corporations Code Sections 25019, 25102 et seq., and 25110 et seq. The “quasi-private placement” exemption
is structured to allow “multi-lender” promissory notes to be issued without requiring the issuers to otherwise
qualify the offering by “exemption” (a private placement) or by “registration”.

The offering of securities must either be qualified pursuant to Sections 25110, 25120, or 25130 of the
Corporations Code, i.e., “registered” with and permitted by the DOC, or the securities must meet an exempt
“issuer” or “nonissuer” status, arise from an exempt “issuer” or “nonissuer” transaction, or from a transaction
exempt through issuance to a “qualified purchaser” (Corporations Code Section 25100 et seq.). The foregoing

“exemptions” must meet each of the standards and requirements imposed pursuant to the Corporate Securities
Law of 1968 and the Commissioner’s Regulations pertaining thereto.

If the issuer fails to meet each of the standards and requirements imposed to issue an offering pursuant to an
applicable “exemption”, the offering would be issued in violation of the Securities Law. Accordingly, the issuer
may be subject to an enforcement action for securities fraud due to the failure (among other violations) to
appropriately qualify the offering with the DOC, i.e., “registering” with and obtaining a permit from the DOC.
There are no exemptions from the Corporate Securities Law of 1968 and the Corporations Commissioner’s
regulations pertaining thereto for fraud or misrepresentation. Furthermore, the failure to comply with the
standards and requirements imposed for the applicable “exemption” negates the “exemption”, and the burden of
proving “…an exemption or an exception from a definition is upon the person claiming it” (Corporations Code
Section 25163).

For the purposes of this discussion, offerings of securities that meet the exempt “issuer” or “nonissuer” status,
arise from an exempt “issuer” or “nonissuer” transaction, or from a transaction exempt through issuance to a
“qualified purchaser” will be referred to as securities qualified by “exemption”. Offerings qualified with the
DOC and for which a permit has been issued will be referred to as securities qualified by “registration”.
Accordingly, the offering of securities must be qualified either by “exemption” or by “registration” with the
DOC (if the securities are to be issued intrastate) and qualified by coordination with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC) when the securities are to be issued both intra and interstate.

Coordination with the SEC is also required if the issuer is unable to qualify the securities under the exemption
extended through Regulation D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1933, Section 18(b)(4), and as authorized in
17CFR Section 239.500. Among the standards imposed to qualify by exemption through Regulation D is the
requirement that 100 percent of the private investors/lenders and 80 percent of the business of the issuer must
be within the same state (Rule 147 promulgated by the SEC).

The issuance of securities by MLBs to private investors/lenders is a very complex matter requiring a practical
understanding (at a minimum) of an extensive body of law, including the Corporate Securities law of 1968 and
the Corporations Commissioner’s Regulations pertaining thereto (Corporations Code Section 25000 et seq. and
10 CCR, Chapter 3, commencing with Section 260.100). A further discussion is included later in this Chapter
regarding “multi-lender” transactions authorized by Article 6 of the Business and Professions Code (as noted, a
“quasi-private placement”).

Subdivision Projects

In recent years, MLBs have arranged loans funded by private investors/lenders secured by raw land for which
entitlements were to be obtained, entitled land for purposes of development of offsite (including backbone) and
onsite improvements, or for financing vertical construction of building improvements. These loans were made
or arranged in connection with subdivision projects. The term “backbone” when describing offsite
improvements refers to improvements required by a local political subdivision as part of the necessary public
infrastructure to accommodate the development/subdivision.

These loan products are subject to high although diminishing risks depending upon the stage of the project. The
highest risk is when the security property is raw land and the loans are made in advance of receiving
entitlements. The second level of risk is associated with loans to finance post entitlement land development of
offsite (including backbone) and onsite improvements. The third level of risk is the financing of the vertical
construction representing the improvements to be built upon the land. Each of the foregoing represent loans for
speculative objectives and, therefore, is an example of loans funded with “risk capital”.

In each case, the financing obtained from private investors/lenders represents “risk capital” which must be
distinguished from other forms of loan transactions in the securities offerings made to the public or pursuant to
an authorized exemption (private placement). The “quasi-private placement” authorized pursuant to Article 6 of
the Business and Professions Code, commencing with Section 10237 and pursuant to Corporations Code
Section 25102.5, is a securities specific exemption from otherwise qualifying by exemption or registration with
the DOC (and by coordination with the SEC, if applicable). This exemption is known as the “multi-lender
statutory exemption”.

MLBs as issuers, real estate broker agents and fiduciaries, and as de-facto broker-dealers must carefully follow
without deviation the provisions of the statutory “multi-lender” exemption and the related requirements of the
Real Estate Law. It is strongly recommended that MLBs not engage in the financing of land intended for
subdivision development, in the financing of offsite (including backbone) and onsite improvements, or in the
financing of vertical construction (including rehabilitation loans) without first obtaining the advice of
knowledgeable construction and securities legal counsel.

Whether a vertical construction loan is intended to finance a single spot loan for an identified borrower or is
intended to finance the construction of homes on a speculative basis within a subdivision project, permanent or
“take out” financing should be considered by the borrower and the private investors/lenders. MLBs acting as
agents of the private investors/lenders must undertake to underwrite adequately the borrower and the
subdivision project to determine whether a reasonable expectation exists to obtain permanent financing to pay
off the development or construction loan upon completion of the improvements.

It should be clear that engaging in the issuance of securities (whether in the form of a “multi-lender” transaction
authorized by Article 6 of the Business and Professions Code, through an offering otherwise meeting the
standards and requirements for exemption, or an offering qualified by registration) is a matter involving a
significant amount of complexity. Practitioners should not engage in the issuance of securities (whether the
investment vehicle is an equitable or fee interest in the title to or a mortgage interest in real property) without
the prior advice of knowledgeable securities legal counsel.

Article 5 – Private Investors/Lenders

The Real Estate Law imposes certain duties and restrictions on real estate brokers (MLBs) who make or arrange
mortgage loans directly or collaterally secured by liens on real property (deeds of trust or mortgages). MLBs
may act in the secured transaction as either a principal making the loan with the broker’s own funds or with
funds the broker controls (as defined), or as an agent of the private investors/lenders or of the borrower, or
both.

MLBs may also act as agents of the principals for the purpose of buying, selling, or exchanging existing
promissory notes secured directly or collaterally by liens on real property (deeds of trust or mortgages). When
MLBs are selling and assigning interests to private investors/lenders in mortgage loans they have funded with
their own capital or through independent credit lines they have obtained for this purpose, MLBs are required
(pursuant to the Corporate Securities Law of 1968 and the Corporations Commissioner’s Regulations
pertaining thereto) to act as the agent and fiduciary of the private investors/lenders.

Real property sales contracts are marketing agreements and security devices/instruments rolled up into one
document. While such contracts are authorized under California law, federal law has preempted applicable state
law thus prohibiting the use of real property sales contracts when the property described therein is encumbered
by deed(s) of trust or mortgage(s) that include due-on-sale or due on further encumbrance clauses (the Federal
Depository Intuitions Act of 1982 also know as the Garn-St. Germain Act.) Further, real property sales
contracts are subject to significant issues regarding the remedies available to the seller/vendor in the event of a
breach or default by the buyer/vendee. For the foregoing reasons, this Chapter focuses on promissory notes and
deeds of trust or mortgages rather than on real property sales contracts. Practitioners should not engage in the
use of real property sales contracts without the prior advice of knowledgeable legal counsel.

Application of Article 5

The passage of Proposition 2 in November 1979 eliminated interest rate limits on real property secured loans
“made or arranged” by real estate brokers (MLBs). The Legislature responded in 1981 and 1982 by extensive
additions to the Real Estate Law, specifically to Articles 5 (governing transactions in deeds of trust primarily
with private investors/lenders) and to Article 7 (governing real property loans in connection with the duties and
obligations owed to borrowers).

Article 5 (Sections 10230 - 10236.6 of the Business and Professions Code) is applicable to arranging the
funding of mortgage loans by private investors/lenders who are non-institutional (other than depository
institutions) and are not themselves licensed as lenders. Article 5 is also applicable to the buying, selling or
exchanging of promissory notes and deeds of trust or mortgages (including interests therein) on behalf of
private investors/lenders.

The provisions of Article 5 also apply to real estate brokers (MLBs) who engage in secured transactions as
principals in buying from, selling to, or exchanging promissory notes and deeds of trust or mortgages with the
public and to MLBs who make agreements with the public for the collection of payments or the performance of
services in connection with promissory notes and deeds of trust or mortgages. The Securities Law integrates
with Article 5 and alters the principal-only role of the MLB when selling to or exchanging promissory notes
and deeds of trust or mortgages with private investors/lenders. As previously mentioned, MLBs engaging in
such transactions are required to be the agents and fiduciaries of the private investors/lenders (Business and
Professions Code Section 10131.3, Corporations Code Sections 25100(e) and 25206, and 10CCR, Chapter 3,
Sections 260.115 and 260.204.1, among others).

Pooling of Loan Funds

Pooling of funds from private investors/lenders’ is prohibited except as authorized through qualification by
exemption or registration of the offering issued through a permit obtained pursuant to the provisions of the
Corporate Securities Law of 1968 and the Corporation Commissioner’s Regulations pertaining thereto. As
previously mentioned, the Securities Law is administered by the DOC. Capital/funds of private
investors/lenders may be accepted for the funding/making of a specific loan or the purchase of a specific
promissory note or interests therein; unless the capital/funds were received through an offering qualified either
by exemption or by registration with the DOC that authorizes such pooling of funds (Business and Professions
Code, Section 10231 and Corporations Code Sections 25019, 25100, 25102, 25102.5 and 25110 et seq., among
others).

When the DOC processes an offering qualified by registration and the applicable requirements have been
satisfied, a permit is issued by the DOC (Corporations Code Section 25110 et seq.). Should the offering be
qualified by exemption, then the DOC is to be noticed pursuant to Corporations Code Section 25102.1 and in
accordance with the related regulations of the Corporations Commissioner. While it is important to comply with
the notice provisions of the Securities Law, the failure to notice the DOC may not in and of itself disqualify the
offering. However, practitioners should be aware that offerings qualified by exemption, pursuant to
Corporations Code Section 25102(f) may be limited to not more than one such offering during a 6-month
period before the start of an additional offering to be qualified under this exemption, i.e., not more than two per
year (10CCR, Chapter 3, Section 260.102.12).

“Multi-lender” or “fractionalized loans” and promissory notes are subject to the Securities Law (as defined).
Article 6 of the Real Estate Law, commencing with Section 10237 of the Business and Professions Code
(discussed later in this Chapter) is qualified by statutory exemption (as defined). MLBs who make or arrange
loans or who engage in the buying, selling, or exchanging of promissory notes with “fractionalized” interests
are issuing securities pursuant to Section 10237 et seq. of the Business and Professions Code and in accordance
with Corporations Code Section 25102.5.

Prior to making or arranging “multi-lender” loans or engaging in the buying, selling or exchanging promissory
notes or “fractionalized” interests therein, the MLB should obtain the advice of knowledgeable securities legal
counsel. Legal advice should also be obtained prior to engaging in any form of pooling of private
investor/lender funds.

A further word of caution should be added - while the buying, selling, or exchanging of promissory notes with
the public is authorized under the Real Estate Law, these activities are subject to the Securities Law and the
MLB’s participation therein may be limited or prohibited when relying on the “multi-lender” statutory
exemption, or in offerings qualified by exemption (Corporations Code Section 25104(a)).

“Threshold” Criteria

Except as otherwise provided in the Real Estate Law, a real estate broker (MLB) pursuant to Business and
Professions Code Section 10232(a) meets the “threshold” criteria if he/she intends or expects in any 12-month
period to perform or provide services regarding any of the following:

“(1.) Negotiate any combination of 10 or more of the following transactions pursuant to
subdivision (d) or (e) of Business and Professions Code, Section 10131 or Section 10131.1 in
an aggregate amount of more than $1,000,000:

(A.) Loans secured directly or collaterally by liens on real property or on business
opportunities as an agent for another or others;

(B.) Sales or exchanges of real property sales contracts or promissory notes secured
directly or collaterally by liens on real property or business opportunities as an agent
for another or others; or

(C.) Sales or exchanges of real property sales contracts or promissory notes secured
directly or collaterally by liens on real property as the owner of those notes or
contracts.

(2.) Make collections of payments in an aggregate amount of $250,000 or more on behalf of
owners of promissory notes secured directly or collaterally by liens on real property, owners
of real property sales contracts, or both.

(3.) Make collections of payments in an aggregate amount of $250,000 or more on behalf of
obligors of promissory notes secured directly or collaterally by liens on real property, lenders
(holders) of real property sales contracts, or both. Persons under common management,
direction, or control in conducting the activities enumerated above shall be considered as one
person for the purpose of applying the above criteria.”

If the lender or promissory note purchaser is a depository institution or a licensed lender (as defined), loans or
sales negotiated in connection therewith by a broker (MLB) or for which the broker (MLB) collects payments,
are not counted in determining whether the broker (MLB) meets the threshold criteria. Further, if the loan or
promissory note transaction occurs under the authority of a securities permit issued by the DOC, such
transactions are also not counted to determine threshold broker status. Pension trusts having a net worth of not
less than $15 million are also excluded from the count to determine threshold broker status. Generally, real
estate brokers (MLBs) dealing with private investors/lenders (whether as individuals or organized as members
or partners of a lawfully authorized entity) and small pension trusts are transactions to be counted to establish
threshold status (Business and Professions Code Section 10232 et seq.).

A threshold broker must notify the DRE in writing within 30 days of satisfying the criteria described in
Business and Professions Code Section 10232 (a) or (b). The notice is intended to advise the DRE the broker
(MLB) meets the threshold criteria and is performing as a threshold broker. Failure to timely inform the DRE in
writing is subject to a penalty of $50 per day up to and including the 30th day after the first day of the
assessment of the penalty and $100 per day thereafter up to a maximum fine of $10,000. The failure to timely
notice the DRE may result in the suspension or revocation of the license of the real estate broker (MLB).

A broker (MLB) who meets the threshold criteria must file with the DRE two annual reports within 90 days
after the end of the broker’s fiscal year and a quarterly trust fund status report within 30 days after each of the
broker’s first three fiscal quarters. The two annual reports are the Annual Report of a Review of Trust Fund
Financial Statements (TAR) and the Mortgage Loan/Trust Deed Annual Report (Business Activities). An
extension for filing the TAR is provided upon request, if the broker’s fiscal year ends between November 30
and the last day of February of the following year.

These required reports are filed under the penalty of perjury, and, if the broker (MLB) fails to timely file the
reports, the Commissioner may cause an examination and report of the MLB’s applicable books and records
and may charge the broker one and one-half times the cost of making the examination and completing the
report. If the broker (MLB) fails to pay the fee as billed, the Commissioner may suspend or deny the renewal of
the MLB’s license (Business and Professions Code Section 10232.2, 10232.25, and 10236.2).

Disclosure Statements

Business Professions Code Sections 10232.4 and 10232.5 require a real estate broker (MLB) to complete and
deliver to private investors/lenders (as defined), or pension trusts that are otherwise not exempt, a disclosure
statement known as the Lender/Purchaser Disclosure Statement setting forth, at a minimum:

1.

The terms of the loan or of the promissory note;

2. Pertinent information about the borrower (identity, occupation, income, credit data, as represented
to the broker by the prospective borrower, or as a result of a separate inquiry of the broker, or
through an inquiry of or a report(s) received from a third party, such as a credit reporting agency);

3. Pertinent information about the intended security property, including the address or other means
of identification, fair market value, age, size, type of construction and description of
improvements obtained from preliminary “title” and appraisal reports;

4. Provisions for loan servicing, including disposition/payment of late charges and prepayment
penalty fees;

5. Pertinent information concerning encumbrances which are currently liens against the security
property or of which the borrower has knowledge or notice and prospective/contemplated liens
which the borrower discloses or are known to the MLB to encumber the security property
presently or subsequent to the completion of the transaction;

6. Detailed information concerning any proposed arrangement under which the prospective lender
(private investor/lender or the trustee of a pension trust or plan, including when the plan is self
directed) will be joint beneficiaries or obligees, along with persons not associated with the private
investors/lenders or the trustees (e.g., engaged with other persons in “multi-lender” transactions);
and,

7. Whether the solicitation is subject to Business and Professions Code Section 10231.2, and if so, a
detailed description of the intended use of the funds being distributed including an explanation of
the nature and extent of the benefits to be directly or indirectly derived by the broker (MLB),
described as self-dealing (Business and Professions Code Section 10238 (e)).

The Lender/Purchaser Disclosure Statement must be delivered before the private investor/lender or purchaser of
a promissory note (or of interests in either the loan or promissory note), as well as a trustee of a pension trust or
a plan (including a self-directed plan) becomes obligated to complete the loan or promissory note purchase
transaction. When the MLB is engaged in self-dealing, this statement must be delivered to the DRE at least 24
hours in advance of receiving the funds from the private investor/lender (as defined above). Further, the issue
of self-dealing by an MLB is subject to the Securities Law and MLBs should not participate in such
transactions without the prior advice of knowledgeable securities legal counsel.

A real estate broker (MLB) who advertises for or solicits capital/funds from the public used for the broker’s
direct or indirect benefit must submit the format of the advertisement and of the disclosure statement to the
DRE for approval prior to such solicitation. Each Lender/Purchaser Disclosure Statement to be issued to the
private investors/lenders (as defined) when the broker (MLB) is self-dealing, must be submitted to the DRE in
advance of receipt of such funds as described above (Business and Professions Code Section 10231.2). The
advertising must also meet the requirements imposed pursuant to the regulations of the Real Estate and
Corporations Commissioners (10CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2848 and 10CCR, Chapter 3, Section 260.302).

The reference in this section to the use of funds from pension trusts or plans is not intended to suggest these
sources may be relied upon by MLBs for the funding of loans or the purchase of promissory notes (or
“fractionalized” interests in either) without the prior advice of knowledgeable legal counsel. Transactions with
ERISA regulated pension plans or with IRAs or SEP-IRAs may be prohibited and subject to significant
penalties imposed by applicable federal law.

Disbursing Funds

Unless a lender has given written instructions knowingly authorizing the broker (MLB) to proceed, the broker
may not disburse loan funds until after recording the deed of trust or mortgage which conveys technical legal
title to the security property to a trustee as a principal source of the repayment of the loan. If the lender has
given the broker (MLB) authority to release funds prior to recordation, the securing deed of trust or mortgage
must be recorded, or delivered to the lender with a written recommendation for immediate recordation within
ten days following disbursement of loan funds (Business and Professions Code Sections 10233.2, 10234,
10234.5 and 10 CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2841.5).

The broker (MLB) is similarly responsible for the execution and recordation of the assignment of a deed of
trust or mortgage when the transaction has been negotiated by the broker (MLB). In addition, the broker is
required to deliver or cause to be delivered conformed copies of the deed of trust or mortgage to the investor or
lender within a reasonable amount of time from the date of recording. MLBs may delegate this responsibility
(subject to written confirmation) to the escrow holder or title insurer escrowing or insuring the loan transaction
(Business and Professions Code Section 10234.5). When the investor or lender is a private investor/lender or a
group of private investors/lenders (as defined), the broker (MLB) should not proceed to disburse funds before
recordation of the security instrument/device.

Table Funding

Table funding by a real estate broker (MLB) is unauthorized and in violation of applicable law (Business and
Professions Code Sections 10233.2, 10234, 10234.5 and 10 CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2841.5). The only
exemption to the table funding prohibition is found in Section 10234(d). This exemption applies when the
lender is a depository institution or a licensed lender (as defined) and when the security property is other than a
dwelling (i.e., a single family unit in a condominium or cooperative, or any parcel containing residential units
numbering four or less). In addition, if the security property is unimproved, no exemption applies.

Generally, a real estate broker (MLB) may not table fund any residential mortgage loan or a loan secured by
unimproved property regardless of the status of the lender. Commercial loans (other than a residential mortgage
or unimproved land) may be table funded with a lender that either is a depository institution or appropriately
licensed under and pursuant to applicable California law.

The concept of table funding has been driven by depository institutions and licensed lenders as a means of
reducing capital reserves (among other objectives) to support the loans in their portfolio that have been funded
and delivered by MLBs (now also known as MLOs). These institutions and lenders are also concerned about
the contingent liability they incur when selling these loans to the secondary market under terms that include an
obligation to repurchase (in the event of breaches of specified representations and warrantees), and in
connection with servicing agreements when the institutions or lenders retain servicing. Loans delivered by
MLBs to depository institutions and licensed lenders that were table funded were characterized as secondary
market transactions to allow different treatment when disclosing the compensation paid to MLBs/MLOs and to
support how the loan is “booked” as an asset in the records of the depository institutions and of the licensed
lenders. While this concept may function in other states, table funding is contrary to applicable California law.

The Real Estate Law (as well as the Finance Lender Law and the Residential Mortgage Lending Act) prohibits
table funding in California with narrow limited exemptions (Business and Professions Code Sections 10233.2,
10234, 10234.5 and 10 CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2841.5; 10CCR, Chapter 3, Section 1460; and Financial Code
Section 50003 (o) and (t)). When an MLB negotiates a loan secured by a deed of trust or mortgage on real
property, the broker is to record or cause to be recorded the security instrument/device in the name of the
beneficiary/lender/mortgagee (or an authorized nominee thereof) who shall not be the licensee or the licensee’s
nominee. This also applies when the MLB sells, endorses, or assigns the promissory note and assigns the deed
of trust or mortgage securing the loan, i.e., the assignee cannot be the licensee or the licensee’s nominee
(Business and Professions Code Sections 10234 and 10234.5 and 10 CCR, Chapter 6, 2841.5).

To avoid unauthorized table funding, the originator of the loan (e.g., an MLB/MLO) must use its “own funds”,
as defined. Further, the originator must approve the loan and must be the named payee on the promissory note
and identified in the deed of trust or mortgage as the named beneficiary/lender/mortgagee. Delegation of
underwriting the loan transaction to a lawfully authorized person is acceptable; however, the creditor/lender
must approve the loan transaction, which approval cannot be delegated under applicable law.

California law generally defines “own funds” to mean the capital of the broker (MLB) or of the creditor/lender
or funds obtained from an independent line of credit as long as the obligations of the line appear as a debt on
the financial statement of the broker (MLB) or of the creditor/lender. The use of “own funds” (as defined) is
required to perform as a creditor/lender in the loan transaction. It is brokering, not lending, to fund loans
relying on the advance commitment to or the actual purchase of the loan at the close of the loan escrow by a
creditor/lender (including when the funds are drawn down for each loan on an individual or loan-by-loan
basis). The use of “own funds” (as defined), loan approval, and naming the creditor/lender as the initial payee
in the promissory note and as the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee in the deed of trust or mortgage will collectively

constitute evidence of the identity of the actual lender (Business and Professions Code Sections 10131.1,
10233.2, 10234, 10234.5 and 10 CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2841.5; 10CCR, Chapter 3, Section 1460; Financial
Code Section 50003 (o) and (t); and 24CFR Parts 3500 et seq.).

Servicing - Broker Advances

A real estate broker (MLB) servicing a promissory note may advance his or her own funds to authorized third
parties to protect the security of the loan being serviced, including an advance to pay debt service on a senior
promissory note and deed of trust or mortgage secured by the same real property. If the MLB does advance
funds for taxes, hazard insurance, or debt service on a senior loan secured by the same real property, the broker
must, within ten (10) days, provide written notice of the advance to the beneficiary/holder of the promissory
note/loan being serviced (Business and Professions Code Section 10233.1).

Retention of Funds

If a broker receives funds from the obligor/borrower in payment of a promissory note, as is ordinarily the case
when servicing the promissory note, the broker may not retain the funds for more than 25 days without written
authorization from the obligee/lender to whom the funds are to be disbursed. The authorization from the
obligee/lender may not provide for payment of interest to the broker on funds retained by the broker (MLB).
Moreover, the agreement between the real estate broker (MLB) and the obligee/lender or obligor/borrower
authorizing the broker to service the instrument must be in writing. This 25 day distribution period also applies
to the receipt of payoff funds due to private investors/lenders (Business and Professions Code Section 10231.1).

As previously mentioned, an MLB may not accept loan funds except for a specific loan transaction or for the
purchase of a specific promissory note or of “fractionalized” interests in either, unless authorized through a
qualified and registered offering resulting in a permit being issued by the DOC (Business and Professions Code
Section 10231 and Corporations Code Section 25000 et seq.).

Advertising

Business and Professions Code Section 10235 describes as unlawful false, misleading, or deceptive advertising
by a real estate licensees (MLBs) engaged in the business of brokering loans or in the sale or assignment of
existing promissory notes and deeds of trust or mortgages. These limitations apply whether the advertising
occurs through printing, display, publishing, or otherwise distributing through print or electronic media; or
telecasting or broadcasting, or in any other manner. An advertisement cannot imply a yield or return on
promissory notes different from the interest rates set forth in the notes themselves, unless the advertisement sets
forth both the actual interest rates and the differences (discounts) between the outstanding principal balance of
the promissory notes and the price at which the notes are being offered for sale.

Article 5 also prohibits real estate licensees (MLBs) from offering or advertising any premium, gift, or other
inducement to a prospective promissory note purchaser or lender (private investors/lenders). The Real Estate
Law was amended to allow for inducements made available to prospective borrowers, provided the
inducements are not intended to steer or direct the perspective consumer/borrower to an unsuitable loan
product. No costs or fees may be added or increased to allow for the inducements (Business and Professions
Code Section 10236.1).

Real estate licensees (MLBs) are not to place an advertisement to be disseminated primarily in this state for
loan transactions or for the sale of promissory notes and deeds of trust or mortgages, unless disclosed within the
printed or oral text is the license number of the licensee under which the loan is to be made or arranged or the
promissory note is to be sold, endorsed, or assigned (Business and Professions Code Section 10235.5).

The Real Estate Commissioner’s Regulations implement the statutory provision against false, misleading or
deceptive advertising in areas of mortgage loan brokerage and in the marketing of promissory notes and deeds
of trust or mortgages. As previously mentioned in this Chapter, MLBs must disclose their license status and the
identity of the regulatory agency in advertisements (regardless of media) concerning contemplated loan
transactions or for the intended purchase and sale or assignments of promissory notes and deeds of trust or
mortgages.

A disclosure of “Real Estate Broker, CA. Dept. of Real Estate” in mortgage loan advertising complies with
applicable law (10CCR, Chapter 6, Sections 2847.3 and 2848). The broker (MLB) license identification
number must also be included in the advertisement (Business and Professions Code Section 10236.4(a) and

(b)). When MLBs engage in transactions subject to the Corporate Securities Law of 1968 and the Corporations
Commissioner’s Regulations pertaining thereto, the advertising regulations of this law must be complied with
(Corporations Code Section 25300, 25301, and 25302, and 10CCR, Chapter 3, Section 260.302).

Commissioner’s Regulations

Real estate licensees active in the mortgage loan business (MLBs) should be familiar with the Real Estate
Commissioner’s Regulations set forth in 10CCR, Chapter 6, commencing with Section 2725. Among the most
important are Sections 2830.1 et seq. (trust fund accounts/handling); 2840 et seq. (approved borrower
disclosure statements and related loan disclosure requirements); 2844 (lending practices for non-traditional
mortgage products); 2845 (interpretative opinion request); 2846 (approved lender/purchaser disclosure
statements); 2846.5 (report of annual trust fund accounts review); 2846.7 and 2846.8 (filing of annual trust
account and quarterly trust fund reports); 2847, 2847.3 and 2848 (advertising requirements, including voluntary
submissions); 2849.01, 2849.1 (annual Business Activities Report format and reporting transactions pending at
close of the MLB’s fiscal year); and 2970 and 2972 (advance fee agreements and related accounting
requirements).

Article 6 – “Multi-Lender” Loans

Claim of Qualification by Exemption Rather than Qualifying by Registration of Securities

For the purposes of this section, the term “purchaser” is intended to identify persons who fund loans (typically
private investors/lenders, as defined) secured directly by real property or “fractionalized” interests therein or
who purchase promissory notes or fractionalized interests therein. The rules discussed under “Article 5”
generally apply to promissory notes secured by deeds of trust or mortgages on real property where the
beneficiary/lender mortgagee is a private investor/lender or promissory note purchaser. However, when the loan
is funded or the promissory note is purchased (including “fractionalized” interests in either) by more than one
private investor/lender (as defined), the loan transaction is known as “multi-lender” which describes the use of
funds from multiple beneficiaries/lenders/mortgagees.

As previously described in this Chapter, these transactions are known as “multi-lender”, “fractionalized” loans,
or “fractionalized” promissory notes. By way of review, Corporations Code Section 25019 describes notes as
securities (unless subject to a specific exemption pursuant to applicable law, including a statutory/regulatory
scheme established for this purpose). “Multi-lender” notes are securities regulated under the Real Estate Law
and the Corporate Securities Law of 1968 and the respective Commissioners’ regulations pertaining thereto.

To offer interests in a loan or a promissory note to more than one private investor/lender (as defined), the
broker (MLB) must either qualify the offering through an exemption or by registration resulting in the receipt
of a permit from the DOC, as defined (Corporations Code Sections 25019, 25100(p), 25102(e), 25102(f),
25102(n), 25102.5, and 25110 et seq. (among others). As previously discussed, the securities specific
exemption for “multi-lender” loan transactions and promissory notes is set forth in Article 6 of the Business and
Professions Code, commencing with Section 10237 and in accordance with Corporations Code Section
25102.5.

Notification to the Department of Real Estate

The real estate broker (MLB) must notify the DRE within 30 days after the first “multi-lender” transaction and
within 30 days of any material change, as defined in applicable law (Business and Professions Code Section
10238(a) and 10CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2846.1). The purpose of the notification is to inform the Real Estate
Commissioner that the broker (MLB) is engaging in “multi-lender” transactions and to inform the
Commissioner of various material facts regarding such broker’s business plan/model.

A broker (MLB) or other person (including entities) lawfully entitled to become the servicing agent for holders
of “fractionalized” promissory notes originated, sold, endorsed, or assigned pursuant to Article 6 must also
provide the DRE with notification no later than 30 days after achieving certain requirements pursuant to
applicable law. These requirements include, servicing loans for which payments are due during any period of
three consecutive months in the aggregate that exceeds $125,000 or the number of private investors/lenders
(including all persons) entitled to receive payments exceeds 120 (Business and Professions Code Section
10238(b)).

Advertising for Private Investors/Lenders

As previously discussed, all advertising soliciting private investors/lenders, note purchasers, or borrowers must
comply with the Real Estate Law and the Corporate Securities Law of 1968 and the respective Commissioner’s
Regulations pertaining thereto (Business and Professions Code 10238(c); 10CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2848; and
10CCR, Chapter 3, Section 260.302).

No expression or implication can be included or made in an advertisement that a contemplated transaction
subject to Article 6 of the Real Estate Law has received any approval by the DRE or the DOC. The same
standard applies to any offering of securities issued by a real estate broker (MLB), whether qualified by
exemption or registration, as defined.

Property Securing the Loan

The real property securing the loan must be located in California and “fractionalized” promissory notes and
deeds of trust or mortgages cannot by their terms be subject to subordination to any subsequently created deed
of trust or mortgage against the same security property. Further, the “fractionalized” promissory notes and
deeds of trust and mortgages may not be promotional notes, as defined (Business and Professions Code Section
10238, 10238(d)(1) and (d)(2) and Corporations Code Section 25000 et seq. and Corporations Commissioner’s
regulations pertaining thereto).

Promotional notes are secured by liens (deeds of trusts or mortgages) on separate parcels of real property in one
subdivision or in contiguous subdivisions (or in units or phases of either). Promotional notes are defined to
mean promissory notes secured by liens on real property executed on unimproved real property, or executed
after construction of an improvement on the security real property, but before the first purchase of the property
as so improved, or executed as a means of financing the first purchase of the property as so improved; that is
subordinate (or by its terms may become subordinate) to any other deed of trust or mortgage on the security
property (as defined).

Real estate brokers (MLBs) may not issue promotional notes, as defined (in a subdivision or contiguous
subdivisions, or in phases or units thereof) without qualifying the offering with the DOC, i.e., registering when
obtaining a permit from the DOC, unless an exclusion from the definition of promotional notes applies to the
transaction. Pursuant to Business and Professions Code Section 10238(d)(1)(2),the definition of promotional
notes does not include:

1. A promissory note and deed of trust or mortgage that was executed in excess of three years prior to
being offered for sale; or,

2. A promissory note secured by a first deed of trust or mortgage on real property in a subdivision (as
defined) that evidences a bona fide loan made in connection with the financing of the usual cost of the
development of a residential, commercial or industrial building, or of buildings to be constructed on
the security property under a written agreement providing for the disbursement of the loan funds as
costs are incurred or in relation to the progress of the work; and further providing, for title insurance
“ensuring” (insuring) the priority of the security instrument/device against mechanics’ and
materialmen’s liens, or regarding the final disbursement of at least 10% of the loan funds after the
expiration of the period for the filing of mechanics’ or materialmen’s liens.

It should be noted that the second exclusion does not extend to security property consisting of unimproved land
or land that is improved with offsite (including backbone) or onsite improvements. The second exclusion
contemplates vertical construction with construction loan agreements entered into describing the manner in
which disbursements are to occur and with title insurance coverage insuring the continued priority of the deeds
of trust or mortgages (security devices/instruments) against mechanic’s and materialmen’s liens (Business and
Professions Code Section 10238(d)(1) and(2) and Corporations Code Section 25000 et seq.; and the respective
Commissioners’ regulations pertaining thereto).

“Fractionalized” promissory notes and deeds of trust or mortgages must be secured directly by real property. No
collateral assignments (hypothecations) of “fractionalized” promissory notes and security devices/instruments
are allowed, i.e., hypothecation through collateral assignments of “fractionalized” notes would cause the loss of
the “quasi-private placement” exemption from qualification of the securities by registration. This and other

deviations from the standards required in the securities specific statutory and regulatory scheme would be
violations of the “quasi-private placement” exemption (Business and Professions Code Section 10237 et seq.
and Corporations Code Section 25102.5).

Practitioners should not engage in promotional notes (as defined) or in hypothecations through collateral
assignments of promissory notes and deeds of trust or mortgages (whether or not “fractionalized”) without the
prior advice of knowledgeable securities legal counsel.

The Broker as Issuer and Related Self-Dealing Limitations

The securities represented by “fractionalized” promissory notes and deeds of trusts or mortgages must be issued
by and sold through a licensed real estate broker (MLB) who is acting in the capacity of an agent or of a
principal in the secured transaction and in the three roles previously described in this Chapter in the context of
the securities being issued (Business and Professions Code Sections 10131.3, 10237 and 10238(e), and the Real
Estate Commissioner’s regulations pertaining thereto; Corporations Code Sections 25019, 25100(e) and 25206,
and the Corporations Commissioner’s regulations pertaining thereto, including 10 CCR, Chapter 3, Section
260.115 and 260.204.1, among others).

No self-dealing (as described in Business and Professions Code Section 10231.2) is allowed, except under two
fact situations described in applicable law, provided the interests of the broker (MLB) or the affiliate of the
broker (if any) is first disclosed to the private investors/lenders, and the disclosure includes under what
circumstances the MLB or the affiliates acquired their interests in the contemplated transaction. The two
exclusions are generally described below:

A transaction in which the broker (MLB) or an affiliate of the broker is acquiring the promissory note and
security devices/instruments or the security property that are under foreclosure (including at the foreclosure
trustee’s sale) of a deed of trust or mortgage for which the broker (MLB) is the servicing agent, or the loan
being foreclosed is evidenced by a promissory note and deed of trust or mortgage that was sold, endorsed,
assigned, or exchanged to the present holder(s) thereof by or through the MLB; or,

A transaction in which the broker or an affiliate of the broker (MLB) is re-selling from inventory the real
property acquired by the holder or holders through foreclosure, provided that the broker (MLB) is the servicing
agent of the loan that was foreclosed or the promissory note and deed of trust or mortgage evidencing and
securing the foreclosed loan was sold, endorsed, assigned, or exchanged by or through the MLB to the holder
or holders thereof.

Applying the language of the two exclusions describing when a broker (MLB) may self-deal in the context of a
“multi-lender” transaction or in any other offering of securities (whether qualified by exemption or registration)
requires the advice of knowledgeable securities legal counsel.

The Purchasers

The note cannot be sold to more than 10 persons, as defined, who must meet certain income or net worth
requirements, i.e., the private investors/lenders must be suitable for the contemplated transaction. The
investment cannot exceed 10% of the net worth of the private investors/lenders (the purchaser’s net worth),
exclusive of home, furnishings, and automobile; or the investment cannot exceed 10% of the adjusted gross
income of the private investors/lenders (the purchaser’s adjusted gross income).

The foregoing thresholds of 10% of the net worth or 10% of the adjusted gross income apply whether the
investment arises from the funding of a “fractionalized” interest in the promissory note and deed of trust or
mortgage, or from the purchase of the promissory note or interests therein as an existing asset. The suitability of
the private investors/lenders must be considered for the specific transaction and the “thresholds” may not be
exclusively relied upon for this purpose (Business and Professions Code Section 10238(f) and the Corporate
Securities Law of 1968 and the Corporations Commissioner’s regulations pertaining thereto).

The Interests

The interests of each private investor/lender (purchaser) in a “fractionalized” loan or promissory note must be
identical in the underlying terms. The terms of the investment representing a “fractionalized” interest in a loan
or promissory note directly secured by a deed of trust or mortgage on real property must be the same among the

private investors/lenders. This includes the interest rate, the servicing fees, and how and to whom the late
charges and prepayment penalty fees are to be distributed, among others.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, private investors/lenders may invest distinguishable amounts resulting in
different percentages of undivided or “fractionalized” interests received in the promissory note and deed of
trust or mortgage (security device/instrument). No stripping of principal or interest amounts (including but not
limited to income streams or yield spreads) may occur and a private investor/lender may not receive any of the
benefits inuring to the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee identified as the initial payee/lender or the endorsee or
assignee thereof in the promissory note and deed of trust or mortgage without receiving and holding a ratable
“fractionalized” interest as the evidence of ownership as the holder or an undivided interest in a promissory
note and deed of trust or mortgage.

Private investors/lenders acquiring interests in promissory notes and deeds of trust or mortgages through
mortgage brokers (MLBs) may not evidence such interests through participation certificates or other forms of
agreements or contracts. Rather, the interest must be evidence by ratable “fractionalized” assignments in the
promissory notes and deeds of trust or mortgages (Corporations Code Section 25100(s).

When a private investor/lender purchases a “fractionalized” interest in an existing promissory note and deed of
trust or mortgage from the holder of the interest, the acquisition price may vary to reflect the market price of the
interest purchased at the time of purchase. This means the benefits inuring to the purchasing private
investor/lender must be identical to the other holders of interests in the “fractionalized” promissory note and
deed of trust or mortgage predicated on a ratable assignment of the undivided interest purchased. For example,
when considering the purchase of an interest in an existing “fractionalized” promissory note and deed of trust
or mortgage, the interest rate of the promissory note, the disposition of late payment charges and prepayment
penalty fees, and the servicing fees must be identical among the private investors/lenders who are the holders
subject to ratable assignment of the foregoing based upon the undivided interests of each holder. The
prohibition regarding principal and interest amounts described in the previous paragraph will still apply
(Business and Professions Code Section 10238(g)).

The applicable law controlling the benefits inuring to private investor/lenders holding “fractionalized” interests
in promissory notes and deeds of trust or mortgage is similar to the meaning applied by the depository
institutions and licensed lenders to the term “pari passu”. However, the distinction between the use of this term
by depository institutions and licensed lenders as compared to MLBs issuing securities to private
investors/lenders is that private investors/lenders do not qualify as investors in transactions where the interests
purchased are participations in the form of certificates or otherwise by agreement or contract in pools of
mortgage loans.

Such investments are limited to depository institutions and other qualified investment buyers (QIBs) who must
meet the predicate qualifications required under Regulation A of Section 4(2) of the Securities and Exchange
Act of 1933 in addition to the Corporate Securities Law of 1968 and the Corporations Commissioner’s
regulations pertaining thereto (15 USC, Chapter 2A, Section 77d and 17 CFR, Chapter II, Section 230.114A,
among others; and Corporations Code Section 25100(s)).

Loan-to-Value Ratios, Appraisals, and Construction and Rehabilitation Loans

Article 6 imposes certain loan-to-value limitations on “fractionalized” loan transactions depending on the type
of the security real property. In some limited circumstances, the statutory loan-to-value limits may be exceeded
if the broker (MLB) deems it to be reasonable and prudent. In such event, the broker (MLB) must include
within the transaction file the written justification for and the evidence in support to exceed the statutory loan-
to-value ratio limits.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the loan-to-value ratios may not exceed (together with the unpaid principal
balance of any other encumbrance on the security property that is senior to the subject loan) 80% of the current
fair market value of the security real property, as improved, or 50% of the current fair market value of the
unimproved security real property. When the security property is a single family residentially zoned lot or
parcel that has installed offsite improvements (including drainage, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, paved roads, and
utilities as mandated by the local political subdivision having jurisdiction over the lot or parcel), the maximum

loan-to-value ratio is 65% of the current fair market value (Business and Professions Code Section
10238(h)(1)(2)).

The broker (MLB) must advise the private investors/lenders or promissory note purchasers of their right to
receive a copy of an independent appraisal report completed by a qualified appraiser, or the MLB’s evaluation
of the fair market value of the security real property (if the private investors/lenders have first expressly waived
in writing on a case-by-case basis the independent appraisal report). The evaluation of the MLB may not be
delegated to another broker and must include the objective data upon which the MLB relied in offering an
opinion of value, i.e., no “bald” assertions. Further, the MLB must be qualified by knowledge, experience and
training to undertake the valuation of the specific security real property at issue (Business and Professions Code
Sections 10232.4, 10232.5, 10232.6, 10238(h)(3), 10241.3, 11302(b) and 11423).

For vertical construction or rehabilitation loans as authorized by Article 6, the fair market value of the intended
security property must be estimated by an independent appraiser who is properly qualified for the assignment
pursuant to a license or certification issued by the Office of Real Estate Appraisers (OREA). The appraisal
report must be completed in compliance with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice
(USPAP). These standards generally include an “as is” (current) and an “as completed” (future) estimate of fair
market value for the intended security real property.

When the loan being made or arranged relies on a loan-to-value ratio based on the “as completed” or future
value of the security real property, a significant number of safe guards must be operative in the contemplated
loan transaction, including the aforementioned appraisal standards incorporating USPAP and the use of an
appraiser appropriately qualified by license or certification through OREA. Guidance describing the appraisal
process to be accomplished, including the approaches, methods and techniques to be applied by the appraiser in
arriving at an “as completed” or future value is available in the text published by the Appraisal Institute
entitled, “The Appraisal of Real Estate” (13th Edition). The safe guards otherwise include:

1. An independent neutral escrow holder to be used for all deposits and disbursements (e.g., a joint
control agent authorized pursuant to Financial Code Section 17005.1);

2. The loan is to be fully funded, with the entire loan amount deposited in any neutral escrow prior to
recording the deed or deeds of trust or mortgage or mortgages;

3. A comprehensive, detailed, draw schedule is to be used to ensure proper and timely disbursements to
allow for the completion of the project;

4. The disbursement draws from the escrow account are based on inspections by an independent
qualified person who certifies that the work completed to the date of the draw meets the related codes
and applicable standards and that the draws were made in accordance with the construction contract,
including the agreed upon draw schedule incorporated in the Construction Loan Agreement;

5. The independent qualified person authorized to make inspections and certified the work completed
may not be a person who is an employee, agent or affiliate of the broker (MLB) and is to be licensed
as an architect, a structural engineer, or general contractor, or an active local building inspector
performing in his or her official capacity to make such inspections (as authorized by the local building
official);

6. The loan transaction is properly documented, including the holders of the beneficial interests in the
promissory notes and deeds of trust or mortgages evidencing the debt and securing the construction or
rehabilitation loan, agreeing to be governed for actions taken by Civil Code Section 2941.9, and the
documentation shall include a detailed description of the actions that may be taken in event of failure
to complete the project (whether as a result of default, insufficiency of funds or other causes); and,

7. The entire amount of the loan does not exceed $2,500,000 (Business and Professions Code Section
10230(h)(4)).

If the loan is secured by more than one real property, the maximum loan-to-value percentages of each type of
property must be met in accordance with the statutory limits imposed (Business and Professions Code Section
10238(h)(1)(2) and (5)). “Multi-lender” notes if secured by more than one real property in a subdivision (as
defined) require the use of one promissory note and deed of trust or mortgage recorded as a blanket
encumbrance with appropriate release clauses.

Terms of Default and Foreclosure

As previously discussed, the documentation of the transaction must require:

1. A default upon any interest in or in connection with a promissory note and deed of trust or mortgage is
a default on all interests or promissory notes and deeds of trust or mortgages evidencing and securing
the debt(s) or loan(s) for the subject transactions; and,

2. The holders of more than 50% of the beneficial interests (as defined) are entitled to govern the actions
binding all of the holders of the interests in the promissory notes and deeds of trust or mortgages in
accordance with applicable law in the event of default, the pursuit of a foreclosure (whether judicial or
non-judicial), or for other matters that may require direction or approval of the holders.

The majority action standard to be accomplished in what has been described as a majority action affidavit
specifically excludes the real estate broker (MLB) or any affiliate of the broker who has issued or is servicing
the loan transaction for determining the majority (defined to be more than 50% of the holders). This exclusion
extends to an MLB who is servicing the loan who may not be an affiliate of the real estate broker (MLB) that
issued the security (Business and Professions Code Section 10238(i), Civil Code Section 2941.9, and
Corporations Code Section 25013).

Receipt of Funds, Disclosures, Trust Accounts and CPA Review

As previously discussed, the broker (MLB) must present to private investors/lenders a specific loan transaction
or a specific promissory note in which the requested deed of trust or mortgage investment will be made. Prior to
accepting funds from private investors/lenders for a specific transaction (as defined), the MLB must disclose
the relevant material facts and investment risks in connection with the contemplated investment. These
disclosures typically begin with a summary of the terms of the specific loan transaction or of the promissory
note and deed of trust or mortgage in which the funds of the private investors/lenders will be invested.

Should these private investors/lenders express interest in the summarized and described deed of trust or
mortgage investment opportunity (whether to fund a loan or to purchase a promissory note or an interest
therein), a lender/purchaser disclosure statement (as previously discussed in this Chapter) must be completed
and delivered by the MLB before accepting any investment capital/funds. The DRE publishes four
lender/purchaser disclosure statements for use by MLBs for carrying out the disclosure objective. MLBs are not
entitled to construct their own disclosure forms and are required to request permission from the DRE to rely on
forms other than the specific published forms. The request must be made on behalf of at least 25 real estate
brokers (MLBs) who have qualified as “threshold” brokers in accordance with applicable law (Business and
Professions Code Section 10232(e) and 10232.5(a)(b); and 10CCR, Chapter 6, Section 2846).

The Lender/Purchaser Disclosure Statements published by the DRE are intended for use in distinguishable
transactions (as defined) and are numbered 851A, 851B, 851C and 851D. Form 851A is for loan origination
(whether funded by a single private investor or “fractionalized”); form 851B is for the sale of an existing
promissory note and deed of trust or mortgage or a “fractionalized” interest therein that was not originated by
or through the MLB; form 851C is for hypothecations of an existing promissory note and deed of trust or
mortgage (which are prohibited in “multi-lender” transactions); and, 851D is when the deed of trust or
mortgage describes as security for the repayment of the loan more than one real property (cross-
collateralization or blanket encumbrances). The MLB may add addendums to these required Lender/Purchaser
Disclosure Statements to ensure the relevant material facts and investment risks are disclosed fully. If more than
one real property secures the loan, the broker must disclose to the private investors/lenders the risks associated
when securing the loan by multiple properties to the lender or note purchaser (Business and Professions Code
Section 10238(l) and form 851D).

All funds received from private investors/lenders are trust funds and must be handled in accordance with
Business and Professions Code Sections 10145 and the Commissioner’s applicable regulations, 10CCR,
Chapter 6, Section 2830.1 et seq. The MLB who issued the securities or who is performing as the servicing
agent in “multi-lender” transactions must file CPA-prepared quarterly and annual reports (if the payments due
in any 3-month period exceed $125,000 or the number of persons entitled to the payments exceeds 120).

The Article 6 reporting criteria for “multi-lender” transactions differs from the Article 5 reporting criteria when
reporting loan-servicing activities. The Article 6 criteria applies to payments due and the Article 5 criteria
applies to payments collected. The broker (MLB) engaged in “multi-lender” transactions must also submit an
annual report of business activities to the DRE (Business and Professions Code Sections 10238(j), (o), (p)).

Loan Servicing

To service a loan on behalf of the holder or holders, a written servicing agreement is required (Business and
Professions Code Section 10233 and 10238(k)). The servicing agreement is a component of the investment
contract relationship among the private investors/lenders and the MLB. This investment contract relationship is
applicable whether the loans or promissory notes and deeds of trust or mortgages being serviced are “whole
notes” (Corporations Code Section 25100(p)), “multi-lender” notes (Business and Professions Code Section
10237 et seq., and Corporations Code Section 25102.5), an offering qualified by exemption (Corporations Code
Sections 25102(e), (f), (i) or (n)), or an offering qualified by registration (Corporations Code Section 25110 et
seq.).

The tests to apply for the purposes of establishing an “investment contract” include:

1. An investment of money due to;

2. An expectation of profits arising from;

3. A common enterprise; and,

4. Which depends solely on the essential management efforts of a promoter or third party.

The MLB is the promoter or third party whose management efforts are essential in each of the scenarios
described above, unless the “whole note” (loans made by one private investor/lender, as defined) is neither
underwritten nor serviced by the MLB (Securities and Exchange Comm. v. W. J. Howey Co., 328 U.S. 293
(1946) and Securities and Exchange Comm. v. Glenn W. Turner Enterprises, Inc., et al., No., 474 F.2d 476(9th
Cir.1973)). Under the Real Estate Law, loan servicing on behalf of another or others for compensation or
expectation of compensation (regardless of form or time of payment), requires a real estate broker’s license
unless the person or entity is exempt from such licensure (Business and Professions Code Sections 10131(d),
10133, and 10133.1).

The payments received on the promissory notes and deeds of trusts or mortgages or interests therein must be
transmitted pro-rata to the owners or holders of the promissory notes (i.e., ratably according to their respective
interests) within 25 days of receipt of the payments by the servicing agent. The loan-servicing agent (MLB)
must file a request for a notice of default upon any prior encumbrances and promptly notify the promissory note
owners (holders) of any notice of default (Business and Professions Code Sections 10233 and 10238(k)).

Identities of the Purchasers

Upon request, the broker (MLB) as the issuer or the servicing agent must give private investors/lenders
(whether holders of “fractionalized” interests in loans evidenced by promissory notes and secured by deeds of
trust or mortgages or purchasers of promissory notes or interests in either), the names and addresses of the
purchasers of the interests (Business and Professions Code Section 10238(m)). The MLB must keep accurate
records of the names and addresses and other relevant information on private investors/lenders whether
participating in a “multi-lender” transaction (a “quasi-private placement”), another form of private placement
through an offering qualified by exemption, or an offering qualified by registration.

No Option to Purchase

The broker (MLB) cannot have any option right or an agreement that grants a future right to acquire (including
re-purchase) the “fractionalized” interests of the private investors/lenders or to acquire the security real
property, except as authorized by applicable law (Business and Professions Code Section 10238(n)). As
previously discussed, the broker (MLB) may acquire the interests of the private investors/lenders in the context
of a foreclosure or in connection with the security real property after the foreclosure has occurred (Business and
Professions Code Section 10238(e)).

The MLB may acquire the interests of private investors/lenders (as the issuer of the securities or as the
servicing agent), provided the concurrent consent of the private investor/lender is obtained. Pursuant to the
foregoing, the MLB may acquire such interests whether the interests are in “fractionalized” promissory notes
and deeds of trust or mortgages or in the security real property held by the private investor/lender subsequent to
a foreclosure. When the “fractionalized” promissory note and deed of trust or mortgage represents securities
issued pursuant to the “multi-lender” statutory exemption, or is issued through an offering qualified by
exemption (as defined), the interests acquired by the MLB may not be re-sold in violation of applicable law
(Business and Professions Code Section 10238(n) and Corporation Code Section 25104(a)).

Conclusion

Brokers (MLBs) must use an abundance of caution when engaging in “multi-lender” transactions, a statutory
“quasi-private placement” exemption from qualification of the securities granted pursuant to the Real Estate
Law and the Real Estate Commissioner’s Regulations pertaining thereto, and the Corporate Securities Law of
1968 and the Corporations Commissioners regulations pertaining thereto (Business and Professions Code
Section 10237 et seq. and Corporations Code Section 25102.5, among others).

This exemption is securities specific and any violation of the provisions of the exemption from otherwise
qualifying by registration may result in a violation of the Real Estate Law and in a violation of the Corporate
Securities Law of 1968, including the respective Commissioners’ Regulations pertaining to each (Business and
Professions Code Sections 10131.3, 10177(n) and 10237 et seq., and the applicable regulations of the Real
Estate Commissioner, among others; and Corporations Code Sections 25019, 25102.5 and 25206, and the
applicable Regulations of the Corporations Commissioner’s, among others).

Violations of the securities law are subject to criminal prosecution. Therefore, it is prudent and recommended
that MLBs seek the advice of knowledgeable securities legal counsel prior to engaging in “multi-lender”
transactions qualified by statutory exemption, or transactions involving interests in real property (whether
equitable or fee or a mortgage interest) otherwise qualified by exemption or qualified by registration.

Public
Off

PROMISSORY NOTES

PROMISSORY NOTES somebody

PROMISSORY NOTES

The Debt/Loan or Obligations

The promissory note is the evidence of the indebtedness between the borrower and the lender. It is also the
contract that represents the borrower’s promise to pay the lender in accordance with the agreed upon terms.
The promissory note may also evidence future obligations such as in home equity credit line loans or that may
occur pursuant to additional advances authorized in the accompanying security instrument (whether a deed of
trust or mortgage). The promissory note is the prime instrument and if there are conflicts in the provisions of
the note and deed of trust or mortgage, generally the terms of the promissory note are controlling. The deed of
trust or mortgage is the security instrument that makes the real property described therein the security
(collateral) for the debt/loan or obligations that the promissory note evidences.

Negotiable Instruments

A negotiable instrument is a written unconditional promise or order to pay a certain amount of money at a
definite time or on demand. The promissory note, a draft (whether issued by a bank and otherwise), and a check
drawn on a bank are examples of negotiable instruments. Each is subject to the promise to pay to the payee or
to the order of the holder. Bank checks are the most common type of negotiable instrument;drafts (also known
as bills of exchange and trade acceptances) are similar “three-party paper,” except these instruments generally
do not require a bank with Fed check clearing capacity.

Promissory notes constitute “two-party paper.” The maker promises to pay the payee a specified amount of
money on a date certain, upon demand, or in accordance with its terms. There are seven basic kinds of
promissory notes in general use with a deed of trust or mortgage:

1. A straight note calling for payment of interest only during the term of the note, with the principal sum
becoming due and payable on a certain date;

2. An installment note calling for periodic payments on the principal, plus separate periodic payments of
interest made as agreed;

3. An installment note demanding periodic payments of fixed amounts, including interest and principal
(amortized payments) until the loan is fully paid or to a date certain when the principal amount owing
is to be paid in full (a balloon payment);

4. An adjustable rate note with an interest rate that varies depending upon changes in an agreed upon
prescribed standard (a recognized index such as the 11th District Cost Of Funds, U. S. Treasury
Securities, the published Prime or Reference Rate, or the London Interbank Offered Rate);

5. A variable rate note with an interest rate that increases or decreases pursuant to movements in an
identified direction of a prescribed standard (index);

6. A renegotiable note with equal periodic payments of principal and interest being made for a specified
term, e.g., five years at which time the debt or loan is due or is subject to renegotiation/recasting at the
then prevailing interest rate based upon a preset margin in relationship to a recognized and authorized
standard (index); and,

7. A demand note that does not become due until the holder makes demand for its payment.

Negotiable instruments in the form of drafts or checks drawn on a bank are freely transferable in commerce.
They are typically accepted as virtual equivalents of cash, yet the hazards of handling large sums of cash are
avoided. However, to be regarded as a negotiable instrument, the document must conform strictly to the
statutory definition. Thus a negotiable instrument must be:

1. Signed by the maker or drawer;

2. Include an unconditional promise or order to pay a sum certain in U.S. dollars, and no other promise,
order, obligation or power is given the maker or drawer;

3. Payable on demand or at a definite time; and

4. Is payable to the holder or bearer.

Every one of the listed elements must be present if the instrument is to qualify as negotiable. If any one is
missing, the instrument may still be valuable and transferable (assignable) like an ordinary contract. As such,
the transferee or assignee receives no more benefits than held by the transferor. Personal and real defenses that
are available to the borrower/debtor against the payee (lender/assignor) are generally good against the
transferee/assignee, which affects the holder in due course status.

Negotiation

Negotiation is the transfer of an instrument in such form that the transferee becomes a subsequent holder. If the
instrument is payable to order, it is negotiated by delivery and acceptance with any necessary endorsement. If
payable to bearer, it is negotiated by delivery and acceptance.

An exception to the requirement of delivery of the instrument is set forth in Section 10233.2 of the Business
and Professions Code. A real estate broker (MLB) acting as a servicing agent of the note holder or holders may
perfect delivery by retaining possession of the promissory note and the deed of trust or mortgage, including
collateral instruments and documents securing the debt/loan or obligations evidenced by the promissory note
(provided the deed of trust or mortgage or an assignment or assignments of either and of related collateral
documents identifying the lender/beneficiary/mortgagee/assignee is/are recorded in the office of the recorder of

the county in which the security property is located). The promissory note is to be made payable to the
lender/holder or to the assignee(s) or endorsee(s) of the lender/holder.

An endorsement must be written by or on behalf of the holder and on the instrument or on a paper so firmly
affixed thereto so as to become a part thereof. An endorsement on a paper so affixed shall be valid and effective
even though there is sufficient space on the instrument to write the endorsement. When so affixed, the paper is
known as an allonge. An endorsement is effective for negotiation when it conveys the entire instrument or any
unpaid residue. If it purports to do less, it generally operates (with certain exceptions) as a partial assignment.

There are various types of endorsements, including:

1. Blank: the holder simply signs his or her name on the back of the note (Caution: Such an endorsement
should not be made without the advice of legal counsel);

2. Special: the holder executes “pay to the order of (a named transferee)”;

3. Restrictive: the holder restricts future negotiation by inscribing, “pay to the order of
_____________________________State Bank, for deposit only to ______account”; or,

4. Qualified: the holder inscribes the promissory note with the words “without recourse” to the
endorsement, which means if the maker refuses to pay, the endorser will not be liable for the amounts
owed.

Regarding item 4 above, a qualified endorsement does not eliminate the endorser’s contingent liability
concerning certain representations and warrantees included within an agreement between the parties or implied
by law. That is, by negotiating a promissory note by delivery or by endorsing the instrument, the transferor, as a
matter of law, still represents and warrants that: (a) the instrument is genuine and what it purports to be; (b) the
transferor/assignor or endorser has good title to the instrument, that no previous endorsement(s) has or have
occurred by the identified transferor, or that no previous assignment(s) of the same interest by the transferor has
occurred; (c) all prior parties had capacity to contract; and (d) the transferor neither has notice nor knowledge
of any fact or defect that would impair the validity of the instrument or render it valueless.

It is common for the transferor/assignor or endorser of a promissory note to enter into a global agreement with
intended assignees or endorsees regarding the future transfer of promissory notes. These agreements typically
include representations and warrantees made by the transferor upon whom the transferee relies to perform the
representations and warrantees that are distinguishable from an assignment or endorsement without recourse.
Accordingly, the duties and obligations of the transferor pursuant to these agreements would remain operative
irrespective of whether the promissory notes are assigned or endorsed with or without recourse. With
representations and warrantees, it is preferable that the transfer or assignment be made with recourse integrating
the agreement between the transferor and the transferee.

When negotiation is by delivery only, the above warrantees extend only in favor of the immediate transferee.
Negotiability of a promissory note is neither affected by inclusion of a clause adding court costs and reasonable
attorney’s fees in the event litigation becomes necessary to collect nor by inclusion of an acceleration clause
which provides that default in one of a series of payments makes the entire principal amount and any interest
accrued thereon immediately due and payable. These and similar provisions actually make promissory notes
more acceptable to lenders and investors.

Holder in Due Course Defined

A holder in due course is one who has taken a negotiable instrument: (a) for value; (b) in good faith; and (c)
without notice or knowledge that it is overdue or has been dishonored or of any defense against or claim to it on
the part of any person. A holder in due course may be a person who has taken the instrument through a prior
holder in due course, or, for that matter, through a person who was not a holder in due course.

Notice may be obtained in many ways, including defects on the face of the instrument, in the loan documents,
through actual knowledge of dishonor or of a defense, or through the operation of law. Recording of an

instrument does not give notice of a defense or claim in recoupment, or of other claims to the instrument to
prevent the holder from being in due course (Commercial Code Section 3302).

It is possible in the case of negotiable instruments that the transferee may receive more benefits than held by the
transferor. If the holder of the instrument transfers it to a third party who is a bona fide purchaser for value, that
third party enjoys a favored position provided the third party takes the note as a holder in due course (without
notice of defect or dishonor and absent a continual business relationship with the transferor). This holder in due
course status facilitates trade and commerce because persons are more willing to accept such instruments
without careful investigation or thorough due diligence of the maker’s credit worthiness and financial standing
and of the circumstances surrounding creation of the debt/loan or obligations evidenced by the promissory
note/negotiable instrument.

Holder in due course status is limited if the loan transaction is subject to the federal Truth-In-Lending Act
(TILA). Transferees of such loans are liable to the maker if:

■ Violation of the Truth-in-Lending Act is apparent on the face of the disclosure statement or in the loan
documents (e.g., Regulation Z final disclosures show the amount of the broker’s (MLB’s) commission
to be $2,000.00 and the HUD-1 lists the commission as $5,000.00); or,

■ The assignment was voluntary as opposed to involuntary (e.g. court-ordered sale and assignment of
the promissory note/negotiable instrument, unless the order expressly states that the assignee is free of
any claims including TILA that may be brought by the borrower/debtor).

In addition, loans which are subject to 12 CFR Section 226.32 of Regulation Z (TILA) include a broader
assignee liability standard, i.e., assignees of high cost and high fee loans do not benefit from standing as a good
faith purchaser or as a holder in due course.

Holder in due course status may also be limited when private investors/lenders acquire promissory notes
through MLBs who are required to function as their agents and fiduciaries. This is a result of the legal theories
of imputation of liability and of respondeat superior, i.e., the master must respond for the actions or conduct of
the servant performing within the course and scope of the employment, including any applicable notice or
knowledge possessed by the servant. This issue would depend upon the facts, including whether any conduct of
the MLB as the agent and fiduciary was adverse to the interests of the private investors/lenders, or was deemed
to be criminal. Accordingly, legal counsel should be consulted before a conclusion is drawn by practitioners
about holder in due course status, particularly when involving private investors/lenders.

FTC “Holder in Due Course Rule”

State law governing the rights of a holder in due course has been limited by the so-called “holder in due course
rule” of the Federal Trade Commission (16 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 433, Preservation of Consumer’s
Claims and Defenses, 1977). Under this rule, any holder of a consumer credit contract is subject to all claims
and defenses that the consumer could assert against the seller of goods or services obtained under or with the
proceeds from the consumer credit contract.

This rule has limited application in the field of promissory notes secured by deeds of trust or mortgages on real
property. It appears to be applicable in the context of a home improvement contract secured by a deed of trust
or mortgage on the home of the borrower. A typical example would be a siding contract. The normal
promissory note secured by deed of trust or mortgage used to finance the purchase or construction of
improvements on residential or other real property is not subject to the FTC holder in due course rule.

Conflict in Terms of Note and Deed of Trust or Mortgage

Where there is a conflict in the provisions of the promissory note and deed of trust or mortgage, the provisions
of the note will generally control. A deed of trust or mortgage gives no additional validity to an unenforceable
promissory note. However, the assignment or endorsement of the promissory note carries with it the security as
described in the deed of trust or mortgage.

The promissory note and deed of trust or mortgage are to be construed together, and if a deed of trust or
mortgage contains an acceleration clause, exercising it may cause the promissory note to become due, even
though the note contains no such clause. Since July 1, 1972, every California deed of trust or mortgage
describing security property containing 1 to 4 dwelling units that includes a provision accelerating the due date

of the debt/loan or obligation upon the sale, conveyance, alienation, lease, succession, assignment or any other
transfer of the security property (subject to the deed of trust or mortgage) will not be valid, unless the clause is
uniformly set forth in both the promissory note and the deed of trust or mortgage.

Public
Off

SELLER EXTENDING CREDIT

SELLER EXTENDING CREDIT somebody

SELLER EXTENDING CREDIT

Structuring the “Carry Back”

A seller who receives a substantial portion of the purchase price from the proceeds of a conventional loan
recorded as the senior or first deed of trust or mortgage, plus a down payment from the buyer/borrower that is
acceptable to the conventional lender, may be willing to extend credit to assist in completing the purchase price.
Generally, the buyer/borrower as the trustor/mortgagor of the conventional loan is required by the
beneficiary/lender/mortgagee to pay a down payment equal to at least 5% or as much as 10% of the purchase
price, plus the recurring closing costs or pre-paid expenses.

A seller would typically demand and receive an interest rate higher than that of the first conventional loan.
However, the terms of the seller’s junior loan, including debt service and maturity date, would be subject to the
approval of the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee of the first conventional loan.

When a seller “carries the paper,” the extension of credit is a time differential payment of the purchase price
and not a loan or forbearance. The seller imposes and interest rate/yield as compensation for the delay in
payment. By definition a seller “carry back” is a “purchase money” deed of trust or mortgage. This financing
method may also be used when a seller wants to receive an income spread over a designated period instead of
receiving the entire difference between the balance owing on an existing loan to be assumed and the purchase
price.

Seller “carry backs” are often used in periods of tight money where buyers/borrowers are unable to make the
entire required down payment, whether in the context of financing the purchase through a new conventional
loan or through an assumption of an existing conventional loan. “Carry backs” by sellers are evidenced by
promissory notes secured by deeds of trusts or mortgages recorded in a junior position that may either be held
or sold by assignment or endorsement to a permanent investor/lender, either directly or through use of the
services of a mortgage broker.

These promissory notes may be sold subject to a discount depending upon the risk involved and the material
terms of the transaction. The material loan terms include due date, principal amount, interest rate, borrower
character (including credit worthiness, stability of repayment source, and financial standing), and the market
value of the security property. In addition, clauses and provisions to be considered include due-on-sale, due on
further encumbrance, late charges, prepayment penalty provisions, or customary acceleration clauses. The
foregoing material loan terms, clauses, and provisions will control the amount of discount demanded in the
market place by purchasers of promissory notes evidencing seller “carry backs”.

Disclosures Required

Since July 1, 1983, in transactions that involve a purchase money deed of trust or mortgage secured by 1 to 4
dwelling units with the seller extending credit in the form of a “carry back”, specific disclosures are required to
be given to the seller and the buyer by the “arranger of credit”. An arranger of credit is typically a real estate
broker who has negotiated the sale transaction and the seller’s extension of credit. Certain specific disclosures
must be made by the arranger of credit to both the seller and buyer, including:

■ The identification and a description of the promissory note or other credit documents or security
instruments which are the security for the transaction, including the terms, clauses, and provisions of
each (or a copy of each document or instrument);

■ The terms, conditions, clauses and provisions of each encumbrance which constitutes an existing or
intended lien (whether a deed of trust, mortgage, or otherwise) upon the security property that is or
will be recorded senior to the seller financing being arranged;

■ A warning that if refinancing would be required as a result of the lack of full amortization of the
amounts owing of any existing or proposed liens (deeds of trusts, mortgages, or otherwise), such
refinancing might be difficult or impossible to obtain at that time in the conventional mortgage market;

■ If negative amortization is possible, or the senior loan or the financing being arranged is variable or
adjustable, a disclosure of this fact and an explanation of its potential effect must be given;

■ If the senior loan or the financing being arranged includes a balloon payment or a right of the
lender/creditor/mortgagee or of the seller to require a prepayment of the principal balance (at or after a
stipulated date or on the occurrence of a stipulated event), a disclosure of the date and the amount of
the balloon payment or of the amount that would be due on the exercise of such right must be given in
accordance with Section 2966 of the Civil Code (including no assurance is offered that new financing,
loan extension, or forbearance will be available);

■ A disclosure of the identity, occupation, employment, income and credit data about the prospective
buyer as represented by the arranger of credit or that no representation has been made by the buyer or
the arranger regarding credit worthiness and financial standing, which disclosure is to include that

Section 580b of the Code Of Civil Procedure may limit (in the event of foreclosure) any recovery by
the vendor to the net proceeds of the security property;

■ A statement must be included that the loss payee endorsement has been added to the property
insurance coverage to protect the seller’s interest or instructions have been given to the escrow holder
to accomplish this objective;

■ A statement advising the seller that a request for notice of default under Section 2924b and a request
for notice of delinquency under Section 2924e of the Civil Code has been made and recorded, or that
neither request will be completed or recorded;

■ A statement that an appropriate policy of title insurance has been obtained insuring the interest of the
seller, or that the seller and buyer should consider obtaining such coverage as well as entering into a
tax service contract to be informed if the property taxes and assessments have been timely paid;

■ A disclosure whether the security instruments have been or will be recorded pursuant to Section 27280
of the Government Code, or a statement that the security property may be subject to intervening liens
that may occur after the promissory note has been executed and before any resort to the security
property occurs for payment of the debt/extension of credit (if the security documents or instruments
have not been recorded); and,

■ If the seller financing involves the use of an all-inclusive deed of trust, then a substantial number of
additional disclosures must be given to the seller and buyer. (An all-inclusive deed of trust should not
be used by practitioners without the prior advice of knowledgeable legal counsel.)

The arranger of credit is defined to include the real estate broker representing the buyer in residential
transactions consisting of 1 to 4 units when the seller extends credit in the form of a “carry back”. The arranger
of credit is a fiduciary of the buyer and owes duties to the seller whether performing as a dual agent or in
conjunction with a separate real estate broker representing the seller (Civil Code Section 2957(a)).

Public
Off

SERVICING DISCLOSURE STATEMENT NOTICE TO FIRST LIEN MORTGAGE LOAN APPLICANTS: THE RIGHT TO COLLECT YOUR MORTGAGE LOAN PAYMENTS MAY BE TRANSFERRED

SERVICING DISCLOSURE STATEMENT NOTICE TO FIRST LIEN MORTGAGE LOAN APPLICANTS: THE RIGHT TO COLLECT YOUR MORTGAGE LOAN PAYMENTS MAY BE TRANSFERRED somebody

SERVICING DISCLOSURE STATEMENT NOTICE TO FIRST LIEN MORTGAGE LOAN APPLICANTS: THE RIGHT TO COLLECT YOUR MORTGAGE LOAN PAYMENTS MAY BE TRANSFERRED

You are applying for a mortgage loan covered by the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA) (12
U.S.C. 2601 et seq.). RESPA gives you certain rights under Federal law. This statement describes whether the
servicing for this loan may be transferred to a different loan servicer. ``Servicing'' refers to collecting your
principal, interest, and escrow payments, if any, as well as sending any monthly or annual statements, tracking
account balances, and handling other aspects of your loan. You will be given advance notice before a transfer
occurs.

Servicing Transfer Information

[We may assign, sell, or transfer the servicing of your loan while the loan is outstanding.]

[or]

[We do not service mortgage loans of the type for which you applied. We intend to assign, sell, or transfer the
servicing of your mortgage loan before the first payment is due.]

[or]

[The loan for which you have applied will be serviced at this financial institution and we do not intend to sell,
transfer, or assign the servicing of the loan.]

Method of Delivery

The creditor/lender, authorized “table funding” mortgage broker, or qualifying dealer that anticipates a first lien
dealer loan is to deliver the Servicing Disclosure Statement within 3 business days from receipt of the
application by hand delivery; by placing it in the U. S. Mail; or, if the applicant agrees, by fax, e-mail, or other
electronic means. In the event the consumer/borrower is denied credit within the three business-days (as
defined), no Servicing Disclosure Statement is required. If co-applicants indicate the same address for each in
their loan applications, one copy delivered to that address is sufficient. If co-applicants (consumers/borrowers)
show different addresses on their loan applications, a copy of the Servicing Disclosure Statement is to be
delivered to the separate address identified for each of the co-applicants.

Loan Servicing Agreement

In loans made by depository institutions or licensed creditors/lenders, the loan servicing function is either an
independent operation or part of the overall operation of the creditor/lender. The objective of the loan servicing
operation is to achieve the yield on the mortgage loan investment expected by the creditor/lender; to the extent
possible protect the mortgage loan investment from loss; and to provide good, prompt, and acceptable service
to the consumer/borrower. A loan servicer should have a written agreement with its principal, the
creditor/lender for whom the servicer is acting as an agent and fiduciary (Business and Professions Code
Section 10131(d); Civil Code Section 2295 et seq.; and Financial Code Section 50003(h)(6), (k)(4), (q), and
(x)).

The servicing agreement should describe the servicer’s responsibilities and define the compensation for the
performance of the services contemplated. This is applicable even if the servicing operation is part of the
creditor/lender’s organization. The servicing agreement may discuss collections, forwarding of payments, late
charges, defaults, foreclosures, insurance coverage, etc. Written loan servicing agreements are recommended in
every fact situation. When loan servicing under a real estate broker’s license, a written agreement is required by
applicable law (Business and Professions Code Section 10233).

Monthly Collections

A major problem in loan servicing is the flood of payments arriving during the first ten days of each month.
Two possible solutions are:

■ Computerized processing of loan payments; or,

■ Staggering loan payment schedules so that some payments are due on the first or 10th of the month,
while others are due on the 15th or 20th, etc.

Delinquencies

Loan servicing software is available to quickly identify loan delinquencies and establish the length of delay in
the receipt of the periodic payments. These software applications are capable of identifying and delivering

various notices to consumers/borrowers including pre-notice of default, notice of default and notice of trustee’s
sale. Recently, amendments to applicable California law require alteration of the software applications and an
expanded understanding of loan modifications, forbearances, and foreclosures on the part of loan servicers
(Civil Code Sections 2923.5, 2923.52, 2923.53, 2923.54, 2923.55, 2923.6, and 2924 et seq.).

Escrow (Impound) Account Statement

Background

The fifth disclosure statement required by RESPA is the Initial Escrow (Impound) Account Statement, which
describes an escrow (impound) account established by a creditor/lender in connection with federally related
mortgage loans. Generally, an escrow (impound) account relies on calculations based upon monthly payments
and disbursements within a calendar year. Should an escrow (impound) account be subject to biweekly or other
periodic payment periods, the escrow (impound) account must be modified accordingly. HUD publishes several
guidance documents for use by creditors/lenders and their loan servicers. The HUD Public Guidance
Documents include, “Biweekly Payments – Example”; “Annual Escrow Account Disclosure Statement –
Example”; and a “Consumer Disclosure for Voluntary Escrow Account Payments”. These publications provide
model disclosure formats that are encouraged although not required and are to be combined with the Initial
Escrow Account Statement (24 CFR Section 3500.17(a) and (g)).

Escrow (Impound) Account Required for “Higher Cost/Priced Mortgage Loans”

It is expressly prohibited for a creditor/lender to extend credit in a form of a loan secured by a first lien on a
consumer’s/borrower’s principal dwelling if the loan is a “Higher Cost/Priced Mortgage Loan” (as previously
defined in this Chapter), unless an escrow (impound) account is established for the payment of property taxes
and mortgage and property related insurance premiums required by the creditor/lender. The escrow (impound)
account is required in connection with qualifying loan applications received on or after April 1, 2010 (12 CFR
Section 226.35 and 24 CFR Section 3500.17(a)).

Definition of a “Higher Cost/Priced Mortgage Loan”

As previously defined in this Chapter, a “Higher Cost/Priced Mortgage Loan” is a consumer credit transaction
secured by the consumer's/borrower’s principal dwelling with an annual percentage rate that exceeds the
average prime offer rate for a comparable transaction. Concurrent reference to the prime offer rate for
conventional loans available in the market place is required to establish whether the contemplated mortgage
loan interest rate meets the defined criteria to be a “Higher Cost/Priced Mortgage Loan”. If the mortgage loan
interest rate is set by 1.5 or more percentage points greater than for loans secured by a first lien on a dwelling or
by 3.5 or more percentage points greater than for loans secured by a subordinate lien on a dwelling; the loan fits
the aforesaid criteria (12 CFR Section 226.35 and Financial Code Section 4995(a)).

To establish the prime offer rate for a comparable transaction, the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) is a reference
source for such rates applicable to conventional loans available in the market place secured by a deed of trust or
mortgage recorded in senior position. As previously indicated, the FRB publishes weekly the H-15 Federal
Reserve Statistical Release that includes prime offer rates for senior conventional loans
(http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h15/update/). As previously noted in this Chapter, “Higher
Cost/Priced Mortgage Loans” are also referred to in Section 35 of TILA and in California law (12 CFR Section
226.35 and Financial Code Section 4995 et seq.).

Escrow (Impound) Account Defined

An escrow (impound) account is any account that a creditor/lender or servicer establishes or controls on behalf
of a borrower to pay taxes, mortgage or property related insurance premiums (including flood insurance), or
other charges with respect to a federally related mortgage loan. This account may also include charges that the
consumer/borrower and creditor/lender (loan servicer) have voluntarily agreed that the servicer may collect and
pay. The term “servicer” or “loan servicer” applies in this section interchangeably with the term creditor/lender.
The loan servicer may be the creditor/lender or an agent of the creditor/lender or of a subsequent holder of the
promissory note and deed of trust or mortgage that evidences and secures the debt/loan subject to the escrow
(impound) account (24 CFR Section 3500.17(b)).

Exemptions

An escrow (impound) account need not be established for mortgage or property related insurance coverage,
unless the insurance is required by the creditor/lender or loan servicer. For example, neither earthquake

insurance coverage nor debt-protection insurance coverage is typically required by the creditor/lender, but are
options available to the consumer/borrower. Escrow (impound) accounts are not required for mortgage or
property related insurance premiums when the residential mortgage loan is secured by shares in a cooperative
or by condominium units, provided the condominium owners’ association is obligated to maintain a master
policy extending such insurance coverage. The master policy would extend coverage to each condominium unit
representing the separate interests of the individual owners/members of the common interest developments (12
CFR Section 226.35(b)(3)(ii)).

However, an escrow (impound) account for the payment of property taxes for each condominium unit (the
separate interest) individually assessed is still required. Regarding loans secured by manufactured housing
permanently affixed to the security real property, the establishment of an escrow (impound) account is not
required until October 1, 2010 (12 CFR Section 226.35(b)(3)(i) and (ii)).

Therefore, the following applies if the residential mortgage loan is a “Higher Cost/Priced Mortgage Loan”:

■ The loan application date is on or after April 1, 2010;

■ The loan is a first lien against the security property;

■ The property is the consumer’s/borrower's principal dwelling; and,

■ The property is a single family dwelling, a condominium unit, or a dwelling within a planned unit
development (and a manufactured home permanently affixed to the security property after October 10,
2010); then an initial escrow (impound) account statement must be provided to the consumer/borrower
(12 CFR Section 225.35(b)(3)(i) and (ii) and 24 CFR Section 3500.17(b), (g), and (h)).

Such a statement is also required if the loan is FHA insured or VA indemnified or a conventional loan with a
loan-to-value ratio such an escrow (impound) account is imposed by the creditor/lender (or loan servicer) or the
governmental agency or enterprise involved with the contemplated transaction.

Incorporation of Initial Escrow (Impound) Account Statement in HUD-1 or HUD-1A

The creditor/lender (servicer) may incorporate or direct that the initial escrow (impound) account statement be
incorporated into the HUD–1 or HUD–1A settlement statement. If the creditor/lender (servicer) does not
incorporate the initial escrow account statement into the HUD–1 or HUD–1A settlement statement, then the
creditor/lender (the loan servicer) shall submit the initial escrow account statement to the consumer/borrower as
a separate document (24 CFR Section 3500.17(h)(2)).

Delivery of Initial Escrow (Impound) Account Statement

The creditor/lender (servicer) is to perform an initial escrow (impound) account analysis to determine the
amount the consumer/borrower is to deposit into the escrow (impound) account. After conducting the escrow
(impound) account analysis, the creditor/lender (servicer) is to submit an initial escrow (impound) account
statement to the consumer/borrower at settlement or loan closing, or within 45 calendar days of settlement or
the close of escrow. The creditor/lender (servicer) may deliver the statement by placing the document in the U.
S. Mail, first-class postage paid, addressed to the last known address of the consumer/borrower or by hand
delivering it to the consumer/borrower. Generally, the last known address of the consumer/borrower will be set
forth in the loan application or in the security instrument, i.e., the deed of trust or mortgage (24 CFR Section
3500.17(g) and (h)).

The initial escrow (impound) account statement is to include the amount of the consumer’s/borrower's total
monthly mortgage payment, i.e., principal and interest, and the portion of the monthly payment allocated to the
amount necessary for the payment of property taxes and the required mortgage or property related insurance
coverage when each becomes due and payable. An itemization of the estimated property taxes, mortgage and
property related insurance premiums, and other charges the (creditor/lender) servicer reasonably anticipates for
discretionary items authorized by the consumer/borrower to be paid from the escrow (impound) account during
the escrow account computation year and the anticipated disbursement dates of each of those charges shall be
included. This computation is to occur annually thereafter. The initial escrow (impound) account statement

shall also indicate the amount that the (creditor/lender) servicer selects as a cushion. The statement is to include
a trial running balance for the account (24 CFR Section 3500.17(b), (c), (d), (f), (g), (h), (i), and (j)).

Escrow Account Analysis and Computation at Creation

Before establishing an escrow (impound) account, the creditor/lender must conduct an escrow account analysis
to determine the amount the consumer/borrower must deposit into the escrow (impound) account, and the
amount of the consumer’s/borrower's periodic payments into the escrow. In conducting the escrow (impound)
account analysis, the creditor/lender (servicer) must estimate the disbursement amounts by calculating the
amounts sufficient to pay property taxes and mortgage and property related insurance premiums when each
become due (24 CFR Section 3500.17(b)).

The “amount sufficient to pay” is computed so that the lowest month end target balance projected for the
escrow (impound) account computation year is zero (–0–). The target balance is the estimated month-end
balance in an escrow (impound) account that is sufficient to cover the remaining disbursements from the
account in the escrow computation year, taking into account the remaining scheduled periodic payments, and a
minimum cushion, if any (24 CFR Section 3500.17(b), (c), (g), (h), and (i)(4)).

When establishing the escrow (impound) account, a year is the 12-month period the creditor/lender (loan
servicer) utilizes beginning with the consumer’s/borrower's initial payment date. If an escrow (impound)
account involves biweekly or any other payment period, the account statement is to be modified accordingly
(24 CFR Section 3500.17(b) and (i) (4)).

In addition, the creditor/lender (loan servicer) may charge the consumer/borrower an amount sufficient to
maintain an authorized minimum cushion. A cushion or reserve means funds that a creditor/lender may require
a consumer/borrower to pay into an escrow (impound) account to cover unanticipated disbursements or
disbursements made before the consumer/borrower's payments are available in the escrow (impound) account.
The cushion cannot be greater than one-sixth (1/6) of the estimated total annual payments from the escrow
(impound) account. However, before establishing the amount of the cushion, the creditor/lender (loan servicer)
must consider the mortgage loan documents. If the mortgage loan documents provide for lower cushion limits,
then the terms of the loan documents control (24 CFR Section 3500.17(c), (d), and (f)).

Subsequent Escrow (Impound) Account Analyses

For each escrow (impound) account, the creditor/lender (loan servicer) must conduct an escrow account
analysis at the completion of the “escrow account computation year” to determine the borrower's monthly
escrow (impound) account payments for the next computation year, subject to the limitations as set forth in
applicable law. In conducting the escrow (impound) account analysis, the creditor/lender (loan servicer) must
estimate the disbursement amounts, and is to use a date on or before the deadline to avoid penalties for the
failure to timely disburse an escrow item. The creditor/lender (loan servicer) must use the escrow account
analysis to determine whether a surplus, shortage, or deficiency exists, and must make any required adjustments
to the escrow (impound) account to address the foregoing. Upon completing an escrow account analysis, the
servicer must prepare and submit an annual escrow account statement to the consumer/borrower (24 CFR
Section 3500.17(b), (c), (d) and (f)).

Some escrow (impound) accounts may include items billed for periods longer than one year. For example, in
residential mortgage loans where flood insurance coverage is necessary, creditors/lenders (loan servicers) may
need to collect flood insurance or “water purification” escrow funds for subsequent payment every three years.
The creditor/lender (loan servicer) is to estimate the escrow payments for the consumer/borrower in
contemplation of a full cycle of disbursements. For a flood insurance premium payable every three years, the
servicer shall collect the payments reflecting 36 equal monthly amounts. The annual escrow (impound) account
statement shall explain this situation. An example is included in the HUD Public Guidance Document entitled
“Annual Escrow Account Disclosure Statement—Example” (24 CFR Sections 3500.3 and 3500.17(b), (c), (d),
and (f)).

Transfer of Loan Servicing

When loan servicing is transferred to a new servicer and such servicer changes either the monthly payment
amount or the accounting method used for the escrow (impound) account by the previous servicer, the new
servicer is to provide the consumer/borrower with an initial escrow account statement within 60 days of the

date of transfer. The new loan servicer shall treat shortages, surpluses, and deficiencies in the transferred
escrow (impound) account in accordance with applicable law (24 CFR Section 3500.17(b), (c), (d), (e), and
(f)).

Format for Initial Escrow (Impound) Account Statement

The format and a completed example for an initial escrow account statement are set out in the HUD Public
Guidance Documents entitled, “Initial Escrow Account Disclosure Statement—Format” and “Initial Escrow
Account Disclosure Statement—Example”, available on the HUD website at www.hud.gov.

Public
Off

THE CIRCULAR FLOW OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY

THE CIRCULAR FLOW OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY somebody

THE CIRCULAR FLOW OF THE NATIONAL ECONOMY

Federal Reserve Bank System

The Federal Reserve Bank System (the Fed or FRB) is the nation’s central bank. The U. S. Congress
established the Fed, December 23, 1913, as a Christmas present to then President Woodrow Wilson who had
sought the establishment of a central bank authority. The chief responsibility of the Fed is to regulate the flow
of money and credit to promote economic growth and stability. The goal is a monetary policy which encourages
high employment, stable price levels, and a satisfactory international balance of payments. The Fed’s monetary
policy attempts to counteract inflation, recession, deflation or any other undesirable shift in the national
economy.

The Fed’s Board of Governors formulates monetary policy and shares responsibility for its application with the
12 District Federal Reserve Banks throughout the nation. The President of the United States appoints the
governors of the FRB for 14-year terms, subject to confirmation by the U. S. Senate. These long terms are
intended to insulate the governors from outside pressures. The Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Fed are
appointed by the President and confirmed by the Senate for four-year terms. These appointments are often
renewed by Presidents of various administrations.

Monitoring the Money Supply

In an effort to avoid the peaks and valleys and “boom or bust” business cycles that spawn liquidity and credit
crises, the Fed monitors economic conditions and controls the supply of money and credit. This is a delicate
balancing act.

If the Fed makes too little credit available, borrowers may bid against each other for capital/funds that drive up
the cost of borrowing. People then buy and borrow less, investments and sales decline, and a recession may
follow. On the other hand, too much available credit translates into over stimulation of the national economy
and invites inflation, including bubbles in the housing market. When these bubbles burst, deflation often
follows.

To accomplish its goals, the Fed currently uses four basic tools:

■ Reserve Requirements

Member banks must set aside and keep as reserves a certain percentage of customer deposits and of
the mortgage and other loans held in portfolio or for which servicing and contingent liability is
retained. By raising or lowering these capital reserve requirements (based upon risk weight), the Fed
increases or decreases the amount of money in circulation. An increase in reserve requirements means
banks have less money to lend, mortgage and other loan interest rates will likely increase, and
borrowing and spending will slow. Conversely, a lessening of the reserve requirements increases
capital/funds to lend and should lead to lower interest rates; borrowing and spending can then be
expected to increase.

■ Discount and Federal Funds Rates

The discount rate is the interest rate the Fed charges on money it lends to member banks. The interest
rates for federal funds established by the Fed is the rate charged by member banks to each other for
overnight or short term liquidity or is the amount a member bank would demand to invest capital/funds
with another member bank. These rates are regulated by and subject to changes directed by the Fed. A
decrease in the discount rate may encourage bank borrowing, increasing deposits which the bank may
loan to businesses and consumers. An increase in the discount rate will have the opposite effect.
Increasing the rate for federal funds correspondingly increases the cost of money to member banks,
thus reducing the available liquidity for lending. This also would increase the cost of borrowing.

■ Open Market Operations

The Fed also uses open market operations (buying and selling of government securities) to influence
the amount of available credit. When the Fed buys government securities, cash is deposited into
sellers’ bank accounts, increasing reserves and allowing banks to extend more credit to borrowers. If
the Fed sells securities, the opposite effect occurs.

■ Acquiring Non-Performing Assets

As part of the mortgage melt down, many depository institutions and non-banks (lenders other than
historic depository institutions) were holding on their books or in related entities, a significant amount
of non-performing assets primarily in the form of mortgage backed securities. These non-performing
mortgage backed securities impair the liquidity of depository institutions and non-banks that are
required to increase capital reserves in relationship to these non-performing assets. The result of
increased capital reserves is the reduction of lending activities. The Fed has been purchasing some of
these non-performing mortgage backed securities to reduce the applicable reserve requirements,
thereby increasing capital ratios of the depository institutions and the non-banks that were holding
these non-performing assets. The purpose of the foregoing Fed acquisitions is to enhance the ability of
depository institutions and non-banks to make new loans.

Supervision of Depository Institutions

The Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) was created pursuant to the restructuring required by FIRREA. The
OTS is an office within the Fed that regulates federally licensed and chartered savings and loans and savings
banks.

FIRREA also reorganized the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) into four offices with two sub-
agencies. The original four offices consisted of the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF), the OTS, the Resolution
Trust Corporation (RTC), and the Resolution Funding Corporation (RFC). The RTC is no longer operative.
DIF currently exists as the insurance fund under FDIC. DIF has subsumed the two insurance funds formerly
known as the Bank Insurance Fund (BIF) and the Savings Association Insurance Fund (SAIF).

Public
Off

THE ECONOMY AND MONETARY POLICY

THE ECONOMY AND MONETARY POLICY somebody

THE ECONOMY AND MONETARY POLICY

America’s economic system has been and is currently a regulated, capitalistic, private enterprise system.
Although individuals, partnerships, corporations, limited liability companies, pension funds, investment trusts,
and hedge funds, own and control real property and the means of production of goods and services (including
the subsequent distribution and allocation of goods and services), the federal government intervenes and
influences general economic trends. This intervention is occurring on an ever increasing basis. While often
controversial, the stated objective of government intervention is to ensure reasonable competition, to allow for
the identification of those who fail to comply with applicable law established for consumer protection, and to
achieve and maintain a viable, growing, fair, and equitable economy.

Role of Real Estate in the National Economy

Real estate plays four major roles in the national economy:

Net Worth

Real estate consisting of land and improvements make up a very large portion of and substantially contribute to
the total net worth of the United States and of the several states.

Income Flow

As we see on the circular flow chart of our economy (next page), money is paid for the use of real estate (rent)
and for the raw materials, labor, capital and management used in construction work of all kinds (the agents of
production).

Major Employer

In California, real estate and related industries (e.g. brokerage, construction, design professionals, management,
banking, financial services, title, escrow, and appraisal) are major employers and these industries contribute
significantly to the gross domestic product in the nation and in this state.

Appreciation, Inflation, and Deflation

After having been in decline for much of the 1990’s, residential real estate values stabilized and, in many
markets, market values substantially increased through 2005. In some markets, real estate market values
continued to increase during 2006 and up to the middle of 2007. Market values of residential real properties
then peaked throughout the country and, experienced substantial declines from 20 to 50% (depending on
markets, geography, and demographics).

The value of income-producing properties declined following the enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1986
(TRFA). Depending upon the market and geographic location, market values of these “commercial properties”
(income producing properties other than 1 to 4 dwelling units) fell between 25 and 50% from their previous
peaks. Commercial properties thereafter increased in market value until they peaked again in 2006. Since 2006,
the melt down of the mortgage market and the related affect on the national economy has caused the values of
commercial properties to once again decline. Between 2006 and 2010, market values of these properties have
fallen by as much as 40 to 50% (depending on markets, location, and security property type).

The supply of components needed for the production of goods and services

Public
Off

THE MORTGAGE MARKET

THE MORTGAGE MARKET somebody

THE MORTGAGE MARKET

Money serves as a medium of exchange. The potential to exchange money for goods and services can be stored.
This is called savings. Savings are the primary source of funds for lending.

If the value of money is relatively stable, people are more inclined to save, since their stored capacity to
exchange (with interest) is not being eroded by inflation.

Credit

“Credo” is a Latin word which means “I believe.” A lender loans money believing that it will be paid back as
agreed; therefore, the lender grants, or extends, “credit” and the term “creditor” is used in federal law to
identify lenders for certain defined purposes including applying to the lender in the “creditor/borrower”
relationship.

Supply and Demand

The supply of capital is finite. Real estate borrowers must compete with government, business, and other
consumers for available capital/funds. If mortgage money is in short supply, mortgage interest rates rise. A
cause is the placement of potential capital/mortgage money in other markets that are paying higher interest
rates. Another cause is when spending authorized by the U. S. Congress exceeds current tax revenues. The
Congress and the President accomplish this spending by borrowing in the capital markets and increasing the
direct and indirect national debt that reduces available capital for private investment.

Government Intervention Can Redirect Supply

Between late 1989 and the mid-1990’s, a “credit crunch” occurred in a portion of the real estate market
primarily because the federal government, through re-regulation including capital reserve requirements imposed
on depository institutions under FIRREA, redirected available capital to residential mortgage lending.

The capital reserves then required for residential mortgage loans secured by 1 to 4 dwelling units ranged from
2% to 4%, depending primarily on whether the loan was insured or indemnified by a federal agency. The
reserve requirements for commercial properties jumped to as much as 8%.

Accordingly, lenders rushed to make residential mortgage loans and avoided loans secured by commercial
properties, including those that are characterized as industrial or as land loans. Residential income properties
were treated more favorably with reduced capital reserve requirements, although higher than the reserves
required for residential mortgage loans. The flow of capital to residential mortgages helped cause “refinance

mania” beginning in the mid-1990’s and continuing through the middle 2000’s. The Fed’s policy of holding
interest rates at historically low levels also contributed to “refinance mania”.

This flow of money mitigated the “credit crunch” that occurred in the early 1990’s. In addition, home purchase
transactions increased substantially during the period from 1999 through most of 2006, increasing the demand
for residential mortgage loans.

The “Mortgage Meltdown”

During the 1990’s, with interest rates hovering in the 5 to 6% range and with a strong national economy, a
wave of homebuyers entered the market. Housing prices rose significantly in many areas and speculators
entered the market in the expectation of “flipping” houses to make a quick profit. Subdividers, developers and
builders significantly expanded the housing supply by increasing new housing inventory through residential
subdivision development. As prices rose, new and more exotic loan products became popular such as “pay-
option” adjustable rate mortgages (ARMs), or “option ARMS”, stated income, stated asset, and other
alternative mortgages or non-traditional loan products.

With many of these non-traditional loan products, borrowers were not required to prove their income or their
ability to pay the mortgage loan debt service. Some loan products were geared to borrowers who could not
qualify for conventional loans due to low credit scores, high debt-to-income ratios, limited equity, inadequate
down payments, or other factors. But many of these “non-traditional” or “alternative mortgage” loan products
were also marketed to and used by conventional borrowers to increase their purchasing power as buyers of
residential real properties to allow home purchases that would not have conformed with the standards imposed
by conventional loan products, or to allow home purchases at higher prices than previously available to buyers
traditionally qualifying to purchase homes.

Many products had very low “start” or “teaser” interest rates, at or below 1%, followed shortly after a period by
an initial note rate that remained below market also for a short period. Lenders based the borrowers’ ability to
pay on the “initial” rate, even if this rate substantially increased pursuant to the contract terms after a relatively
short period, e.g., one to three years. The terms of the mortgage loan included the potential for large interest
rate increases, resulting in borrower payment shock and, in some cases, negative amortization increasing the
principal balance of the loan rather than decreasing the balance through amortization.

100% financing was also a popular loan product. Many of these loans layered risk upon risk, by incorporating
no down payment, negative amortization and potential interest rate increases into one mortgage loan
transaction. Many homeowners, seeing an opportunity to turn potential growth in equity into cash, refinanced
into these types of products from more traditional and safer fully amortizing, 30-year fixed rate loans. These
borrowers were lured by the prospect of lower payments and the belief that home values would continue to rise
indefinitely. In California, many homeowners failed to realize that when refinancing through “non-traditional”
or “alternative mortgage” loan products, the borrower was giving up “purchase money” mortgages (for which
no deficiency judgment may be obtained) in exchange for “non-purchase money” mortgages that carried
personal liability for the deficiency between the total amount owing the lender and the price received at a
properly conducted foreclosure or “short” sale.

By mid-2007, the housing bubble burst when many thousands of homeowners were unable to make their
mortgage loan payments that had adjusted and, in many cases, substantially increased. These homeowners had
purchased with little or no money down or had refinanced to higher loan balances using alternative mortgages
or non-traditional loan products that included adjustable interest rates resulting in monthly mortgage payments
rising to unaffordable levels. Housing prices began to fall as effective demand diminished. Homeowners with
negative amortization, 100% financing, or both were “upside down” with negative equity in their homes
compounded by their inability to make their scheduled mortgage loan payments.

Foreclosures began to skyrocket and many lenders, particularly those that specialized in exotic non-traditional
loan products failed. While the primary and secondary markets described in this chapter still exist, most lenders
and secondary market purchasers, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, have substantially tightened their
underwriting guidelines and virtually all exotic, alternative mortgage or non-traditional loan products have
disappeared from the residential mortgage market. This resulted in constricted effective demand, reduced
property sales, and in an over supply of homes on the market. Many of the homes for sale on the market were

subject to negative equities held by homeowners leading to the influx of “short sales”, loan modifications, and
forbearances or lender foreclosures.

The Primary Mortgage Market

The traditional primary mortgage market consisted of savings and loan associations, savings banks, commercial
banks, thrift and loans, credit unions, pension funds and insurance companies, as well as mortgage bankers that
originated mortgage loans by lending funds obtained from their own capital or from independent credit lines
that appear as debts in their financial statements. The foregoing depository institutions and lenders funded and
made loans directly to consumers/borrowers in residential mortgage loan transactions. These participants in the
primary mortgage market replenished their capital/funds by selling loans in the secondary mortgage market as
described later in this chapter.

Historically, residential mortgage loans sold into the secondary mortgage market were either insured by the
Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed or indemnified by the Veteran’s Administration (VA).
Mortgage bankers that originated mortgage loans performed as loan correspondents (agents and authorized
representatives) of depository institutions. Those mortgage bankers with sizeable assets at levels acceptable and
with the mortgage experience required by government agencies qualified as “approved lenders/mortgagees” by
FHA and VA. Since the late 1960’s, conventional loans originated by these depository institutions and licensed
lenders (subsequently including mortgage bankers) were sold into the secondary mortgage market. Because of
federal legislation, the secondary mortgage market for conventional loans included the previously mentioned
quasi-government enterprises, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

In addition to the federal agencies discussed, California has established its own residential mortgage loan
program for California Veterans, the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA). However, the DVA does not
fund loans to be sold in the secondary market. Rather, it purchases residential or farm properties selected by
veterans to be “sold back” to the veterans over time with a land contract of sale authorized by the Military and
Veterans Code describing the selected property as the security property. These land contracts of sale are
retained by the DVA and are typically not sold into the secondary market.

Federal Housing Administration (FHA)

This agency insures loans made by approved lenders/mortgagees.

Veterans Administration (VA)

This agency currently indemnifies loans made to veterans for housing, farms or businesses by approved
lenders/mortgagees.

Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA)

This agency assists qualified California veterans with the purchase of housing and farms.

Mortgage Bankers

Mortgage bankers are privately-owned companies that are often subsidiaries of or affiliated with banks, savings
and loans or savings banks, or of their respective holding companies. As previously mentioned, mortgage
bankers who generally perform as loan correspondents (authorized agents and representatives of depository
institutions and of other lenders) originated from their own capital or independent credit lines conventional
loans and FHA or VA insured or indemnified residential mortgage loans. Mortgage bankers have also
participated in the more recent structuring of alternative mortgages and non-traditional loan products and
ultimately became a significant source of origination of such loans.

As previously described, California mortgage bankers are licensed as either RMLs or CFLs. Many mortgage
bankers are licensed as REBs to originate commercial loans (loans secured by other than 1 to 4 dwelling units).
However, the REB license is oriented toward the status of an agent arranging a loan on behalf of another or
others and not the status of a lender acting as a principal to fund and make loans. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, some REBs still rely on their broker’s licenses to make loans.

Mortgage bankers may retain servicing of the residential mortgage loans they have sold in the secondary
market, may release servicing rights to purchasers of loans (a “whole loan” sale), or they may sell the servicing
separately to a licensed and authorized servicer or to a servicer that is lawfully exempt from licensing.

The Secondary Mortgage Market

Lenders originating residential mortgage loans traditionally replenished their capital by selling the loans to U.S.
and foreign banks, to investors willing to hold mortgage loans on a long-term basis, or (as aforementioned) to
Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. More recently, the secondary mortgage market expanded to include investment
banks and international investors who purchased interests in residential mortgage loans in the form of the
previously discussed mortgage backed securities.

Wall Street Investment Bankers packaged residential mortgage loans in securitized pools in the form of
mortgage-backed securities for sale to foreign and domestic investors by broker-dealers. Private companies
underwrote these mortgage-backed securities, which were then rated by recognized bond rating firms, i.e.,
Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s, and Fitch. This expanded secondary mortgage market included participants
buying and selling amongst themselves. The Wall Street expansion of the secondary mortgage market was
established to facilitate the sale of alternative mortgages or non-traditional loan products that would not have
been saleable in the historic secondary market.

Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA or Fannie Mae)

Fannie Mae initially provided a secondary market for FHA and VA insured or indemnified loans and, since the
early 1970’s, conventional mortgages originated by approved lenders (seller/servicers). Initially FNMA
required that conventional loans were to be insured by a private mortgage insurer to be acceptable for purchase.

Fannie Mae’s sources of funds include borrowing; selling long-term notes, mortgage-backed securities (MBS)
and debentures in the capital markets; issuing and selling its own common stock; and earning from its mortgage
portfolio, including various fees imposed upon seller/servicers.

Fannie Mae purchased graduated payment mortgages (GPMs), conventional fixed-rate first and qualifying
second mortgages, and a variety of ARMs, each secured by 1 to 4 family dwellings. Fannie Mae continues to
maintain a resale/refinance program whereby approved lenders (seller/servicers) offer borrowers the
opportunity to convert ARMs to fixed interest rate loans or to obtain new mortgage loans at competitive interest
rates.

Since the early 2000’s, Fannie Mae expanded its acceptable loan products to include many of the non-
traditional or alternative mortgage loan products being originated by their approved lenders (seller/servicers).
FNMA’s mortgage-backed securities (MBS) plan included non-traditional or alternative mortgage products.
The MBS plan involved approved lenders selling blocks or pools of mortgages in exchange for a like amount of
securities that represented undivided interests or participations in a designated pool of loans that may be sold to
or retained by qualifying lenders. FNMA provides a 100% guaranty of full and timely payment of interest and
principal to the holders of the securities.

While FNMA is the largest investor in the secondary residential mortgage market, it delegates most
underwriting and servicing responsibilities to approved lenders (sellers/servicers) in accordance with FNMA’s
guidelines. FNMA has also played a major role in the development of standardized loan origination documents,
including the 1003 loan application form, promissory notes and deeds of trust (with various addendums
depending on the residential mortgage loan product), and uniform residential appraisal reports (FNMA guide
forms). These guide forms are also approved by the Federal Home loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC-
Freddie Mac).

Fannie Mae has a 15-member board of directors, 10 elected by shareholders, and 5 appointed by the President
of the United States. Until recently FNMA was a government enterprise primarily controlled by its shareholders
who were largely approved lenders (seller/servicers). As of this writing, FNMA has been placed into
receivership by the federal government to continue its operations through a series of financial “bail outs” as
authorized by the U. S. Congress.

Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA or Ginnie Mae)

Ginnie Mae is a government corporation which administers mortgage support programs that could not be
carried out in the private market place. Ginnie Mae increases liquidity in the secondary mortgage market and
attracts new sources of funds for residential loans. Ginnie Mae does not purchase mortgages. Rather, it adds its
guarantee to mortgage-backed securities (MBS) issued by approved lenders (seller/servicers). GNMA’s three
major activities include:

■ Mortgage-backed securities (MBS) Program;

■ Special assistance functions; and

■ Management and liquidation functions.

Through the MBS Program, GNMA guarantees securities issued by financial intermediaries that are backed by
pools of mortgages. Mortgage bankers, savings institutions, commercial banks and other approved types of
financial intermediaries are issuers of securities. Holders of these securities receive a pass-through of principal
and interest payments on the pool of mortgages, less amounts to cover servicing costs and certain GNMA fees.
Ginnie Mae guarantees that the holders of the securities will receive payments of principal and interest as
scheduled, as well as unscheduled recoveries of principal due to prepayments. Because of the federal guaranty
(pledge of full faith and credit of the U.S. Government), GNMA mortgage-backed securities are considered by
many to be as safe, as liquid, and as easy to hold as securities issued directly by the U. S. Treasury.

The MBS programs of FNMA and GNMA have benefited all regions of the country by increasing the flow of
capital/funds from the securities market to the residential mortgage loan market and from capital-surplus to
capital-short geographical areas.

Under the special assistance functions, GNMA purchases certain types of mortgages to provide support for
low-income housing and to counter declines in mortgage lending and in housing construction. Under the
management and liquidation functions, GNMA manages and liquidates (sells) portfolios of federally-owned
mortgages.

The President of the United States appoints the President of GNMA, who acts under the direction of the
Secretary of the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD).

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC or Freddie Mac)

Freddie Mac was established to increase the availability of mortgage credit for the financing of urgently needed
housing by developing, expanding and maintaining a nationwide secondary market primarily for conventional
loans originated by savings and loans, savings banks, thrift institutions, commercial banks, mortgage bankers
and other HUD-approved lenders/mortgagees.

Freddie Mac finances most of its mortgage purchases through the sale of mortgage participation certificates
(PCs) that require issuance and acquisition by qualified investment buyers (QIBs).

Through its standard programs, Freddie Mac buys:

■ Whole loans and participation interests in conventional l to 4 family dwelling loans with both fixed
and adjustable rates;

■ Home improvement loans; and,

■ Multifamily whole loans and participation interests therein.

The mortgages purchased in the standard programs are generally less than one year old. FHLMC underwrites
the loans delivered under its purchase commitments and rejects loans that do not meet its underwriting
guidelines. Residential mortgage loans secured by 1 to 4 dwelling units with loan-to-value ratios above 80
percent must carry private mortgage insurance coverage.

Freddie Mac’s guarantor or “Swap” program gives primary mortgage lenders an added source of liquidity
during periods when the yield on mortgage portfolios of predominantly older loans is lower than the lenders’
cost of funds. Lenders may thus convert a low yield portfolio into highly liquid securities that can be sold or
used as collateral for the lenders’ borrowing of funds.

Until recently, Freddie Mac was an independent stock company and functions in direct competition with
FNMA. Freddie Mac has an 18-member board of directors, 13 are elected by Freddie Mac’s stockholders; and
5 are appointed by the President of the United States. As of this writing, FHLMC was placed into receivership
by the United States government to facilitate “bail outs” as authorized by Congress to be able to continue its
residential mortgage loan programs.

Secondary Market for Non-Traditional Mortgage Products

As previously discussed in this Chapter, securitization of non-traditional mortgage products into pools
underwritten by Wall Street investment bankers were added to the secondary market. These securitized pools
consist of alternative mortgages or non-traditional mortgage products. Some industry representatives refer to
these products as “subprime” while others define the term “subprime” to mean a specific category within the
class of mortgage products identified as alternative or non-traditional loans. These loan products would not
have historically qualified for sale to FNMA or FHLMC and still cannot be securitized into mortgage pools
guaranteed by GNMA.

Beginning in the early 2000’s, FNMA and FHLMC lowered their standards to include alternative mortgages or
non-traditional loan products in portfolios owned, participated in, or securitized by each of these government
enterprises. This expanded secondary market facilitated much of the growth in alternative mortgages or non-
traditional loan products made to residential borrowers that otherwise would be unable to qualify to purchase or
refinance their homes. This opened the door for conventional lenders, who traditionally ignored these
borrowers, to make and deliver alternative mortgage or non-traditional loan products to FNMA and FHLMC, as
well as directly to investment bankers for securitization through Wall Street.

In response to the major increase in the use of exotic alternative mortgages or non-traditional loan products and
the consumer protection issues that followed, on November 7, 2006, the Fed and its member agencies,
promulgated the “Interagency Guidance on Non-Traditional Mortgage Product Risks.” On June 29, 2007, the
same agencies issued the “Statement on Subprime Mortgage Lending”. These guidelines and standards were
adopted and issued to apply to federally related mortgage loans. The Conference of State Bank Supervisors
(CSBS) and the American Association of Residential Mortgage Regulators (AARMR) also adopted these
documents to guide state supervised lenders and mortgage brokers (MLBs).

These documents established risk management practices, consumer protection principles, and control systems
for lenders and brokers when offering or advertising alternative mortgage and non-traditional loan products.
The purpose was to address the particular risks associated with ARMs, stated income, limited documentation
and other loan products where the borrowers typically received a low credit score, as defined. The objective
was to control borrower payment shock, and limit the use of prepayment penalties and other material loan terms
that were anti-consumer. An additional objective wass to ensure that borrowers received full and complete
disclosures of all material loan terms.

It is noteworthy that following the publication of the guidelines and standards referred to above, the secondary
market for alternative mortgages or non-traditional loan products established by Wall Street froze and, within a
short period, became largely inactive. By mid to late summer 2007, delivery systems for alternative mortgages
or non-traditional loan products became largely inoperative and the secondary market for these products almost
entirely shut down. As of this writing, approximately 390 lenders originating these products have exited the
mortgage industry.

Effective January 1, 2008, California law was amended to require the Commissioners of the Department of
Real Estate (DRE), Department of Corporations (DOC), and of the Department of Financial Institutions (DFI)
to ensure that lenders and brokers were aware of the existence and contents of the 2006 and 2007 federal
guidance and statement referred to above. The Legislature authorized the Commissioners of the DRE, DOC,
and DFI to adopt regulations to ensure compliance by their respective licensees with these federal mandates.
The DRE promulgated regulations in 2008 to require increased disclosure of material loan terms when offering
alternative mortgages and non-traditional loan products and to require specific underwriting guidelines for DRE
licensed lenders when making these loans. The DOC and DFI also adopted regulations in regard to their
licensees.

Private Mortgage Insurance

Private Mortgage Insurance Companies (MICs) provide mortgage insurance for residential conventional
mortgage loans, making these loans more attractive in the secondary mortgage market. Private mortgage
insurance enables residential borrowers to obtain loans with higher loan-to-value ratios and to purchase homes
with smaller down payments. Private mortgage insurance is typically required when loan-to-value ratios exceed
80% in connection with residential mortgage loans. This concept was advanced in the 1960’s with the first firm
to offer such coverage being Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation (MGIC).

Private mortgage insurance reduces the monetary risk of loss to originating lenders and to subsequent investors.
MICs have underwriting standards that conventional lenders must meet to qualify for the insurance coverage.
MIC insured loans are typically more saleable in the secondary market.

California and the Mortgage Market

The following characteristics make California attractive to suppliers of mortgage money from foreign and
domestic investors:

1. High demand for mortgage money;

2. A large, and usually growing, population;

3. Traditionally wide diversification of industry;

4. Historically high employment and prosperity;

5. Large depository institutions maintaining facilities or branches in California;

6. Experienced and highly efficient mortgage loan correspondents (mortgage bankers);

7. Common usage of title insurance companies and public escrows rather than settlements;

8. Predominant use of trust deeds with power of sale rather than mortgages with or without power of sale
as security instruments;

9. The existence of licensed mortgage brokers that package mortgages for funding by authorized lenders
and for subsequent sale to investors in the secondary market; and,

10. Numerous qualified and independent fee appraisers licensed or certified by the Office of Real Estate
Appraisers (OREA).

Public
Off

THE SAFE MORTGAGE LICENSING ACT

THE SAFE MORTGAGE LICENSING ACT somebody

THE SAFE MORTGAGE LICENSING ACT

Title V of P.L. 110-289, the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008 (SAFE Act),
was enacted into federal law on July 30, 2008. This new federal law allowed states to pass state laws to comply
with SAFE or in the alternative, HUD would take over the regulation of mortgage loan originators. States had
one year to pass legislation requiring the licensure/registration of mortgage loan “originators” (MLOs)
according to national standards. This licensure is required in California when MLOs engage in the making or
arranging of loans primarily for personal, family, or household use that are secured by deeds of trust or
mortgages through a lien on real property when the security property is a dwelling consisting of 1 to 4
residential units. The MLO licensure/registration also applies when the financing arranged is to construct on the
security property the intended dwelling of the borrower (Business and Professions Code Section 10166.01(d)).

Since the early part of the 20th century, real estate brokers have been licensed in California and regulated by the
DRE. Among the activities that a real estate broker is authorized to pursue is the making and arranging of
mortgage loans (as defined) secured directly or collaterally by/through liens on real property (Business and
Professions Code Sections 10131(d) and (e), 10131.1 and 10131.3). Such activities of real estate broker
licensees have long been characterized as mortgage loan brokerage and these licensees are know as mortgage
loan brokers (MLBs).

The SAFE Act established a Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System and Registry (NMLS) in which the states
are required to participate. The DRE is a participating state agency in NMLS. The SAFE Act is designed to
enhance consumer protection and reduce mortgage loan fraud through the setting of minimum standards for the
licensing and registration of state-licensed mortgage loan originators (MLOs). California law was amended to
add several sections to the Business and Professions Code expanding the authority of the DRE to participate in
the NMLS, including the processing and registering of MLOs. The added California law includes requirements
for doing business as an MLO; establishes a one year term for the license endorsement; authorizes application
forms; imposes record keeping and transaction fees; and defines violations of the law and the penalties to be
imposed (Business and Professions Code 10166.01 et seq.).

Applicable California law requires loan processors and underwriters to either function as employees of the real
estate broker (MLB/MLO) or to be separately licensed if providing services as an independent contractor. Each
applicant to become licensed or registered as an MLO must undergo a criminal history and related background
check. Included as part of the prerequisite requirements for the issuance of the endorsement to act as an MLO,
is consideration of previous license discipline, a review of criminal records where the applicant was convicted
of a felony, and whether the felony involved fraud, dishonesty, a breach of trust, or money laundering. Further,
an applicant for the endorsement to act as an MLO must undergo a qualifying written examination, demonstrate
financial responsibility and meet new educational requirements. (Business and Professions Code Sections
10166.03, 10166.04, 10166.05, and 10166.06).

Subsequent to receiving the endorsement required by this law, MLBs/MLOs must file with the DRE business
activity reports, additional reports in the form and content required by the NMLS, and documents establishing
whether continuing education requirements have been met or satisfied. These reports must be filed annually
with the DRE or the NMLS (as appropriate) to renew the MLO endorsement (Business and Professions Code
Sections 10166.07, 10166.08, 10166.09, and 10166.10). MLBs/MLOs are required to maintain and to make
available for inspection, examination, or audit by the DRE documents and records (as defined). The foregoing
inspections, examinations, or audits are substantially broader in authority then to which real estate brokers
(MLBs) would otherwise be subject (Business and Professions Code Sections 10166.11 and 101666.12).

Violations of this law include failing to notify the DRE of the activity of the licensee as an MLO, failing to
obtain the required endorsement to function as an MLO, and otherwise failing to comply with applicable law
(including the Real Estate Law and the SAFE Mortgage Licensing Act). The penalties for violations are
assessed at $50.00 per day for each day written notification has not been received by the DRE of activities
requiring the endorsement or failing to obtain the endorsement up to and including the 30th day after the first
day of the assessment of the penalty and, $100 per day thereafter to a maximum penalty of $10,000 (Business
and Professions Code Section 10166.02).

MLOs who work for an insured depository institution or an owned or controlled subsidiary of the institution or
its holding company (regulated under federal law by a federal banking agency) or a financial institution
regulated by the Farm Credit Administration, are required to register with the NMLS. However, these MLOs do
not require licensing under state law and are not required to sit for examination as a prerequisite to licensure.
MLOs require licensing by the several states are subject to the regulation of the applicable state licensing
agency.

The SAFE Act requires state-licensed MLOs to pass a written qualifying test, to complete pre-licensure
education courses and to take annual continuing education courses (as defined). The SAFE Act also requires
applicants for status as MLOs to submit fingerprints to the NMLS for submission to the FBI to accomplish the
previously mentioned criminal background checks. State-licensed MLOs are required to provide (as part of the
examination or review of financial responsibility) authorization for the NMLS to obtain independent credit
reports and to examine the credit worthiness and financial standing/responsibility of applicants for and to
accomplish renewal as MLOs.

Public
Off

TRUTH IN LENDING ACT

TRUTH IN LENDING ACT somebody

TRUTH IN LENDING ACT

Background

Congress enacted the Truth in Lending Act (TILA) based on findings that economic stability would be
enhanced and competition among creditors/lenders would be strengthened by the informed use of credit
resulting from the awareness by consumers/borrowers of the true cost of credit. Further, among the stated
purposes of TILA were procedural and substantive protections for consumers/borrowers.

TILA became effective July 1, 1969. The principal purpose of TILA is to promote the informed use of
consumer credit by increasing consumer understanding about the true costs of financing, including the effective
interest rates imposed for extensions of credit. TILA authorizes the Federal Reserve Board (FRB) to prescribe
regulations to carry out the purposes of the statute (15 USC Section 1604(a)). The FRB adopted Regulation Z
to implement TILA. TILA requires extenders of credit to disclose the credit terms to enable
consumers/borrowers to make meaningful comparisons between various creditors/lenders (12 CFR Section 226
et seq.).

A principal objective of TILA is to promote the informed use of consumer credit by requiring disclosures about
material loan terms and the fees, costs, and expenses of the extensions of credit. TILA requires
creditors/lenders to disclose the cost of credit as a dollar amount (the finance charge) and as an annual
percentage rate (APR), i.e., the effective interest rate. TILA requires in certain loan transactions that
consumers/borrowers receive the opportunity to cancel or rescind the contemplated loan to be secured by their
principal dwelling (15 USC Section 1635 and 12 CFR Section 226.23).

After a decade of experience subsequent to the enactment of TILA and the adoption of Regulation Z, it became
clear to practitioners this law placed too great a burden on creditors/lenders, provided too many disclosures for
consumers/borrowers, and fostered too much litigation. This prompted Congress to amend TILA in 1980 by
passing the Truth in Lending Simplification and Reform Act. To reflect these amendments to TILA, the FRB
undertook the first of several substantive revisions to Regulation Z. Compliance with the TILA Simplification
and Reform Act and the related revised Regulation Z became mandatory on October 1, 1982.

When the first revisions of TILA were promulgated, the FRB adopted model disclosure forms for closed-end
transactions such as purchases and refinances of real property. The FRB also adopted model language for
certain other TILA disclosures and notice of rights. The FRB also announced that its staff would no longer
provide written responses to individual requests for interpretations of Regulation Z, but would issue from time
to time Official Staff Commentaries to address questions of interpretation. When preparing the Official Staff
Commentaries, the FRB receives input from the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) through the offering of
suggestions and the making of recommendations to enhance consumer protection.

Since the enactment of the TILA Simplification and Reform Act, further amendments to TILA have been
implemented that were primarily directed at loan transactions with fees, costs, and expenses that when
calculated with the nominal interest rate results in APRs (the effective interest rates) exceeding certain
prescribed limits. In addition, loan transactions with points and fees exceeding certain prescribed percentages
of the loan amount are among the extensions of credit that have been identified as “high-cost”. These
amendments applied to transactions known in the industry as “high cost” mortgage loans, which occurred in
1995, 1996; 2001 and 2007; and with the latest amendments being subject to a mandatory compliance date of
October 1, 2008 (later extended to July 30, 2009).

Among the most recent amendments is a defined additional category of mortgage loans known as “higher-
cost/priced mortgage loans”. The earlier amendments added new disclosure requirements and altered the
definition of creditor in residential mortgage loan transactions subject to TILA. The latest amendments added
prohibited acts and practices in connection with “higher-cost/priced mortgage loans” (15 USC Section 1602
and 12 CFR Sections 226.2, 226.31, 226.32, 226.35, and 226.36).

This Section reviews TILA, Regulation Z, and various amendments to each, including residential mortgage
loan transactions subject to 12 CFR Sections 226.32 and 226.35 (commonly known as “Section 32” and
“Section 35” loan transactions). Also discussed is the role of the real estate broker/mortgage broker
(MLB/MLO) when making or arranging residential mortgage loans (as defined). Included is a brief review of
loan transactions subject to “Section 32” and Section 35”.

The Role of Mortgage Brokers

Real Estate Brokers acting as mortgage loan brokers (MLBs/MLOs) are able to negotiate loans for
consumers/borrowers who are or expect to become property owners. These loans include conventional
residential mortgage loans, residential loans insured or indemnified by HUD/FHA or VA, and alternative
mortgage loans or non-traditional loan products often securitized through Wall Street. These residential
mortgage loans have been delivered by MLBs/MLOs to financial depository institutions and to licensed lenders
sometimes referred to in this Chapter as non-banks.

MLBs/MLOs also negotiate residential mortgage loans on behalf of consumers/borrowers delivered to private
investors/lenders as previously discussed in this Chapter. Mortgage brokers (MLBs) may also negotiate
mortgage loans secured by other than 1 to 4 residential units that are delivered to private investors/lenders or to
financial depository institutions that are willing to accept commercial loan packages prepared by these brokers.

Creditors

As previously discussed in this Chapter, the terms “lender” and “creditor” are distinguishably defined in federal
law. The term “lender” is the person or entity that regularly makes loans and whose name appears on the
promissory note (evidence of indebtedness) as the initial payee or that meets a defined status (12 USC Section
2601 et seq.). The term “creditor” is the person or entity that, among other defined disclosure responsibilities
and reporting obligations, extends credit to consumers/borrowers in transactions subject to TILA. Accordingly,
the federal definition is two-pronged, i.e., “creditor” for the purpose of making disclosures and delivering
notices of rights pursuant to TILA, and “lender” describing persons that regularly make loans and whose names
appear on the promissory note (evidence of indebtedness) as the initial payee and on the security
device/instrument (deed of trust or mortgage) as the beneficiary/lender/mortgagee (12 USC Section 2601 et seq.
and 24 CFR Section 3500 et seq.; 15 USC Section 1602, and 12 CFR Sections 226.2, 226.31, 226.32, 226.35,
and 226.36).

The creditor is responsible for furnishing TILA disclosures to the consumer/borrower. Regulation Z defines a
creditor as a person (including an entity) that extends consumer credit more than 25 times or more than 5 times
for transactions secured by a dwelling during the preceding calendar year. If the person (or entity) did not meet
these numerical standards in the preceding calendar year, the same standards are to apply to the current calendar
year. Further, the creditor’s name must appear on the promissory note or evidence of indebtedness as the initial
payee.

The credit extended must be subject to a finance charge or is to be payable by a written agreement requiring
more than four installments. The definition of creditor has been expanded to include any person (or entity)
originating two or more “Section 32” or reverse mortgages in any 12 month period, or any person (or entity)

originating one or more of these types of mortgages through a MLB/MLO (15 USC Section 1602, and 12 CFR
Sections 226.2 and 226.32).

As a part of the TILA Simplification and Reform Act, the definition of “creditor” was revised to exclude the
“arranger of credit”. TILA as initially enacted defined the term “arranger of credit” as a person (or entity) that
arranged for the extension of credit made by persons (including entities) whether such persons met the
“creditor” definition. The objective was to ensure consumers/borrowers received disclosures and notices of
rights required by TILA and the implementing Regulation Z, regardless of whether the lender making the loan
met the definition of creditor.

Arrangers of credit (mortgage brokers (MLBs)) are for purposes of the SAFE Act (previously discussed in this
Chapter) mortgage loan originators (MLOs). These brokers are identified as MLBs/MLOs throughout this
Chapter in connection with residential mortgage loan transactions. MLBs/MLOs are not “creditors” for the
purposes of TILA or Regulation Z (although they may be “creditors” for other purposes as defined in
applicable federal law). Congress resolved this question in 1982 in the Federal Depository Institutions Act (the
Garn-St. Germain Act), which included amendments to TILA that deleted “arranger of credit” from the
definition of ‘‘creditor.”

To implement this change, the FRB revised Regulation Z by, among other amendments, removing the “arranger
of credit” from the definition of “creditor”. The effect of the FRB’s action was to release real estate/mortgage
brokers (MLBs/MLOs) or other “arrangers of credit” from the responsibility of providing TILA/Regulation Z
disclosures and notices of rights. This release occurred approximately 30 years ago and is consistent with
recent holdings in a cited federal district case that was subject to appeal (Vallies v. Sky Bank, 432 F. 3d 493 –
2006; Vallies v. Sky Bank, 583 F. Supp. 2d 687 – 2008; and Vallies v. Sky Bank, 591 F. 3d 152 – 2009).

While MLBs/MLOs as “arrangers of credit” are not obligated to complete and deliver disclosures and notices
of rights, such brokers must remain informed about each of the requirements imposed upon “creditors” by
TILA and Regulation Z. Mortgage brokers (MLBs/MLOs) as fiduciaries of consumers/borrowers who have
applied for residential mortgage loans through such brokers (whether to be delivered to financial depository
institutions, licensed lenders or private investors/lenders) are obligated to disclose and explain the material
terms of the contemplated loan transaction (Business and Professions Code Sections 10131(d) and (e),
10176(a), (b), (c), and (d), 10177(q), and 10237 et seq.; Civil Code Sections 2295 et seq., 2349 et seq., and
2923.1; Corporations Code Sections 25100(e) and 25206; Corporations Commissioner’s Regulations 10CCR,
Chapter 3, Sections 260.115 and 260.204.1; and Financial Code Sections 4979.5, 4995(c) and (d) and
4995.3(c), among others).

In addition, MLBs/MLOs are required to complete and deliver the California required Mortgage Loan
Disclosure Statement (MLDS) and in most fact situations will be completing and delivering the RESPA
required Good Faith Estimate (GFE). To complete the MLDS and the GFE and to represent properly
consumers/borrowers in residential loan transactions requires MLBs/MLOs to understand TILA and Regulation
Z.

Exempt Transactions

Three basic types of credit transactions directly or indirectly involving real property are exempt from coverage
under TILA and Regulation Z. The first exemption is for credit extended primarily for a business, commercial,
or agricultural purpose (other than for a personal, family or household purpose, i.e., a consumer purpose). This
exemption includes organizational credit as well as credit extended to governments, or to governmental
agencies or instrumentalities.

Should the creditor/lender extend credit for the sole purpose of acquiring, improving, or maintaining a rental
property (that neither is currently nor intended to become owner occupied, regardless of the number of family
units); the transaction is presumably for a business purpose. If the consumer/borrower intends the use of the
proceeds of the loan to be for both business and personal use, the primary use of the proceeds governs whether
the loan is subject to TILA and to Regulation Z. For example, if 51 percent of more of the loan proceeds are
used for business purposes, the loan is generally exempt from TILA and Regulation Z. An inquiry is necessary
to identify the purpose of the loan and the use of the loan proceeds as represented in writing by the

consumer/borrower. Further, the creditor/lender should obtain sufficient supporting documentation to confirm
the consumer/borrower’s representations.

If the consumer/borrower declares the purpose for the extension of credit is to finance an acquisition of the
security property, factors to consider when determining whether the loan is for a business or commercial
purpose (as opposed to a consumer purpose) include:

■ The relationship of the borrower’s primary occupation to the acquisition (the more closely related, the
more likely it is to be a business purpose);

■ The degree to which the borrower will personally manage the acquisition (the more personal
involvement the more likely it is a business purpose);

■ The ratio of income from the acquisition to the total income of the borrower (the higher the ratio, the
more likely it is to be a business purpose);

■ The size of the transaction (the larger the transaction in loan amount and property value, the more
likely it is to be a business purpose);

■ The borrower’s statement of purpose for the loan (it is preferable to have this statement in the
handwriting of the borrower or directly from the borrower through electronic means); and,

■ The use of loan funds in connection with the borrower’s occupation (e.g., a substantial portion of the
loan proceeds are applied to the working capital required by the self-employed borrower would
suggest a business purpose).

While the factors above were included in the FRB Official Staff Commentaries for loans to finance the
acquisition of the real property, they are useful as well to determine the purpose of the extension of credit when
refinancing or further encumbering the intended security property. Further, special rules apply for credit to
acquire, improve, or maintain rental property that is or will become owner occupied within a year from
consummation of the loan transaction.

The Official Staff Commentaries suggest credit extensions to acquire rental property consisting of more than
two housing units are presumably for business purposes. TILA as amended, Regulation Z, and the Official
Staff Commentaries describe dwellings as consisting of 1 to 4 residential units and, therefore, credit extended to
improve or maintain the rental property may not be for business purposes (unless the security real property
contains more than four residential units). The foregoing distinction between acquisition as compared to
improvement or maintenance of rented residential real property at loan consummation may be confusing and
could lead to an inappropriate characterization for the extension of credit.

The amended TILA statute defines the term dwelling as “… a residential structure or mobile home [sic] which
contains one to four family units, or individual units of condominiums or cooperatives”. Accordingly, the
amended statute establishes that 1 to 4 residential units would constitute a dwelling and, therefore, an apparent
presumption of consumer purpose. This means TILA and Regulation Z required disclosures are to be
completed and delivered to the consumer/borrower and the right of rescission for the credit extended in other
than acquisition loan transactions is preserved.

The Official Staff Commentaries are not entirely clear about whether the transaction is for a business or
commercial purpose. Therefore, the practitioner should review the factors described above and the specific
facts of the loan transaction prior to identifying a business or commercial purpose, when the intended security
property is from 1 to 4 residential units (15 USC Sections 1601(f),(h) and (v), and 1603, 12 CFR Sections
226.1 and 226.2 (a)17 and 19; and the FRB Official Staff Interpretations 3(a) and 4).

When the purpose of the extension of credit is to acquire, improve, or maintain the intended security property
consisting of other than 1 to 4 residential units, a business or commercial purpose will generally apply to the
loan transaction. These rules do not prevent an extension of credit secured by real property consisting of less
than four residential units from being considered for a business or commercial purpose. However, if at any
time during the calendar year a consumer/borrower occupies the intended security property for more than 14
days, regardless if it is rented for the remainder of the year, the security property will be considered owner

occupied and, therefore, a loan transaction in such event will not qualify for a business or commercial purpose
exemption.

Even when a business or commercial purpose is determined to be operative for an extension of credit, the
Official Staff Commentaries suggest that later rewriting or refinancing of the loan transaction may result in re-
characterization as a consumer credit transaction. This occurs if the existing obligation is satisfied and replaced
with a new extension of credit undertaken by the same consumer/borrower for consumer purposes. The
possibility of a novation in the context of loan modifications, extensions or forbearances should be considered
when establishing the purpose of the extension of credit (15 USC Section 1601(f),(h) and (v) and Section 1603;
12 CFR Sections 226.1 and 226.2 (a)17 and 19; and the FRB Official Staff Interpretations 3(a) 4 and 5).

The Official Staff Commentaries also apply the term organizational credit to establish an exemption from TILA
and Regulation Z disclosures and notices of rights. The organizational credit exemption extends to
“…transactions in which the person is not a natural person and [sic] applies, for example, to loans to
corporations, partnerships, associations, churches, unions and fraternal organizations”. This exemption also
applies to governments, or governmental agencies or instrumentalities. Further, the exemption is operative
regardless of the purpose of the extension of credit and irrespective of whether a natural person guarantees the
debt/obligation or provides security in the transaction for the borrowing entity.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, consideration must be given to the amount of the security and the nature and
use of the security property offered by the natural person. It should be noted that under existing California law,
Limited Liability Companies (LLCs) and Limited Liability Partnerships (LLPs) are to be treated depending
upon the facts and the applicable law as corporations for certain defined purposes and as partnerships for
certain defined purposes (FRB Official Staff Interpretations 7; and Corporations Code Section 17000 et seq.).

The second exemption is for extensions of credit over $25,000. The dollar limitation does not apply if the
loan/extension of credit is secured by real property that is used or expected to be used as the consumer’s
principal dwelling.

The third exemption has an indirect impact on transactions involving real property. This exemption is for
transactions in securities or commodities by broker-dealers registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC). The investment vehicle for the securities may be equities or fee interests in real property
or interests in deeds of trust or mortgages secured by liens against real property. Accordingly, this exemption
would apply to transactions involving interests in real property when the securities are issued through or sold
by registered broker-dealers.

While real estate brokers performing as mortgage brokers are defacto broker-dealers when issuing/selling
securities qualified by exemption or registration under California law, these brokers are not typically registered
with the SEC or the DOC as broker-dealers. Accordingly, unregistered defacto broker-dealers would not
benefit from this exemption (15 USC Section 1603 and 12 CFR Section 226.3; Business and Professions Code
Section 10131.3, Corporation Code Section 25206, and 10 CCR, Chapter 3, Sections 260.115 and 260.204.1).

Finance Charges

The finance charge is the cost of consumer credit as a dollar amount. It includes any charge payable by the
consumer/borrower or required by the creditor/lender, whether directly or indirectly as an incident to or a
condition of the extension of credit. Such charges include the fees imposed by MLBs/MLOs and other third
party service providers, unless expressly exempt in accordance with the requirements established by TILA and
Regulation Z.

Finance charges that are prepaid (paid prior to or at settlement or loan closing, sometimes referred to as
settlement charges) may be included or excluded from the calculation of the APR, i.e., the effective interest rate
for the extension of credit (pursuant to the provisions of TILA and Regulation Z). The annual percentage rate
(APR) is a measure of the cost of credit expressed as a yearly rate, that relates the amount and timing of value
received by the consumer/borrower to the amount and timing of payments made. The APR is to be determined
in accordance with either the actuarial method or the United States Rule method (12 CFR Section 226.22).

The finance charges to be included in the calculation of the APR are numerous and varied:

1. Among these charges are fees, costs, and expenses representing amounts imposed by third parties (charges
imposed by someone other than the creditor/lender) if the creditor:

■ Requires the use of a third party as a condition of or an incident to the extension of credit, even if the
consumer/borrower can choose the third party; or,

■ Retains a portion of the third-party charge to the extent of the portion retained.

2. Fees charged by closing or settlement agents (such as an attorney, escrow holder, title company, public
escrow or another escrow agent authorized to conduct escrows by applicable state law) are included if the
creditor:

■ Requires the particular services for which the consumer/borrower is charged;

■ Requires the imposition of the charge; or

■ Retains a portion of the third-party charge, to the extent of the portion retained.

3. Regarding fees imposed by mortgage brokers (MLBs/MLOs), such fees are included within the finance
charge whether paid by the consumer/borrower directly to the mortgage broker or to the creditor/lender for
delivery to the broker. The fees of mortgage brokers (MLBs/MLOs) are finance charges included in the
calculation of the APR, even if the creditor/lender does not require the consumer/borrower to use the services
of such brokers and whether the creditor/lender retains any portion of the charge.

4. Further examples of finance charges included when calculating the APR are:

■ Interest, time price differential (e.g., interest imposed in a seller carry-back), and any amount payable
under an add-on or discount system of additional charges (other than simple interest);

■ Service, transaction, activity, and carrying charges, including any fees imposed on a checking or other
transaction account to the extent the amount exceeds the charge for a similar account without a credit
feature;

■ Points (typically defined to include origination fees, commissions, and loan discounts), any other loan
fees, assumption fees, finder's fees, and similar charges;

■ Appraisal, investigation, and credit report fees (unless otherwise specifically excluded in real estate
related transactions);

■ Premiums or other charges for any guarantee or insurance coverage protecting the creditor/lender
against the consumer/borrower's default or other credit loss (e.g., mortgage insurance coverage),
unless otherwise specifically excluded by Regulation Z;

■ Charges imposed on a creditor/lender by another person for purchasing or accepting a
consumer/borrower's debt/obligation, if the consumer/borrower is required to pay the charges in cash
as an addition to the debt/obligation, or as a deduction from the proceeds of the debt/obligation;

■ Premiums or other charges for credit life, accident, health, or loss-of-income insurance, written in
connection with a credit transaction as authorized by applicable federal and state law and provided that
each of the required disclosures are made and delivered to the consumer/borrower who has elected and
freely selected the source of such coverage (unless otherwise specifically excluded by Regulation Z);

■ Premiums or other charges for insurance against loss of or damage to or against liability arising out of
the ownership or use of the security property written in connection with a credit transaction, unless
otherwise specifically excluded by Regulation Z;

■ Discounts for the purpose of inducing payment by a means other than the use of credit; and,

■ Charges or premiums paid for debt cancellation agreements or insurance coverage (including debt
payment suspension agreements) written in connection with a credit transaction, whether the coverage
is determined insurance under applicable federal and state law (unless otherwise specifically excluded
by Regulation Z) (15 USC Section 1605 and 12 CFR Section 226.4).

The prepaid finance charges that are excluded are generally (although not entirely) fees, costs, and expenses
that would be imposed in a cash transaction in which no third party financing is required (15 USC Section
1605 and 12 CFR Section 226.4).

1. The prepaid finance charges to be excluded from the calculation of the APR are:

■ Application fees charged to all applicants for credit, whether or not credit is actually extended (under
California law such fees may not be charged by MLBs/MLOs without an advanced fee agreement
previously approved by the Commissioner of the DRE);

■ Charges for actual unanticipated late payments, for exceeding a credit limit, or for delinquencies,
defaults or similar occurrences;

■ Charges imposed by a financial depository or other financial institution authorized to maintain or
issue accounts for paying items that overdraw accounts, unless the payment of such items and the
imposition of the charges were previously agreed to in writing;

■ Fees charged for participation in a credit plan, whether assessed on an annual or other periodic basis;

■ Seller’s points (percentage of loan amounts in the form of discounts paid to the creditor/lender by the

seller to adjust investment yields); and,

■ Interest forfeited because of an interest reduction on a time deposit used as security for an extension
of credit (e.g., interest earned on a cash collateral account).

2. Notwithstanding the previous discussion in this Section regarding finance charges to be included, real estate
related fees are excluded (as defined), if they are bona fide and reasonable in amount (i.e., reasonably earned
and actually incurred or reasonably related to the value of the goods and facilities provided and to the services
rendered):

■ Fees for title examination, abstract of title, title insurance, property survey, and for similar purposes;

■ Fees for preparing loan related documents such as deeds, deeds of trust, mortgages, reconveyances, or

settlement documents (e.g., escrow instructions and loan closing or settlement statements);

■ Fees for notary acknowledgments or credit reports;

■ Property appraisal fees or fees for inspections to assess the value or condition of the security property,
if the service is performed prior to settlement or loan closing (including fees related to pest infestation
or flood hazard determination); and,

■ Amounts required to be paid into escrow or impound accounts held in trust provided the amounts are
not otherwise expressly included in the finance charge (examples of excluded amounts are advanced
deposits for mortgage insurance premiums, property taxes, casualty and hazard insurance premiums,
and other real property related matters such as dues and assessments imposed by homeowners
associations, but excluding prepaid interest).

3. Discounts offered to induce payments for a purchase by cash, check or other means as described in TILA
and Regulation Z (typically occurring in personal property transactions).

4. Voluntary insurance premiums for various forms of coverage if each of the following conditions are met:

■ Premiums for life, accident, or health insurance are excluded from the finance charge if the coverage is
not required by the creditor/lender and this fact is disclosed in writing, the premium for the initial term
of the insurance coverage is specifically disclosed, and additional required disclosures for the
insurance coverage and the premiums to be paid are also made and delivered to the
consumer/borrower in accordance with TILA and Regulation Z (including that such coverage may
only be obtained at the election of and pursuant to the choice of the consumer/borrower from persons
[insurers or through agents/brokers] other than the creditor/lender or a subsidiary or an affiliate
thereof);

■ Premiums for insurance coverage for loss or damage or for liability arising from the ownership or use
of the intended security real property (provided that required disclosures are made and delivered to the
consumer/borrower, including that such coverage may be obtained from insurers and agents/brokers
selected by the consumer/borrower whether from persons other than the creditor/lender or a subsidiary
or an affiliate thereof); and,

■ In connection with credit life, accident, health or loss-of-income insurance coverage obtained in
compliance with applicable federal and state law, the consumer/borrower must sign or initial an
affirmative written request for the coverage after receiving the previously mentioned disclosures
required by TILA and Regulation Z.

5. Fees for voluntary cancelation agreements (as authorized under TILA and Regulation Z) or for insurance
coverage that provides for cancelation of all of the consumer/borrower’s liability or in part for amounts
exceeding the value of the collateral securing the debt/obligation; or in the event of the loss of life, health, or
income, or in the case of an accident when the foregoing agreements/coverage are not required by the
creditor/lender and the following conditions are met:

■ The debt cancellation agreement or coverage is not required by the creditor/lender and this fact is
disclosed in writing to the consumer/borrower;

■ The fee or premium for the initial term of coverage is disclosed in writing, and if the term of coverage
is less than the term of the credit transaction, the limited term of coverage shall also be separately
disclosed;

■ The fee or premium may be disclosed on a unit-cost basis only in open-end credit transactions, and
closed-end credit transactions are to be disclosed by mail or telephone under 12 CFR Section
226.17(g) as well as certain closed-end credit transactions involving a debt cancellation agreement that
limits the total amount of indebtedness subject to the coverage;

■ The following additional disclosures, as applicable, are made and delivered to the consumer/borrower
in the event the coverage is for debt suspension, i.e., the obligation to pay loan principal and interest is
only suspended for the identified period and that interest will continue to accrue during such period of
suspension; and,

■ The consumer/borrower signs or initials an affirmative written request for coverage after receiving the
specified disclosures.

6. If itemized and disclosed, as required under Regulation Z, the following charges to protect the security
interests of the creditor/lender may be excluded from the finance charge:

■ Taxes and fees prescribed by law that actually are or will be paid to public officials for determining the
existence of or for perfecting, releasing, or satisfying a security interest;

■ The premiums for insurance in lieu of perfecting a security interest to the extent the premiums do not
exceed the fees described above that otherwise would be payable to public officials; and,

■ Taxes levied on security instruments or on documents evidencing indebtedness if the payment of such
taxes is a requirement for recording the device/instrument securing the evidence of indebtedness.

7. If interest, dividends, or other income is received or to be received by the consumer/borrower on deposits or
investments, the amounts thereof shall not be deducted in computing the finance charge (15 USC Section 1605
and 12 CFR Section 226.4).

Timing of Required Disclosures

Distinguishable disclosures are required pursuant to TILA and Regulation Z depending upon whether the loan
transaction is for “open-end credit” or “closed-end credit”. Open-end credit to be extended in connection with
an owner occupied dwelling is a Home Equity Plan or a Home Equity Line Of Credit (HELOC). Whether in
the form of a conventional loan, a HUD/FHA insured or VA indemnified loan, or an alternative mortgage loan
(referred to as a nontraditional loan product); such mortgage loans secured by 1 to 4 residential units are
examples of closed-end credit.

The creditor/lender must make disclosures before consummation of the loan transaction. In certain mortgage
loan transactions, special timing requirements are included in 12 CFR Section 226.19(a). Consummation is
defined as the time that a consumer/borrower becomes contractually liable on a credit obligation as determined
by state law. Special timing requirements for variable-rate disclosures (other than fixed interest rate loans) are
included in 12 CFR Sections 226.19(b) and 226.20(c). Certain variable-rate disclosures must be provided at an
earlier point in time than loan consummation. In addition, early disclosures made pursuant to 12 CFR Sections
226.17(b) and (f) are required and may be subject to the provisions of Sections 226.19(a)(2) and
226.19(a)(5)(iii).

In 2008, Congress enacted the Mortgage Disclosure Improvement Act (MDIA) as an amendment to TILA. The
MDIA amends the disclosure requirements pursuant to Regulation Z for closed-end mortgage transactions
secured by a consumer/borrower's dwelling when the loan transaction is subject to the RESPA (15 USC Section
1601 et seq. and 12 USC Section 2601 et seq.). The MDIA is contained in Sections 2501 through 2503 of the
Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (HERA), Public Law 110-289, enacted on October 3, 2008. The
Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, Public Law 110-343, also enacted on October 3, 2008,
amended the MDIA.

Among the amendments to TILA and Regulation Z included in MDIA were the early disclosure requirements
codified in 15 USC Section 1638 (b)(2) and in 12 CFR 226.17. The effective date for the provisions of MDIA
was July 30, 2009. On July 30, 2008, the FRB published a final rule amending Regulation Z (July 2008 Final
Rule (73 FR 44522)). This rule requires, among other objectives, that creditors/lenders provide early TILA
disclosures, even when the loan is not to finance the purchase or initial construction of the consumer/borrower's
principal dwelling.

Subsequent to the adoption of this rule change, disclosures of material loan terms including the APR (as
required under TILA and Regulation Z) must be completed and delivered to the consumer/borrower
concurrently with the RESPA required GFE as implemented by Regulation X. Accordingly, early disclosures
must be given in purchase, initial construction, refinance or loan transactions further encumbering the intended
security property that is or expected to become the consumer/borrower’s principal dwelling (15 USC Section
1638, 12 CFR Sections 226.5(b), 226.17 , 226.18, 226.19, 226.20, and 226.22; 12 USC 2601 et seq. and 24
CFR Section 3500.7).

The specific regulatory changes adopted by the FRB to implement the MDIA early disclosure requirements
became effective on July 30, 2009 included:

1. The requirement that early disclosures be given for all “dwelling-secured” residential mortgage loans
rather than only for “residential mortgage transactions'' to finance the purchase or initial construction
of the dwelling (12 CFR Section 226.17(f) and 226.19(a)(1)(i) and associated Official Staff
Commentaries); and,

2. That early disclosures be given before consumers pay any fee other than a fee for obtaining the
consumer/borrower's credit history (12 CFR Section 226.19(a)(1)(ii) and (iii) and associated Official
Staff Commentaries).

The July 2008 Final Rule also requires TILA and RESPA GFE disclosures to be completed and delivered to the
consumer/borrower before the payment of fees to any party, including Mortgage Brokers (MLBs/MLOs) or
Appraisal Management Companies. If the required disclosures are delivered through the U.S. Mail to the
consumer/borrower, the required disclosures are considered to have been received three (3) business days after
mailing. As noted above, a bona fide and reasonable credit report fee may be collected in advance of the
delivery of the required disclosures.

The definition of a business day for early disclosures is a day on which the creditor/lender's offices are open to
the public for carrying on substantially all of its business functions. This is an important distinction as the
definition of a business day alters for subsequent disclosures including corrected disclosures, for rescission
waiting periods, and for certain home mortgage transactions pursuant to Regulation Z (12 CFR Sections 226.2,

226.15, 226.17, 226.19(a)(1)(ii), 226.19(a)(2), 226.23 and 226.31). The same standards apply to mortgage
brokers (MLBs/MLOs) directed by creditors/lenders to deliver the early disclosures to consumers/borrowers.

However, it is important to note many creditors/lenders no longer require MLBs/MLOs to complete and deliver
the TILA and RESPA early disclosures. TILA and Regulation Z disclosures are the obligation of
creditors/lenders and not of mortgage brokers (MLBs/MLOs) who are “arrangers of credit” excluded from the
definition of “creditor”. The liability for the contents and the timing of these disclosures rests primarily with
creditors/lenders.

MDIA also imposes additional requirements not contained in the July 2008 Final Rule. Included is the
requirement that creditors/lenders must deliver or mail the early disclosures at least seven (7) business days
before consummation of the loan transaction. Should a material loan term that was disclosed in the early
disclosures become inaccurate, creditors/lenders are to re-disclose by providing corrected disclosures the
consumer/borrower must receive at least three (3) business days before consummation of the loan transaction.

An example of a material change in loan terms contained in an early disclosure is the APR. As previously
discussed, the APR is the calculated effective interest rate typically altered by a change in loan terms. The
required disclosures are to inform consumers/borrowers they are not obligated to complete the loan transaction
simply because disclosures were completed and delivered or otherwise provided, or because an application has
been submitted for a residential mortgage loan.

The term business day for the seven (7) day disclosure and for the three (3) day corrected disclosure means all
calendar days except Sundays and the legal public holidays specified in applicable federal law, i.e., New Year's
Day, the Birthday of Martin Luther King, Jr., Washington's Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor
Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (5 USC Section 6103(a)).

The MDIA imposes different requirements for early disclosures in closed-end mortgage transactions secured by
a consumer/borrowers interest in a timeshare plan. The MDIA also contains additional disclosure requirements
for variable-rate transactions (other than non-fixed interest rate residential mortgages) that will not become
effective until January 30, 2011, unless the FRB establishes an earlier compliance date.

If the consumer/borrower determines the extension of credit is needed to meet a bona fide personal financial
emergency, the consumer may modify or waive the seven (7) business day or three (3) business day waiting
periods required by Regulation Z after receiving the required disclosures. The consumer/borrower must deliver
to the creditor/lender a dated written statement bearing the signature of each consumer/borrower who is liable
under the legal obligation in the loan transaction describing the emergency and specifically modifying or
waiving the waiting period. Printed forms for this purpose are prohibited (12 CFR Sections 226.17(a)(2) and
226.18).

General Disclosure Requirements

TILA and Regulation Z require disclosures concerning the credit sale or residential mortgage loans to be
grouped together and segregated from other information. Regulation Z prohibits the inclusion of any
information not directly related to the required disclosures. It also provides that any itemization of the amount
financed be made separately from the other required disclosures and, in recent amendments,
consumers/borrowers are to receive the GFE concurrently with the TILA required disclosures for purposes of
the itemization of the fees, costs, and expenses and related material loan terms (the early disclosures previously
discussed). In addition, Regulation Z currently requires the terms “finance charge” and APR be more
conspicuous than other required disclosures (12 USC Section 2601 et seq. and 24 CFR Section 3500 et seq. and
15 USC Section 1601 et seq. and 12 CFR Section 226.17).

As previously mentioned, the FRB has published model TILA/Regulation Z disclosure forms and notices of
rights for over 25 years. The most recent model forms included within Regulation Z (as promulgated by the
FRB) may be found at the Government Printing Office (GPO) website using the following link:

http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-

idx?c=ecfr&sid=7e4061234f6f19d7d81f66741aecd35f&rgn=div9&view=text&node=12:3.0.1.1.7.7.8.10.24&i
dno=12

The FRB published recent amendments to some of the model forms on June 26, 2010. The amendments were
made to the model forms promulgated in connection with Regulation Z (12 CFR 226 et seq.). The link to the
most recent published amendments is http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-
idx?c=ecfr;sid=7e37b455429ed4bacfed9ee128d12794;rgn=div2;view=text;node=20100629%3A1.22;idno=12;
cc=ecfr;start=1;size=25

The following is the list of the model forms for open-end and closed-end credit transactions that are operative
as of this writing:

Appendix G to Part 226—Open-End Model Forms and Clauses

1. G–1 Balance Computation Methods Model Clauses (Home-equity Plans) (Sections 226.6 & 226.7);

2. G–1(A) Balance Computation Methods Model Clauses (Plans other than Home-equity Plans)
(Sections 226.6 & 226.7);

3. G–2 Liability for Unauthorized Use Model Clause (Home-equity Plans) (Section 226.12);

4. G–2(A) Liability for Unauthorized Use Model Clause (Plans Other Than Home-equity Plans) (Section
226.12);

5. G–3 Long-Form Billing-Error Rights Model Form (Home-equity Plans) (Sections 226.6 & 226.9);

6. G–3(A) Long-Form Billing-Error Rights Model Form (Plans Other Than Home-equity Plans)
(Sections 226.6 & 226.9);

7. G–4 Alternative Billing-Error Rights Model Form (Home-equity Plans) (Section 226.9);

8. G–4(A) Alternative Billing-Error Rights Model Form (Plans Other Than Home-equity Plans) (Section
226.9);

9. G–5 Rescission Model Form (When Opening an Account) (Section 226.15);

10. G–6 Rescission Model Form (For Each Transaction) (Section 226.15);

11. G–7 Rescission Model Form (When Increasing the Credit Limit) (Section 226.15);

12. G–8 Rescission Model Form (When Adding a Security Interest) (Section 226.15);

13. G–9 Rescission Model Form (When Increasing the Security) (Section 226.15);

14. G–10(A) Applications and Solicitations Model Form (Credit Cards) (Section 226.5a(b));

15. G–10(B) Applications and Solicitations Sample (Credit Cards) (Section 226.5a(b));

16. G–10(C) Applications and Solicitations Sample (Credit Cards) (Section 226.5a(b));

17. G–10(D) Applications and Solicitations Model Form (Charge Cards) (Section 226.5a(b));

18. G–10(E) Applications and Solicitations Sample (Charge Cards) (Section 226.5a(b));

19. G–11 Applications and Solicitations Made Available to General Public Model Clauses (Section
226.5a(e));

20. G–12 Reserved;

21. G–13(A) Change in Insurance Provider Model Form (Combined Notice) (Section 226.9(f));

22. G–13(B) Change in Insurance Provider Model Form (Section 226.9(f)(2));

23. G–14A Home-equity Sample;

24. G–14B Home-equity Sample;

25. G–15 Home-equity Model Clauses;

26. G–16(A) Debt Suspension Model Clause (Section 226.4(d)(3));

27. G–16(B) Debt Suspension Sample (Section 226.4(d)(3));

28. G–17(A) Account-opening Model Form (Section 226.6(b)(2));

29. G–17(B) Account-opening Sample (Section 226.6(b)(2));

30. G–17(C) Account-opening Sample (Section 226.6(b)(2));

31. G–17(D) Account-opening Sample (Section 226.6(b)(2));

32. G–18(A) Transactions; Interest Charges; Fees Sample (Section 226.7(b));

33. G–18(B) Late Payment Fee Sample (Section 226.7(b));

34. G–18(C)(1) Minimum Payment Warning (When Amortization Occurs and the 36-Month Disclosures
Are Required); (Section 226.7(b));

35. G–18(C)(2) Minimum Payment Warning (When Amortization Occurs and the 36-Month Disclosures
Are Not Required) (Section 226.7(b));

36. G–18(C)(3) Minimum Payment Warning (When Negative or No Amortization Occurs) (Section
226.7(b));

37. G–18(D) Periodic Statement New Balance, Due Date, Late Payment and Minimum Payment Sample
(Credit cards); (Section 226.7(b));

38. G–18(E) [Reserved];

39. G–18(F) Periodic Statement Form;

40. G–18(G) Periodic Statement Form;

41. G–18(H) Deferred Interest Periodic Statement Clause;

42. G–19 Checks Accessing a Credit Card Account Sample (Section 226.9(b)(3));

43. G–20 Change-in-Terms Sample (Increase in Annual Percentage Rate) (Section 226.9(c)(2));

44. G–21 Change-in-Terms Sample (Increase in Fees) (Section 226.9(c)(2));

45. G–22 Penalty Rate Increase Sample (Payment 60 or Fewer Days Late) (Section 226.9(g)(3));

46. G–23 Penalty Rate Increase Sample (Payment More Than 60 Days Late) (Section 226.9(g)(3));

47. G–24 Deferred Interest Offer Clauses (Section 226.16(h));

48. G–25(A) Consent Form for Over-the-Limit Transactions (Section 226.56); and,

49. G–25(B) Revocation Notice for Periodic Statement Regarding Over-the-Limit Transactions (Section
226.56).

Appendix H to Part 226— Closed-End Model Forms and Clauses

1. H–1 Credit Sale Model Form (Section 226.18);

2. H–2 Loan Model Form (Section 226.18);

3. H–3 Amount Financed Itemization Model Form (Section 226.18(c));

4. H–4(A) Variable-Rate Model Clauses (Section 226.18(f)(1));

5. H–4(B) Variable-Rate Model Clauses (Section 226.18(f)(2));

6. H–4(C) Variable-Rate Model Clauses (Section 226.19(b));

7. H–4(D) Variable-Rate Model Clauses (Section 226.20(c));

8. H–5 Demand Feature Model Clauses (Section 226.18(i));

9. H–6 Assumption Policy Model Clause (Section 226.18(q));

10. H–7 Required Deposit Model Clause (Section 226.18(r));

11. H–8 Rescission Model Form (General) (Section 226.23);

12. H–9 Rescission Model Form (Refinancing (with Original Creditor)) (Section 226.23);

13. H–10 Credit Sale Sample;

14. H–11 Installment Loan Sample;

15. H–12 Refinancing Sample;

16. H–13 Mortgage with Demand Feature Sample;

17. H–14 Variable-Rate Mortgage Sample (Section 226.19(b));

18. H–15 Graduated-Payment Mortgage Sample;

19. H–16 Mortgage Sample;

20. H–17(A) Debt Suspension Model Clause; and,

21. H–17(B) Debt Suspension Sample.

During 2009, the FRB published a series of proposed model TILA/Regulation Z disclosure forms (including
samples with the required disclosures included within the forms) for open-end and closed-end credit
transactions. The proposed model disclosure forms with samples have been the subject of press releases and
staff commentaries. A requirement applicable to the historic model forms is that they appear on a single page.

An essential predicate to the proposed model forms is the amendment to Regulation Z allowing such
disclosures to be continued from one page to another, although the disclosures must remain separated from
other transactional documents. These proposed model forms and samples of required disclosures represent a
substantial departure from the historic model disclosure forms and notices of rights. Their long advance
publication and ongoing amendments to Regulation Z resulted in some industry confusion concerning the
appropriate use of model forms. Apparently, the proposed model forms and samples will not formally replace
the historic forms for approximately 6 to 8 months following the writing of this Chapter. The reader should
undertake to determine which model forms are appropriate for use prior to proceeding with residential
mortgage loan transactions subject to TILA and Regulation Z.

The proposed TILA/Regulation Z amended model disclosure forms with sample illustrations or required
disclosures may be found at http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/bcreg/20090723a.htm. The
model forms and related sample forms are as follows:

Regulation Z—Open-end Mortgages (HELOCs):

1. G-14(A) Early Disclosure Model Form (Home-equity Plans);

2. G-14(B) Early Disclosure Model Form (Home-equity Plans);

3. G-14(C) Early Disclosure Sample (Home-equity Plans);

4. G-14(D) Early Disclosure Sample (Home-equity Plans);

5. G-14(E) Early Disclosure Sample (Home-equity Plans);

6. G-15(A) Account-Opening Disclosure Model Form (Home-equity Plans);

7. G-15(B) Account-Opening Disclosure Sample (Home-equity Plans);

8. G-15(C) Account-Opening Disclosure Sample (Home-equity Plans);

9. G-15(D) Account-Opening Disclosure Sample (Home-equity Plans);

10. G-24(A) Periodic Statement Transactions; Interest Charges; Fees Sample (Home-equity Plans);

11. G-24(B) Periodic Statement Sample (Home-equity Plans);

12. G-24(C) Periodic Statement Sample (Home-equity Plans);

13. G-25 Change-in-Terms Sample (Home-equity Plans); and,

14. G-26 Rate Increase Sample (Home-equity Plans).

Regulation Z--Closed-end Mortgages:

1. H–4(B) Adjustable-Rate Loan Program Model Form;

2. H–4(D) Adjustable-Rate Loan Program Sample (Hybrid ARM);

3. H–4(E) Adjustable-Rate Loan Program Sample (Interest Only ARM);

4. H–4(F) Adjustable-Rate Loan Program Sample (Payment Option ARM);

5. H-4(G) Adjustable-Rate Adjustment Notice Model Form;

6. H–4(I) Adjustable-Rate Adjustment Notice Sample (Interest Only ARM);

7. H–4(J) Adjustable-Rate Adjustment Notice Sample (Hybrid ARM);

8. H–4(K) Adjustable-Rate Annual Notice Model Form;

9. H–4(L) Negative Amortization Monthly Disclosure Model Form;

10. H-19(A) Fixed Rate Mortgage Model Form;

11. H-19(B) Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Model Form;

12. H-19(C) Mortgage with Negative Amortization Model Form;

13. H-19(D) Fixed Rate Mortgage with Balloon Payment Sample;

14. H-19(E) Fixed Rate Mortgage with Interest Only Sample;

15. H-19(F) Step-Payment Mortgage Sample;

16. H-19(G) Hybrid Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Sample;

17. H-19(H) Adjustable-Rate Mortgage with Interest Only Sample; and,

18. H-19(I) Adjustable-Rate Mortgage with Payment Option Sample.

Use of Model Forms and the Most Important Items Disclosed

The model forms including samples are structured to provide disclosures for distinguishable loan transactions.
The contemplated loan transactions may include fixed interest rate mortgages, variable or adjustable rate
mortgages, graduated payment mortgages, hybrid mortgages, and loan assumptions, among other mortgage loan
options. Creditors/lenders may duplicate the model forms for use in residential mortgage loan transactions.
Any changes made to the model forms must be consistent with applicable federal law by including the
appropriate disclosures required for the contemplated extension of credit.

Creditors/lenders must make those disclosures that are relevant to the particular loan transaction contemplated.
Regulation Z requires the use of descriptive phrases for the most important items disclosed. Verbatim use of
these phrases is not necessary (12 CFR Sections 226.17, 226.18, 226.19, and 226.20, among others).

In the model forms operative at the time of this writing (e.g., the H-2), the most important items to be disclosed
include the APR, the finance charge, the amount financed, and the total of payments. Regulation Z defines the
term “finance charge,” as the total dollar amount the extension of credit will cost, including the prepaid finance
charge (the settlement charges) plus the interest for the term of the loan (if each payment is made as scheduled).
The prepaid finance charge included when calculating the APR consists of those charges that add to the cost of
obtaining the loan (12 CFR Section 226.4).

The amount financed describes the arithmetic residual of the amount borrowed (the original loan amount) and
the prepaid finance charge includable (the settlement charges). The total of payments is the summation of all
required payments, assuming each payment is made as scheduled (12 CFR Sections 226.2, 226.4, and 226.18).

Regarding the proposed model forms and the related samples (e.g., the H-19(A)), the important items disclosed
include the loan summary (a summary of the loan amount, term, type, features and settlement charges); the
APR and a comparison to the average available APR on similar conforming loans offered to
consumers/borrowers (applicants) with excellent credit; a representation of the range of APRs within the “high
cost zone”; the nominal interest rate, and the monthly/periodic scheduled principal and interest payments; and
the estimated periodic payments for the escrow/impound account. In addition, the important disclosures
include whether an escrow/impound account is required; the total of payments including the total amount
imposed for interest during the term of the loan; and the amount of the settlement charges (formerly described
as the prepaid finance charge includable) (12 CFR Sections 226.17, 226.18, 226.19, 226.20, and 226.22).

The proposed TILA disclosure model forms include a new category of disclosures, i.e., key questions about
risk. The questions include whether the interest rate may increase, whether the required monthly/periodic
payments will increase, and whether a prepayment penalty is due in the event of an early termination of the
residential mortgage loan. The proposed forms include the amended Regulation Z disclosures informing the
consumer/borrower no obligation exists to accept the loan as the result of the receipt of the disclosures.

Further, a disclosure is required informing the consumer/borrower the inability to make the scheduled payments
on the loan could result in the loss of the home through foreclosure. The consumer/borrower is also to receive a
disclosure there is no guarantee a refinance loan will be available with a lower interest rate and monthly
payments to pay off the existing loan; and if the loan obtained exceeds the value of the security property, the
extra amount may not be deductible for federal income tax purposes (12 CFR Sections 226.17, 226.18, 226.19,
226.20, and 226.22).

Basis of Disclosures and Use of Estimates

The disclosures shall reflect the terms of the legal obligation of the mortgage loan transaction between the
creditor/lender and the consumer/borrower. If any information necessary for an accurate disclosure is unknown
to the creditor/lender, the disclosure is to reflect the best information reasonably available when the disclosure
is provided to the consumer/borrower. The disclosures are to clearly state they are estimates, as applicable.

For a transaction in which a portion of the interest is determined on a per-diem basis and collected at loan
consummation, the per-diem interest disclosed will be considered accurate (if the disclosure relies on
information known to the creditor/lender when the disclosure documents are prepared for consummation of the
loan transaction) (12 CFR Sections 226.17, 226.18, 226.20, and 226.22).

The creditor/lender may disregard the effects of the following in making calculations and completing
disclosures:

1. Payments must be collected in whole cents;

2. Dates of scheduled payments and advances are subject to change because the scheduled date is not a
business day, as defined;

3. Months have different numbers of days;

4. The occurrence of a leap year alters the number of days in the month of February; and,

5. When making calculations and completing disclosures, the creditor/lender may disregard any irregularity in
the first period that falls within the limits described and any payment schedule irregularity that results from
the irregular first period as follows:

■ For transactions in which the term is less than 1 year, a first period not more than 6 days shorter or 13
days longer than a regular period;

■ For transactions in which the term is at least 1 year and less than 10 years, a first period not more than
11 days shorter or 21 days longer than a regular period; and,

■ For transactions in which the term is at least 10 years, a first period shorter than or not more than 32
days longer than a regular period (12 CFR Section 226.17).

If an obligation is payable on demand, the creditor/lender shall make the disclosures based on an assumed
maturity of one (1) year. If an alternate maturity date is identified in the legal obligation between the
creditor/lender and the consumer/borrower, the disclosures are to be based on that date. A series of advances
under an agreement to extend credit up to a certain amount may be considered as a single loan transaction.
When a multiple-advance loan to finance the initial construction of the intended dwelling of the
consumer/borrower is joined with permanent financing extended by the same creditor/lender, the construction
phase and the permanent phase of the financing may be treated either as a single transaction or as more than
one loan transaction (12 CFR Section 226.17).

Multiple Creditors/lenders; Multiple Consumers/Borrowers

If a transaction involves more than one creditor/lender, only one set of disclosures need be delivered to the
consumer/borrower, and the creditors/lenders are to agree among themselves which creditor/lender must
comply with the requirements of Regulation Z. Should there be more than one consumer/borrower; the
disclosures may be made to a consumer/borrower primarily liable for the debt/obligation. If the transaction is
rescindable under 12 CFR Section 226.23, the disclosures are to be delivered to each consumer/borrower who
has the right to rescind (12 CFR Section226.17).

Effect of Subsequent Events and Required Subsequent Disclosures

Should a disclosure become inaccurate due to an event that occurs after the creditor/lender delivers the required
disclosures and no violation of the tolerance limits has occurred, the inaccuracy is not in violation of Regulation
Z. However, new or subsequent disclosures are required (12 CFR Sections 226.17(f), 226.18, 226.19, and
226.20). If the APR disclosed in a transaction secured by a real property dwelling varies from the actual rate
determined in accordance with the actuarial method or the United States Rule method by more than the
tolerances described below, re-disclosure is required (12 CFR Section 226.22(a)(1), (2), (3), (4), and (5)).

When subsequent events make early disclosures inaccurate, the creditor/lender must re-disclose three (3) days
before loan consummation (12 CFR Sections 226.17(e), (f)(i) and (ii), 226.19(a)(2) and 226.19(a)(5)(iii)). The
re-disclosures are to include:

1. Any changed term, unless the term was based on and labeled as an estimate in accordance with 12 CFR
Section 226.17(c)(2), and the change does not exceed the acceptable tolerances pursuant to applicable
federal law; and,

2. All changed terms, if the annual percentage rate at the time of consummation varies from the annual
percentage rate disclosed earlier by more than 1/8 of 1 percentage point in a regular transaction, or more
than 1/4 of 1 percentage point in an irregular transaction (as defined), and the change is not in violation of
the acceptable tolerances pursuant to applicable federal law (12 CFR Sections 226.17(e), (f)(i) and (ii), and
226.22(a)).

After loan consummation, three additional events require the creditor/lender to make subsequent disclosures,
i.e., a refinancing, an assumption, and adjustments in variable-rate feature loans:

A Refinancing. A “refinancing” is a separate transaction requiring new disclosures to the consumer/borrower.
Refinancing occurs when an existing obligation is satisfied and replaced for the same consumer/borrower.
Regulation Z provides examples of what does not constitute a refinancing, including among others: (l) a
renewal of a single payment obligation with no change in the original terms; (2) a reduction in the APR with a
corresponding change in the payment schedule; and (3) a change in the payment schedule or a change in
collateral requirements as a result of the consumer/borrower’s default or delinquency. As previously mentioned,
consolidation of an exiting loan by the same creditor/lender with no new money advanced would not constitute
a refinancing.

Assumption. An “assumption” is a new transaction requiring new disclosures to the consumer/borrower, and
that an assumption occurs when a new person becomes obligated as a subsequent maker on an existing
debt/obligation. Whenever a creditor/lender agrees in writing to accept a new consumer/borrower as a
subsequent maker on an existing residential mortgage loan transaction (an assumption of the existing
debt/obligation), the creditor/lender must make new disclosures based on the remaining debt/obligation. The
mere addition of a guarantor to an existing debt/obligation for which the consumer/borrower remains primarily
liable does not constitute an “assumption” (12 CFR Sections 226.17(e), 226.18, 226.19 and 226.20).

Variable-rate adjustments. New disclosures are required when an adjustment is made to the interest rate (with
or without an accompanying change in the payment rate) in a variable-rate loan transaction (other than a fixed-
interest rate loan) secured by the consumer/borrower’s principal dwelling and with a loan term of greater than
one year. The creditor/lender must provide the following information in a disclosure at least once each year
during which an interest rate adjustment is implemented without an accompanying payment change, and at least
25 but not more than 120 calendar days before a periodic payment is due at a new level:

1. The current and prior interest rates;

2. The index values on which the current and prior interest rates are based;

3. The extent to which the creditor/lender has foregone any interest rate increase;

4. The contractual effects of the adjustments, including the new payment amount and the loan balance; and,

5. The payment (if different from the payment previously disclosed) that would be required to fully amortize
the loan at the new interest rate over the remaining loan term (12 CFR Section 226.19).

Content of Disclosures

Information and Manner of Disclosure. Consumer/borrowers are to receive the following information and in the
manner described as part of the TILA and Regulation Z disclosures:

1. The identity/name of the creditor/lender and the loan originator (MLO) unique identifier;

2. The disclosures are to be in writing, clearly and conspicuously set forth, and in a form that the
consumer/borrower may keep;

3. The disclosures may be provided in electronic form, subject to compliance with the “consumer consent”
and other applicable provisions of the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the E-
Sign Act (15 USC Section 7001 et seq.);

4. The disclosures required by 12 CFR Sections 226.17(g), 226.19(b), and 226.24 may be provided to the
consumer/borrower in electronic form without regard to the “consumer’s consent” or other provisions of
the E-Sign Act when the disclosures are made in compliance with the foregoing sections of Regulation Z;

5. The disclosures are to be grouped together, segregated from everything else, and may not contain any
information except that which is directly related thereto as required by Regulation Z (12 CFR Sections
226.17, 226.18, 226.19, 226.20, and 226.24, among others);

6. The disclosures may include an acknowledgment of receipt, the date of the transaction; and the name,
address, and account number of the consumer/borrower (12 CFR Sections 226.17 and 226.18); and,

7. The identity of the following payees may be included in the disclosures using generic or other general
terms:

• Public officials or government agencies;

• Credit reporting agencies;

• Appraisers; and,

• Insurance Companies.

The Most Important Disclosures Required in Historic Model Forms. The following represents the four (4) most
important required disclosures in the model forms historically promulgated by the FRB pursuant to Regulation
Z (12 CFR Section 226.18(a), (b), (d), and (e):

1. The term finance charge is to be more conspicuous than any other disclosure except for the APR and the
name and identity of the creditor/lender and the MLO unique identifier, and a brief description of this term
is to be included such as “the dollar amount the credit will cost you” (whether payable directly or indirectly
by the consumer/borrower and whether imposed directly or indirectly by the creditor/lender as an incident
to the extension of credit);

2. The APR (annual percentage rate) is to be more conspicuously disclosed than any other disclosure except
for the term finance charge and the name and identity of the creditor/lender and the MLO unique identifier,
and a brief description of this term is to be included such as “the cost of your credit as a yearly rate”;

3. The term total of payments (calculated by the sum of the payments disclosed in the payment schedule, i.e.,
the monthly/periodic payments of principal and interest) as well as a brief description such as “the amount
you will have paid when you have timely made all scheduled payments;” and,

4. A brief description of the amount financed as the amount of credit provided to or on behalf of the
consumer/borrower calculated by:

• Determining the principal loan amount or the cash price (subtracting any down payment);

• Adding any other amounts that are financed by the creditor/lender that are not part of the finance
charge; and,

• Subtracting any prepaid finance charge.

The Itemization of the Amount Financed. A written itemization of the amount financed to which the
consumer/borrower is entitled and separated from other required disclosures may be accomplished as part of
the early disclosures through the use of a good faith estimate of settlement charges (GFE) pursuant to RESPA

and to recent amendments of Regulation Z (12 USC Section 2601 et seq. and 24 CFR Section 3500 et seq. and
15 USC 1601 et seq. and 12 CFR Section 226 et seq., specifically Section 226.18(c)(1) and (2)). The
itemization is to include disclosures of the:

• Amount of any proceeds distributed directly to the consumer/borrower;

• Amount credited to the consumer/borrower's account with the creditor/lender; and,

• Any amounts paid to other persons by the creditor/lender on the consumer/borrower's behalf with such
persons identified in the disclosures.

Variable-Rate Transactions. Should the residential mortgage loan transaction be subject to a variable interest
rate (other than a fixed interest rate) and the APR is scheduled to increase within a term of one year or less after
loan consummation in a transaction secured by the consumer/borrower’s principal dwelling, the following
disclosures must be included (12 CFR Sections 226.18(f)(1) and (2) and 226.19(b):

• The circumstances under which the rate may increase;

• Any limitations on the increase;

• The effect of an increase; and,

• An example of the payment terms that would result from an increase.

Should the APR increase within a term greater than one year after loan consummation in a transaction secured
by the consumer/borrower’s principal dwelling, the following disclosures must be included:

• The fact that the transaction contains a variable-rate feature; and,

• A statement that variable-rate disclosures have been previously provided.

Should the consumer/borrower’s principal dwelling be the intended security property for a loan with a term of
greater than one year and a variable-rate feature is included providing for an increase in the APR after loan
consummation (whether scheduled to occur prior to or subsequent to one year thereafter), the following
disclosures must be provided at the time of loan application or before the consumer/borrower pays a non-
refundable fee, whichever is earlier:

1. The booklet entitled Consumer Handbook on Adjustable Rate Mortgages published by the FRB, or a
suitable substitute; and,

2. A loan program disclosure consistent with the applicable model forms for each variable-rate program in
which the consumer/borrower expresses an interest including the following (12 CFR Section 226.19(b)(1)
and (2)):

• The fact that the interest rate, payment, or term of the loan can change;

• The index or formula used in making adjustments, and the source information about the index or

formula;

• An explanation of how the interest rate and payment will be determined, including an explanation of
how the index is adjusted, such as by the addition of a margin;

• A statement that the consumer/borrower should ask about the current margin value and current interest
rate;

• The fact that the interest rate will be discounted, and a statement that the consumer/borrower should
ask about the amount of the interest rate discount;

• The frequency of interest rate and payment changes;

• Any rules relating to changes in the index, interest rate, payment amount, and outstanding loan balance
including, for example, an explanation of interest rate or payment limitations, negative amortization,
and interest rate carryover; and,

• At the option of the creditor/lender, either of the following:

1. A historical example, based on a $10,000 loan amount, illustrating how payments and the
loan balance would have been affected by interest rate changes implemented according to the
terms of the loan program disclosure. The example is to reflect the most recent 15 years of
index value and all significant loan program terms, such as negative amortization, interest rate
carryover, interest rate discounts, and interest rate and payment limitations to be or that would
have been affected by the index movement during the period; or,

2. The maximum interest rate and payment for a $10,000 loan originated at the initial interest
rate (index value plus margin, adjusted by the amount of any discount or premium) in effect
as of an identified month and year for the loan program disclosure, assuming the maximum
periodic increases in rates and payments under the program; and the initial interest rate and
payment for that loan and a statement that the periodic payment may increase or decrease
substantially depending on changes in the rate.

• An explanation of how the consumer may calculate the payments for the loan amount to be borrowed
based on either:

A. The most recent payment shown in the historical example as described above in item 1; or

B. The initial interest rate used to calculate the maximum interest rate and payment as described
above in item 2.

• The fact that the loan program contains a demand feature;

• The type of information that will be provided in notices of adjustments and the timing of such notices;
and,

• A statement that disclosure forms are available for other variable-rate loan programs offered by the
creditor/lender.

Schedule of Payments. The creditor/lender must disclose the number, amounts, and timing of payments
scheduled to repay the debt/obligation. Regulation Z provides for an abbreviated disclosure of the payment
schedule for transactions in which a series of payments vary solely because of the application of a finance
charge to the unpaid principal balance. This situation arises most frequently in graduated payment mortgages or
in mortgages where mortgage insurance premiums are determined by the unpaid principal balance (12 CFR
Section 226.18(g)).

In a demand obligation with no alternative maturity date, the creditor/lender is to disclose the due dates or
payment periods of any schedule interest payments for the first year. In a transaction in which a series of
payments varies because a finance charge is applied to the unpaid principal balance, the creditor/lender is to
disclose the following information:

1. The dollar amount of the largest and smallest payments in the series; and,

2. The reference to the variations in other payments in the series.

As previously mentioned, the total of payments is the amount the consumer/borrower will have paid when all
scheduled payments are timely made. However, in a transaction involving a single payment, the creditor/lender
need not disclose the total of payments (12 CFR Section 226.18(g) and (h)).

Demand Feature. Regulation Z requires that if the obligation has a demand feature, this fact must be disclosed.
This disclosure is required only for a demand feature contemplated as part of the legal obligation for the
mortgage loan transaction between the creditor/lender and the consumer/borrower. Transactions that convert to
a demand status due to the consumer/borrower’s default are not within the purview of this requirement, as is
neither a due-on-sale nor a due on further encumbrance clause (12 CFR Sections 226.17(c)(5) and 226.18(i)).

Total Sale Price. In a credit sale (a sale in which the seller is a creditor) Regulation Z requires the use of the
term “total sale price” together with a brief description such as “the total price of your purchase on credit,
including your down payment of $___.” (12 CFR Section 226.18(b)(2), (d) and (j)).

Prepayment Penalties and Rebates. Creditors/lenders are required to make a disclosure of the existence of a
penalty on prepayments of the amount owing prior to the maturity date. Even if a creditor/lender does not
charge a prepayment penalty, a statement to that effect must be included. However, this disclosure is only
required if the finance charge is computed from time to time by application of a rate to the unpaid principal
balance. In any other type of transaction, a statement must be included indicating whether the
consumer/borrower is entitled to a rebate of any portion of the finance charge in the event of prepayment. It is
no longer necessary to disclose a particular method of rebate, such as the rule of 78s (12 CFR Section
226.17(k)).

Late Payment Charge. A disclosure is required only for those charges imposed before maturity due to a late
payment. The disclosure may reflect the fact that late charges may be determined as either a percentage or a
specified dollar amount (12 CFR Section 226.18(l)).

Security Interest. Regulation Z requires the creditor/lender to disclose what security interest is or will be
retained in the property purchased in the transaction or other security property. In transactions in which the
credit is being extended to purchase the collateral, the creditor/lender is required to give only a general
identification such as “the property purchased in this transaction.” The security interest in after-acquired
property need not be disclosed (12 CFR Section 226.18(m)).

Insurance. If charges for credit life, accident, health, or loss-of-income insurance are excluded from the finance
charge, there must be a disclosure of the premium and that the insurance is not required to obtain credit, and the
consumer must sign or initial a request for the insurance. If the charges for property insurance are excluded
from the finance charge there must be a disclosure setting forth the cost of the insurance if obtained from the
creditor/lender and stating that the insurance may be obtained from a person of the consumer/borrower’s
choice. The disclosure may be made on the disclosure form, or, at the creditor/lender’s option, on a document
different from the disclosure form (12 CFR Sections 226.4(d) and 226.18(n)).

Certain Security Charges. If disclosed, taxes and fees paid to a public official with respect to a security interest
may be excluded from the finance charge. The charges may be aggregated, or may be broken down by
individual charge. No special form is required for this disclosure, which could be labeled “filing fees and
taxes”. This disclosure may be made on the disclosure form, or, at the creditor/lender’s option, on a document
different from the disclosure form (12 CFR Section 226.4(a) and (e) and Section 226.18(o)).

Reference to Contract Terms. Regulation Z requires that creditors/lenders include in their disclosures a
statement that refers consumers/borrowers to appropriate contract documents for information about non-
payment, default, the right to accelerate the maturity of the obligation, and prepayment rebates or penalties. At
the creditor/lender’s option, the statement can also include a reference to the contract for more information
about security interests and the creditor/lender’s assumption policy (12 CFR Section 226.18(p) and (q)).

Assumption Policy. In a residential mortgage loan transaction, the creditor/lender must state whether a
subsequent purchaser of the dwelling who acquired the property from the consumer/borrower may be permitted
(if qualified) to assume the remaining debt/obligation on its original terms (12 CFR Section 226.18(q).

Required Deposit. An example of a required deposit is a savings account created as a condition of a loan. If a
creditor/lender requires the consumer/borrower to maintain the deposit as a condition of the extension of credit,
the creditor/lender must state the annual percentage rate (APR) does not reflect the effect of the required
deposit including any interest that may accrue therefrom (12 CFR Section 226.18(r)).

Consumer/Borrower’s Right to Rescind

Notice of Right to Rescind. Creditors/lenders must provide each consumer/borrower entitled to rescind with
two (2) copies of the notice of the right to rescind (one copy to each if the notice is in electronic form in
accordance with the “consumer consent” and other applicable provisions of the E-Sign Act). The rescission
notice is to be given to any consumer/borrower with an “ownership interest” in the principal dwelling, i.e., the
security property for the loan transaction (even when the consumer/borrower is not personally liable under the
terms of the promissory note and the deed of trust or mortgage). In the case of a mortgage loan being made to a
family trust, the beneficiaries of the trust own the interest in the security property. Therefore, if the beneficiaries
occupy the property as their principal dwelling, they are entitled to receive the notice of the right to rescind.

The notice is to be on a separate document that identifies the transaction that clearly and conspicuously
discloses the following:

• The retention or acquisition of a security interest in the consumer/borrower's principal dwelling;

• The consumer/borrower's right to rescind the transaction;

• How the consumer/borrower may exercise the right to rescind with a form for that purpose designating
the address of the creditor/lender's place of business;

• The effects of rescission, as described in Regulation Z; and,

• The date the rescission period expires.

To satisfy the notice and disclosure requirements in connection with the right to rescind, the creditor/lender is
to provide the appropriate model form or a notice and disclosure with substantially similar language. The FRB
has published a model rescission form previously listed and identified on page ___ of this Section that meets
these requirements. When more than one consumer/borrower in a transaction has the right to rescind, the
exercise of the right by any one consumer/borrower is also effective as to the remaining consumers/borrowers
(12 CFR Section 226.23).

Rescission Period. The consumer/borrower has the right to rescind until midnight of the third business day (as
defined) subsequent to the last to occur of the following events:

1. Consummation of the loan transaction;

2. Delivery of all material TILA disclosures; or

3. Delivery of the notice of right to rescind (12 CFR Section 226.23(a)).

For this purpose, a business day is any calendar day, except Sundays and federal legal holidays (5 USC
6103(a)).

Waiver of right to rescind. Regulation Z provides that the consumer/borrower may waive the right to rescind, if
the consumer/borrower determines that the extension of credit is needed to meet a bona fide personal financial
emergency. In such event, the consumer/borrower must give the creditor/lender a dated and written statement
(executed by the consumer/borrower) that describes the emergency and specifically waives the right to rescind
(preferably in the handwriting of the consumer/borrower). Unless specifically authorized by applicable law,
Regulation Z prohibits the use of preprinted waiver forms (12 CFR Section 226.23(e)).

The need of the consumer/borrower to obtain funds immediately is considered a bona fide personal financial
emergency if the dwelling securing the extension of credit is located in a declared major disaster area by the
federal government. In such event, creditors/lenders may use printed forms for the consumer/borrower to waive
the right to rescind. This exemption regarding the procedures required to waive the right to rescind generally
expires one (1) year from the date an area was declared a major disaster (42 USC Section 5170 and 12 CFR
Section 226.23(e)(1)).

Transactions Subject to the Right to Rescind. Generally, the right of rescission applies to all consumer/borrower
credit transactions where the debt/obligation is secured by a lien against the consumer/borrower’s principal
dwelling. A consumer/borrower can have only one “principal dwelling” at a time. Since the definition of a
dwelling is not limited to real property, loan transactions involving mobile homes can be rescindable, even if
they are treated as personal property under state law (12 CFR Section 226.23, and a parallel provision exists in
12 CFR Section 226.15 for liens against principal dwellings securing open-end credit).

Exempt Transactions- A residential mortgage loan transaction in which the loan proceeds fund the acquisition
or initial construction of the intended security property that is to become the principal dwelling of the
consumer/borrower is not subject to the right to rescind. This exemption applies regardless of the priority of the
lien established through recording the security devise/instrument (a deed of trust or mortgage). Accordingly,

neither a senior or junior deed of trust or mortgage securing a loan from the acquisition or initial construction of
the intended security property would be subject to a right of rescission (12 CFR Section 226.23(a) and (f)).

Another exemption is for a refinancing by the same creditor/lender of a loan secured by the
consumer/borrower’s principal dwelling, provided no new money is advanced (a refinance consolidation of an
extension of credit already secured by the principal dwelling). If new money is advanced, the transaction is
rescindable to the extent of the new money if the loan is secured by the consumer/borrower’s principal
dwelling. This exemption is most likely to arise in connection with renewals, extensions, or refinancing of
balloon notes (12 CFR Section 226.23(f)).

Further, the right to rescind does not apply to a loan transaction in which a state agency is a creditor/lender. A
loan advance, other than an initial advance, in a series of single-payment debts/obligations treated as a single
transaction under 12 CFR Section 226.17(c)(6) is not subject to the right to rescind. However, the notice of the
right to rescind and all material disclosures must be given to the consumer/borrower in connection with the
initial advance (12 CFR Section 226.23(b) and (f)).

While an addition (an increase in the principal balance) to an existing debt/obligation of a security interest in a
consumer/borrower's principal dwelling is a transaction, the right of rescission applies only to the addition of
the security interest and not to the existing debt/obligation. Renewal of optional insurance coverage is not a
refinancing and, therefore, is not subject to the right to rescind (12 CFR Sections 226.20(a)(5) and 226.23(f)).

By restricting the right of rescission to transactions in which the secured property is currently used as the
consumer/borrower’s principal dwelling, Regulation Z has exempted from the rescission requirements loans
secured by property that is expected to be used as other than a principal dwelling, such as vacant lots, vacation
homes, and retirement homes (12 CFR Section 226.23(a) and (f)).

The Rescission Period. Delivery of the required notice and disclosure begins the rescission period. To exercise
the right to rescind, the consumer/borrower is to notify the creditor/lender of the rescission by mail, or other
means of written communication. Notice is considered given if mailed, when filed for telegraphic transmission
or, if sent by other means, when delivered to the creditor/borrower's designated place of business. Regulation Z
was amended to allow the creditor/lender to deliver the notice and disclosure in an electronic form in
accordance with the “consumer consent” and other applicable provisions of the E-Sign Act. Accordingly, the
consumer/borrower should be able to respond to the notice and disclosure in the same manner it was delivered
(i.e., electronically) when seeking to timely rescind the contemplated loan transaction (12 CFR Section
226.23(a) and (b)).

The consumer/borrower may exercise the right to rescind until midnight of the third business day (as defined)
following loan consummation, delivery of the notice of right to rescind, or delivery of required material
disclosures, whichever occurs last. If the required notice or material disclosures are not delivered, the right to
rescind will expire three (3) years after loan consummation, upon transfer of all of the consumer/borrower's
interest in the property, or upon sale of the property, whichever occurs first (12 CFR Section 226.23(a), (b), and
(c)).

The term “material disclosures” means the required disclosures of the annual percentage rate (APR), the finance
charge, the amount financed, the total of payments, the schedule of payments, and the applicable disclosures
and limitations referred to in connection with “high-cost” and “higher-cost/priced” mortgages (12 CFR Sections
226.32 (c) and (d) and 226.35(b)(2)).

Delay of Creditor/Lender’s Performance. Unless a consumer/borrower properly waives the right of rescission
due to a personal emergency, no money is to be disbursed (other than a deposit in an escrow), no services are to
be performed, and no materials are to be delivered to the intended security property until the rescission period
has expired and the creditor/lender is reasonably satisfied that the consumer/borrower has not rescinded (12
CFR Section 226.23(c)).

Effects of Rescission. When a consumer/borrower rescinds a transaction, the security interest subject to the
right of rescission becomes void and the consumer/borrower is not liable for any amount, including any finance
charge regarding the contemplated loan transaction. Within 20 calendar days after receipt of a notice of

rescission, the creditor/lender is to return any money or property transferred to anyone in connection with the
transaction.

In addition, the creditor/lender is to take any action necessary to reflect the termination of the security interest.
If the creditor/lender has delivered any money or property, the consumer/borrower may retain possession until
the creditor/lender has met its previously described obligations. When the creditor/lender has complied with
applicable law, the consumer/borrower is to tender the money or property to the creditor/lender or, where the
latter would be impracticable or inequitable, tender its reasonable value. At the consumer/borrower's option,
tender of property may be made at the location of the property or at the consumer/borrower's residence. Tender
of money must be made at the creditor/lender's designated place of business.

If the creditor/lender does not take possession of the money or property within 20 calendar days after the
consumer/borrower's lawful tender, the consumer/borrower may keep it without further obligation. A court of
competent jurisdiction may modify the procedures and remedies outlined and discussed to accomplish properly
the rescission of a contemplated loan transaction (12 CFR Section 226.23(c)).

Tolerances for Accuracy. The tolerances for accuracy are subject to specific standards in the context of the
consumer/borrower’s right to rescind. The finance charge and other disclosures affected by the finance charge
(such as the amount financed and the APR) are considered accurate for purposes of the right to rescind if the
disclosed finance charge:

• is understated by no more than 1/2 of 1 percent of the face amount of the note or $100, whichever
is greater; or

• is greater than the amount required to be disclosed.

When refinancing a residential mortgage loan transaction with a new creditor/lender that does not include a
new advance or a consolidation of existing loans (other than a transaction covered by 12 CFR Section 226.32,
i.e., a “high-cost” mortgage), the finance charge and other disclosures affected by the finance charge (such as
the amount financed and the APR) are considered accurate for purposes of the right to rescind, if the disclosed
finance charge:

• is understated by no more than 1 percent of the face amount of the note or $100, whichever is
greater; or

• is greater than the amount required to be disclosed (12 CFR Section 226.23(g)).

Special Rules for Foreclosures. After the initiation of foreclosure on the consumer/borrower's principal
dwelling that secures the debt/obligation, the consumer/borrower shall have the right to rescind the transaction
if:

• A mortgage broker fee that should have been included in the finance charge was not included; or

• The creditor/lender did not provide the properly completed appropriate model form promulgated

by the FRB, or a substantially similar notice of rescission(12 CFR Section 226.23(h)(1)).

Further, after the initiation of foreclosure on the consumer/borrower's principal dwelling that secures the
debt/obligation, the finance charge and other disclosures affected by the finance charge (such as the amount
financed and the APR) shall be considered accurate for purposes of the right to rescind, if the disclosed finance
charge:

• is understated by no more than $35; or

• is greater than the amount required to be disclosed (12 CFR Section 226.23(h)(2)).

Advertising Consumer Credit

General Requirements. Anyone placing an advertisement regardless of media (including through a website or
other electronic means) for consumer credit must comply with the advertising requirements of TILA and

Regulation Z. An “advertisement” is any commercial message in a medium that promotes, directly or in
directly, a consumer credit transaction. Thus, real estate brokers (including mortgage brokers) and
homebuilders, among others; who place ads must comply with TILA and Regulation Z, even if they are not
creditors/lenders in the financing being advertised (12 CFR Section 226.24(a)).

Disclosures in advertisements for credit extensions must be made clearly and conspicuously. This standard
requires that disclosures be made in a reasonably understandable form, but does not prescribe the specific type
or font size or the placement of disclosures in the ad (12 CFR Section 226.24(b) and (f)(2)).

An advertisement of a creditor/lender may state specific credit terms only if the person (or entity) identified is
actually prepared to offer those terms. If the advertisement is placed by other than the creditor/lender, the
person (or entity) identified in the ad (a real estate broker including a mortgage broker or a homebuilder) must
have available evidence of a creditor/lender’s willingness to offer the terms described and of the identity of the
creditor/lender from whom the loan will be obtained. Loan terms offered for only a limited period or that will
become available at a future date may be advertised, if the foregoing conditions are clearly set forth in the ad
copy (12 CFR Section 226.24(i)).

Advertising the Rate of Finance Charge. If an advertisement states a rate of finance charge, the rate must be
stated as an “annual percentage rate” using that term. The advertisement is to state if the annual percentage rate
may be increased after loan consummation. If an advertisement is for credit secured by a dwelling, the
advertisement may not state any other rate than the annual percentage rate, except that a simple annual rate that
is applied to an unpaid balance may be stated in conjunction with, but not more conspicuously than, the annual
percentage rate (12 CFR Section 226.24(c)).

Advertisement of Terms that Require Additional Disclosures. If any one the following terms (referred to as
triggering terms) is set forth in an advertisement, additional disclosures are required:

• The amount or percentage of any down payment;

• The number of payments or period of repayment;

• The amount of any payment; and,

• The amount of any finance charge.

When the advertisement includes any one of the foregoing triggering terms, the following disclosures, as
applicable, must be included within the copy of the ad:

• The amount or percentage of the down payment;

• The terms of repayment which reflect the repayment obligations over the full term of the loan,
including any balloon payment; and,

• The annual percentage rate, using that term, and, if the rate may be increased after consummation,
a disclosure of that fact (12 CFR Section 226.24(d)).

Disclosure of Rates and Payments in Advertisements for Credit Secured by a Dwelling. Specific requirements
apply to any advertisement for credit secured by a dwelling, other than television or radio advertisements,
including promotional materials accompanying applications. If an advertisement for credit secured by a
dwelling states a simple annual rate of interest and more than one simple annual rate of interest will apply over
the term of the advertised loan, the advertisement is to disclose in a clear and conspicuous manner the
following:

• Each simple annual rate of interest that will apply; and in variable-rate transactions, a rate
determined by adding an index and margin is to be disclosed based on a reasonably current index
and margin;

• The period of time during which each simple annual rate of interest will apply; and,

• If such rate is variable, the annual percentage rate shall comply with the accuracy standards in 12
CFR Sections 226.17(c) and 226.22 (12 CFR Section 226.24(f)).

The foregoing disclosures are to be made clearly and conspicuously. This means the disclosures of the required
information as described above must be presented in the ad with equal prominence and in close proximity to
any advertised rate that triggered the required disclosures. The APR may be disclosed with greater prominence
than the other information (12 CFR Section 226.24(f)).

Disclosure of Payments. In addition to the requirements regarding the disclosure of the APR and the finance
charge, if an advertisement for credit secured by a dwelling includes the amount of any payment, the ad is to
disclose the following in a clear and conspicuous manner:

• The period of time during which each payment will apply;

• The amount of each payment that will apply over the payment of the loan, including any balloon
payment; and,

• In an advertisement for credit secured by a first lien on a dwelling, the fact that the payments do
not include amounts for taxes and insurance premiums, if applicable, and that the actual payment
obligation will be greater (12 CFR Section 226.24(f)(3)).

Envelope Excluded. The disclosure requirements included in advertisements disclosing rates and payments do
not apply to an envelope in which an application or solicitation is mailed, or to a banner advertisement or pop-
up advertisement linked to an application or solicitation provided electronically (12 CFR Section 226.24(f)(4)).

Alternative Disclosures -Television or Radio Advertisements. An advertisement made through television or
radio including any of the terms requiring additional disclosures as previously discussed above may comply by
either by:

• Stating clearly and conspicuously each of the additional disclosures required under 12 CFR
Section 226.24(d)(2); or,

• Stating clearly and conspicuously the disclosures required under 12 CFR Section 226.24(d)(2) and
listing a toll-free telephone number, or any telephone number that allows a consumer/borrower to
reverse the phone charges when calling for information, along with a reference that such number
may be used by consumers/borrowers to obtain additional information about the cost of a loan (12
CFR Section 226.24(f)(4).

Tax Implications. If an advertisement distributed in paper form or through the Internet (rather than by radio or
television) is for a loan secured by the consumer/borrower's principal dwelling (and the advertisement states
that the advertised extension of credit may exceed the fair market value of the dwelling), the advertisement
copy is to clearly and conspicuously include:

• The interest on the portion of the credit extension that is greater than the fair market value of the
dwelling is not tax deductible for Federal income tax purposes; and,

• The consumer/borrower should consult a tax adviser for further information regarding the deductibility

of interest and charges (12 CFR Section 226.24(h)).

Prohibited Acts or Practices in Advertisements for Credit Secured by a Dwelling. The following acts or
practices are misleading or constitute a misrepresentation and, therefore, are prohibited in advertisements for
credit secured by a dwelling:

1. Advertising of “fixed'' rates and payments. Using the word “fixed'' to refer to rates, payments, or to the
credit transaction in an advertisement for variable-rate transactions or other transactions where the payment
will increase, unless (depending upon the fact situation):

• The phrase “Adjustable-Rate Mortgage,” “Variable-Rate Mortgage,” or “ARM” appears in the
advertisement with equal prominence as any use of the term “fixed”, “fixed-rate mortgage”, or similar
terms; and further, appears before the first use of the word “fixed” and is at least as conspicuous as any
use of the word “fixed” in the advertisement; and,

• Each use of the word “fixed” referring to a rate, payment, or to the credit transaction is accompanied
by an equally prominent and closely proximate statement of the time period for which the rate or
payment is fixed, the fact that the rate may vary or the payment may increase after that period, and a
reference to the transactions for which the rates are fixed and to which transactions that the variable-
rate applies, among other disclosures (12 CFR Section 226.24(i)(1)).

2. Misleading comparisons in advertisements. Making any comparison in an advertisement between actual or
hypothetical credit payments or rates and any payment or simple annual rate that will be available under the
advertised product for a period less than the full term of the loan, unless:

• The advertisement includes a clear and conspicuous comparison to the information required to be
disclosed under Sections 226.24(f)(2) and (3); and,

• If the advertisement is for a variable-rate transaction, and the advertised payment or simple annual rate
is based on the index and margin that will be used to make subsequent rate or payment adjustments
over the term of the loan, the advertisement includes an equally prominent statement in close
proximity to the payment or rate that the payment or rate is subject to adjustment and the time period
when the first adjustment will occur (12 CFR Section 226.24(i)(2)).

3. Misrepresentations about government endorsement. Making any statement in an advertisement that the
product offered is a “government loan program”, “government-supported loan”, or is otherwise endorsed or
sponsored by any federal, state, or local government entity, unless the advertisement is for an FHA loan, VA
loan, or similar loan program that is, in fact, endorsed or sponsored by a federal, state, or local government
entity (12 CFR Section 226.24(i)(3)).

4. Misleading use of the current creditor/lender's name. Using the name of the consumer/borrower's current
creditor/lender in an advertisement that is not sent by or on behalf of the consumer/borrower's current lender,
unless the advertisement:

• Discloses with equal prominence the name of the person or creditor/lender making the advertisement;
and,

• Includes a clear and conspicuous statement that the person making the advertisement is not associated
with, or acting on behalf of, the consumer/borrower's current creditor/lender (12 CFR Section
226.24(i)(4)).

5. Misleading claims of debt elimination. Making any misleading claim in an advertisement that the mortgage
product offered will eliminate debt or result in a waiver or forgiveness of a consumer/borrower's existing loan
terms with, or obligations to, another creditor/lender (12 CFR Section 226.24(i)(5)).

6. Misleading use of the term “counselor”. Using the term “counselor” in an advertisement to refer to a for-
profit mortgage broker or mortgage creditor, its employees, or persons working for the broker or creditor/lender
that are involved in offering, originating, or selling mortgages (12 CFR Section 226.24 (i)(6)).

7. Misleading foreign-language advertisements. Providing information about some trigger terms or required
disclosures, such as an initial rate or payment, only in a foreign language in an advertisement, but providing

information about other trigger terms or required disclosures, such as information about the fully-indexed rate
or fully amortizing payment, only in English in the same advertisement (12 CFR Section 226.24 (i)(7)).

Examples of Advertising Requirements for Other than Fixed Interest Rate Mortgages. If the APR offered may
be increased after consummation of the transaction, the advertisement must state that fact. An advertisement for
a variable rate mortgage with an initial APR of 6% that may vary after settlement without any limit could be
advertised as “6% APR, subject to increase after settlement.” However, a review of the most recent
amendments to Regulation Z and to the Official Staff Commentaries must be undertaken before proceeding
with such an advertisement. The regulatory trend may well impose a “worst case example” when making such
disclosures.

The foregoing disclosure may be used subject to the caution noted for any type of mortgage instrument with a
variable interest rate. It may not be used in advertisements of graduated payment mortgages that have a fixed
interest rate and payments that may increase on a pre-set basis during the term of the loan. Fixed-rate
“buydowns” and “step-rate” mortgages are also not variable rate mortgages. These mortgages involve different
interest rates in effect during the life of the loan, all of which are known at settlement or loan closing. A
variable rate transaction involves future interest rates unknown at settlement.

The Official Staff Commentary to Regulation Z, includes special rules for advertising rates other than simple
annual or periodic rates, i.e., for “buydowns” and “payments” or “effective” rates. A seller or creditor/lender
may advertise a reduced simple interest rate resulting from a “buydown” so long as the advertisement shows the
limited term to which the reduced rate applies, the simple interest rate that applies to the balance of the term, as
well as the APR that is determined in accordance with the Commentaries to 12 CFR Section 226.17(c) of
Regulation Z. Where more than one reduced rate applies, the advertisement must show each rate and the
respective term for which each rate is effective. The advertisement may also show the effect of the “buydown”
on the payment schedule without triggering additional disclosures under 12 CFR Section 226.24(c) of
Regulation Z.

Adjustable rate mortgages (ARMs) often have a first-year “discount” or “teaser” feature in which the initial rate
is substantially reduced. In these loans, the first year’s rate is not computed in the same way as the rate for later
years. Often the “spread” or “margin” that is normally added to an “index” (such as the one-year Treasury-note
rate) to determine changes in the interest rate in the future is not included in the first year of a discounted ARM
offered by a creditor/lender. Special rules, similar to those for “buydowns”, apply to advertising a discounted
variable rate.

An advertisement for this type of plan can show the simple interest rate during the discount period, as long as it
also shows the APR. However, in contrast to “buydowns”, it may not be necessary to show in the ad the simple
interest rate applicable after the discount period. Again, a review of the most recent amendments to Regulation
Z and to the Official Staff Commentaries is required before concluding how the previous disclosures are to be
made. Assuming, the disclosure may proceed as suggested, an example would include a plan with a lower first
year’s interest rate (6%), but with a 8.25% rate in subsequent years and with additional credit costs. This plan
could be advertised as follows: “6% first-year financing. APR 8.41%; APR subject to increase after settlement
or loan closing.”

As in “buydowns”, the APR in discounted plans is a composite figure that must take into account the interest
rates that are known at closing. In the above example, the disclosed APR must reflect the 6% rate for the first
year, as well as, for example, the 8.25% rate applicable for the remainder of the term, plus any additional credit
costs (such as the consumer/borrower’s points). An ad for a discounted variable-rate loan, like an ad for a
“buydown”, may show the effect of the discount on the payment schedule during the discount period without
triggering other disclosures (subject to revisions to Regulation Z and the Official Staff Commentaries). An
example of a disclosure that complies with Regulation Z is: “Interest rate of 6% first year. APR 8.50% subject
to increase. With this discount, your monthly payments for the first year will be $_.”

In some transactions, particularly some graduated payment loans, the consumer/borrower’s payments for the
first few years of the loan may be based upon an interest rate lower than the rate for which the
consumer/borrower is liable (a situation referred to as “negative amortization”). As with “buydowns”, special
rules apply when the “effective” or “payment” rates are advertised for such transactions. Again, the regulatory

trend is to limit or otherwise control “negative amortization”. Prior to proceeding with such a loan plan, a
review of the then applicable provisions or Regulation Z as well as the Official Staff Commentaries is required.
Currently, the following information must be included in any advertisements containing effective rates: (1) the
“effective” or “payment” rate; (2) the term of the reduced payments; (3) the “note rate” at which interest is
actually accruing; and (4) the APR.

The advertised APR must take into account the interest for which the consumer/borrower is liable, even though
it is not paid by the consumer/borrower during the period of reduced payments. This type of financing could be
advertised as: “An effective first-year rate of 6-1/2 percent. Interest being charged at 8-1/2 percent. 8-3/4%
APR.” In contrast to an ad for a “buydown” or a discounted variable rate, an ad for an “effective” or “payment”
rate may not show the monthly payments without triggering the disclosures required in 12 CFR Section
226.24(d).

In addition to the Official Staff Commentaries published by the FRB, the Federal Trade Commission (FTC)
publishes a manual for business entitled “How to Advertise Consumer Credit: Complying with the Law.” This
manual is available from the U.S. Government Printing Office.

Record Retention

General Rule. A creditor/lender is to retain evidence of compliance with TILA and Regulation Z (other than
advertising requirements under 12 CFR Sections 226.16 and 226.24) for two (2) years after the date disclosures
are required to be made or action is required to be taken. The administrative agencies responsible for enforcing
the regulation may require creditors/lenders under their jurisdictions to retain records for a longer period if
necessary to carry out enforcement responsibilities as authorized under Section 108 of TILA (12 CFR Section
226.25).

Inspection of Records. A creditor/lender is to permit the agency responsible for enforcing TILA and Regulation
Z with respect to that creditor/lender to inspect its relevant records for purposes of compliance.

Language of disclosures

Disclosures required by TILA and Regulation Z may be made in a language other than English, provided that
the disclosures are made available in English upon the consumer/borrower’s request. This requirement for
providing English disclosures on request does not apply to advertisements subject to Sections 226.16, 226.24.,
and 226.27. When negotiating a transaction in a language other than English (as defined), California law
requires disclosures and transactional documents to be made and provided in the language through which the
transaction was negotiated. These languages include Spanish, Chinese, Tagalog, Vietnamese, or Korean (Civil
Code Section 1632).

Effect on State Laws

Inconsistent Disclosure Requirements. State Law requirements that are inconsistent with Chapter 1, General
Provisions; Chapter 2, Credit Transactions; Chapter 3, Credit Advertising; and, Chapter 4, Credit Billing of
TILA are pre-empted by the federal law to the extent of any inconsistency. The pre-emption of federal law
extends to Regulation Z. A state law is inconsistent if it requires a creditor/lender to make disclosures or take
actions that contradict the requirements of federal law. A state law is contradictory if it requires the use of the
same term to represent a different amount or a different meaning than federal law, or if it requires the use of a
term different from that required in the federal law to describe the same item (12 CFR Section 226.28).

If state law provides rights, responsibilities, or procedures for consumers/borrowers or creditors/lenders that are
different from those required by federal law regarding the correction of billing errors or the regulation of credit
reports, such requirements are pre-empted by federal law. However, a state law that allows
consumers/borrowers to inquire about an open-end credit account and imposes on creditors/lenders an
obligation to respond to such inquiry after the time allowed in federal law for consumers/borrowers to submit
written notices of billing errors is not pre-empted.

In any situation where the period for submitting a notice under Regulation Z has expired, consumers/borrowers
are to receive a notice that reliance on the longer time available under state law may result in the loss of
important rights that may be preserved by acting more promptly under federal law. A creditor/lender, state, or
other interested party may request the FRB to determine whether a state law requirement is inconsistent or

contradictory to federal law. After the FRB determines that a state law is inconsistent or contradictory, a
creditor/lender may not make disclosures using the inconsistent term or form, or take or pursue contradictory
action (12 CFR Section 226.28(c)).

Equivalent Disclosure Requirements. If the FRB determines that a disclosure required by State Law (other than
a requirement relating to the finance charge, annual percentage rate (APR), or the disclosures required for
“high-cost mortgages” under Section 226.32 is substantially the same in meaning as a disclosure required under
TILA or Regulation Z, creditors/lenders in that state may make the state disclosure in lieu of the federal
disclosure. A creditor/lender, state, or other interested party may request the FRB to determine whether a state
disclosure is substantially the same in meaning as a federal disclosure (12 CFR Section 226.28(b)).

State Exemptions. A state may apply to the FRB to exempt a class of transactions within the state from the
requirements of Chapter 2, Credit Transactions, or Chapter 4, Credit Billings of TILA and the corresponding
provisions of Regulation Z. The FRB is to grant an exemption if it determines that:

• The state law is substantially similar to the federal law or, in the case of Chapter 4, Credit Billing,
affords the consumer/borrower with greater protection than the federal law; and,

• There is adequate provision for enforcement under state law (12 CFR Section 226.29).

Administrative Enforcement

The Federal Trade Commission (FTC) enforces TILA and Regulation Z with respect to real estate brokers,
mortgage loan brokers, mortgage bankers, and other creditors/lenders and advertisers are regulated by the
following federal agencies, which have jurisdiction over the indicated financial institutions:

• Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) - national banks;

• Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) - insured banks that are not members of the Federal
Reserve System;

• Federal Reserve Board (FRB) - state member banks of the Federal Reserve System;

• Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) - Federally-insured savings institutions and members of the Office
of Thrift Supervision System not insured by FDIC; and,

• National Credit Union Administration (NCUA) - federally chartered credit unions.

The FTC may determine that a creditor/lender or advertiser has violated the law and order the creditor/lender or
advertiser to cease and desist from further violations. Violations of such an administrative order may result in
an $11,000 civil penalty each day the violation continues. Further, if creditors/lenders or advertisers engage in
practices which they know the FTC has previously determined to be unfair or deceptive, the FTC may file an
action in federal district court seeking penalties of up to $11,000 for each violation.

In addition, where a creditor/lender inaccurately discloses an APR or a finance charge, the FTC can require the
creditor/lender to adjust the accounts of persons to whom credit was extended to assure the obligors will not be
required to pay a finance charge in excess of the finance charge actually disclosed or the dollar equivalent of
the disclosed APR, whichever is lower. Section 108(e) of TILA sets forth the conditions under which these
administrative restitution cases may be brought, as well as defenses the creditor/lender can assert in such cases
(15 USC Section 1607).

Civil Liability

In addition to any actual damage sustained by a consumer/borrower because of the failure of the creditor/lender
to comply with TILA and Regulation Z, the creditor/lender may be liable to a consumer/borrower for a
statutory penalty of twice the amount of the finance charge, with a minimum of $100 and a maximum of
$1,000. In the case of an individual action relating to a credit transaction not under an open end credit plan

secured by real property or a dwelling, a creditor/lender may be liable to a consumer/borrower for not less than
$400 or greater than $4000.

Generally, statutory liability applies to seven specific violations:

• Failing to properly disclose the right of rescission, where applicable; and,

• The improper disclosure of the amount financed, the finance charge, the APR, the total of
payments, the payment schedule, or of the security interest taken by the creditor/lender.

In case of any successful action to enforce the foregoing liability or in any action in which a person
(consumer/borrower) is determined to have a right of rescission, the creditor/lender is liable for the costs of the
action, together with a reasonable attorney’s fee as determined by the court. In the case of a failure to comply
with any requirement under 15 USC Section 1639 (“Section 32 Mortgages”), the creditor/lender is liable in
amount equal to the sum of all finance charges and fees paid by the consumer/borrower, unless the
creditor/lender demonstrates that the failure to comply is not material (15 USC Section 1640(a)).

In addition, the creditor/lender is liable for actual damages suffered by the consumer/borrower and, if the
consumer/borrower prevails, for the reasonable attorney’s fees and costs of the consumer/borrower. The
creditor/lender can avoid such liability if it notifies the consumer/borrower within 60 days after discovering the
error and adjusts the account to reflect the correct APR or finance charge, provided the consumer/borrower has
not instituted suit or the creditor/lender has not received written notice of its error, prior to its notification to the
consumer/borrower.

In the case of a class action, the creditor/lender will be liable for such amount as the court may allow, except
that as to each member of the class no minimum recovery will be applicable, and the total recovery in any class
action or series of class actions arising out of the same failure to comply by the same creditor/lender will not be
more than $500,000 or 1% of the net worth of the creditor/lender, whichever is less.

Creditors/lenders are not liable for violations that were unintentional and resulted from bona fide errors. An
adequate showing must be made procedures were in place that reasonably prevented such errors. Examples of
bona fide errors include clerical, calculation, computer malfunction/programming, and printing errors. Errors
of legal judgment do not qualify as bona fide.

The multiple failure to disclose to any person (consumer/borrower) information required under TILA or
Regulation Z to be disclosed in connection with a single account under an open end consumer credit plan, other
single consumer credit sale, consumer/borrower loan, and consumer lease, or other extension of consumer
credit, will entitle the person (consumer/borrower) to a single recovery but continued failure to disclose after a
recovery has been granted will give rise to rights to additional recoveries (15 USC Section 1640(d)).

Creditors/lenders are deemed to be in compliance with the non-numerical disclosure provisions of TILA if the
creditor/lender: (l) uses any appropriate model form or clause as published by the FRB; or (2) uses any such
model form or clause and changes it by (a) deleting any information that is not required by TILA, or (b)
rearranging the format, if in making such deletion or in the rearranging of the format, the creditor/lender does
not affect the substance, clarity, or meaningful sequence of the disclosures (Sections 105(b) and 130 of TILA,
15 USC Sections 1604 and 1640).

Creditor/Lender Defenses

A creditor/lender or assignee has no liability under 15 USC Sections 1607, 1611 and 1640 for any failure to
comply with any requirement imposed under TILA or Regulation Z, if within 60 days after discovering an error
(whether pursuant to a final written examination report or notice issued under 15 USC Section 1607(e)(1), or
through the creditor/lender's or assignee's own procedures); and prior to the institution of an action under 15
USC Section 1640, or the receipt of written notice of the error from the consumer/borrower, the creditor/lender
or assignee:

1. Notifies the person (consumer/borrower) concerned of the error; and,

2. Makes whatever adjustments in the appropriate account are necessary to assure that the person
(consumer/borrower) will not be required to pay an amount in excess of the charge actually
disclosed, or the dollar equivalent of the APR actually disclosed, whichever is lower (15 USC
Section 1640(b))

Unintentional Violations; Bona Fide Errors. As previously mentioned, a creditor/lender or assignee may not be
held liable in any civil action for a violation of TILA or Regulation Z if the creditor/lender or assignee shows
by a preponderance of evidence that the violation was not intentional and resulted from a bona fide error
notwithstanding the maintenance of procedures reasonably adapted to avoid any such error (15 USC Section
1640(c))

Criminal Liability

A creditor/lender is also subject to a fine of not more than $5,000 or imprisonment for not more than one year,
or both, for willfully and knowingly violating TILA or Regulation Z. The violations may include giving false
or inaccurate information, failing to provide required disclosures, using any chart or table authorized by the
FRB in such a manner as to consistently understate the APR, or otherwise failing to comply with any
requirement imposed by TILA or Regulation Z (Section 112 of TILA, 15 USC Section 1611).

Assignee Liability

General Liability. Except as otherwise specifically provided in TILA or Regulation Z, any civil action for a
violation or administrative proceeding which may be brought against a creditor/lender may be maintained
against an assignee of the creditor/lender only if the violation for which such action or proceeding is brought is
apparent on the face of the required disclosure statement, except where the assignment was involuntary. A
violation apparent on the face of the disclosure statement includes, but is not limited to:

1. Disclosures which can be determined to be incomplete or inaccurate from the face of the
disclosure statement or other documents assigned; or,

2. A disclosure which does not use the terms required to be used by TILA or Regulation Z (15 USC
Section 1641(a), (e)(1) and (e)(2)).

Proof of Compliance with Statutory Provisions. Except as provided in 15 USC Section 1635(c), in any action
or proceeding by or against any subsequent assignee of the original creditor/lender without knowledge to the
contrary by the assignee when the assignee acquires the obligation, written acknowledgement of receipt by a
person to whom a statement or disclosure is required to be given will be conclusive proof of the delivery
thereof and, except as provided above, of compliance with TILA or Regulation Z (15 USC Section 1641(b)).

Right of Rescission. Any borrower who has the right to rescind a transaction may rescind the transaction as
against any assignee of the obligation (15 USC Section 1641(c)).

Additional Disclosures Required for “High-Cost”, “Higher-Cost/Priced” Mortgages

The “Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994” amended TILA and Regulation Z to establish new
requirements for certain loans secured by the consumer/borrower’s principal dwelling in which either:

1. The APR at loan consummation will exceed by more than 8 percentage points for loans secured by first
liens, or more than 10 percentage points for loans secured by junior liens (deeds of trust or mortgages) the
yield on U. S. Treasury Securities having comparable periods of maturity to the maturity of the
contemplated loan as of the 15th day of the month immediately preceding the month in which the
application or the extension of credit is received by the creditor/lender; or,

2. The total points and fees payable by the consumer/borrower at or before settlement or loan closing will
exceed the greater of 8 percent of the total loan amount or $400 (the dollar amount to be adjusted annually
by the FRB, based on changes in the Consumer Price Index that was reported on the preceding June 1 – the
adjusted dollar amount for 2009 is $583).

The Official Staff Commentaries should be consulted annually to determine the applicable adjusted dollar

amount, i.e., the comment in 12 CFR Section 226.32(a)(1)(ii) for the most current year's adjusted figure. As
previously mentioned in this Chapter and in this Section, loans subject to 12 CFR Section 226.32 are known as
“Section 32” or “high-cost” mortgage loans.

Exemptions. Exempted from the requirements for “high-cost” mortgage loans are the following transactions:

• A residential mortgage transaction (as defined for this purpose);

• A reverse mortgage transaction subject to 12 CFR Section 226.33; and,

• Open end credit plans or open end credit lines (HELOCs).

Definitions. For the purposes of “Section 32”, the terms points and fees means:

• All items required to be disclosed under 12 CFR Sections 226.4(a) and 226.4(b), except interest or
the time-price differential;

• All compensation paid to mortgage brokers (MLOs);

• All items listed in 12 CFR Section 226.4(c)(7) (other than amounts held for future payment of
taxes) unless the charge is reasonable, the creditor/lender receives no direct or indirect
compensation in connection with the charge, and the charge is not paid to an affiliate of the
creditor/lender; and,

• Premiums or other charges for credit life, accident, health, or loss-of-income insurance, or debt-
cancellation coverage (whether or not the debt-cancellation coverage is insurance under applicable
law) that provides for cancellation of all or part of the consumer's liability in the event of the loss
of life, health, or income or in the case of accident, written in connection with the credit
transaction.

The term affiliate means any company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another
company, as set forth in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 USC Section 1841 et seq.).

Disclosures. In addition to other disclosures required, in a “Section 32” mortgage loan, the creditor/lender is to
disclose the following in conspicuous type size:

1. Notices. The following statement: “You are not required to complete this agreement merely because you
have received these disclosures or have signed a loan application. If you obtain this loan, the
creditor/lender will have a mortgage on your home. You could lose your home, and any money you have
put into it, if you do not meet your obligations under the loan.''

2. Annual percentage rate. The annual percentage rate (APR).

3. Regular payment; balloon payment. The amount of the regular monthly (or other periodic) payment and
the amount of any balloon payment. The regular payment disclosed is to be treated as accurate if it is
based on an amount borrowed that is deemed accurate and is disclosed under 12 CFR Section 226.32(c)(5).

4. Variable-rate. For variable-rate transactions, a statement that the interest rate and monthly payment may
increase, and the amount of the single maximum monthly payment, based on the maximum interest rate
required to be disclosed under 12 CFR Section 226.19(b)(2)(viii)(B).

5. Amount borrowed. For a mortgage refinancing, the total amount the consumer/borrower will borrow, as
reflected by the face amount of the note; and where the amount borrowed includes premiums or other

charges for optional credit insurance or debt-cancellation coverage, that fact is to be stated, grouped
together with the disclosure of the amount borrowed. The disclosure of the amount borrowed shall be
treated as accurate if it is not more than $100 above or below the amount required to be disclosed.

Limitations. A mortgage transaction subject to this section is not to include the following terms:

1. Balloon payment. For a loan with a term of less than five years, a payment schedule with regular periodic
payments that when aggregated do not fully amortize the outstanding principal balance.

• Exception. The limitation above does not apply to loans with maturities of less than one year, if
the purpose of the loan is a “bridge'' loan connected with the acquisition or construction of a
dwelling intended to become the consumer/borrower's principal dwelling.

2. Negative amortization. A payment schedule with regular periodic payments that cause the principal
balance to increase.

3. Advance payments. A payment schedule that consolidates more than two periodic payments and pays
them in advance from the loan proceeds.

4. Increased interest rate. An increase in the interest rate after default.

5. Rebates. A refund calculated by a method less favorable than the actuarial method (as defined by Section
933(d) of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1992, 15 USC Section 1615(d)), for rebates of
interest arising from a loan acceleration due to default.

6. Prepayment penalties. Except as allowed under 12 CFR Section 226.32(d)(7), a penalty for paying all or
part of the principal before the date on which the principal is due. A prepayment penalty includes
computing a refund of unearned interest by a method that is less favorable to the consumer than the
actuarial method, as defined by Section 933(d) of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1992
(15 USC Section 1615(d).

7. Prepayment penalty exception. A mortgage transaction subject to “Section 32” may provide for a
prepayment penalty (including a refund calculated according to the rule of 78s) otherwise permitted by law
if, under the terms of the loan:

• The penalty will not apply after the two-year period following consummation;

• The penalty will not apply if the source of the prepayment funds is a refinancing by the
creditor/lender or an affiliate of the creditor/lender;

• At consummation, the consumer/borrower's total monthly debt payments (including amounts
owed under the mortgage) do not exceed 50 percent of the consumer's monthly gross income, as
verified in accordance with 12 CFR Section 226.34(a)(4)(ii); and,

• The amount of the periodic payment of principal or interest or both may not change during the
four-year period following consummation.

8. Due-on-demand clause. A demand feature that permits the creditor/lender to terminate the loan in advance
of the original maturity date and to demand repayment of the entire outstanding balance, except in the
following circumstances:

• There is fraud or material misrepresentation by the consumer/borrower in connection with the
loan;

• The consumer/borrower fails to meet the repayment terms of the agreement for any outstanding
balance; or,

• There is any action or inaction by the consumer that adversely affects the creditor/lender's security
for the loan, or any right of the creditor/lender in such security.

Prohibited Acts or Practices

The prohibited acts or practices in connection with credit extended subject to 12 CFR Section 226.32 are found
in 12 CFR Section 226.34.

General prohibitions and practices. Creditors/lenders are prohibited from engaging in a pattern or practice of
lending based on the collateral value of the security property without regard to the consumer/borrower’s ability
to repay the loan. In addition, proceeds for home improvement loans must be disbursed either directly to the
consumer/borrower, jointly to the consumer/borrower and home improvement contractor or through an
authorized escrow agent, in accordance with terms established in a written agreement signed by and at the
election of the consumer/borrower.

Notice to assignee. Sell or otherwise assign a “Section 32” mortgage loan without furnishing the following
statement to the purchaser or assignee: “Notice: This is a mortgage subject to special rules under TILA and
Regulation Z. Purchasers or assignees of this mortgage could be liable for all claims and defenses with respect
to the mortgage that the consumer/borrower could assert against the creditor/lender.”

Loan refinances within a one-year period. Within one year of having extended credit subject to 12 CFR
Section 226.32, refinance any loan to the same consumer/borrower into another loan subject to “Section 32”,
unless the refinancing is in the consumer/borrower's interest. An assignee holding or servicing an extension of
mortgage credit subject to 12 CFR Section 226.32, is not to refinance any loan subject to “Section 32” for the
remainder of the one-year period following the date of origination of the credit to the same consumer/borrower
into another loan subject to 12 CFR Section 226.32, unless the refinancing is in the consumer/borrower's
interest.

Certain prohibited practices and fees. A creditor/lender (or assignee) is prohibited from engaging in acts or
practices to evade this provision, including a pattern or practice of arranging for the refinancing of its own
loans by affiliated or unaffiliated creditors/lenders, or modifying a loan agreement (whether or not the existing
loan is satisfied and replaced by the new loan) and charging a fee therefor.

Repayment ability. The creditor/lender is not to extend credit subject to 12 CFR Section 226.32 to a
consumer/borrower based on the collateral without regard to the consumer/borrower's repayment ability,
including the consumer/borrower's current and expected income, employment, assets other than the collateral,
current obligations, and mortgage-related obligations. The creditor/lender is presumed to have violated this
provision if the creditor/lender fails to verify and document the consumer/borrower’s repayment ability,
expected income or assets, current obligations, and the consumer/borrower’s mortgage related obligations. The
standards for verification include reviewing the consumer/borrower’s IRS form W-2, tax returns, payroll
receipts, financial institution records, or other third-party documents that provide reasonably reliable evidence
of the consumer/borrower’s income, assets or obligations.

Exclusions from presumption of compliance. Notwithstanding the previous paragraph, no presumption of
compliance is available to the creditor/lender for a transaction for in which:

• The regular periodic payments for the first seven (7) years would cause the principal balance to
increase; or,

• The term of the loan is less than seven (7) years and the regular periodic payments when aggregated
do not fully amortize the outstanding principal balance.

Exemption. The previous paragraph does not apply to temporary or “bridge” loans with terms of twelve months
or less, such as a loan to purchase a new dwelling where the consumer/borrower plans to sell a current dwelling
within twelve months.

Prohibited acts or practices for dwelling-secured loans, open end credit plans (HELOCs). In connection with
credit secured by the consumer/borrower's dwelling that does not meet the definition in 12 CFR Section
226.2(a)(20), a creditor/lender shall not structure a home-secured loan as an open end plan (HELOC) to evade
the requirements of 12 CFR Section 226.32.

Prohibited Acts or Practices In Connection with “Higher-Cost/Priced” Mortgage Loans

Effective October 1, 2009, amendments were made to TILA and Regulation Z regarding “higher-cost/priced”
mortgage loans (12 CFR Sections 226.34 and 226.35). These loans are also known as “Section 35” or “high-
cost/priced” mortgage loans that are defined as follows:

• A consumer credit transaction secured by the consumer/borrower's principal dwelling with an
annual percentage rate that exceeds the average prime offer rate for a comparable transaction as of
the date the interest rate is set by 1.5 or more percentage points for loans secured by a first lien on
a dwelling, or by 3.5 or more percentage points for loans secured by a subordinate lien on a
dwelling.

• “Average prime offer rate” means an annual percentage rate that is derived from average interest
rates, points, and other loan pricing terms currently offered to consumers by a representative
sample of creditors/lenders for mortgage transactions that have low-risk pricing characteristics.
The FRB publishes average prime offer rates for a broad range of types of transactions in a table
updated at least weekly as well as the methodology the FRB uses to derive these rates in the
publication, H-15, among others.

Same standards as 12 CFR Sections 226.32 and 226.34. The disclosure and prohibited acts or practices
standards that apply to “Section 32” mortgage loans generally apply as well to Section 35 mortgage loans.

Exemption. The term “higher-cost/priced” mortgage loan does not include a transaction to finance the initial
construction of a dwelling, a temporary or “bridge'' loan with a term of twelve months or less, such as a loan to
purchase a new dwelling where the consumer plans to sell a current dwelling within twelve months, a reverse-
mortgage transaction subject to 12 CFR Section 226.33, or a home equity line of credit (HELOC) subject to 12
CFR Section 226.5b.

Rules for “higher-cost/priced” mortgage loans. “Higher-cost/priced” mortgage loans are subject to the
following restrictions:

1. Repayment ability. A creditor/lender is not to extend credit based on the value of the consumer/borrower's
collateral without regard to the consumer/borrower's repayment ability as of loan consummation as
provided in 12 CFR Section 226.34(a)(4).

2. Prepayment penalties. A loan may not include a penalty described in 12 CFR Section 226.32(d)(6) unless:

• The penalty is otherwise permitted by law, including 12 CFR Section 226.32(d)(7) if the loan is a
mortgage transaction described in 12 CFR Section 226.32(a); and,

• Under the terms of the loan:

A. The penalty will not apply after the two-year period following consummation;

B. The penalty will not apply if the source of the prepayment funds is a refinancing by the
creditor/lender or an affiliate of the creditor/lender; and,

C. The amount of the periodic payment of principal or interest or both may not change during
the four-year period following consummation.

3. Escrows or impound accounts. A creditor/lender may not extend a loan secured by a first lien on a
principal dwelling, unless an escrow or impound account is established before loan consummation for
payment of property taxes and premiums for mortgage-related insurance required by the creditor/lender,
such as insurance against loss of or damage to property, or against liability arising out of the ownership or
use of the property, or insurance protecting the creditor/lender against the consumer/borrower's default or
other credit loss subject to the following exemptions:

• Loans secured by shares in a cooperative and for certain condominium units; and,

• Insurance premiums need not be included in escrow or impound accounts for loans secured by
condominium units, where the condominium association has an obligation to the condominium
unit owners to maintain a master policy insuring the condominium units or separate interests of
each member/owner.

A creditor/lender or servicer may permit a consumer/borrower to cancel the escrow or impound account in
response to a consumer/borrower's dated written request to cancel the escrow account if received no earlier
than 365 days after loan consummation. An “escrow account'' or “impound account” is to have the same
meaning as in 24 CFR Section 3500.17(b), as amended. Compliance with the “escrow account” or
“impound account” is mandatory for “high-cost/priced” mortgage loans as of 4/1/2010 (10/1/2010 for
higher-cost/priced mortgage loans secured by manufactured housing). 73 Federal Register 44595 and
Official Staff Interpretations to 12 CFR Section 226.1(d)(5).

4. Evasion; open end credit (HELOC). In connection with credit secured by a consumer/borrower's principal
dwelling that does not meet the definition of open end credit in 12 CFR Section 226.2(a)(20), a
creditor/lender is not to structure a home-secured loan as an open end plan (HELOC) to evade the
requirements of “Section 35”.

Prohibited Acts or Practices In Connection With Credit Secured by a Consumer/Borrower's Principal
Dwelling

Effective 10/1/2009, 12 CFR Section 226.36 was amended to provide:

Mortgage broker defined. The term ``mortgage broker'' means a person, other than an employee of a
creditor/lender, who for compensation or other monetary gain, or in expectation of compensation or other
monetary gain, arranges, negotiates, or otherwise obtains an extension of consumer credit for another person.
The term includes a person meeting this definition, even if the consumer credit obligation is initially payable to
such person, unless the person provides the funds for the transaction at consummation out of the person's own
resources, out of deposits held by the person, or by drawing on a bona fide (independent) warehouse line of
credit.

Misrepresentation of the value of the consumer/borrower's dwelling

1. Coercion of appraiser. In connection with a consumer credit transaction secured by a consumer/borrower's
principal dwelling, no creditor or mortgage broker, and no affiliate of a creditor/lender or mortgage broker
shall directly or indirectly coerce, influence, or otherwise encourage an appraiser to misstate or
misrepresent the value of such dwelling.

• Examples of actions that violate this provision include:

A. Implying to an appraiser that current or future retention of the appraiser depends on the amount at
which the appraiser values a consumer/borrower's principal dwelling;

B. Excluding an appraiser from consideration for future engagement because the appraiser reports a
value of a consumer/borrower's principal dwelling that does not meet or exceed a minimum
threshold;

C. Telling an appraiser a minimum reported value of a consumer/borrower's principal dwelling that is
needed to approve the loan;

D. Failing to compensate an appraiser because the appraiser does not value a consumer/borrower's
principal dwelling at or above a certain amount; and,

E. Conditioning an appraiser's fee or compensation on loan consummation.

• Examples of actions that do not violate this provision include:

A. Asking an appraiser to consider additional information about a consumer/borrower's principal
dwelling or about comparable properties;

B. Requesting that an appraiser provide additional information about the basis for a valuation;

C. Requesting that an appraiser correct factual errors in a valuation;

D. Obtaining multiple appraisals of a consumer/borrower's principal dwelling, so long as the creditor
adheres to a policy of selecting the most reliable appraisal, rather than the appraisal that states the
highest value;

E. Withholding compensation from an appraiser for breach of contract or substandard performance
of services as provided by contract; and,

F. Taking action permitted or required by applicable federal or state statute, regulation, or agency
guidance.

2. When extension of credit is prohibited. In connection with a consumer credit transaction secured by a
consumer's principal dwelling, a creditor who knows, at or before loan consummation, of a violation of this
provision in connection with an appraisal is not to extend credit based on such appraisal, unless the
creditor/lender documents that it has acted with reasonable diligence to determine that the appraisal does
not materially misstate or misrepresent the value of such dwelling.

3. Appraiser defined. An appraiser is a person who engages in the business of providing assessments of the
value of dwellings. The term “appraiser” includes persons that employ, refer, or manage appraisers and
affiliates of such persons.

Servicing practices. In connection with a consumer credit transaction secured by a consumer/borrower's
principal dwelling, no servicer is to:

• Fail to credit a payment to the consumer/borrower's loan account as of the date of receipt, except when
a delay in crediting does not result in any charge to the consumer/borrower or in the reporting of
negative information to a consumer reporting agency, or except as provided in 12 CFR Section
226.36(c)(2);

• Impose on the consumer/borrower any late fee or delinquency charge in connection with a payment,
when the only delinquency is attributable to late fees or delinquency charges assessed on an earlier
payment, and the payment is otherwise a full payment for the applicable period and is paid on its due
date or within any applicable grace period; or,

• Fail to provide, within a reasonable time after receiving a request from the consumer/borrower or any
person acting on behalf of the consumer/borrower, an accurate statement of the total outstanding
balance that would be required to satisfy the consumer/borrower's obligation in full as of a specified
date.

If a servicer specifies in writing requirements for the consumer/borrower to follow in making payments, but
accepts a payment that does not conform to the requirements, the servicer shall credit the payment as of 5 days
after receipt. The terms “servicer” and “servicing” have the same meanings as provided in 24 CFR 3500.2(b),
as amended. 12 CFR Section 226.34 does not apply to a home equity line of credit (HELOC) subject to 12
CFR Section 226.5b.

Assignment of “Section 32” and “Section 35” Mortgage Loans

Any person who purchases or is otherwise assigned a “Section 32” mortgage loan will be subject to all claims
and defenses with respect to that mortgage that the consumer/borrower could assert against the creditor/lender
of the mortgage. This transfer of liability applies unless the purchaser or assignee demonstrates, by a
preponderance of the evidence, that a reasonable person exercising ordinary due diligence could not determine
(based on the documentation required by TILA or Regulation Z),including the itemization of the amount
financed and other disclosure of disbursements that the mortgage was a “Section 32” mortgage.

The liability of an assignee pursuant a Section 32 mortgage will generally extend to an assignee of Section 35
mortgages. This is because Section 35 mortgages will likely qualify as well as Section 32 mortgages. The
foregoing does not affect the rights of a consumer/borrower under any provision of TILA or Regulation Z (15
USC Section 1641(d)(1)).

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, relief provided because of any action made permissible by the
foregoing provisions may not exceed:

1. With respect to actions based upon a violation of TILA or Regulation Z, the amount specified in 15 USC
Section 1640 (civil liability); and,

2. With respect to all other causes of action, the sum of:

(A) The amount of all remaining indebtedness; and,

(B) The total amount paid by the consumer/borrower in connection with the transaction (15 USC
Section 1641(d)(2)).

The amount of damages that may be awarded under item (2) above will be reduced by the amount of any
damages awarded under item (1) above (15 USC Section 1641(d)(3).

Conclusion

The foregoing summary of TILA and Regulation Z incorporates the amendments to TILA and Regulation Z
and the revisions of FRB’s Official Staff Commentaries issued to June 2010. The practitioner should be
advised TILA and Regulation Z are undergoing continued amendments and revisions to be followed by revised
Official Staff Commentaries. Accordingly, prior to proceeding to rely on this Section on TILA, review of the
latest operative amendments and revisions is necessary.

Anyone needing additional information may contact the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), 11000 Wilshire
Blvd., Suite 13209, Los Angeles, California 90024. Telephone number: 1-877-FTC-HELP (1-877-382-4357).
Further, the Federal Reserve Board may be contacted at www.federalreserve.gov.

California Housing Finance Agency

The California Housing Finance Agency (CalHFA) is a self-supporting state government agency, established in
1975, that finances mortgage loans to low and moderate income first-time homebuyers. The Agency, which
until 2002 was known as CHFA, is not a direct lender, but offers its products through a network of approved,
private lenders. CalHFA loan products are typically priced at reduced, fixed interest rates and often add down
payment assistance. CalHFA also partners with other housing authorities to help borrowers secure additional
assistance for a lower monthly mortgage payment.
Public
Off

Chapter 13 - Non-mortgage Alternatives to Real Estate Financing

Chapter 13 - Non-mortgage Alternatives to Real Estate Financing somebody
Public
Off

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION somebody

INTRODUCTION

There are a variety of ways to acquire real estate interests without using mortgage financing. With the exception
of the real property sales contract, these methods are available only to large financiers, very strong tenants or
substantial institutions.

An all-cash purchase is an obvious alternative to mortgage financing. However, it is often difficult for an
individual to raise substantial sums of money and protect against unlimited liability.

Syndicate Equity Financing

Syndicates afford small investors opportunities to invest in high-yield real estate. A syndicate offers knowledge
of values and the ability to find, organize and manage a successful venture.

Commercial Loan

A straight bank loan can be used to purchase real property. The borrower obtains the loan based on good credit
or on some type of collateral (stocks, bonds, personal property) other than the real property.

Bonds or Stocks

Large, well-rated corporations can sell stocks or general obligation bonds in order to purchase real property
without using a mortgage.

Long-term Lease

This is a good approach if the property is usable as is. If the lessee is leasing only the land and has to pay for
construction of improvements, the overall cash investment will probably be larger than buying improved
property with a mortgage.

Advantages to the tenant are:

• Rent may be deductible as an expense. (If property was owned, only the improvements would be
depreciable.)

• Money freed for other uses can frequently be used more advantageously.

• Tenant’s total debt load is not increased.

Disadvantages to the landlord are:

• Often cannot find good tenants willing to lease.

• Tenant having a high credit rating at beginning of lease may go “sour” in a few years.

• Tenant may improve property with special purpose development and then go bankrupt

• Tenant may go bankrupt before completing construction, possibly burdening property with mechanic lien
claims leaving landlord with unsaleable and unleasable property.

Exchange

A trade or exchange of properties can be an alternative to mortgage financing, if the difference in valuation
between the properties can be reconciled and the trade made without financing difficulties.

Sale-Leaseback

A sale-leaseback is a popular option for companies with excellent credit. Also termed purchase-lease, sale-
lease, lease-purchase or leaseback.

Some advantages of sale-leaseback to seller/lessee may be:

1. Property is suited to needs.

2. Working capital not tied up in fixed assets.

3. Since leases are not considered long-term liability, rent may be tax deductible. Lease term is often longer
than mortgage. Balance sheet looks better and credit is enhanced.

4. Often more capital can be raised than by borrowing.

5. Tax deduction of lease payments is frequently better than depreciation since the land cannot be
depreciated.

6. By selling property at profit after development, seller acquires immediate use of additional cash.
Repayment is actually in rent paid over time in constantly inflating dollars.

7. For companies working under government contracts that call for cost plus a fixed fee, rent is an allowable
expense item but mortgage interest is not. (This is why many aircraft, electronic, and other defense plants
are leased rather than owned.)

Some advantages of sale-leaseback to buyer/lessor may be:

1. Transaction results in a long-term, carefree investment.

2. Property values may appreciate.

3. Lease payments may be higher than the mortgage payments. Lease payments may help pay off the
mortgage and lessor will still have title to the property.

4. Investment will not be paid off prematurely, as mortgages often are through refinancing. Investor will not
have to seek another good investment to replace the one prematurely paid off.

5. Lease terms often give lessor a claim against other assets of the lessee in the event of a default.

Sales Contract (Land Contract)

With certain exceptions, a real property sales contract is an instrument by which the seller (vendor) agrees to
convey title to real property after the buyer (vendee) has met certain conditions specified in the contract and
does not require conveyance within one year.

This device, variously designated ‘‘Installment Sales Contract,” “Agreement to Convey,” “Agreement for
Purchase and Sale,” “Land Sale Contract,” or “Land Contract of Sale,” must meet the requirements set forth in
Section 2985, et seq. of the California Civil Code.

Historically, the primary advantage of this instrument to a seller was the ease with which seller could eliminate
purchaser’s interest in the event of default. This advantage was considerably weakened by the court’s
conclusion, in Barkis v. Scott (34 Cal. 2d 116, 208 P. 2d 367), that California Civil Code Section 3275 was a
sufficient barrier to harsh and unreasonable foreclosure proceedings. After Barkis v. Scott, other cases have
expanded the remedies of defaulting vendees to include even willfully defaulting persons, which has effectively
taken away the automatic power of sale.

When selling a parcel of land under a sales contract which is not recorded, the seller is prohibited from
otherwise encumbering the parcel to an aggregate amount exceeding the amount due under the contract without
the written consent of the purchaser. This may be risky to a buyer with an unscrupulous seller.

A real property sales contract must recite the number of years to complete payment and, if a tax estimate is
made, the basis for it.

When selling real property under a real property sales contract, the seller must apply installment payments first
to payment(s) due on an obligation(s) secured by the property. The seller must hold in trust payments received
for taxes and insurance and use those funds only for those purposes, unless the payor and the holder of an
encumbrance on the property agree to some other use of those funds.

A real property sales contract for purchase of real property in a subdivision must clearly set forth the legal
description of the property, all the existing encumbrances at the date of the contract and the terms of the
contract.

The advantage which a land contract may have held as a security device seems to have dissipated in favor of the
use of a deed of trust with power of sale.

Disadvantages to buyer. The disadvantages of a sales contract to the buyer are:

1. The contract may include covenants restricting its assignment or transfer.

2. Most financial institutions regard a land contract as poor collateral.

3. Buyer has no assurance that the seller has good title at the time the contract is made. The buyer cannot
rescind the contract for this reason.

4. If, prior to full performance by the buyer and conveyance by deed, the seller is:

• adjudicated a bankrupt;

• dies, with title passing to heirs; or

• is adjudicated an incompetent;

the buyer can expect time-consuming, frustrating, and expensive litigation before obtaining a deed and
policy of title insurance.

5. After full performance, the buyer may receive defective title or no title at all, although normally the
contract will require delivery of a policy of title insurance. The buyer may have to pay the premium for
this.

Many of these disadvantages are largely eliminated by using a contract secured by a deed of trust or a three-
party instrument, where a trustee is appointed in the same way as in a deed of trust, coupled with title insurance
insuring the equitable title of the vendee and the legal title of vendor.

Prepayment. A buyer shall be entitled to prepay all or any part of the balance due on any real property sales
contract entered into on or after January 1, 1969 with respect to the sale of land which has been subdivided into
a residential lot or lots which contain a dwelling for not more than four families. Provided, however, that the
seller, by an agreement in writing with the buyer, may prohibit prepayment for up to a 12-month period
following the sale. Any waiver by a buyer of this provision is contrary to public policy and thus unenforceable
and void but would not affect the validity of the remainder of the contract.

Public
Off

SECURITY AGREEMENTS, PERSONAL PROPERTY SECURED TRANSACTIONS, UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE – ARTICLE 9

SECURITY AGREEMENTS, PERSONAL PROPERTY SECURED TRANSACTIONS, UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE – ARTICLE 9 somebody

SECURITY AGREEMENTS, PERSONAL PROPERTY SECURED TRANSACTIONS, UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE – ARTICLE 9

Agents in real estate transactions involving both personal and real property must be familiar with the transfer
and encumbrance of personal property. Because it is often difficult to determine whether or not a particular item
affixed to real property is a fixture, the obligation should be secured by both a trust deed/mortgage and a
personal property security instrument (mixed security).

Upon default and foreclosure of real property, Code of Civil Procedure Sections 580(b), 580(d) and 726
prevent or limit a deficiency judgment. Unless expressly stated in a contract between parties, no antideficiency
limitation exists in a personal property foreclosure.

Business opportunities. Business opportunity brokers are routinely involved in personal property transactions
which must fully satisfy the Bulk Sales Law (Uniform Commercial Code, Division 6) and the secured
transaction statutes (Uniform Commercial Code, Division 9). Assets of a business are commonly used as
collateral to create a security interest in the seller or lender.

Just as a trust deed or mortgage encumbers real property as security for an obligation (debt), a “security
agreement” creates a security interest in personal property.

To protect or “perfect” the interest created by a security agreement, as against other security interests and/or
lien creditors or subsequent purchasers, a Financing Statement (UCC-l) is usually filed. In most cases, a
security interest is perfected when it has attached and been properly filed with the appropriate filing officer (the
Secretary of State in Sacramento or the appropriate county recorder).

A security interest attaches when:

• there is agreement by the parties that it attach;

• value has been given; and

• the debtor has acquired rights in the collateral.

Once perfected, the secured party’s interest is protected against the debtor’s other creditors.

The Financing Statement should not be confused with the actual security agreement. The security agreement
creates the security interest.

Although a written agreement is not necessary where the collateral is in the possession of the secured party as a
pledge, a security interest is usually not enforceable unless there is a written security agreement, signed by the
debtor, describing the collateral.

Uniform Commercial Code (UCC)—Article 9

Division 9 (entitled “Secured Transactions, Sale of Accounts, Contract Rights and Chattel Paper”) of the
Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) contains the unified and comprehensive scheme for regulation and control
of the sale, creation and priority of all liens and security interests in personal property. It covers a transaction in
any form which is intended to create a security interest in personal property, including goods, documents,
installments, chattel paper, accounts or contract rights and similar items. The security interest gives the secured
party the right to foreclose and apply the sale proceeds toward the satisfaction of the secured obligation if the
debtor defaults.

Purpose of the UCC. The basic purpose of the Uniform Commercial Code is to provide a simple and unified
structure within which the immense variety of secured financing transactions can be completed.

As amended over the years, the UCC comprises a uniform, clear and easily available set of rules for the conduct
of commercial intra- and interstate transactions.

Filing system. Under the UCC, a Financing Statement, properly filed, perfects a security interest. Absent a
filed Financing Statement, subsequent purchasers without actual knowledge of the security interest might
acquire property free of the prior security interest. On the other hand, a secured party who does file is in most
cases protected from the interests of subsequent purchasers. UCC records are indexed by the true name of the
debtor.

Place of filing. The proper place to file in order to perfect a security interest is as follows:

• When the collateral is consumer goods, in the office of the county recorder in the county of the debtor’s
residence or, if the debtor is not a resident of this state, in the office of the recorder of the county in which
the goods are kept.

• When the collateral is crops growing or to be grown, timber to be cut or minerals or the like (including oil
and gas) or accounts subject to subdivision (5) of Section 9103, in the office where a mortgage on the real
estate would be recorded.

• In all other cases, in the office of the Secretary of State.

The proper place to file in order to perfect a security interest in collateral, including fixtures, of a transmitting
utility is the office of the Secretary of State. This filing also constitutes a fixture filing as to the collateral
described therein which is or is to become fixtures.

For filing purposes, the residence of an organization is its place of business if it has one or its chief executive
office if it has more than one place of business.

The proper place to file a financing statement as a fixture filing is in the office where a mortgage on the real
estate would be recorded.

Any subsequent filings such as Statements of Continuation, Termination, Release, Assignment and Amendment
must be filed in the same location as the original Financing Statement.

Erroneous filing. A filing made in good faith in an improper place or not in all of the places required is
nevertheless effective with regard to any collateral as to which the filing complied with the requirements and is
also effective with regard to collateral covered by the financing statement against any person who has
knowledge of the contents of the financing statement.

Change in debtor’s/collateral’s location. A filing which is made in the proper place in this state continues
effective even though the debtor’s residence or place of business or the location of the collateral or its use,
whichever controlled the original filing, is thereafter changed.

Proper filing. Presentation for filing of a Financing Statement, tender of the filing fee and acceptance of the
statement comprise filing under the code.

Duration of filing. A Financing Statement is effective for five years from the date of filing. For extension, the
secured party must file a Continuation Statement any time within the six-month period preceding expiration.
Succeeding Continuation Statements may thereafter be filed in the same manner to continue the effectiveness of
the original Financing Statement.

Filing information. If the Standard Form UCC-l or UCC-2 is used for filing, the filing officer will note the file
number and date and hour of filing and return the acknowledged copy to the person or firm indicated in the box
at the bottom of the standard form. If a non-standard form is used, the filing party must request an
acknowledgment and send the filing officer a duplicate copy of the form filed, which will be acknowledged and
returned.

The Secretary of State will furnish a certificate showing whether there is on file in its office any presently
effective Financing Statement, naming the Debtor and, if there is, giving the date and hour of filing of each
such statement and the names and addresses of each secured party named therein. This information and copies
of the pertinent financing statements may be obtained by filing a Request for Information or Copies form
(UCC-3) with the Secretary of State.

Priorities

One purpose of the Uniform Commercial Code Article 9 is to give lien rights to providers and installers of
fixtures. A provider’s perfected security interest in fixtures has priority over the conflicting interests of owners
and subsequent encumbrancers [Section 9313 (4) ].

A secured creditor who is first to make a proper filing has priority, regardless of when his/her claim arose.
However, Sections 9301(2) and 9312(4) grant sellers special priority on purchase money security interests
when perfected within 10 days of the purchaser’s receiving possession of the collateral.

Section 9312 of the UCC sets forth the basic rules of priority among conflicting security interests in the same
collateral and Section 9313 gives the priority rules for liens of a trust deed and other fixture filings.

Failure to File

If a Financing Statement is not filed, subsequent purchasers and secured parties without actual knowledge of it
take the property free of the prior security interest. Section 9201 provides, however, that the (unperfected)
Security Agreement is still valid between the debtor and secured party.

Escrow - Early Filing

A Financing Statement may be filed before a security agreement is made or before a security interest otherwise
attaches. In an escrow for a bulk sales transaction there is often need to promptly perfect a seller’s purchase
money security interest to establish priority over other liens which will be perfected when the legal ownership
changes. An escrow holder often files a Financing Statement to perfect the seller’s interest before escrow
closes. (If escrow fails to close, the escrow holder files a UCC-2 Termination Statement to remove the UCC-l
from the record.)

Fixture Filings

Under the UCC, tangible personal property includes “goods” and personal property deemed fixtures under the
law, meaning goods which are so related to particular real property that an interest in them arises under real
estate law. However, ordinary building materials to be incorporated into a building are not deemed fixtures.

A security interest in fixtures can be created by (1) specific provisions included in a trust deed or mortgage
secured by the real property or (2) a fixture filing in the form of a Financing Statement. Both must be recorded
in the county where the real property is located.

In either case, to qualify as a fixture filing, the instrument must contain:

1. a description of the goods which are or will become fixtures;

2. a legal description of the real property;

3. a statement that the goods are, or will become, fixtures; and

4. an assertion that the statement will be recorded in the county where the real property is located.

A fixture filing in the form of a Financing Statement is a lien on the fixture for 5 years from the date of filing,
unless a Continuation Statement is recorded prior to expiration to extend the Financing Statement/lien an
additional 5 years. A fixture filing in the form of a trust deed or mortgage is effective as long as the trust deed
or mortgage remain a lien.

As to enforcement, a fixture filing in the form of a Financing Statement is enforced according to the provisions
for personal property secured interests in the UCC. If the fixture filing is contained in a trust deed or mortgage,
the secured party has the option of proceeding under the UCC to enforce the lien or by foreclosure proceedings
under the trust deed/mortgage to enforce the lien on both the real and the personal property.

UCC 9402 provides:

• a Financing Statement form to be used as a fixture filing;

• the formal requisites of a Financial Statement; and

• amendments and contents of a mortgage to be used as a Financing Statement.

A copy of a security agreement signed by the debtor is sufficient as a Financing Statement if it contains all the
information required by Section 9402.

Caution

This discussion of the Uniform Commercial Code should not serve as a substitute for:

• statutory analysis when dealing with specific problems;

• consultation with legal counsel on legal matters; or

• proper financial advice on banking or financing problems.
Public
Off

Chapter 14 - Real Estate Syndicates and Investment Trusts

Chapter 14 - Real Estate Syndicates and Investment Trusts somebody
Public
Off

REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS

REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS somebody

REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS

In 1960, the Real Estate Investment Trust Act provided for a similar investment structure in real estate as
mutual funds provide for investing in stocks.

If a REIT distributes 90% or more of its income annually to shareholders, and otherwise qualifies under IRS
rules, the REIT is permitted to be taxed at corporate rates on only the retained earnings. The shareholders may
be taxed for the dividends received from the REIT and any capital gains.

Real Estate Investment Trusts or REITs are entities that own and in most cases operate different types of
income producing real estate or related real estate assets, typically consisting of shopping centers, office
buildings, hotels, apartments and mortgages secured by real estate. Some REITs will concentrate their holdings
specifically in one type of real estate, such as shopping centers, while others may concentrate in one region of
the country.

Some advantages of a REIT include:

1. Pooling of funds to take advantage of large investment opportunities.

2. Diversification with interests in a number of different properties .

3. REITs traded publically on the major stock exchanges can be readily traded or sold for cash.

4. Although not held true with the recent financial crisis, over time REIT's stock returns have
historically had a low correlation with the returns of other equities or from bonds.

5. Publically traded REITs must make detailed disclosures to investors along with submitting regular
financial reports to the Securities Exchange Commission offering greater transparency for the
investor.

REIT’s do come with some disadvantages especially in the area of taxation. Dividends received from a REIT
are currently taxed at a higher rate than other stock dividends. An investment in a REIT can not be used to defer
capital gains tax as may be permitted by the IRS “Section 1031 Like-Kind Exchange” rules. In addition, a REIT
can not pass tax losses through to its investors as may be possible in certain other real estate investments.

A REIT is accorded special tax treatment because most of its income is received from real estate and distributed
to the shareholders. Along with this tax advantage, REITs are subject to qualifications and limitations,
including:

1. Be structured as a corporation, trust or association and be managed by a board of director or trustees.

2. Have transferable shares or certificates of interest.

3. Be an entity taxable as a corporation.

4. Can not be a financial institution or an insurance company.

5. Be jointly owned by at least 100 persons.

6. Pay to the shareholders dividends annually of at least 90% of the REIT’s taxable income.

7. Have no more than 50% of it’s shares held by 5 or fewer individuals during the last half of each
taxable year (5/50 rule).

8. At least 75% of total investment assets must be in real estate.

9. Generate at least 75% of gross income from rents on real property or mortgage interest.

10. No more than 25% of its assets may consist of stock in taxable REIT subsidiaries.

Because the usual penalty for not meeting the qualifications is the loss of REIT status, it is suggested that
licensees contact the IRS for the most current tax law involving REITs.

Types of REITs

REITs are categorized as equity trusts, mortgage trusts (short-term or long-term) or hybrid trusts.

An equity REIT is the most common and make most of their money for investors from rents collected on its
real estate properties. Unlike other real estate companies, a REIT must acquire and develop its properties
primarily to operate them rather than to resell them after they are developed. The REIT may buy or construct
buildings, develop real estate projects, lease properties for rental income and place mortgages on its holdings.

An equity trust’s internal sources of growth capital are refinancing of its mortgage debt and retaining of capital
gains when property is sold. External sources are the public sale of its securities, acquisition of properties in
exchange for its securities, and short-term bank loans.

A mortgage REIT lends money directly to real estate owners and may invest in existing mortgages secured by
real property. Income is essentially derived from interest on these mortgages. From the investors viewpoint, this
type of REIT is similar to bond mutual funds.

A hybrid REIT combines both of the above types by owning and operating income producing real estate along
with investing their assets in mortgages.

REITs can further be broken down into publically traded and non-exchanged traded REITs. Both of these types
are filed with SEC, however only publically traded REITs have shares traded on national stock exchanges.
Separate from these two types, some REITs are private and are not freely traded as they are not registered with
the SEC. An investor pays a fixed price for each unit in a private REIT and anticipates receiving regular
dividends from income produced from rents or mortgage interest. Typically private REITs only trade during
certain windows of time when the investor can redeem units back to the issuer on terms set by the private REIT.
Many private REITs have at times suspended redemptions. These types of private REITs do not have the
disclosure requirements of other REITs and typically there is no public or independent source of performance
data available for the investor.

Like other investments, REITs carry the risk of loss of investment and can be a complicated investment
product. There are many other technical and involved provisions spelled out in federal law, Internal Revenue
Service rulings, and the California Corporations Commissioner’s regulations. In addition, tax rules can be
complex requiring contacting the IRS for the most current tax laws involving REITs. To be properly informed
beyond the general picture presented here, licensees should contact all these sources.
Public
Off

REAL ESTATE SYNDICATION

REAL ESTATE SYNDICATION somebody

REAL ESTATE SYNDICATION

Real estate syndication offers the opportunity to channel private savings into real estate investments for which
other financing is not available. It has been a popular method of financing the purchase and sale of properties in
the higher price ranges.

The term “syndication” has no precise legal significance. It is a descriptive term for an organization or
combination of investors pooling capital for investment in real estate. The responsibility, obligation and
relationship of the syndicator to the investment group and the investors to each other are determined principally
by the form of organization.

Real estate licensees have been active in real estate syndication for years. This follows naturally from licensees’
involvement as agents in purchase and sale transactions. When confronted with a listing or other opportunity to
sell property requiring financing that could not be handled by a single purchaser, a real estate broker might turn
to others for pooling of capital necessary to consummate the purchase.

In General

A typical real estate syndication combines the money of individual investors with the management of a sponsor,
and has a three-phase cycle: origination (planning, acquiring property, satisfying registration and disclosure
rules, and marketing); operation (sponsor usually manages both the syndicate and the real property); and
liquidation or completion (resale of the property).

Benefits

Often real estate brokers or developers have been at some time in a controlling position with respect to an
expensive piece of property that appears to offer extremely favorable opportunities for profit to the purchaser.
All too often the investment outlay on such a purchase is more than any single client can manage. The real
estate licensee who understands the methods of syndication can turn what would otherwise have been a
frustrating and unrewarding situation into a possible profitable transaction for both the licensee and the
investors.

By pooling limited financial resources with others who are similarly situated, a small-scale investor may
participate in ownership and operation of a piece of property that is too much to handle singly or in a joint
venture with one or two others.

Syndication also offers professional management which might not otherwise be economically feasible for the
small investor. Professional management, the basic commodity that the syndicator has to offer, is crucial to
successful syndication.

Syndicate Forms

Selecting the form of organization involves practical as well as legal and tax considerations. Each of the
available entities has advantages and disadvantages. The corporate form insures centralized management as
well as limited liability for the investors but is seldom utilized in modern syndicates because of its negative tax
features. The general partnership (joint venture) avoids the double taxation normally involved in a corporate
entity but the unlimited liability provision and lack of centralized management militate against its use. The
limited partnership combines many of the advantages of the corporate and partnership forms. It has some of the
corporate advantages of limited liability and centralized management and the tax advantages of the partnership.

Limited Liability Corporations

A limited liability company ( LLC) is a hybrid business entity that essentially combines aspects of a corporation
with a partnership. This entity form permits active participation in management and control by the members
along with limited liability similar but with certain exceptions to corporate shareholders. Properly created and
operated, a LLC may be taxed similar to a partnership and avoid some of the taxation problems of a
corporation. It should be noted that LLCs as an entity can not hold a real estate license.

Limited Partnership

Under the California Revised Limited Partnership Act, a limited partner is not liable as a general partner unless
the limited partner is also named as a general partner in the certificate of limited partnership or the limited

partner participates in control of the business (Corporations Code Section 15632). If the limited partnership
agreement otherwise satisfies certain tax requirements, the limited partnership is taxed as a partnership rather
than as an association taxable as a corporation.

Regulatory Control of Real Estate Syndicate Offerings

The increasing use of syndicates to invest in real estate in California led to the enactment of the Real Estate
Syndicate Act (Business and Professions Code Sections 10250, et seq.) in 1969. Operative January 2, 1970, this
law was applicable only to noncorporate syndicates owned beneficially by 100 persons or less which were
formed for the sole purpose of investing in real property. Jurisdiction over these offerings was transferred from
the Department of Corporations to the Department of Real Estate. Jurisdiction over other syndicate offerings
(e.g., oil and gas syndicates) remained with the Department of Corporations.

Effective January 1, 1978, the Real Estate Syndicate Act was repealed and the regulation of offerings of all real
estate syndicate interests was again vested in the Department of Corporations.

A given form of business for pooling investment money may constitute a securities offering for which the
organizers must seek a permit or exemption from the Department of Corporations.

The 1977 legislation also added Section 25206 to the Corporations Code, enabling real estate brokers to engage
in the sale of certain types of security interests without having to obtain a broker-dealer license from the
Department of Corporations. The legislation also added a provision to the Real Estate Law making it the basis
for disciplinary action against a real estate broker if he/she violates certain provisions of the Corporations Code
or the regulations of the Corporations Commissioner in transactions involving the sale, exchange or trade of
real estate syndicate interests in which the broker is permitted to engage under the Corporations Code. Real
Estate Brokers seeking to engage in the sale of security interests in real estate syndicates should also consult
Department of Corporations Release No. 62-C (July 2, 1980).

Persons desiring detailed information concerning the offer and sale of interests in real estate syndicates should
seek such information from the Department of Corporations.

Public
Off

Chapter 15 - Appraisal and Valuation

Chapter 15 - Appraisal and Valuation somebody
Public
Off

ADDITIONAL PRACTICE PROBLEMS

ADDITIONAL PRACTICE PROBLEMS somebody

ADDITIONAL PRACTICE PROBLEMS

The following are some additional practice problems with suggested solutions.

Applying the Income (Capitalization) Approach

1. A 50 unit apartment building and lot are being appraised. The 30 two-bedroom units rent for $600 and the
20 one-bedroom units rent for $475 monthly, which rent is comparable to market rent in the area. Vacancy
and collection losses are estimated to be 5% of potential gross income. The parking structure and laundry
facility contribute an additional estimated $1,200 income per month. What is the property’s (land and
building) total estimated annual effective gross income?

Solution.

30 x $600 = $18,000 x 12 = ........................................ $216,000

20 x $475 = $9,500 x 12 = .......................................... 114,000

Apartment rental income............................................ $330,000

Plus other income: $1200 x 12 = ..................................... 14,400

Potential Gross Annual Income ..................................... $344,400

Less 5% vacancy/collection loss .................................... -17,220

Total annual effective gross income ............................... $327,180

2. The owner’s operating statement shows the following annual expenses:

FIXED EXPENSES.

Real Property Taxes ....................................... $31,500

Insurance ................................................... 2,200

License ....................................................... 200

Capital Improvements ....................................... 22,000

Depreciation ............................................... 10,000

$65,900

VARIABLE EXPENSES.

Water ...................................................... $9,000

Gas and Electricity ......................................... 6,000

Pool Service ................................................ 4,800

Gardening Maintenance ....................................... 1,200

Entertainment Expenses ........................................ 750

Building Maintenance ....................................... 10,000

Resident Manager Salary .................................... 12,000

Refuse Service .............................................. 1,200

$44,950

RESERVES FOR REPLACEMENTS.

Appliances, carpets, drapes ................................ $6,000

Building components ..................................... 4,000

$10,000

TOTAL EXPENSES..................................... $120,850

After reconstructing owner’s statement (determining proper allowable expense items), what is property’s annual
estimated net income?

Solution.

Deduct $32,000 (Capital Improvements and Depreciation) from fixed expenses and $750 (Entertainment

Expense) from variable expense, as being improper deductions.

From problem #1, the effective annual gross income is . $327,180
EXPENSES.

FIXED .......................................... $33,900

VARIABLE ........................................ 44,200

REPLACEMENT RESERVES ............................ 10,000

TOTAL EXPENSES ................................... - 88,100

ESTIMATED ANNUAL NET INCOME OF PROPERTY ........ $239,080

3. The appraiser determined a proper overall capitalization rate for the above property is 9.5%. What is the
estimated property value?

Solution.

$239,080 net income ÷ .095 cap rate = $2,516,632 estimated property value rounded to $2,500,000.

Public
Off

APPRAISAL OF MANUFACTURED HOMES AND MOBILE HOMES

APPRAISAL OF MANUFACTURED HOMES AND MOBILE HOMES somebody

APPRAISAL OF MANUFACTURED HOMES AND MOBILE HOMES

There is a distinction between manufactured and mobile homes. Manufactured homes are factory-built to the
Housing and Urban Development Title 6 Construction Standards, commonly referred to as the HUD Code, on
or after June 15, 1976. Mobile homes were factory built prior to the enactment of the HUD Code, and are often
referred to as “pre-HUD Code” or “trailer” homes.

An initial consideration is the classification of the unit as either real or personal property. Real property status
may be verified by the manner of attachment to the site and whether certain forms have been recorded in the
County where the unit is located. A recorded California Department of Housing and Community Development
(HCD) form number 433A confirms that a manufactured home on private property was affixed to an approved
foundation as certified by a California licensed engineer, and that the manufactured home is no longer personal
property.

The valuation approaches outlined for other residential properties are applicable in the appraisal of
manufactured and mobile homes attached to foundations on individual lots. The Sales Comparison Approach is
often the most applicable valuation approach for these properties.

In many circumstances, the appraisal of a manufactured or mobile home on a fee-owned space is similar to
residential planned unit development appraisal. This includes consideration of homeowner’s association
services and fees as well as CC&Rs covering operation of the park and space improvement requirements.

Mobile home appraisal is becoming another specialized opportunity in the appraisal profession. This is
particularly true in the expanded market for mobile homes as low and moderate income housing.

Public
Off

APPRAISING SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCES AND SMALL MULTI-FAMILY DWELLINGS

APPRAISING SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCES AND SMALL MULTI-FAMILY DWELLINGS somebody

APPRAISING SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCES AND SMALL MULTI-FAMILY DWELLINGS

This section outlines basic premises which must be considered in making an appraisal of a single family
residence and emphasizes some important factors to be weighed. It points out the differences that will be
encountered between appraising new and used homes, and shows appraisal differences between a small multi-
family dwelling and a single family home.

Single Family Residence

Neighborhood analysis.

A. Factors which make up the neighborhood must be determined and analyzed.

1. Type of occupants.

a. Income level.

b. Representative age groups and family sizes.

c. Owner occupancy vs. non-owner occupancy levels

2. Type of improvement.

a. Is there a mixture of uses (e.g., single family, apartments, etc.)?

b. What is the age bracket of the improvements?

c. What is the price range of typical houses in the area?

d. Conformity of the neighborhood

3. Neighborhood trend.

a. Are there detrimental factors present which might tend to depress the market?

b. Is the trend away from single family houses to multi-family, commercial or industrial uses?

c. Is the neighborhood in a transitional stage from owner occupied homes to tenant occupancy?

d. Are there advantageous factors which indicate an increasing market demand or price level?

e. What stage is the neighborhood in the neighborhood life cycle?

4. Changes in land use.

a. Zoning and restrictions.

b. Street and highway pattern.

c. Transportation.

d. Any encroachments?

e. Is utility increased? Decreased?

5. Community services.

a. Commercial.

b. Recreational.

c. Educational.

d. Cultural.

e. Governmental.

Inspection of property.

A. Relationship of the improvements to site.

1. The house, including outbuildings, should have a harmonious appearance on the site.

a. Is the house too large for the site?

b. Is the house properly oriented on the lot to take advantage of climatic conditions?

c. Overbuilt? Underbuilt?

B. Exterior of house.

1. Determine the quality of construction. Inspect:

a. Foundation.

b. Walls.

c. Roof.

2. Determine the resistance to wear and tear and the action of the elements.

a. Are there adequate gutters and drainspouts to take the water away from buildings?

b. Are there satisfactory roof overhangs to protect the windows and walls?

3. Measure the exterior dimensions of the buildings in order to obtain their areas.

4. Examine and describe yard improvements for purposes of estimating their value.

C. Interior of house.

1. Determine the quality of the building.

a. Durability of building.

b. Arrangement of floor plan and layout of space.

c. Attractiveness of design.

d. Grade and quality of materials used.

e. Adequacy of heating, cooking, electrical, and plumbing equipment.

2. Measure or take note of room sizes and placement of windows for adequate light and ventilation.

3. Determine if the traffic pattern is functionally proper.

4. Does the home have all the modern conveniences necessary for a new house in its price class?

Verification through public records.

A. Public records should be checked to verify the following about the property being appraised:

1. Proper legal description.

2. Correct street address.

3. Size/dimensions of the lot.

4. Location of the lot with respect to the nearest cross street.

5. Any easements, restrictions or other reservations or interests affecting the property.

6. The Assessor Parcel Number, assessed value and taxes of the property.

7. Any changes in zoning or street pattern.

B. Transfer of title of similar properties.

1. Sales of single family vacant lots should be obtained and verified.

2. Sales of improved single family residences within the same neighborhood should be recorded.

Inspection of comparable sales.

A. Vacant lots or improved similar properties should be inspected from at least the street.

B. Similar or dissimilar features as compared to the subject property are recorded and the selling price, terms
and reasons for sale or purchase must be verified by the seller or buyer.

Application of approaches to value.

A. Cost approach to value.

1. From the information gathered in the inspection and the size, quality and cost classification, an
estimate of cost is made of all improvements on the land.

2. The land value is estimated from information gathered in the record search of vacant parcels.

3. In the majority of instances, if the improvements are new and the highest and best use of the land, the
estimate of value by means of the cost approach is equal to land value plus the new improvement costs.

B. Sales Comparison or market approach to value.

1. The sales of similar type houses are compared to the subject as to time, location and physical
characteristics.

2. Necessary adjustment must be made between the sales and the subject.

3. A preliminary estimate of value by means of the comparative approach is obtained.

C. Income approach to value, if applicable (if there are rentals in this neighborhood).

1. The market rent of the subject is estimated by means of experience and comparison.

2. Gross monthly multipliers of similar type properties are gathered and analyzed in order to arrive at one
multiplier to apply to the subject.

3. A preliminary estimate of value by means of the income approach is obtained.

D. Reconciliation of the approaches.

1. Each approach is weighed and compared.

2. With a new property it will generally be found that the cost approach will be more applicable than for
an older property due to the difficulty in estimating accrued depreciation.

3. If the new subject property were located within a tract of similar type houses, market comparison
would be given the most weight in the reconciliation.

4. After weighing all of the factors involved, one final value reconciliation for the property is set forth.

Definition of small multi-family dwelling.

A. In most instances, a small multi-family dwelling refers to a property which contains two to four living
units. These units may be one of the following:

1. Double bungalow or duplex.

2. Triple bungalow or triplex.

3. Small courts or numerous houses on a lot.

4. Four unit or fourplex.

Reasons for purchasing residential properties.

There are three categories of residential properties: (1) Single family homes; (2) Small multiple family
dwellings; and (3) Income producing multiple family dwellings. They can be described as follows:.

A. Owner occupied single family homes.

1. Primary concern is given to amenities of home ownership.

2. Cost of ownership is of secondary importance.

3. Pride of location and architectural appeal is given consideration before purchasing.

B. Small multi-family dwellings and rented signle family residences are purchased for a combination of
property ownership and income.

1. Location, architectural attractiveness, and the amenities of ownership are given strong consideration by
a purchaser.

2. Income and tax benefits are strongly considered.

3. Sometimes, a buyer will live in one unit in a small multi-family dwelling with the intention of
reducing the cost of living by obtaining some rental income.

4. The income received may offset real estate taxes, insurance, and maintenance costs.

5. Rental income may also cover mortgage payments on the property.

6. Many times, the owner of a small multi-family dwelling will manage the property.

C. Income producing multi-family dwelling.

1. Large multi-family dwellings (above 10 to 15 units) are purchased primarily for the income stream to
be produced.

2. The net income or spendable income is the most important item considered by the buyer.

3. Amenities of ownership have little influence in the buying decision.

4. Buyers look for a hedge against inflation.

5. Chance for appreciation in value due to increasing demand in the area..

6. Tax benefits

Appraisal procedure for small residential income properties and single family residences.

A. Small multi-family units are appraised approximately the same as single family homes that have sufficient
rental data to perform an Income Approach to value..

B. Cost factors, depreciation and estimates of land value are calculated in the same manner as with single
family homes.

C. Small units normally are appraised using monthly gross multipliers. Income Capitalization methods are
not normally employed.

D. The Sales Comparison Approach differs for small multi-family dwellings from the Sales Comparison
Approach applied to single family homes.

1. Less emphasis is placed on attempting to measure pride of ownership and amenities in a small multi-
family dwelling.

2. The units of comparison can be refined to a greater degree.

a. Comparisons may be made on a per unit basis.

b. Comparison can be made on a per room basis.

3. The appeal of the units from a renter’s standpoint must be considered.

Amenities of multi-family dwellings.

A. Factors and amenities considered important by tenants of multi-family dwellings.

1. Distance from employment centers.

2. Public transportation.

3. Distance to good shopping.

4. Distance to parks and recreation.

5. Distance from nuisances.

6. Rent levels.

7. Pride of ownership.

8. Adequacy of off-street parking.

B. Factors considered important by the owner.

1. Police and fire protection, rubbish collection.

2. Vacancy rates in the area.

3. Amount of taxes.

4. Possible rent control ordinances.

Public
Off

ARCHITECTURAL STYLES AND FUNCTIONAL UTILITY

ARCHITECTURAL STYLES AND FUNCTIONAL UTILITY somebody

ARCHITECTURAL STYLES AND FUNCTIONAL UTILITY

It is essential for an appraiser to have a working knowledge of building design and construction. Good basic
design of both interior and exterior has a decided effect on the marketability of real estate. There is no substitute
for appropriate materials and proper proportions and scale. The appraiser should be aware of imitations and new
plastic replacements.

To achieve maximum value, architectural style and design should be related to the site. A typical stable
neighborhood should be improved with homes of approximately the same size, age and style. A house that has
an architectural style extremely foreign to its surroundings tends to encounter difficulty when offered for sale.

Or a home meets resistance in the market because of its style, which places it within a definite age group. Thus,
if a certain style of architecture has lost its appeal because public taste has changed, this trend will have an
adverse effect on value. Both real estate brokers and appraisers must be familiar with home styles and know the
effect on value of misplaced styles. The appraiser must also be alert to resurgence of older properties in public
acceptance.

This section: contains brief descriptions of various architectural styles in single family homes; explains how to
determine quality of construction; and defines functional utility and its effect on marketability.

Architectural Styles

Colonial. Cape Cod and Cape Ann styles are: generally quite small in size - minimum with good taste;
symmetrical-windows balanced on both sides of front door; either one or one and one-half stories with little
head room upstairs; fairly steep gable or gambrel roof covered with wood shingles; and exterior of wood siding.

New England Colonial. A square or rectangular, box-like structure having: maximum usable space;
symmetrical windows balanced on both sides of front door; either two or two and one-half stories; gable roof
covered with wood shingles; exterior of wood generally painted white; and impressive front entrance usually
with transom fan of glass above the door.

Dutch Colonial. A moderate-sized home generally not more than 50 feet wide, with a symmetrical front
having: an entrance at the center, balanced by the windows; low-sweeping gambrel roof; exterior generally of
stone; and either one and one-half story with dormer windows or two and one-half stories with dormer
windows.

Georgian and Southern Colonial. These styles have elaborate front entrances with plain or fluted columns; are
generally of brick or wood; have prominent gabled roofs, often hipped; are very symmetrical; require large plots
of land; large scale, not suitable for a small house; and either two, two and one-half or three stories.

English Elizabethan. This style has gothic refined lines with molded stone around windows and doors;
generally of brick, stucco, or stone; steep pitched roof, covered with slate or shingle; usually leaded metal
casement windows; and requires a large building site.

English Half-Timber. This style has protruding timber faces with stucco between the faces; lower story of
heavy masonry; steep pitched roof; generally two stories; and requires a large lot area.

Regency. A generally symmetrical style with front entrance in center; exterior of brick or stone; shutters on
each side of windows; low hipped roof; two stories in height; and octagonal window on second floor over front
door.

French Provincial. Usually a large house on a sizable plot, masonry exterior walls with very high roofs; large
high windows with long shutters; and one and one-half or two and one-half stories.

French Normandy. Generally has turrets at entry; walls of brick or stone; unsymmetrical; and steep pitched
shingle roof.

True Spanish. Enclosed patios; red mission tiled roof; wrought iron decorations; and stucco walls (usually
white).

Small California Spanish. Stucco exterior; flat composition roof with mission tile trim in the front; suitable for
small lots; no patio; and one story only.

Monterey Spanish. Two stories; stucco (generally white); red mission tiled roof; second story balconies; and
decorative iron railings.

Modern and Contemporary. Generally one story; usually flat or low pitched roof; often on concrete slab;
large amount of glass; and indoor/outdoor living.

California Bungalow or Ranch House. One story; stucco with wood trim; often on concrete slab; shingle or
shake roof; low and rambling; generally attached garage; and indoor/outdoor living.

ROOF TYPES.

Public
Off

BASIC VALUATION DEFINITIONS

BASIC VALUATION DEFINITIONS somebody

BASIC VALUATION DEFINITIONS

Value Designations

There are many different designations or definitions of value. They may be divided into the following two main
classifications:

Utility Value, which is value directed toward a particular use. This frequently is termed subjective value and
includes valuation of amenities which attach to a property or a determination of value for a specified
purpose or for a specific person.

Market value, which represents the amount in money (cash or the equivalent) for which a property can be
sold or exchanged in prevailing market conditions at a given time or place as a result of market balancing.
It may be based on a “willing buyer” and “willing seller” concept. This is frequently termed the objective
value, since it is not subject to restrictions of a given project.

Appraisers carefully define the value being sought. Types of values include Liquidation Value, Market Value,
Investment Value and, of course, Assessed Value (for taxation).

The real estate market sometimes places great importance on real estate financing terms. Market Value might be
estimated for specific financing arrangements: seller carry-back, balloon payments, renegotiable mortgages or
other “creative” financing techniques.

Market Value Defined

In appraisal practice, the term Market Value is defined by agencies that regulate federal financial institutions in
the U.S. That definition is given as:

“The most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all
conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and
assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus.”

Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller
to buyer under conditions whereby:

1. buyer and seller are typically motivated;

2. buyer and seller are well informed or well advised and acting in what they consider their own best interest;

3. a reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;

4. payment is made in terms of cash in United States dollars or terms of financial arrangements comparable
thereto; and

5. the price represents the normal consideration for the property sold, unaffected by special or creative
financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale.

(Source: Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice, Appraisal Foundation, 2010-2011 Edition,
page A-105.)

Fair Market Value Defined

Courts and accounting practice sometimes require “fair market value” opinions. The legal definition of Fair
Market Value under California law is found in the Code of Civil Procedure, Section 1263.320, as follows:

“The fair market value of the property taken is the highest price on the date of valuation that would be
agreed to by a seller, being willing to sell but under no particular or urgent necessity for so doing, nor
obliged to sell, and a buyer, being ready, willing, and able to buy but under no particular necessity for so
doing, each dealing with the other with full knowledge of all the uses and purposes for which the property
is reasonably adaptable and available. The fair market value of property taken for which there is no
relevant, comparable market is its value on the date of valuation as determined by any method of valuation
that is just and equitable.”

Cost and Price in Relation to Value

Appraisers carefully distinguish between their defined value, cost and price in refining their appraisal opinions.

Cost is defined in USPAP as follows: “The amount required to create, produce, or obtain a property.” USPAP
notes that cost is either a fact or an estimate of fact.

Price is defined in USPAP as follows: “The amount asked, offered, or paid for a property.” USPAP notes that
“Once stated, price is a fact, whether publicly disclosed or retained in private. Because of the financial
capabilities, motivations, or special interests of a given buyer or seller, the price paid for a property may or may
not have any relation to the value that might be ascribed to that property by others.”

Value is defined in USPAP as follows: “The monetary relationship between properties and those who buy, sell,
or use those properties.” USPAP notes that “Value expresses an economic concept. As such, it is never a fact,
but always an opinion of the worth of a property at a given time in accordance with a specific opinion of value.
In appraisal practice, value must always be qualified – for example, market value, liquidation value, or
investment value.”

Generally speaking, a broker or salesperson will focus on price. Examples include list price, offer price,
contract price, and broker’s price opinion (BPO). Those providing a service or product normally speak in terms
of cost. Appraisers will consider prices and costs in the valuation process when developing a value opinion

Purposes and Characteristics of Value

The purpose of a valuation or an appraisal is usually indicated in the value concept employed, for example:
market value, assessed value, condemnation value, liquidation value, cash value, mortgage loan value, fire
insurance value, etc. The purpose of an appraisal frequently dictates the valuation method employed and
influences the resulting estimate of value.

Intended use and intended user(s) of the appraisal report. Appraisers are required to identify the intended use
and intended user(s) of the appraisal assignment. The intended use and intended user(s) of the report have
become distinct from the purpose of the appraisal. This relates to how the process has been separated from the
writing of the report (Standard 1 vs. Standard 2 in USPAP). The purpose of the appraisal may be, for instance,
to help in settling an estate. The intended use of the report may be to communicate the value findings to heirs
only, or may include attorneys and/or taxing authorities. The purpose helps to define how the appraisal process
will be laid out. The identification of the intended use and intended user(s) will help to determine which report
type is most appropriate for communicating the results of the process.

Appraisal Client. USPAP defines the client as follows: “The party or parties who engage an appraiser (by
employment or contract) in a specific assignment.” USPAP further comments on the client: “The client
identified by the appraiser in appraisal, appraisal review, or appraisal consulting assignment (or in the
assignment workfile) is the party or parties with who the appraiser has an appraiser-client relationship in the
related assignment, and may be an individual, group, or entity.

Confidentiality. The Confidentiality Section of the Ethics Rule in USPAP states that the appraiser must protect
the confidential nature of the appraiser-client relationship. This is significant because the appraiser must not
disclose confidential information in the report or the assignment results to anyone other than the client or
persons authorized by the client. Note that the state appraiser regulatory agencies and third parties duly
authorized by law are also authorized to obtain the confidential information found in an appraisal report. This
prohibits the appraiser from discussing assignment results or providing copies of the appraisal reports to agents
or borrowers unless they are the client identified in the appraisal report.

Four elements of value. There are four elements of value, all of which are essential. These are utility, scarcity,
demand (together with financial ability to purchase), and transferability. None alone will create value, but all
must be present to achieve value for a property. For example, a thing may be scarce but, if it has no utility, there
is no demand for it. Other things, like air, may have utility and may be in great demand, but are so abundant as
to have no commercial value. Utility is the capacity of a commodity to satisfy a need or desire. To have utility
value, real estate should have the ability to provide shelter, income, amenities or whatever use is being sought.
Functional utility is an important test for determining value. Likewise, the commodity must be transferable as to
use or title to be marketable.

Generally speaking, a commodity will have commercial or marketable value in proportion to its utility and
relative scarcity. Scarcity is the present or anticipated supply of a product in relation to the demand for it. Utility
creates demand, but demand, to be effective, must be implemented by purchasing power. Otherwise, a person
desiring a product cannot acquire it.

Real estate cycles cause fluctuations in the four elements of value. For example, when interest rates increase,
fewer buyers are able to qualify for loans. This in turn reduces demand for real estate. This may lead to an
over-supply of properties for sale (or a lack of scarcity).

Public
Off

COST APPROACH

COST APPROACH somebody

COST APPROACH

The Cost Approach views value as the combination of:

the value of the land as if vacant; and

the cost to reconstruct the appraised building as new on the date of value, less the accrued depreciation the
building suffers in comparison with a new building.

The principle of substitution applies: i.e., value tends to be set by the price of an equivalent substitute.

The total cost of the land as if vacant, plus the reconstruction cost new of the building with all direct and
indirect expenses and profit, and before deduction of depreciation, will tend to set the upper limit of value. In
this view, the cost new can be used as a benchmark for measuring the other approaches.

The Procedure in Brief

1. Estimate the value of the land as though vacant and available for development to its highest and best use.

2. Estimate the replacement or reproduction cost of the existing improvements as of the appraisal date.

3. Estimate the amount of accrued depreciation to the improvements from all causes (physical deterioration,
functional obsolescence, or external obsolescence).

4. Deduct the amount of the accrued depreciation from the replacement cost new to find the estimate of the
depreciated value of the improvements.

5. Add the estimated present depreciated value for the improvements to the value of the land. The result is an
indication of the value for the subject property.

Cost New Bases

The Cost Approach views the value of the building at its cost of reconstruction as new on date of value. There
are three bases of reconstruction cost as new:

1. Historic Cost indexed to Cost New;

2. Reproduction Cost New; and

3. Replacement Cost New. Each basis has value to a cost-as-new study, but terms should not be confused.

Historic cost indexed to cost new. Historic Cost is the actual cost of the building when originally constructed,
yesterday or fifty years ago. By use of price indices from building or engineering cost services, or from the
original building contractor, Historic Cost can be “indexed” to Cost New on date of value. Indexed Historic
Cost can be very useful if the building is fairly new and/or it is so unique that it is the only reliable value base.
The advantage of Indexed Historic Cost is the accuracy of employing actual building costs. The disadvantage is
that the older the costs are the less reliably they can be indexed. When considering Indexed Historic Costs, the
appraiser should be certain that historic costs were normal costs at time of construction and that historic costs,
as indexed, will accurately reflect Cost New on date of value in the then current dollars.

Reproduction cost new is the cost, on date of value, of constructing a replica of the appraised building. This is
a replica in actual design and materials. In this method, the cost-as-new estimate is made as if looking at plans
of an exact duplicate of the present building. The advantage of Reproduction Cost New is the greater accuracy
of duplicating the building in actual design and materials. The disadvantage is that advances in building
construction and methods, materials and design make cost estimates of obsolete building construction very
difficult and wildly distorted for materials no longer reasonably available or requiring large amounts of hand
labor. Reproduction Cost New is most useful for study of refined methods of depreciation, unique construction,
and occasional legal requirements for court testimony.

Replacement cost new views the building as if reconstructed with modern methods, design and materials that
would most closely replace the use of the appraised building but provide the same utility. For example, an older
brick warehouse would be constructed today with concrete block or tilt-up cast slab construction. The advantage
of Replacement Cost New is the ready availability of accurate current costs, and a better understanding by all
parties of modern methods, design and materials. The disadvantage is the subjective decisions of proper current
replacement materials and design for older construction. In actual practice, the Replacement Cost New is the
most frequently used Cost Approach base.

Steps in the Cost Approach

A. An estimate is made as to the land’s current market value, assumed vacant and available for improvement
to its highest and best use. Land value is usually based on a market approach utilizing comparable market
data of similar sites in the area.

B. An estimate is made of the cost new of reconstructing the buildings and other improvements.

1. The appraiser selects the proper cost new base:

a. Historic Cost of appraised building indexed to cost new on date of value.

b. Reproduction Cost of duplicating the replica of the appraised building using original materials and
design on date of value.

c. Replacement Cost of replacing the use and utility of the appraised building using modern
materials, methods, and design on date of value.

2. The appraiser completes property inspection, description, measurement, inventory, and plot plan of
appraised building improvements and equipment, with notes regarding type, style, quality, and
condition of building materials, workmanship and condition.

3. The appraiser selects appropriate method of cost new estimating.

a. The Square-Foot Method is the most common method used by appraisers on the West Coast to
estimate the cost of construction. The property being appraised is compared with similar structures
where costs are known, and which have been reduced to units per square foot of floor area.
Standard type buildings whose costs are known are broken down to a cost per square foot of floor
area. The building being appraised is compared with the most comparable standard building and
its cost per square foot is used for the subject property. Adjustments must be made for size of
building, and various exterior and interior features. Though adjustments cannot be made for many
variables, this method, in most instances, is accurate enough for the real estate appraiser. The
square-foot method can be used and applied faster than any other estimate.

b. The Cubic-Foot Method is similar to the square-foot method, except the cubic contents of
buildings are compared instead of the square footage of the floor area. This method is most
popular in the Eastern United States. If used properly, it is more accurate than the square foot
method, since the height as well as area of the building is taken into consideration. This method is
most often used for industrial or warehouse buildings.

c. The Quantity Survey Method involves a detailed estimate of all labor and materials for each
component of the building. Items such as overhead, insurance, and contractor’s profit must be
added to direct costs. This is a very accurate but time-consuming method to arrive at costs.
Because of the detail and time required, this method is seldom used, except by building contractors
and professional cost estimators.

d. The Unit-in-Place Cost Method entails calculation of the cost of units of the building as installed.
The total costs of walls in place, heating units, roof, etc. are obtained on a square foot basis,
including labor, overhead, and profit. This is a detailed, accurate method generally used for
checking on new construction units. It is seldom used by appraisers because specialized
knowledge is necessary to gather all elements of unit costs.

4. The appraiser investigates cost sources and estimates cost-as-new of all buildings and improvements.
Costs must be measured accurately. They are classified as direct (hard) costs and indirect (soft) costs.
Indirect costs are usually associated with the administration of the project while direct costs are
expenditures for labor, equipment and materials, overhead and profit.

a. Cost sources:

(l) Costs of comparable buildings under construction.

(2) Owners, builders, and/or contractors of comparable buildings.

(3) The contractor of original building, if available.

(4) Published cost services (handbooks or computerized services providing current
comprehensive cost data, by local areas and general construction types).

(5) Professional cost estimators.

b. The appraiser completes the cost estimate to include all:

(l) Direct expenses of construction such as labor, materials and equipment and engineering for
the building, site preparation, street and utility work, landscaping, etc.

(2) Indirect expenses such as legal, title, appraisal and feasibility study fees, licenses, permits, ad
valorem taxes during construction, demolition and removal costs, inspections, insurance
during construction, financing charges, accounting, etc.

(3) Developers’ overhead, supervision, and profit; for planning, construction, and sale of the
project to “turnkey” condition (that is, completely ready for a new purchaser/occupant) and
selling costs.

C. The appraiser estimates the accrued depreciation and deducts from cost-as-new estimate. This amount must
be deducted from the cost-as-new to determine the present value of the improvements. The difficulties of
correctly estimating depreciation tend to increase with the age of the improvement. Experience and good
judgment are among the necessary qualifications for making a realistic estimate of proper depreciation.
There is no justification in assuming that improvements necessarily depreciate at a rate corresponding to
their age.

D. The appraiser adds the land value to depreciated value of improvements for indicated value by Cost
Approach.

Public
Off

DEPRECIATION

DEPRECIATION somebody

DEPRECIATION

In connection with the appraisal of real property, depreciation is defined as “loss in value from any cause.” It is
customarily measured by estimating the difference between the current replacement or reproduction cost new
and the estimated value of the property as of the date the property was appraised.

Contrasting with depreciation is appreciation of value from inflation or special supply and demand forces
relating to the specific property. Appreciation may reduce or offset entirely a normally anticipated decrease of
value due to depreciation.

Depreciation includes all of the influences that reduce the value of a property below its cost new. The principal
influences are often grouped under three general headings and subdivided as follows:

1. Physical deterioration resulting from:

a. Wear and tear from use;

b. Negligent care (sometimes termed “deferred maintenance”);

c. Damage by dry rot, termites, etc.; or

d. Severe changes in temperature.

2. Functional obsolescence resulting from:

a. Poor architectural design and style;

b. Lack of modern facilities;

c. Out-of-date equipment;

d. Changes in styles of construction;

e. Construction methods and materials obsolete by current standards;

f. Changes in utility demand such as desire for master bath or more garage space; or

g. Superadequacies in improvements, such as pools or excessive room additions, where the actual cost is
more than the market is willing to pay for those improvements.

3. External obsolescence resulting from adverse environmental and economic influences outside the property
itself, such as:

a. Misplacement of improvement (not typical for neighborhood);

b. Zoning and/or legislative restrictions;

c. Detrimental influence of supply and demand;

d. Change of locational demand; or

e. Proximity to undesirable influences such as highly trafficked streets, freeways, airport flight patterns,
toxic waste sites, or high tension power lines.

The first two categories of accrued depreciation are considered to be inherent within the property and may be
curable or incurable. The third category is caused by factors external to the property and is almost always
incurable.

Appraisal and Income Tax Views - “Book” vs. Actual Depreciation

It is important to understand that “depreciation” is a word with two meanings: one for the appraiser and another
for the owner concerned with tax position.

Book depreciation. Depreciation, for the owner’s income tax position, is “book” depreciation, a mathematical
calculation of steady depreciation from owner’s original purchase price or cost basis. This “book” depreciation
allows the owner to recover the cost of the investment over the “useful life” of the improvement. It accrues
annually and is an income tax deduction. In this sense, the owner’s accountant sees depreciation as a deduction
from gross income.

Frequently, “book” depreciation results in negative gross income, at least on paper. The building seems to be
losing value faster than the income replaces it. This gives the owner a “paper loss” that can be offset against
other income. This “paper loss” or “tax shelter” is a motivating factor for purchase or exchange of many income
properties.

“Book” depreciation is:

1. an allowable deduction from cost for accounting or income tax purposes;

2. determined by owner’s policy and to meet IRS requirements; and

3. deducted from owner’s original (historic) cost.

“Book value” is the current value for accounting purposes of an asset expressed as original cost plus capital
additions minus accumulated depreciation, based on the method used for the computation of depreciation over
the useful life of the asset for income tax purposes. Depreciation is allowed on improvements only, not land.

The book value of the property may be ascertained at any given time by adding the depreciated value of the
improvement to the allocated value of the land.

Actual depreciation. The “book” depreciation from owner’s original cost is not the depreciation normally
considered by the appraiser. The appraiser looks not to owner’s original cost, but cost new on date of value.
From this current cost new, the appraiser deducts the estimate of accrued actual (not book) depreciation.
Depreciation (loss in value) is estimated only for improvements.

Actual depreciation used by appraisers is:

1. loss in value;

2. determined by market data, observed condition, etc.; and

3. deducted from current reconstruction cost new.

Because accountants and appraisers select rates of depreciation for different purposes, accruals for book and
actual depreciation vary considerably. While both estimators may use the same period as to the remaining
economic life of the property and may also use the same method, additional considerations may affect the
resultant rate. Whereas the accountant may be restricted because of accounting conventions, the appraiser is
under no such restrictions.

The real estate agent who is determining values should understand the necessity for following proper appraisal
procedures and should not rely on book values either to estimate accrued depreciation or for future depreciation
accruals.

Methods of Calculating Accrued Depreciation

Accrued depreciation is depreciation which has already occurred up to the date of value. Remainder
depreciation is depreciation which will occur in the future. Accrued depreciation may be classified either as
curable or incurable. The measure between curable and incurable is economic feasibility. It is possible to
physically restore or cure most depreciation such as by expensive restoration of old homes. However, in most
circumstances, cure of deficiencies is measured by the economic gain (increased rents) compared with the cost
of the cure. Three methods of estimating accrued depreciation are discussed next.

Straight line or age-life method is depreciation which occurs annually, proportional to the improvement’s total
estimated life.

For example, an improvement with an estimated total life of 50 years would be said to depreciate at an equal
rate of 2 percent per year. (2 percent x 50 years equals 100 percent depreciation.)

The effective age of the building is generally used instead of the actual age. Effective age is the age of a similar
and typical improvement of equal usefulness, condition and future life expectancy. For example, if a building is
actually 25 years of age but is as well maintained and would sell for as much as adjoining 20-year-old
properties, it would be said to have an effective age of 20 years.

The straight line method is: easy to calculate; used by the Internal Revenue Service; and easily understood by
the lay person.

However, in actuality, buildings do not depreciate in a straight line at a stated percentage each year, but will
vary according to maintenance and demand for the type of structure.

The cost-to-cure or observed condition method (breakdown method) involves:

1. Observing deficiencies within and without the structure and calculating their costs to cure. The cost to cure
is the amount of accrued depreciation which has taken place.

2. Computing an amount for physical deterioration or deferred maintenance for needed repairs and
replacements.

3. Determining and assigning a dollar value to functional obsolescence due to outmoded plumbing fixtures,
lighting fixtures, kitchen equipment, etc.

4. Measuring functional obsolescence which cannot economically be cured (e.g., poor room arrangements and
outdated construction materials) and calculating the loss in rental value due to this condition.

5. Calculating external obsolescence (i.e., caused by conditions outside the property) and determining the loss
of rental value of the property as compared with a similar property in an economically stable neighborhood.
The capitalized rental loss is distributed between the land and the building.

This is the most refined method of examining complex causes and cures of depreciation. However, it can be
difficult to calculate minor or obscure depreciation accurately. Also, measurement by rental loss is sometimes
difficult to substantiate.

A combination of the straight line and cost-to-cure methods may be used to:

• determine the normal depreciation as if the property is not suffering from undue depreciation; and,

• add any excess deterioration and obsolescence.

Reproduction or replacement cost method. The subject property is improved with a duplex, two detached
garages, a covered porch for each unit and common driveway and walk.

Measurements and current cost replacement figures for the improvements are as follows:

Each unit of duplex is 25’ x 35’ @ $55.00 per sq. ft.

Each detached garage is 21’ x 25’ @ $20.00 per sq. ft.

Each covered porch is 6’ x 10’ @ $14.00 per sq. ft.

Driveway is 20’ x 100’ @ $2.40 per sq. ft.

Walk is 3’ x 40’ @ $2.40 per sq. ft.

The improvements are now 12 years old and it is determined that such improvements have a remaining
economic life of 38 years. The current lot value, by comparison, is $45,000.00. Depreciation computations are
based on the use of the straight line method.

What is the replacement cost new and the present value of this property?

Each duplex unit (25’ x 35’ x $55.00) x 2 ................... $96,250.00

Each detached garage (21’ x 25’ x $20.00) x 2 ................ 21,000.00

Each covered porch (6’ x 10’ x $14.00) x 2 .................... 1,680.00

Driveway (20’ x 100’ x $2.40) ................................. 4,800.00

Walk 3’ x 40’ x $2.40 ........................................... 288.00

Improvements – Total Replacement Cost New............... 124,018.00

Depreciation:

12 yrs. + 38 yrs. = 50 yrs. life of improvements when new

100 ÷ 50 = 2 percent annual depreciation rate, or recapture rate.

12 yrs. x 2 percent = 24 percent total depreciation to date.

124,018 x 24 percent = Total depreciation in value to date..... 29,764.00

Total value of improvements less depreciation ................ $94,254.00

Plus site value................................................ 45,000.00

Total Current Value by Replacement Cost Approach ....... $139,254.00

Market data method (more commonly known to appraisers as “abstraction.”). A comparative method is
sometimes used in residential appraisals where the property being appraised can be compared with market data
of buildings of similar type and condition.

1. From the sales price of a comparable residential property, deduct an estimate of land value.

2. From the resulting total comparable improvement value, deduct the estimated contributory value of
secondary improvements and landscaping.

3. The result is the value of the comparable main residence at its total depreciated value in place.

4. Divide this main residence value by the residence square footage. This yields depreciated unit value.

5. By multiplying the appraised building square footage by the unit value of the comparable residence, the
total indicated depreciated value is found for the appraised residence.

Sales price of comparable property .................... $180,000

Less estimated land value .......................... - 55,000

Improvement Value ...................................... 125,000

Less estimated value of secondary improvements
and landscaping ................................... - 23,000

Value of comparable residence .......................... 102,000

Divide by area of comparable residence ............. ÷ 2,900 sq.ft.

Depreciated unit value of comparable residence ... $35.17/sq.ft.

Multiply by size of appraised residence ............ x 2,850 sq.ft.

Indicated depreciated value in place of appraised
residence ............................................. $100,234

Advantage of the Market Data Method: This method can be an accurate measure of depreciation from the
market.

Disadvantage of the method: It is difficult to obtain truly comparable market data and difficult to accurately
estimate land value and secondary improvement value for deductions for main residence value indication.

Age-life method using effective age. A house has an actual physical age of 25 years with an overall useful life
of 50 years, thus depreciating at the rate of 2 percent a year. It is the opinion of the appraiser that the subject

house is of the same condition and utility as similar houses that are only 20 years of age. Therefore, the house
has been assigned an effective age of 20 years.

The accrued depreciation would thus be 20 years times 2 percent or 40 percent.

Calculated cost new ............................................... $120,000

Accrued depreciation (40 percent x $120,000) ........................ 48,000

Depreciated value of improvement..................................... 72,000

Plus land value ..................................................... 50,000

Indicated value by cost approach................................... $122,000

Measuring physical deterioration. A store building has a remaining useful life of 30 years and an effective
age of 20 years. Present reproduction cost for the structure is $230,000. The roof is 75% deteriorated. A new
roof will cost $10,000. The air conditioning and heating systems are 40% depreciated. Their installed cost new
is $8,000. What is the total amount of physical deterioration?

The building, under the straight-line or age-life method, is 40% depreciated (100% ÷ 50 = 2% x 20 years
effective age = 40%). This 40% depreciation to the building is to be applied to the amount of the building’s
reproduction cost less the depreciation already taken on the other components.

Depreciation to roof (.75 x $10,000) ................................ $7,500

Depreciation to air conditioning and heater (.40 x $8,000)........... $3,200

Depreciation to rest of building (.40 x $212,000) .................. $84,800

Total physical deterioration ....................................... $95,500

Income approach - future depreciation. Future depreciation is loss in value which has not yet occurred but
will come in the future and is of significance in the capitalization of income method, which will be discussed
next. In the income approach to valuation, depreciation is based on the remaining economic or useful life,
during which time provision is made for the recapture of the value of improvements. It is the return “of” the
investment, as differentiated from the return (interest and profits) “on” the invested capital. Under the income
approach, this depreciation is usually measured by one of two methods: straight-line or sinking fund.

In straight-line depreciation, a definite sum is deducted from the income each year during the total estimated
economic life of a building to replace the capital investment. If the appraiser estimates that a building will have
a remaining life of 25 years, this method provides that 1/25 or 4 percent of the building’s value be returned
annually as a deduction from net income.

The sinking fund method also includes a fixed annual depreciation deduction from income, but with yearly
reserves from such funds deposited into a sinking fund which, with possible compound interest, may offset the
depreciated value of the structure and be collectible at the end of the building’s useful life. Accruals for future
depreciation to replace the capital investment are in addition to and essentially different from both maintenance
charges and reserves for periodic replacement of curable depreciation.

Should there be any estimated salvage value to the improvement at the end of its economic life, this amount
need not be returned through the annual depreciation charge under either the straight-line or the sinking-fund
method.

INCOME (CAPITALIZATION) APPROACH

The Income Approach is concerned with the present worth of future benefits (the income stream) which may be
derived from a property. This method is important in the valuation of income-producing property. An important
consideration in this approach is the net income which a fully informed person using competent management
can expect to receive. An alternative, using gross income and gross income multipliers is explained later in this
chapter.

The process of calculating the present worth of a property on the basis of its capacity to produce an income
stream is called capitalization. The Income Approach is based primarily on the appraisal principle of
anticipation.

Appraiser’s and Owner’s Viewpoints

A real estate professional will understand that there are several differences in the owner’s and appraiser’s
viewpoints on income property.

An owner purchases income property as an investment, based on personal desires and tax position. The owner
frequently views the investment as equity in a financed property. “Equity” is the owner’s down payment or the
difference between the loan amount and the value or price of the property. The owner calculates the payments
on the loan as an expense of owning the property, and deducts from income tax the interest paid on the loan and
the “book” depreciation from the purchase price or cost basis. The owner can deduct only actual expenses, not
reserves for future expenses, and can compute gross income only from income actually collected (or owed), not
just projected. The owner looks for a profitable resale or exchange at a higher price or favorable tax position.

The appraiser reconstructs expense and income into amounts the well-informed investor would anticipate,
without specific regard for personal equity, spendable income, or tax consequences. Using methods outlined
below, an appraiser analyzes an income property to ascertain its value to the market generally, i.e., the Market
Value.

Capitalization

Capitalization converts the future income stream into an indication of present worth of property. The two
income capitalization methods used in appraisal are Direct capitalization and Yield capitalization. In Direct
capitalization, such as Overall Rate and GRM analysis, the income from a single annual period is converted to
an opinion of value. Yield capitalization measures the present worth of a series of income payments occurring
over the multi-year life of the investment.

Income property investors expect a return of the capital invested, plus a return on that capital. The return of
capital (recapture) may occur through income payments received, the net proceeds of the sale of the property at
the end of the holding period (reversion), or through a combination of the two. Property characteristics and the
income stream pattern impact investor behavior and, therefore, the applicability of the various capitalization
methods for a specific property.

One of the most common Direct income capitalization methods uses an Overall (capitalization) Rate. The
preferred method of Overall Rate derivation is from an analysis of comparable sales and their relationship
between net income and sales price. The appraiser analyzes each comparison property’s sales price, rents,
expenses, net income and Overall Rate, makes needed adjustments and selects an appropriate indicated Overall
Rate for the property being appraised. This rate represents both the return on and the return of the investment.
To ensure reliability of the selected rate, the appraiser uses judgment and experience to make certain the
comparables and the subject property have similar age, physical, location, income, expense and risk
characteristics.

The Overall Rate Formula

To find the indicated value of income property, divide the net annual income by the Overall Rate:

Net Annual Income ÷ Overall Rate = Property Value

or

I ÷ R = V

If any two factors in this formula are known, the third can be obtained.

I = R x V

and

R = I ÷ V

Public
Off

ECONOMIC TRENDS AFFECTING REAL ESTATE VALUE

ECONOMIC TRENDS AFFECTING REAL ESTATE VALUE somebody

ECONOMIC TRENDS AFFECTING REAL ESTATE VALUE

Regional, National and Global Economics

Property values increase, decrease, or remain stable based on the interaction of the four forces influencing
value. Appraisers must examine and evaluate these forces.

Economic trends and forces at higher levels (regional, national and international) affect property values at the
local level. The real estate appraiser must recognize that the general pattern of statistical analysis that guides in
interpreting value influences on a national level should be used in the general analysis of state and regional
forces which in turn influence local property values.

An appraiser should follow national and regional economic trends, changes in national income levels,
international developments and government financing policies because as recent events have shown the greater
the severity and duration of any economic swing, the wider and deeper is its influence. Conditions to be
observed include: gross national product; balance of payments to other countries; national income levels;
employment; price level indexes; interest rates; fiscal and monetary policies; building starts; and credit
availability.

Factors Influencing City Growth and Development

An appraiser is constantly concerned with the conditions and prospects of the local economy because the value
of local real estate is largely determined by the health of the community, as measured by household purchasing
power, population changes, employment diversification and stability, wage and price levels, and area growth
potential, including environmental conditions.

Cities are classified generally by the functions that stimulate and determine their potential and growth. These
classifications are:

Commercial. Primary source of revenue stems from commercial enterprises. These are usually farming cities,
cities located at railroad terminals or on ocean ports.

Industrial. Primary source of revenue is derived from manufacturing and processing of commodities.

Extractive industry. Primary source of revenue comes from natural resources, e.g., mining, fishing and lumber.

Political. Primary source of revenue is government employment.

Recreation and health. Primary source of revenue comes from tourist trade, vacation and health resorts.

Education. The anchor point of these cities is a college or university.

Population Trends

Because of the direct relationship existing between the value of real property and population growth, the
appraiser should be concerned with population trends and other demographic factors affecting local population,
such as: opportunities for employment; quality of local government; civic and social conditions; demand for
goods and services; transportation and living conditions; and, opportunities for education and personal
improvement.

Neighborhood Analysis

A neighborhood may be defined as a group of similar land uses which are similarly affected by the operation of
the four forces influencing value: utility, scarcity, demand(desire) and transferability. A common definition for
a neighborhood is a grouping together of individuals within the community for similar purposes and interests,
whether the reasons be commercial, industrial, residential, cultural or civic. The life cycle of a neighborhood
includes growth in desirability, peak desirability, stability for a time, then deterioration. The cycle then tends to
turn again as the neighborhood becomes more desirable due to change in use or renewal.

Neighborhood analysis is important because the neighborhood is the setting for the property to be appraised and
the property has value, to a large extent, as it contributes to or detracts from the neighborhood.

A neighborhood tends to be a somewhat self-contained community, frequently defined by physical boundaries
such as hills, freeways, or major streets and usually with some sense of community. In urban areas, the
neighborhood tends to become somewhat blurred due to modern transportation and area-wide cultural,
educational, recreational, and commercial services. In analyzing the “neighborhood” of the parcel to be
appraised, a good starting point is to ascertain the community identity and boundaries.

After defining, even in vague terms, this community identity, an appraiser will look to common services and
features, such as local shopping, street patterns, zoning boundaries, and cultural, religious, educational and
recreational services. In short, an appraiser searches the local area by observation and through government and
public utility investigation to find the factors most affecting use and value patterns in the area.

Neighborhood analysis also tends to define the best search area for comparable market data. As the appraisal
progresses, the appraiser may extend or contract this search area.

Some sources of neighborhood data:

1. U.S. Census tract maps and data (local library or vendors).

2. City and county population demographics (planning departments).

3. City, county, and state street and highway systems (city, county and state road/engineering/highway
departments).

4. Local zoning and general planning, including community plans (planning departments).

5. School locations, capacities, policies (local school districts).

6. Public utility services: water, sewer, natural gas, electric power, telephone (local public utility companies
and government agencies).

7. City and county economic statistics (local chambers of commerce).

8. Local tax information (county tax assessor).

9. If pertinent, private wells and septic laws (local health departments); national forest/park laws (local
forestry and park dept.), etc.

Public
Off

FORCES INFLUENCING VALUE

FORCES INFLUENCING VALUE somebody

FORCES INFLUENCING VALUE

The value of real estate is created, maintained, modified and destroyed by the interplay of the following four
great forces:

1. Environmental and physical characteristics. Examples of physical characteristics include: quality of
conveniences; availability of schools, shopping, public transportation, churches; similarity of land used;
and types of physical hazards. Environmental considerations include climate, soil and topography, barriers
to future development (oceans, mountains, etc.), transportation systems, and access to other areas/regions.

2. Social ideals and standards. Examples of social forces include: population growth and decline; age,
marriage, birth, divorce and death rates; and attitudes toward education, recreation, and other instincts and
yearnings of mankind.

3. Economic influences. Examples of economic forces are: natural resources; industrial and commercial
trends; employment trends; wage levels; availability of money and credit; interest rates; price levels; tax
loads; regional and community present economic base; new development trends; and rental and price
patterns.

4. Political or government regulations. Examples of political forces include: building codes; zoning laws;
public health measures; fire regulations; rent controls; environmental legislation controlling types of new
development; fiscal policies; monetary policies; government guaranteed loans; government housing; and
credit controls.

Each and every one of these many physical, social, economic and political factors affect cost, price, and value to
some degree. The four forces interweave and each one is in a constant state of change.

Factors Influencing Value

Directional growth. In any estimate of value, attention should be given to “the city directional growth” as well
as to “Urban Renewal Plans.” The city directional growth refers to the manner and direction in which the city
tends to expand.

Properties in the direction of growth or renewal in different sections of the city tend to increase in value,
especially if the growth or renewal is steady and rapid.

Location. Location is an exceptionally important value factor because location influences demand for the
property. Location must not be described too generally, and is an effective value factor only when it is
specifically related to highest and best use. Brokers often claim, “The three most important characteristics for
any property are location, location and location.”

Utility. Utility includes the capacity to produce. Another word for utility is “usefulness.” This important factor
involves judgment as to the best use to which a given property may be put. Building restrictions and zoning
ordinances affect utility.

Size. The width and depth of a parcel of land will often determine the possibilities and character of its use.

Corner influence. Corner sites sometimes have higher unit value than a site fronting on one street only.
Disadvantages include loss of privacy, higher cost as off-site improvements cost more and lot maintenance is
more expensive, and setbacks may require a smaller size house. Commercial properties benefit from corner sites
because of easy access and added exposure.

Shape. Parcels of land of irregular shape generally cannot be developed as advantageously as rectangular lots.

Thoroughfare conditions. The width of streets, traffic congestion, and condition of pavement have an effect on
the value of frontage properties and to a lesser degree on other properties in the neighborhood. Highly
trafficked streets are conducive to value for commercial properties but negatively affect value for residential
uses.

Exposure. The south and west sides of business streets are usually preferred by merchants because pedestrians
seek the shady side of the street on warm afternoons and merchandise displayed in the windows is not damaged
by the sun. This traditional view in older commercial districts is somewhat offset by new architectural concepts
(e.g., shopping malls), parking and convenience.

Character of business climate. Larger cities develop residential, shopping, financial, wholesale, and industrial
districts.

Plottage or assemblage. An added increment of value when several parcels of land are combined under one
ownership to produce greater utility than when the parcels are under separate ownership.

In highly urbanized multiple residential and commercial areas plottage, or assemblage, makes it possible to gain
that higher utility. An example of this would be a density bonus for the combining of residential lots. This
principle may also apply to light industrial areas.

Topography and character of soil. The bearing qualities of the soil may affect construction costs. Extensive
foundations are usually necessary in soft earth. The type and condition of the topsoil affect the growth of grass,
plants, shrubs and trees. Value may also be influenced by land contour and grades, drainage and view points.

Obsolescence. Appraisers consider two types of obsolescence: functional and external. External obsolescence
is caused by external factors or economic changes outside the boundaries of a property. External obsolescence
is not curable.

Functional obsolescence is caused by either a deficiency or a superadequacy. An example of a superadequacy,
or over-improvement, would be a swimming pool that costs $60,000 to construct while the market is only
willing to pay $10,000 for the pool. Functional obsolescence is categorized as curable or incurable. Curable
functional obsolescence will provide a positive return if repaired. This occurs when it costs less to correct the
deficiency than the market is willing to pay for it. An example would be the replacement of a heating system
that would cost $3,000 when the market is willing to pay $10,000 for a home with the new system. Incurable
functional obsolescence occurs when it would cost more to correct a deficiency than the market is willing to pay

for the correction. Changes in types and methods of construction, style of architecture, or interior arrangements
for specific purposes may render a particular building out of date. Changes in the uses of neighboring property
may also contribute to the obsolescence of a building. Careful appraisal will consider the potential for
remodeling, refurbishing or other method to restore value.

Building restrictions and zones. These sometimes operate to depress values and at other times to increase
values.

For example, there may be a vacant lot on a residential street which will sell for only $150 a front foot for single
family residential use but would sell for $600 per front foot as an apartment site. Or a vacant lot in a zoned area
may sell for more per front foot as a business site because of the supply of business sites being restricted by
zoning.

Tract layouts. In the study and valuation of unimproved but potentially valuable industrial lands, it is often
necessary to have the assistance of a competent engineer who is familiar with plant and tract layouts.

Additional Factors Important for Agricultural or Farm Lands

Present trends show larger and fewer farms, fewer farm buildings per acre, and fewer family-style operations.
The type of buildings an appraiser usually finds on agricultural lands include residences, machine sheds, poultry
sheds, multifunctional barns, silos, and various animal shelters. According to some experts in the field, farm
buildings contribute less than 20% of the total property value.

One important factor in estimating the value of agricultural land is the nature and long-term trend of costs and
prices for the crop grown or intended to be grown. For example, if the property is to be used as a dairy farm the
appraiser must consider: whether the soil is suitable for hay and grain; water supply for the cattle and crops;
proximity to markets; climatic conditions; labor conditions, etc.

Farm land valuation is highly specialized and often requires the assistance of soil and crop experts and appraisal
specialists to evaluate irrigation systems and other equipment and machinery.

Public
Off

GROSS RENT AND GROSS INCOME MULTIPLIERS

GROSS RENT AND GROSS INCOME MULTIPLIERS somebody

GROSS RENT AND GROSS INCOME MULTIPLIERS

The Income Approach methods discussed previously involved the capitalization of net income. However,
typical investors in certain types of income properties analyze and purchase them on a gross, rather than net,
income basis. Gross Rent Multiplier (GRM) and Gross Income Multiplier (GIM) analyses are also Direct
capitalization techniques that convert a projected single year income to an indication of value.

This discussion and the example below focus on the Gross Rent Multiplier (GRM) which involves the analysis
of the gross rents attributed to a property. However, many properties derive income from sources in addition
to rent (parking fees, etc.). When these additional sources of income are considered significant by typical
potential investors in the property, then analysis of the Gross Income Multiplier (GIM) is appropriate. The
Gross Income Multiplier (GIM) includes the analysis of all gross income generated by the property. GRM’s and
GIM’s may be derived on either a monthly or annual basis, but must be applied consistently to the gross income
of the subject property.

When deriving a GRM or GIM from a comparable sale, use caution if the income generated at the time of sale
was not consistent with the market. If the property sold with rents not at market rates, than an effective GRM
or GIM should be calculated by using market rental instead of actual (non-market) rents

The Gross Rent Multiplier is found by dividing the sales price of an income property by its monthly rent. For
example: a $90,000 sales price divided by a monthly rent of $600 results in a gross rent multiplier of 150. If
homes in the area were selling at prices equivalent to 150 times the monthly rental, then the 150 multiplier
would apply to other comparable homes in the area.

Steps In Using the Gross Rent Multiplier

1. Determine the market rent of the property being appraised by comparison with similar rental properties.

2. The Gross Rent Multipliers of the sales one investigates are calculated by dividing the sales prices by the
monthly rents.

3. The rent multipliers may then be tabulated showing how these properties varied from the subject property:
i.e., better or poorer.

4. The Gross Rent Multipliers are not averaged to arrive at one final multiplier. Rather,

a. each property and its multiplier is compared to the subject property as to market rent, location,
size, condition, utility, and amenities; and

b. after proper analysis, a judgment is made as to the appropriate Gross Rent Multiplier.

5. The appraiser multiplies the selected Gross Rent Multiplier by the market rental of the subject property.
The product is the value estimate.

Public
Off

INCOME APPROACH APPLIED

INCOME APPROACH APPLIED somebody

INCOME APPROACH APPLIED

Using the Overall Rate procedures just discussed, here are two examples for finding estimated value using the
Income Approach.

1. What is the market value of a 10 unit apartment house with an estimated market rent per unit of $500 per
month? The market vacancy and collection loss is 7%. The subject property expenses appear consistent
with similar properties in the market and similar comparable sales indicate an Overall Rate of 8 percent.
The Fixed expenses are: real property taxes of $6,420 and insurance of $860. Variable expenses are:
management - $3,960; utilities - $1200; waste removal - $600; reserves for replacement - $1,700 (roof
$800, painting $500, carpeting $400).

Potential Gross Income (Annual) .............................. $60,000

(10 x $500 x 12 = $60,000)

Less Vacancy and Collection Loss................................ 4,200

(.07 x $60,000 = $4,200)

Effective Gross Income ........................................ 55,800

Less Expenses

Fixed

Taxes .............. $6,420

Insurance ............. 860

Total ............................. $7,280

Variable

Management .......... 3,960

Utilities ........... 1,200

Waste Removal ..... 600

Total ............................. 5,760

Reserves for Replacement
Roof .................. 800

Painting .............. 500

Carpeting ............. 400

Total ............................. 1,700

SUBTRACT TOTAL OF EXPENSES ................................... -14,740

NET OPERATING INCOME (NOI) ................................... $41,060

Overall Rate from analysis of comparable sales is 8%.

Using formula I ÷ R = V

$41,060 ÷ .08 = $513,250

Indicated Market Value (rounded) ................................ $515,000

2. A small commercial building has a contract rent of $276,500 annually and suffers vacancy/collection losses
of 5%. Expenses include: real property taxes $22,300; utilities $8,500; roof reserve $15,000; insurance
$11,000; maintenance $20,000; repainting and fixture reserve $5,000; and management $20,000. The
subject’s rental rates, vacancy and collection losses, and operating expenses are within market norms for
similar properties. The appraiser also finds that similar properties have Overall Rates ranging from 8.75%
to 9.37%. Based on this market data the appraiser selects an indicated Overall Rate for the subject property
of 9%. Using the Income Approach, what is the indicated value of the property?

Potential Gross Income (Annual) ................................. $276,500

Less Vacancy and Collection Loss (5%) ............................. 13,825

Effective Gross Income ........................................... 262,675

Less Expenses

Fixed

Taxes .............................. $22,300

Insurance ........................... 11,000

Variable

Maintenance ......................... 20,000

Utilities ............................ 8,500

Management .......................... 20,000

Reserve for Replacements

(Roof, Repainting and Fixtures) ..... 20,000

Subtract Total Expenses ......................... -101,800

Net Operating Income (NOI) ....................................... 160,875

Indicated Overall Capitalization Rate 9%
$160,875 ÷ .09 = $1,787,500

Indicated market value (rounded) ................................

$1,790,000

Public
Off

INCOME APPROACH PROCESS

INCOME APPROACH PROCESS somebody

INCOME APPROACH PROCESS

The main steps to Direct capitalization using an Overall Rate:

Determine the net annual income;

Select the appropriate cap rate by market comparisons; and

Capitalize the income (divide the net annual income by the cap rate).

Determining Net Annual Income

The procedures for determining net annual income are:

Estimate potential gross income the property is capable of producing.

Deduct from potential gross income an annual allowance for vacancy factor and rent collection loss. The
remainder is called the “effective” gross income.

Deduct from effective gross income the estimated probable future annual expenses of operation (fixed
expenses, variable expenses, reserves for replacements for building components or short-lived items) to
obtain the net income of the investment property.

Income and expenses. The potential gross income used is the expected future income. In many cases, the
immediate past or current income may be an indicator of future income. However, reliance solely upon past or
current income is incorrect. The income to use is the one which a typical investor in the subject property would
anticipate.

Income estimates. The gross income estimate for an income property is the potential or anticipated gross
income from all sources (market rents, parking space fees, etc.). Contract rent is the actual, or contracted, rent
received from the property. Market rent is the rent the property should bring in the open market. Rents and
vacancy factors and collection losses are based on market rent data.

Rental data is obtained from the subject property’s rent schedule and the appraiser’s review of rents from
similar properties in the area. The appropriate rent per unit of comparison (rent per square foot, rent per front
foot, rent per apartment unit, etc,) of the comparables are compared with the subject property. Income and
expenses are analyzed on an annual basis.

Expenses must be realistic. The operating expenses (all expenditures necessary to produce income) are to be
deducted from the effective gross income to find the net operating income expected from the property. The
appraiser must use caution in extracting expense information from owner’s operating statement as some items
included on the operating statement, such as principal and interest payments on mortgages and depreciation
allowance for income tax purposes, must be disregarded by the appraiser as not being allowable expense items.

Expenses are generally classified as being one of the following:

Fixed expenses. These are incurred annually and have little correlation to the level of occupancy. They are
to be paid whether the property is fully occupied or not. These items include real property taxes, insurance,
licenses and permits.

Variable expenses. These expenses are incurred continually in order to maintain and give service to the
property. They are variable depending upon the extent of occupancy and include items such as utilities,
management fees, security, costs of administration, maintenance and repairs for structures, grounds and
parking area maintenance, contracted services (e.g., rubbish removal) and payroll.

Reserves for replacements. This is an annual allowance for replacing worn out equipment and short-lived
building components, such as stoves, carpets, draperies, and roof covering.

Selecting the Overall Rate

The appraiser selects an appropriate Overall Rate after market analysis of similar property sales. This rate
provides for return of invested capital plus a return on the investment.

The rate is dependent upon the return which investors will actually demand before they will be attracted by such
an investment. The greater the risk of losing the investment, the higher will be the accompanying rate as

determined in the market for such properties. By analyzing market prices, the rate can be approximated at any
given time.

A variation of only 1 percent may make a substantial difference in the capitalized value of the income.

For example, based on an annual net income of $30,000, and an Overall Rate of 6 percent, the capitalized
property valuation would be $500,000 (income ÷ rate). Capitalizing this same income with an Overall Rate of
7 percent would result in a value of only $428,500 (rounded).

Capitalizing Net Annual Operating Income

The final step after having determined the net annual income and the capitalization rate is to capitalize the
income. This may be merely the mathematical calculation of dividing the income by the rate if the income is
considered to be in perpetuity, as in Overall Rate analysis.

For example, the valuation of property which has an assumed perpetual annual net income of $30,000 and a
capitalization rate of 5 percent is $600,000. The lower the rate, the greater the valuation, and the greater the
assumed security of the investment.

Public
Off

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION somebody

INTRODUCTION

Property valuation may be considered the heart of all real estate activity. Only a practical understanding of real
estate values will enable real estate brokers and salespersons to carry out their functions in a useful and
dependable manner in serving their clients and in meeting their obligations to the general public.

Brokers and salespersons should have a good understanding of: the theoretical concepts of value; the forces
which influence value; and the methods by which such value may be estimated most accurately.

Probably the question most frequently asked brokers by clients is, “How much do you think the property is
worth?” It is a daily occurrence for the real estate broker to have clients ask about the fair price, fair rental, fair
basis for trade, or a proper insurance coverage for property. A broker needs to know how to answer such
questions correctly.

To be successful in business, an agent must determine whether time can profitably be spent in trying to sell
property at a listing price set by the owner. The agent must keep in mind that in accepting a listing the agent is
obligated to put forth best efforts to find a buyer for the property at that price. A seller’s unrealistic asking price
is a roadblock that can be remedied by a knowledgeable salesperson capable of making a market analysis and
using the three approaches to value. Such ability assists the seller to set the most appropriate listing price.

The real estate professional is cautioned, however, not to claim greater appraisal ability or expertise than is
actually possessed. Great harm can come to the client and to the professional if significant appraisal mistakes
are made. When unable to competently perform a valuation, the advice of a professional real estate appraiser
should be sought. Licensed or certified appraisers are governed in their competency by the Competency Rule in
the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP), promulgated by the Appraisal Foundation.

All licensed and certified appraisers in California must comply with USPAP in appraisal assignments.

Public
Off

METHODS OF APPRAISING PROPERTIES

METHODS OF APPRAISING PROPERTIES somebody

METHODS OF APPRAISING PROPERTIES

There are three approaches to consider in making a market value estimate. These approaches are:

Sales comparison approach. Recent sales and listings of similar type properties in the area are analyzed to
form an opinion of value.

Cost approach. This approach considers the value of the land, assumed vacant, added to the depreciated cost
new of the improvements. This is considered a substitute or alternative to producing a similar improved
property.

Income approach. The estimated potential income of real property is capitalized into value by this approach.

Not only does each parcel of real estate differ in some respects from all other properties, but there are many
different purposes for which an appraisal may be made. Each variation of purpose could result in a considerable,
yet logical, variation of estimated value. For example the nature of the property, whether noninvestment,
investment or service; the purpose of the purchase, whether for use, investment or speculation; and the purpose
of the appraisal, such as for sale, loan, taxation, insurance and the like, all constitute matters which will
influence the proper methods of appraisal approach and the final result reached by the appraisal.

Consequently, the first step in any appraisal procedure is to have a clear understanding of the purposes for
making the appraisal and the value to be sought. The adequacy and reliability of available data also are
determining factors in the selection of the approaches to be employed. A lack of certain pertinent or up-to-date
information may well eliminate an otherwise possible approach.

Each approach is used independently to reach an estimated value. Then, as a final step, conclusions are reached
as to one appropriate value opinion. This procedure is known as reconciliation.

Public
Off

PRINCIPLES OF VALUATION

PRINCIPLES OF VALUATION somebody

PRINCIPLES OF VALUATION

A knowledge of basic assumptions, postulates or premises that underlie appraisal methods is essential to an
understanding of the purpose, methods and procedures of valuation. The following principles of value
influences are the more important for a general understanding of the appraisal process.

Principle of conformity. Holds that maximum value is realized when land uses are compatible and a
reasonable degree of architectural harmony is present. Zoning ordinances help set conformity standards.

Principle of change. Real property is in a constant state of flux and change, affecting individual properties,
neighborhoods and cities. The appraiser follows trends and influences and is sensitive to changes in conditions
that affect the value of real estate. Economic, environmental, government, and social forces affect all markets,
especially real estate.

Principle of substitution. This principle is the basis of the appraisal process. Simply stated, value will tend to
be set by the cost of acquiring an equally desirable substitute. The value of a property to its owner cannot
ordinarily exceed the value in the market to persons generally, when it can be substituted without undue
expense or serious delay. In a free market, the buyer can be expected to pay no more, and a seller can expect to
receive no less, than the price of an equivalent substitute.

A property owner states that owner’s house is worth $95,000. Buyers in the market can obtain a substitute
property with the same features and utility for only $90,000. The seller’s house, therefore, has a value of
approximately $90,000, not $95,000.

Principle of supply and demand. Holds that price varies directly, but not necessarily proportionately, with
demand, and inversely, but not necessarily proportionately, with supply. Increasing supply or decreasing
demand tends to reduce price in the market. The opposite is also true.

Principle of highest and best use. The best use of a parcel of land, known as its highest, best and most
profitable use, is that which will most likely produce the greatest net return to the land over a given period of
time. This net return is realized in terms of money or other amenities.

The application of this principle is flexible. It reflects the appraiser’s opinion of the best use for the property as
of the date of his appraisal. At one period of time, the highest and best use of a parcel of land in a downtown
business district might be for the development of an office building; at another time, a parking lot may be the
highest and best use.

A single-family house on a commercial lot may not be the highest and best use for the site. A four-unit
apartment on multiple zoned land suitable for 30 units is probably not the long-term highest and best use of the
land.

The appraiser applies four accepted tests in arriving at the highest and best use for a property. The use must be
(1) Legally permissible; (2) Physically possible; (3) Economically feasible; and (4) The most productive use.

There may be two highest and best uses, one with the site vacant and the other as improved. These must be
reconciled into a final highest and best use determination for the property being appraised.

Determining highest and best use includes assessing potential buyers’ motives, the existing use of the property,
potential benefits of ownership, the market’s behavior, community or environmental factors, and special
conditions or situations which come to bear on appraisal conclusions of value.

Principle of progression. The worth of a lesser-valued object tends to be enhanced by association with many
similar objects of greater value (inadequacy or under-improvement).

Principle of regression. The worth of a greater-valued object is reduced by association with many lesser-
valued objects of the same type (super adequacy or over-improvement).

Principle of contribution. A component part of a property is valued in proportion to its contribution to the
value of the whole property or by how much that part’s absence detracts from the value of the whole. Maximum
values are achieved when the improvements on a site produce the highest (net) return, commensurate with the
investment.

Principle of anticipation. Value is created by anticipated future benefits to be derived from the property. In the
Market Value Analysis, appraisers estimate the present worth of future benefits. This is the basis for the income
approach to value. Simply stated, the income approach is the analysis of the present worth of projected future
net income and anticipated future resale value. Historical data are relevant because they aid in the interpretation
of future benefits.

Principle of competition. Competition is created where substantial profits are being made. If there is a
profitable demand for residential construction, competition among builders will become very apparent. This
could lead to an increase in supply in relation to the demand, resulting in lower selling prices and unprofitable
competition, leading to renewed decline in supply.

Principle of balance. Value is created and sustained when contrasting, opposing, or interacting elements are in
equilibrium, or balance. Proper mix of varying land uses creates value. Imbalance is created by an over-
improvement or an under-improvement. Balance is created by developing the site to its highest and best use.

Principle of four-stage life cycle. In due course, all material things go through the process of wearing or
wasting away and eventually disintegrating. All property is characterized by four distinct stages: growth,
stability, decline, and revitalization.

Single properties, districts, neighborhoods, etc., tend generally to follow this pattern of growth and decline. It is
also evident this process is frequently reversed as neighborhoods and individual properties in older residential
areas are renewed and restored.

Revitalization and modernization in inner-city older neighborhoods may result from organized government
programs or as a result of changing preferences of individual buyers. Most neighborhoods remain in the mature
or stable stage for many years, with decline being hardly noticeable as renewal becomes essentially an ongoing
process.

Public
Off

RECONCILIATION

RECONCILIATION somebody

RECONCILIATION

Once the Sales Comparison, Cost, and/or Income Approaches to value have been completed, the indication of
value by each must be reconciled to a final opinion of value. A thorough review of each of the approaches is
made in order to ensure accuracy and consistency. If the results from one particular approach appear to be at a
great divergence from the other(s), then each phase of this approach should be reconsidered to account for the
difference.

The final opinion of value is not an average of the approaches employed. Instead, greater weight is generally
given to one of the approaches over the other(s) based on the quantity and quality of the available data and the
relevance of the approach to the appraisal assignment. Relevance is impacted by the intended use of the
appraisal, the subject property type, and the actions of market participants for similar properties. After giving
full consideration to each approach, the appraiser uses judgment and reasoning to arrive at a final opinion of
value.

The final opinion of value should not be reported in odd dollars and cents as that would imply a level of
precision not generally supported by market data. Instead, the opinion of value should be rounded.

Public
Off

RESIDUAL TECHNIQUES

RESIDUAL TECHNIQUES somebody

RESIDUAL TECHNIQUES

An income property may have components of known value, or of value that can be determined by another
technique, and a component of unknown value referred to as the “residual”. These components may be
physical (land and improvements) or financial (mortgage and equity). Residual techniques employ Direct
capitalization to separate the net income for the entire property into the net income necessary to support
each property component. Direct capitalization may then be used to value the residual (unknown
component) by dividing the net income necessary to support that component, by an appropriate market
derived capitalization rate. The different components may, and often do, have different capitalization rates.
One then adds the value of the known component and the residual component for the indication of total
property value. Residual techniques have very limited use and only for special valuation problems. The
examples below outline the process.

Building Residual Technique

If the value of the land is known and the value of the building (the residual) is unknown, the property’s value
may be determined by the building residual technique. This technique allocates the net income of the property
to both land and building. The procedure is:

1. Multiply the known land value by the applicable Land capitalization rate to determine the income
attributable to land only.

2. Deduct income to the land from total net income to determine the income attributable to the building.

3. Capitalize the building’s income at the applicable Building Capitalization rate to derive the value of the
building.

4. Add the capitalized value of the building to the land value to arrive at the value of the whole property.

Example. An appraiser forecasts the net annual income of a 60 unit apartment building at $216,000. On the
basis of several comparable sales, an appraiser estimates that the land value is $60,000 and that the applicable
Land capitalization rate and the Building capitalization rate are 8% and 12%, respectively. What is the indicated

value of the property by the income approach?

Annual net income of property .................................... $216,000

Less the income attributable to the land ($60,000 x 8% )....... 4,800

Net income attributable to building .............................. $211,200

Indicated building value ($211,200 ÷ .12) ...................... $1,760,000

Plus Land value (by Sale Comparison) ............................... 60,000

Indicated property value ....................................... $1,820,000

Land Residual Technique

If the building value is known and the land value is unknown and cannot be determined by another method, the
value of the property as a whole may be estimated by using the land residual technique. The land residual
technique is similar to the building residual technique except that the appraiser must first find the income
attributable to the improvements and the residual balance of the income is then attributable to the land. The
procedure is:

1. Multiply the known improvement value by the applicable Building capitalization rate to determine the
income attributable to the building only.

2. Deduct income to the building from the total net income to determine the residual balance of the net
income attributable to/earned by the land.

3. Capitalize the land’s income at the Land capitalization rate to derive the value of the land.

4. Add the capitalized value of the land to the building value to arrive at the value of the whole property by
the land residual technique.

Example. Same facts as the building residual technique example above.

Annual net income of property ........................................ $216,000

Less income attributable to building ($1,760,000 x .12) .......... 211,200

Net income attributable to land ......................................... 4,800

Indicated land value ($4,800 ÷ .08) .................................... 60,000

Building value ...................................................... 1,760,000

Property value indicated by land residual technique ................ $1,820,000

Finding the Building Capitalization Rate - Example

A property sells for $250,000. Building value is $190,000. Remaining economic life is 25 years. Annual net
income from building is $28,000. What is the interest rate on the land and the building investment? What is the

Building capitalization rate?

Recapture rate is 4% (100% ÷ 25).

Building’s net income ............................................... $28,000

Recapture of building (.04 x $190,000) ............................... $7,600

Net income after recapture .......................................... $20,400

Interest rate on land and building = $20,400 ÷ $190,000 = .1074 or 10.74%

The overall cap rate is the sum of the interest rate (return on) and recapture rate (return of):
Interest Rate = 10.74%

Recapture Rate = 4%

Therefore, the Building capitalization rate = 14.74%

Or: The Building capitalization rate equals the net income to the building divided by the value of the building:

$28,000/$190,000 = 14.74%

Public
Off

SALES COMPARISON DATA APPRAISAL RATING GRID – SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE TRACT HOME

SALES COMPARISON DATA APPRAISAL RATING GRID – SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE TRACT HOME somebody

SALES COMPARISON DATA APPRAISAL RATING GRID – SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE TRACT HOME

Elements/Units Comparables Subject
Data 1 Data 2 Data 3
Sales Price $164,000 $176,000 $178,000 ?
Adjustments
Financing Terms Normal Normal Normal Normal
Conditions of Sale... Normal Normal Normal Normal
Time (Sale Date) June, 2009 Nov., 2009 April, 2010 Aug., 2010
Adjustment 1%/mo +$22,960 +$15,840 +$7,120
Distance to Beach ... 1 Block 3 Blocks 4 Blocks 2 Blocks
Adjustment *(superior) *(inferior) *(inferior)
-$6,000 +$2,000 +$4,000
Garage Equal Equal Equal Equal
Age Equal Equal Equal Equal
Rooms Equal Equal Equal Equal
Bathrooms Equal Equal Equal Equal
View None Some Fine Fair
Adjustment *(inferior) *(inferior) *(superior)
+$4,000 +$1,000 -$6,000
Square footage 2,400 2,430 2,390 2,400
Adjustment 0 0 0
Net Adjustments ... $20,960 $18,840 $5,120
Adjusted Sale Price. $184,960 $194,840 $183,120
Indicated Value $185,000

* Inferior means the comparable is inferior to the subject property in this regard. Superior means the opposite.
Subtract the adjustment if the comparable is superior to the subject property. Add the adjustment if the
comparable is inferior to the subject property.

Reconciliation: Data 2 is close to the subject property in size, location, and view although not as good as the
subject. Data 3 is the latest sale, but has the greatest difference in view and location. Data 1 is the oldest sale but
is most useful for confirming the indication of value. Indicated value: $185,000.

Public
Off

SHED DORMER,

SHED DORMER, somebody

SHED DORMER,
or DUSTPAN

Building Quality

One of the most important reasons for inspecting a property is to determine its quality of construction and
condition. The appraiser must be knowledgeable as to structural details of buildings. All exposed portions of a
building should be closely inspected to ascertain the materials used, the present condition, and the type and
quality of construction, which may be classified as follows:

A. Low quality.

1. Competitive low cost house which does not exceed the minimum building codes.

B. Fair quality.

1. Plain and inexpensive finishes on both interior and exterior.

2. Cheap quality finish hardware, lighting fixtures, and heating.

3. Generally erected in areas of low purchasing power.

4. Typically, stucco exterior, concrete slab floor, composition roof.

C. Average quality.

1. Meets VA and FHA standards.

2. Usually purchased by persons of moderate income.

3. Medium standard of construction with some low cost refinements.

4. Usually of stucco exterior, hardwood flooring, composition roof or shingle.

5. Finish hardware, lighting fixtures and heating of average quality.

6. House found in large tract developments.

D. Good quality.

1. Good architectural design, workmanship and materials.

2. Stucco walls with wood and masonry trim, hardwood floors, shingle roofs.

3. Usually contains two bathrooms, forced air furnace or equal heating, good quality lighting fixtures and
finish hardware.

4. Usually has extra built-in equipment in kitchen.

E. Very good quality.

1. Generally, custom designed by architect.

2. Home contains many extra features.

3. Stucco walls with extensive wood or masonry trim, hardwood flooring, tile or concrete roofs.

4. Two or more bathrooms, forced air heating, good quality finish hardware and lighting fixtures.

5. Custom fireplaces.

F. Excellent quality.

1. Custom designed by architect.

2. Extra features are of the highest quality and design.

3. Stucco walls with redwoods or cedars or other fine woods, stone trim, hardwood, marble and custom
carpet floorings, clay tile, slate roofs, copper gutters and so on.

4. A bath with each bedroom, walk-in closets, zoned heating, special wood finishes such as teak, cherry,
walnut, etc., designer lighting including recessed art lighting.

5. Custom fireplaces, custom wood libraries, bars, butler’s pantries, granite or marble counters in baths
and kitchen, gourmet appliances.

Functional Utility

Good architecture is concerned with room layout and functional utility as well as exterior style. A functional
analysis of a property measures the conveniences and economy in the use of the property. The combined factors
of usefulness and desirability have an effect on a property’s marketability. The degree of its functional utility is
important in any consideration of its marketability. Thus, marketability is the ultimate test of functional utility.

Functional Utility Checklist

A. Building.

1. Living room.

a. Adequacy of floor and wall space for proper placement of furniture.

b. Circulation - should not have to pass through long living room to reach other parts of the house.

c. Fireplace should be away from the traffic flow.

d. Wall spaces - adequate for furniture arrangements.

2. Dining room or area.

a. Ease of access to kitchen.

b. Size of room or area governed by overall size of house.

c. Best if room is nearly square.

3. Bedrooms.

a. Master bedroom should be of adequate size (minimum 10' x 12').

b. Other bedrooms (minimum 9' x 10') .

c. Cross ventilation should be provided.

d. Located away from family areas and kitchen for privacy.

e. Should not have to go through one bedroom to enter another.

f. Closet space should be adequate (minimum depth 2 feet; minimum area 6 square feet).

g. Proximate to full bath facilities.

4. Kitchen.

a. Workspace should be ample and efficient in plan.

b. Equipment should be centrally located to eliminate unnecessary foot travel.

c. Walls, ceilings and floors should be of easily maintained materials.

d. Adequate provision should be made for proper lighting and ventilation.

e. Kitchen should be conveniently located in relation to dining areas and family room.

f. Kitchen should have an exterior entrance.

g. Laundry facilities should be adjacent to kitchen.

5. Bathrooms.

a. Proper location with respect to other rooms.

b. If only one bathroom exists, it should be located off the central hall.

c. Bathroom should not open directly into kitchen or living room.

d. Adequate ventilation - exterior window or automatic exhaust fan is necessary.

e. Floors, walls, and ceilings easily cleaned and maintained.

6. Closets and storage.

a. At least one clothes closet per bedroom.

b. Adequate linen closet space.

c. Storage closets should be centrally located.

d. A storage area should be provided near the laundry equipment.

e. Exterior storage necessary if there is only a carport.

B. Site.

l. Construction should be related to the size of the building site.

2. The house should be so located on the land that it relates to the building site or “belongs.”

3. Adequate front, rear and side yards are necessary for light and privacy. Yards may be clustered in
planned unit developments.

4. A private service yard for drying clothes and storage of refuse should be convenient to the kitchen.

5. Entrance to the garage should be convenient and readily accessible.

6. Proper landscaping.

7. Recreational and garden facilities.

8. Adequate yard improvements.

Broker’s Guidelines for Considering Physical Characteristics of Real Property for FHA Insurance Purposes
A. Visual appeal of property. How well will the property as a whole retain its market appeal?

1. Exterior design of structures.

a. Visual appeal based upon the probability of continuing market acceptance.

b. Certain architectural styles are short-lived in their acceptance and become obsolete.

2. Setting.

a. Measures the property’s appeal in the market because of terrain, accessory buildings, walks,
landscaping.

b. The dwelling and surroundings should present a pleasing and unified composition.

3. Interior design of dwelling.

a. The interior design should exhibit simplicity of treatment, harmony in proportions and refinement
in design.

b. Interior permanent features should be up-to-date and of adequate construction.

B. Livability of property. The degree of usefulness, convenience and comfort which the property affords is
determined by:

1. Site utilization.

a. Considers all aspects of the site and its arrangements as these affect the livability of the entire
property.

b. The lot characteristics including size, shape, topography, orientation and natural advantages are
considered.

2. Dwelling space utilization. Consideration is given to the size and efficient distribution of space within
the structure.

3. Room characteristics. Consideration is given to the size and proportion of the rooms in relationship to
the overall area of the dwelling. The following factors are considered:

a. Room orientation.

b. Circulation.

c. Privacy.

d. Closet and storage space.

e. Kitchen efficiency.

f. Service facilities.

g. Insulation.

C. Natural light and ventilation. The effect of natural light and natural ventilation on the desirability,
livability and healthfulness is considered.

1. The proper amount or ratio of natural light to room area should be maintained.

2. Ventilation of all rooms is studied to measure its effect on desirability of the dwelling.

3. Cross ventilation desirable in all bedrooms.

D. Structural quality. The quality of structural design, materials, and workmanship is determined for the
dwelling. The component elements to be considered are as follows:

1. Foundations.

2. Wall construction.

3. Partitions.

4. Floor construction.

5. Ceiling construction.

6. Roof construction.

E. Resistance to elements and usage. A determination is made as to the resistance of the dwelling to the
effects of weather, decay, corrosion, fire, and deterioration. Consideration is given to three categories:

1. Lot improvements.

a. How is the soil protected from erosion?

b. Is the land properly graded so that the structure is not damaged by water?

c. The yard improvements such as walks and walls should be of adequate materials.

2. The building exterior. Analysis is made with reference to the resistance of the exterior of the building
to the effects of the elements.

3. Building interior. Consideration is given to the resistance of interior surfaces and materials to
determine wear and tear and deterioration.

F. Suitability of mechanical equipment. Measures the extent that the equipment contributes to the
desirability and appeal of the dwelling through convenience, economy, and comfort. Consideration is given
to:

1. Plumbing system.

2. Heating system.

3. Electric system.

4. Supplementary equipment.

Public
Off

SITE ANALYSIS AND VALUATION

SITE ANALYSIS AND VALUATION somebody

SITE ANALYSIS AND VALUATION

Although the location of the neighborhood and city must be weighed in analysis and valuation of a particular
site, the location of the site itself, in relation to the neighborhood, is a very important factor.

Since sites in a neighborhood are not usually uniform in size, shape and other physical and economic
characteristics, some are superior to others. It is important that the site be analyzed separately and evaluated in
conformity with the principle of highest and best use.

Appraisers value the site when there are no improvements on the property. Appraisers also at times will value a
site separately from improvements that may be on the site. Examples of those times where an appraiser would
value the site separately from improvements include the cost approach, income approach, and property tax
valuation.

Other reasons to separate the land from the value of an entire property, along with important factors
contributing to site value, are discussed on the following pages.

Legal Data of Site Analysis

A. Legal description.

1. An appraiser must determine the legal property description as set forth by a deed or official record.

2. The proper legal description helps to locate the property physically within the neighborhood.

B. Taxes.

1. A comparison is made between the subject and similar properties to ascertain if the property being
appraised has been fairly assessed (assessed value, tax rate and tax total). This comparison of
properties is not as useful since the adoption of Proposition 13. After declining real estate cycles
occur, many property owners engage appraisers to render value opinions that lead to reassessment for
lower property taxes.

2. The extent of the tax burden will have a bearing upon the desirability of the property, particularly when
taxes are out of proportion to income.

C. Zoning and General Plan.

1. Copies of the latest zoning ordinances and general plan should be studied to inform the appraiser as to
the present usages to which the land may be developed. Sometimes the highest and best use of land is
limited by zoning restrictions.

2. Proposed or contemplated changes in the existing ordinances should be determined, since this could
have a bearing upon the valuation of the property. However, zoning by itself does not create value
unless there is a demand for the land so zoned.

D. Restrictions and easements.

1. Public and private restrictions and easements affecting the land must be discovered.

2. The restrictions and the types of easements on the property have a direct bearing upon the use and
value of the site being appraised.

E. Determination of existence of other interests in property.

1. Life estates.

2. Leases.

3. These partial interests divide property values among the parties involved. This does not mean a
mathematical division, but rather a division of the bundle of rights.

Physical Factors Involving the Site

A. The physical features of the site should be compared with typical lots in the neighborhood.

B. Lot values will generally tend to cluster around a “site value,”… the price generally accorded a single,
usable, typically-sized parcel of land in the area. Lots larger or smaller will tend to increase or decrease

when compared to this usual “site value.” A good view will also tend to increase lot value. The effect of
topography (drainage, low spots, rock, etc.) can frequently be measured by the cost to cure the problem to
make the site usable.

C. Shape of a lot.

1. The utility of the lot is the governing factor in irregular or odd-shaped lots.

2. The total area of the lot is not the most important factor. A 50’ x 150’ lot containing 7,500 square feet

is more valuable than a 25’ x 300’ lot (also 7,500 sq. ft.) because of utility.

3. Irregular-shaped lots are frequently valued in terms of total site value expressed in dollars rather than

in terms of unit values of price per square foot or frontage foot.

D. Topography and soil conditions.

1. The topography and the type of soil can have an adverse effect upon the site value if it makes building
costs higher.

E. Corner influence.

1. In today’s market, it has generally been found that corner single-family lots are not valued appreciably
more than inside lots.

2. Corner lots provide better light and more convenient access.

3. On the other hand, corner lots result in more traffic noise and trespassing and, if applicable, greater
special assessments for streets and lighting.

F. Relation of site to surroundings.

1. The site must be studied in its relationship to streets, alleys, transportation, and stores.

2. Does the homesite abut commercial or multi-residential uses?

3. Is it a key lot looking upon other back yards?

4. If a corner lot, does a bus line stop at the corner?

5. Are there high tension power lines over the site?

6. Is the site in an airport flight pattern?

G. Availability of public utilities.

H. Title encumbrances and encroachments.

I. Landscaping and underground utilities.

Methods of Site Valuation

A. Sales or market data comparison.

1. Sales and listings (data) of vacant sites are obtained and compared with the property being valued.

2. The data should be of comparable properties, including the same zoning and in the same or similar
neighborhood. Since people make value, the data gathered should be from areas where the purchasing
power or income levels are the same as the subject property.

3. The sales prices should be investigated to determine whether the price paid was the result of a true
open market transaction reflecting market value. Listings may also be considered.

4. Some sources of comparable market data are:

a. Title insurance company records.

b. Tax assessor’s records.

c. Recorder’s office.

d. Multiple listing files.

e. Financial news.

f. Appraiser’s personal files.

5. The verified market transactions should be compared with the subject parcel as to:

a. Time.

(1) Determine if prices have gone up, down, or remained stable from the time of each sale to the
date of value.

(2) A percentage factor or a dollar amount may be applied to the comparable sales in order to
arrive at an adjusted price due to the time factor.

b. Location.

(l) Determine if the location of each comparable property is superior, equal or inferior to that of
the subject property.

(2) A percentage factor or dollar amount may be applied to the data in order to adjust for the
difference in location.

c. Characteristics of the lots.

(1) The size, depth, shape, topography, soil conditions, utility improvements, and the other
measurable characteristics of the other properties are compared with the property being
valued.

(2) A percentage factor or dollar amount is determined for these characteristics and applied to the
comparable properties to adjust their prices towards the property being appraised.

d. The adjusted prices of the comparable properties are then compared and analyzed in order to
arrive at an estimate of value for the property under study.

Example. Using only 3 lot sales (the minimum) as a demonstration.

Sale No. Price Date Size (feet) Square Feet
1 $5,000 January 50 x 120 6,000
2 $4,750 June 40 x 130 5,200
3 $5,500 September 50 x 120 6,000
Subject September 50 x 150 7,500

Through investigation, it was found that prices have been increasing approximately 1% a month during the past
year.

Sale No. 1 is believed to be located in an area inferior to the subject. This lot would sell for about $500 more if
located in the subject’s block. Sale No. 2 is located in an area believed to be about $250 better than the subject.
Sale No. 3 is also in a superior location, by the same $250 adjustment.

The shape and topography of Sales No. 1 and No. 2 are better than the subject by an amount estimated to be
$500 and $100 respectively. Sale No. 3’s topography and utility appear about the same as the subject.

Adjustments.

Sale No. Time Location Characteristics Adjusted $ Adj. $/sq. ft.
1 +$500 +$500 -$500 $5,500 $.92
2 +$240 -$250 -$100 $4,640 $.89
3 +$110 -$250 0 $5,360 $.89

The average adjusted price per square foot of the comparable sales is $.90. Therefore, the subject property has
an indicated value as follows:

7,500 square feet x $.90 per square foot = $6,750.

In actual practice, the use of more sales data is advisable in order to arrive at a well-supported adjusted price per
square foot.

e. If all pertinent factors are considered, the adjusted prices will probably be in a fairly close range. If
there is still a wide discrepancy, the appraiser will:

(l) re-analyze work to find undisclosed pertinent factors;

(2) reexamine data as being true examples of market transactions;

(3) recompute adjustments to insure accuracy; and

(4) finally, discard the data or explain the apparent contradictions.

B. Abstraction.

1. The abstraction method is used to obtain land value where there are no vacant land sales.

a. Sales of houses in the same neighborhood on lots with similar characteristics are obtained.

b. An estimate of the cost new of the improvements is made.

c. An amount is deducted from cost new for depreciation.

d. The depreciated cost of the improvements is deducted from the selling price of the property.

e. The difference represents an approximation of land value.

2. Example: Appraised lot size is 65’ X 100’ = 6,500 sq.ft. Sale property is 6,000 sq. ft. lot with a
single family residence and sold for $83,000. The sale building has an estimated cost new
of $61,000 and an accrued depreciation estimated at $20,000. Land value by abstraction:

Price of sale property ........................................... $83,000

Less depreciated value of improvements:

Cost new .................... $61,000

Less accrued depreciation ... $20.000

Depreciated value ................................................ $41,000

Indicated land value ............................................. $42,000

Divide by lot size ........................................... ÷ 6000 sq.ft.

Indicated lot value/sq.ft.................................... $7.00/sq.ft.

Multiply by subject lot size:

65’ x 100’ = 6,500 sq.ft.......................... x 6,500

Indicated value of lot ........................................... $45,500

Plot Plan. For better appraisal reporting, a plot plan can be prepared, with lot dimensions and improvements
drawn to scale. It should show walks, driveways and other lot improvements and roof plans of the various
structures on the site. The plot, together with pictures of the site, neighboring street and lot improvements are
vital for an effective site analysis.

Public
Off

THE APPRAISAL PROCESS AND METHODS

THE APPRAISAL PROCESS AND METHODS somebody

THE APPRAISAL PROCESS AND METHODS

USPAP Standards 1 and 2 guide the appraiser through the appraisal process. Standard 1 covers all of the
development activities that are distinctly different from the final step, reporting, which is covered in
Standard 2.

The following summarizes the appraisal process required in Standard 1:

A. Define the appraisal problem

1. Identify the client and intended users

2. Identify the intended use

3. Identify the type and definition of value

4. Determine effective date of the opinion

5. Identify the relevant characteristics of the subject property

6. Identify assignment conditions (Extraordinary assumptions and hypothetical conditions)

B. Determine the scope of work necessary to solve the appraisal problem

C. Perform data collection and analysis

1. Market analysis (demand studies, supply studies, marketability studies)

2. Highest and best use analysis (site as though vacant, ideal improvement, property as improved)

D. Application of the approaches to value

1. Cost

2. Sales Comparison

3. Income

E. Reconciliation of value indications and final opinion of value

Standard 2 sets forth the actual reporting of the value opinion. USPAP defines the report as: “Any
communication, written or oral, of an appraisal, appraisal review, or appraisal consulting service that is
transmitted to the client upon completion of the assignment.” Standard 2 covers the final step in the appraisal
process and addresses both the reporting and communication.

Public
Off

THE OFFICE OF REAL ESTATE APPRAISERS

THE OFFICE OF REAL ESTATE APPRAISERS somebody

THE OFFICE OF REAL ESTATE APPRAISERS

Background

In 1989, Congress passed the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act (FIRREA),
commonly known as the “Savings and Loan Bailout Bill.” Title XI of FIRREA contains the Real Estate
Appraisal Reform Amendments which require each state to establish a program to license and certify real estate
appraisers who perform appraisals for federally related transactions. Title XI additionally requires states to
adhere to real estate appraiser qualifications criteria set by the Appraiser Qualifications Board (AQB) of The
Appraisal Foundation.

Office of Real Estate Appraisers

In response to FIRREA, in 1990 the California Legislature enacted the Real Estate Appraisers’ Licensing and
Certification Law (Business and Professions Code Section 11300, et seq.) This law created the Office of Real
Estate Appraisers (OREA), which was organized in early 1991. OREA regulates real estate appraisers by
issuing licenses and investigating complaints of illegal or unethical activity by licensed appraisers.

Real Estate Appraiser Licenses

There are four levels of licensing for real estate appraisers in California. Listed below are the requirements for
each of the four levels.

1. Certified General Real Estate Appraiser — Certified general appraisers may appraise any type of real
property.

Education — At least 300 hours of appraisal related education covering these specific required core
curriculum modules which are required by AQB:

Basic Appraisal Principles 30 hrs

Basic Appraisal Procedures 30 hrs

The 15-Hour National USPAP Course or its Equivalent 15 hrs

General Appraiser Market Analysis and Highest and Best Use 30 hrs

Statistics, Modeling and Finance 15 hrs

General Appraiser Sales Comparison Approach 30 hrs

General Appraiser Site Valuation and Cost Approach 30 hrs

General Appraiser Income Approach 60 hrs

General Appraiser Report Writing and Case Studies 30 hrs

Appraisal Subject Matter Electives 30 hrs

(May include hours over minimum shown above in other modules)

and

a Bachelors Degree from a Regionally Accredited College or University. In lieu of the Bachelors Degree,
an applicant can complete 30 college semester credits in courses covering the following specific subject
matters:

English Composition; Micro Economics; Macro Economics; Finance; Algebra, Geometry or higher
mathematics; Statistics; Introduction to Computers; and Business or Real Estate Law; and two elective
courses in accounting, geography, ag-economics, business management, or real estate.

Experience — At least 3,000 hours of acceptable appraisal experience, of which at least 1,500 hours must
be in appraising non-residential properties. The experience must have been obtained over a minimum of 30
months. Experience may be obtained in any of the following categories:

• Fee and staff appraisal

• Ad valorem tax appraisal

• Review of an appraisal (400 hours maximum.)

• Appraisal analysis

• Real estate counseling

• Highest and best use analysis

• Feasibility analysis/study

• Setting forth opinions of value of real property for tax purposes

• Assisting in the preparation of appraisals (400 hours maximum.)

• Real estate valuation experience as a real estate lending officer or real estate broker.

Examination — Successful completion of the AQB endorsed Uniform State Certified General Real
Property Appraiser Examination.

2. Certified Residential Real Estate Appraiser — Certified residential appraisers may appraise any one-to-
four unit residential property, and non-residential property with transaction value up to $250,000.

Education — At least 200 hours of appraisal related education covering these specific required core
curriculum modules which are required by AQB:

Basic Appraisal Principles 30 hrs

Basic Appraisal Procedures 30 hrs

The 15-Hour National USPAP Course or its Equivalent 15 hrs

Residential Market Analysis and Highest and Best Use 15 hrs

Residential Appraiser Site Valuation and Cost Approach 15 hrs

Residential Sales Comparison and Income Approaches 30 hrs

Residential Report Writing and Case Studies 15 hrs

Statistics, Modeling and Finance 15 hrs

Advanced Residential Applications and Case Studies 15 hrs

Appraisal Subject Matter Electives 20 hrs

(May include hours over minimum shown above in other modules)

and

an Associate Degree from a Regionally Accredited College. In lieu of the Associate Degree, an applicant
can complete 21 college semester credits in courses covering the following specific subject matters:

English Composition; Principles of Economics (Micro or Macro); Finance; Algebra, Geometry or higher
mathematics; Statistics; Introduction to Computers; and Business or Real Estate Law.

Experience — At least 2,500 hours of acceptable appraisal experience. The experience must have been
obtained over a minimum of 30 months. Experience may be obtained in any of the following categories:

• Fee and staff appraisal

• Ad valorem tax appraisal

• Review of an appraisal (400 hours maximum.)

• Appraisal analysis

• Real estate counseling

• Highest and best use analysis

• Feasibility analysis/study

• Setting forth opinions of value of real property for tax purposes

• Assisting in the preparation of appraisals (400 hours maximum.)

• Real estate valuation experience as a real estate lending officer or real estate broker.

Examination — Successful completion of AQB endorsed Uniform State Certified Residential Real
Property Appraiser Examination.

3. Residential License — Residential licensed appraisers may appraise any non-complex one-to-four unit
residential property with a transaction value up to $1 million, and non-residential property with a
transaction value up to $250,000.)

Education — At least 150 hours of appraisal related education covering these specific required core
curriculum modules which are required by AQB:

Basic Appraisal Principles 30 hrs
Basic Appraisal Procedures 30 hrs
The 15-Hour National USPAP Course or its Equivalent 15 hrs
Residential Market Analysis and Highest and Best Use 15 hrs
Residential Appraiser Site valuation and Cost Approach 15 hrs
Residential Sales Comparison and Income Approaches 30 hrs
Residential Report Writing and Case Studies 15 hrs

Experience — At least 2,000 hours of acceptable appraisal experience. The experience must have been
obtained over a minimum of 12 months. (Note that the holder of a valid California real estate broker license
can qualify with 1,000 hours of acceptable appraisal experience. The Appraisers Qualification Board
(AQB) has determined that a broker obtaining a license in this manner does not meet the minimum
licensing criteria. AQB will identify the licensee on the National Registry as “Not AQB Compliant” until
such time that the licensee has provided OREA with substantiation of having met the minimum
requirement of 2,000 hours of acceptable experience.) Experience may be obtained in any of the following
categories:

• Fee and staff appraisal

• Ad valorem tax appraisal

• Review appraisal

• Appraisal analysis (400 hours maximum.)

• Real estate counseling

• Highest and best use analysis

• Feasibility analysis and study

• Setting forth opinions of value of real property for tax purposes

• Assisting in the preparation of appraisals (400 hours maximum.)

• Real estate valuation experience as a real estate lending officer or real estate broker.

Examination — Successful completion of AQB endorsed Uniform State Residential Licensed Real
Property Appraiser Examination.

4. Trainee License — (Trainee licensed appraisers must work under the technical supervision of a state
Certified Residential or Certified General appraiser. They may assist on any appraisal which falls under the
scope authorized for the supervising appraiser. NOTE: No supervising appraiser may supervise more than
three trainees at any time.)

Education —Same as Residential License

Experience — No experience is required for the Trainee License. To accumulate appraisal experience,
trainees must work under the technical supervision of a state licensed appraiser.

Examination — Successful completion of AQB endorsed Uniform State Residential Licensed Real
Property Appraiser Examination.

Terms of Licenses

Real estate appraiser licenses are valid for two years; however, proof of the required 56 hours of continuing
education is submitted every four years.

Renewal Requirements

All licensed appraisers must complete an average of 14 hours of continuing education per year of the license
term for license renewal, including the following specific continuing education requirements:

USPAP — Each licensee must complete the 7-hour National USPAP Update Course (or its equivalent as
determined by the AQB) every two years, and must submit proof of completion every two years. The course
must be taught by an AQB Certified USPAP Instructor who is a Certified Residential or Certified General
appraiser in good standing.

Laws and Regulations — Each licensee must complete the 4-hour course entitled Federal and State Laws and
Regulations during the four-year cycle, or licensees may certify that they have read and understand all
applicable federal and state laws and regulations. Such certification does not provide a 4-hour “credit” towards
the required hours of continuing education .

Proof of completion of the remaining continuing education courses is required every four years. Applicants for
license renewal must complete a total of 56 hours of continuing education during the four-year cycle .

OREA’s Enforcement Division

The Enforcement Division is OREA’s investigative and enforcement arm. It promotes professionalism in the
industry by providing consumers and businesses with protection against unlawful and fraudulent conduct by
appraisers. This is accomplished through the examination of past conduct of applicants for licensure, the
investigation of complaints and, where appropriate, the initiation of proceedings to deny licenses or impose
disciplinary sanctions. Subject to various administrative safeguards and the review and approval of the Chief
Deputy Director and the Director, the Division may seek to deny, restrict or revoke a license and/or impose a
fine of up to $10,000 for each violation of state law applicable to licensed appraisers.

Additional Information

For additional information, write or call OREA at:

Office of Real Estate Appraisers

1102 Q Street, Suite 4100

Sacramento, CA 95811

(916) 552-9000

Web site address: www.orea.ca.gov
Public
Off

THE SALES COMPARISON APPROACH

THE SALES COMPARISON APPROACH somebody

THE SALES COMPARISON APPROACH

This approach, formerly known as the market data comparison approach, is most generally adaptable for use by
real estate brokers and salespersons. It lends itself well to the appraisal of land, residences and other types of
improvements which exhibit a high degree of similarity, and for which a ready market exists. The principle of
substitution is the basis of this approach. The buyer should not pay more for a property than the cost of
acquiring a comparable substitute property. An analysis of market data is necessary in all three approaches to
value.

The mechanics of the sales comparison approach involve the use of sales and market data of all kinds in order to
compare closely the property being appraised with other similar properties which have recently been sold or are
offered for sale as to time of the sales, location of the sales and physical characteristics of the improvements.
The sources used for determining value include actual sales prices, listings, offers, rents and leases, as well as
an analysis of economic factors affecting marketability.

Sources of Data

Sales or market data are obtained from many sources including:

Appraiser’s own files. Information gathered on previous assignments might provide information for the present
appraisal.

Public records. The county assessor’s office keeps a record of all sales transactions recorded within the
county. The date of recording of any deed may be obtained from the recorder’s office. The exact legal
description as well as legal seller and buyer can be obtained from an inspection of the deed (or facsimile). The
documentary transfer tax applies on all transfers of real property located in the county. Notice of payment is
entered on the face of the deed or on a separate paper filed with the deed. Tax is computed at the rate of 55
cents for each $500 of consideration or fraction thereof. If a portion of the total price paid for the property is
exempt because a lien or encumbrance remains on the property, this fact must be stated on the deed or on a
separate paper filed with the deed.

Multiple listing offices, fellow appraisers or brokers. Information on listings, offerings, and sales may
frequently be obtained from real estate multiple listing facilities, real estate offices or by appraisers familiar
with the area.

Legal property owner, sellers or buyers. When viewing comparable sales and other pertinent data in an area,
additional information is solicited by interviewing property owners living in the neighborhood. The appraiser
should try to confirm the sales price and circumstances of the sale with buyer, seller and/or broker. If informed
of the appraiser’s purpose, parties will usually verify and explain the sale.

Classified ads and listings. Ads are a source of information on properties currently being offered for sale. If
possible, the appraiser’s name should be on the mailing list of banks, savings and loan, and other institutions
selling properties.

Listing prices may often indicate the probable top market value of a specific property while bid prices may
normally indicate the lowest probable value. Both are subject to variation based on motivation, but a reasonable
number of properties falling into this category will provide a bracket within which a current fair value may be
found. Offers are likely to approach market value more closely than are listings. However, an offer to purchase
is not usually a matter of common knowledge.

The Procedure

The procedure used in the sales comparison approach method is to systematically assemble data concerning
comparable properties. Appraisers consider the principle of substitution, seeking comparables that are as
similar to the subject as possible in regard to: neighborhood; location; site; improvement size; bedrooms and
baths; age; architectural style; financing terms and general price range. The greater the number of good
comparable data used, the better the result, provided a proper analysis is made. The approach is based on the
assumption that property is worth what it will sell for in the absence of undue stress, and if reasonable time is
given to find a buyer. For this reason, the appraiser should look behind sales and transfers to ascertain what
influences may have affected sales prices, particularly if only a few comparisons are available.

Proper comparisons between like properties are ideally based on an actual inspection. Inspections should
determine: the condition of improvements at time of sale, not as of date of inspection; room arrangement and
room count so that the utility of the data may be compared to the subject property; yard improvements and their
influence upon the sales price; the sales price (from buyer, seller or broker), to determine if the sale was an
arm’s length or open market transaction; size and topography of the lot. For nearly comparable properties,
negative (downward) adjustments should be made to the comparable for the subject’s poor repair, poor design,
existing nuisances, etc. Conversely, positive adjustments should be made to the comparables for the subject’s
superior design, view, special features, better condition, higher quality of materials, landscaping, and the like.

Unless the sales being compared are of recent date, consideration must also be given to adjusting values in
keeping with the economic trend of the district and the worth of the dollar. Financing terms receive value
adjustment considerations, e.g., for favorable existing assumable financing, or perhaps seller-assisted financing.

Units and elements of comparison. The common units of comparison used by appraisers in the sales
comparison approach are property components that can readily be used for comparison purposes: site size;
square footage; number of rooms; and number of units. Elements of comparison are characteristics in either the
property or the transaction itself that cause prices to vary. These principal elements of comparison are financing
terms, time (the market conditions at the time of the sale), sale conditions (no pressures/arm’s length), location,
physical characteristics, and income (if any) from the property.

Using the appropriate units and elements of comparison for the subject and each comparable, the appraiser
assigns an estimated adjusted amount (dollar or percentage) for each difference found in the items of
comparison (number of bathrooms, view, square footage, financing, forced sale). An adjusted price is thus
established for each comparable property that should realistically reflect what the subject would sell for in the
current market. The less comparable properties are then eliminated from consideration and greatest weight is
given to the comparable sales most similar to the property being appraised. Through this judgment or
reconciliation process, the appraiser arrives at the final opinion of value for the subject property.

Advantages. Some advantages of using the sales comparison approach are:

l. It is the most easily understood method of valuation and in most common practice among real estate
brokers and salespersons.

2. Many times it is the most efficient method of determining the market value of a property due to the
availability of transactions involving willing buyers and sellers.

3. It is particularly applicable for appraisal purposes involving the sale of single family residences and loan
arrangements therewith. These make up the great bulk of real estate transactions.

Disadvantages. Some disadvantages of the comparison approach method are:

1. Locating enough “nearly alike” properties which have recently sold or been listed.

2. Adjusting amenities to make them comparable to the subject property. The greater the amount of
adjustment or number of adjustments, the less reliable the comparable becomes.

3. Dated sales become less reliable in a changing market.

4. Occasional difficulty confirming transaction details.

5. Limitations in rapidly changing economic conditions and periods of high inflation and interest rates, when
property appreciation rates may cause value opinions that are lower than the sale prices. (This is because
appraisers are required to rely heavily on confirmed closed sales).

Application of the Procedure - Residential Sales

Like properties are always compared. The more current the data the better. The suggested order for making unit
and element comparisons is in this sequence:

1. finance terms

2. time (market conditions)

3. sale conditions

4. location

5. physical characteristics

6. other (e.g., special considerations for income property)

The steps.

1. Research the market for bona fide “like-kind” recent market data. Select data. Verify.

2. Select the appropriate units and elements of comparison. Adjust the sales price of each comparable (or
eliminate it from consideration). The adjustment is always made to the comparable, not to the subject
property.

3. Each comparable will have its own value indication. Eliminate the less comparable properties. Set out
comparison results in chart or grid form. Using judgment and experience, reconcile or correlate the adjusted
sales prices of the comparables and, by giving greatest weight to the sale that is most compatible to the
subject property, assign a value opinion to the subject. Do not average the adjusted sales prices of the
comparables. Reconciliation is a judgment process. It is not mechanical.

Example. Assume that the house to be appraised is a 2,400 square foot, 5-year old, single-family tract home
located two blocks from the beach, with a fair view, stucco, 10 rooms, 4 bedrooms, 3 baths, 3 car garage. It is in
good condition.

Prices have been increasing at 1% a month. The appraiser has selected from the neighborhood comparables
which are equal in most of their financing and physical characteristics, except as shown on the rating chart. The
value or sales price for the subject property is determined as shown on the chart below.

Public
Off

THEORETICAL CONCEPTS OF VALUE AND DEFINITIONS

THEORETICAL CONCEPTS OF VALUE AND DEFINITIONS somebody

THEORETICAL CONCEPTS OF VALUE AND DEFINITIONS

Definition of Appraisal

To appraise means the act or process of developing an opinion of value; an opinion of value. (USPAP, 2010-
2011 Edition, pg. U-1) It may be said that value is the present worth of all rights to future benefits, arising out
of property ownership, to typical users or investors. An appraisal report is usually a written statement of the
appraiser’s opinion of value of an adequately described property as of a specified date. It is a conclusion which
results from the process of research and analysis of factual and relevant data.

Real estate appraising methods are being standardized by virtue of the experience and practice of qualified
people in all parts of the country who encounter the same types of valuation problems, and who by various
methods and processes succeed in solving them in an equitable manner. It is natural, however, that differences
of opinion may exist as to the value of specific parcels of real estate and the means of estimating their value.

Property rights are measurable. Real estate as a tangible thing can be measured. It includes both land and
improvements and exists independent of any desire for its possession. To distinguish between its physical
aspects and rights in and to real property, the latter are called property interests in real estate.

These interests - ownership in fee simple and other lesser interests - have been discussed in preceding chapters.

Property rights in real estate are normally appraised at Market Value. There are many definitions of Market
Value, but a good working definition is the most probable price the property would bring if freely offered on the
open market with both a willing buyer and a willing seller.

Rights in real property are referred to as “Bundle of Rights,” which infers: right to occupy and use; to sell in
whole or in part; to bequeath (give away); and, to transfer by contract for a specific period of time (lease). It
also implies the right not to take any of these actions.

These rights are limited by: the government’s power of taxation; eminent domain; police power (for safety,
health and general welfare of the public, such as zoning, building codes); and, right of property to escheat
(revert) to the state in the event the owner dies and leaves no heirs.

The rights in a property must be known by the appraiser before making a proper valuation, and the appraiser
must also be able to distinguish between personal and real property. Market value is the object of most appraisal
assignments, and appraisals mainly are concerned with fee simple estate valuation as opposed to partial interest
value.

The widespread need for appraisals is apparent. Everyone uses real estate in one way or another and must pay
for its use, which involves a decision about value. Practical decisions concerning value must be based upon
some kind of an appraisal or evaluation of real property collateral.

The term evaluation has a special meaning and use for institutional lenders since passage of the Federal
Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act (FIRREA). In reality, it is an appraisal, an estimate of
value.

Although an appraisal may be transmitted orally, it is usually a written statement of an opinion of value and is
referred to as an appraisal report.

Traditional Approaches to Value

Basically, there are three approaches to property valuation used by appraisers. Each gives a separate indication
of value, yet the approaches are all interrelated and all use market comparison techniques. All three approaches
are considered in each complete assignment. However, all three are not always employed, depending upon the
property type and the process and report type agreed to by the client and the appraiser.

The approaches to value are: Sales Comparison (or Market Data) Approach; Cost Approach; and Income
Approach.

The Appraiser’s Role in the Real Estate Profession

The licensed or certified appraiser, by reason of professional training, experience, and ethics is responsible for
furnishing clients with an objective third party opinion of value, arrived at without pressures or prejudices from
the parties involved with the property, such as an owner or lender.

The appraiser has a heavy personal and professional responsibility to be correct and accurate in opinions of
value. Otherwise, the appraiser’s clients may easily suffer loss and the appraiser’s professional reputation may
also suffer.

True forces affecting value. It is necessary that appraisers be exceptionally sensitive to their roles in accurately
assessing the true forces affecting value. In accomplishing this, the appraiser cannot allow the general
neighborhood composite of ethnic, religious, or minority populations or the general condition of neighborhood
improvement to detract from a clear and objective evaluation of the property appraised on its own merits.

It is also the appraiser’s responsibility to keep the appraisals timely in a changing market.

It is no longer prudent to rely solely on past sales of comparable property. The appraiser must use all pertinent
data and appraisal methods to insure the appraised value is, in fact, the closest estimate of the price the property
would bring if freely offered on the open market.

Recent world events has resulted in property appreciation spirals to historic highs, along with creative financing
approaches to generate sales This has been followed by a collapse in property values and extraordinary levels
of foreclosure and bankruptcy. Such times required exceptional appraiser sensitivity to the true market forces.

The professional appraisal associations have responded with increased emphasis on education in current
appraisal and financial techniques. The dynamics of such a volatile market require the appraiser to keep abreast
of new techniques and market forces. Recognizing this, California statutes enforced by the Office Of Real
Estate Appraisers (OREA) require continuing education for licensed and certified appraisers. Those
requirements are set forth in the OREA portion at the end of this chapter.

Appraisal Report

An appraisal report sets forth the data, analysis and conclusions of the writer. When put in writing, it protects
both appraiser and client. Reports vary in scope and length. The following information should be included and
is more specifically outlined in Standards 1 and 2 of USPAP:

1. A final value opinion is expressed in terms of dollars for the property which is being appraised.

2. The value opinion can be made for any date in the past, and, with some care, for any date in the future.
The time of inspection of the physical improvements is generally taken as the effective date of value unless
otherwise informed by either the property owner, owner’s attorney, or a court of law. The date of the final
writing and delivery of the report is the date of the appraisal, not to be confused with the effective date of
value.

3. Adequate description of the property. The street address, including city and state, as well as a complete
legal description as set forth by the deed in the County Recorder’s Office, should be shown, and the
physical structures should be clearly described. The length of this description will depend upon the length
and extent of the report.

4. The latitude of the reasoning in determining the value opinion will depend upon the type of report and
the complexity of the appraisal problem.

5. Market data, and other factual data. This includes information on the city and neighborhood which
affects the value opinion; information gathered on the site, improvements and the environment of the
neighborhood which should be processed by means of one or more of the approaches to value; and, the
preliminary estimate of value should be reconciled by means of logic and reasoning in order to arrive at one
value conclusion for the property. Lengthy details are usually omitted in letter reports, but appraiser retains
the information as backup in a work file.

6. Signature and certification. Appraisal reports must be signed by the writer, include the license number,
and in most instances are preceded by a statement to the effect that the writer has no present or
contemplated interest in the property. Requisites of an appraisal are set forth in the USPAP, which was
adopted in 1989 by the Appraisal Standards Board of the Appraisal Foundation.

Types of Appraisal Reports (and USPAP Terminology)

1. Letter report. This type of report is generally used when the client is familiar with the area, and the
reporting of supporting data are not necessary. The report consists of a brief description of the property, the
type of value sought, the purpose served by the appraisal, the date of value, the value opinion and the
signature of the appraiser. This is known as a Restricted Use Report and is governed by Standards Rule 2-
2(c) of the USPAP. Specific language is required to put readers on notice that this report type is for use by
the client only with restrictions.

2. Form report. To ensure uniformity in the underwriting of loans, common property types have standardized
form reports. Examples of form reports include the Uniform Residential Appraisal Report (URAR) and the
Small Residential Income Property Appraisal Report (SRIPAR). This type of report is normally used by
lending institutions, such as banks, insurance companies, saving and loan associations, and governmental
agencies. Generally, it consists of simple check sheets or spaces to be filled in by the appraiser. The report
varies from two to eight pages in length and includes the pertinent data about the property, with photos,
maps, plats and sketches. Today these types of reports are classified as Summary Reports and are governed
by Standards Rule 2-2(b) of USPAP. This category of report can also be a narrative format, but the data
presented will be generally in a summary format with more information than a restricted report.

3. Narrative report. This type of report can be a complete document including all pertinent information
about the area and the subject property as well as the reasons and computations for the value conclusion. It
includes: maps, photographs, charts and plot plans. It is written for court cases and out-of-town clients who
need all of the factual data. It gives the comprehensive reasoning of the appraiser as well as the value
opinions. These reports are often classified as Self-Contained Reports, which are governed by Standards
Rule 2-2(a) of USPAP. Narrative reports can also be prepared in a summary format, which are regulated
by Standards Rule 2-2(b) in USPAP.

Any of these report types could be done on a form or in a narrative format. The contents and the depth of
discussion, not the format, define the report type in USPAP terms.

Purposes and Uses of Appraisals

The basic purpose of an appraisal is to estimate a particular value, i.e., market value, check for support of sales
price, loan value, investment value, etc. Some of the uses for requiring the estimate of value are:

1. Transfer of ownership of property.

a. An appraisal assists buyers and sellers in arriving at a fair and equitable sales price. An appraisal of
physical property may also include an opinion of its age, remaining life, quality or authenticity.

b. The listing agent needs an estimate of value of the property before accepting a listing from the owner.
If the agent can show by means of an appraisal the appraised market value of the property, and obtain a
listing at that figure, a sale more likely will result. The real estate practitioner should be prepared to
demonstrate a knowledge of both comparative and economic values.

c. Where a trade is involved, appraisals tend to assist in clarifying the opinions of value formed by both
parties to the trade.

d. Valuations are necessary for the distribution of estate properties among heirs.

2. Financing and credit.

a. The lender has an appraisal made of the value of the property to be pledged as security for a mortgage
loan.

b. Measuring economic soundness of real estate projects involves feasibility studies in relation to
financing and credit.

3. Appraisal for taxation purposes.

a. Appraisals are needed by governmental bodies to establish the proper relationship between land and
improvements for real estate taxes (ad valorem taxation).

b. Properties subject to estate taxes must be evaluated for the purpose of levying federal and state taxes.

c. Appraisals of income-producing properties are necessary to property owners for the basis of
depreciation. Normally, only improvements can be depreciated, not the land. An allocation of the
market value between land and improvements is a requisite for accounting and taxation purposes.

4. Condemnation actions.

a. With the right of eminent domain being vested in governmental agencies, it is important that properties
under condemnation be evaluated at market value to properly estimate purchase price, benefits, and
damages to the property being affected.

5. Insurance Purposes.

a. Appraisals are based principally upon the cost of replacement. This is important for the purpose of
insuring properties for fire insurance.

b. Appraisals are useful in setting claims arising from insurance contracts after a property has been
destroyed.

6. Miscellaneous reasons for appraisals.

a. Catastrophic damage. Establishing market value of property before and immediately after the damage.

b. Estimating market rents for negotiation of leases.

c. Appraisals for inheritance and gift tax purposes.

d. Fraud cases.

e. Damage cases.

f. Division-of-estate cases. A distribution of property under the terms of a will, in divorce proceedings, or
between rival claimants, frequently requires that the value of the property involved be determined by
appraisal.

Public
Off

YIELD CAPITALIZATION ANALYSIS

YIELD CAPITALIZATION ANALYSIS somebody

YIELD CAPITALIZATION ANALYSIS

Yield capitalization analysis is a method of converting economic benefits of ownership into present value by
discounting each anticipated benefit at an appropriate yield rate, or by developing an overall capitalization rate
that explicitly reflects the required yield rate and anticipated changes in income and/or value, if any. This
method simulates typical investor assumptions by using formulas that calculate the present value of future
economic benefits based on specified rate of return requirements.

The future economic benefits that are typically considered in this analysis are periodic cash flows and reversion.
The procedure used to convert these future economic benefits into present value is called discounting, and the
required rate of return (or yield rate) is referred to as the discount rate. The discounting procedure is based on
the assumption that the investor will receive an adequate rate of return on the investment, plus return of the
capital invested. Unlike Direct capitalization using market-extracted rates, the method and timing of the returns
on and of capital are explicit in yield capitalization analysis. This valuation method can be used to value the fee
simple interest in a property, or any property interest for which all future economic benefits can be estimated.

The most common form of Yield capitalization analysis is called discounted cash flow analysis. In this
valuation technique, each anticipated future economic benefit of ownership of the property or property interest
being valued must be estimated. Next, each benefit is discounted to present value using a discount rate that
reflects the risk associated with the characteristics of the investment. This rate must be based on market
attitudes and expectations for rates of return for similar assets. Yield rates inherently include a safe, risk-free
rate, along with premiums to compensate the investor for the added risk, illiquidity, and burden of management
associated with the specific investment. The safe rate included in the yield rate includes an inflationary
expectation for the anticipated term of the investment. Finally, the present value of each future income benefit is
summed for the total present value of the property.

The following discounted cash flow analysis example summarizes the application of Yield capitalization
analysis to a simple real estate problem. The property to be appraised is expected to produce a first-year net
operating income of $100,000, which is expected to increase at 3 percent per year over a seven-year holding
period. At the end of the holding period, it is anticipated that the property can be sold for $1,000,000 net of
sales expenses. The appropriate yield rate for this investment is concluded to be 13 percent. The following table
shows the anticipated cash flows, along with the present value factors and the calculated present value of each
year’s cash flow.

Discounted Cash Flow Analysis
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7
Net oper $100,000 $103,000 $106.090 $109,273 $112,551 $115,927 $119,405
income
Reversion $1,000,000
Total inc $100,000 $103,000 $106,090 $109,273 $112,551 $115,927 $1,119,405
Present val factor x 0.8850 x 0.7831 x 0.6931 x 0.6133 x 0.5428 x 0.4803 x 0.4521
Present value $88,500 $80,659 $73,531 $67,017 $61,093 $55,680 $475,859

TOTAL PRESENT VALUE: $902,339; rounded to $900,000.

(The present value factors in this analysis were calculated using a financial calculator, but could have been
obtained from a set of financial tables.)

Public
Off

Chapter 16 - Taxation and Assessments

Chapter 16 - Taxation and Assessments somebody
Public
Off

ACQUISITION OF REAL PROPERTY

ACQUISITION OF REAL PROPERTY somebody

ACQUISITION OF REAL PROPERTY

Tax planning is a key consideration in an analysis of the potential returns and risks of a real estate project.
Investors usually seek to:

1. shelter income from taxes; or

2. generate losses to shelter other earned income; or

3. obtain favorable capital gains treatment at disposition.

4. deferral of tax liability.

The manner in which an investor acquires real property can contribute to one or more of these goals.

Recent tax reforms have tended to eliminate most acquisition tax write-offs (e.g., prepaid interest) and there are
probably few immediate tax effects resulting from the mere acquisition of property. However, the method of
acquisition usually has important tax consequences at sale or other disposition of the property.

Title might be taken through a corporation or individually as community property, joint tenancy or tenancy in
common. Corporate ownership permits dealers to segregate their investment property from their stock in trade
and establish the true nature of each type of property. On the other hand, individual ownership allows greater
maneuverability if future plans are uncertain because the property can later be transferred to a corporation tax-
free.

If the taxpayer is in a relatively low tax bracket, individual taxes, particularly for a married person, will be less
than corporate taxes on a given amount of income. Although joint tenancy ownership will simplify processing
on death and reduce probate costs, the transfer of joint tenancy property cannot be controlled by will and the
half not included in the decedent’s gross estate does not receive a step-up in basis.

Adjusted Tax Basis

One of the most important factors in determining the amount of ultimate gain or loss on a transaction is the
“adjusted tax basis” of property, based on its original acquisition price. Property purchased has a basis equal to
the purchase price paid, adjusted for various items over the life of the property (e.g., depreciation). Property
received as a gift has a basis of the donor’s cost (or market value at date of gift if this is lower and taxpayer
desires to claim a loss). The beginning basis of property acquired from a decedent is generally the fair market
value at the date of death.

Tax Planning

The subject of income taxation in connection with real estate sales frequently arises in the context of ex-post
reporting of the facts. In most instances, once a tax related choice is made, it cannot be altered at the time of
filing a tax return. It is then too late to think about tax planning.

The price of a property may be less important than the financial or tax position of the buyer or seller for
purposes of developing acquisition and/or disposition strategies. Tax planning should start in the pre-
acquisition stage. Real estate has historically enjoyed a favorable position in both federal and state income tax
laws, but receipt of the available benefits requires tax awareness during the events leading up to acquisition and
continuing through the entire period of ownership.

Broker’s role. There are many subtleties in the tax laws relating to real estate income. Unless a real estate
broker is also an income tax investment counselor, the broker should never offer tax advice but should urge
clients to consult a real estate tax attorney, certified public accountant or other qualified person.

Public
Off

CERTAIN ASSESSMENT STATUTES

CERTAIN ASSESSMENT STATUTES somebody

CERTAIN ASSESSMENT STATUTES

Since 1885, California has enacted numerous statutes relating to special taxes and assessments and to the
formation of assessment districts throughout the state. The following are among the important assessment acts.

Vrooman Street Act

Passed in 1885, this act conferred authority on city councils to grade and finish streets, construct sewers, etc.,
within municipalities or counties. It provides for an election and the issuance of bonds secured by special funds
collected under tax levy. It also provides for the acquisition of public utilities by the municipality or county.

A property owner may arrange for street grading according to official specifications and secure a reduction in
the amount of the assessment.

Street Improvement Act of 1911

This act is utilized more than any other for street improvements in this state. Assessments are due in equal
installments during the term of the bonds. The local legislative body determines the rate of interest on the
bonds. The amount of assessment appears on the tax bill as a lien against the property. It may be partially or
wholly prepaid at any time, including prior to issuance of the bonds.

The Improvement Bond Act of 1915

Under the terms of this act, a public agency can issue bonds to finance subdivision street improvements. Bonds
usually carry a maximum of 6 percent interest. Owners of affected property bear the cost to redeem the bond.
Under certain circumstances, an improvement district cannot issue bonds until the California Districts Securities
Commission has approved the project.

Mello-Roos

The Mello-Roos Community Facilities Act of 1982 provides for a wider variety of facilities and services than
other improvement bond acts and has no requirement that such improvements will specifically benefit
individual properties. Although a Mello-Roos assessment is secured by a lien against the property and the
maximum tax rate approved may be greater than what will be needed to retire the bonds, the principal amounts

of the bonds are not tied to any specific parcels. As such, Mello-Roos is on the order of a general property tax
levy for general fund benefits and is not appropriate for inclusion in the land value of the parcels. The amount
of any unpaid assessment(s) will not appear on the property tax bill, but will be separately levied and collected.
Civil Code Section 1102.6b requires that a seller of one to four dwelling units disclose a Mello-Roos
assessment.

Public
Off

DOCUMENTARY TRANSFER TAX

DOCUMENTARY TRANSFER TAX somebody

DOCUMENTARY TRANSFER TAX

Section 11911 allows a county or city to adopt a documentary transfer tax to apply to transfers of real property
located in the county. Notice of payment is entered on the face of the deed or on a separate paper recorded with
the deed.

The tax is computed at the rate of 55 cents for each $500 of consideration or fraction thereof. If a portion of the
total price paid for the property is exempt because a lien or encumbrance remains on the property, this fact must
be stated on the deed or on a separate paper filed with the deed. Certain types of property transfers, such inter
vivos gifts, transfers by reason of death, or proportional transfers into a partnership owned by the same
individual or entity, are exempt from documentary transfer tax.

A city within a county which has adopted a transfer tax may also adopt its own transfer tax ordinance with the
tax amount fixed at one-half the rate charged by the county. The county collects the total tax in the amount
recited above but turns half the amount collected over to the city.

Some cities collect transfer taxes in excess of the amounts provided in Section 11911. In part, the authority for
this may lie in the distinction between charter cities and general law cities. A concerned party should contact
the recorder’s office for the status of a particular city’s transfer tax levy.

Public
Off

FEDERAL TAXES

FEDERAL TAXES somebody

FEDERAL TAXES

Federal Tax Liens

Any unpaid Internal Revenue Code tax becomes a lien on all property and rights to property of the taxpayer,
including property or rights to property acquired after the lien arises. A federal tax lien is not valid against
purchasers, holders of security interests (e.g., mortgages or mechanics’ liens) and judgment lien creditors until a
notice of lien has been filed in the proper place. Even though a notice of lien has been filed, it is not valid
against certain classes of creditors (known as “Super Priorities”) defined in Section 6323(b) of the Internal
Revenue Code. With respect to real property, the notice must be filed with the county recorder.

In addition to the general tax lien, the Internal Revenue Code provides for special liens for estate and gift taxes.
At the date of the decedent’s death, an unrecorded estate tax lien attaches to every part of the gross estate and
continues for a period of ten years. An estate tax lien is valid against most purchasers and transferees. (If the
estate elects to pay the tax in installments for up to fifteen years, the lien is recorded.)

An unrecorded gift tax lien attaches to all gifts made during the calendar year. If the gift tax is not paid by the
donor, the donee becomes personally liable for the tax. The gift tax lien extends for ten years from the time the
gifts were made.

Federal Gift Tax and the Unified Credit

This tax applies to completed voluntary transfers by an individual of any type of property for less than an
adequate and full consideration in money or money’s worth.

If a gift is a transfer of a present interest, there is an annual exclusion of $13,000. If a gift exceeds $13,000 in a
year, a return is due. If the gift is a transfer of a future interest (i.e., any interest that is to commence in use,
possession, or enjoyment at some future time), the exclusion does not apply and a return is due.

Two types of “indirect” transfers are no longer considered gifts and no return is due. These include any amount
paid on behalf of an individual:

1. as tuition to an educational organization; or

2. to any person who provides medical care.

The due date of the Federal Gift Tax Return is April 15 of the year following the gift. Any extension of time
granted for filing the form 1040 applies to the return. Any compliance questions should be referred to a tax
advisor or the local IRS office.

Even though a return may be due, there may not be a tax liability. For example, transfers between spouses are
not taxable gifts. Also, donors may make large transfers and use their Unified Credit rather than pay the gift
tax. The Unified Credit is a dollar for dollar offset against the tax. It was phased in as follows:

For Gift Tax Purposes: For Estate Tax Purposes:
Year Unified Credit Applicable Exclusion Amount Unified Credit Applicable Exclusion Amount
2002 and 2003 345,800 1,000,000 345,800 1,000,000
2004 and 2005 345,800 1,000,000 555,800 1,500,000
2006, 2007, and 2008 345,800 1,000,000 780,800 2,000,000
2009 345,800 1,000,000 1,455,800 3,500,000

To the extent the Unified Credit is used to offset a gift tax liability, it is unavailable for offset in settlement of
the transferor’s estate tax liability.

Social Security Tax

The federal government operates a retirement pay program. Self-employed persons are generally covered also.
This program, commonly known as “social security,” requires quarterly contributions by almost all employers.

Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) withholdings are employee contributions to social security and
medicare. An employee’s FICA tax rate is 7.65%. The social security tax portion is applied to wages up to a
certain amount (e.g., $106,800 for 2010). The medicare portion applies to all wages.

Unemployment Tax

This federal tax is applicable only to those non-farm employers who:

1. pay wages of $1,500 or more during any calendar quarter; or

2. employ at least one employee for some portion of at least one day of each of at least 20 different weeks
(not necessarily consecutive) during the current or the preceding calendar year.

There are also specific requirements for those individuals employing agricultural or domestic workers.

Public
Off

INCOME TAXATION

INCOME TAXATION somebody

INCOME TAXATION

Federal Income Tax

While the Tax Reform Act of 1986 reduced most tax rates and simplified the rate structure, certain real property
tax benefits were changed or repealed. The 60% deduction for long-term capital gain was repealed and capital
gain was treated as ordinary income and taxed at a rate no higher than 28%. Mortgage interest also became
subject to different rules that could limit its deductibility, especially if the home was refinanced, or a second
mortgage, home equity loan, or line of credit was obtained. The rules regarding depreciation also changed, so
that all tangible property placed in service after December 31, 1986 was subject to the modified acceleration
cost recovery system (MACRS).

The Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 changed the overall capital gains tax rate. The top rate for high income
earners was lowered from 28 percent to 20 percent. The lowest bracket was reduced from 15 percent to 10
percent. The new rates apply to assets sold after May 6, 1997. Investment property owners will experience
slightly different treatment regarding depreciation recapture under the new tax bill than in previous years. The
difference between the purchase price and selling price (profit) of a property will enjoy the lower overall capital
gains tax rate, but any gains due to depreciation recapture will be taxed at 25 percent. Individual taxpayers will
need to consult their tax specialist to determine the application of the new law to their investments.

Starting with 2008, there's a new zero percent tax rate on long-term capital gains. The zero percent rate applies
to individuals who are in the 10% and 15% marginal tax brackets. The zero percent rate is scheduled to expire
at the end of 2010, when capital gains rates will increase to at least 15%.

Capital Gains Tax Rates

Type of Capital Asset Holding Period

Tax Rate

Short-term capital gains (STCG)

Long-term capital gains (LTCG)

One year or less

More than one year

Ordinary income tax rates up to 35%

5% for taxpayers in the 10% and 15% tax brackets
(zero percent starting in 2008)

15% for taxpayers in the 25%, 28%, 33%, and 35%
tax brackets

Passive activity losses and credits. Before the Tax Reform Act of 1986, taxpayers, with some limitation, could
use deductions from one activity to offset income from any other activity. Similarly, most tax credits generated
in one activity could be used to offset tax on income from any of the taxpayer’s other activities.

In response to concerns that extensive tax shelter activity was unfair, Congress enacted the passive activity loss
(PAL) rules.

After 1986, income was separated into three categories: non-passive income, portfolio income, and passive
income. As a result of these PAL rules, taxpayers generally cannot offset non-passive or portfolio income with
losses from passive activities. Nor can they offset taxes on such income with credits from passive activities.
The new law does contain exceptions for certain activities, including rental real estate, and also has phase-in
rules for some losses.

A passive activity generally is any activity involving the conduct of any trade or business in which you do not
materially participate. In addition, any rental activity is a passive activity regardless of whether you materially
participate. For this purpose, a rental activity generally is an activity the income from which consists of
payments principally for the use of tangible property, unless substantial services are performed in connection
therewith. A taxpayer materially participates in an activity if the taxpayer is involved on a regular, continuous,
and substantial basis in the operation of the activity.

At-risk rules extended to real property. The at-risk rules have been extended to apply to the holding of real
property. The at-risk rules place a limit on the amount of deductible losses from certain activities often
described as tax shelters. Until 1987, activities associated with holding of real property (other than mineral
property) were not subject to the at-risk rules.

The at-risk rules apply to losses incurred through real property placed in service after 1986. In the case of an
interest in an S corporation, a partnership, or any other pass-through entity acquired after 1986, the at-risk rules
apply to real estate activities regardless of when the entity placed the property in service.

In general, any loss from an activity subject to the at-risk rules is allowed only to the extent of the total amount
the taxpayer has at-risk in the activity at the end of the tax year. A taxpayer is considered at risk in an activity to
the extent of cash and the adjusted basis of other property the taxpayer contributed to the activity and certain
amounts borrowed for use in the activity.

A taxpayer is not considered at risk for amounts protected against loss through nonrecourse financing.
Nonrecourse financing is financing for which the taxpayer is not personally liable. However, an exception
applies to qualified nonrecourse financing secured by real property used in an activity of holding real property.
Qualified nonrecourse debt is debt for which no one is personally liable and that is:

1. borrowed by the taxpayer with respect to the activity of holding real property;

2. secured by real property used in the activity;

3. not convertible from a debt obligation to an ownership interest; and

4. a loan from, and guaranteed by, any federal, state, or local government, or borrowed by the taxpayer from a
qualified person.

A qualified person is a person who actively and regularly engages in the business of lending money. The most
common example is a bank. A qualified person is not:

1. a person related to the taxpayer (except as described later);

2. the seller of the property, or a person related to the seller;

3. a person who receives a fee due to the taxpayer’s investment in the real property, or a person related to that
person.

A person related to the taxpayer may be a qualified person if the nonrecourse financing is commercially
reasonable and on substantially the same terms as loans involving unrelated persons.

Depreciation

Depreciation is a deductible periodic accounting charge that represents the recovery of capital investment over
the useful life of property used in a trade or business or other income producing activity. Land is not included,
as it does not depreciate.

For depreciable properties acquired prior to January 1, 1981, the principal methods for computing depreciation
are straight-line, declining balance and sum-of-the-years’ digits.

For depreciable properties acquired on and after January 1, 1981 and before August 1, 1986, depreciation is
computed under a method called accelerated cost recovery system (ACRS), permitting cost recovery over much
shorter periods.

The Modified Accelerated Cost Recovery System (MACRS) must be used to depreciate property placed into
service after 1986. Taxpayers need to consult their tax advisors for more information on any changes in the
depreciation schedules that have been effected since 1986.

Appraisal and income tax concepts. Depreciation for tax purposes is to be distinguished from depreciation for
appraisal purposes. In appraisal practice, depreciation is loss in value due to any cause, including functional
obsolescence or physical deterioration. For income tax purposes, depreciation is a possible annual deduction
from taxable income in recognition of the fact an asset may become economically obsolete or wear out
physically and the owner has the right to recover his investment.

Improvements to real property are depreciable for income tax purposes if they are used in business or held for
the production of income and have a determinable life longer than one year.

Even if a taxpayer does not take a deduction for depreciation, the basis of the property is reduced by the amount
of the depreciation. Upon sale, the IRS charges the taxpayer with the full amount of depreciation the taxpayer
could have taken.

Home Mortgage Interest Deduction

For years beginning after 1987, the rules for deducting mortgage interest have been modified. The amount of
interest a taxpayer may deduct depends on the date, amount, and use of the loan.

In general, the interest on any loan obtained before October 14, 1987 and secured by a main or second home is
fully deductible.

If a taxpayer obtained a first loan after October 13, 1987 to buy, build, or substantially improve a main or
second home, interest is deductible on the first $1 million of principle ($500,000 if married filing separately).
Interest may be deductible on up to $100,000 of junior loan(s) secured by a taxpayer’s main or second home.

For more information, see IRS Publication 936, Limits on Home Mortgage Interest Deduction.

Mortgage Credit Certificates

State and local governments sometimes issue mortgage credit certificates (MCCs). Under any such program,
MCCs may be issued until a total dollar amount set by the state or local government is reached. An MCC
allows a borrower to use mortgage interest as a credit against income tax, making it easier for a low or
moderate income person to qualify for a loan for acquisition, qualified rehabilitation, or qualified home
improvement of a residence.

Disposition of Real Property - Tax Effects

The characterization and tax treatment of a sale of real property depend upon the use to which the transferor put
the property.

Sales or exchanges must be reported to the Internal Revenue Service on Form l099-S, Statement for Recipients
of Proceeds from Real Estate Transactions.

Capital gain is the taxable profit derived from the sale of a capital asset (generally, that property of a taxpayer
other than inventory). The gain is calculated as the sales price reduced by the adjusted basis, expenses of sale,
and closing costs. Adjusted basis is the original tax basis of the property adjusted for capital improvements,
depreciation and fixing-up expenses.

The capital gains deduction was repealed for tax years beginning after 1986. Although set to increase in 2011
tax year, currently long term net capital gains generally will be taxed at a rate no higher than 15%.

Special rules - sale of personal residence. Until the passage of the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, a taxpayer
was only permitted to postpone the gain on sale of principal residence by way of a one time only $125,000
exemption on the sale of his/her principal residence if the taxpayer was age 55 or older and had resided in the
home for at least three of the last five years. The principal residence replacement rule required the taxpayer to
purchase another principal residence of equal or greater value and use it within two years before or after sale of
the previous principal residence. The original gain was not recognized at the time of sale but was used to reduce
the cost basis of the new house

The Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 granted a $500,000 capital gains tax exclusion to couples and a $250,000
exclusion to single filers, who sell their principal residence. The bill specified that:

The “rollover” and “over 55” requirements were repealed.

Individuals must have lived in the house for two of the last five years. For purposes of the exclusion, on
sales after September 30, 1988, taxpayers who are mentally or physically incapacitated are treated as
occupying the principal residence while they are in nursing homes or similar care facilities, as long as the
principal residence is actually occupied for periods aggregating at least one year of the applicable five-year
period. The facility must be licensed by a state or political subdivision to care for individuals in such
condition. [Internal Revenue Code §121(d)(7]

The sales transaction must have taken place after May 6, 1997.

Sellers and buyers who signed a binding contract between May 7, 1997 and August 5, 1997 could apply
either the old or new law into their transaction.

The new law gives buyers more options because they are no longer forced to purchase new homes of equal or
greater value. Individuals who meet the requirements can sell their homes every two years and still qualify. In
addition, individuals who marry someone who has already taken the “over 55” exclusion, or individuals forced
to sell because of an emergency, like a job transfer or large medical bills, will be able to use the new exclusion.
The new plan does not allow taxpayers to deduct losses on the sale of their property from their income tax.
Individuals will need to consult their own tax advisor to determine how to apply the new law to their particular
tax situation.

1031 exchanges. Property may be disposed of by exchange rather than sale. Some exchanges qualify as tax
deferred. If the exchange does not qualify as tax-free, it is treated in all respects as a sale.

To qualify as a tax-free exchange, the properties must be “like kind” in nature or character, not in use, quality
or grade. The “like-kind” rules give parties a relatively high degree of flexibility: a farm may be exchanged for
a store building; vacant land for an apartment building; a rental house for a vacant parcel. Personal use real
property does not qualify. A vacation property or a primary residence may qualify as “like-kind” property, and
qualify for tax free exchange treatment, provided certain guidelines are followed. If a tax-free exchange has
been made, neither gain nor loss is recognized at the time of the exchange, but is deferred by attributing to the
property received the same cost basis as that of the property transferred. The holding period of the new property
includes that of the old parcel.

Complications arise when like-kind property received is accompanied by cash or other assets (“boot”). When
boot is received, gain is recognized but losses are still excluded from recognition. The taxable gain is the lesser
of the value of “boot” received or the gain realized on the exchange. The result may be a fully taxable or a
partially tax-free exchange.

For example: A taxpayer exchanges a fourplex with a depreciated cost basis of $190,000 for a duplex worth
$194,000 plus $2,000 cash. The taxpayer’s gain is $6,000, but only a portion of this gain, the $2,000 boot, is
recognized and taxable at the time of the exchange. The remaining $4,000 of gain is not recognized at this time
but is postponed by leaving the cost basis of the new property at $190,000. Upon sale of the duplex, the
taxpayer must recognize the $4,000 of former gain.

If one of the properties exchanged is encumbered by mortgage debt, the debt relief is treated as boot received.
If both properties are encumbered, the debts are netted for purpose of determining the amount and assignment
of boot.

Of course, the principal difficulty in effecting a tax-free exchange is finding suitable properties and investors.
Usually, two real estate investors are not interested in each other’s property and a multi-party exchange must be
arranged.

The tax rule which requires an owner to carry over the basis of the old property as the basis for the new
property is a problem when exchanging pre-1981 properties for post-1981 properties. Special rules apply to
exchanges of pre-accelerated cost recovery system (ACRS) and post-ACRS properties. To avoid this problem,
a taxpayer may consider selling the pre-1981 property and purchase the post-1981 property with the proceeds.

Installment sales. Taxpayers selling real property and receiving one or more payments in a later year or years
must report the sale as an installment sale unless the taxpayer specifically elects otherwise.

By selling on multi-year terms, a taxpayer avoids bunching gain/income in the year of sale. Rather, recognition
of gain is deferred by spreading it over a number of tax years.

The installment sale method may be used for any kind of real estate, including vacant land. The taxable part of
installment payments is calculated by applying to each payment the profit percentage realized on the full
transaction. This percentage is found by dividing the realized profit on the sale by the full contract price. IRS
instructions should be followed for determining this percentage based on the contract price, selling price, gross
profit and payments received.

Example: Real property is sold for $200,000; unadjusted basis is $132,000; selling costs are $8,000.
Installment payments of $50,000 are to be made in the year of sale and in each of the next three years.

Contract price (selling price............ $200,000

Less: Selling costs and unadjusted basis. -140,000

Gross Profit............................. $60,000

Gross Profit Percentage = $60,000 ÷ $200,000 = 30%

For the year of sale and each of the following three years, a profit of $15,000 (30% of $50,000) is reported.

Leases. Rent is taxable to the lessor as ordinary income and, for non-residential property, deductible as a
business expense to the lessee. Payments by a lessee on execution of a lease may be either advance rent or a
security deposit. If the former, a (non-residential) lessee has a deduction and the lessor must report the payment
as income in the year paid. A security deposit remains the property of the lessee until default/forfeiture. If
forfeited, the deposit is deductible by the lessee and is income to the lessor. If the lessor pays the lessee interest
on the deposit, the lessee has reportable income.

If the lessee receives lease cancellation payments from the lessor, they are treated as being in exchange for the
sale of the lease to the lessor. If the lease is not a capital asset, the income is ordinary income to the lessee. The
lessor is treated as making an expenditure for the acquisition of a property right. The lessor’s payment must be
capitalized and added to the basis of the property. If the lessor receives lease cancellation payments from the
lessee, the lessor has ordinary income and the lessee treats the expenditure as a current business expense.

A lessor or lessee’s costs of procuring a lease (i.e., commissions, legal fees, and title expenses) must be
prorated over the life of the lease. It should always be remembered that losses and expenses of lessees of
residential property are considered personal and not deductible.

State Income Tax

As of January 2005, California generally conforms to the Internal Revenue Code (IRC). However, there are
continuing differences between California and federal tax law. When California conforms to federal; tax law
changes, not all of the tax changes made at the federal level are always adopted by California. For more
information refer to www.ftb.ca.gov and search for “conformity.”
Public
Off

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION somebody

INTRODUCTION

NOTE: Unless otherwise indicated, all statutory references in this chapter are to the California Revenue and
Taxation Code.

Questions concerning taxes and assessments are raised in most real estate transactions. Taxation is an indirect
yet significant controlling device affecting estimates of value. It is important for those engaged in the real estate
business to know the variety of taxes and their effect on property transfers. Discussion of the specific taxes
mentioned in this chapter is for reference purposes only and should not be relied upon as a substitute for
professional advice. Full consideration may involve retaining the services of accounting, legal and tax
specialists. There are many categories of property that may be exempt from taxation. The county assessor
should be consulted for a determination in this area.

Federal, state and local governments tax real property. Local governments assess taxes directly on the property,
such as ad valorem property taxes, special assessments and transfer taxes. Most state governments have an
income tax. The federal and state governments tax property indirectly through the taxation of ordinary and
capital gain on income earned from real estate. Federal and state governments also tax property indirectly when
it is transferred through an estate or gift to others, i.e., estate and gift taxes.

Taxes may act as a deterrent to many individuals desiring to acquire or dispose of real property. Unless tax
benefits and burdens and tax planning alternatives are seriously considered by persons contemplating the
purchase or sale of real estate, the anticipated benefits of ownership may not be realized, and losses may be
sustained.

Public
Off

MISCELLANEOUS TAXES

MISCELLANEOUS TAXES somebody

MISCELLANEOUS TAXES

Sales and Use Tax

The California State Sales Tax is imposed upon retailers for the privilege of selling tangible personal property
at retail. The retailer is liable for this tax whether or not collected from customers.

The Use Tax is imposed upon the storage, use, or other consumption of tangible personal property purchased or
leased under certain conditions from a retailer. Use Tax is the liability of the purchaser and that liability is not
extinguished until the tax is paid to the state unless it was paid to, and a receipt for the tax was obtained from, a
retailer who is registered with and authorized by the state to collect the tax from the purchaser. Sales or Use
Tax also applies to certain leases of tangible personal property under specific conditions. The State Board of
Equalization administers these taxes.

A real estate broker may be concerned with the tax on sale of personal property. The tax applies to transfers of
buildings and the personal property which may convey with the sale of a house and which are not considered
occasional sales under the law if, pursuant to the contract of sale, the buildings are to be severed by the seller. If
the contract of sale requires they be severed by the purchaser, the transaction is not taxable as a sale of tangible
personal property. The tax may also apply to the value of machinery, equipment and fixtures that do not
constitute occasional sales, when included with the sale of a building.

Where a business which required a seller’s permit is being sold, the purchaser may be held liable as a successor
for tax owed by the seller. If there is any question, sufficient money should be held in escrow to cover possible
sales tax liability until a tax clearance is received from the State Board of Equalization.

Real Estate Broker and Mobilehome Sales

A real estate broker who sells mobilehomes as a retailer is required to hold a seller’s permit and report to the
Board of Equalization the sales or use tax applicable to these transactions. When such a broker sells a new
mobilehome for occupancy as a residence, the broker is classified as a retailer-consumer and is required to
declare and pay tax on 75% of the broker’s purchase price of the mobilehome . Unattached furnishings and
other items that are not part of the mobilehome unit remain subject to tax at the full retail selling price unless
otherwise exempt.

A real estate broker who sells used mobilehomes as a retailer is also required to hold a seller’s permit. The
application of tax to sales of used mobilehomes depends on whether the unit is subject to property tax or is
exempt, but sales tax would apply to any accessory items sold that are not a component part of the mobilehome
unit. For mobilehome units sold that are not subject to property tax, sales tax applies. When a real estate broker
acts as agent only, the purchaser is subject to use tax. If the mobilehome is subject to property tax, neither the
sales or use tax applies.

Any questions should be referred to the nearest office of the Board of Equalization.

Real estate salesperson and broker exclusion. Services performed as real estate salespersons and brokers are
excluded from covered employment for purposes of UI, ETT, DI and PIT withholding, if all of the following
conditions are met:

1. The individual must be a licensed real estate broker or salesperson;

2. Substantially all of the remuneration paid to the individual is based on sales or other output rather than by
the number of hours worked by the individual; and

3. There is a written contract between the individual performing the services and the person for whom the
services are performed; which contract provides that, for purposes of state taxes, the individual performing
the services will not be treated as an employee.

State Tax Lien Law

Under applicable State law, any tax liabilities which become due and payable, including penalties and interest,
together with any costs, constitute an enforceable State tax lien on all real property located in this State.
However, the lien is not valid against:

1. a successor in interest of the taxpayer without knowledge of the lien;

2. a holder of a security interest;

3. a mechanic’s lienor; or

4. a judgment lien creditor where the right, title, or interest was acquired prior to the recording of the State tax
lien.

(Government Code Sections 7150-7229)

Unemployment Insurance Tax

The California Unemployment Insurance (UI) Code requires contributions by employers for a national system
of unemployment insurance. Employers must also pay an employment training tax (ETT) and withhold state
personal income tax (PIT) and disability insurance (DI) from employees’ wages.

Real estate salespersons and brokers who are employees under common law rules and whose services are not
excluded, are subject to UI, ETT, DI and state PIT withholding. For further information about services in
excluded employment or in determining if an individual is an employee or an independent contractor, contact
the State Agency Employment Development Department.

California worker’s compensation law. An employer’s statutory liability toward an employee injured on the
job is covered by worker’s compensation insurance. While not technically a tax, it is included in this section
because it does involve payments by the employer. This insurance provides for weekly benefit payments to
employees unable to work as the result of an industrial injury or illness, as well as payment of all medical and
hospital costs in connection therewith.

Since California law is very specific about which employees must be covered, employers should be familiar
with Sections 3351-3700 of the California Labor Code. Problems are most likely to arise in the areas of
independent contractors and part-time employees. Additional information about the law and coverage can be
obtained from State Compensation Insurance Fund.

Public
Off

PROPERTY TAXES

PROPERTY TAXES somebody

PROPERTY TAXES

Property taxes are levied according to the value (ad valorem) of the property as of the date acquired, or the date
of completion of any new construction. Generally, the more valuable the property and/or the more current its
acquisition or construction date, the higher the tax. Property taxes, including Property Tax in-lieu of Motor
Vehicle License Fees, represent a major source of income for counties in California. Approximately half of
California’s one hundred million acres are owned by governments and therefore exempt from property taxation.
All property within the jurisdiction of a taxing authority is taxable unless specifically exempt.

California’s Property Taxes

In June of 1978, California voters approved Proposition 13, amending the State Constitution so that the
maximum annual tax on real property is limited to one percent of “full cash value” (market value) plus a
maximum of two percent annual inflation factor based on the Consumer Price Index (CPI), as calculated by the
California Department of Industrial Relations. (Sections 51 and 110.1) An additional sum is allowed to pay for
indebtedness on affected property approved by voters prior to the passage of Proposition 13. Also, selected new
indebtedness is allowed, only by a two-thirds vote of the residents affected. The passage of Proposition 39 in
2000, authorizes bonds for repair, construction or replacement of school facilities, classrooms, if approved by
55% local vote for projects evaluated by schools, community college districts, county education offices for
safety, class size, and information technology needs.

Property Tax Liens

Property taxes become liens against real property on January 1 of the year preceding the fiscal year (July 1 -
June 30) for which the taxes are levied. One-half the taxes on real property are due on November 1 and payable
without penalty until 5 p.m. (or close of business, whichever is later) on December 10. The second half is due
on February 1 and is delinquent if not paid by 5 p.m. (or close of business, whichever is later) on April 10. If
either December 10 or April 10 falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the time of delinquency is
extended until 5 p.m. (or close of business, whichever is later) on the next business day. A ten percent penalty
applies to an installment that becomes delinquent. If the second installment is delinquent, the tax collector adds
a charge to place the property on the delinquent roll.

The Morgan Property Taxpayers’ Bill of Rights

The Morgan Property Taxpayers’ Bill of Rights (Section 5900, et seq.) and the related amendment to
subdivision (e) of Section 408 require that the assessor allow, upon request of an assessee (or his/her designated
representative), inspection and copying of documents, including an auditor’s work papers, relating to the

appraisal and assessment of assessee’s property. Further information concerning taxpayers’ rights relating to the
assessment, audit, and collection of property taxes in this state may be obtained from the State Board of
Equalization, Taxpayers’ Rights Advocate’s Office, P.O. Box 942879, Sacramento, CA 94279-0070.
Telephone: (800) 400-7115, www.boe.ca.gov.

Establishing Values

Operating under constitutional provisions and statutes, assessors have established real property values as
follows:

No change in parcel since February 28, 1975. If the parcel has not been further improved with structures and
has not been sold or transferred since February 28, 1975, the assessor has established a base value for the parcel
and then has applied an inflation rate to that base year value not to exceed 2% per year. Thus, the base year
value is locked in place and cannot be changed unless there is a change in ownership or new construction.

Parcel sold/changed ownership since February 28, 1975. If a parcel has sold or otherwise changed
ownership since February 28, 1975, its new base year value as of the date of change of ownership is enrolled
for the following lien date and shall be adjusted upward by up to 2% each year.

New construction. If the improvement on the parcel was newly constructed since February 28, 1975 and the
parcel remained in the same ownership prior to and after the construction, only the added “new construction”
receives a new base year value. The land may have one base year for valuation purposes while the
improvements constructed may have another. Only if the improvement is completed in the same assessment
year that the parcel is purchased would the land and improvement have the same base year. “New construction”
could also apply to land that has been significantly altered.

There are certain improvements which have been excluded from the definition of “new construction” for
purposes of reappraisal:

1. water conservation equipment for agricultural use;

2. fire detection or extinguishing systems or modification for fire-related egress;

3. modification for access by disabled person; and

4. seismic retrofitting

5. normal maintenance and repair

6. construction or addition of any active solar energy system, as defined in subdivision (b) of Section 63 of
the California Revenue & Taxation code

7. disabled person accessibility

8. environmentally contaminated property

Parcel further improved since February 28, 1975 (or since constructed, sold or transferred). If the parcel
has been further improved (e.g., by an addition or swimming pool) since February 28, 1975 (or since
constructed, sold or transferred), it has a 1975 base value year (or year of sale, construction or transfer) and an
additional base year value on the new improvement.

Change in Ownership Exclusions. There are a number of exclusions from change in ownership and
consequent reappraisal, some of which are described as follows:

1. Acquiring “comparable” replacement property for original property taken by a governmental agency in
eminent domain actions, per Section 68.

2. Replacing property destroyed by disaster. Section 69 requires comparable replacement property to be
acquired or newly constructed within 3 years of property substantially damaged or destroyed by governor-
declared disaster. Section 69.3 permits counties to enact ordinances allowing such replacement property
transfers from other counties. Section 70 requires that reconstructed property that is substantially
equivalent to damaged property is not reassessed “new construction.”

3. Transferring the principal residence and first one million dollars of full cash value of real property between
parents and their children pursuant to Section 63.1, provided that a claim for the exclusion is filed with the

assessor within 3 years of the date of transfer or within 6 months after the date of mailing of the notice of
supplemental or escape assessment.

Subject to subparagraph (B) of Section 63.1, transfers occurring on or after March 27, 1996 , between
grandparents and their grandchild or grandchildren, if the parents of that grandchild or those grandchildren,
who qualify as the children of the grandparents, are deceased as of the date of purchase or transfer All
parents do not have to be deceased. The child of the grandparent need only be single. As of January 1,
2006 if the child is married to a step-parent of the grand-child, a grandparent to grandchild exclusion will
also apply.

4. Transferring the base year value of one’s home (original property) to a replacement property for persons
over 55 or disabled persons who sold their original property pursuant to criteria in Section 69.5. Section
69.5 also allows a county board of supervisors, after consultation with affected local agencies located
within the boundaries of the county, to adopt an ordinance that authorizes the transfer, subject to the
conditions and limitations of this section, of the base year value of property that is located within another
county in the State of California. Currently there are 8 counties (Alameda, San Diego, Santa Clara, Los
Angles, San Mateo, Ventura, Orange and El Dorado) that have ordinances permitting intercounty transfers
of base year values. Since the counties authorizing the transfers are subject to change, it is recommended
you contact the county to verify current eligibility.

5. Transferring real property to a spouse per Section 63, or transferring real property into a trust where the
trustor/transferor is the sole present beneficiary of the trust or the trust is revocable by the trustor pursuant
to subdivision (d) of Section 62.

6. Transferring real property to a partnership or other legal entity by maintaining exactly the same
proportional interests of the transferors and transferees, resulting solely in a change in the method of
holding title, under Section 62(a)(2).

Reduction of value. Assessors must recognize declines in value. Under Section 51, the “taxable value” is the
lower of the base year value (compounded annually) or the full cash value (defined in Section 110) whichever
is less. It may be necessary for the property owner to expressly bring the decline in value to the assessor’s
attention. The county board of equalization is required to hear applications for reduction in assessment.

Exemptions

There are numerous properties that are assessed but are partially or totally tax-exempt, as well as some kinds of
real and tangible business and personal property that are neither assessed nor taxed. Under Section 218, the
homeowner’s exemption of the first $7,000 of full value applies to each residential property that is owner-
occupied on the lien date and meets other qualifying tests. (This includes an owner-occupied unit in a multiple
unit residential structure, an owner-occupied condominium, cooperative apartment, or unit in a duplex). Once
claimed, the homeowner’s exemption remains in effect until terminated. Termination of the homeowner’s
exemption can be triggered by a change in title-holder, even if temporary. Each homeowner is responsible for
notifying the assessor that the property is no longer eligible for exemption. An escape assessment plus a 25
percent penalty and interest may result from failure to notify the assessor of the ineligibility.

Section 205 provides an exemption of up to $4,000 of full value of any property subject to property tax (real,
personal, boats, planes, etc.) owned by qualifying veterans or the unmarried spouses of deceased veterans. This
exemption results in a tax savings of up to $40. The limitations are that it cannot apply to a property on which
the homeowner’s exemption has been successfully claimed. And for a non-home owning veteran to qualify,
there is a personal wealth cap of $5,000 for an unmarried veteran and $10,000 for a married veteran.. In
computing the $5,000 or $10,000 property limitation, one-fourth of the assessed value of the taxable property
and the full value of nontaxable property is used. Section 205.5 provides an exemption for disabled veterans
and/or their unmarried surviving spouses, as follows: depending on veteran’s income and extent of disability
(resulting from injury or disease incurred during military service), a disabled veteran may receive an exemption
of $40,000, $60,000, $100,000, or $150,000 of the full cash value of his/her residence. The county assessor can
provide application forms and other information regarding the disabled veteran’s exemption.

All growing crops, fruit, and nut-bearing trees less than four years old and grapevines less than three years old
are exempt. Properties held or exclusively used for human burial or owned by nonprofit entities, including
certain nursery and kindergarten-to-12th grade schools, hospitals, churches, nonprofit private schools and

colleges are exempt. Timber is no longer subject to property tax, but owners pay a yield tax on downed or
felled timber. However, timberland remains taxable. Public open-space lands used solely for recreation are also
exempt.

Supplemental Assessments

New procedures for enrolling adjustments to assessed valuations of real property have been used by assessors
since 1983. Prior to the enactment of the supplemental assessment system, when a change in ownership or
completed new construction occurred, increases in base year value were often delayed from 4 to 16 months,
resulting in an unwarranted reduction in taxes for some, with a proportionate (and inequitable) shift of the tax
burden to others.

The Legislature solved this inequity through Sections 75, et seq., under which assessors appraise at its full cash
value real property which has changed ownership or is newly constructed as of the date of the event. Added
taxes become due on the date the change in ownership occurs or the new construction is completed. This is
done by issuing a supplemental assessment to be added to a supplemental tax roll. The value determined
becomes the new base year value of the transferred or newly-constructed property. Just as for regular
assessments, there are appeal procedures for protesting supplemental assessments.

If reassessment takes place between January 1st and May 31st, inclusive, two supplemental assessments are
made (and the taxpayer receives two supplemental bills). A reassessment occurring between June 1st and
December 31st, inclusive, generates only one supplemental assessment.

If a property changes ownership more than once during an assessment year, or if there are multiple completion
dates for new construction during an assessment year, or any combination of transfers and construction, a
supplemental assessment is made for each occurrence.

Supplemental assessment of property that has decreased in value results in the auditor issuing a partial refund of
taxes paid in advance. The refund is sent to the new owner, not the original taxpayer. In the event of a
foreclosure and a subsequent sale the refund will be prorated.

New construction is excluded from supplemental assessment (under the “builder’s inventory exclusion –
Section 75.12) if the owner will not occupy but intends to market the improvement, and has so notified the
assessor in writing prior to or within 30 days of the date of commencement of construction. When the newly-
constructed improvements are transferred, leased or rented, a supplemental assessment is made as of that date.

County assessors are generally alerted to changes in ownership and construction starts through recorded
documents and permits. When the assessor determines that an ownership change or new construction
completion has occurred, the assessor:

1. places the supplemental assessment information on the roll;

2. notifies the auditor, who places an appropriate notation on the current roll or on a separate document kept
with the roll; and

3. sends a prescribed notice of supplemental assessment to the assessee.

The notice includes the new base year property value, the taxable value appearing on the current roll and/or roll
being prepared, information concerning the assessee’s right to review and to appeal the supplemental
assessment, and the procedure for filing a claim of exemption. If the property has decreased in value and the
supplemental assessment is a negative amount, the notice will advise the assessee that a refund will be made.

Filing a Change in ownership Statement. Section 480 requires that any person acquiring any interest in real
property or a manufactured home taxed as real property must file a change in ownership statement with the
county recorder or assessor. The change in ownership statement must be filed either at the time of recording, or
if the transfer is not recorded, within 45 days of the date of the change in ownership. Failure to file a change in
ownership statement within 45 days from the date of a written request by the assessor will result in a penalty of
one hundred dollars or ten percent of the taxes applicable to the new base year value, whichever is greater.

If the transfer is occasioned by a death, and probate is not involved, the transferee (or trustee, if applicable) has
150 days from the date of the death to file the change in ownership statement. If the property is subject to
probate, the statement must be filed prior to or at the time the inventory and appraisal are filed with the court.

Sections 480.3 and 480.4 require that county assessors and recorders make available to property buyers a
“Preliminary Change of Ownership Report” form. This form is to be completed by the buyer prior to transfer of
the property. If a document evidencing a change of ownership is presented to the recorder for recordation
without the concurrent filing of this preliminary change of ownership report, the recorder may charge an
additional recording fee of twenty dollars.

Statute of limitations on Escape and Supplemental Assessments. Section 532 provides assessors a four-year
statute of limitations for the enrollment of escape assessments. In cases of concealment or not filing a change of
ownership statement for an unrecorded change of ownership the statute of limitations is eight years. The
enrollment period is unlimited when a change of ownership statement is not filed for a recorded change of
ownership.

Section 75.11 (d) allows assessors four years to enroll supplemental assessments or eight years in cases of
concealment or not filing a change of ownership statement for an unrecorded change of ownership. The
enrollment period is unlimited in case of fraud.

In both cases, the statute of limitations for making escape and supplemental assessments does not begin to run
until July 1 of the assessment year in which the event occurred.. Where, for example, a change in ownership
occurred in 1992, and a change in ownership statement reporting it was filed, the assessor has only four years
from 1992 to enroll escape and supplemental assessments. If the change in ownership statement reporting it was
not filed, then assessor must enroll escape and supplemental assessments for all of the years since 1992,
including the year of discovery. The assessor’s statute of limitations does not commence until. July 1 of the
assessment year in which the event occurred.

If non-reporting occurs because of a fraudulent act or omission, the penalty of 75 percent of the additional
assessed value under Section 504 is added to the escape and supplemental assessments. The supplemental
assessment must be made within eight years, on or before the eighth July 1 following the July 1 of the
assessment year in which the event giving rise to the supplemental occurred, and the escape assessment must be
levied eight years after the July 1 of the year in which the property escaped taxation.

Postponement (Sections 20581, et seq.)

Senior citizens (62 years of age or older) and persons who are blind or disabled may defer payment of taxes on
their residences. To qualify, an individual must own and occupy the home, have at least a 20% equity in the
property (using the assessor’s full value as the standard), and have a yearly total household income of $35,500
or less for calendar year 2007. If married, only one spouse need qualify.

In applying the law, a lien in favor of the State of California is placed against the property and an interest rate
determined by the rate earned by the Pooled Money Investment Fund is charged. The postponed taxes and
interest are not recovered until the property is sold.

Complete information about the deferral program is available from the State Controller’s Office at P.O. Box
953, Sacramento, CA 95812. The toll free telephone number is 1-800-952-5661. Information is also available
on the California State Controller’s website at http://www.sco.ca.gov/col/taxinfo/ptp/index.shtml.

Tax Sale (Sections 3351 - 3972)

County tax collectors, not assessors, are charged with the responsibility of administering the law pertaining to
the sale of all properties that are “tax-defaulted” when five or more years have passed since the property taxes
were paid. The tax collector is required by law to attempt to sell within two years all properties which have
become tax defaulted and subject to the power to sell. The tax collector may sell properties to any person at a
public auction or under special circumstances, to adjoining property owners at a sealed bid sale. The minimum
price at which property may be sold at public auction is the sum of all taxes, penalties, costs and fees as
defined.

The minimum bid has to be approved by the County Board of Supervisors. After authorization by the State
Controller, the tax collector publishes or posts the required notices, setting the date of sale. At the sale, the
amount of the highest bid must be paid in cash or negotiable paper, or any combination thereof which the tax
collector specifies. Upon completion of the tax sale, the purchaser receives a tax deed conveying title free of all
encumbrances of any kind existing before the sale, except those shown in Section 3712.

If a tax-defaulted property is unusable because of size, location, or other conditions, the tax collector may sell it
at a sealed bid sale to contiguous property owners at a price established by the tax collector.

Buyers of tax-defaulted properties may include taxing agencies, revenue districts, and certain non-profit
organizations. In the case of residential property, the sale to a non-profit organization is conditioned upon the
rehabilitation and subsequent sale of the property to low-income persons. In the case of vacant property, the
non-profit organization must either construct a residential building on the property and sell the property to low-
income persons or dedicate the vacant property to public use.

Redemption (Sections 4101, et seq.)

Tax-defaulted real property may be redeemed upon payment of taxes, interest, costs and redemption penalties.
Redemption payment is made to the county tax collector, who then issues a certificate of redemption as
evidence of payment. Any person may elect to pay delinquent taxes in installments under article 4217 at any
time prior to 5 p.m. on June 30 of the firth year after the property became tax defaulted.

Delinquent taxes, costs, interest and penalties may be paid in five annual installments if the current taxes are
paid. Persons electing to pay delinquent taxes in installments may be subjected to a fee for processing their
request.

If the property has not been redeemed within five years after the initial declaration of default, the property will
become subject to the tax collector’s power to sell. The right of redemption terminates at the close of business
on the last business day prior to the date a tax collector’s auction begins. If the property is not sold, the right of
redemption is revived. If the property is redeemed, the tax collector will execute and record a “Rescission of
Notice of Power to Sell Tax-Defaulted Property.”

Public
Off

SPECIAL ASSESSMENTS

SPECIAL ASSESSMENTS somebody

SPECIAL ASSESSMENTS

Special assessments are levied for the cost of a public improvements or services such as streets, sewers,
irrigation, and drainage. Special assessments may be due periodically to improvement districts or be levied only
once by the city or county for a particular work or improvement. These assessments are not based on the value
of the property.

The liens created by special assessments are usually equal in priority to general tax liens.

Self-governing districts may be the source of special assessments. Activated under state law by the local city or
county or by vote of the residents, the district becomes a separate legal entity governed by a board of directors.

A district issues bonds to finance particular improvements such as water distribution systems, drainage
structures, irrigation works, or parking facilities. To pay off the bonds, the district has the power to assess all
lands included in the district on an ad valorem basis. This assessment is a lien on the land until paid. The lien
has priority over private property interests and can be foreclosed by sale similar to a tax sale.

Benefit Assessments

Rather than establishing a separate district for the purpose of constructing an improvement, the city or county
may establish an “improvement area” and assess the lands contained therein on the basis of benefits to be
received from the proposed improvement. A benefit assessment is often included on the property tax bill.

Benefit assessments are distinguished from special assessments chiefly by the differences in the assessment
base. However, there are other distinguishing characteristics. Benefit assessments are generally not considered
to be deductible as a tax on either California or federal income tax returns. There is a distinction made in federal
tax regulations between an assessment to finance improvements and an assessment to finance maintenance.
Only the latter is deductible.

The purposes for which benefit assessments are levied include lighting, flood control, transit, police protection,
fire protection, county service areas and paramedics.

Public
Off

STATE TAXES

STATE TAXES somebody

STATE TAXES

Inheritance Tax

The inheritance tax law was repealed as the result of the passage of Proposition 6 at the California election held
on June 8, 1982. The new estate law (below) is effective for estates of decedents who died after January 1,
1987.

Gift Tax

The gift tax law was also repealed as the result of the passage of Proposition 6 at the California election held on
June 8, 1982. The repeal is effective as to all gifts made after June 7, 1982.

Estate Tax

Proposition 6 also enacted the California estate tax. The purpose of this tax is to take advantage of a provision
in federal law which allows the estate to claim a credit against the federal estate tax for death taxes paid to the
state. The tax is fixed in the maximum amount that the federal government will allow as a credit for estate taxes
paid to the state. Therefore, this tax does not cost the estate anything because if the amount were not paid to the
state it would have to be paid to the federal government.

A California Estate Tax Return is required to be filed with the State Controller for the estate of every decedent
whose date of death is after January 1, 1987, if a Federal Estate Tax Return is required to be filed. The return is
due and any tax liability is payable on or before nine months after the date of death. There is a late filing
penalty of 5% of the amount of the tax due for each month or portion thereof up to a maximum of 25%. This
penalty can be waived for good cause. If an extension to file has been granted by the Internal Revenue Service

for the filing of the Federal Estate Tax Return, a like extension will be given for the California return. In
addition to the late filing penalty, interest at the rate of 12 percent per annum is chargeable on payments not
made within nine months after the decedent’s death.

Public
Off

TAXATION OF MOBILEHOMES

TAXATION OF MOBILEHOMES somebody

TAXATION OF MOBILEHOMES

Mobilehomes and manufactured homes are subject to local property taxation under prescribed circumstances.

Under Section 18551 of the Health and Safety Code there are four principal prerequisites for transforming a
mobilehome into real property:

1. obtaining a building permit;

2. attaching the mobilehome to an approved foundation;

3. recording a document reflecting that the mobilehome has been affixed to an approved foundation system;
and

4. obtaining a certificate of occupancy.

A mobilehome installed on a foundation system is deemed a fixture or improvement to the real property.

Section 5802 provides that the base year value of a mobilehome converted from the vehicle license fee to local
property tax shall be its full cash value on the lien date for the fiscal year in which it is first enrolled.

After a mobilehome is attached to a foundation system, the Department of Housing and Community
Development (HCD) must cancel the registration. Title is thereafter recorded with the county recorder and
ownership is transferred accordingly. Removal of the mobilehome from the foundation is prohibited unless the
following conditions are met:

1. all persons having title to any estate or interest in the real property consent to the removal; and

2. 30 days prior to removal, the owner of the mobilehome notifies HCD and the local assessor of its intended
removal.

HCD must be given written evidence of the consent to removal by all persons having title or interest in the real
property. HCD will then require the owner to obtain a transportation permit or mobilehome registration,
whichever it deems appropriate. Once removed from the foundation and the HCD license fee is paid, the
mobilehome is personal property and the assessor will remove it from the real property tax roll.

Public
Off

Chapter 17 - Subdivisions and Other Public Controls

Chapter 17 - Subdivisions and Other Public Controls somebody
Public
Off

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS somebody

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

Material Changes

Any material change in the subdivision itself, or in the program for marketing the subdivision interests, or its
handling after the filing of the Application and Questionnaire is made or the public report is issued must be
reported to the Commissioner. This not only includes physical changes, such as changing the lot or street lines,
but any new condition or development which may affect the utility or value of the subdivision or the terms of
the offering. Basically, a material change is anything that results in the public report or questionnaire not
reflecting the true facts/conditions of the subdivision offering.

Changes in contracts, deeds, etc., used in the sale of lots or units in a subdivision may constitute a material
change to be reported to the Commissioner. The purpose of reporting is to enable the Commissioner to revise
the public report and to set forth the true conditions existing in the subdivision after any material change has
occurred or take other action as warranted.

For a limited time after subdivision sales begin, amendments to the management documents of common interest
subdivisions are invalid without the prior written consent of the Commissioner, if the change would affect an
owner’s rights to ownership, possession or use in any material way. (Code Section 11018.7)

The owner of a (non-exempt) subdivision must report to the Commissioner the sale of five or more parcels or
units to a single purchaser.

Failure to report material changes not only violates the law but may also furnish a basis for rescission of
purchases through court action.

Special Districts

If the subdivision lies wholly or partially within a special district such as a community services district, resort
improvement district, county water district or similar public or semi-public district, which has the power to tax,
issue general obligation bonds, and raise money by other means, for the purpose of financing, acquiring,
constructing, maintaining or operating improvements for the subdivision or for the purpose of extending public
or other services to this subdivision, the subdivider will submit a Special Assessment District and Special
Improvement District Questionnaire identifying the district, the amount and term of indebtedness, the effect on
the tax rate and the total assessment and annual assessment per lot, unit or parcel in the subdivision. This same
questionnaire elicits similar information about districts empowered to levy “special taxes.” The inquiry is not
concerned with school districts, irrigation districts, fire protection districts or similar districts not formed for the
particular purpose of providing services to this and connected projects.

Special Regulations for Common Interest Subdivisions

A number of regulations specify the documents and statements required for a planned development, community
apartment, stock cooperative, or condominium project. These requirements are set forth in Sections 2792.1
through Section 2792.33 of the Commissioner’s Regulations. Examples include “reasonable arrangements” for:

1. levying regular and special assessments against each owner;

2. the governing body’s distribution of annual financial and budget information to all members;

3. members’ meetings, voting rights, governing body powers, inspection of the association’s books and
records; and,

4. establishing maintenance and reserve funds.

Environmental Impact Reports

An environmental impact report (EIR) may be required by local government prior to approval of the map for
the subdivision.

A subdivision developer should determine as early as possible (preferably prior to filing a tentative map)
whether an EIR will be required for the project.

The California Coastal Act

The California Coastal Act allows local governments to adopt programs for coastal conservation. Generally, the
Coastal Zone runs the length of the state from the sea inland about 1,000 yards, with wider spots in coastal
estuarine, habitat and recreational areas. A subdivider planning to develop a tract of land within the Coastal
Zone must obtain a coastal development permit or an exemption.

Mineral, Oil and Gas Subdivisions

The definition of mineral, oil and gas subdivisions covers division of land into parcels of any size, even when
each parcel created is 160 acres or more in size. No public report on a mineral, oil or gas subdivision has been
issued for a number of years.

Advertising Criteria

Guidelines for subdividers in the advertising and promotion of subdivisions are contained in Section 2799.1 of
the Commissioner’s Regulations. These guidelines are applicable in determining whether advertising for sale or
lease of subdivision interests is false or misleading within the meaning of those terms defined in Business and
Professions Code Sections 10140, 10177(c), 11022 and 17500 of the Code.

Nothing contained in these standards limits the authority of the Commissioner to take formal action against an
owner, subdivider or agent for the use of false or misleading advertising of a type not specifically described in
these guidelines.

The DRE publication Guidelines for Subdivision Advertising (RE 631) contains advertising requirements and
prohibitions. RE 631 may be obtained from the DRE’s Sacramento Subdivision Office

Desist and Refrain Orders

If the Commissioner finds that a person is violating any provision of the Subdivided Lands Law or the pertinent
regulations or if the further sale or lease of lots in a given subdivision would constitute grounds for denial of the
issuance of a public report, the Commissioner may order the immediate cessation of such violations or the
immediate termination of selling or leasing of the property by the issuance of an Order to Desist and Refrain (D
& R) from such activity.

When the Commissioner issues a D & R, the person named therein has the right, within 30 days after its receipt,
to file a written request for a hearing to contest the order. The Commissioner must assign the request to conduct
a hearing to the Office of Administrative Hearings. If the hearing is not commenced within 15 days after receipt
of the request or on the date to which it is continued by mutual agreement, or if the decision of the
Commissioner is not rendered within 30 days after completion of the hearings, the D & R is deemed vacated.

Out-of-State Subdivisions

A developer who wishes to offer in California subdivision interests (other than in a time-share) located outside
of California but within the United States must register the project with DRE and include certain disclaimers in
advertising and sales contracts.

A developer who wishes to offer in California subdivision interests located outside the United States is not
required to register with DRE but must include a disclaimer in advertising and sales contracts.

Basically, the disclaimers mentioned above state that DRE has not examined the offering and urge a prospective
purchaser to seek the advice of an attorney who is familiar with real estate and development law in the state or
country where the subdivision is located.

Public
Off

BASIC STEPS IN FINAL MAP PREPARATION AND APPROVAL

BASIC STEPS IN FINAL MAP PREPARATION AND APPROVAL somebody

BASIC STEPS IN FINAL MAP PREPARATION AND APPROVAL

1. Feasibility analysis of subdivision, based on economics, location and physical survey.

2. Preliminary discussions to learn requirements of agencies having jurisdiction over the project.

3. Preparation of tentative map (copy sent to coastal commission if project is in coastal zone).

4. Tentative map submitted to local jurisdiction (e.g., planning commission, city clerk) and, if applicable,
government loan agency (e.g., FHA).

5. Copy of approved tentative map sent to DRE with application for public report.

6. Preparation and signing of final map.

7. Final map submitted to planning commission and government loan agency.

8. Approved final map recorded.

9. Copy of approved final map sent to DRE.

Public
Off

BASIC SUBDIVISION LAWS

BASIC SUBDIVISION LAWS somebody

BASIC SUBDIVISION LAWS

The two basic California subdivision laws are the Subdivision Map Act (Government Code Sections 66410, et
seq.) and the Subdivided Lands Law (Sections 11000 - 11200 of the Business and Professions Code;
hereinafter, the Code).

Subdivision Map Act

The Subdivision Map Act sets forth the conditions for approval of a subdivision map and requires enactment of
subdivision ordinances by which local governments have direct control over the types of subdivision projects to
be undertaken and the physical improvements to be installed. This act has two major objectives:

1. To coordinate a subdivision’s design (lots, street patterns, rights-of-way for drainage and sewers, etc.) with
the community plan; and

2. To insure that the subdivider will properly complete the areas dedicated for public purposes, so that they
will not become an undue burden upon the taxpayers of the community.

The Subdivision Map Act is discussed in detail later in this chapter.

Subdivided Lands Law

The Real Estate Commissioner (hereinafter, the Commissioner), administers the Subdivided Lands Law to
protect purchasers from fraud, misrepresentation, or deceit in the initial sale of subdivided property.

With a few important exceptions, no subdivision can be offered for sale in California until the Commissioner
has issued a subdivision public report. A public report includes important information and disclosures
concerning the subdivision offering.

The Commissioner does not issue the final public report until the subdivider has met all statutory requirements,
including financial arrangements to assure completion of improvements and facilities included in the offering
and a showing that the lots, units, or parcels can be used for the purpose for which they are being offered.

Public
Off

COMPLIANCE AND GOVERNMENTAL CONSULTATION

COMPLIANCE AND GOVERNMENTAL CONSULTATION somebody

COMPLIANCE AND GOVERNMENTAL CONSULTATION

Subdividers and their professional consultants must be thoroughly familiar with the state laws and also with the
subdivision control ordinance in the particular community. Numerous differences exist in the various local
subdivision ordinances because of a great diversity in types of communities and conditions throughout the state.

To be fully aware of the current requirements of the Commissioner, a subdivider should consult with DRE
during the planning stage of a subdivision.

The federal government plays an important role in the financing of home building through its mortgage
insurance program. If a developer wants a subdivision offering to include government insured or guaranteed
financing, timely consultations may be necessary with the Federal Housing Administration, the Veterans
Administration and any other appropriate agencies.

Public
Off

COMPLIANCE WITH THE SUBDIVIDED LANDS LAW

COMPLIANCE WITH THE SUBDIVIDED LANDS LAW somebody

COMPLIANCE WITH THE SUBDIVIDED LANDS LAW

The Subdivided Lands Law is designed to protect purchasers from misrepresentation, deceit and fraud in
subdivision sales. This is accomplished in two ways: by making it illegal to commence sales until DRE
determines that the offering meets certain affirmative standards and issues a public report; and by disclosing in
the public report pertinent facts about the property and the terms of the offering.

Affirmative Standards

Affirmative standards deal with two major aspects of the proposed subdivision offering:

1. suitability for intended use; and

2. fair dealing regarding the sale or lease of the offering.

The Subdivided Lands Law requires that the Commissioner deny issuance of a public report if the offering is
not suitable for the use proposed by the subdivider. The suitability test is, of course, paramount in residential
offerings. These must include vehicular access, a potable water source, available utilities, offsite improvements,
etc.

To insure fair dealing and receipt of the subdivision interest for which the purchaser has bargained, the
affirmative standards include: the security of buyer’s deposit money; satisfactory arrangements to clear

mechanic’s liens; release of the interest from any blanket encumbrance (mortgage lien); and conveyance of
proper title.

Disclosures in Public Report

The public report discloses significant information about the subdivision. Disclosures in the public report may
alert consumers to any negative aspects of the offering (e.g., unusual present or future costs; hazards or adverse
environmental factors; unusual restrictions or easements; necessary special permits for improvements; unusual
financing arrangements).

Filing Notice of Intention/Application

Before subdivided land can be offered for sale or lease, a Notice of Intention must be filed with the
Commissioner. The Notice of Intention is combined with a Questionnaire and Application and must be
completed on forms provided by DRE. The questionnaire is specifically designed to obtain pertinent details
about all aspects of the offering.

Usually, the owner files the application for public report. Anybody filing on behalf of the owner must furnish
DRE with the owner’s written authorization to do so.

Use of Public Report

A copy of the public report must be delivered to a prospective purchaser, who must have time to read the report
before any offer is made to purchase or lease a lot or interest covered by the report. The prospective purchaser
will sign a receipt for the report on a form approved by the Commissioner. The subdivider must retain the
receipt for three years for the Commissioner’s inspection.

As stated in a notice required to be posted in the sales office, the subdivider must, upon request, give a copy of
the public report to any member of the public.

Violations - Penalties

In addition to disciplinary actions which may be imposed by the Commissioner against licensees for violations
of the Subdivided Lands Law, anyone who willfully violates or fails to comply with Sections 11010, 11010.1,
11010.8, 11013.1, 11013.2, 11013.4 11018.2, 11018.7, 11019 or 11022 of the Code shall be guilty of a public
offense punishable by a maximum fine of not to exceed $10,000, or up to one year’s confinement in county jail
or in state prison or by both fine and imprisonment.

The district attorney of each county in the state is charged with prosecuting violators.

Questionnaire Requirements

DRE has developed questionnaires to elicit subdivision information. Some responses to a questionnaire will be
in the form of documentation. Other information can be filled in from the subdivider’s records.

Subdivision Filing Fees

Maximum fees for filing applications under the Subdivided Lands Law are prescribed by statute. The
Commissioner may, by regulation, prescribe fees lower than the statutory maximums when it has been
determined that the lower fees are sufficient to offset costs and expenses to administer the Subdivided Lands
Law. The Commissioner must hold a hearing at least once each year to consider subdivision filing fees.

A person interested in current fees should contact either the Sacramento or Los Angeles Subdivision Office.

Where to File

Subdivision filings must be made at the Department of Real Estate district office responsible for the area where
the subdivision is located. There are subdivision offices in Sacramento and Los Angeles.

Filings for undivided interest subdivisions, certain qualified limited-equity housing cooperatives and time-share
offerings must be made at the Sacramento office.

Questionnaire Forms - Contents

DRE has developed different questionnaires for standard subdivisions, common interest subdivisions, time-
shares, and stock cooperatives.

Some of the areas common to the questionnaires are:

1. on- or off-site conditions which may affect the intended use of the land;

2. provisions for essential utilities, such as water, electricity, and sewage disposal;

3. on-site improvements, existing or proposed;

4. the condition of title, including any restrictions or reservations affecting building, use or occupancy;

5. the terms and conditions of sales or lease;

6. the ability of the subdivider to deliver the interest contracted for;

7. the method of conveyance; and

8. any representations of “guarantees” or “warranties” made as part of a sales program.

Exceptions

A Notice of Intention and Application is not required for a standard subdivision within city limits if the lots are
to be sold improved with completed residential structures and other improvements necessary for occupancy, or
with financial arrangements, satisfactory to the city, to secure completion of those other improvements,
provided the subdivider has complied with Sections 11013.1, 11013.2 and 11013.4 of the Code.

Also excepted are:

• subdivisions limited in use to commercial and industrial purposes; by zoning or by a declaration of
covenants, conditions and Restrictions.

• subdivided land offered for sale or lease by a state agency, including the University of California, a local
agency, or other public agency.

Filing Packages

When filing for a final public report, a subdivider may choose one of three methods, each relating to the level
of completeness of the filing package.

Minimum filing package method. This is the basic method. This filing must meet all the minimum
requirements itemized in the questionnaire, including payment of the appropriate fee and appending of the
supporting documents. If a package submitted fails to satisfy the minimum filing requirements, the application,
package and fee are returned to the applicant with no processing by DRE. Satisfying the minimum requirements
enables DRE to: (a) process the filing for issuance of a “normal” preliminary public report, if requested to do
so; and (b) within 15 days after receipt of the filing package, notify the subdivider whether (1) the filing also
satisfies Substantially Complete Filing Package requirements or (2) will be held in a pending file until the filing
is made substantially complete by additional information or documentation listed on the Quantitative
Deficiency Notice.

Substantially complete application method. This method requires the applicant to satisfy all quantitative
requirements for the Minimum Filing Package plus furnish virtually all other documentation needed to issue the
final public report, except the recorded map, recorded CC&Rs, certain bonds, etc. Once the filing is
substantially complete, qualitative processing begins and DRE must, within 20 days for a standard subdivision
or 60 days for a common interest subdivision, provide the applicant with a Qualitative Deficiency Notice listing
any substantive corrections to be made in the filing package.

Totally complete filing method. This method requires that the initial package submitted be certified by the
subdivider to be complete and correct as originally filed. If it is, DRE can expedite issuance of the final public
report.

Preliminary Public Report

A subdivider wishing to begin a marketing effort prior to the issuance of a final public report may request a
preliminary public report based on the submission of a qualifying minimum application filing package. A
preliminary public report does not provide the same disclosures as a final report and only allows the subdivider
to accept reservations from potential purchasers. Reservation money must be fully refundable and kept in an
escrow.

Preliminary public reports have a one-year term and may be renewed.

Amended Public Report

If during the life (five years) of a final public report, the subdivision offering undergoes a “material change”
(e.g., change of ownership, change in purchase money handling procedure, change in use, etc.), the subdivider
must apply for an amended public report.

Renewed Public Report

If at the end of five years the subdivision is not sold out, the subdivider can apply for a renewal of the final
public report for an additional five-year term.

Interim Public Report

An interim public report is a special type of amended public report. It permits the subdivider to only take
nonbinding reservations until a regular amended public report is issued reflecting material changes in the
offering. An interim public report can only be applied for in conjunction with or after filing an application for
an amended or renewed public report, and is valid for one year but expires upon issuance of the amended public
report.

Conditional Public Report

An applicant for an original, renewed, or amended final public report may also apply for a conditional public
report authorizing the subdivider to enter into binding contracts for the sale of lots or units even though the
project has not yet completely qualified for issuance of a final public report. DRE may issue a conditional
public report under the circumstances described in Section 11018.12 of the Code and Commissioner’s
Regulation 2790.2.

Public
Off

COVENANTS, CONDITIONS, AND RESTRICTIONS

COVENANTS, CONDITIONS, AND RESTRICTIONS somebody

COVENANTS, CONDITIONS, AND RESTRICTIONS

Subdividers, mortgage lenders, government agencies, and home buyers need a means of assurance that the
nature of a subdivision will remain unchanged. The mechanism most commonly used in California to assure
this essentially protection is a document known as the Declaration of Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions,
(CC&Rs). Conveyances are made subject to CC&Rs.

The traditional purpose of deed restrictions has been to control land use by requiring structures to be a certain
size, or by restricting types of use.

The importance of restrictions has shifted to a broader purpose as the number of common interest developments
has increased. CC&Rs are used not only to control land use, but to prescribe the very nature of the common
interest subdivision; to provide for maintenance of the project; to set down rules for behavior of persons; and as
a vehicle for raising money for maintenance, repair and replacement of the project’s components.

Restrictions may be set out in the deed to the land, which is frequently the case when the restrictions are quite
simple. When the CC&Rs are complex, as they usually are for a common interest subdivision, they are best set
out in a separate document. There are technical requirements to be met if the CC&Rs are to be effective.
Therefore, developers usually hire experienced lawyers to draft CC&Rs.

Common interest subdivisions almost invariably have a homeowners’ association to carry out the mandates of
the CC&Rs. Pursuant to the Subdivided Lands Law, the Commissioner has adopted regulations that require
reasonable arrangements in CC&Rs and the other governing instruments for a common interest subdivision.

Often, a title report will disclose that a parcel of land is subject to restrictions recorded years before. An
attorney should examine them to discover whether their provisions will hinder the intended development. There
are frequently set-back provisions, limits on density and other provisions which cannot be eliminated.

Public
Off

EMINENT DOMAIN

EMINENT DOMAIN somebody

EMINENT DOMAIN

The power of eminent domain permits the government to take private property for public use. The United
States and California Constitutions require “just compensation” for such a taking. Not all government activity
which may reduce or entirely destroy the value of property is a “taking.” For example, zoning or health
regulations which prohibit an owner from using a property for a certain purpose or in a certain manner may
make the property much less valuable but, usually, no compensation is paid. Where governmental regulation or
impositions on the use or development of land denies all economically beneficial or productive use of the land,
the regulatory action constitutes a taking requiring compensation.

The federal government, states, cities, counties, improvement districts, public utilities, public education
institutions, and similar public and semi-public bodies may all exercise the power of eminent domain and
almost always have the power to obtain the property in question for fair market value. The government can take
property within several weeks of advance notice, before any price is paid or even determined, upon depositing
an estimated price in court and getting a court order.

Examples of public uses are streets, irrigation, railroads, electric power, public housing, and off street parking.

Compensation

The use of the power of eminent domain is often referred to as condemnation. The main issue in almost all
condemnation cases is the amount of “just compensation.” Most courts have ruled that fair market value is just
compensation.

Severance Damage

Condemnation of a portion of a parcel of land may result in a loss in value of the remaining parcel. Normally,
the government must compensate the owner for this severance damage.

Benefits affected by severance are either general or special. A highway benefits all who use it, including the
condemnee. This general benefit is not an offset against severance damages. Conversion of the remainder of an
agricultural parcel to commercial usage because the severed portion is used for a government office building is
an example of a special benefit/increase in value which may be an offset against severance damages due from
the government.

Procedure

Negotiations with the property owner usually precede formal condemnation action by a public body. If
negotiations are successful, the property is purchased rather than condemned. If negotiations are unsuccessful,
the public body files a formal proceeding in court against the property owner.

If the government abandons a condemnation action, the property owner may recover legal expenses reasonably
and necessarily incurred, including attorney fees, appraisal fees, and fees for the service of other experts.

Inverse Condemnation

If a public work results in damage to property, the owner may initiate a suit as an inverse condemnation action.
An inverse condemnation action may also result if a public entity, having commenced an eminent domain
proceeding, does not diligently attempt to serve the complaint and the summons within 6 months.

Inverse Condemnation for Governmental Regulation

Government regulation of the use and development of real estate does not usually result in the “taking” or
condemnation of the real estate by the government without compensation as inverse condemnation. However,
in certain instances, where the governmental regulation is excessive in nature, the land owner may have an
action against the government for inverse condemnation. Where governmental regulation or impositions on the
use or development of land denies all economically beneficial or productive use of the land, the regulatory
action constitutes a taking that would require payment of compensation. However, it is the rare instance that all
of the legal factors result which legally establish that a government regulatory action constitutes such a taking.
There are also many procedural requirements that must be met before a landowner can validly assert that a
governmental regulation actually constitutes such a taking without compensation.

Public
Off

FINAL MAP

FINAL MAP somebody

FINAL MAP

Prior to expiration of a tentative map, a subdivider must prepare and record a final map.

Taxes and Assessments

Before filing a final map, a subdivider must file with the clerk of the governing body a certificate showing that
no liens against the tract exist for unpaid state, county, municipal, or local taxes or special assessments collected
as taxes. Taxes or special assessments which are a lien that are not yet payable are excepted but the developer
must file a certificate showing an estimate of the amount of these taxes or special assessments and a bond or
cash deposit to insure payment.

Improvements

Prior to approval of a final map, the subdivider must improve or agree to improve portions of land to be used
for public or private streets, highways, and easements necessary for vehicular traffic and drainage. The
developer must secure with a bond or cash deposit any agreement to make these improvements. The developer
and the local jurisdiction may contract to begin proceedings for creation of a special assessment district for the
financing and construction of the improvements. The developer must secure the contract with a performance
bond or cash deposit.

Final Map Filing

A developer may file a final map for approval after meeting all conditions and having all certificates signed.

Provided a final map meets the requirements of the Map Act and of the local subdivision ordinance, the local
jurisdiction will approve it at its next meeting after the filing unless the subdivider and the governing body
agree to a time extension for some final corrections to the map.

Final Map Recordation

After the local jurisdiction approves a final map, it is accepted for recordation. A copy is transmitted by the
clerk of the appropriate governing body to the recorder. At the time of recordation, the subdivider must furnish
a certificate of title establishing that the parties consenting to recordation are those having record title interest in
the land.

Public
Off

FUNCTIONS IN LAND SUBDIVISION

FUNCTIONS IN LAND SUBDIVISION somebody

FUNCTIONS IN LAND SUBDIVISION

This section discusses the functions of various agencies and individuals important to the subdivision process.

Private Professional Services

Typically, a subdivider will employ a team of specialists (market research analyst, tax planner, land planner,
engineer, land surveyor, architect, attorney, and real estate broker) to provide valuable assistance in cost
analysis, feasibility, and determination of the appropriateness of the intended land use and physical design.

Planning Commission

The California Government Code provides that the legislative body of each city and county shall, by ordinance,
assign responsibility for the jurisdiction’s planning program to the legislative body itself, the planning
commission, the planning department, or some combination of these. Typically, local governments have, in
addition to their legislative council or board, a planning department and a planning commission. Creation of a
planning commission is required of counties, but is optional for cities.

Most of a planning commission’s work is related to developing and maintaining the jurisdiction’s general plan
and reviewing and making recommendations to the legislative body on zoning and development proposals.

The planning commission’s responsibility for maintenance of the general plan is underscored by the state
requirement that the commission consider any general plan proposal or modification prior to action by the
legislative body. By local ordinance, the planning commission reviews and makes recommendations to the
legislative body on zoning proposals, subdivision and parcel maps, use permits, variances, and other
development permits in furtherance of the general plan goals and policies.

Subdivision regulation is one of the major legislative and administrative tools for implementing the general
plan. Government Code Section 66473.5 bars local agencies from approving a tentative map where the
subdivision has been found inconsistent with the adopted general plan or any specific plan. In 1975, the
Attorney General interpreted this requirement to mean that any city or county that had not adopted a general
plan including the required elements set forth below could not approve subdivision maps. Other findings
required by the law relate to the site’s suitability, wildlife habitat and public health. The governing body may
also deny approval of a map if it finds that waste discharges would exceed requirements established by the
appropriate regional water quality control board.

Another major tool for implementing the local general plan is zoning. By law, the adoption and implementation
of a zoning ordinance must be consistent with the adopted general plan. Charter cities are exempted from this
consistency requirement although, in many instances, individual city charters include a similar stipulation.

By statute, a general plan must include the following seven elements: land use; circulation pattern; housing;
conservation; open space; noise; and safety.

Lending Agencies

Because of the vital role played by financing in the success of a subdivision, the subdivider will endeavor to
include the proper safeguards to insure appropriate financing. The subdivider and the engineer must be just as
familiar with the requirements of the lending agencies as with those of local, state and federal control agencies.
General requirements and land development standards of the FHA are described in detail in data sheets and
bulletins, which offer a great deal of valuable information about proper standards of design. Also, they usually
contain special notes relating to local conditions and requirements. A copy may be obtained from the
appropriate area office. Offices are located in Sacramento, San Francisco, Los Angeles, San Diego and Santa
Ana.

Title Company

After the land to be subdivided has been acquired, the title company will issue a preliminary guaranty showing
the names of the persons required to sign the subdivision map as specified by the Subdivision Map Act. The
title company also provides the preliminary report required by the Department of Real Estate (DRE).

One of the main services offered by many title companies is subdivision processing for a subdivision public
report. They will develop much of the documentation DRE requires, notable exceptions being management
documents and the homeowner association budget.

In addition to the standard title policy coverage, many lenders require affirmative insurance on encroachments,
priority over possible mechanics’ liens, and certain possessory and survey matters. Most California land title
companies make these coverages available, but arrangements should be made before work on the subdivision is
started.

Public
Off

GROUNDS FOR DENIAL OF PUBLIC REPORT

GROUNDS FOR DENIAL OF PUBLIC REPORT somebody

GROUNDS FOR DENIAL OF PUBLIC REPORT

If grounds exist, the Commissioner will deny issuance of a public report and no offerings or sales can be made
until the subdivider has remedied the unsatisfactory conditions and the report is issued.

The grounds for denial are listed in Section 11018 of the Code.

Section 11018.5 applies only to common interest subdivisions and lists standards which, if met, mandate
issuance of the public report if there are no other grounds for denial. Grounds for denial include the failure to
meet these standards.

A subdivider objecting to an order of denial may request a hearing pursuant to Section 11018.3 of the Code.

Public
Off

HANDLING OF PURCHASERS’ DEPOSIT MONEY

HANDLING OF PURCHASERS’ DEPOSIT MONEY somebody

HANDLING OF PURCHASERS’ DEPOSIT MONEY

Common to all types of subdivision filings are the requirements for the handling of the purchasers’ deposit
money as set forth in Sections 11013, 11013.1, 11013.2 and 11013.4 of the Code.

Blanket Encumbrance

A blanket encumbrance exists when more than one lot, unit, or interest in a subdivision is made security for the
payment of a trust deed note or other lien or encumbrance.

When, as is usually the case, there is no agreement for unconditional release of individual parcels from a
blanket encumbrance, the owner or subdivider must comply with one of the following conditions:

1. Impoundment of the purchase money, in an escrow depository acceptable to the Commissioner, until a
proper release is obtained from the blanket encumbrance or one of the parties defaults and there is a
determination as to disposition of the money or the owner or subdivider orders the return of the money to
the purchaser or lessee.

2. Title is placed in trust, under an agreement acceptable to the Commissioner, until a proper release from the
blanket encumbrance is obtained and the trustee conveys title to the purchaser. This alternative is no longer
considered practical by the subdivision industry.

3. The subdivider furnishes a bond to the State of California in an amount and subject to such terms as the
Commissioner may approve. The bond must provide for the return of purchase money if a proper release
from the blanket encumbrance is not obtained.

The Commissioner may approve other methods which protect purchasers’ payments until receipt of title or
other interest contracted for.

No Blanket Encumbrance

Even if a subdivision is not subject to a blanket encumbrance, the deposit money of the purchaser must be
impounded in an escrow or trust account unless the subdivider elects an acceptable alternative method.

The most common alternative to impounding is an acceptable bond to the State of California to assure return of
the deposit money if the seller does not deliver title within the time specified in the contract. Note that a bond
cannot be used to secure reservation deposits taken under a preliminary public report or with deposit money
taken under a conditional public report.

As in the case of a subdivision subject to a blanket encumbrance, the Commissioner is given discretionary
power to approve alternative plans submitted by subdividers which assure adequate protection of purchasers’
deposits.

Impound Requirements - Real Property Sale Contracts

A real property sales contract is defined in Section 2985 of the California Civil Code as an agreement wherein
one party agrees to convey title to real property to another party upon the satisfaction of specified conditions
and which does not with certain exceptions require conveyance of title within one year from the date of
formation of the contract.

When lots in a subdivision are to be sold using contracts of sale, the subdivider will usually convey the
subdivision in trust as detailed in Commissioner’s Regulation 2791.9. This is an acceptable alternative under
Section 11013.2(d) or Section 11013.4(f) of the Code.

Public
Off

HEALTH AND SANITATION

HEALTH AND SANITATION somebody

HEALTH AND SANITATION

The sanitary condition of all housing is subject to control by health authorities. While the State Department of
Public Health controls statewide enforcement of health measures, the local health officer actually enforces state
and local health laws and uses the Department of Public Health as an advisory agency.

Proper drainage, sewage disposal, and water supply are crucial health and sanitation considerations. The local
health officer may stop a development if there are problems in these areas.

Public
Off

INTERSTATE LAND SALES FULL DISCLOSURE ACT

INTERSTATE LAND SALES FULL DISCLOSURE ACT somebody

INTERSTATE LAND SALES FULL DISCLOSURE ACT

Subdividers of large subdivisions to be sold interstate should contact HUD’s Office of Interstate Land Sales
Registration (OILSR) for a determination as to whether they are subject to OILSR jurisdiction.
Public
Off

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION somebody

INTRODUCTION

If communities were allowed to grow without public controls, development would likely be accompanied by
many problems: improper lot design and physical improvements; inadequate streets and parking facilities;
insufficient water supplies; lack of adequate police and fire protection; deterioration of air quality; excessive
noise; and inadequate utility services.

Through state laws, local master plans, zoning laws and building codes, cities and counties strive to achieve
livability and protection of land values.

This chapter discusses the subdivision laws and related controls.

Public
Off

OTHER PUBLIC CONTROLS

OTHER PUBLIC CONTROLS somebody

OTHER PUBLIC CONTROLS

The basic regulation of the housing and construction industries is accomplished by three laws: the State
Housing Law (Health and Safety Code Section 17910, et seq.); local building codes; and the Contractors’ State
License Law (Business and Professions Code Section 7000, et seq.).

State Housing Law

The State Housing Law, administered by the Codes and Standards Division of the Department of Housing and
Community Development, provides minimum construction and occupancy requirements for dwellings.

Construction regulations under this statewide act are handled by local building inspectors, while occupancy and
sanitation regulations are enforced by local health officers. Typical procedure for new construction or building
alterations requires initial application to the local building inspector for a building permit.

The application must be accompanied by plans, specifications, and plot plan. After examination of the
application and accompanying exhibits and revision where necessary, the corrected application is approved and
a building permit is issued. No construction or alterations can be commenced prior to issuance of a building
permit.

Local Building Codes

In 1970, the Legislature amended the State Housing Law to make the Uniform Housing Code, Uniform
Building Code, Uniform Plumbing Code, Uniform Mechanical Code, and National Electric Code applicable in
lieu of local building codes. The law now provides that the Regulations of the Commission of Housing and
Community Development under the State Housing Law shall impose substantially the same requirements as the
most recent edition of these codes. Local government retains only the power to determine local use zoning
requirements, local fire zones, building setback, side and rear yard requirements and property line requirements.
(Health and Safety Code Section 17922(b)). Local variances are permitted only if based on an express finding
that local conditions make them reasonably necessary. Materials and design which comply with the uniform
codes but are determined in fact to be unsafe (for example “pigtailing” copper to aluminum wire) may be
prohibited by the local authorities.

In 1969, by the California Factory Built Housing Law (Health & Safety Code Section 19960 et seq.), the
Legislature provided for regulation of factory built housing by the Department of Housing and Community
Development. The standards must be reasonably consistent with the most recent editions of the uniform codes
mentioned above. Local governments may elect by ordinance to take over the function of in-plant inspections
within their territorial limits in accordance with the standards set by the commission.

Local government supervises on-site installation of factory built housing.

Contractors’ State License Law

Under the Contractors’ State License Law, every person who engages in the business of a contractor in this
state must be licensed by the Contractors’ State License Board. Licensing exemptions exist only for public
entities, public utilities, oil and gas operations, certain construction operations related to agriculture, minor
work not exceeding $500, and an owner’s own work unless the owner intends to offer the property for sale
within one year of completion.

Contractors must meet certain experience and knowledge qualifications and must post a bond or cash deposit to
the State of California for the benefit of persons damaged by the contractor.

A contractor is subject to being disciplined by the Contractors’ State License Board, which may result in the
suspension or revocation of the license. Grounds for discipline include: abandoning a project; diverting funds to
a different project or for a different purpose; departing from plans and specifications; violation of work safety
provisions or of building laws and regulations; and a material breach of contract.

Note: Various FHA, VA or Cal-Vet requirements regulate housing and construction. These programs require,
as a prerequisite to participation, that the house involved meet elaborate Minimum Property Requirements
(MPRs). In some instances, MPRs are more demanding than either the State Housing Law or local building
codes.

Public
Off

PARCEL MAP

PARCEL MAP somebody

PARCEL MAP

A parcel map, prepared by or under the direction of a registered civil engineer or licensed land surveyor, must
include:

1. the boundaries of the land included within the subdivision;

2. the location of streets;

3. each parcel, numbered or otherwise designated;

4. a certificate, signed and acknowledged by all parties having any record title interest in the real property
subdivided, consenting to the preparation and recordation of the parcel map.

A parcel map must satisfy any additional requirements of the local subdivision ordinance.

Public
Off

PRELIMINARY PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS

PRELIMINARY PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS somebody

PRELIMINARY PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS

The local jurisdiction, usually through its planning department, must find that a proposed subdivision is in
conformance with the applicable general and specific plans for the area. The local agency must deny approval
of a subdivision project if it finds that the site is not physically suitable for the proposed development. Water,
drainage, soil and sewerage problems can limit the feasibility of a subdivision.

Natural Features

The subdivider and local agency must consider the impact of the proposed subdivision on trees, streams, lakes,
ponds and views. Potential for significant adverse effects on the environment will occasion review of the
project under the Environmental Quality Act.

Soils Report

A preliminary soils report, prepared by a registered California civil engineer and based upon adequate test
borings, is required for every subdivision for which a final map is required, and may be required by local
ordinance for other subdivisions. The law does provide for a waiver by the city or county under certain
conditions. When a soils report has been prepared, that fact should be noted on the final map with the date of
the report and the name of the engineer.

Neighboring Property

The local agency must disapprove a subdivision if it finds that the subdivision or the improvements are likely to
cause serious public health problems. Undesirable surroundings can also be detrimental to the success of a new
residential subdivision. If the adjacent site is a residential development, planners must study its general
character and design. The design characteristics, building techniques, and street layout should blend and be
compatible with those planned for the new subdivision. Noxious industrial uses, 24-hour factory operations,
noises, fumes, railroad yards, and similar factors render a residential subdivision on the adjoining property
highly undesirable. Cemeteries, penal institutions, mental institutions, dairy farms, fuel storage tanks, and many
other types of land use may also render a neighboring site undesirable for residential development.

The developer should check with the local planning commission, the California Department of Transportation,
the Federal Aviation Agency, and the California Division of Aeronautics regarding location of proposed
industries, factories, freeways, or airport facilities.

Drainage

Local jurisdictions have adopted master plans for drainage and requirements for grading of subdivisions and
installation of drainage facilities to protect purchasers from the hazards of uncontrolled runoff of storm waters,
erosion, deposits of silt and debris, and flooding. The developer must consider the cost and feasibility of these
measures.

The local agency may issue a flood hazard and drainage report on any subdivision proposed within its
jurisdiction.

Flood Hazard

When a flood hazard is found to exist, the flood hazard report will describe the degree and the frequency of
flood hazard using the following terminology:

1. Degree of Hazard

Inundation: Ponded water, or water in motion, of sufficient depth to damage property due to the mere
presence of water or the depositing of silt.

Flood: Flowing water having sufficient velocity to transport or deposit debris, to scour the surface soil, or
to dislodge or damage buildings. It also indicates erosion of the banks of watercourses.

Possible Flood: Possible flood hazard of uncertain degree.

Sheet Overflow: Overflow of water in minor depths, either quiescent or flowing, at velocities less than
those necessary to produce serious scour. This type of overflow is a nuisance rather than a menace to the
property affected.

Ponding of Local Storm Water: Standing water in local depressions. Originates on or in the vicinity of the
property and due to the condition of the ground is unable to reach a street or drainage course.

2. Frequency

Frequent: Flooding which may occur, on average, more than once in 10 years.

Infrequent: Flooding which may occur once in 10 years or more.

Remote: Flooding which is dependent upon conditions which do not lend themselves to frequency analysis,
such as break of levee, obstruction of a channel, etc.

Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zoning Act

This law (Public Resources Code Sections 2621, et seq.) is designed to control development in the vicinity of
hazardous earthquake faults.

On official maps, the State Geologist delineates earthquake fault zones around traces of potentially active faults.
The zones are usually one quarter of a mile in width.

The maps may be consulted at the California Department of Conservation or at the county assessor or
recorder’s office.

Real estate licensees who are involved in property transactions located near special studies zones should obtain
information about that zone.

Section 2621.9 of the Public Resources Code provides that any person who is acting as an agent for a seller of
real property which is located within a delineated earthquake fault zone, or the seller if acting without an agent,
shall disclose to any prospective purchaser the fact that the property is located within a delineated earthquake
fault zone.

The developer of a subdivision lying within a delineated earthquake fault zone and subject to the Subdivision
Map Act must obtain special approval by a city or county in accordance with policies and criteria established by
the State Mining and Geology Board.

Sewage Disposal

County and/or city engineers will determine if it is feasible to connect the proposed subdivision to existing
sewage facilities. This will depend mainly on the capacity, location, and the type of disposal used. If there is no
existing system, the developer must plan for an alternative: typically septic tank systems approved by the local
health officer or by the State Department of Health Services if there is no health officer. The subdivision
engineer must conduct careful soil analysis and percolation tests.

Water Supply

For a residential subdivision, the subdivider must ascertain the feasibility of connecting to an existing public
water supply. Normally, the utility company determines the required size of connections to supply an area and
to provide for future extensions.

The developer must consider the quantity of water needed for a given site, the population served and average
daily use for all purposes, along with maintenance of pressure at fire hydrants.

If there is no local water company, the subdivider must investigate alternate sources. The creation of a special
water district is one possibility.

Water quality must meet the standard of the local health department or the State Department of Health Services.

In response to concern for the quality, conservation, control, and utilization of the state’s water resources, the
Legislature enacted the Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act (Water Code Sections 13000 et seq.), which
is administered by nine regional control boards within the State Water Quality Control Board. The following
provision (Section 13266 of the Water Code) is of particular importance to subdividers:

Pursuant to such regulations as the regional board may prescribe, each city, county, or city and county
shall notify the regional board of the filing of a tentative subdivision map, or of any application for a
building permit which may involve the discharge of waste, other than discharges into a community
sewer system and discharges from dwellings involving five-family units or less.

Other Utilities

The developer must arrange telephone, gas, and electricity service to the site.

The developer should consult with the city or county engineer and with the power company regarding the
necessity or desirability of a street lighting system.

The Public Utilities Commission has mandated that undergrounding be used for all extensions of electricity and
telephone service in residential subdivisions.

Dedication of Streets and Easements

The local government may require the dedication of sufficient land in the subdivision for streets, alleys, public
utility easements, drainage easements, access easements (e.g., for public access to adjacent shoreline) and
bicycle paths.

Public Parks and Recreational Facilities

The governing body of a city or county may enact ordinances requiring the subdivider to make contributions for
public parks or recreational facilities. The contributions may be in the form of land or money. If the subdivision
contains fifty or fewer parcels or units, the subdivider may be required to pay a dollar amount proportionate to
the number of parcels in the proposed tract.

If there are more than fifty parcels in the subdivision, the local ordinance may require dedication of a portion of
the property for public use as a park or other recreational facility. There is no provision for reimbursement to
the subdivider for the cost of acquisition or improvements to the parcel or parcels dedicated for public use.
Industrial subdivisions are exempt from these requirements.

Dedication of School Sites

Under the provisions of the Map Act and the School Facilities Act, the local ordinance may require dedication
of land for public schools. The requirement for dedication must be imposed at the time of approval of the
tentative map. The school district must, within 30 days after the requirement has been imposed, agree to accept
the dedication. Absent timely agreement, the requirement terminates automatically.

The school district accepting dedication of the land pays for it at its original cost to the subdivider, plus the sum
of the cost of improvements, interest, taxes and any other costs which had been incurred in maintenance of the
site.

An ordinance of this nature is applicable only to a subdivider who has owned the land for less than ten years
prior to filing a tentative map.

Airport within Subdivision

A developer may consider including aircraft landing facilities, particularly in a remote planned development.
Under certain conditions, the Division of Aeronautics may not require a permit but the facility must still meet
certain minimum standards. The developer should contact the Division of Aeronautics at the beginning of
project planning.

Preapplication Conferences

The developer and the planning commission technical staff may consider the above items in conferences before
preparation of a tentative map. Obviously, a coordinated beginning will save time in securing subdivision
approval and may avoid costly changes in the subdivision set-up.

Public
Off

SUBDIVISION DEFINITIONS

SUBDIVISION DEFINITIONS somebody

SUBDIVISION DEFINITIONS

There are some differences and some similarities between the concept “subdivision” under the Subdivided
Lands Law and the Subdivision Map Act. The common part of the definition for “subdivision” is “division of
improved or unimproved land for the purpose of sale or lease or financing whether immediate or future.”

The main differences or similarities are:

Subdivided Lands Law

5 or more lots, units, or parcels................

improved standard residential subdivisions within
city limits exempted..................

a “proposed division” is included................

no contiguity requirement........................

160 acre and larger parcels designated as such by
government survey are excepted...................
community apartments included....................

condominiums included............................

stock co-operatives included.....................

leasing of apartments, offices, stores or similar space
in apartment building, industrial building or

commercial building excepted.....................

long term leasing of spaces in mobilehome parks or
trailer parks generally included.................

undivided interests may be included..............

expressly zoned industrial or commercial
subdivisions are exempt..........................

agricultural leases included.....................

limited-equity housing cooperatives, with some
exemptions, per Section 11003.4 of the Code .....

Subdivision Map Act

2 or more lots, units, or parcels

included

“proposed division” not included

land must be contiguous units

no exception for 160 acre and larger parcels

same

same

not included unless 5 or more existing dwelling units
converted

same

leasing or financing of mobilehome parks or trailer

parks not included

not included

included

not included

not included

Public
Off

SUBDIVISION MAP ACT

SUBDIVISION MAP ACT somebody

SUBDIVISION MAP ACT

The following is a discussion of the requirements of the Subdivision Map Act (Government Code Section
66410, et seq.).

A “subdivision” is, with a few exceptions, any division of contiguous land for the purpose of sale, lease or
financing. Condominium projects, community apartments, and the conversion of five or more existing dwelling
units to a stock cooperative are included.

Generally, the subdivider must prepare a map for approval by the local government agency.

Public
Off

TENTATIVE MAP FILING

TENTATIVE MAP FILING somebody

TENTATIVE MAP FILING

Processing the Map

After preparing a tentative map and meeting prefiling requirements, a subdivider files the map with the
planning department, the clerk of the city council or the board of supervisors, as the particular jurisdiction
requires. Typically, a large jurisdiction will have a planning department which will study the map and report on
the design and improvements of the proposed tract. The road department, health department, flood control
district, parks and recreation department, the local school authority and the city or county surveyor will also
review the map. A city or county adjacent to the area in which the proposed tract is located may desire to make
recommendations regarding map approval. If the tract is bounded or traversed by a state highway, the District
Engineer of the Division of Highways of the State Department of Transportation will also review the map. If
the subdivision lies in the Coastal Zone, as defined in Section 30103 of the Public Resources Code, the local
jurisdiction will send a copy of the tentative map to the California Coastal Commission. The notified officials
study the map with regard to their special concerns and report their findings to the planning department. The
reports may recommend approval, conditional approval, or disapproval. The subdivider may meet with
representatives of all interested departments to discuss the proposed tract and the conditions recommended for
approval. After review by its technical staff, the local jurisdiction schedules a public hearing on the map.

Basis for Approval or Denial

The local jurisdiction will not normally approve a tentative map unless the proposed design and improvements
conform to the applicable general and specific plans, including acceptable population density, physical

suitability, and health and environmental considerations. In many cases, approval is conditioned upon changes
to the development plan.

Appeal

The subdivider has 10 days from the date of any adverse action with respect to a tentative map to file an appeal.

Upon the filing of an appeal, the local jurisdiction must set the matter for a hearing to be held within 30 days
after the appeal is filed and render its decision within 10 days after the hearing.

If the legislative body fails to act on the appeal within the time periods mentioned above, the tentative map is
deemed approved insofar as it complies with the Subdivision Map Act and the local ordinance. However, the
local ordinance may give interested persons the right to file a complaint and have it heard by the governing
body.

Vesting Tentative Maps and Development Agreements

Section 66498.1 of the Government Code provides that a subdivider can obtain approval of a vesting tentative
map with certain rights to proceed with development in substantial compliance with specified ordinances,
policies and standards in effect at the time that map is approved.

Another way to secure development rights is by agreement between the developer and the local jurisdiction
(Government Code Sections 65864, et seq.). Entering into a development agreement is a discretionary act.

Public
Off

TENTATIVE MAP PREPARATION

TENTATIVE MAP PREPARATION somebody

TENTATIVE MAP PREPARATION

A tentative map usually shows the design of the proposed subdivision and the existing topographic conditions.
Design includes street alignment, proposed grades and widths, alignment and widths of easements and rights-
of-way for drainage and sanitary sewers, and minimum lot area and width. To the extent possible, the design of
the subdivision must also provide for future passive (i.e., natural) heating and cooling. This requirement does
not apply to condominiums converted from existing structures. Many jurisdictions require that a tentative map
be based upon an accurate or final survey by a registered civil engineer, licensed land surveyor, or professional
planner. (The survey for a final map must be the product of either a registered civil engineer or licensed
surveyor.)

The local subdivision ordinance usually stipulates that the tentative map contain:

1. A legal description sufficient to define the boundaries of the proposed tract;

2. The locations, names, and existing widths of all adjoining highways, streets, and ways;

3. The proposed use of the property;

4. The width and proposed grades of all highways, streets and ways within the proposed subdivision;

5. The width and approximate location of all existing and proposed easements for roads, drainage, sewers and
other public utility purposes;

6. The tentative lot layout and dimensions of each lot;

7. The approximate locations of all areas subject to inundations or storm water overflow and the locations,
widths, and direction of flow of all watercourses;

8. The source of water supply;

9. The proposed method of sewage disposal;

10. The proposed public areas, if any; and

11. The approximate contours when topography controls street layout.

Public
Off

TYPES OF MAPS

TYPES OF MAPS somebody

TYPES OF MAPS

For the most part, the Subdivision Map Act requires tentative and final maps for subdivisions which create five
or more parcels, five or more condominiums, a community apartment project containing five or more interests,
or the conversion of a dwelling into a stock cooperative of five or more dwelling units. The exceptions are
included in Government Code Section 66426.

Generally, the Subdivision Map Act requires a parcel map if a final map is not required. Government Code
Section 66428 includes exceptions and waivers to the parcel map requirement.

Public
Off

TYPES OF SUBDIVISIONS

TYPES OF SUBDIVISIONS somebody

TYPES OF SUBDIVISIONS

Standard

A standard subdivision is a subdivision with no common areas. Also, subdivisions that have reciprocal
easement rights appurtenant to the separate interests along with a homeowner’s association that can enforce an
assessment lien in accordance with Civil Code Section 1367 or 1367.1 would not be a standard subdivision.

Common Interest

Purchasers in a common interest subdivision own or lease a separate lot, unit, or interest, along with an
undivided interest or membership interest in at least a portion of the common area of the entire project.
Normally, an association of the owners manages the common area. Condominiums, planned developments,
stock cooperatives, and community apartment projects are the four types of common interest subdivisions.

A condominium consists of an undivided interest in common in a portion of real property coupled with a
separate interest in space called a unit, the boundaries of which are described on a recorded final map, parcel
map, or condominium plan in sufficient detail to locate all boundaries thereof. The area within these boundaries
may be filled with air, earth, or water, or any combination thereof, and need not be physically attached to land
except by easements for access and, if necessary, support. The description of the unit may refer to: (i)
boundaries described in the recorded final map, parcel map, or condominium plan; (ii) physical boundaries,
either in existence, or to be constructed, such as walls, floors, and ceilings of a structure or any portion thereof;
(iii) an entire structure containing one or more units; or (iv) any combination thereof. The portion or portions of
the real property held in undivided interest may be all of the real property, except for the separate interests, or
may include a particular three-dimensional portion thereof, the boundaries of which are described on a recorded
final map, parcel map, or condominium plan. The area within these boundaries may be filled with air, earth, or
water, or any combination thereof, and need not be physically attached to land except by easements for access
and, if necessary, support. An individual condominium may include, in addition, a separate interest in other
portions of the real property. A condominium may, with respect to the duration of its enjoyment, be (l) an estate
of inheritance or perpetual estate; (2) an estate for life; or (3) an estate for years, such as a leasehold or a
subleasehold.

Typically, an owner of a condominium owns in fee simple the air space in which the particular unit is situated
and an undivided interest in common in certain other defined portions of the whole property involved. An
association and its elected governing board perform the management functions.

A planned development is defined in Civil Code Section 1351 (b) and (k) as consisting of lots or parcels
owned separately and lots or areas owned in common and reserved for the use of some or all of the individual
lot owners. Generally, an owner’s association provides management, maintenance and control of the common
areas and has the power to levy assessments and enforce obligations which attach to the individual lots.

A stock cooperative is defined in Section 1351 (m) of the Civil Code as a corporation which is formed or
availed of primarily for the purpose of holding title to improved real property, either in fee simple or for a term
of years. All or substantially all of the shareholders receive a right of exclusive occupancy of a portion of the
real property, which right is transferable only concurrently with the transfer of the share(s) of stock.

Most stock cooperative projects are of the apartment house type, operated by a board of directors and including
community recreation facilities. The homeowners’ governing association is usually a nonprofit mutual benefit
corporation.

A limited equity housing cooperative is a corporation which meets the criteria of a stock cooperative and
complies with the requirements of Section 33007.5 of the Health and Safety Code. To assure that limited equity
housing cooperatives provide decent housing for low and moderate income families, the Health and Safety
Code mandates the following conditions:

1. The corporation holds title as a nonprofit public benefit corporation pursuant to the Corporations Code OR
the corporation holds title (or a leasehold of at least 20 years) subject to conditions which will result in
reversion to a public or charitable entity upon dissolution/termination.

2. Any resale of a unit shall not exceed the sum of the original consideration paid by the first occupant, the
value of any authorized improvement to the unit and an increment based upon an inflation factor, not to
exceed 10% per year.

3. The “corporate equity” can only be applied for the benefit of the corporation or a charitable purpose.

4. The management documents for the corporation can be amended only by a vote of at least 2/3 of the
owners.

Section 11003.4 (b) of the Code exempts a limited equity housing cooperative from the requirements of the
Subdivided Lands Law under the following conditions:

1. At least 50% of the development cost (or $100,000, whichever is less) is financed singly or in combination
by governmental agencies listed in Section 11003.4 (b)(1) OR the property was purchased from the
Department of Transportation for development of the cooperative and is subject to a regulatory agreement
approved by the Department of Housing and Community Development for the term of the permanent
financing, whatever the source of the financing.

2. No more than 20% of the total development cost of a limited equity mobilehome park (or 10% of any other
type of limited equity housing cooperative) is provided by purchasers.

3. A regulatory agreement provides for: (a) assurances of completion of common areas and facilities; (b)
governing instruments for the organization and operation of the cooperative by the members; (c) an
adequate budget for maintenance and management of the cooperative; (d) distribution of a report to any
prospective purchaser, detailing the financial status of the cooperative and the rights and obligations of
members.

4. The agency which signs the regulatory agreement is satisfied that the governing documents [as specified in
Section 11003.4 (b)(4)] provide adequate protection for the rights of cooperative members.

5. The attorney for the recipient of the financing or subsidy shall provide to the agency signing the regulatory
agreement a legal opinion that the cooperative meets the requirements of Section 817 of the Civil Code and
the conditions for exemption set forth in Section 11003.4 (b) of the Code.

Residents sometimes form a limited equity housing cooperative to purchase a mobilehome park.

In a community apartment project, as defined by Civil Code Section 1351 (d) a purchaser receives an
undivided interest in the land coupled with the right of exclusive occupancy of an apartment located thereon.
The owners elect a governing board which operates and maintains the project.

Undivided Interest

A partial/fractional interest in an entire parcel of land is called an undivided interest. The land itself has not
been divided, but its ownership has been divided.

The creation, for sale, lease, or financing, of five or more undivided interests in land, whether or not improved,
constitutes a subdivision and a public report is required prior to marketing the interests. Section 11000.1(b) of
the Code provides for several exemptions, including purchase of the undivided interests by people related by
blood or marriage or by ten or fewer persons who: are informed concerning the risks of ownership; are not
purchasing the property for resale; and waive the protections offered by the Subdivided Lands Law.

Public
Off

WATER CONSERVATION AND FLOOD CONTROL

WATER CONSERVATION AND FLOOD CONTROL somebody

WATER CONSERVATION AND FLOOD CONTROL

California law provides that an individual’s water rights do not exceed the amount reasonably required for
beneficial use.

The courts refer water rights litigation to the State Water Resources Control Board for investigation, report,
and/or hearing and preliminary determination, subject to final court decision. (Water Code Section 2000, et
seq.)

Surface water rights are dependent to some extent upon whether or not the surface water is flowing in a defined
channel. A defined channel is any natural watercourse, even though dry during a good portion of the year. If
water flows across the surface of the earth without being contained within any defined channel, the landowner
below may not obstruct it in such a manner as to flood the owner above. Also, a landowner above may not
divert or concentrate such waters upon the landowner below by artificial structures, such as ditches or streets in
a subdivision.

Again, if water is flowing in a defined channel, a landowner may not obstruct or direct such water. A local
flood control district, however, may grant a permit for such diversion if properly approved disposal methods are
provided. Waters overflowing a defined channel are considered floodwaters and a landowner may protect
property by reasonable methods.

Cities, counties and specially created districts may incur indebtedness for the construction of flood control
works. Assessments on the parcels within the area will repay the indebtedness.

Mutual Water Company

Water users may organize a mutual water company in order to secure an ample water supply at a reasonable
cost. The company must file articles of incorporation with the Secretary of State.

In most cases, the stock is made appurtenant to the land; that is, each share of stock is attached to a particular
portion of land and cannot be sold separately. This enables the company to plan its distribution more easily and
prevents speculation in shares.

No cash dividends are declared by these companies, but credits are given to water users if surpluses occur. On
the other hand, assessments may be levied if operating revenues are not sufficient or special improvements are
voted by the directors. Directors are elected by stockholders. The directors usually employ one paid officer, the
secretary, who supervises the clerical help and advises stockholders regarding their water problems.

If the domestic water supply for a subdivision is to be provided by a mutual water company, the application for
a public report on the subdivision must include the information, representations and assurances prescribed by
Corporations Code Section 14312 on a form prescribed by the Real Estate Commissioner.

Public Utilities

Public utilities are corporations which have powers of a public nature, such as the power of condemnation, to
enable them to discharge their duties for the public benefit. They are subject to the regulations and control of
the Public Utilities Commission.

Special Water Districts

Water districts, while state agencies, are not part of the state government as such. Such districts have been
historically divided into two groups: (l) those which protect or reclaim the land from water; and (2) those which

bring water to the land. Some districts of each type have been given powers of the other type. Water districts
may also be classified as existing under general or special laws, the former typically being an enabling act for
the voluntary formation of districts and their government, while the latter either create or provide for the
creation of one district and its government.

Sometimes the district law, though general in form, is so modeled to fit a particular situation that it may be said
to be special in fact. This is true of the Metropolitan Water District Act, originally enacted in 1927, under
which only the Metropolitan Water District of Southern California operates, and of the County Water Authority
Act, originally enacted in 1943, under which only the San Diego County Water Authority operates. Both acts
contemplate the wholesaling of water to cities and districts included in either a metropolitan water district or a
county water authority.

Among the types of districts are:

California water districts,

California water storage districts,

County water districts,

County waterworks districts,

Drainage districts,

Irrigation districts,

Public utility districts, and

Reclamation districts.

Water Pollution Control

Water pollution control for the State is governed by the Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act (Water
Code Section 13000 et seq.). This act establishes a State Water Resources Control Board and nine regional
water quality control boards. This act provides a comprehensive scheme for controlling discharge of effluents
which may affect the quality of water. This regulation has frequently involved property owners in regulation or
clean up of spills from septic tanks, underground oil and gasoline storage tanks and other sources which leach
materials into the groundwater.

Public
Off

Chapter 18 - Planning, Zoning, and Redevelopment

Chapter 18 - Planning, Zoning, and Redevelopment somebody
Public
Off

GENERAL PLANS

GENERAL PLANS somebody

GENERAL PLANS

In California, comprehensive plans are known as ‘‘general plans.” By state law, every city and county must
adopt its own general plan for long-term physical development. The plan must cover a local government’s
entire planning area. At a minimum, a planning area includes all land subject to the local government’s
jurisdiction and “any land [outside the city’s or county’s] boundaries which in the planning agency’s judgment
bears relation to its planning.” (California Government Code Section 65300). The general plan is extremely
important because all city and county land use decisions must be consistent with the general plan. It has been
described by California courts as being “a constitution for all future developments.”

State law also requires that the general plan address a comprehensive list of development issues falling under
seven major categories or “elements.” The seven elements are land use, circulation, housing; conservation,
open space, noise, and safety. Depending upon the jurisdiction’s location, its general plan may also be required
to address elements such as coastal development and the protection of mineral resources. In addition, the
general plan may include other concerns such as recreation, historic preservation, public services, and
hazardous waste management. The general plan, together with all its elements and parts, must constitute an
integrated, internally consistent and compatible statement of development policies for a planning area.

Preparation

Typically, general plans are arranged according to the following four basic components:

1. background data on and analysis of the local economy, existing and projected demographics (the
characteristics of human population such as size, growth, density, distribution and vital statistics), existing
land use, projected land use needs, existing and projected environmental conditions, and the capacities of
public facilities and services (e.g., sewer, water, and storm drainage systems, highways, transit, police and
fire protection, and schools);

2. a statement of goals and development policies based on the analysis of data that will guide community
development decision making;

3. diagrams that reflect and support the general plan’s statement of development policies (e.g., land uses,
circulation, noise level contours); and

4. a program of measures that will be subsequently adopted to implement the general plan (e.g., proposed
rezonings, specific plans, public works and other capital improvements, public financing techniques, etc.).

Some general plans are developed as a single document for the entire jurisdiction, while others are composed of
a combination of documents such as a jurisdiction-wide policy plan and a series of area or community plans,
which together cover the entire jurisdiction. Individual general plan formats differ from jurisdiction to
jurisdiction based on local conditions, needs, and philosophy.

Similarly, local conditions and preferences dictate who actually prepares a general plan document. Each local
planning agency is ultimately responsible for developing a plan. Some planning departments prepare their plans
in-house, while others assign all or part of the work to consultants or other planning agencies.

Hearings - Adoption or Denial

Once the plan is written, the planning commission holds at least one public hearing on the document. The
commission forwards its recommendations to the local legislative body, which also conducts at least one public
hearing and then either adopts, amends, or denies the plan by resolution. In some charter cities, the planning
commission may be authorized to take final action on the plan without holding a public hearing.

Importance of the General Plan

A general plan is the basis for future development proposals. It is the rationale behind a city’s or county’s
development regulations and decisions; a statement of local values that sets forth the future direction of
community development. It helps eliminate inefficient resource allocations associated with random or untimely
development. Finally, a general plan promotes fairness in the development entitlement process by discouraging
capricious decision making.

Until fairly recently, general plans were idealistic and inspirational, but had little legal effect. Community
development decisions such as rezonings, subdivision map approvals, and public works projects were not
required to be consistent with the plan.

Legislation, court decisions and legal opinions have established the general plan as the local constitution for a
community’s physical development. State law now requires that zoning ordinances of general law cities be
consistent with their general plan. In addition, every city and county in the state, except Los Angeles, is
prohibited by state law from approving a subdivision map proposal unless the map is found to be consistent
with the general plan. Furthermore every city and county, including Los Angeles, must deny a subdivision map
proposal which the city or county finds to be inconsistent with the general plan. A court decision in 1980
established that public works of all cities and counties must be consistent with the plan.

A 1984 California Appellate Court decision held that a local government may not grant a conditional use permit
if the general plan inadequately addresses pertinent state-mandated issues. Other decisions of the late 1970’s
and the 1980’s have also prohibited various development projects due to the inadequacy of local general plans.
Consequently, it is now in the best interests of real estate licensees, developers, local governments, and the
public to make sure that general plans are legally adequate and that their implementing actions meet the
consistency requirements.

Amendment to General Plans

Amendments to mandatory elements of general plans are limited to no more frequently than four times during
any calendar year. Although most amendments are initiated by city or county planning agencies, an amendment
may be initiated in any manner specified by the local legislative body. Additionally, amendment by an initiative
measure has been upheld by the California Supreme Court. If a development agreement is in effect, its terms
supersede amendments to the general plan if there is a conflict.

General Plan Implementation

Zoning is one of the best known and most frequently used tools for carrying out a general plan’s land use
proposals. Subdivision regulations, property tax incentives, land banking, transfer of development rights
programs, etc. also enact a general plan’s land use policies. As noted earlier, however, general plans are
comprehensive. They address development issues that go beyond land use, such as traffic circulation, public
works, public safety, and water reclamation. Implementation techniques, including specific plans, public

finance measures, and capital improvement programs tackle more than just land use planning issues. The
following is a discussion of two of the more popular implementation tools: specific plans and zoning.

After a municipality has adopted a general plan, it may prepare specific plans to systematically implement the
general plan. Specific plans usually pertain to a particular development site or sub-area of the general plan’s
planning territory. They contain a text and a diagram or diagrams detailing development specifications for,
among other things, land use and supporting infrastructure. They may also include phasing programs which
coordinate the timing of development with the general plan’s long-term outlook. Specific plans have a program
of implementation measures (e.g., proposed rezonings, public works, and public finance). Specific plans may
take the form of: detailed planning policy documents; zoning-like land use regulations that take the place of
zoning; urban development and design guidelines; capital improvement programs; and combined policy and
regulatory programs for guiding and controlling urban development.

Although expensive to prepare and sometimes difficult to administer, specific plans are increasingly popular
general plan implementation tools. Although specific plans contain planning provisions, they are not part of the
general plan, nor should they be confused with area or community plans which are sub-units of a general plan.
As in the case of a zoning ordinance, a specific plan is subordinate to and must conform to the general plan.
However, zoning, public works, tentative subdivision maps, parcel maps, and development agreements must be
consistent with an applicable specific plan. With regard to the hierarchy of planning documents, a specific plan
falls somewhere between the general plan and some of the most common general plan implementation
mechanisms of zoning and design guidelines. Specific plans have two distinct advantages over other general
plan implementation tools:

• They bring together in one document many of the factors necessary for successfully developing a land use
project.

• By matching proposed land uses with infrastructure, they help eliminate costly over or undersizing of
public utilities and streets.

Zoning

Most California cities and counties have adopted ordinances that divide their jurisdictions into land use districts
or zones. Within each zone a specific set of regulations control the use of land. There are often zones for single-
family residences, multi-family dwellings, commercial uses, industrial activities, open space or agriculture and,
sometimes, mixed uses.

The authority for local zoning is derived from the police power in Article XI, Section 7 of the California
Constitution. State law augments the authority by setting forth minimum standards and procedures for
exercising zoning regulations. This provides cities and counties with a great deal of local discretion in
controlling land use. Nevertheless, zoning, as a police power action, is invalid unless it rationally promotes the
public health, safety, and welfare.

A zoning ordinance consists of a map and a text. The map identifies and delineates the boundaries of the
various zones within a city or county. The text specifies zoning ordinance amendment and administrative
procedures, and sets forth the characteristics of each zoning category such as: permitted land uses; land uses
that require conditional use permits; minimum parcel sizes; building height limitations; lot coverage limits;
building setback standards; and housing unit and building densities.

While the nature of zoning ordinances is fairly well known to the general public, the relationship of zoning to
the general plan may not be as apparent. A zoning ordinance may appear to duplicate the general plan, as both
are concerned with land use. The zoning ordinance and the general plan each have texts setting forth
development standards. Both also have community land use maps and map-like diagrams.

However, zoning ordinances are very different from the general plan. The general plan covers a wide range of
land use issues and looks further into the future of an area. The general plan is policy-oriented, setting forth in
general terms the context in which site-by-site decisions are made. A zoning ordinance regulates land use from
the viewpoint of the individual project site. Therefore, a zoning ordinance is merely one of a variety of
measures used to implement the general plan. The general plan provides an overall perspective of the
community-wide consequences of individual rezonings which are commonly initiated by local governments
following an amendment or revision of the general plan. Rezonings are sometimes necessary for maintaining

zoning ordinance consistency with the general plan, although they are more commonly initiated by individual
property owners or developers.

Zoning is inherently inflexible. With the exception of “charter cities,” all cities and counties are subject to the
same basic zoning procedures and statutory requirements (including mandatory noticed public hearings before a
local planning commission and city council or board of supervisors). Zoning standards must also be applied
uniformly, while at the same time recognizing that different land parcels have their own particular
characteristics. Over the years, a variety of methods have evolved to make zoning more responsive and
accommodating to the many unique circumstances involving land use. “Floating zones,” special purpose
overlay or combining zones, mixed-use development, building block zoning and planned unit developments
exemplify some of these methods..

Typically, zoning districts have permitted uses, conditional uses and accessory uses. Permitted uses are those
allowed as a matter of right within the district. Conditional uses are those not allowed as a matter of right, but
which may be allowed by a local administrative body subject to specific conditions, usually after a public
hearing, thus having greater flexibility in applying the zoning criteria. Accessory uses are uses incidental to a
primary use permitted within the zoning district such as a shed in a residential district.

Zoning measures often establish various criteria with respect to types of uses, and also various aspects of the
types of uses allowed, such as building heights, minimum lot sizes, set-backs from property lines, open space
requirements, ratio of building floor areas to size of the lot, and other such criteria.

Planned unit development or planned development is a type of zoning classification. (This terminology also
describes certain land development techniques.) The term “planned development” is also used to describe a
certain type of common interest development that includes common areas and an owners association. As a
zoning mechanism, planned unit development designation applies to the development of land as a unit where it
is desirable to apply zoning regulations in a more flexible manner than those pertaining to other, more specific
zoning classifications, and to grant diversification in the location of structures and other site qualities. The
planned development zoning process is implemented by the local government’s review and approval of a
master plan or “precise” plan for the designated area. Approval usually includes various detailed planning and
development conditions to implement the precise plan.

If a property owner desires to use property in a manner not permitted under the applicable comprehensive
zoning ordinance he may seek the administrative relief of a conditional use permit or the legislative relief of an
amendment to the zoning ordinance. Such a rezoning or zoning amendment would have to be consistent with
the applicable general or specific plan. If the use sought is not consistent with the general or specific plan, then
an amendment of the general or specific plan would also have to be obtained.

Zoning and Use Variances

Sometimes the size, irregular shape, surroundings, unusual topography, or location of a parcel of land is such
that a use of the property cannot meet a zoning standard, such as a side-yard setback. This prevents the owner
from enjoying the development privileges available to other property owners in the same vicinity and zone. The
disadvantaged land owner may apply to the city or county for a waiver of the strict application of a zoning
standard (or standards) to his/her property. If granted, the waiver or “zoning variance” provides the property
owner with the same, but not additional, development privileges as neighboring parcels in the same zone.

In California, counties and general law cities are prohibited by state law from granting use variances that
authorize a land use not otherwise permitted in a zone. For instance, if retail sales are prohibited in a single
family residential zone, a zoning variance may not waive the restriction.

Conditional Use Permits

Zoning ordinances often list special land uses that are authorized in a zone subject to the granting of a
conditional use permit or special use permit. Land uses requiring such permits are usually potentially
incompatible with other activities existing in the zone. The proposed land use can create spillover effects such
as noise, traffic congestion, or air pollution that adversely affect the public’s health, safety, or welfare.
Conditional use permits may authorize the use as long as the project proponents agree to abide by conditions
that alleviate the spillover effects. If the project owner fails to comply with the conditions, the local government
may revoke the permit after a public hearing is held . A conditional use permit is said to run with the land in
that its provisions usually apply despite a change in ownership of the project site.

California Environmental Quality Act of 1970 (CEQA)

The California Environmental Quality Act of 1970 (CEQA) plays a major role in planning, zoning and other
land-use permitting decisions by government agencies. A primary purpose of CEQA is to provide procedures
and information to ensure that governmental agencies will consider and respond to the environmental effects of
their proposed decisions. The state has adopted CEQA Guidelines to implement the CEQA process.

CEQA and the CEQA Guidelines affect planning whenever city or county officials exercise their judgment or
discretion in approving, conditionally approving, or denying a development project which has the potential for
creating a significant impact on the environment. Examples of discretionary projects include: adoption or
amendment of general plans, specific plans, and zoning ordinances; granting of conditional use permits or
zoning variances; approvals of tentative subdivision maps or parcel maps; and development agreement
approvals. Ministerial projects, such as final subdivision maps and most building permits, are not subject to
CEQA; nor are projects which are specifically exempted by state law and regulations.

One of the first CEQA-related steps in the processing of a discretionary project proposal is the preparation of an
initial study. This study is a preliminary investigation and analysis, prepared by the lead government agency, of
the project’s potential for significant adverse effects on the environment. The initial study identifies the type of
environmental document that will be necessary for evaluating the project.

If the public agency determines that the proposal will not have a significant adverse effect, the city or county
prepares a negative declaration prior to making a decision on the development. As a means of expediting the
review and approval process, under appropriate circumstances, the local agency can issue a “mitigated”
negative declaration. A mitigated negative declaration is useful where the initial study has identified potentially
significant effects on the environment, but revisions to the project have been made or are agreed to which will
avoid or mitigate the potential effects to a point where no significant effect on the environment would occur.
The permit approvals for the project would have to provide for measures which implement the specific
mitigation measures.

If, however, the project may potentially cause one or more significant effects, the city or county must prepare
and certify an environmental impact report (EIR) prior to the development decision. An EIR identifies a
project’s significant, cumulative, and unavoidable environmental impacts, cites mitigation measures, and
discusses project alternatives, including “no project.” An EIR goes through two stages: draft and final. The
draft EIR is prepared by the lead government agency and sets forth a variety of information on various issues
required by the statute and Guidelines. It is circulated for public review and intra-agency consultation. After
public review of the draft EIR, the lead agency must prepare written responses to comments on the
environmental impact of the proposed project. The city or county must mitigate significant impacts by
incorporating feasible changes or alterations into the project which avoid or substantially lessen the impacts. If
one or more significant effects are unavoidable, the project may be approved only if the city or county decision-
makers adopt a statement of overriding considerations. This statement allows decision-makers to balance a
project’s social and economic benefits against its environmental consequences. It is an indication of the elected
official’s environmental, social, and economic priorities with regard to the project.

Speeding Up Routine Matters

To reduce the workload of the local planning commission and legislative body, communities may authorize
zoning administrators, zoning boards, or boards of zoning adjustment to handle many of the routine permits and
appeals. These hearing bodies enable the local planning commission and city council or board of supervisors to
spend more time on substantive planning policy and regulatory issues. Known as California’s Permit
Streamlining Act (commencing at California Government Code Section 65920), this change also quickens the
planning pace by setting time limits for processing planning applications. The Subdivision Map Act and the
California Environmental Quality Act also specify time limits.

Public
Off

REDEVELOPMENT

REDEVELOPMENT somebody

REDEVELOPMENT

Community Redevelopment Law (Health and Safety Code Sections 33000, et seq.) authorizes a local
government to adopt an ordinance subject to referendum to establish a redevelopment agency for the purpose of
correcting blighted conditions in a project area within its territorial jurisdiction. A project area for
redevelopment is not restricted to buildings, improvements, or lands which are detrimental to the public health,
safety, or welfare, but may also consist of an entire area in which such conditions predominate. A project may

also include lands, buildings, or improvements which are not detrimental to the public health, safety or welfare,
but whose inclusion is found necessary for the effective redevelopment of the area of which they are a part.

The fundamental purposes of redevelopment include: the expansion of the supply of low and moderate income
housing; the expansion of employment opportunities for jobless, underemployed, and low-income persons; and
the development of an environment for the social, economic, and psychological growth and well-being of all
citizens. To ensure that these objectives are met, the law provides special redevelopment financing and land use
control authority. The use of this authority may affect the title, resale, and use of properties within a
redevelopment project area. Under some circumstances, redevelopment powers and controls may extend to
low- and moderate income housing developed, with agency assistance, outside of redevelopment project areas.
Housing is the only activity a redevelopment agency may aid outside redevelopment areas.

In most instances, the city or county’s elected officials function as the community redevelopment agency board
of directors for the jurisdiction. For legal purposes, the redevelopment agency has status separate from that of
the jurisdiction in which it is established. The agency can sue and be sued; acquire property by eminent domain;
dispose of property; construct public improvements; borrow money from any public or private source; and
engage in a wide range of government and development activities mandated by redevelopment law.
Enforcement of redevelopment law occurs through public monitoring of agency planning functions and annual
reports, and civil legal challenges to perceived violations of the redevelopment plan or state or federal
requirements.

Housing Powers, Responsibilities, and Activities of Redevelopment Agencies

A community redevelopment agency (CRA) must replace, or cause to be replaced, low and moderate income
housing which is lost as a result of redevelopment activities. Replacement must be accomplished within four
years of the destruction, removal, rehabilitation or development of a dwelling unit. The agency must also
provide relocation benefits to households or businesses displaced as a result of its activities.

Prior to 1988, properties developed or assisted by a CRA were subject to affordability requirements that were
often contained in written agreements, and which were to be part of resale and leasing arrangements. The
agency monitors these arrangements for continuing compliance. Beginning in 1988, affordability requirements
on CRA units must be enforced through covenants, conditions, and restrictions in recorded deeds.

Funding Redevelopment Projects

Most redevelopment projects are funded through the issuance of tax allocation bonds secured by anticipated
property tax revenues. This procedure, called tax increment financing, allows the CRA to receive any increases
in project area property taxes which are a direct result of redevelopment activities. Tax allocation bonds are not
obligations of the city or any public entity other than the CRA. They can be issued by a CRA without voter
approval. Before issuing bonds to be secured by tax increments, the taxes being realized from all property
within the designated redevelopment area are calculated and recorded. This tax base, plus an equivalent portion
of the annual reassessments permitted under state law, continue to be allocated to the county and any other
taxing entities entitled to property taxes from the area. Property tax increments resulting from redevelopment
activities which may not begin to flow until two or three years after the project becomes active are allocated
back to the CRA to pay for debts incurred to accomplish redevelopment of the project area.

Expenditure of tax increments. All CRAs, unless exempted under the law, must set aside not less than twenty
percent (20%) of their tax increments in a special fund for low and moderate income housing. (See Health and
Safety Code Sections 50052.5, 50093, and 50105.) In carrying out this mandate, the agency may exercise any
or all of its powers, including the following: acquire and improve land or building sites; construct, acquire or
rehabilitate buildings or structures; donate land to private or public persons or entities; provide subsidies to or
for the benefit of low or moderate income households; develop land, pay principal and interest on bonds, loans,
advances, other indebtedness, or pay financing and carrying charges; and maintain the community’s supply of
mobilehomes.

Although tax increments are the major source of redevelopment financing, there are other tools available to
CRAs, such as general obligation lease revenue and mortgage revenue bonds; transient occupancy taxes; and
shares of sales taxes generated within the project area.
Public
Off

THE NEED FOR PLANNING

THE NEED FOR PLANNING somebody

THE NEED FOR PLANNING

Early American cities were relatively compact by today’s standards. Their land areas were limited primarily by
how far people could walk in going about their daily activities. As time progressed, urban populations surged
due to industrialization and immigration. As city centers became overcrowded, housing conditions declined,
sanitary systems were rendered inadequate, and there was a lack of parks and open space. Some cities turned
into very unpleasant and unhealthy places to live.

In the 1880’s with the coming of mechanized transportation (chiefly the electric trolley on rails), many people
moved to cleaner, less congested suburban areas. Land speculation flourished and urban sprawl went
unchecked. Sprawl intensified when automobiles became widely available. The development of the automobile
was paralleled by advancing techniques in road construction, bridge building, tunneling, reinforced concrete
construction, fireproofing and electric elevators. Cities not only expanded farther out, but also grew upward.

By the beginning of the twentieth century, civic leaders perceived the need for improving their urban
environments. City planning, which had existed for centuries, took on added importance in what became known
as the “City Beautiful” movement. The City Beautiful movement stressed public works and civic improvements
as a way of making cities more livable.

About the same time, city development plans gained prominence. City plans evolved into “comprehensive
plans”: expressions of community goals and values covering the planning needs of both public and privately
owned land.

The comprehensive plans contain public proposals and policies addressing the numerous components of an
urban area’s physical development. These public proposals and policies are a rational response to the problems
inherent in urbanization.

Public
Off

Chapter 19 - Brokerage

Chapter 19 - Brokerage somebody
Public
Off

BROKERAGE

BROKERAGE somebody

BROKERAGE

Brokerage as a Part of the Real Estate Business

Overall, the real estate business consists of the production, marketing and financing of real property.

Real estate brokerage involves agency directed, for compensation, primarily toward the sale, exchange, lease,
rental, financing, or managing of real property or a business opportunity.

Other Specialists

Real estate brokers deal frequently with other specialists in the real estate business: appraisers, surveyors,
engineers, financial institutions, title companies, escrow agents, architects, contractors, pest control inspectors,
credit reporting agencies, attorneys, and accountants. A broker should establish and maintain good working
relationships with these fellow professionals.

Operations

With regard to the sale of real property, brokerage operations may be divided into several elements:

1. securing listings (developing an inventory) through leads, referrals, and direct canvassing;

2. prospecting for buyers through various forms of advertising;

3. negotiating or bringing together a “meeting of the minds” of buyer and seller;

4. assisting in whatever manner necessary with closing (transfer of the property by the required instruments).

Typically, brokerage firms compete for listings and cooperate with other brokers who desire to find buyers for
the listings.

Office Size - Management

A small office will conduct its operations successfully only if the broker is a good salesperson and manager.
The medium-sized firm is customarily manned by a “sales manager broker.” In a large office, the broker
generally has only executive and administrative duties. This broker-owner employs one or more sales managers
and an office staff. Whatever the office size, a broker must maintain proper records and documents and be
certain that the office is well organized.

Career Building

A person considering a career in real estate brokerage should be aware of the following:

1. Other selling experience is valuable, but selling real estate is different because:

a. The product is more complex and individualized.

b. The sales period is longer and more tedious, requiring patience and effort.

c. A broker must exercise reasonable supervision over the activities of salespersons associated with the

brokerage. Reasonable supervision includes the establishment of policies, rules, procedures and
systems to review, oversee, inspect and manage the salespersons activities. In addition the broker must
be familiar with and fulfill many other legal requirements. These requirements are outlined on the
Department of Real Estate web site: http://www.dre.ca.gov.

d. Providing a professional service is substantially different than selling tangible products. As real estate
is usually the largest single purchase a buyer will ever make, the licensee must be prepared to educate,
coach and counsel the client.

2. The broker’s staff must have in-depth knowledge of the geography in which the brokerage seeks to
operate.

3. The licensee must be knowledgeable of the product being marketed: its value; its neighborhood and
the typical buyer.

The Broker and the New Salesperson

Office and personal characteristics crucial to the success of a new salesperson are:

• The broker or designated manager or mentor is available for consultation and makes certain that the
salesperson is trained, informed and up-to-date.

• The broker has an organizational chart and plan. The salesperson’s position and duties are clear. The broker
must constantly evaluate the salesperson’s attitude, knowledge, transaction documents, and production.

• The broker should have a process in place to insure that the salesperson is kept informed and
knowledgeable of the broker's Policy and Procedures and any changes implemented.

Specialization

Residential selling accounts for the majority of sales made by the typical realty office. After making a good start
in general home selling, the licensee may wish to specialize and become an expert in another area of brokerage,
such as:

1. homes of a defined district of the city;

2. homes within a certain price range;

3. residential rentals; and

4. Specific types of property: new home sales, land acquisition for new home builders or developers, farms or
ranches, commercial, industrial, multiple units, motels, business opportunities, franchising, or mobile homes.

If a licensee wishes to leave general brokerage after acquiring extended experience, consideration may be given
to becoming one of the following:

• Licensed appraiser;

• Real estate investment counselor;

• Subdivider;

• Builder;

• Property manager;

• Mortgage loan broker;

• Syndicator;

• Franchise investment specialist;

• Commercial/industrial property leasing agent; or

• Business opportunities specialist.

A Broker’s Related Pursuits

A broker may engage in other pursuits as long as these pursuits do not create a conflict of interest with the
broker’s fiduciary duty to the client. For example, the broker may, upon full disclosure: broker loans, be
licensed to appraise property on a fee basis; act as an adviser or consultant in real estate investment; operate a
property insurance business; offer notary public services or other products and services related to the sale of real
property.

Subdividing/developing. A real estate broker might select the production function of real estate and become a
producer or manufacturer by taking “raw” land and converting it into higher priced land to suit the needs of the
community. The broker-developer may construct dwellings or commercial buildings upon the subdivided land
or even develop an entire community. Once these products have been completed, the broker-developer may
then proceed to market them through other agents or through the broker’s own organization. For this
specialization in real estate, the broker must have a suitable contractor’s license or work with or for a licensed
contractor and comply with subdivision laws.

Notary functions. Often a broker provides notary services as a convenience to clients and as a service intended
for the general public.

A notary must keep a sequential journal of notarial acts and be certain that the person whose signature on a
document is to be acknowledged personally appears before the notary and provides acceptable forms of
identification. An acknowledged signature is supposed to provide protection for individuals who rely on the

notary’s act. This protection will not be considered trivial by an individual who must rely on it while enforcing
a contract in court.

Effective January 1, 1996, Government Code Section 8206 requires that a notary public’s journal include the
right thumb print of a person signing a deed, quitclaim deed, or deed of trust affecting real property. (The statute
specifies alternatives if the right thumb print is not available.) Government Code Section 8211 sets forth
maximum fees for various notarial functions.

Insurance. Most property insurance is sold through specialized insurance agencies. It is common, nevertheless,
for the larger real estate brokerage offices to represent insurance companies in placing policies. Insurance is a
natural feeder business or extra source of income for the real estate broker who taps the lead at its source: sales
transactions originating in the broker’s office.

A real estate broker who also acts in the capacity of an insurance agent is acting as the agent of the insurance
underwriter and is governed by the carrier’s instructions. It is incumbent upon the broker acting in this capacity
to eliminate any conflicts of interest and comply with all fiduciary duties owed the client. Then the broker
acting as an insurance agent must secure competitive rates and charge the client no more than the latter could
obtain in the open market. Of course, the client should always have the opportunity of selecting his or her own
source of insurance.

Public
Off

PROFESSIONALISM

PROFESSIONALISM somebody

PROFESSIONALISM

The term Realtor® can only be used by licensees associated with the National Association of Realtors.® The
Realtor® designation has come to connote competency, fairness, and high integrity resulting from adherence
to a lofty ideal of moral conduct in business relations. The National Association, California Association, Local
Associations and its members have adopted a code of ethics and professional standards of practice, which
establish obligations that may be higher than those mandated by law. In any instance where the Code of Ethics
and the law conflict, the obligations of the law take precedence. The Realtors® code of ethics can be read in
full by following this Internet link: http://www.realtor.org/mempolweb.nsf/pages/code.

Staying Informed

Regardless of the real estate licensee’s professional association, membership or status, licensees must keep
current with changing real estate laws, technological changes, and trends impacting the broad field of real
estate. As one of many examples, The Uniform Electronic Transaction Act (UETA) and the Electronic
Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, commonly known as E-sign, impact the real estate brokerage
business. The Internet and e-mail are becoming a common means for conducting the real estate transaction
itself.. With the passage of the UETA and E-sign, transaction processes that were once consider legally or
technically beyond reach are now possible.

The Department of Real Estate’s web site http://www.dre.ca.gov is a good source of current information. For
members of the California Association of Realtors® the web site http://car.org is another source of current
information and interpretation.

Public
Off

Chapter 2 - The Real Estate License Examinations

Chapter 2 - The Real Estate License Examinations somebody
Public
Off

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION somebody

INTRODUCTION

IMPORTANT NOTE: The Salesperson and Broker examination format has changed since the
Reference Book was published in 2010. Please refer to Salesperson Examination Content and Broker
Examination Content for current information. (7/20/12)

The law requires that the Department of Real Estate (DRE) ascertain, by written examination, the competency of
a prospective real estate licensee. DRE cannot waive this examination requirement.

This chapter discusses the examination process in general, details the scope of the examinations and includes
practice questions.

A pamphlet titled Instructions to License Applicants provides detailed information about examination and
licensing procedures. Interested persons may obtain this pamphlet and an application to take an examination by
calling or writing any DRE office.

Additional information, forms, publications, and other items of interest to examinees, license applicants and
licensees is available on the Department of Real Estate (DRE) web site www.dre.ca.gov under Examinees and
Licensees.

Scope of Examination

Business and Professions Code Section 10153 requires that the real estate examinations test for the following:

• knowledge of the English language, including reading, writing and spelling; and of arithmetical
computations used in real estate and business opportunity practices;

• understanding of the principles of real estate and business opportunity conveyancing; the general purposes
and general legal effect of agency contracts, deposit receipts, deeds, mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel
mortgages, bills of sale, land contracts of sale and leases; and of the principles of business and land
economics and appraisals; and

• understanding of the obligations between principal and agent; of the principles of real estate and business
opportunity practice and the canons of business ethics pertaining thereto; and of the Real Estate Law, the
Subdivided Lands Law and the Commissioner’s Regulations.

Preparing for an Exam

Unless a prospective licensee has had experience with the various types of real estate transactions and has
thorough knowledge of real estate fundamentals, including the obligations of an agent and the laws and
regulations governing an agent’s activities, it is suggested that serious study be undertaken prior to taking the
examination. Even persons well grounded in these areas will find a review extremely valuable.

This book and DRE’s Real Estate Law book are useful study tools. In addition, public libraries and bookstores
have textbooks on California real estate law, practice, finance, economics and appraisal. Real estate courses are
available at colleges and private vocational schools.

Exam Construction

DRE’s testing program follows guidelines set by the State Personnel Board and other test authorities.
Periodically, DRE uses research studies to update the test specifications. Because there are differences in the
level and amount of knowledge required of salespersons and brokers, the exams differ in their emphasis and
difficulty.

Examination Weighting

DRE attempts to place proper emphasis on the content areas of the examinations. The exact weighting for each
subject area contained in the real estate broker and real estate salesperson license examination is included in the
current edition of DRE’s pamphlet Instructions to License Applicants. This publication is also available online
at the DRE web site at www.dre.ca.gov.

Public
Off

REAL ESTATE SALESPERSON AND REAL ESTATE BROKER LICENSING EXAMINATION OUTLINE

REAL ESTATE SALESPERSON AND REAL ESTATE BROKER LICENSING EXAMINATION OUTLINE somebody

REAL ESTATE SALESPERSON AND REAL ESTATE BROKER LICENSING EXAMINATION OUTLINE

Area 1 - Property Ownership and Land Use Controls and Regulations

• Classes of Property

• Property Characteristics

• Encumbrances

• Types of Ownership

• Descriptions of Property

• Government Rights in Land

• Public Controls

• Environmental Hazards and Regulations

• Private Controls

• Water Rights

• Special Categories of Land

Area 2 - Laws of Agency

• Law, Definition & Nature of Agency Relationships, Types of

• Agencies & Agents

• Creation of Agency & Agency Agreements

• Responsibilities of Agent to Seller/Buyer as Principal

• Disclosure of Agency

• Disclosure of Acting as Principal or Other Interest

• Termination of Agency

• Commission and Fees

Area 3 - Valuation and Market Analysis

• Value

• Methods of Estimating Value

Area 4 - Financing

• General Concepts

• Types of Loans

• Sources of Financing

• How to Deal with Lenders

• Government Programs

• Mortgages/Deeds of Trust/Notes

• Financing/Credit Laws

• Loan Brokerage

Area 5 – Laws of Agency

• Title Insurance

• Deeds

• Escrow

• Reports

• Tax Aspects

• Special Processes

Area 6 – Practice of Real Estate and Mandated Disclosures

• Trust Account Management

• Fair Housing Laws

Truth in Advertising

Record Keeping Requirements

Agency Supervision

Permitted Activities of Unlicensed Sales Assistants

DRE Jurisdiction and Disciplinary Actions

Licensing and Continuing Education Requirements and Procedures

California Real Estate Recovery Fund

General Ethics

Technology

Property Management/Landlord-Tenant Rights

Commercial/Industrial/Income Properties

Specialty Areas

Transfer Disclosure Statement

Natural Hazard Disclosure Statements

Material Facts Affecting Property Value

Need for Inspection and Obtaining/Verifying Information

Area 7 - Contracts

• General

• Listing Agreements

• Buyer/Broker Agreements

• Offers/Purchase Contracts

• Counteroffers/Multiple Counteroffers

• Leases

• Agreements

• Promissory Notes/Securities

Exam Rules - Exam Subversion

The typical rules for examinations apply: conversation is not permitted; the use of cell phones, PDAs, notes or
references to texts are strictly forbidden; dishonest practice of any kind will result in a nonpassing grade and
may be grounds for denying future examinations.

DRE may deny, suspend, revoke or restrict the license of an applicant or licensee who subverts or attempts to
subvert a licensing examination. Conduct which constitutes subversion includes but is not limited to the
following:

1. Removing exam material from a test site.

2. Reproducing exam material without authorization.

3. Using paid examinees for the purpose of reconstructing an examination.

4. Using improperly obtained test questions to prepare persons for examination.

5. Selling, distributing, or buying exam material.

6. Cheating during an exam.

7. Possessing unauthorized equipment or information during an examination.

8. Impersonating an examinee or having an impersonator take an examination.

Materials

Only the examination booklet, the answer sheet, a special pencil, and silent, battery-operated, pocket-size,
electronic calculator without a print-out capability or an alphabetic keyboard are allowed on an examinee’s
desk, along with the single page of scratch paper (for arithmetical calculations) which DRE will supply and
which MUST be turned in with the answer sheet and examination booklet.

Question Construction

Test items are phrased so that they measure the applicant’s knowledge without making him or her wonder about
their meaning. The questions must not be too difficult, too easy, unimportant or inappropriate for any reason. No

question is meant to be a trick or catch question. Words are used according to their commonly accepted
meanings.

Multiple Choice Exam

All test items in the real estate exams are multiple-choice. While the examinee may feel that more than one
answer has some element of correctness, the examinee must be able to eliminate the incorrect responses and
choose the correct answer.

Q and A Analysis

The following analyses illustrate the proper approach to exam questions:

Question:

Under no circumstances may a broker:

(a) receive a commission from both buyer and seller

(b) appoint a subagent

(c) misrepresent material facts

(d) sell the principal’s property to a relative.

Analysis:

(a) is incorrect. A broker may receive a commission from both parties provided both buyer and seller have
knowledge of the arrangement.

(b) is incorrect. A broker may get prior consent from the principal to appoint other brokers as subagents to
cooperate in selling the property.

(c) is correct. A material misrepresentation is a violation of law.

(d) is incorrect. The broker may sell to any purchaser provided the principal has full knowledge.

Question:

A valid bill of sale must contain:

(a) a date

(b) an acknowledgment

(c) the seller’s signature

(d) a verification.

Analysis:

(a) is incorrect. Although a date is advisable, it is not required.

(b) is incorrect. The law does not require an acknowledgment.

(c) is correct. A bill of sale is an instrument which has been executed (signed) and delivered to convey
title to personal property.

(d) is incorrect. Verification means to confirm the correctness of an instrument by an affidavit or oath.
Verification may be desirable but not required.

Examinees should be alert for questions phrased in the negative: e.g., “All of the following statements are
correct, except;” or, “which of the following are not ...?” In the following sample question, three of the
responses would be correct. However, the answer called for is the incorrect statement.

Question:

A valid deed must contain all of the following, except:

(a) the signature of the grantor

(b) a granting clause

(c) an adequate description of the property

(d) an acknowledgment of the grantor’s signature.

Analysis:

(a) is a correct statement. The grantor is the person who conveys title to another and without the grantor’s
signature title will not pass.

(b) is a correct statement. The granting clause is necessary to evidence the intent of the grantor.

(c) is a correct statement. The property being transferred must be described so the grantor knows exactly
what property is being conveyed to the grantee.

(d) is the incorrect statement. An acknowledgment is necessary for recordation but is not required to
make the deed valid.

Sample Multiple Choice Items

The following are examples of the types of questions that appear in the examination. No answers are provided.
The results of practice should be checked against appropriate sources.

1. Judgment liens differ from mechanics’ liens in that:

(a) mechanics’ liens are created by statute

(b) mechanics’ liens could take priority earlier than the date they are recorded

(c) judgment liens are voluntary liens

(d) judgment liens are not enforceable until recorded.

2. Tax delinquent real property not redeemed by the owner during the five-year statutory redemption period is
deeded to the:

(a) city

(b) county

(c) state

(d) school district.

3. The maximum commission a broker may charge a seller for the sale of residential income property is:

(a) set forth in the Real Estate Law

(b) negotiable

(c) no more that 10 percent of the total sales price

(d) determined by local custom.

4. In a typical percentage lease, rent is calculated as a percentage of:

(a) assets of the lessee’s business

(b) net sales of the lessee’s business

(c) gross sales of the lessee’s business

(d) net taxable income of the lessee’s business.

5. The position of trust assumed by the broker as an agent for a principal is described most accurately as:

(a) a gratuitous relationship

(b) a trustor relationship

(c) a fiduciary relationship

(d) an employment relationship.

6. The Federal Housing Administration’s role in financing the purchase of real property is to:

(a) act as the lender of funds

(b) insure loans made by approved lenders

(c) purchase specific trust deeds

(d) do all of the above.

7. Which of the following best defines “encumbrance”?

(a) The degree, quantity, nature, and extent of interest which a person has in real property

(b) The use of property by a debtor as security for a debt

(c) Any action taken relative to real property other than acquiring title

(d) Anything which affects or limits the title to real property.

8. Which item would an appraiser use to arrive at a net income for capitalization purposes?

(a) cost of loans against the property

(b) allowance for rent loss and vacancies

(c) federal income tax

(d) reserve for appreciation of buildings.

9. A clause in a trust deed stating that the rights of the beneficiary shall be secondary to a subsequent trust
deed is called:

(a) an acceleration clause

(b) an alienation clause

(c) a subdivision clause

(d) a subordination clause.

10. Private restrictions on the use of land may be created by:

(a) private land use controls

(b) written agreement

(c) general plan restrictions in subdivisions

(d) all of the above.

11. A listing agreement must contain the elements of a contract, which includes:

(a) competent parties

(b) unlawful object

(c) unspecified consideration

(d) being notarized by a notary public.

12. A quitclaim deed conveys only the present right, title and interest of the:

(a) grantor

(b) servient tenement

(c) grantee

(d) property.

13. If a $218,400 investment in real estate generates gross annual earnings of 15%, the gross monthly return
most nearly is:

(a) $3,276

(b) $2,820

(c) $2,740

(d) $2,548.

14. You are a California real estate broker. A prospect is referred to you by an out-of-state broker and you
consummate a sale by you. You want to split your commission with the cooperating broker. Under the
California Real Estate Law:

(a) you may pay a commission to a broker of another state

(b) you cannot divide a commission with a broker of another state

(c) you can pay a commission to a broker of another state only if he is also licensed in California

(d) none of the above.

15. Edison sold his land with an easement appurtenant for a road. The deed to the buyer contained an adequate
description of the land, but it failed to make reference to the easement. The buyer:

(a) takes title to landlocked property

(b) has a clouded title

(c) forfeits the easement to the servient tenement

(d) has the same right to the easement as the seller did.

16. If the broker, while acting as agent in a sale of real property, misrepresents the principal’s property to a
buyer, the broker may cause the principal to be subjected to:

(a) rescission of the sale by the buyer

(b) a court action for damages by the buyer

(c) tort liability

(d) any of the above.

17. An instrument which usually transfers possession of real property but does not
transfer ownership is:

(a) a trust deed

(b) a sublease

(c) a security agreement

(d) an easement grant.

18. As a matter of practice, the escrow holder is authorized to:

(a) order the termite inspection and authorize any corrective repairs to be made

(b) advise buyers on best financing available in the market place

(c) amend the commission instruction form at the request of the listing broker

(d) call for funding of buyers loan proceeds.

19. Community property is property owned by:

(a) churches

(b) husband and wife

(c) the municipality

(d) the community.

20. An apartment complex cost $1,800,000. It brings in a net income of $12,000 per month. The owner is
making what percentage of return on the investment?

(a) 7%

(b) 8%

(c) 11%

(d) none of the above.

21. A person holding title to real property in severalty would most likely have:

(a) a life estate

(b) an estate for years

(c) ownership in common with others

(d) sole ownership.

22. Under the Federal Truth-in-Lending Law, two of the most critical facts that must be disclosed to buyers or
borrowers are:

(a) duration of the contract and discount rate

(b) finance charge and annual percentage rate

(c) carrying charge and advertising expense

(d) installment payments and cancellation rights.

23. Appraisals of single-family dwellings are usually based on:

(a) capitalization of rental value

(b) asking prices of comparable houses

(c) sales prices of comparable properties

(d) the assessed valuations.

24. A contract based on an illegal consideration is:

(a) valid

(b) void

(c) legal

(d) enforceable.

25. The California “standard form” policy of title insurance on real property insures against loss occasioned by:

(a) a forgery in the chain of recorded title

(b) liens or encumbrances not disclosed by official records

(c) rights of parties in possession of the property

(d) actions of governmental agencies regulating the use or occupancy of the property.

26. A broker acting in a fiduciary capacity representing a client in dealings with third persons in selling, buying
from or exchanging real property is said to be bound by the laws of:

(a) limitations

(b) trusteeship

(c) agency

(d) power of attorney.

27. All persons are protected by the 1968 Federal Fair Housing Act and have a right to bring suit when:

(a) acts of discrimination deny them the opportunity to have neighbors who are members of minority
groups

(b) they are evicted by a landlord for having minority guests in their home

(c) acts of discrimination caused their loan for purchase of a residence to be denied

(d) any of the above occurs.

28. The chief distinguishing characteristic of real estate, when compared to personal property, is that it:

(a) depreciates over time

(b) is a capital asset

(c) can be held in severalty or tenancy in common

(d) is immovable.

29. Copies of all listings, deposit receipts, canceled checks, and trust records must be retained by a licensed real
estate broker for:

(a) one year

(b) two years

(c) three years
(d) five years.

30. If a contingency is put into a contract, it is important to be specific about the:

(a) nature of the contingency

(b) duration of the contingency

(c) method by which the contingency will be removed
(d) all of the above.

31. When a loan is fully amortized by equal monthly payments of principal and interest, the amount applied to
principal:

(a) and interest remains constant

(b) decreases while the interest payment increases
(c) increases while the interest payment decreases
(d) increases by a constant amount.

32. Joint ownership of real property by two or more persons, each of whom has an undivided interest (not
necessarily equal) without right of survivorship, is

(a) a tenancy in partnership
(b) a tenancy by the entireties
(c) a tenancy in common
(d) a leasehold tenancy.

33. A “loss in value from any cause” is a common definition of:

(a) economic obsolescence

(b) depreciation

(c) principle of contribution

(d) adverse leverage.

34. Which of the following is a lien?

(a) an easement

(b) a zoning restriction

(c) an attachment

(d) all of the above are liens.

35. Of the following, which is the most important reason for a broker to maintain a trust fund account in
addition to a regular business account?

(a) to provide a means of control over the destiny of transactions being negotiated

(b) it is easier from an accounting point of view

(c) the bank is responsible for any loss to the trust fund account resulting from embezzlement

(d) the consequence which could occur should legal action be taken against the broker.

36. If an appraiser finds that the fair rent for a vacant parcel of land is $1,400 per month and the interest rate is
11%, what is the approximate indicated land value?

(a) $109,090

(b) $138,560

(c) $184,800

(d) $210,000.

37. Economic obsolescence could result from each of the following, except:

(a) new zoning laws

(b) a city’s leading industry moving out

(c) misplacement of improvements

(d) an outdated kitchen.

38. As a real estate broker, you negotiate the sale of a residence. The building appears to be sound and
therefore, no termite inspection is ordered. However, before the escrow closes, you discover what you
consider to be evidence of termite infestation in a closet. Under these circumstances, you should promptly
disclose this information to:

(a) no one, as you might be mistaken and disclosure could “stop the sale” for which you would be liable
for the breach of contract

(b) first and only to the seller, as it is the seller’s responsibility to take whatever action is deemed
appropriate

(c) both buyer and seller for the appropriate resolution

(d) the Structural Pest Control Board so that an immediate inspection can be on record and the
discrepancies corrected by a licensed pest control contractor.

39. A subordination clause in a trust deed may:

(a) permit the obligation to be paid off ahead of schedule

(b) prohibit the trustor from making an additional loan against the property before the trust deed is paid off
(c) allow for periodic renegotiation and adjustment in the terms of the obligation

(d) give priority to liens subsequently recorded against the property.

40. Which of the following factors is least important in the appraisal of an old single-family residence?

(a) The purpose of the appraisal

(b) Adaptability of the building to the site

(c) Physical condition of the building

(d) Original cost of the construction.

41. A balloon loan is most nearly:

(a) a fully amortized loan

(b) a partially amortized loan

(c) a self-liquidating loan

(d) a standing loan.

42. A contractor obtained a construction loan, and the loan funds are to be released in a series of progress
payments. Most lenders disburse the last payment when the:

(a) building is completed

(b) notice of completion is filed

(c) buyer approves the construction

(d) period to file a lien has expired.

43. A grant deed is recorded in the county where the:

(a) escrow and title company’s place of business is

(b) seller permanently resides

(c) buyer permanently resides

(d) property is situated.

44. Brown purchased a $14,000 note secured by a second mortgage for investment purposes. The seller allowed
a 15% discount. The note provided for monthly payments of $1,220 including interest at 9% per annum
over a one-year term. Brown received full payment on the above terms. The yield on Brown’s investment,
expressed as a percentage, is:

(a) 23%

(b) 31%

(c) 34%

(d) 40%.

45. The covenant of quiet enjoyment most directly relates to:

(a) nuisances maintained on adjoining property

(b) possession of real property

(c) title to real property

(d) all of the above.

46. An interest in real property may be acquired by either prescription or by adverse possession. The interest
resulting from prescription is:

(a) the right to use another’s land

(b) a possessory title

(c) an equitable interest

(d) a private grant.

47. Generally, the taking of private land by governmental bodies for public use is governed by due process of
law and is accomplished through:

(a) exercise of the police power

(b) eminent domain

(c) reverter

(d) escheat.

48. Governmental land use planning and zoning are important examples of:

(a) exercise of eminent domain

(b) use of police power

(c) deed restrictions

(d) encumbrances.

49. Most contracts between a seller and broker for the purpose of selling real

estate are in the form of:

(a) a general power of attorney

(b) a novation

(c) a written agreement

(d) an assignment.

50. In arriving at an effective gross income figure, an appraiser of rental property makes a deduction for:

(a) real property taxes

(b) repairs

(c) vacancy

(d) depreciation.
Public
Off

Chapter 20 - Basic Contract Provisions and Disclosures in a Residential Real Estate Transaction

Chapter 20 - Basic Contract Provisions and Disclosures in a Residential Real Estate Transaction somebody
Public
Off

A TYPICAL LISTING

A TYPICAL LISTING somebody

A TYPICAL LISTING

The Residential Listing Agreement, Exclusive - RLA is a listing for sale of one or more specifically described
parcels of real property. (This is one of several different types of listing agreements.) The phrase “right to sell”
means, “right to find a buyer.” It does not authorize the broker to sign transaction documents for the seller.

A typical listing authorizes the broker to:

• Place a “for sale” sign on the property;

• Place the property in a multiple listing service;

• Cooperate with buyer’s agents; and

• Accept on the seller’s behalf a prospective buyer’s good faith deposit.

Any modifications to the typical listing agreement are made using the Modification of Terms Authorization and
Right to Sell, Acquire or Rent- C.A.R. form MT.

1. Term

A listing must have a definite term. The term of the listing ends at 11:59 PM on a specified day.

2. Description of the Property

The description of the property should be specific and detailed. Accuracy of description avoids any doubt and
assists if needed in the enforcement of the listing on that ground.

3. Exclusion and Inclusions

Other than fixtures and fittings that are attached to the property, which are included, and personal property,
which are excluded, the licensee should be sure to specifically write in items the seller is including or excluding
from the sale. If there is any doubt or potential confusion it is best to specifically point out items that are
included or those items that are excluded.

4. Listing Price and Terms of Sale

The minimum requirement for setting forth the terms of sale, where cash is acceptable to the seller, is to express
the price in cash.

Complications may arise when the seller demands assumption of the existing loan or loans, or indicates a
willingness to pay part of the assumption fees or new set-up charges if the buyer assumes the existing loan or
refinances with the existing lender. Such terms of sale should be spelled out in detail.

If the sale may be financed by a VA or FHA loan, the listing will include details of the seller’s conditions with
respect to the payment of points.

Where a first loan can be assumed and the seller is willing to carry secondary financing, the specific terms of
the proposed secondary financing will be set forth.

If the sale is to be a 'short sale' - where the sales price is less than the encumbrances on the property - it should
be noted that lender approval of any offer will be required and a Short Sale Addendum (C.A.R. form SSA)
should be used.

5. Broker’s Compensation and Negotiability of Commission

In the sale of residential property of not more than four units, including a mobilehome, Business and
Professions Code Section 10147.5 requires that the listing (or whatever document initially establishes the
broker’s right to a commission, or increases the amount or rate of the commission) contain, in not less than 10-
point boldface type, the following provision before the compensation clause:

Notice: The amount or rate of real estate commissions is not fixed by law. They are set by
each broker individually and may be negotiable between the seller and broker.

A broker can set a typical commission rate for the firm, but cannot use a listing form in which the amount or
rate of compensation is preprinted or otherwise inserted prior to negotiation with the seller.

The compensation clause in a typical listing agreement will be specific and unequivocal. It will state simply that
the broker is entitled to the compensation, expressed either as a percentage of the purchase price or a dollar
amount, if the property is sold by the broker, by another broker, or by the seller during the term of the listing or
any extension of it. It also obligates the seller to pay the compensation if, without the consent of the broker, the
owner withdraws the property from sale or in some other way makes it unmarketable during the term of the
listing or any extension thereof.

A listing’s “protection clause” will designate a period of time after expiration of the listing during which the
broker’s compensation is protected if the owner personally sells to someone who physically entered and was
shown the property or who wrote an offer on the property. For this clause to be effective, the broker must,
either before or within the time specified in the agreement, notify the owner in writing of the names of the
prospective buyers with whom the broker has negotiated during the listing term.

6. Ownership, Title, and Authority

In a typical transaction the seller warrants they are the owner with the right to sell the property and no other
persons or entities have title. Any exceptions to ownership, title and authority should be noted.

7. Multiple Listing Service (MLS) ) and the Internet

A paragraph typically provides that the listing will be submitted to a designated MLS where information about
the property will be disseminated to members, who may also solicit potential buyers for the property. The MLS
and broker often have additional services to provide Internet access to registered clients via the brokers virtual
office website or to advertise the property on the Internet on sites like Realtor.com or through the brokers own
website using Internet Data Exchange (IDX) protocol.

8. Seller Representations

The seller typically represent that, unless specified in writing, they are not aware of any of the following:

• Notice of Default

• Loan Delinquencies

• Bankruptcy or insolvency affecting the property

• Threatened or pending litigation

• Current, pending or proposed special assessments

To notify the broker if the seller becomes aware of any changes in the items listed.

9. The Broker’s and Seller’s Duty

In return for the exclusive rights granted by the owner, the broker agrees to use due diligence in attempting to
find a suitable buyer and negotiate a sale. Thus, the listing is a bilateral contract.

The listing states that the right of the broker is “irrevocable.” Basically, this means that it cannot be revoked by
either party without the other’s consent. However, if there is a breach of contract (e.g., failure of the broker to
use due diligence), the contract may be subject to legal rescission.

The seller is responsible for determining at what price to list and sell the property and agrees to indemnify and
hold Broker harmless in actions resulting from any material fact the Seller knows but fails to disclose.

10. Deposit

This clause authorizes the agent to accept a certain deposit to be applied toward the purchase price. The proper
handling of earnest money deposits should be outlined by your employing broker and is discussed in more
detail in Chapter 23.

11. Agency Relationships

The broker is required to give the seller a Disclosure Regarding Real Estate Relationships – C.A.R. form AD.
In the event the selling broker also represents more than one buyer, the consent of both the buyers and the seller
is required by using the C.A.R. form, Disclosure and Consent For Representation Of More Than One Buyer Or
Seller – DA or equivalent. These requirements are discussed more completely in Chapter 10.

12. Security and Insurance

This clause advises the seller to take reasonable precautions in safeguarding valuables and discloses that 3rd
parties such as inspectors, virtual tour providers, prospective buyers, appraisers and others will access the
property and they may take pictures and videos. The clause also discloses to the seller that the broker does not
maintain insurance to protect the seller and is not responsible for loss of or damage to personal or real property.

13. Keysafe/lockbox

Authorizes the agent to place a key repository on the listed property.

14. Sign

Authorizes placement of broker’s “for sale/sold” sign on the property.

15. Equal housing opportunity clause

This clause is prima facie evidence of nondiscriminatory intent. The proof of compliance is, of course, that the
parties act in the spirit of the declaration.

16. Attorney’s fees

In the event of any legal action to resolve a dispute, this clause provides that the prevailing party will be paid
reasonable attorney’s fees.

17. Additional terms

Additional provisions could include: date for possession; rent if possession is delivered on a date other than
closing day; repairs to be made by owner; and termite work. Also, if the seller has a prospect, which the seller
personally located, the seller may wish to exclude a sale to that person from seller’s obligation to pay a
commission.

18. Management Approval

After its' execution, the broker or the broker’s designee has the right to approve the terms of the agreement
within 5 days or cancel the agreement in writing.

19. Successors and assigns

The agreement is typically binding on the seller’s successors and assigns.

20. Dispute Resolution

The seller and broker agree to first mediate any dispute regardless of the arbitration election. After mediation
the parties will arbitrate, if initialed by all parties to the contract. There are certain exclusions from mediation
and arbitration, most notably foreclosure, probate, bankruptcy and small claims actions.

21. Entire Agreement

It should be noted in the standard listing agreements published by C.A.R., all prior discussions and negotiations
are superseded by the written agreement. Thus it is important to commit to writing all terms and conditions.

22. Owner’s signature

All owners must sign the listing. If the property is owned by a partnership or a corporation, the proper officials
must sign and provide the appropriate authorization or resolution

23. Agent’s signature

When the listing is signed by an authorized licensee member of the broker’s staff or by the broker himself, it
becomes a (bilateral) contract, with a 5-day management approval contingency. Broker (or broker’s agent) must
give the seller a copy of the agreement at the time of signing.

Public
Off

A TYPICAL TRANSACTION

A TYPICAL TRANSACTION somebody

A TYPICAL TRANSACTION

The California Association of REALTORS® provides many of the forms used and user guides associated with a
typical transaction. C.A.R. assists the user of these forms in the defense of any claim, on appeal, that any pre-
printed provision of the current version of a C.A.R. form is unlawful.

While the C.A.R. forms are used in typical real estate transactions, they may be written in a number of other
legal formats. Regardless of the written form, the licensee must be familiar with the form used or seek the
advice of another professional.

Typical C.A.R. Forms, Name and Number

• Transaction Cover Sheet – TCS

• Disclosure Regarding Real Estate Relationships – AD

• Disclosure and Consent, Representation Of More Than One Buyer Or Seller – DA

• Statewide Buyer and Seller Advisory – SBSA

• Contingency For The Sale Or Purchase of Other Property – COP

• Contingency Removal – CR

• Lead Based Paint Hazards - FLD

• Real Estate Transfer Disclosure Statement – TDS

• Water Heater and Smoke detector Compliance Statement – WHSD

• Extension of Time Addendum – ETA

• Purchase Agreement Addendum – PAA

• Receipt and Delivery of Notices To Perform - RDN

• Addendum – ADM

• Counter Offer – CO

• Cancellation of Contract, Release of Deposit and Joint Escrow Instructions - CC

Additional C.A.R. Listing Forms and Number

• Estimated Sellers Proceeds – ESP

• Residential Listing Agreement, Exclusive – RLA

• Seller's Advisory - SA

• Short Sale Addendum - SSA

• Modification of Terms Authorization - MT

• Notice To Buyer To Perform – NBP

Other Types of C.A.R. Listing Forms

• Seller Instruction to Exclude Listing From the Multiple Listing Service – SEL

• Seller Financing Addendum and Disclosure – SFA

• Seller’s Intent To Exchange – SES

• Business Listing Agreement – BLA

• Business Purchase Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions - BPA

• Lease Listing Agreement – LL

• Residential Lease or Month to Month Rental Agreement - LR

• Manufactured Home Listing Agreement – MHL

Additional C.A.R. Buyer Forms and Number

• Estimated Buyers Costs – EBC

• Residential Purchase Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions – RPA CA

• Notice of Default Purchase Agreement - NODPA Megan's Law Data Base Disclosure - DBD

• Wood Destroying Pest Inspections and Allocation of Cost Addendum - WPA

• Request for Repair – RR

• Notice To Seller To Perform – NSP Notice to Buyer to Perform - NBP

• Verification of Property Condition – VP

Other Types of C.A.R. Forms Used with Buyers

• Buyer Broker Representation Agreements – BRE, BRNE and BRNN

• Probate Purchase Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions – PPA

• Residential Income Purchase Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions – RIPA

• New Construction Purchase Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions – NCPA

• Vacant Land Purchase Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions – VLPA

• Business Purchase Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions – BPA

• Commercial Property Purchase Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions – CPA

• Buyers Intent To Exchange Supplement – BES

• Manufactured Home Purchase Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions – MHPA

The latest information on the most typical C.A.R. forms can be obtained at http://C.A.R..org and
http://www.winforms.com

Public
Off

BE PRIOR RECORDED LIENS AND ENCUMBRANCES WHICH AFFECT YOUR INTEREST IN THE

BE PRIOR RECORDED LIENS AND ENCUMBRANCES WHICH AFFECT YOUR INTEREST IN THE somebody

BE PRIOR RECORDED LIENS AND ENCUMBRANCES WHICH AFFECT YOUR INTEREST IN THE
PROPERTY BEING ACQUIRED. A NEW POLICY OF TITLE INSURANCE SHOULD BE OBTAINED IN
ORDER TO ENSURE YOUR INTEREST IN THE PROPERTY THAT YOU ARE ACQUIRING.”

This requirement is also of interest to a real estate broker conducting an escrow pursuant to the exemption set
forth in Financial Code Section 17006(a)(4).

Disclosure of Sale Price Information

Within one month after the close of escrow for the transfer of title to real property (or the sale of a business
opportunity) through a real estate agent(s), the agent(s) must inform the buyer and seller in writing of the
selling price. In the case of an exchange, the information on the selling price is required to include a description
of the property and the amount of added money consideration, if any.

If a transaction is closed through an authorized third party escrow holder, a closing statement from said escrow
holder will be regarded as compliance with the requirements of this law.

Seller Financing Disclosure Statement

Some sellers of residential properties participate in financing the sale of their homes by extending credit to the
buyer in the form of a seller “carry-back.” This is usually in the form of a promissory note secured by a deed of
trust. To ensure adequate disclosure and to prevent abuses involving some of these seller-assisted financing
plans, the state legislature enacted a disclosure law which applies to real estate transactions involving
residential dwellings of not more than four units if the seller extends credit to the buyer through a written
agreement which provides for either a finance charge or more than four payments of principal and interest (or
interest only), not including the down payment.

Written disclosures required by this law are the responsibility of the arranger of credit. An arranger of credit is
defined as a person who is not a party to the transaction (except as noted below), but is involved in negotiation
of the credit terms and completion of the credit documents, and who is compensated for arranging the credit or

for facilitating the transaction. A real estate broker may be deemed an arranger of credit. The duty to provide
the disclosures also applies to an attorney or a real estate licensee who is a principal in the transaction.

Disclosures pursuant to this law are not required to be given to a buyer or seller who is entitled to receive (in
connection with the credit being extended) a disclosure under any of the following :

• Federal Truth-in-Lending Act;

• Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA);

• A mortgage loan disclosure statement (Business and Professions Code Section 10240) or a
lender/purchaser disclosure statement (Business and Professions Code Section 10232.4); or

• Section 25110 of the Corporations Code or exemption therefrom relating to the sale of qualified securities
under permit or exempt securities or transaction.

The disclosure statement required by this law must be delivered as soon as possible before the execution of any
note or security document. The statement must be signed by the arranger of credit and the buyer and seller, who
are each to receive a copy. Should there be more than one arranger of credit, the arranger obtaining the offer
from the buyer is responsible for making the disclosure unless another person is designated in writing by the
parties to the transaction.

The disclosure statement will include comprehensive information about the financing, cautions applicable to
certain types of financing, and suggestions of procedures which will protect the parties during the term of the
financing. The disclosures include:

• Identification of the note, or credit, or security document and the property which is or will become the
security;

• A copy of the note, or credit, or security document, or a description of the terms of these documents;

• The terms and conditions of each encumbrance recorded against the property which shall remain as a lien

or is an anticipated lien which will be senior to the financing being arranged;

• A warning about the hazards and potential difficulty of refinancing and, should the existing financing or
the financing being arranged involve a balloon payment, the amount and due date of any balloon payment
and a warning that new financing may not be available;

• An explanation of the possible effects of an increase in the amount owed due to negative amortization as a
result of any variable or adjustable-rate financing being arranged;

• If the financing being arranged involves an all-inclusive trust deed (AITD), a statement of the possible
penalties, discounts, responsibilities, and rights of parties to the transaction with respect to acceleration
and/or prepayment of a prior encumbrance as the result of the creation and/or refinancing of the AITD;

• If the financing involves an AITD or a real property sales contract, a statement identifying the party to
whom payments will be made and to whom such payments will be forwarded, and if the party receiving
and forwarding the payments is not a neutral third party, a warning that the principals may wish to
designate a neutral third party;

• A complete disclosure about the prospective buyer, including credit and employment information along
with a statement that the disclosure is not a representation of the credit worthiness of the prospective buyer;
or, a statement that no representation regarding the credit worthiness of the prospective buyer is being
made;

• A warning regarding possible limitations on the seller’s ability, in the event of foreclosure, to recover
proceeds of the sale financed;

• A statement recommending loss payee clauses be added to the property insurance policy to protect the
seller’s interest and advising of the existence or the availability of services which will notify the seller if
the property taxes are not paid;

• A statement suggesting or acknowledging that the seller should file or has filed a request for notice of
delinquency and a request for notice of default in case the buyer fails to pay liens senior to the financing
being arranged;

• A statement that a title insurance policy has been or will be obtained and furnished to the buyer and seller
insuring their respective interests, or that the buyer and seller should each obtain title insurance coverage;

• A disclosure whether the security documents for the financing being arranged have been or will be
recorded, and what might occur if the documents are not recorded; and,

• Information as to whether the buyer is to receive any “cash back” from the sale, including the amount,
source, and purpose of the cash refund.

The requirement of a seller financing disclosure statement also applies to transactions by real property sales
contracts (as defined in Civil Code Section 2985) and to leases with option-to-purchase provisions where the
facts demonstrate intent to transfer equitable title. If the extension of credit is subject to a balloon payment, a
balloon payment notice is to be included on the face of the promissory note or other evidence of debt.

An arranger of credit must inform the seller that a buyer who intends to occupy the real property involved may
have the right to homeownership counseling in the event of a default in the mortgage payments. The collector
of the payments, whether the seller or a loan servicing agent, has the duty to inform the defaulting homeowner
of the availability of such counseling. Loss of or reduced ability to make payments on a residence may entitle
the homeowner to the aforementioned counseling. The duty to inform a defaulting homeowner of the
availability of counseling is operative regardless of the nature of the credit transaction or the presence of an
arranger of credit.

Disclosure of Roles when Arranging Financing

When an agent undertakes to arrange financing in connection with a sale, lease, or exchange of real property, or
when a person or entity arranging financing in connection with the sale, lease, or exchange of real property
undertakes to act as an agent with respect to that property, that agent, person, or entity shall, within 24 hours,
make a written disclosure of those roles to all parties to the sale, lease, or exchange, and any related loan
transaction. For purposes of this section, "agent" has the same meaning as defined in subdivision (a) of Section
2079.13 of the Civil Code. (Business and Professions Code Section 10177.6)
Public
Off

DISCLOSURES

DISCLOSURES somebody

DISCLOSURES

This section lists important disclosure requirements, which attach primarily to the sale of residential real
property of one-to-four units. In a typical transaction, the seller has 7 days to provide the buyer all required
disclosures or before the execution of the contract in the case of a lease option, sales contract, or ground lease
coupled with improvements. If the seller delivers certain disclosures or amended statutory disclosures after
execution of the offer, the buyer may have three days after delivery in person or five days after delivery by
deposit in the United States mail to terminate the offer or agreement to purchase by delivering a written notice
of termination to the seller or to the seller’s agent.

The obligation to prepare and deliver disclosures is imposed upon the seller and the seller’s agent and any agent
acting in cooperation with such agent. If more than one real estate agent is involved in the transaction, (unless
otherwise instructed by the seller) the agent obtaining the offer is required to deliver the disclosures to the
prospective buyer. If the disclosure is based on a report or opinion of an expert, such as a contractor or
structural pest control operator, the seller and the agent may be protected from liability for any error as to the
item covered by the report or opinion.

The required disclosures are set forth in Civil Code Section 1102 et. Seq. and 1103 et. Seq. Disclosure
requirements can change and it is important to stay informed using sites like the Department Of Real Estate:
http://www.dre.ca.gov.

Please note: If your are a REALTOR® in addition to the disclosures outlined in this section the California
Association of REALTORS® currently provides a Statewide Buyer and Seller Advisory. In addition your local
board of REALTORS® may publish additional local area disclosures for use in your area. Your broker may also
publish and require the use of specific local area disclosures.

Agency Relationship Disclosure (See also Chapter 10.)

To clarify relationships between buyers and sellers and real estate brokers, the law requires persons acting as
agents in certain residential real estate transactions to make statutorily prescribed written disclosures
concerning the agency roles intended. This requirement applies to transactions involving the sale or exchange
of certain estates (including leases of more than one year) in residential real property of from one-to-four

dwelling units, as well as the sale or exchange of mobile homes occurring through a real estate agent. The seller
should receive the agency disclosure before signing the listing agreement.

Principals and agents may modify and change the agency relationship(s) between the parties by written consent
of all of the parties to the transaction. The required agency disclosure form is set forth in Civil Code Section
2079.16.

Smoke Detector and Water Heater Bracing Statement of Compliance

The seller typically shall pay for the installation of smoke detectors and water heater bracing where required by
law. Unless exempt, the seller, prior to close of escrow will provide buyer a written statement of compliance.
Typically these statements are made using standard C.A.R. form Water Heater and Smoke Detector Statement
of Compliance Statement – WHSD.

Disclosure Regarding Lead-Based Paint Hazards

Many housing units in California still contain lead-based paint, which was banned for residential use in 1978.
Lead-based paint can peel, chip, and deteriorate into contaminated dust, thus becoming a lead-based paint
hazard. A child’s ingestion of the lead-laced chips or dust may result in learning disabilities, delayed
development or behavior disorders.

The federal Real Estate Disclosure and Notification Rule (the Rule) requires that owners of “residential
dwellings” built before 1978 disclose to their agents and to prospective buyers or lessees/renters the presence of
lead-based paint and/or lead-based paint hazards and any known information and reports about lead-based paint
and lead-based paint hazards (location and condition of the painted surfaces, etc.). The Rule defines a
residential dwelling as a single-family dwelling or a single-family dwelling unit in a structure that contains
more than one separate residential dwelling unit, and in which each such unit is used or occupied, or intended
to be used or occupied, in whole or in part, as the residence of one or more persons.

Properties affected by the Rule are termed target housing. Target housing does not include pre-1978 housing,
which is:

• Sold at a foreclosure sale (but a subsequent sale of such a property is covered);

• A “0-bedroom dwelling” (e.g., a loft, efficiency unit or studio);

• A dwelling unit leased for 100 or fewer days (e.g., a vacation home or short-term rental), provided the

lease cannot be renewed or extended;

• Housing designated for the elderly or handicapped, unless children reside there or are expected to reside
there;

• Leased housing for which the requirements of the Rule have been satisfied, no pertinent new information is
available, and the lease is renewed or renegotiated;

• Rental housing that has been inspected by a certified inspector and found to be free of lead-based paint.
(The Rule allows use of state certified inspectors only until a federal certification program or a federally
accredited state certification program is in place.)

Sellers (and lessors) of units in pre-1978 multifamily structures will have to provide a buyer (or lessee) with
any available records or reports pertaining to lead-based paint and/or lead-based paint hazards in areas used by
all the residents (stairwells, lobbies, recreation rooms, laundry rooms, etc.). If there has been an evaluation or
reduction of lead-based paint and/or lead-based paint hazards in the entire structure, the disclosure requirement
extends to any available records or reports regarding the other dwelling units.

The federal Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) publishes a pamphlet titled “Protect Your Family From
Lead In Your Home.” This pamphlet describes ways to recognize and reduce lead hazards. The Rule requires
that a seller (or lessor) of target housing deliver this pamphlet to a prospective buyer (or tenant) before a
contract is formed. If this is done after that time the buyer has the right to cancel the contract.

The Rule requires that a seller of target housing offer a prospective buyer ten days to inspect for lead-based
paint and lead-based paint hazards. This 10-day inspection period can be increased, decreased, or waived by
written agreement between buyer and seller. The Rule does not require a seller to pay for an inspection or to

remove any lead-based paint/hazards, but merely gives a buyer the opportunity to have the property inspected.
A list of State-certified lead inspectors and contractors is available by calling the California Department of
Health Services at (800) 597-LEAD.

The Rule further requires that the seller’s (or lessor’s) lead-based paint/lead-based paint hazards disclosures, a
Lead Warning Statement, and the buyer’s (or lessee’s) acknowledgment of receipt of the information, offer of
inspection period (or waiver of same) and the EPA pamphlet be included in an attachment to the contract. Seller
(or lessor), buyer (or tenant) and agent must sign and date the attachment. The retention period, for sellers (or
lessors) and agents, of this document is three years from completion of the sale (or from commencement of the
lease/rental).

A real estate agent must ensure that:

• His or her principal (seller or lessor) is aware of the disclosure requirements;

• The transaction documentation includes the required notifications and disclosures;

• The buyer or lessee/renter receives the EPA pamphlet; and,

• In the case of a sale, the buyer is offered an opportunity to have the property inspected for lead-based paint
and lead-based paint hazards. In the case of a sale, “agent” does not include one who represents only the
buyer and receives compensation only from the buyer.

Violation of the Rule may result in civil and/or criminal penalties.

To obtain more information, a person may call the EPA at 1-800-424-LEAD. The typical form used in
disclosure is the C.A.R. standard form, Lead Based Paint Hazards – FLD.

Real Estate Transfer Disclosure Statement

Many facts about a residential property affect its value and desirability. These include:

• age, condition, and any defects or malfunctions of the structural components and/or plumbing, electrical,
heating, or other mechanical systems;

• easements, common driveways, or fences;

• room additions, structural alterations, repairs, replacements, or other changes, especially those made
without required building permits;

• flood, drainage, settling or soil problems on or near the property;

• zoning violations, such as nonconforming uses or insufficient setbacks;

• homeowners’ association obligations and deed restrictions or “common area” problems;

• citations against the property or lawsuits against the owner or affecting the property;

• neighborhood noise or nuisance problems; and

• location of the property within a known earthquake zone.

California Civil Code Section 1102.3 requires that a seller of real property consisting of one-to-four residential
dwelling units deliver to prospective buyers a specified written disclosure statement concerning the condition of
the property. The disclosure covers matters within the personal knowledge of the seller and the agent, and
matters based on a reasonably diligent inspection of the property. This requirement extends to any transfer by
sale, exchange, installment land sale contract, lease with an option to purchase, any other option to purchase, or
ground lease coupled with improvements. The following transfers are exempt:

• transfers required to be preceded by delivery to the prospective transferee of a subdivision public report or
where a public report is not required because the offering of subdivided land satisfies all the criteria in
Business and Professions Code Section 11010.4;

• transfer pursuant to a court order;

• transfer to a mortgagee by a mortgagor who is in default; transfer by a foreclosure sale, or pursuant to a
power of sale, after such default;

• transfer by a fiduciary in the administration of a decedent’s estate, guardianship, conservatorship or certain
transfers from a trust;

• transfer from one co-owner to another;

• transfer to a spouse or to a person or persons in the lineal line of consanguinity;

• transfer between spouses resulting from a judgment of dissolution of marriage or of legal separation or
from a property settlement agreement incidental to such a judgment;

• transfer by the State Controller of unclaimed property;

• transfer resulting from failure to pay taxes; and

• transfer to or from any governmental entity.

Agents Visual Inspection- Real Estate Transfer Disclosure Statement

The real estate agent representing a seller of residential property consisting of one to four dwelling units (or a
manufactured home) and any cooperating agent each have the duty to conduct a reasonably competent and
diligent visual inspection of the property and to disclose to a prospective buyer all material facts affecting
value, desirability, and implicitly intended use.

Areas not reasonable accessible are not included in the required inspection. If the real property is a dwelling
unit in a condominium, planned development, or a stock cooperative, the visual inspection need only include
the unit involved and not the common area. It also does not include investigation of areas off the site of the
property or public records and permits in the absence of special circumstances.

Nothing in the law relieves a buyer of the duty to exercise reasonable care to protect himself/herself, including
the facts that are known to or within the reasonably diligent attention and observation of the buyer.

An agent’s certification of performing the required visual inspection is contained in the Real Estate Transfer
Disclosure Statement. This requirement does not apply if the sale is made pursuant to a subdivision public
report or the sale is exempt from the public report requirement pursuant to Business and Professions Code
Section 11010.4, provided that the property has not been previously occupied.

(See also Chapter 10.)

Natural Hazards Disclosure

Typically, these disclosure are made on the Natural Hazard Disclosure Statement (C.A.R. form NHD) and/or
included as part of a package of disclosures provided by third party vendors:

1. Special Flood Hazard Area Disclosure and Responsibilities of FEMA and Dam or Reservoir Inundation
Area

Flood Hazard Boundary Maps identify the general flood hazards within a community. They are also used in
flood plain management and for flood insurance purposes. Flood Hazard Boundary Maps developed by the
Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) in conjunction with communities participating in the
National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) delineate areas within the l00-year flood boundary termed “special
flood zone areas.” Also identified are areas between l00 and 500-year levels termed “areas of moderate flood
hazards” and the remaining areas above the 500-year level termed “areas of minimal risk.”

A seller of property located in a special flood hazard area, or the seller’s agent and any cooperating agent, must
disclose that fact to the buyer and that federal law requires flood insurance as a condition of obtaining financing
on most structures located in a special flood hazard area. Since the cost and extent of flood insurance coverage
may vary, the buyer should contact an insurance carrier or the intended lender for further information.

2. Disclosures Regarding State Responsibility Areas

The Department of Forestry and Fire Protection (the Department) has produced maps identifying rural lands
classified as state responsibility areas. In a state responsibility area, the state (as opposed to a local or federal

agency) has the primary financial responsibility for the prevention and extinguishing of fires. Maps of these
state responsibility areas and any changes (including new maps to be produced every five years) are to be
provided to assessors in the affected counties.

If a seller knows that the property is located in a state responsibility area or the property is included on a map
given by the Department to the county assessor, the seller must disclose the possibility of substantial fire risk
and that the land is subject to certain preventative requirements. (Public Resources Code Section 4291 lists the
requirements.) Notices of the location of the maps will be posted at the offices of the county recorder, county
assessor, and the county planning commission.

With the agreement of the Director of Forestry and Fire Protection, a county may, by ordinance, assume
responsibility for all fires, including those occurring in state responsibility areas. Absent such an ordinance, the
seller of property located in a state responsibility area must disclose to the buyer that the state is not obligated to
provide fire protection services for any building or structure unless such protection is required by a cooperative
agreement with a county, city, or district.

3. Disclosure of Geological Hazards and Earthquake Fault Zones

Pursuant to the Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zoning Act, the State Geologist is in the process of identifying
areas of the state susceptible to “fault creep” and delineating these areas on maps prepared by the State Division
of Mines and Geology.

A seller of real property situated in an earthquake fault zone, or the agent of the seller and any agent acting in
cooperation with such agent, must disclose to the buyer that the property is or may be situated in an earthquake
fault zone. This disclosure must be made on the Natural Hazard Zone Disclosure Statement,

In addition, the Seismic Safety Commission has developed a Homeowner’s Guide to Earthquake Safety for
distribution to real estate licensees and the general public. The guide includes information on geologic and
seismic hazards for all areas, explanations of related structural and nonstructural hazards, recommendations for
mitigating the hazards of an earthquake, and a statement that safety or damage prevention cannot be guaranteed
with respect to a major earthquake and that only precautions such as retrofitting can be undertaken to reduce the
risk. The Seismic Safety Commission has also developed a Commercial Property Owner’s Guide to Earthquake
Safety.

If a buyer receives a copy of the Homeowner’s Guide (or, if applicable, the Commercial Property Owner’s
Guide), neither the seller nor the broker is required to provide additional information regarding geologic and
seismic hazards. Sellers and real estate licensees must, however, disclose that the property is in an earthquake
fault zone and the existence of known hazards affecting the real property being transferred.

Delivery of a booklet is required in the following transactions:

1. Transfer of any real property improved with a residential dwelling built prior to January 1, 1960 and
consisting of one-to-four units any of which are of conventional light-frame construction
(Homeowner’s Guide); and,

2. Transfer of any masonry building with wood-frame floors or roofs built before January 1, 1975 (if
residential, both guides; if commercial property, only the Commercial Guide).

In a transfer subject to item 1 above, the following aspects of the structure and any corrective measures taken,
which are within the seller’s actual knowledge, must be disclosed to a prospective buyer:

• absence of foundation anchor bolts;

• unbraced or inappropriately braced perimeter cripple walls;

• unbraced or inappropriately braced first-story wall or walls;

• unreinforced masonry perimeter foundation;

• unreinforced masonry dwelling walls;

• habitable room or rooms above a garage; and

• water heater not anchored, strapped, or braced.

Certain exemptions apply to the obligation to deliver the booklet when transferring either a dwelling of one-to-
four units or a reinforced masonry building. These exemptions are essentially the same as those that apply to
delivery of the Real Estate Transfer Disclosure Statement.

4. Other Disclosures typically included with the Natural Hazards Disclosure and Residential Disclosure Report
provided by third party vendors:

4a. Disclosure of Ordnance Location

Federal and state agencies have identified certain areas once used for military training, which may contain live
ammunition. A seller of residential property located within one mile of such a hazard must, pursuant to Civil
Code Section 1102.15, give the buyer written notice as soon as practicable before transfer of title. This
obligation depends upon the seller having actual knowledge of the hazard. The exemptions, which pertain to
delivery of the Real Property Transfer Disclosure Statement, apply also to this requirement.

4b. Commercial/Industrial Disclosure

4c. Airport Proximity and Airport Influence Disclosure

4d. Database Disclosure (Megan’s Law)

The report will provide additional details about Megan’s Law

4e. Mold Disclosure

The report will provide additional details on Mold and Mold inspections.

4f. Mello-Roos Disclosure

The Mello-Roos Community Facilities Act of 1982 authorizes the formation of community facilities districts;
the issuance of bonds, and the levying of special taxes thereunder to finance designated public facilities and
services. Civil Code Section 1102.6b requires that a seller of a property consisting of one-to-four dwelling units
subject to the lien of a Mello-Roos community facilities district make a good faith effort to obtain from the
district a disclosure notice concerning the special tax and give the notice to a prospective buyer. The same
exemptions apply as for delivery of a Real Property Transfer Disclosure Statement.

5. Other disclosures:

Environmental Hazard Disclosure Booklet

The booklet, titled Environmental Hazards: A Guide for Homeowners, Buyers, Landlords, and Tenants
identifies common environmental hazards, describes the risks involved with each, discusses mitigation
techniques, and provides lists of publications and sources from which consumers can obtain more detailed
information. Hazards discussed in the booklet are asbestos, radon, lead, and formaldehyde. The booklet also
provides general information on hazardous wastes and the use and disposal of hazardous household products.

If the booklet is provided to a prospective buyer of real property, neither the seller nor a real estate agent
involved in the sale has a duty to provide further information concerning such hazards, other than lead, unless
the seller or licensee has actual knowledge of the existence of environmental hazards on or affecting the subject
property.

If the booklet is provided to a prospective buyer of real property, neither the seller nor a real estate agent
involved in the sale has a duty to provide further information concerning such hazards, other than lead, unless
the seller or licensee has actual knowledge of the existence of environmental hazards on or affecting the subject
property.

As discussed above, in California a seller (with a few exceptions) of residential real property comprising one-
to-four dwelling units must give the buyer a Real Estate Transfer Disclosure Statement. The statement must
include environmental hazards of which the seller is aware. The listing and selling agents must inspect the
property and disclose to the buyer material facts, including environmental hazards (e.g., lead-based paint),
which may affect the value or desirability of the property. Further, the seller or the seller’s agent can give the
buyer (of any real property) a pamphlet titled “Environmental Hazards: A Guide for Homeowners, Buyers,

Landlords, and Tenants.” If the buyer receives the pamphlet, neither the seller nor agent is required to say more
about environmental hazards (again, assuming no awareness of such a problem).

Energy Conservation Retrofit and Thermal Insulation Disclosure

State law prescribes a minimum energy conservation standard for all new construction without which a building
permit may not be issued. Local governments also have ordinances that impose additional energy conservation
measures on new and/or existing homes. Some local ordinances impose energy retrofitting as a condition of the
sale of an existing home. The requirements of the various ordinances, as well as who is responsible for
compliance, may vary among local jurisdictions. The existence and basic requirements of local energy
ordinances should be disclosed to a prospective buyer by the seller and/or the seller’s agent and any
cooperating agent.

Federal law requires a “new home” seller to disclose in every sales contract the type, thickness, and R-value of
the insulation, which has been or will be installed in the house.

If the buyer receives the informational booklet published pursuant to Section 25402.9 of the Public Resources
Code (Home Energy Rating Program Booklet) the seller or the broker is not required to provide information
additional to that contained in the booklet.

Local Option Disclosure Statement

Civil Code Section 1102.6a permits any city or county to require an additional disclosure statement focusing on
some local condition which may materially affect a buyer’s use and enjoyment of residential property. The
statute uses the example of adjacent land zoned for timber production and perhaps subject to harvest.

Local Requirements Resulting from City and County Ordinances

Residential properties located in cities and counties throughout California are typically subject to specific local
ordinances relating to occupancy, zoning and use, building code compliance, and fire, health and safety code
regulations. Whether such matters must be investigated when they are not within the personal knowledge of the
seller or the agent may depend on the circumstances. Civil Code Section 2079.3 provides that the listing and
selling agents’ duty to inspect does not include areas off the site of the property or public records or permits
concerning the title or use of the property in the absence of special circumstances.

Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act

Federal law requires that a buyer of real property must withhold and send to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
l0% of the gross sales price if the seller of the real property is a “foreign person.” The primary grounds for
exemption from this requirement are: the seller’s nonforeign affidavit and U.S. taxpayer I.D. number; a
qualifying statement obtained through the IRS attesting to other arrangements resulting in collection of, or
exemption from, the tax; or the sales price does not exceed $300,000 and the buyer intends to reside in the
property.

Because of the number of exemptions and other requirements relating to this law, it is recommended that the
IRS be consulted for more detailed information. Sellers and buyers and the real estate agents involved who
desire further advice should also consult an attorney, CPA, or other qualified tax advisor.

Notice and Disclosure to Buyer of State Tax Withholding on Disposition of California Real Property

In certain California real estate sale transactions, the buyer must withhold 3 1/3% of the total sale price as state
income tax and deliver the sum withheld to the State Franchise Tax Board. The escrow holder, in applicable
transactions, is required by law to notify the buyer of this responsibility.

A buyer’s failure to withhold and deliver the required sum may result in the buyer being subject to penalties.
Should the escrow holder fail to notify the buyer, penalties may be levied against the escrow holder.

Transactions to which the law applies are those in which:

• The seller shows an out of state address, or sale proceeds are to be disbursed to a financial intermediary of
the seller;

• The sales price exceeds $100,000; and,

• The seller does not certify that he/she is a resident of California or that the property being conveyed is
his/her personal residence, as defined in Section 1034 of the Internal Revenue Code. (Note: If the seller is a

corporation, the certification would be that the corporation has a permanent place of business in
California.)

For further information, contact the Franchise Tax Board.

Furnishing Controlling Documents and a Financial Statement

The owner (other than a subdivider) of a separate interest in a common interest development (community
apartment project, condominium project, planned development, or stock cooperative) must provide a
prospective buyer with the following:

• a copy of the governing documents of the development;

• should there be an age restriction not consistent with Civil Code Section 51.3, a statement that the age
restriction is only enforceable to the extent permitted by law and specifying the applicable provisions of
law;

• a copy of the most recent documents of the homeowners’ association, including financial statements,
budgets and insurance information required under Civil Code Section 1365;

• a written statement from the association specifying the amount of the current regular and special
assessments as well as any unpaid assessment, late charges, interest, and costs of collection which are or
may become a lien against the property; and,

• information regarding any approved change in the assessments or fees which is not yet due and payable as
of the disclosure date.

Notice Regarding the Advisability of Title Insurance

In an escrow for a sale (or exchange) of real property where no title insurance is to be issued, the buyer (or both
parties to an exchange) will receive from escrow and acknowledge receipt by signing the following notice: :

“IMPORTANT: IN A PURCHASE OR EXCHANGE OF REAL PROPERTY, IT MAY BE ADVISABLE TO
Public
Off

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION somebody

INTRODUCTION

A residential real estate sale transaction usually begins at the time a broker obtains an agency contract in the
form of a listing from the property owner. When a buyer is found, the transaction proceeds through several
interrelated processes:

Concluding the sale. Buyer and seller agree to terms. The agreement and joint escrow instructions are
fully executed and unqualified acceptance is communicated. This is the result of sales effort, negotiation
and communication.

Legal transfer of title. Title insurance or title evidence has been furnished and escrow has the funds
necessary to cash out the seller’s equity, less expenses. All instruments necessary to transfer title are
executed and recorded. Transfer of title and transfer of money are thought of as simultaneous acts.

Completing the financing and providing the final settlement statement. Completing the financing is
closely related to the legal transfer of title but with more emphasis upon the settlement function: i.e., the
actual disbursement of funds by checks and a written accounting to all parties. In a complicated transaction
involving new financing, besides the buyer and seller, there may be prior lenders and a new lender. To
show the instructions of the escrow have been fully performed, the escrow holder will prepare an
accounting of the transaction by providing a settlement statement for the principals.

Public
Off

OVERVIEW - A TYPICAL TRANSACTION

OVERVIEW - A TYPICAL TRANSACTION somebody

OVERVIEW - A TYPICAL TRANSACTION

An owner (the seller) of a single-family residence (the property) in California wishes to sell the property.

The seller enters into a Residential Listing Agreement, Exclusive - RLA (the listing) with a California real
estate broker (the listing broker).

Prior to entering into the listing, the broker is required to give the seller a Disclosure Regarding Real Estate
Relationships – AD form. This requirement is discussed more completely in Chapter 10. In addition, the seller
would typically be given an Estimated Sellers Proceeds – ESP or similar form. The listing typically provides
that it will be placed into a multiple listing service and the listing broker can cooperate/share the commission if
another broker (the selling broker) finds a buyer for the property. If the seller does not want the property listed
in the multiple listing service, the C.A.R. form Seller Instruction to Exclude Listing From the Multiple Listing
Service – SEL is used.

Licensee’s should note the typical Residential Listing Agreement, Exclusive – RLA allows 5 days for
management approval, and if the Broker or the Brokers Manager does not approve of its terms, the Broker or
the Brokers Manager has the right to cancel the agreement.

The selling broker finds a buyer purportedly ready, willing and able to purchase the property. An offer
(preceded by a Disclosure Regarding Real Estate Relationships – AD ) is made, negotiated, and accepted so
that a meeting of the minds is reflected in the Residential Purchase Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions –
RPACA (the contract). If a dual agency exists, as soon as practicable the selling agent shall disclose to the
buyer and the seller the agents agency relationship. As soon as practicable the listing agent shall disclose to the
seller whether the agent is acting as a dual agent. These relationships shall be acknowledged by the
Confirmation of Agency relationships contained in the contract RPA-CA or by a separate form - Confirmation
of Agency Relationships - AC. In the event a broker's presentation of offers on behalf of two different buyers
occurs, the broker should obtain the clear, informed and unequivocal consent of both parties. C.A.R form DA
addresses this issue. This requirement is discussed more completely in Chapter 10.

The transaction, grounded in the conclusion of the sale negotiated by the listing and selling brokers, proceeds to
the legal transfer of title, completing the financing and providing the final settlement statement.

The typical licensee should note that extensive re-writing of any of the standard forms language is not advised
and could be construed as the unauthorized practice of law. Specific contract provisions relating to the buyer
and sellers unique situation should be outlined using the appropriate spaces provided in the standard forms or
by using additional forms such as counter offers or addendums.

The following sections of this chapter examine the provisions of a listing agreement and a typical residential
agreement involved in such a transaction and the required disclosures. The real estate practitioner should check
with the employing broker for any additional procedures required by the employing broker.

Public
Off

RESIDENTIAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

RESIDENTIAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS somebody

RESIDENTIAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

This section highlights provisions, which comprise a residential purchase agreement using the standard C.A.R.
form, Residential Purchase Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions – RPA CA. When completed with the
terms and other information relative to the buyer’s attempt to purchase the property, it is an offer. When the
seller [or seller or buyer after counter offer(s)] executes the documents and communicates unqualified
acceptance, it is a contract. The contract provides joint escrow instructions. Many escrow companies will
generate supplemental or other general provisions, which buyer and seller agree to execute. In this discussion,
we refer to the document as the offer, contract or agreement.

The contract will state that time is of the essence and that the time for performance can be extended or any other
provision of the offer can be modified only by a writing signed by both buyer and seller. In general the buyer
has 3 days to get the deposit to escrow, 7 days to complete loan applications and provide verification of funds
and 17 days to inspect and investigate. The seller typically has 7 days to provide the buyer all required
disclosures. Any removal of contingencies must be in writing, typically using the C.A.R. standard form
Contingency Removal – CR. If one party does not perform, the other party has the option to provide a “Notice
To Perform” and typically allow 24 hours for performance to occur. However, before initiating a cancellation of
the agreement and escrow the “Notice To Perform” is typically required. Unilateral cancellation of the
agreement and escrow is possible; however, the disposition of funds on deposit must be bilateral.

The California Association of Realtors offers a comprehensive user guide to the Residential Purchase
Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions – RPA CA that is highly recommended for all licensees using these
forms.

Date and Place of Buyer’s Offer

This is the date and place the deposit receipt is signed by the (prospective) buyer. This is not the date used to
measure temporal compliance with any of the performance provisions of the contract. Those time constraints
flow from the date a contract is formed by legal acceptance and formation of the contract.

The Full and Correct Name of the Buyer

This will include all the buyer’s complete names. If the buyer is a corporation, include the state where the
corporation is chartered and a copy of the corporate resolution authorizing the activity. If the buyer is a general
partnership, include the names of the partners. If buyer is a limited partnership, include the name of the general
partner. If the buyer is a real estate licensee, disclose that fact. It is not necessary to include the manner in
which the buyer will take title, since this will be handled in escrow.

Description of the Property

The property description must be adequate for a court to identify it: street address, map book, page and parcel,
or other legal description such as an assessors parcel number (APN).

Purchase Price

The offer must state unmistakably the total purchase price offered and the terms to which the buyer is willing to
commit (e.g., all cash, new loan, or loan assumption) as described in the Finance Terms Section. The total
purchase price will not include the buyer’s closing costs and any costs associated with obtaining financing.

Close of Escrow

The offer must state when the close of escrow will occur, in general, to avoid confusion among all parties, it is
best to write a specific date.

Agency Disclosure

Acknowledges the buyer and seller's prior receipt of the agency disclosure form (C.A.R. Form AD).

Potentially Competing Buyers and Sellers

Buyer understands that the broker representing the buyer may also represent other potential buyers who may
make offers on the same property. Seller understands that broker representing seller may also represent other
sellers with competing properties. If not previously disclosed the agent should complete C.A.R. form DA.

Confirmation

This section discloses the agency relationship chosen for this transaction. It is important to remember that if
different agents each represent the buyer and the seller but are employed by the same broker, the agency
relationship must represent both the buyer and the seller (dual agency).

Finance Terms

Licensees should note that the standard C.A.R. agreement states the buyer represents the funds will be good
when deposited into escrow.

The offer will typically outline within the Finance Terms section the initial deposit amount, increased deposit,
the first loan amount and terms, any secondary financing, if FHA/VA financing is to be obtained the buyer has
17 days to provide the seller with written notice of any lender required repairs, any additional financing terms,
the balance of the purchase price, the control total to ensure the terms add up to the total price offered.

It is important to note that the agent has several options regarding the handling of the initial deposit. The agent
may designate that the buyer will deliver the deposit directly to Escrow Holder within 3 business days after
acceptance or the buyer has given the deposit to the agent and the deposit shall be held uncashed until
acceptance and then deposited into the broker's trust account or taken to escrow within 3 business days after
acceptance. The agent should ensure that if this option is selected that the agent has the deposit in hand at the
time of submitting the offer.

The typical contract will contain a financing contingency unless both parties agree otherwise. That is, the
loan(s) necessary for closing will be described and the buyer will agree to act diligently to obtain the financing.
There may be a time limitation so the buyer must act promptly. If a loan contingency exists and in spite of
buyer’s diligent attempt, the stated financing is not obtained within the allotted time the seller can deliver to the
buyer a Notice To Buyer to Perform (C.A.R. form NBP). The buyer then must remove the financing
contingency and proceed with the transaction or the seller may chose to cancel the contract.

Typically the buyer will have 7 days after acceptance to deliver to the seller written verification that buyer has
sufficient funds to cover the down payment and closing costs and when the loan application must be completed.
The buyer typically has 17 days to remove the loan and any appraisal contingencies.

Allocation of Costs

The offer will outline the allocation of costs between buyer and seller, including but not limited to:

• Inspections and Reports

The contract will specify whether or not a pest control inspection is to be performed, who will complete
the inspection and it may specify who must pay for any work required so that a registered structural pest
control company can issue a written certification that the property is free of evidence of active infestation
in the accessible areas. The C.A.R. standard form Wood Destroying Pest Inspections and Allocation of
Cost Addendum – WPA can be used to add additional clarity or assign specific responsibility for repairs.

Lenders may require issuance of a certification prior to funding. If the contract provides that some of the
required work will be completed at seller’s expense after close of escrow, that provision may also require
that the seller deposit funds into escrow, to be disbursed when the buyer has received a written
certification.

• Other Inspections

The contract will specify if the buyer or the seller will pay for various inspections or reports such as septic
systems, wells and natural hazard zone disclosures.

• Government Requirements and Retrofit

o Retrofit

The contract may assign responsibility for any retrofitting required, upon sale, by the local
government. This could include among other items the installation of low flow showerheads and
gallon restricted flush toilets.

o Smoke Detector(s)

The contract may reiterate state laws that require that dwelling units be equipped with smoke
detectors approved by the State Fire Marshall. In an existing dwelling, there must be a battery-
operated smoke detector outside each sleeping area. As of August 14, 1992, new construction (or
an addition, alteration or repair that exceeds $1,000 and requires a permit or includes addition of
a sleeping room) must include smoke detectors in each bedroom and at a point centrally located
outside the bedroom(s). In new construction, the smoke detector(s) must be hard-wired, with
battery backup. The seller must give the buyer written certification of smoke detector
compliance, as required by Health and Safety Code Section 13113.8. This may be done in the
contract or in a separate writing. Certain transactions are exempt from this requirement, as set
forth in Health and Safety Code Section 13113.8(d). These exemptions are nearly identical to
those set forth below relative to the provision of a Transfer Disclosure Statement.

o Water Heater Bracing

The contract may set forth the seller’s duty to see that each water heater is braced, anchored or
strapped, in accordance with the California Plumbing Code, to resist falling or horizontal
displacement during an earthquake. As indicated in Health and Safety Code Section 19211, the
seller must give the buyer written certification of compliance in the contract, the Homeowner’s
Guide to Earthquake Safety (discussed later in this chapter), in the Transfer Disclosure
Statement, or in some other transaction document.

• Escrow and Title

This section specifies how title and escrow fees are to be paid and establishes the escrow holder.

• Other Costs

Establishes who is to pay for additional costs such as County Transfer Tax, any Homeowner's Association
transfer fees, Homeowner Warranty plans, etc.

Closing and Possession

Typically for the benefit of the lender, the offer will address if the buyer does or does not intend to occupy the
property and the date and time occupancy will be delivered. When using the standard forms and the transfer of
title and occupancy do not occur at the same time, buyer and seller are advised to enter into a written agreement
and consult with their insurance and legal advisors. The typical standard form used for occupancy under 30
days is the Purchase Agreement Addendum – PAA, which references paragraph 3. In addition the standard form
will address among other items, tenant occupancy, warranty rights and the disposition of keys, locks, security
systems and HOA facilities.

If the property is tenant occupied it is the seller's responsibility to have the property vacated at least 5 days prior
to the close of escrow unless otherwise agreed to in writing.

If the property is being purchased as an income/investment property, the Residential Income Purchase
Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions – RIPA standard form should be considered. Regardless of the form
used, if applicable, the standard contracts have language dealing with tenants. The standard contract can help
ensure that the rental situation undergoes a smooth transition by requiring that:

• the seller, within a stated period of time, give the buyer copies of the rental agreement/lease, the
current income and expense statement, and any notices sent to the tenants;

• the seller cannot make any changes to the rental agreement/lease without the buyer’s consent;

• the seller must give the buyer written statements from the tenants confirming the salient aspects of the
tenancy and that no defaults exist; and

• the seller must transfer to the buyer, through escrow, any unused tenant deposits.

Statutory Disclosures

The offer will outline the required statutory disclosures. See the Disclosures section of this chapter for more
details.

Condominium and Planned Unit Development Disclosures

The seller typically has 7 days if not previously disclosed to disclose whether the property is a condominium or
is located in a planned unit development. Typically within 3 days, if applicable, the seller must order all
required documents from all controlling Home Owners Associations.

Items Included or Excluded From Purchase Price

The buyer and seller should be very clear on items that are included or excluded from the sale and the typical
contract will state the seller represents they own the items being transferred and they will be transferred free
and clear of any liens and without warranty.

o Fixtures

Subject to specific exclusions made part of the contract, the buyer is entitled to all fixtures.
Fixtures are items attached permanently (e.g., by cement, plaster, bolts, screws, or nails) to what is
permanent (walls, etc.). Examples are electrical, lighting, plumbing and heating fixtures, fireplace
inserts, solar systems, built-in appliances, window coverings, TV antennas, air conditioners, and
in-ground landscaping.

o Personal Property

The buyer is entitled to only that personal property listed in the contract and subject to lender
approval. This could include any large outside potted plants, as these are ordinarily not fixtures.

Condition of Property

Unless otherwise agreed to in writing the property is sold in its present physical ("as is") condition subject to
the right of the buyers to inspect and investigate, including the investigating the insurability of the property.
The seller shall disclose all material facts and defects including known insurance claims.

Buyers Investigation of Property

Acceptance of the property’s condition is a contract provision, subject to inspections and investigations to be
conducted at buyer’s expense. The buyer must communicate approval of the property’s condition or request the
seller make repairs or take other actions.

The seller shall make the property available for all of the buyer's investigations and buyer shall give the seller
complete copies of all investigation reports obtained by the buyer.

The seller shall have all utilities on for buyer's investigations

The buyer agrees to keep the property free and clear of any liens and to repair any damage arising from the
buyer’s inspections or investigations.

Seller Disclosures

The contract has provisions for disclosures, addenda and advisories such as Buyer's Inspection Advisory
(C.A.R. form BIA), Purchase Agreement Addendum (C.A.R. form PAA), Probate Advisory (C.A.R. form
PAK). If any of the disclosures, addenda are checked they become a part of the contract and should be signed
and included at the time of presenting the offer.

Title and Vesting

The contract will state that title will vest as directed by the buyer in instructions to the escrow holder. As there
can be significant legal and tax implications, a real estate licensee should urge a buyer to seek competent advice
regarding the manner of taking title.

The contract will typically require transfer by grant deed, with mineral, oil and water rights if currently owned
by the seller.

The contract will state that title must be free of financing liens except as provided in the contract and will be
subject to all other encumbrances, easements, covenants, conditions, and restrictions, etc. shown in the
preliminary title report. Title will also be subject to any other exceptions disclosed to, or discovered by, the
buyer prior to closing unless the buyer disapproves in writing of a particular exception.

The contract will designate which party must pay for a preliminary title report and a policy of title insurance.

Sale of Buyer’s Property

The offer will indicate if the offer is contingent upon the sale of any property owned by the buyer, if so the
licensee will use the C.A.R. standard form Contingency For The Sale Or Purchase of Other Property – COP.
The Seller, who counter offers with a contingency subject to finding a replacement property will also use this
standard form.

Time Periods, Removal Of Contingencies, Cancellation Rights

The contract will state that time is of the essence and that the time for performance can be extended or any
other provision of the offer can be modified only by a writing signed by both buyer and seller. In general the
buyer has 3 days to get the deposit to escrow, 7 days to complete loan applications and provide verification of
funds and 17 days to inspect and investigate, including the properties insurability. The seller typically has 7
days to provide the buyer all required disclosures. Any removal of contingencies must be in writing using the
C.A.R. standard form Contingency Removal – CR. If one party does not perform, the other party has the right
to deliver a “Notice To Perform.” What happens thereafter depends upon the action of the noticed party and the
response of the party giving the notice. Unilateral cancellation of the agreement and escrow may be possible
after the Notice To Perform period has expired; however, the disposition of funds on deposit must be bilateral.

Repairs

The buyer must communicate approval of the property’s condition by releasing the inspection and investigation
contingency or request the seller make repairs or take other actions The buyer and seller then have a period of
time to negotiate buyer’s requests. If the seller is willing to correct the items, the transaction proceeds. If the
seller is unable or unwilling to correct the items, the buyer must either proceed with the transaction or cancel
the escrow and contract.

Final Verification of Condition

The agreement will specify that the buyer has the right to make a final inspection of the property within 5 days
prior to closing, not as a contingency of the sale but solely to confirm the property is in the same condition, any
repairs have been completed as agreed between the parties and the seller has complied with all other contractual
obligations.

Pro-rations of Property Taxes and Other Items

Typically, the contract will require that certain expenses of ownership be paid current as of the date of close of
escrow, to become the buyer’s responsibility thereafter. These include:

• real property taxes (including supplemental taxes) and assessments;

• if applicable, homeowners’ association assessments;

• premiums on insurance assumed by buyer; and

• payments on bonds assumed by buyer.

If the property is a rental, the rent will be prorated so that any prepaid rent for time on and after the date of
close of escrow will be credited to the buyer.

Withholding Taxes

The offer will state the buyer and seller agree to execute any instrument reasonably necessary to comply with
Federal and California withholding laws. Typically the C.A.R. standard forms AS is used.

Selection of Service Providers

The offer will state if brokers refer buyer and seller to persons, vendors or service providers, that brokers do not
guarantee the performance of any providers. Buyer and Sellers may select providers of their own choosing.

Multiple Listing Service

The offer may give the brokers authorization to report the terms of the transaction to any MLS, to be published
and distributed to other parties on terms approved by the MLS.

Equal Housing Opportunity

The offer informs the parties that the property is sold in compliance with federal, state and local anti-
discrimination laws. It is illegal to discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, handicap, familial
status, or national origin.

Attorney Fees

The offer states, with a few exceptions, in any action arising out of the agreement, the prevailing party shall be
entitled to reasonable attorney fees and costs from the non-prevailing party.

Definitions

For clarity, the standard C.A.R. offer defines the various terms used in the offer. The user should be familiar
with these definitions or seek professional advice.

Broker Compensation

If applicable, the offer will specify that the seller or buyer, or both, agrees to pay compensation to the broker as
specified in a separate written agreement between the broker and seller or buyer.

Compensation is due upon close of escrow, or if escrow does not close, the seller and/or buyer agrees to pay
Broker as specified in a separate written agreement between the seller and/or buyer.

Joint Escrow Instructions

The standard C.A.R. form serves as joint escrow instructions and if accepted by the escrow holder, the escrow
holder will provide the parties an escrow holder acknowledgment. This acknowledgment will disclose
information about the escrow holder, the escrow number assigned, the license status of the escrow holder and
will reinforce the acceptance is subject to any supplemental instructions and general provisions issued by the
escrow holder. A copy of the agreement shall be delivered to the escrow holder within 3 business days after
acceptance.

Liquidated Damages

If separately signed or initialed by both seller and buyer, the liquidated damages paragraph is activated and
provides that if the seller proves that the buyer breached the contract:

1. The seller is released from the obligation to sell the property to the buyer.

2. The amount of the liquidated damages is limited to the buyer’s deposit, to a maximum of 3% of the
purchase price.

The liquidated damages provision must be printed in at least 10-point bold type or in contrasting red print in at
least 8-point bold type.

If the deposit was increased after the initial offer/acceptance, the buyer and seller must, if the amount of the
increase is to be subject to liquidated damages, sign a separate liquidated damages agreement covering the
increased deposit.

Dispute Resolution

The parties agree to mediate, absent some exclusions, all disputes and claims before resorting to arbitration or
court action. A mediator is impartial and may facilitate resolution of a dispute but cannot impose a settlement.
However, mediation can result in a binding settlement document signed by seller and buyer. For mediation,
which is not successful, the contract may afford the option of proceeding to arbitration. An arbitration,
conducted in accordance with the rules of either the American Arbitration Association (AAA) or Judicial
Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (JAMS), results in a binding decision.

Terms and Conditions of Offer

The user should note that among other things, the offer will state that if at least one but not all parties initial a
particular section, a counter offer is required until agreement is reached.

In addition this section will state the seller has the right to continue to offer the property for sale and to accept
any other offer at any time prior to notification of acceptance.

The offer and any supplements, addendums or modifications, including any copy, may be signed in two or
more counter parts, all of which shall constitute one writing.

Time of Essence, Entire Contract and Changes

The contract will state that time is of the essence and that the time for performance can be extended or any
other provision of the offer modified only by a writing signed by both buyer and seller.

It should be noted in the standard agreement published by C.A.R., all prior discussions and negotiations are
superseded by the written agreement. Thus it is important to commit to writing all terms and conditions.

Expiration

Unless otherwise stated the offer will expire at 5:00 PM on the third calendar day after the offer is signed by the
buyer.

Acceptance of Offer

In order to form a binding contract, the seller must accept the buyer’s offer in writing, without modification,
and communicate that acceptance to the buyer before a specified expiration date.

If the seller finds unacceptable some element(s) of the offer, the seller may make a counteroffer, giving the
buyer a certain time to accept. These negotiations will culminate in either a stalemate or a contract. If a contract
is reached, the result will be either breach, appropriate cancellation of the contract and escrow or transfer of the
property.

The seller warrants that the seller is the owner of the property or has the authority to execute the agreement and
acknowledges receipt of a copy of the agreement.

Confirmation of Acceptance

It is a good practice to document the date and time that the buyer or the buyer’s representative personally
received a copy of the signed. A binding agreement is created when a copy of the signed acceptance is
personally received by the buyer or the buyer's authorized representative. Completion of this confirmation is

not legally required in order to create a binding agreement; it is solely intended to evidence the date that
confirmation of acceptance has occurred.

Other information

Four additional information boxes are included after the buyers and sellers signatures. These sections provide
clarity and ease of use in contacting the parties assisting the buyer and seller during the transaction. They are:

1. Information about the real estate brokers involved in the transaction.

Real estate brokers are not parties to the agreement between buyer and seller; this section documents the
contact information for the real estate brokers assisting the buyer and seller as well as cooperating broker
compensation information.

2. Escrow Holders Acknowledgment

If accepted by the escrow holder, the escrow holder will provide the parties an escrow holder
acknowledgment. This acknowledgment will disclose information about the escrow holder, the escrow
number assigned, the license status of the escrow holder and will reinforce the acceptance is subject to any
supplemental instructions and general provisions issued by the escrow holder.

3. Presentation of offer

Specifies the date the offer was presented to the seller.

4. Rejection of offer

In the event the offer is rejected and no counter offer will be made, it is a good practice for the licensee to
provide the buyer’s agent with an acknowledgement that the offer was reviewed by and rejected by the
seller.

Public
Off

Chapter 21 - Trust Funds

Chapter 21 - Trust Funds somebody
Public
Off

ACCOUNTING RECORDS

ACCOUNTING RECORDS somebody

ACCOUNTING RECORDS

General Requirements

An important aspect of the broker’s fiduciary responsibility to the client is the maintenance of adequate records
to account for trust funds received and disbursed. This is true whether the funds are deposited to the trust fund
bank account, sent to escrow, held uncashed as authorized under Commissioner’s Regulation 2832, or released
to the owner(s) of the funds. These records:

1. provide a basis upon which the broker can prepare an accurate accounting for clients.

2. state the amount of money the broker owes the account beneficiaries at any one time. (This is especially
important when there are a large number of transactions.)

3. prove whether or not there is an imbalance in the trust account. Some brokers audited by DRE have
disagreed that their trust accounts had a shortage or an overage in the amount disclosed by the audit, but
could not provide documentation to support their position.

4. guarantee that beneficiary funds deposited in the trust account will be insured up to the maximum FDIC
insurance coverage.

There are two types of accounting records that may be used for trust funds: columnar records in the formats
prescribed by Commissioner’s Regulations 2831 and 2831.1; and records other than columnar that are in
accordance with generally accepted accounting practices which include details specified in subdivision (a) of the
Regulations and are in a format that will readily enable tracing and reconciliation in accordance with Section
2831.2. Regardless of the type of records used, they must include the following information:

1. all trust fund receipts and disbursements, with pertinent details, presented in chronological sequence;

2. the balance of the trust fund account, based on recorded transactions;

3. all receipts and disbursements affecting each beneficiary’s balance, presented in chronological sequence;
and

4. the balance owing to each beneficiary or for each transaction.

Either manually produced or computerized accounting records are acceptable. The type and form of records
appropriate to a particular real estate operation as well as the means of processing transactions will depend on
factors such as the nature of the business, the number of clients, the volume of transactions, and the types of
reports needed. For example, manual recording on columnar records might be satisfactory for a broker handling
a small number of transactions, while a computerized system might be more appropriate and practical for a large
property management operation.

Columnar Records

A broker may decide to use the columnar records prescribed by Commissioner’s Regulations 2831 and 2831.1.
The records required will depend on whether the trust funds received are deposited to the trust account or are
forwarded to an escrow depository or to the owner of the funds. These records are:

1. Columnar Record of All Trust Funds Received and Paid Out - Trust Fund Bank Account (DRE form RE
4522);

2. Separate Record for Each Beneficiary or Transaction (DRE form RE 4523); and

3. Record of All Trust Funds Received - Not Placed in Broker’s Trust Account (DRE form RE 4524).

The first two records are required when trust funds are received and deposited to the trust fund bank account.

The third record is required when trust funds received are not deposited to the trust account, but are instead
forwarded to the authorized person(s).

If the trust fund account involves clients’ funds from rental properties managed by the broker, the Separate
Record for Each Property Managed (DRE form RE 4525) may be used in lieu of the Separate Record for Each
Beneficiary or Transaction.

A broker who has an escrow division pursuant to Financial Code Section 17006(a)(4) must keep the above
mentioned records for escrow funds. (Commissioner’s Regulation 2951)

Record of All Trust Funds Received and Paid Out - Trust Fund Bank Account

This record is used to journalize all trust funds deposited to and disbursed from the trust fund bank account. At a
minimum, it must show the following information in columnar form: date funds were received; name of payee or
payor; amount received; date of deposit; amount paid out; check number and date; and the daily balance of the
trust account.

All transactions affecting the trust account are entered in chronological order on this record regardless of payee,
payor or beneficiary. If there is more than one trust fund bank account, a different columnar record must be
maintained for each account, pursuant to Commissioner’s Regulation 2831.

Separate Record for Each Beneficiary or Transaction

This record is maintained to account for funds received from or for the account of each beneficiary, or for each
transaction, and deposited to the trust account. With this record, the broker can ascertain the funds owed to each
beneficiary or for each transaction. The record must show the following in chronological order: date of deposit;

amount of deposit; name of payee or payor; check number; date and amount; and balance of the individual
account after posting transactions on any date.

A separate record must be maintained for each beneficiary or transaction from whom the broker received funds
that were deposited to the trust fund bank account. If the broker has more than one trust account, each account
must have its own set of beneficiary records so that they can be reconciled with the individual trust fund bank
account record required by Commissioner’s Regulation 2831.2.

Record of All Trust Funds Received - Not Placed in Broker’s Trust Account

This record is used to keep track of funds received and not deposited to a trust fund bank account. In this
situation, the broker is handling the funds and must keep records of same. Examples are:

1. earnest money deposits forwarded to escrow;

2. rents forwarded to landlords; and

3. borrowers’ payments forwarded to lenders.

This record must show the date funds were received, the form of payment (check, note, etc.), amount received,
description of property, identity of the person to whom funds were forwarded, and date of disposition. Trust
fund receipts are recorded in chronological sequence, while their disposition is recorded in the same line where
the corresponding receipt is recorded.

Transaction folders usually maintained by a broker for each real estate sales transaction showing the receipt and
disposition of undeposited checks are not acceptable alternatives to the Record of Trust Funds Received But Not
Deposited to the Trust Fund Bank Account.

An exception to this record keeping requirement is provided in Commissioner’s Regulation 2831(e), which
states that a broker is not required to keep records of checks made payable to service providers, including but
not limited to escrow, credit and appraisal services, when the total amount of such checks for any transaction
does not exceed $1,000. However, a broker shall retain for three years copies of receipts issued or obtained in
connection with the receipt and distribution of such checks and, upon request of the Department or the maker of
the checks, a broker must account for the receipt and distribution of the checks.

Separate Record for Each Property Managed

This record is similar to, and serves the same purpose as, the Separate Record for Each Beneficiary or
Transaction. It does not have to be maintained if a separate record is already used for a property owner’s
account. The Separate Record for Each Property Managed is useful when the broker wants to show some
detailed information about a specific property being managed.

Public
Off

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS - DOCUMENTS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS - DOCUMENTS somebody

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS - DOCUMENTS

The following is an additional requirement of the Real Estate Law and the Commissioner’s Regulations relating
to the preparation and management of real estate transaction documents.

Person Signing Contract to be Given Copy

Under Business and Professions Code Section 10142, any time a licensee prepares or has prepared an agreement
authorizing or employing that licensee to perform any acts for which a real estate license is required or when the
licensee obtains the signature of any person to any contract pertaining to such services or transaction, the
licensee must deliver a copy of the agreement to the person signing it at the time the signature is obtained.
Examples of such documents are listing agreements, real estate purchase contract and receipt for deposit forms,
addenda to contracts, and property management agreements.

Public
Off

AUDITS AND EXAMINATIONS

AUDITS AND EXAMINATIONS somebody

AUDITS AND EXAMINATIONS

Because of the importance of trust fund handling, the Commissioner has an ongoing program of examining
brokers’ records. As necessary, audited licensees are made aware of deficiencies in trust fund handling and
record keeping. If an audit discloses actual trust fund imbalances or money handling procedures which may
cause monetary loss, appropriate disciplinary proceedings are initiated.

Section 10148 of the Business and Professions Code provides that a real estate broker shall retain for three years
copies of all listings, deposit receipts, canceled checks, trust records, and other documents executed by or
obtained by the broker in connection with any transaction for which a real estate broker license is required. The
retention period shall run from the date of the closing of the transaction or from the date of the listing if the
transaction is not consummated. After notice, such books, accounts and records shall be made available for
examination, inspection and copying by the Commissioner or a designated representative during regular
business hours, and shall, upon the appearance of sufficient cause, be subject to audit without further notice,
except that such audit shall not be harassing in nature.

Public
Off

DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS somebody

DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

Activities and Related Documents

In addition to accounting records, the Department of Real Estate requires that the broker maintain all documents
prepared or obtained in connection with any real estate transaction handled. Here is a list of typical activities and
the corresponding documentation.

Activity

1. Receiving trust funds in the form of:
Purchase deposits from buyers

Rents and security deposits from tenants
Other receipts

2. Depositing trust funds

3. Forwarding buyers’ checks to escrow

4. Returning buyers’ checks

5. Disbursing trust funds

6. Receiving offers and counteroffers from buyers
and sellers

7. Collecting management fees from the trust fund
bank account

8. Reconciling bank account record with separate
beneficiary records

Documentation

• Real estate purchase contract and receipt for
deposit, signed by the buyer

• Collection receipts

• Collection receipts

• Bank deposit slips

• Receipt from title/escrow company and copy

of check

• Copy of buyer’s check signed and dated by
buyer, signifying buyer’s receipt of check

• Checks issued

• Supporting papers for the checks, such as

invoices, escrow statements, billings,
receipts, etc.

• Real estate purchase contract and receipt for

deposit, signed by respective parties

• Agency disclosure statement

• Transfer disclosure statement

• Property management agreements between

broker and property owners. (Note: If only
one trust fund check is issued for
management fees charged to various
property owners, there should be a schedule
or listing on file showing each property and
amount charged, and the total amount, which
should agree with the check amount.)

• Cancelled checks

• Record of reconciliation

Public
Off

GENERAL INFORMATION

GENERAL INFORMATION somebody

GENERAL INFORMATION

Trust Funds and Non-Trust Funds

Since trust funds must be handled in a special manner, a licensee must be able to distinguish trust funds from
non-trust funds. Trust funds are money or other things of value that are received by a broker or salesperson on
behalf of a principal or any other person, and which are held for the benefit of others in the performance of any
acts for which a real estate license is required. Trust funds may be cash or non-cash items. Some examples are;
cash; a check used as a purchase deposit (whether made payable to the broker or to an escrow or title company);
a personal note made payable to the seller; or even an automobile’s “pink slip” given as a deposit.

The discussions in this chapter pertain to real estate trust funds received by licensees, and not to non-trust funds
such as real estate commissions, general operating funds, and rents and deposits from broker-owned real estate.
These other types of funds, as long as not commingled with trust funds, are not subject to the Real Estate Law
and Commissioner’s Regulations. It should be noted, however, that under certain circumstances the Department
of Real Estate does have the jurisdiction to look into transactions involving non-trust funds.

Why a Trust Account?

A trust account is set up as a means to separate trust funds from non-trust funds. Although it can certainly be
argued that keeping trust funds in a trust account will not prevent a dishonest broker from misusing the funds,
separating client’s funds from the broker’s own funds provides a better physical and accounting control over the
trust funds.

An important reason for designating a trust fund depository as a trust account is the protection afforded
principals’ funds in situations where legal action is taken against the broker or if the broker becomes
incapacitated or dies. Trust funds held in a true trust account cannot be ‘‘frozen” pending litigation against the
broker or during probate.

Trust funds also have better insurance protection if deposited into a trust account. The general counsel of the
FDIC, in an opinion in 1965, held that funds of various owners which are placed in a custodial deposit (trust
account) in an insured bank will be recognized for insurance purposes to the same extent as if the owners’ names
and interests in the account are individually disclosed on the records of the bank, provided the trust account is
specifically designated as custodial and the name and interest of each owner of funds in the account are
disclosed on the depositor’s records. Each client with funds deposited in a trust account maintained with a
federally insured bank is insured by the FDIC up to $250,000, as opposed to just $250,000 for the entire
account, as long as the regulatory requirements are met.

Trust Fund Handling Requirements

A typical trust fund transaction begins with the broker or salesperson receiving trust funds from a principal in
connection with the purchase or lease of real property. According to Business and Professions Code Section
10145, trust funds received must be placed into the hands of the owner(s) of the funds, into a neutral escrow
depository, or into a trust account maintained pursuant to Commissioner’s Regulation 2832 not later than three
business days following receipt of the funds by the broker or by the broker’s salesperson.

An exception to this rule is when a check is received from an offeror in connection with an offer to purchase or
lease real property. As provided under Commissioner’s Regulation 2832, a deposit check may be held uncashed
by the broker until acceptance of the offer if the following conditions are met:

1. the check by its terms is not negotiable by the broker, or the offeror has given written instructions that the
check shall not be deposited or cashed until acceptance of the offer; and

2. the offeree is informed, before or at the time the offer is presented for acceptance, that the check is being
held.

If the offer is later accepted, the broker may continue to hold the check undeposited only if the broker receives
written authorization from the offeree to do so. Otherwise, the check must be placed, not later than three
business days after acceptance, into a neutral escrow depository or into the trust fund bank account or into the
hands of the offeree if both the offeror and offeree expressly so provide in writing.

According to Business and Professions Code Section 10145, a real estate salesperson who accepts trust funds on
behalf of the broker under whom he or she is licensed must immediately deliver the funds to the broker or, if
directed to do so by the broker, place the funds into the hands of the broker’s principal or into a neutral escrow
depository or deposit the funds into the broker’s trust fund bank account.

A neutral escrow depository, as used in Business and Professions Code Section 10145, means an escrow
business conducted by a person licensed under Division 6 (commencing with Section 17000) of the Financial
Code or by any person described in subdivisions (a)(1) and (a)(3) of Section 17006 of the Financial Code.

Identifying the Owner(s) of Trust Funds

A broker must be able to identify who owns the trust funds and who is entitled to receive them, since these funds
can be disposed of only upon the authorization of that person. The person entitled to the funds may or may not
be the person who originally gave the funds to the broker or the salesperson. In some instances the party entitled
to the funds will change upon the occurrence of certain events in the transaction. For example, in a transaction
involving an offer to buy or lease real property or a business opportunity, the party entitled to the funds received
from the offeror (prospective buyer or lessor) will depend upon whether or not the offer has been accepted by
the offeree (seller or landlord).

Prior to the acceptance of the offer, the funds received from the offeror belong to that person and must be
handled according to his/her instructions. If the funds are deposited in a trust fund bank account, they must be
maintained there for the benefit of the offeror until acceptance of the offer. Or, as discussed in the previous
section, if the offeror wishes, his/her check may be held uncashed by the broker as long as he/she gives written
instructions to the broker to do so and the offeree is informed before or at the time the offer is presented for
acceptance that the check is being so held.

After acceptance of the offer, the funds shall be handled according to instructions from the offeror and the
offeree as follows:

• An offeror’s check held uncashed by the broker before acceptance of the offer may continue to be held
uncashed after acceptance of the offer, only upon written authorization from the offeree. [Commissioner’s
Regulation 2832(d)]

• The offeror’s check may be given to the offeree only if the offeror and offeree expressly so provide in
writing. [Commissioner’s Regulation 2832(d)]

• All or part of an offeror’s purchase money deposit in a real estate sales transaction shall not be refunded by
an agent or subagent of the seller without the express written permission of the offeree to make the refund.

Public
Off

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION somebody

INTRODUCTION

Real estate brokers and salespersons receive trust funds in the normal course of doing business. They receive
these funds on behalf of others, thereby creating a fiduciary responsibility to the funds’ owners. Brokers and
salespersons must handle, control and account for these trust funds according to established legal standards.
While compliance with these standards may not necessarily have a direct bearing on the financial success of a
real estate business, non-compliance can result in unfavorable business consequences. Improper handling of
trust funds is cause for revocation or suspension of a real estate license, not to mention the possibility of being
held financially liable for damages incurred by clients.

This chapter discusses the legal requirements for receiving and handling trust funds in real estate transactions as
set forth in the Real Estate Law and the Regulations of the Real Estate Commissioner. It describes the requisites
for maintaining a trust fund bank account and the precautions a licensee should take to ensure the integrity of the
account. It explains and illustrates the trust fund record keeping requirements under the Business and
Professions Code and the Commissioner’s Regulations.

The discussions and examples in this chapter involve real property sales and property management trust account
transactions. Other types of real estate activities involving trust funds, although subject to the same laws and
regulations, may also have to comply with additional legal and regulatory requirements. While these other types
of transactions may require records significantly different from those illustrated, the record keeping
fundamentals still apply.

Public
Off

OTHER ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS AND RECORDS

OTHER ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS AND RECORDS somebody

OTHER ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS AND RECORDS

A broker may use trust fund records not in the columnar form as prescribed by Commissioner’s Regulations
2831 and 2831.1. Such records must be in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and must
include detail specified in subdivision (a) of these Regulations and be in a format that will readily enable
tracing and reconciliation in accordance with Section 2831.2. Whether prepared manually or by computer, they
must include at least the following:

1. A journal to record in chronological sequence the details of all trust fund transactions.

2. A cash ledger to show the bank balance as affected by the transactions recorded in the journal. The ledger
is posted in the form of debits and credits. (In some cases the cash ledger may be combined with the
journal.)

3. A beneficiary ledger for each of the beneficiary accounts to show in chronological sequence the
transactions affecting each beneficiary’s account, as well as the balance of the account.

To comply with generally accepted accounting principles, there must be one set of journal, cash ledger, and
beneficiary ledger for each trust fund bank account.

Journal

A journal is a daily chronological record of trust fund receipts and disbursements. A single journal may be used
to record both the receipts and the disbursements, or a separate journal may be used for each. To meet minimum
record keeping requirements, a journal must:

1. Record all trust fund transactions in chronological sequence.

2. Contain sufficient information to identify the transaction such as the date, amount received or disbursed,
name of or reference to payee or payor, check number or reference to another source document of the
transaction, and identification of the beneficiary account affected by the transaction.

3. Correlate with the ledgers. For example, it should show the same figures that are posted, individually or in
total, in the cash ledger and in the beneficiary ledgers. The details in the journal must be the basis for
posting transactions on the ledgers and arriving at the account balances.

4. Show the total receipts and total disbursements regularly, at least once a month.

Cash Ledger

The cash ledger shows, usually in summary form, the periodic increases and decreases (debits and credits) in the
trust fund bank account and the resulting account balance. It can be incorporated into the journal or it can be a
separate record, for example a general ledger account. If a separate record is used, the postings must be based on
the transactions recorded in the journal. The amounts posted on the ledger must be those shown in the journal.

Beneficiary Ledger

A separate beneficiary ledger must be maintained for each beneficiary or transaction or series of transactions.
This ledger shows in chronological sequence the details of all receipts and disbursements related to the
beneficiary’s account, and the resulting account balance. It reflects the broker’s liability to a particular
beneficiary. Entries in all these ledgers must be based on entries recorded in the journal.

Public
Off

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS REGARDING TRUST FUND REQUIREMENTS AND RECORD KEEPING

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS REGARDING TRUST FUND REQUIREMENTS AND RECORD KEEPING somebody

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS REGARDING TRUST FUND REQUIREMENTS AND RECORD KEEPING

Q. Are security deposits on rental units the property of the owner or should they be held in trust by the broker
for the tenant?

A. They are trust funds. As such, control and disbursement of the security deposits are at the instruction of the
property owner.

Q. Am I permitted to wait until checks deposited to my trust account have cleared before I issue a trust check
to fund a customer’s check?

A. Although the Real Estate Law is silent on this, good business practice dictates that you wait until a
customer’s check deposited to your trust account has cleared prior to the issuing of your trust check as a
refund.

Q. How should I handle an earnest money check which is to be deposited into escrow upon acceptance of the
offer?

A. Such a check may be held until the offer is accepted and then placed in escrow but only when directed to
do so by the buyer, provided you disclose to the seller the fact the check is being held in uncashed form. In
such cases, it is good practice to include such a provision in the deposit receipt. You must keep a columnar
record of the receipt of the check, the name of the escrow company and the date the check was forwarded
to the escrow.

Q. As a broker-owner of rentals, do I have to put security deposits in a trust account?

A. Money you receive on your own property is received as a principal, not as an agent. As such, these are not
trust funds and should not be placed in the trust account.

Q. Must I keep a deposit receipt signed only by the buyer and rejected by the seller?

A. Yes. Such a record must be maintained for three years.

Q. May I maintain one trust fund account for both collections from my property management business and
deposits on real estate sales transactions?

A. Since property management funds usually involve multiple receipt of funds and several monthly
disbursements, it is suggested that separate trust fund accounts be maintained for property management
funds and earnest money deposits. However, all trust funds can be placed in the same trust fund account as
long as separate records for each trust fund deposit and disbursement are maintained properly and the
account is not an interest-bearing account.

Q. If the buyer and seller decide to go directly to escrow and the buyer makes out a check to the escrow
company and hands it directly to the escrow clerk, do I have to maintain any records of this check?

A. No. You must maintain records only of trust funds which pass through your hands for the benefit of a third
party.

Q. How long must I keep deposit receipts?

A. Deposit receipts must be maintained for three years.

Public
Off

RECONCILIATION OF ACCOUNTING RECORDS

RECONCILIATION OF ACCOUNTING RECORDS somebody

RECONCILIATION OF ACCOUNTING RECORDS

Purpose

The trust fund bank account record, the separate beneficiary or transaction record, and the bank statement are all
interrelated. Any entry made on the bank account record must have a corresponding entry on a separate
beneficiary record. By the same token, any entry or transaction shown on the bank statement must be reflected
on the bank account record. This applies to columnar as well as to other types of records.

The accuracy of the records is verified by reconciling them at least once a month. Reconciliation is the process
of comparing two or more sets of records to determine whether their balances agree. It will disclose whether the
records are completed accurately.

For trust fund record keeping purposes, two reconciliations must be made at the end of each month:

1. reconciliation of the bank account record (RE 4522) with the bank statement; and,

2. reconciliation of the bank account record (RE 4522) with the separate beneficiary or transaction records
(RE 4523).

Reconciling the Bank Account Record With the Bank Statement

The reconciliation of the bank account record with the bank statement will disclose any recording errors by the
broker or by the bank. If the balance on the bank account record agrees with the bank statement balance as
adjusted for outstanding checks, deposits in transit, and other transactions not yet included in the bank statement,
there is more assurance that the balance on the bank account record is correct. Although this reconciliation is not
required by the Real Estate Law or the Commissioner’s Regulations, it is an essential part of any good
accounting system.

Reconciling the Bank Account Record With the Separate Beneficiary or Transaction Records

This reconciliation, which is required by Commissioner’s Regulation 2831.2, will substantiate that all
transactions entered on the bank account record were posted on the separate beneficiary or transaction records.
The balance on the bank account record should equal the total of all beneficiary record balances. Any difference
should be located and the records corrected to reflect the correct bank and liabilities balances. Commissioner’s
Regulation 2831.2 requires that this reconciliation process be performed monthly except in those months when
there is no activity in the trust fund bank account, and that a record of each reconciliation be maintained. This
record should identify the bank account name and number, the date of the reconciliation, the account number or
name of the principals or beneficiaries or transactions, and the trust fund liabilities of the broker to each of the
principals, beneficiaries or transactions.

Unexplained Trust Account Overages

When a broker performs a reconciliation pursuant to Commissioner’s Regulation 2831.2, the broker may find an
unexplained overage. An unexplained overage is defined as funds in a real estate broker’s trust account which
exceed the aggregate trust fund liability of such account where the broker is unable to determine the ownership
of such excess funds.

Unexplained trust account overages are trust funds and unless the broker can establish the ownership of such
funds, the funds must be maintained in the broker’s trust fund account or in a separate trust fund account
established to hold such funds.

Unexplained trust account overages may not be used to offset or cover shortages that may exist otherwise in the
broker’s trust account.

A broker must keep a separate record of unexplained trust account overages including a separate subsidiary
ledger to record the potential trust fund liability. Such records must include the date of recording and the date on
which such funds became an unexplained trust account overage. A broker holding unexplained trust account
overages must perform a monthly reconciliation of such funds in accordance with Commissioner’s Regulation
2831.2.

Suggestions for Reconciling Records

The following is a general discussion on how to perform the trust account reconciliations.

1. Before performing the reconciliations, record all transactions up to the cut-off date in both the bank account
record and the separate beneficiary or transaction records.

2. Use balances as of the same cut-off date for the two records and the bank statement.

3. For the bank account reconciliation, calculate the adjusted bank balance from the bank statement and from
the bank account record. (Brokers commonly err by calculating the adjusted bank balance based solely on
the bank statement, ignoring the bank account record. While they may know the correct account balances,
they may not realize their records are incomplete or erroneous.)

4. Keep a record of the two reconciliations performed at the end of each month, along with the supporting
schedules.

5. Locate any difference between the three sets of accounting records. A difference can be caused by:

• not recording a transaction

• recording an incorrect figure

• erroneous calculations of entries used to arrive at account balances

• missing beneficiary records

• bank errors.

Public
Off

RECORDING PROCESS

RECORDING PROCESS somebody

RECORDING PROCESS

Keeping complete and accurate trust fund records is easier when specific procedures are regularly followed. The
following procedures may be useful in developing a record keeping routine:

1. Record transactions daily in the trust fund bank account and in the separate beneficiary records.

2. Use consistently the same specific source documents as a basis for recording trust fund receipts and

disbursements. (For example, receipts pertaining to real estate resales will be recorded based on the Real
Estate Contract and Receipt for Deposit form, and disbursements will always be recorded based on the
checks issued from the trust account or debit notices from the bank.)

3. Calculate the account balances on all applicable records at the time entries are made.

4. Reconcile the records monthly to ascertain that transactions are properly recorded on both the bank account
record and the applicable subsidiary records.

5. Reconcile the trust records to the trust account bank statement on a monthly basis to ascertain that
amounts per the bank are in agreement with amounts per the trust fund records.

6. If more than one trust fund bank account is maintained, keep a different set of properly labeled columnar
records (cash record and beneficiary record) for each account.

Public
Off

SAMPLE TRANSACTIONS

SAMPLE TRANSACTIONS somebody

SAMPLE TRANSACTIONS

To demonstrate the record keeping requirements discussed in this chapter, we have simulated trust account
records for typical real estate transactions occurring over a thirty-day period. To set the stage, let us assume that
James Adams, a real estate broker, owns and operates a one-man real estate office specializing in residential
sales and property management. Broker Adams has one trust fund bank account. We will look at the trust
account activity for this office for the month of May, 2010.

The use of columnar records to record these transactions is illustrated in Exhibits 1 - 10 at the end of this
chapter. As previously discussed, a broker may use other types of records as long as they meet generally
accepted accounting standards.

2010 TRANSACTIONS

May 1 Opened a trust account with First County Bank, and deposited $100 of his own money to cover bank

service charges.

May 1 Entered into agreements to manage the following rental properties:

Address Owner’s Name T. Eddie Number of Units 1
a. 1538 South Ave. Anycity, CA
b. 3490 Tower St. Anycity, CA L. Stewart 4
c. 9152 High Way Anycity, CA W. Allen 4
d. 2351-2353 Kingston Way Anycity, CA S. Manly 2
e. 7365 Meadow Cir. Anycity, CA J. Bird 1

May 3 Deposited the following rents received from tenants of managed properties:

Tenant’s Rent
Property Name Received
a. 1538 South Ave. B. Hamns $600
b. 3490 Tower St., Unit 1 R. Robertson 350
c. 2351 Kingston Way I. Warren 450

$1,400

May 5 Received a $2,000 check payable to broker from Mr. and Mrs. Dennis White as deposit for their

offer to buy a house at 615 Lake Drive, Anycity, owned by Mr. and Mrs. Richard J. Jensen. Buyers’
offer instructed broker to hold the check uncashed until their offer was accepted by the Jensens.

May 5 Received and deposited $750 from T. Sundance representing rent of $500 for May 5 to 30, and

$250 security deposits for 7365 Meadow Circle.

May 5 Was notified by the Jensens that they accepted the offer on their property.

May 6 Deposited the $2,000 check from Mr. and Mrs. White.

May 8 Obtained an exclusive listing to sell a six-plex at 915 Galaxy St., Anycity, owned by R. Jays.

May 9 Received $1,000 from W. Allen, owner of 9152 High Way, to cover anticipated expenses for the

property. Amount was deposited the same day.

May 10 Issued the following checks to pay for various expenses connected with the managed properties
Check No. Payee Purpose Amount
1001 ABC Mortgage Co. Mortgage payment for 1538 South Ave. $450
1002 Anycity Treasury Utilities for 1538 South Ave. 35
1003 Professional Cleaning for 3490 55
Cleaners Tower St.
1004 Mr. Handyman Minor repairs on 2351 Kingston 25
TOTAL $565

May 14 Received a $4,000 check from B. Sun, payable to Title Escrow Company, with an offer to buy the
915 Galaxy property.

May 15 Received R. Jays’ acceptance of the buyer’s offer on 915 Galaxy Street.

May 16 Delivered the $4,000 check from B. Sun to Title Escrow Company.

May 19 Issued check number 1005 for $2,000 to First Title Co. for account of Mr. and Mrs. White, buyers

of the 615 Lake Drive property.

May 22 Received an offer and a $3,000 check as deposit from R. Olive to buy a single family house at
31009 Technology Street owned by T. Evans.

May 24 Returned R. Olive’s check after seller rejected the offer.

May 31 Charged property management fees to the following accounts and issued check number 1006 for

$330 payable to himself:

Property Owner Management Fee
T. Eddie $45
L. Stewart 100
W. Allen 80

S. Manly 60
J. Bird 45
Total $330

May 31 Sent statement of account to each owner of the managed properties.

Background Information

James Adams keeps four types of columnar records:

1. Record of all Trust Funds Received and Paid Out - Trust Fund Bank Account (hereinafter referred to as
“Bank Account Record”). This record is required under Commissioner’s Regulation 2831 for each trust
account a broker has.

2. Record of all Trust Funds Received - Not Placed in Broker’s Trust Account (hereinafter referred to as
“Record of Undeposited Receipts”). This is required under Commissioner’s Regulation 2831.

3. Separate Record For Each Beneficiary or Transaction (hereinafter referred to as “Separate Beneficiary
Record”). This is required under Commissioner’s Regulation 2831.1.

4. Separate Record For Each Property Managed (hereinafter referred to as “Separate Property Record”).
This serves the same purpose as the Separate Beneficiary Record.

To illustrate the recording process, listed below are the entries made on the books by James Adams as well as
the documents prepared or obtained as support for each transaction. The actual entries are shown on the
forms/exhibits at the end of this chapter.

Note that:

• Each entry to any record shows all the pertinent information of the transaction, such as the date, name
of payee, name of payor, amount, check number, etc.

• The daily bank balance is computed and posted on the Account Record after recording the
transactions.

• The balance owing to the client is computed and posted on the Beneficiary Record or Separate Property
Record, after posting transactions.

• Any entry made on the Bank Account Record has a corresponding entry on a Beneficiary Record or a
Separate Property Record, and vice versa.

• All records except the Record of Undeposited Receipts show entries in chronological sequence
regardless of transaction type. The Record of Undeposited Receipts shows the disposition of a trust
fund in the same line as the receipt is entered, rather than in chronological sequence.

Step-By-Step Narrative of Trust Account Entries

(Actual recording shown on Exhibits 1 - 10 at end of chapter.)

Transaction Date May 1 Documentation Deposit slip prepared by broker. Entries Record the deposit on: 1. The Bank Account Record. Balance is $100. (Exh. 1) 2. A newly prepared Separate Beneficiary for James Adams. Balance is $100. (Exh. 2)
May 1 May 3 Management agreements signed by property owners and broker. Collection receipts Nos. 2, 3 and 4 issued to B. Hamns, R. Robertson, and I. Warren, respectively. No entries needed since there was no receipt nor disbursement of trust funds. Record the $1,400 receipt on: 1. The Bank Account Record. New balance is $1,500. (Exh. 1) 2. Newly prepared Separate Beneficiary Records for: T. Eddie - balance is $600 (Exh. 4) L. Stewart – bal. is $350 (Exh. 5) S. Manly - balance is $450 (Exh. 6)
May 5 Real Estate Purchase Contract and Receipt for Deposit signed by Mr. and Mrs. White. Collection receipt No. 1 issued to the Whites. Enter transaction on the Record of Undeposited Receipts. (Exh. 3) No Separate Beneficiary Record is necessary since the check was not deposited.

May 5 Collection receipt No. 5

issued to T. Sundance.
Receipt showed that
$500 of the $750 was
for rent and the other
$250 was for security
deposit.

May 5 Real Estate Contract

and Receipt for trust
funds were received for
Deposit signed by Mr.
and Mrs. Jensen.

Record the $750 deposit on:

1. The Bank Account Record. (Exh.

1)

2. Separate Beneficiary Records for:

J. Bird - Sundance’s Security

Deposit, bal. is $250. (Exh. 7)

J. Bird - balance is $500. (Exh. 8)
(Since security deposits will be
accounted to the tenant in the future,
James Adams keeps a separate record
for deposits. Total liability to the
owner is the sum of the two records -
one for security deposits, another for
rents and other transactions.)

No entries were made since no trust
funds were received or disbursed.

Transaction

Date

May 6

Documentation

Deposit receipt
prepared by broker.

Entries

Record $2,000 deposit on:

1. Bank Account record. New balance

is $4,250. (Exh. 1)

2. A newly prepared Separate
Beneficiary Record - Mr. and Mrs.
White/Mr. and Mrs. Jensen.

Account balance is $2,000. (Exh. 9)

3. Record of Undeposited Receipts.
(Exh. 3) Shows disposition of
check previously entered on the
record.

May 8 Exclusive Listing

Agreement signed by
sellers and broker.

May 9 Collection receipt No. 6

issued to W. Allen.

May 10 Checks issued by

broker. Supporting
papers for each check.

May 14 Real Estate Purchase

Contract and Receipt
for Deposit signed by
B. Sun.

May 15 Real Estate Purchase

Contract and Receipt
for Deposit signed by
R. Jays.

May 16 Receipt issued by Title

Escrow Company.

Record receipt on:

1. The Bank Account Record. New
balance is $5,250. (Exh. 1)

2. A newly prepared Separate
Beneficiary Record - W. Allen.

Balance is $1,000. (Exh. 10)

Record disbursements on:

1. Bank Account Record. New

Balance is $4,685. (Exh. 1)

2. Separate Beneficiary Records for:
T. Eddie - New balance is $115.

(Exh. 4)

L. Stewart - New balance is $295.

(Exh. 5)

S. Manly - New balance is $425.

(Exh. 6)

Record receipt on the Record of

Undeposited Receipts. (Exh. 3)

No entry was needed since there was
no receipt or disbursement of funds.

Note disposition of check on the
Record of Undeposited Receipts.

(Exh. 3)

Transaction Date May 19 Documentation Entries Check issued by broker. Record disbursements on the: Receipt issued by First 1. Bank Account Record. New balance Title Company. is $2,685. (Exh. 1) 2. Separate Beneficiary Record - Mr. and Mrs. White/Mr. and Mrs. Jensen. New balance is $0. (Exh. 9)
May 22 Real Estate Purchase Contract and receipt for Deposit signed by R. Olive.
May 24 Real Estate Purchase Post the return of check on the Record Contract and Receipt of Undeposited Receipts. (Exh. 3) for Deposit rejected by T. Evans.
May 31 List showing the Record disbursements on the: breakdown of the check 1. Bank Account Record. New balance amount, showing the is $2,685. (Exh. 1) charge to each owner. 2. Separate Beneficiary Records for: New Owners Balance T. Eddie $70 L. Stewart $195 (NOTE: A list is W. Allen $920 necessary as support for S. Manly $365 a check disbursement J. Bird $455 chargeable to a number of beneficiaries. Posting the entries on the separate records without such a list is not sufficient.)

After recording the daily transactions, the next step in the trust fund accounting process is the reconciling of
records at the end of the month. James Adams prepared reconciliation schedules by comparing the bank balance
on the Bank Account Record with the bank statement balance (the bank reconciliation) and also with the total of
the Separate Beneficiary Records balances (the reconciliation report).

The bank statement and reconciliations are shown on the next two pages.

FIRST COUNTY BANK STATEMENT.

MAIN BRANCH.

5 Main Avenue

ANYCITY, CA 90002.

PAGE 1 of 1.

DATE OF THIS STATEMENT 05/31/10.

JAMES ADAMS.

TRUST ACCOUNT.

8310 ORANGE AVENUE.

ANYCITY, CA 90002.

CHECKING ACCT. 123456 CUSTOMER SINCE 1995.

SUMMARY: PREVIOUS STATEMENT BALANCE ON 04/30/10 . 00.00

TOTAL OF 5 DEPOSITS FOR....................... 5,250.00

TOTAL OF 4 CHECKS FOR......................... 2,540.00

TOTAL OF 1 OTHER DEBIT FOR........................ 7.00

STATEMENT BALANCE ON 05/31/10 ................ 2,703.00

CHECKS/ CHECKS.

OTHER CHECK DATE.
DEBITS NUMBER POSTED AMOUNT.
1001 5/14 450.00
1002 5/16 35.00
1003 5/16 55.00
1005 5/21 2,000.00

OTHER DEBITS.

DATE POSTED .
05/31 SERVICE CHARGE AMOUNT 7.00
DEPOSITS/ OTHER DEPOSITS DATE .
CREDITS POSTED AMOUNT.
5/1 100.00
5/5 1,400.00
5/5 750.00
5/6 2,000.00
5/9 1,000.00

DAILY .
BALANCE DATE AMOUNT DATE AMOUNT.
5/1 100.00 5/14 4,800.00
5/5 2,250.00 5/16 4,710.00
5/6 4,250.00 5/21 2,710.00
5/9 5,250.00 5/31 2,703.00

James Adams
Bank Reconciliation
First County Bank
May 31, 2010

Balance per bank statement, 5/31/10 .................................... $2,703.00

Add deposits in transit ...................................................... -0-

Less outstanding checks:
check #1004...................................... $25.00

#1006 ................................................. 330.00

Adjusted bank balance, 5/31/10.......................................... $2,348.00

Balance per books, 5/31/10.............................................. $2,355.00

Less May bank service charge ..............................................

Adjusted balance, 5/31/10............................................... $2,348.00

James Adams
Reconciliation Report
First County Bank
Account No. 123456
May 31, 2010

Beneficiary Balance

James Adams (Broker)...................................................... $93.00

W. Allen.................................................................. 920.00

J. Bird .................................................................. 250.00

J. Bird .................................................................. 455.00

T. Eddie .................................................................. 70.00

S. Manly.................................................................. 365.00

L. Stewart................................................................ 195.00

Total per subsidiary records......................................... $2,348.00

(Agrees with bank account record balance.)

Public
Off

SEPARATE RECORD FOR EACH BENEFICIARY OR TRANSACTION

SEPARATE RECORD FOR EACH BENEFICIARY OR TRANSACTION somebody

SEPARATE RECORD FOR EACH BENEFICIARY OR TRANSACTION
___________________FOR CLIENT'S FUNDS PLACED IN TRUST FUND BANK ACCOUNT

Identification Of Transaction (names, addresses,, account numbers, etc.)

James A. Adams

Trust Fund Balance - Broker

Description Discharge Of Trust Accountability For Funds Paid Out Trust Accountability F or F unds Received Account Balance
Date of Check Check Number Amount Date of Deposit Amount
Open TA Account 5-1-10 100.00 100.00
May '10 Bank Service Charge 5-31-10 SM 7.00 93.00





















EXHIBIT 2.

RE 4523 I Rev. 5/10)

RECORD OF ALL TRUST FUNDS RECEIVED — NOT PLACED IN BROKERS TRUST ACCOUNT
(Include Notes and Uncashed Checks Taken As Deposits)

RE 4524 (Rev. 5/10) EXHIBIT 3

SEPARATE RECORD FOR EACH PROPERTY MANAGED.


RE 4525 (Rev. 5/10) EXHIBIT 4

SEPARATE RECORD FOR EACH PROPERTY MANAGED.


RE 4525 (Rev. 5/10) EXHIBIT 5

SEPARATE RECORD FOR EACH PROPERTY MANAGED.

RE 4525 (Rev. 5/10) EXHIBIT 6

SEPARATE RECORD FOR EACH PROPERTY MANAGED.

RE 4525 (Rev. 5/10) EXHIBIT 7

SEPARATE RECORD FOR EACH PROPERTY MANAGED.

RE 4525 (Rev. 5/10) EXHIBIT 8

SEPARATE RECORD FOR EACH BENEFICIARY OR TRANSACTION.
FOR CLIENT'S FUNDS PLACED IN TRUST FUND BANK ACCOUNT.

Identification of Transaction (names, addresses, account numbers, etc.)

Mr. & Mrs. Whte/Mr. & Mrs. Jensen

RE: 615 Lake Drive, Anycity

Description Discharge Of Trust Accountability For Funds Paid Out Trust Accountability For Funds Received Account Balance
Date of Check Check Number Amount Date of Deposit Amount
Purchase Deposit 5-6-10 2.000.00 2,000.00
Deposit to Title Co. 5-19-10 1005 2.000.00 -0-










RE 4523, (Rev. 05/10) EXHIBIT 9

SEPARATE RECORD FOR EACH PROPERTY MANAGED.

RE 4525 (Rev. 05/10) EXHIBIT 10

Public
Off

SUMMARY

SUMMARY somebody

SUMMARY

We might say this chapter presents the three R's of trust funds: Responsibility, Requirements, and Records.

It is a real estate broker’s responsibility to protect clients’ funds at all times and keep clients fully informed of
the nature and disposition of all trust funds.

To aid brokers in carrying out this responsibility, the Real Estate Commissioner’s Regulations include
requirements concerning trust funds. A real estate broker also needs to meet other requirements from a practical
business point of view. To protect clients’ funds adequately and in the business-like fashion expected, the broker
must keep accurate records.

RE 4522 (Rev. 5/10) EXHIBIT 1

Public
Off

TRUST FUND BANK ACCOUNTS

TRUST FUND BANK ACCOUNTS somebody

TRUST FUND BANK ACCOUNTS

General Requirements

Trust funds, such as a purchase money deposit check, received by a licensee that are not forwarded directly to
the broker’s principal or to a neutral escrow depository or for which the broker does not have authorization to
hold uncashed must be deposited to the broker’s trust fund bank account. (Business and Professions Code
Section 10145)

Business and Professions Code Section 10145 and Commissioner’s Regulation 2832 require that a trust account
meet the following criteria:

1. designated as a trust account in the name of the broker as trustee;

2. maintained with a bank or recognized depository located in California; and

3. not an interest-bearing account for which prior written notice can, by law or regulation, be required by the
financial institution as a condition to withdrawal (except as noted in the discussion below of “Interest-
Bearing Accounts”).

A broker may have an out-of-state trust account if the account is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC) and is used to service first loans for the types of note owners/investors specified in Section
10145(a)(2) of the Business and Professions Code.

Trust Account Withdrawals

According to Commissioner’s Regulation 2834, withdrawals from the trust account may be made only upon the
signature of one or more of the following:

1. the broker in whose name the account is maintained;

2. the designated broker-officer if the account is in the name of a corporate broker;

3. if specifically authorized in writing by the broker, a salesperson licensed to the broker; or

4. if specifically authorized in writing by the broker who is a signatory of the trust account, an unlicensed

employee of the broker covered by a fidelity bond at least equal to the maximum amount of trust funds to
which the employee has access at any time.

No arrangement under which a person named in items 3 or 4 is authorized to make withdrawals from a broker’s
trust fund relieves an individual broker or the broker-officer of a corporate broker licensee from responsibility or
liability as provided by law in handling trust funds in the broker’s custody.

Interest-Bearing Accounts

A trust fund bank account normally may not be interest-bearing. A broker may, however, at the request of the
owner of trust funds, or of the principals to a transaction or series of transactions from whom the broker has
received trust funds, deposit the funds into an interest-bearing account in a bank or savings and loan association
if all of the following requirements of Business and Professions Code Section 10145(d) are met:

1. The account is in the name of the broker as trustee for a specified beneficiary or specified principal of a
transaction or series of transactions.

2. All of the funds in the account are covered by insurance provided by an agency of the federal government.

3. The funds in the account are kept separate, distinct, and apart from funds belonging to the broker or to any
other person for whom the broker holds funds in trust.

4. The broker discloses the following information to the person from whom the trust funds are received and to
any beneficiary whose identity is known to the broker at the time of establishing the account:

• the nature of the account;

• how the interest will be calculated and paid under various circumstances;

• whether service charges will be paid to the depository and by whom; and

• possible notice requirements or penalties for withdrawal of funds from the account.

5. No interest earned on funds in the account shall inure directly or indirectly to the benefit of the broker or to
any person licensed to the broker, even if the funds’ owners would permit such an arrangement.

6. In an executory sale, lease, or loan transaction in which the broker accepts funds in trust to be applied to the
purchase, lease, or loan, the parties to the contract shall have specified in the contract or by collateral
written agreement the person to whom interest earned on the funds is to be paid or credited.

The only other situation where a real estate broker is allowed to deposit trust funds into an interest-bearing
account occurs when the broker is acting as an agent for a financial institution which is the beneficiary of a loan.
In this case the broker may, pursuant to Commissioner’s Regulation 2830.1, deposit and maintain funds received
from or for the account of an obligor (borrower) into an interest-bearing trust account in a bank or savings and
loan association in order to pay interest on an impound account to the obligor in accordance with Section 2954.8
of the Civil Code, as long as the following requirements are met:

1. The funds received from or for the account of the obligor are for the future payment of property taxes,
assessments or insurance relating only to a property containing a one-to-four family residence.

2. The account is in the name of the broker as trustee.

3. All of the funds in the account are covered by insurance provided by an agency of the federal government.

4. All of the funds in the account are funds held in trust by the broker for others.

5. The broker discloses to the obligor how interest will be calculated and paid.

6. No interest earned on the trust funds shall inure directly or indirectly to the benefit of the broker or to any
person licensed to the broker.

Commingling Prohibited

Funds belonging to a licensee may not be commingled with trust funds. Commingling is strictly prohibited by
the Real Estate Law. It is grounds for the revocation or suspension of a real estate license pursuant to Business
and Professions Code Section 10176(e).

Commingling occurs when:

1. Personal or company funds are deposited into the trust fund bank account. Except for what is provided in
Section 2835 of the Commissioner’s Regulations as noted below, this is a violation of the law even if
separate records are kept.

2. Trust funds are deposited into the licensee’s general or personal bank account rather than into the trust fund
account. In this case the violation is not only commingling, but also handling trust funds contrary to
Business and Professions Code Section 10145. It is also grounds for suspension or revocation of a license
under Business and Professions Code Section 10177(d).

3. Commissions, fees, or other income earned by the broker and collectible from the trust account are left in
the trust account for more than 25 days from the date they were earned.

A common example of commingling is depositing rents and security deposits on broker-owned properties into
the trust account. As these funds relate to the broker’s properties, they are not trust funds and, therefore, may not
be deposited into the trust fund bank account. Likewise, the broker may not make mortgage payments and other
payments on broker-owned properties from the trust account even if the broker reimburses the account for such
payments. Conducting personal business through the trust account is strictly prohibited and is a violation of the
Real Estate Law.

Commissioner’s Regulation 2835 provides that the following situations do not constitute “commingling” for
purposes of Business and Professions Code Section 10176(e):

(a) The deposit into a trust account of reasonably sufficient funds, not to exceed $200, to pay service charges or
fees levied or assessed against the account by the bank or financial institution where the account is
maintained.

(b) The deposit into a trust account maintained in compliance with item (d) below of funds belonging in part to
the broker’s principal and in part to the broker when it is not reasonably practicable to separate such funds,
provided the part of the funds belonging to the broker is disbursed not later than 25 days after the deposit
and there is no dispute between the broker and the broker’s principal as to the broker’s portion of the funds.
When the right of a broker to receive a portion of trust funds is disputed by the broker’s principal, the
disputed portion shall not be withdrawn until the dispute is settled.

(c) The deposit into a trust account of broker-owned funds in connection with mortgage loan activities as
defined in subdivision (d) or (e) of Section 10131 of the Business and Professions Code or when making,
collecting payments on, or servicing a loan which is subject to the provisions of Section 10240 of the
Business and Professions Code provided:

(1) The broker meets the criteria of Section 10232 of the Business and Professions Code.

(2) All funds in the account which are owned by the broker are identified at all times in a separate record
which is distinct from any separate record maintained for a beneficiary.

(3) All broker-owned funds deposited into the account are disbursed from the account not later than 25
days after their deposit.

(4) The funds are deposited and maintained in compliance with item (d) below.

(5) For this purpose, a broker shall be deemed to be subject to the provisions of Section 10240 of the
Business and Professions Code if the broker delivers the statement to the borrower required by Section
10240.

(d) The trust fund account into which the funds are deposited is maintained in accordance with the provisions of
Section 10145 of the Business and Professions Code and the Commissioner’s Regulations..

To summarize, a real estate broker’s personal funds may be in the trust account in the following two specific
instances:

1. Up to $200 to cover checking account service fees and other bank charges such as check printing charges
and service fees on returned checks. Trust funds may not be used to pay for these expenses. (The preferred
practice, however, is for the broker to have the bank debit his/her own personal account for any trust
account fees and charges.)

2. Commissions, fees, and other income earned by a broker and collectible from trust funds may remain in the
trust account for a period not to exceed 25 days. Regulation 2835 recognizes that it may not always be
practical to disburse the earned income immediately upon receipt. For instance, a property management
company may find it too burdensome to collect its management fee every time a rent check is received and
deposited to the trust account. Therefore, as long as the broker disburses the fee from the trust account
within 25 days after deposit there is no commingling violation. Note, however, that income earned shall not
be taken from trust funds received before depositing such funds into the trust bank account. Also, under no
circumstances may the broker pay personal obligations from the trust fund bank account even if such
payments are a draw against commissions or other income. The broker must issue a trust account check to
himself/herself for the total amount of the income earned, adequately documenting such payment, and then
pay personal obligations from the proceeds of that check.

Trust Fund Liability

Trust fund liability arises when funds are received from or for the benefit of a principal. The aggregate trust fund
liability at any one time for a trust account with multiple beneficiaries is equal to the total positive balances due
to all beneficiaries of the account at the time. Note that beneficiary accounts with negative balances are not
deducted from other accounts when calculating the aggregate trust fund liability.

Funds on deposit in the trust account must always equal the broker’s aggregate trust fund liability. If the trust
account balance is less than the total liability a trust fund shortage results. Such a shortage is in violation of
Commissioner’s Regulation 2832.1, which states that the written consent of every principal who is an owner of
the funds in the account shall be obtained by a real estate broker prior to each disbursement if such a
disbursement will reduce the balance of the funds in the account to an amount less than the existing aggregate
trust fund liability of the broker to all owners of the funds. Conversely, if the trust account balance is greater

than the total liability, there is a trust fund overage and the broker may be in violation of Business and
Professions Code Section 10176(e) for commingling.

A trust fund discrepancy of any kind is a serious violation of the Real Estate Law. Many real estate licenses have
been revoked after a DRE audit disclosed a trust account shortage. To ensure that the balance of the trust
account always equals the trust fund liabilities, a broker should implement the following procedures:

l. Deposit intact and in a timely manner to the trust account all funds that are not forwarded to escrow or to
the funds’ owner(s) or which are not held uncashed as authorized. This practice, required under
Commissioner’s Regulation 2832, lessens the risk of the funds being lost, misplaced, or otherwise not
deposited to the trust account. A licensee is accountable for all trust funds received whether or not they are
deposited. DRE auditors have seen numerous cases where trust funds received were properly recorded on
the books but were never deposited to the trust account.

2. Maintain adequate supporting papers for any disbursement from the trust account. Record the disbursement
accurately in both the Bank Account Record and the Separate Beneficiary Record. The broker must be able
to account for all disbursements of trust funds. Any unidentified disbursement will cause a shortage.

3. Disburse funds from a beneficiary’s account only when the disbursement will not result in a negative or
deficit balance (negative accountability) in the account. Many trust fund shortages are caused by
disbursements to a beneficiary in excess of funds received from or for account of that beneficiary. The
excess disbursements are, in effect, paid out of funds belonging to other beneficiaries. A shortage occurs
because the balance of the trust fund bank account, even if it is a positive balance, is less than the broker’s
liability to the other beneficiaries.

4. Ensure that a check deposited to the trust fund account has cleared before disbursing funds against that
check. This applies, for example, when a broker who has deposited an earnest money check for a purchase
transaction has to return the funds to the buyer because the offer is rejected by the seller. A trust fund
shortage will result if the broker issues the buyer a trust account check and the buyer’s deposit check
bounces or for some reason fails to clear the bank.

5. Keep accurate, current and complete records of the trust account and the separate record for each
beneficiary. These records are essential to ensure that disbursements are correct.

6. On a monthly basis, reconcile the cash record with the bank statement and with the separate record for each
beneficiary or transaction.

Summary - Maintaining Trust Account Integrity

In summary, to maintain the integrity of the trust fund bank account, a broker must ensure that:

1. his/her personal or general operating funds are not commingled with trust funds;

2. the balance of the trust fund account is equal to the broker’s trust fund liability to all owners of the funds;
and

3. the trust fund records are in an acceptable form and are current, complete and accurate.

Public
Off

Chapter 22 - Property Management

Chapter 22 - Property Management somebody
Public
Off

ACCOUNTING RECORDS FOR PROPERTY MANAGEMENT

ACCOUNTING RECORDS FOR PROPERTY MANAGEMENT somebody

ACCOUNTING RECORDS FOR PROPERTY MANAGEMENT

A property manager must have knowledge of accounting procedures and cost accounting. The broker will need
to maintain complex trust account records and make regular reports to the owner.

The maintenance of an adequate trust fund accounting system is necessary due to the fiduciary relationship
between the real estate broker and the property owner. An accurate record must be kept of all trust funds
passing through the broker’s hands. The property manager must comply with the laws and regulations
concerning trust accounts and records. This subject is discussed in Chapter 23.

Volume of business will determine the number of bookkeeping records needed. The small office requires
simple records. The larger operation with office assistants and added sales personnel will almost certainly
require more elaborate record keeping methods.

The responsibility for trust fund records is placed on the property management broker. An outside accountant
should be retained periodically for review of the accounting system.

Firms doing a large volume of business and having a sales force may wish to consider the possibility of
bonding the unlicensed office assistants so that they can legally handle clients’ funds. The accountant may be
able to consider various aspects of the accounting system and to devise methods to assist the broker in keeping
control of the trust funds.

Public
Off

EARNINGS

EARNINGS somebody

EARNINGS

Management fees can be either a flat amount per month, a percentage of the gross rents collected, or a
combination of the two. Property managers usually base their fees on a percentage of the gross rents collected.
This may vary from 3 percent on large structures to as high as 20 percent on individual houses or small
buildings. In some resort areas with high turnover rates and short terms of occupancy, as much as 50 percent of
the gross rent is charged as a fee for renting a property. In addition to the fees collected on rentals, the property
manager frequently receives additional compensation for the renewal of leases and for supervising major
repairs or alterations.

Salaries for supervisors in a management company, resident managers, and office building managers depend
largely upon local conditions and vary with geographical areas of the country, size of the city, and the size of
the building. Additionally, care must be taken to comply with the minimum wage law.

Management Contract

It is good business practice for a property manager to have a written contract with the property owner which
clearly sets forth the responsibilities of both parties. This should include the terms and period of the contract,
the policies pertaining to the management of the premises, management fees, and the authority and powers that
are given by the owner to the agent. Standard management agreement forms are available covering the
management of rental properties. Building managers should have a special agency contract drawn up by a
qualified legal adviser.

As an agent, the property manager is subject to all of the legal restrictions generally imposed upon an agent, as
well as those specifically included in the contract. Such obligations include good faith and loyalty to the
principal, performance of all duties with skill, care and due diligence, full disclosure of all pertinent facts,
avoidance of commingling of funds, and refraining from personal profits without the principal’s full knowledge
and consent. The agent must be familiar with the laws concerning real estate licensing, contracts, agency, fair
housing, employment, property protection, insurance and tenant/landlord relationships.

The preparation of leases, tax reports and other matters may involve legal and accounting services beyond the

province of the property manager. In such cases, professional counsel should be obtained. On the other hand, it
is the property manager who normally engages maintenance workers, contractors, subcontractors, and others.
The property manager must get the full name, address, and proper tax identification numbers from all such
individuals. When and if their annual compensation meets or exceeds the taxable amount, the proper IRS 1099
form must be sent to these individuals and to the appropriate governmental agencies.

Public
Off

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION somebody

INTRODUCTION

Property management is a specialty in which real estate brokers manage homes and duplexes as well as large
projects such as office and industrial complexes, shopping centers, apartment houses, and condominiums.

Reasonable knowledge and understanding of the general principles and responsibilities relating to this field is
appropriate for all brokers and salespersons.

Knowledge of agency, contracts, fair housing, rentals and leases satisfies a considerable portion of property
management requirements. Additional knowledge is required in business administration, marketing, purchasing,
extensions of credit, accounting, advertising, insurance, repairs and maintenance, taxation and public relations.
The Institute of Real Estate Management (IREM) and the National Association of Residential Property
Managers (NARPM), professional organizations of persons involved in property management, are dedicated to
the improvement of the operational and ethical standards of its members.

Professional Organizations

In 1933, to foster professionalism and provide a source of management experience data, a group of property
management firms organized the Institute of Real Estate Management (IREM). To be a member, a property
management firm was required to certify that it would adhere to the following guidelines:

1. Maintain separate bank accounts for its own funds and for the funds of its clients, with no commingling;

2. Carry a satisfactory fidelity bond on all of its employees whose duties involved the handling of funds; and,

3. Refrain from taking discounts or commissions from purchases, contracts, or other expenditures of clients’
funds without full disclosure to, and permission from, the property owner.

Beyond the adoption of standards of practice, IREM also set fixed principles of qualification.

In 1938, IREM’s founders realized that the focus of professionalism must be on the individual because firms
and corporations could not be qualified as having “ability.” A firm, John Jones & Company for example, might
be qualified to manage property so long as John Jones was its administrative head. But when John Jones retired,
died or sold the firm, the character of its management might change completely. It was obvious only the “man”
or “woman” in management could be certified to be a qualified property manager.

Having agreed upon this fundamental thesis, the members of IREM undertook to reorganize into a truly
professional society, with membership restricted to individuals. Now, individuals meeting the educational and
experience requirements are designated as Certified Property Managers© (CPM©). A lesser degree of training
and on-site experience qualifies an individual as an Accredited Residential Manager© (ARM©). A firm that
meets IREM’s guidelines and utilizes at least one CPM© can be designated as an Accredited Management
Organization© (AMO©).

A younger organization, NARPM, was born in the late 1980’s out of a need for more education, validation,
networking and recognition for those individuals who were primarily fee managers of single homes. The first
national convention was held in November 1989, and annual conventions have been held continuously since
then. NARPM offers professional designations, including RMP (Residential Management Professional) and
MPM (Master Property Manager). The Association also offers a designation (CRMC – Certified Residential
Management Company) for firms that manage single-family homes, and one for support staff (CSS – Certified
Support Specialist).

Like IREM, NARPM promotes a high standard of business ethics, professionalism and fair housing practices.
NARPM’s Code of Ethics and Standards of Professionalism educate the membership on how a professional
property manager should conduct business so that all parties in the landlord-tenant relationship are satisfied.

Types of Property Managers

There are three types of property managers: the individual property manager, the individual building manager,
and the resident manager.

The individual property manager is a real estate broker who manages properties for one or more property
owners. The property manager may be a member of a small property management firm and devote full time to
property management; or, he may own his own firm; or, he may be one of a number of property management
specialists in a large real estate organization. Some property managers are asset managers and make the same

types of decisions that an owner would relative to change of use, refinancing and sale. Asset managers
frequently supervise other property managers.

The individual building manager may be employed by a property manager or directly by an owner, and usually
manages a single large property.

The resident manager may be employed by a real estate broker or a managing agent or an owner to manage an
apartment building on a part or full-time basis.

The training, experience and number of units managed determine the individual property or building manager’s
qualification for the CPM© designation. To qualify for the ARM© designation, size of the property as well as
training and experience are part of the criteria.

Functions of a Property Manager

The many and varied duties of a property manager require the skills of a business executive, decorator,
salesperson, parking lot attendant, gardener, housekeeper, information center, accountant, banker, doctor,
lawyer, social director, psychologist, marriage counselor, baby sitter, bookkeeper, rent collector, maintenance
expert, security officer, keeper of the keys, telephone operator, messenger service, and complaint department.
The manager must also be soft-spoken, fast-moving, poised, quick-thinking, non-tiring, ever-available,
mechanical-minded, all-knowing and never-ailing. This “expert” knows how to visit without visiting, sell
without selling, see without judging, hear without repeating - and all without having time for an uninterrupted
meal.

The property manager has a dual responsibility: to the owner or client who is interested in the highest return
from the property; and to the tenants, who are interested in the best value for their money, including reasonable
safety measures and compliance with fair housing laws.

The property manager must promptly rent the property/units at the highest market rent possible, keep
operational and other costs within budget, and preserve and enhance the physical value and prestige of the
property.

Public
Off

SPECIFIC DUTIES OF THE PROPERTY MANAGER

SPECIFIC DUTIES OF THE PROPERTY MANAGER somebody

SPECIFIC DUTIES OF THE PROPERTY MANAGER

Here are some of the specific duties a property manager must perform:

1. establish the rental schedule that will bring the highest yield consistent with good economics.

2. merchandise the space and collect the rent.

3. create and supervise maintenance schedules and repairs.

4. if applicable, insure independent contractor license status and insurance coverage.

5. set up payroll system for all employees.

6. develop a tenant/resident relations policy.

7. supervise employees and develop employee policies, including an Injury Prevention Plan.

8. maintain proper records and make regular reports to the owner.

9. qualify and investigate a prospective tenant’s credit.

10. prepare and execute leases.

11. obtain decorating specifications and secure estimates.

12. hire, instruct, and maintain satisfactory personnel to staff the building(s).

13. audit and pay bills.

14. advertise and publicize vacancies through selected media and broker lists.

15. recommend alterations and modernization as the market dictates.

16. inspect vacant space frequently.

17. keep abreast of the times and competitive market conditions.

18. obtain and pay insurance premiums and taxes.

19. be knowledgeable about and comply with applicable Federal, State and local laws.

Rent Schedule

In establishing the rental schedule, the property manager must make a thorough neighborhood analysis by doing
a market survey of rents for comparable buildings. Rent levels, generally, are established on the basis of
scarcity and comparability of values. The manager must know the building thoroughly, assess its values
objectively, then survey all of the “competition” buildings in whatever limits the manager sets for the
neighborhood. The manager must then analyze:

1. the character of the buildings and amenities of the neighborhood.

2. economic level, family size, and age groups.

3. trends in number of occupants per unit.

4. availability of transportation, recreation, shopping, churches, and schools.

5. impact of available on-site recreational facilities including parking spaces.

6. the breadth and growth of local industries.

7. population growth trends.

8. personal income range, financial capacity, and stability of income.

9. growth and expansion of the community.

10. condition of the housing market in terms of inventory on the market, sales price range, new construction,
and vacancy.

After a thorough analysis, the property manager will prepare a rent schedule that will bring the maximum
income obtainable, consistent with good economics.

Merchandising the Space

All of the activities relating to property management are useless unless the property manager knows how to
effectively merchandise the space available for rent. The most common method of merchandising rental
property today is to advertise it on the internet. Other methods include: business cards, newspaper ads, signs on
the property, radio and television advertising, brochures and fliers, billboard advertising, business contacts, and
tenant referrals.

When a prospective qualified tenant responds to advertising, the property manager must make every effort to
secure the tenant for the vacant property, as advertising can be very expensive along with lost opportunity costs
of vacant units. A sound property maintenance program is very important. Rental properties showing the wear
and tear of the previous occupants will discourage a prospective tenant.

Maintenance and Purchasing Operations

The property manager must establish and maintain sound policies for the maintenance of the building and
purchasing of supplies and services. However, if all of the building’s income is used for expenditures, leaving
the owner no profit, the dissatisfied owner will seek the services of another property manager.

It is the responsibility of the property manager to routinely inspect the building and know its current, as well as
deferred maintenance needs. The property manager should have access to skilled specialists for repair and
maintenance work, unless the resident manager is personally skilled to perform necessary repairs. In either case,
the property manager must correct the building’s repair/maintenance problems as soon as they are discovered. It
is less expensive to make repairs immediately than to delay action and allow the problem to worsen. Ongoing
preventive maintenance to reduce the need for large maintenance expenditures should be the goal of all
property managers. This approach makes good sense and, ultimately, provides more profit for the owner.

The property manager must also supervise all purchasing operations, with the emphasis on obtaining the best
value possible for the owner’s money.

Tenant Relationships

Tenants want to get the most they can for their rental dollar and feel safe in their surroundings. The property
manager must set policies which will give tenants the most benefits commensurate with a proper return to the
owner. Effort expended for tenant retention will result in more satisfied residents and increased profits for the
owner. Here, the manager has to use experience and courtesy as well as psychology.

Manager as Employer

The property manager employs almost all the people working on the premises and provides for their instruction
and supervision. The manager must know the “what, how and when” of each employee’s job.

The success or failure of the management operation often depends on the property manager’s ability to choose,
train, direct and retain personnel. An effective staff will keep vacancies and maintenance costs at a minimum,
thus contributing to the project’s profitability.

Vacancies

There are many reasons why a rental space might be unintentionally vacant: improper rent required; space not
ready to rent; resident manager not “selling” effectively; an inattentive manager; poor resident retention
program; unappealing facade or public areas; no traffic or lookers; and suffering a high vacancy factor in the
area.

Successful managers are continually alert to these factors and make appropriate adjustments in marketing
strategies and personnel where indicated.

Reports to Owner

The property manager must set up and maintain proper records, making regular reports to the owner that are
easily understandable and that cover all operations. It is also recommended that the property manager provide
not only a monthly accounting to the property owner, but also a detailed annual statement. By means of such
annual statements, the property manager can assess the fluctuations of income and expense and formulate future
rental, maintenance and employee policies.

Public
Off

Chapter 23 - Developers of Land and Buildings

Chapter 23 - Developers of Land and Buildings somebody
Public
Off

DEVELOPER-BUILDER

DEVELOPER-BUILDER somebody

DEVELOPER-BUILDER

Development and building requires financing for land acquisition, land use approval and subdividing,
construction, marketing, and carrying of inventoried properties financially until they are sold. A developer-
builder often finds it desirable to set up specialized subsidiary companies with separate financing needs: one
company to hold title and subdivide the property; another to conduct building operations; and another for sales
and marketing.

Subdividing and building is a cyclical business. High productivity and profit may be followed by a period of
depressed sales and losses. The cost of land, unpredictability of land use approvals, credit availability, interest
rates, inflation, and changing property values are all important factors.

Developers must find ways to build affordable homes despite increases in:

• demands from local agencies as conditions for approval of projects;

• wages;

• cost of building supplies;

• energy conservation and other building code requirements;

• aggressive competition;

• insurance costs;

• some cost-saving options often considered are:

• precut or prefabricated materials;

• use of fewer skilled craftsmen through standardization of jobs;

• complete on-site assembly of prefabricated units; and,

• reduction of land cost per home through increased density (e.g., planned development/cluster home and
condominium projects).

Even though production efficiency has increased, total construction costs have risen with inflation and the
demands of the consumer for more amenities.

Furthermore, a potential home builder needs to be aware of the risk that defective construction can lead to legal
claims from purchasers. This liability can endure for up to and possibly beyond ten years after the home is
completed and has been an increasing critical issue over the last two decades.

Public
Off

HOME CONSTRUCTION

HOME CONSTRUCTION somebody

HOME CONSTRUCTION

The details of home construction methods, special installations, price and quality of materials are not generally
within the scope of the real estate licensee’s role. There are, however, some general areas with which the
licensee should be familiar. Responses to some of the following questions will vary from community to
community or even within any given community:

1. What styles of architecture are common in your community and how are they best identified?

2. What are the approximate per square foot costs of homes of varying quality within your community?

3. Can you identify the different types and styles of windows with respect to location, function, materials and
operating mechanisms?

4. What kinds of floor materials are available? What is the cost differential? What are the qualities of
durability and comparative costs of installation and maintenance?

5. What are the materials most commonly used on the exterior surface of a house and what are the relative
costs of installation, upkeep and market acceptance?

6. What are the different types of heating/cooling systems for a home and their relative costs of installation
and operation?

7. What are current insulation standards for windows, roof, walls, and underfloor areas? What types of
materials are commonly used?

8. What can be done to prevent termites, dry rot and other fungus and insect infestations?

9. What are the most desirable roof pitches and roofing materials? Can you distinguish a hip roof from a
gable roof? What types of roofing materials are permitted in the community such as requirements for fire-
retardant roofs?

10. What window coverings and window systems are available to prevent excess sun infiltration or water
intrusion?

11. What are some common concerns about floor plans and specific rooms, i.e. separate dining or family
rooms?

12. What kinds of materials are approved for use in the water and plumbing systems, i.e., pvc, copper,
galvanized?

13. What kinds of materials are approved for use in electrical systems? What are some common devices that
protect against overloading the system?

14. What is the condition of the soil on which the house is built? Is structural integrity jeopardized by filled
ground? Slide conditions? Expansive soil? Drainage?

15. What restrictions, if any, run with the property?
Public
Off

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION somebody

INTRODUCTION

The development of real estate provides a portion of the inventory that a real estate broker utilizes in his or her
business. Just as any retailer or wholesaler must stock adequate inventories of their products, the real estate
broker stocks listings of real property. The broker constantly replaces sold or expired listings with new listings,
some of which may come from developers in the form of “new homes or lots.”

Real estate developers usually function in a larger business “arena” than do real estate brokers. Developers
“manufacture” residential, commercial or industrial sites, either as vacant lot subdivisions or as improved or
partially improved subdivisions. Their goal is to supply the type and price range of product that will satisfy the
market.

In the course of business, a developer often:

• carries inventory of raw land, semi-finished and/or finished products, often for lengthy periods and for
several widely separated, ongoing projects both “spec” (for sale) and custom (pre-sold);

• uses personal funds or negotiates loans from land sellers, joint venture partners (private investors) or
financial institutions; and

• assumes large risks because of land planning uncertainties and possible misjudgment of the market which
result in delays and losses due to interest payments, carrying charges, overhead, and other costs.

Some developers specialize in converting raw land to finished lots, suitable for builders to buy and begin
construction of off-site as well as on-site improvements. Often the land developer will also install the principal
off-site improvements and infrastructure (roads and utilities). Other developer-builders plan and complete the
entire subdivision from raw land through construction and sale of homes. Developers can be national, regional
or local and many parts of California have historically had some or all to varying degrees. Developers tend to
be very entrepreneurial and usually are very market anticipatory. Interestingly, there are no state requirements
such as licensing for developers or subdividers.

Public
Off

SUBDIVIDING

SUBDIVIDING somebody

SUBDIVIDING

A subdivider builder or developer must understand the potential difficulties involved in subdividing and the
market for the project. The development plan must take into account state and local government regulation
(e.g., the Subdivided Lands Law, the Subdivision Map Act, the California Environmental Quality Act, zoning,
local general and specific plans and the effects of public opinion to the development).

Often, zoning and planning preconditions drastically reduce the potential of a property. Before a developer or
builder purchases property, he or she should consult with the local planning agency and private land use
specialists to evaluate the likelihood of final approval of a project and the probable time frames for
accomplishing the approval process.

A developer will use civil engineers, construction engineers, soil engineers, land use planners, building
architects, landscape architects, contractors, attorneys, title companies, bankers, real estate analysts, market
researchers, and cost accountants to formulate a plan consisting of the following:

l. physical layout of tract in engineered detail;

2. land use processing and approval schedule;

3. amenities to be provided;

4. initial financing and continuing financing until the last sale;

5. advertising and sales promotion.

To determine if the project will yield adequate profit, the developer must calculate:

1. cost of the land;

2. cost of government fees;

3. cost of off-site improvements (e.g., water mains, sewers, streets, gutters, curbs, sidewalks, and street
lighting);

4. survey, legal, marketing, financing and office/overhead costs; and,

5. the likely retail sales price(s) of the lots or units sometimes far into the future.

The developer’s educated guess at the rate at which the lots will sell (the absorption rate) will impact the
marketing, financing, and overhead costs, all adjusted for anticipated future price fluctuations.

The sum of all costs and expenses of the project is subtracted from the estimate of the retail sales price of the
lots to derive the estimated (pre-tax) profit along with factoring in the amount of time before profits will
actually be realized.

A developer may subdivide a large tract of land pursuant to a phased master plan designed to meet the
anticipated demand/absorption rate. These projects are more complex, with master governing restrictions and
more obstacles to state and local approval and generally take more time and therefore more uncertainty.

A broker may gain initial experience in subdividing by becoming involved in a more limited aspect of the
process. An owner of acreage might engage the broker as a subdivider, with the broker arranging the services
of skilled consultants (civil engineer, land planner, land use attorney, etc.) to accomplish subdivision of the
land. The broker and land owner may form a partnership: one contributing capital and land, the other
management and marketing (sweat equity).

Public
Off

Chapter 24 - Business Opportunities

Chapter 24 - Business Opportunities somebody
Public
Off

ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE CONTROL ACT

ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE CONTROL ACT somebody

ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE CONTROL ACT

The sale of a business involving an alcoholic beverage license is a specialty all to itself and is subject to laws
which are constantly being changed.

Regulation

Pursuant to the Alcoholic Beverage Control Act (the ACT - Division 9 of the Business and Professions Code),
the Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control (ABC) issues licenses authorizing the sale of alcoholic

beverages. The ABC has the authority, for good cause, to deny, suspend or revoke an alcoholic beverage
license.

The ABC issues alcoholic beverage licenses to qualified adult persons, partnerships, and corporations for use at
approved locations. The ABC investigates each applicant and may refuse to issue a license to any person who
has violated the Act, has a disqualifying criminal record, or attempts to conceal an arrest record. The location
may be disapproved if it is in the immediate vicinity of a school, church, or public playground or if there is an
over-concentration of alcoholic beverage licenses in the area or if licensure may create or aggravate a police
problem. Most ABC application investigations take approximately 45 - 60 days.

A license issued for a specific location must be placed in use within 30 days of the date of issuance. If the
premises are still under construction, the ABC will hold the license in safekeeping for not more than 6 months
unless cause for further delay can be established.

Transfer of License - Posting of Notice

Like an applicant for license issuance, an applicant for transfer of a license must post the premises with a notice
of application to sell alcoholic beverages. Local officials and private parties may protest the proposed transfer
and the license cannot be transferred while a valid protest is pending or on appeal. Further, the ABC may
decline to transfer a license if disciplinary action is pending against the transferor.

No one should make any investment upon the assumption that an alcoholic beverage license will be transferred.
An applicant for license transfer may be able to obtain a temporary operating permit. However, it may not be
prudent for the seller to give possession of the business for operation under a temporary permit.

Notice to County Recorder and Escrow Requirement

Before filing a license transfer application with the ABC, the applicant and current licensee must file a notice of
intended transfer with the county recorder and establish an escrow. Escrow may not release any consideration
before the ABC approves transfer of the license. Then, transfer of the business will occur simultaneously with
transfer of the license.

Public
Off

BULK SALES AND THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE

BULK SALES AND THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE somebody

BULK SALES AND THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE

Division 6 of the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) pertains to bulk sales. A bulk sale is a sale, not in the
ordinary course of the seller’s business, of more than half of the seller’s inventory and equipment (as measured
by value on the date of the bulk sale agreement).

Public Notice

When the owner of an enterprise whose principal business is the sale of merchandise desires to effect a bulk
sale, the buyer must give public notice to the seller’s creditors by:

1. recordation of a notice in the Office of the County Recorder (of the county or counties in which the
property to be sold is located) at least 12 business days before the bulk sale is to be consummated, or the
sale, if by auction, is to commence;

2. publication of the notice at least once in a newspaper of general circulation published in the judicial district
in which the property is located and in the judicial district in which the chief executive office of the seller,
or, if the chief executive office is not in California, the principal business office in California, is located, if
in either case there is one, and if there is none, then in a newspaper of general circulation in the county
embracing such judicial district. Notice must be published at least 12 business days before the bulk sale is
to be consummated or the sale by auction is to be commenced.

3. sending a copy of the notice by registered or certified mail at least 12 business days before the bulk sale is
to be consummated or the sale by auction is to be commenced to the county tax collector in the county or
counties in which the property to be transferred is located.

The notice to creditors shall state:

• that a bulk sale will be made;

• the names and business addresses of the seller and, except in the case of a sale at auction, the buyer, and all
other business names and addresses used by the seller within the last three years so far as known to the
buyer;

• the location and general description of the property to be sold;

• the place, and the date on or after which the bulk sale is to be consummated; and,

• whether or not the bulk sale is subject to UCC Section 6106.2 (consideration is $2,000,000 or less,
substantially all cash or cash plus an obligation to pay the balance in the future), and, if so, the information
required by subdivision (f) of Section 6106.2 (the name and address of the person with whom claims may
be filed and the last date claims may be filed, which is the last business day before the date of the bulk
sale).

Sale at Public Auction

If the sale will be at a public auction, the notice must also state that fact, the name of the auctioneer, and the
time and place of the auction.

Escrows

In any case where a bulk sales notice subject to the requirements of Division 6 of the Uniform Commercial
Code provides for an escrow, the transferee (buyer) must deposit the full purchase price or consideration (not
necessarily cash) with the escrow holder. If there is no escrow, then the transferee must apply the consideration
as required by law.

If the seller disputes any filed creditor’s claim, the escrow holder will withhold the amount of the claim and
notify the creditor. The creditor has 25 days from the mailing of the notice to attach the funds. If not attached,
escrow holder pays the funds to the seller, or to other creditors.

If, at the time for closing the escrow, the amount of money deposited is insufficient to pay in full all creditors’
claims, the escrow holder must delay the closing, give notice to the creditors of the deficiency within the
specified time limit, and distribute the cash consideration and any installment payments in strict compliance
with the priorities established by law.

Escrow may not make any payments for fees and commissions prior to closing.

Effect of Noncompliance

The principal purpose of the bulk transfer law is to afford the creditors of a business an opportunity to satisfy
their claims before the owner can sell the assets and vanish with the proceeds.

When the statutory filing and publication requirements are not met, the buyer is liable to creditors who hold
valid claims based on transactions or events occurring before the bulk transfer. Creditors must take action
within one year of the date of transfer of possession to satisfy their claims, unless the transfer was concealed, in
which case action may be brought within one year after its discovery by the creditor.

In an auction sale, the auctioneer is responsible for giving the statutory notice. If an auction sale does not
comply with the statutory requirements, the auctioneer becomes personally liable to the transferor’s creditors
for the sums owed to them by the debtor.

The provisions of Division 6 of the Uniform Commercial Code do not apply to certain transactions, including:
transfers made to create or modify a security interest; assignments for the benefit of all the transferor’s
creditors; sale by executors, administrators, receivers, trustees in bankruptcy or any public officer under judicial
process; or transfer of property exempt from execution.

Compliance with Division 6 does not exclude compliance with other applicable statutes, such as the transfer of
liquor licenses under the Alcoholic Beverage Control Act (Business and Professions Code, Sections 23000, et
seq.) and the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act (Civil Code Sections 3439, et seq.).

Uniform Commercial Code (Division 9)

Division 9 of the UCC (entitled “Secured Transactions, Sales of Accounts, Contract Rights and Chattel Paper”)
establishes a unified and comprehensive scheme for regulation of security transactions in personal property and

fixtures, superseding statutes on chattel mortgages, conditional sales, trust receipts, assignment of accounts
receivable and others in this field.

Division 9 applies to a transaction in any form which is intended to create a security interest in personal
property.

There are a number of transactions excepted from this coverage. It is not applicable to real property security
transactions, although a security interest in an obligation secured by real property (a note secured by real
property pledged to secure another note) is covered.

A transaction subject to Division 9 might also be subject to one or more of the following:

1. The Unruh Act (retail installment sales - Civil Code Sections 1801, et seq.);

2. Automobile Sales Finance Act ( Civil Code, 2981, et seq.);

3. Industrial Loan Law (Financial Code, 18000, et seq.);

4. Pawnbroker Law (Financial Code, 21000, et seq.);

5. Personal Property Brokers Law (Financial Code, 22000, et seq.); and

6. Consumer Finance Lenders Law (Financial Code, 24000, et seq.).

The UCC provides for a simplified filing system by means of a “financing statement” to perfect security
interests provided for under the code. Local filing in the county recorder’s office is permitted only for specific
types of transactions. In all other cases, financing statements (Form UCC-1) are to be filed with the Secretary of
State. See also Chapter 14.

Public
Off

CALIFORNIA SALES AND USE TAX PROVISIONS

CALIFORNIA SALES AND USE TAX PROVISIONS somebody

CALIFORNIA SALES AND USE TAX PROVISIONS

The Sales and Use Tax Law is relevant to the transfer of a retail business which sells tangible personal property.
Of particular importance are:

• a “clearance receipt” confirming payment of state and local sales taxes so that the buyer is protected from
“successor’s liability”;

• releases or subordination agreements covering sales tax liens against real or personal property; and,

• the tax liability on that portion of the sale price allocated to the personal property to be used in the business.

Successor’s Liability

In the sale of a business opportunity or stock of goods, the buyer must hold back enough of the selling price to
cover any outstanding tax liability.

The successor’s liability extends to taxes incurred with reference to the operation of the business by the or any
former owner.

The purchaser of the business or stock of goods will be released from further obligation to withhold funds from
the purchase price if he obtains a certificate from the Board of Equalization stating that no taxes, interest, or
penalties are due from the seller or any previous owner.

The liability is enforced by service of a notice of successor liability. The successor may petition the Board of
Equalization for reconsideration of the liability.

Public
Off

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION somebody

INTRODUCTION

The statutory merger of the real estate and business opportunity licenses occurred in 1966. Since then, a real
estate license is required to engage as an agent in the sale or lease of business opportunities.

Definition

The Real Estate Law defines “business opportunity” as the sale or lease of the business and goodwill of an
existing business enterprise or opportunity.

The sale of a business opportunity may involve the sale of only personal property. Typical transactions involve
retail stores, automotive service businesses, restaurants, cocktail lounges, bakeries, manufacturing facilities,
distribution and services businesses, etc. The sale almost always includes the inventory, fixtures, non-
competition agreement, lease assignment, and goodwill. If real property is involved in the sale, the agent usually
treats the sale of the business and sale of the land/building as two separate and concurrent transactions with two
concurrent and contingent escrows.

Agency

In most business opportunity transactions, the real estate licensee will be acting as a dual agent, with the
informed consent of the principals. Thus, the licensee is in a fiduciary relationship with both the buyer and
seller.

The real estate broker must obtain the written authorization of the owner of the business property before he or
she may obtain the signature of a prospective buyer on a procuring cause agreement. Failure to do so is grounds
for revocation or suspension of the agent’s license under Business and Professions Code Section 10176(j).

Small Businesses and the Small Business Administration

The Small Business Administration (SBA), a federal agency, assists small businesses through various financial
and counseling programs. In establishing loan qualifying criteria, the SBA has developed size standards
governing eligibility. Depending on the type of business (manufacturing, wholesaling, retailing, service,
construction, or agriculture), the standard of eligibility is based either on the number of employees or on the
annual gross sales of the business. Interested persons should contact the SBA for current criteria, loan amounts,
etc.

Form of Business Organization

Legal and tax considerations generally enter into a buyer’s decision regarding the legal form of business
organization. Sole proprietorship, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, syndicate, and franchise
are examples.

It is estimated that about 75% of American businesses operate as sole proprietorships. About 16% are
corporations. However, corporate enterprises earn over 70% of the total income.

The sole proprietorship is the simplest form of business opportunity. Corporations are governed by officers,
directors, and shareholders (owners), and the business is conducted under authority of its articles of
incorporation, bylaws, resolutions and policies. Organizers must comply with the legal requirements of the state
in which the corporation is established.

Form of Sale

The usual form of transfer for small businesses is a sale of assets for individual owners and a sale of assets or
stock when a corporate owner is involved. (Transfer of partnership interests, corporate mergers, etc., are other
examples of forms of sale.) Tax factors often influence the form of sale.

The transfer of ownership of a corporate small business by sale of all corporation stock may require that the
agent negotiating the sale have a broker-dealer securities license issued by either the California Department of
Corporations or the Securities and Exchange Commission. However, a real estate broker who has a listing for
the sale of the assets of a corporation is entitled to a commission if the parties decide on the sale of the stock in
the corporation, provided it is a sale of all of the outstanding stock. Regarding the sale of stock of a corporation,
see Section 260.204.1 of the California Code of Regulations.

In a sale of assets, a buyer assumes no obligations of the business unless by specific agreement. The seller’s
liabilities and creditors’ claims are generally cleared up in escrow. In a sale of stock, with the parties intending
that the corporation remain the owner of the business with the same assets and liabilities as before the sale, the
shareholders of the corporation sell and assign their stock to the new shareholders.

Why an Escrow?

The use of an escrow holder specializing in business bulk transfers is advisable for all business opportunity
transactions. It is the escrow holder’s responsibility to insure that both the obligations and benefits of the Bulk
Sales Law (Commercial Code Section 6101, et seq.) and, if applicable, the Secured Transactions statutes
(Commercial Code Section 9101, et seq.) concerning personal property transfers and security devices have been
met and/or obtained.

Pursuant to the written instructions of the principals, the escrow holder:

• conducts lien searches;

• publishes, records, and mails to the tax collector the appropriate Notice(s) to Creditors of Bulk Transfer;

• obtains the designated tax releases from the government agencies who could otherwise impose successor
tax liability upon the buyer; and,

• acts as a general “clearing house” depository for funds, documents, instruments and delivery of same at
close of escrow, at which time the escrow holder provides an accounting.

(It should be noted that the Internal Revenue Service does not give tax clearances. In some sections of
California, a tax lien insurance policy is available to protect a buyer against a future or undisclosed tax lien.)

Buyer’s Evaluation

A buyer should be given an opportunity to evaluate all material aspects of the seller’s business, including:

• liens and liabilities that affect the business (because of possible successor liability);

• the lease terms and conditions;

• the recent past and the present financial history of the business;

• the present and probable future risks involved with ownership; and,

• the probable future income stream (assuming effective management by buyer)

Although the buyer has a responsibility to exercise “due diligence” in evaluating the business opportunity, the
agent should advise the buyer to seek the advice of a competent accountant and attorney.

Motives of Buyers and Sellers

Most purchasers expect to buy a business with either a good earnings record or a good earnings potential. Few
people buy businesses with heavy loss records or at the price of assuming the seller’s obligations. While real
property always retains some value, a defunct business has little or no value. A broker must exercise reasonable
care in screening potential buyers and keep in mind the seller’s motives in selling and the buyer’s motives in
buying.

A seller’s motives might include: retirement; burnout; poor health; a move to another city; imminent
bankruptcy; or a desire to quit business and work for others. A buyer’s motives could include: wants to be boss;
desires more income; lacks skills or training for employment; retiring to a second career; buying “a dream”; or
expanding an existing on-going business.

Counseling the Buyer

A broker may be asked to counsel a business opportunity buyer. Particular care should be taken to ensure that
counseling statements are not construed as legal advice or as representations or warranties concerning the future
of a specific business.

Normally, the broker and prospective buyer discuss the buyer’s background and whether he/she has experience
in the business being investigated. Other important topics include:

1. the amount of money the buyer can invest, including the money necessary for start-up costs, (beginning
inventory, deposits with utilities, licenses and permits, lease payment, advertising, etc.);

2. where additional funds, if needed, may be borrowed;

3. credit extensions that can be expected from suppliers;

4. the opinions of any accountant, attorney, or banker who has consulted with the buyer and whether or not
the broker will be coordinating the purchase with them;

5. the reasonableness of the buyer’s net income expectations;

6. the possibility of unexpected expenses or losses; and,

7. the likelihood that the current financial statement (balance sheet) and earnings statement (profit and loss) of
the business and the buyer’s financial statement will be adequate to obtain a direct loan from a bank or a
loan through the SBA.

Especially with a novice buyer, the broker should anticipate being questioned in detail about all phases of
owning the subject business.

A broker should be aware of the taxable events involved as a result of a transfer of a business. Particular care
should be taken to ensure that counseling statements are not taken as legal or tax advice. The principals in the
transaction should further be advised to seek legal and tax advice.

A new tax law went into effect January 2000 which adversely affects the seller who takes a note for part of the
purchase price of the business. It applies to an asset sale as opposed to a corporate sale and where one is on the
accrual method of accounting. The new law in general provides that the total dollar amount of the note to the
seller is taxable all at once, even if the proceeds are to be received in installments over several years. This is a
drastic change from previous law. It is incumbent on the licensee to direct the seller to discuss this matter with
his or her accountant at the time of the listing. The new law may affect each taxpayer differently, depending
upon their tax situation.

Additionally, in the sale of assets of a business, great care must be taken on how to allocate the consideration,
i.e.; furniture, fixtures, equipment, non-compete agreement, goodwill, inventory, consulting agreements, lease,
leasehold interests, employment contracts. The allocation of the items may have important tax consequences for
the parties.

Satisfying Government Agencies

The broker should also be prepared to inform the purchaser of the various federal, state and local governmental
agencies which the purchaser should contact for required permits, licenses, and clearances. Such agencies
include:

• Internal Revenue Service (for employer identification number in connection with federal withholding taxes,

etc.);

• State Board of Equalization (for sales tax permit, bond and sales tax deposit);

• State Department of Benefit Payments (state payroll tax withholding);

• State Department of Industrial Relations (workers’ compensation insurance and California Occupational
Safety and Health Act); and

• County and Municipal Agencies (licenses and permits, such as the business license).

Listings

Listings should be taken with great care after evaluating the business location, operation and the seller’s records
and financial statements (profit and loss statements, balance sheets and business tax statements for at least the
last three years). The seller, or seller’s accountant or attorney, should cooperate in furnishing the broker with
income and expense records and copies of leases, insurance policies, inventory records for resale items,
equipment, furniture, sales tax reports, IRS schedules, etc., so that the agent can evaluate the quality of the
business and its income stream to arrive at a fair market price and listing terms with the seller. A seller is often
cautious about disclosing books and records to a buyer since a prospective purchaser could be a competitor or
person not acting in good faith. If there is great resistance by the seller in accepting the broker’s evaluation of a
fair and realistic sales price and if reasonable value is not represented in the seller’s demand for a higher listing
price and terms, the listing should probably be turned down.

After the agent has reviewed the seller’s basic records and evaluated the other aspects of the business, the
broker and owner determine the listing price and terms to meet the owner’s selling objectives.

In negotiating a listing, the licensee must remember the responsibility for making a full disclosure of and
accurately detailing all information material to the business being sold - furnished by the seller. Where shares
of stock are involved, the law imposes a duty upon the broker to verify, within certain limitations, the accuracy
and completeness of such information. This obligation is referred to as the duty of due diligence. Therefore, the
owner’s motive for selling is important. If the owner isn’t making a success of the business and appears to be
distorting or manipulating records, or “padding” statements to the broker, the broker must point out that failure
to accurately disclose material facts concerning the business or “padding” of statements are material
misrepresentations constituting fraud. The broker must not participate in such a transaction.

Preparing the Listing

The sale of a business opportunity should begin with an exclusive authorization to sell agreement, adequately
and properly completed by the agent. Often with the advice of attorneys, experienced brokers and their
associations have devised forms which serve as a checklist to avoid overlooking essential provisions for the
protection of the parties. The broker should make sure that the form used applies to the transaction at hand, or
amend the form. Specialized forms are the general rule.

The licensee is encouraged to utilize the Business Disclosure Statement (C.A.R. Form BDS). It is an important
tool to assist in establishing the listing price, a disclosure of material facts regarding the operation of the
Business and a proposal of items to be included in or excluded from the offering of the Business for sale; the
BDS’s relation to the purchase agreement; and the owner's warranty of the accuracy of the information provided
and that the owner has good and marketable title to the Business and personal property being offered for sale.
The BDS has provisions for the owner to provide the financial information for the most recent year-to-date and
the preceding three years.

Most authorizations to sell will provide room for a good deal more information about the property than would
be necessary in listing a residence. The authorization may well contain:

• conditions and terms under which the business will be sold;

• duration of listing extensions;

• financing;

• how and when the business can be shown;

• name and address of seller’s accountant;

• pending citations, if any, from government agencies against the business and/or owner that would prevent
the selling or transferring of any licenses and/or permits;

• health and welfare and paid vacation provisions, etc., for employees, if there is a union contract in force;

• legality of any structural changes made (check to see if all necessary permits have been issued, final
inspections made and jobs approved);

• days (and hours) of the week business is open or closed;

• number of employees;

• square footage of business area and parking area;

• dba of business, if any, and whether it is properly registered;

• name of the business if it is to be included as consideration;

• gross income and average per month; and,

• list of average expenses per month.

The Business Listing Agreement (C.A.R. Form BLA) provides for an exclusive listing for the subject
Business and incorporates the following:

• Business Disclosure Statement. Which establishes the purpose of the BDS, the relationship of the BDS to
the purchase agreement and the owner's warranty.

• Documentation. The owner shall provide to the broker items marked on the Form such as inventory,
furniture and fixtures, customer lists, schedule of accounts receivable, goodwill and customer deposits, etc.

• Real Property. If real property is to be included in the sale, a separate real property listing agreement is
required.

• Terms of Sale. The listed sales price and any additional terms

• Compensation to Broker. Establishes the licensees compensation for the sale of the Business.

• Business Escrow and Appraisal. If checked, the parties agree to use a Business escrow and the owner will
pay for a qualified Business appraisal.

• Multiple Listing Service. The information provided will be provided to the MLS.

• Title. Owner represents owner has good and marketable title to the Business and personal property being
offered for sale.

• Owner Representations. The owner represents, unless otherwise specified in writing, that owner is
unaware of any Notices of Default recorded against the Business or any delinquent amounts due under any
loans secured by the Business, any pending or proposed special assessments or any pending or threatened
action which may affect the Business or the owner's ability to transfer it.

• Broker’s and Owner's Duties. Broker agrees to exercise reasonable efforts and use due diligence in
marketing the property. The owner agrees to provide all written disclosures, maintain liability and property
insurance on the Business and to indemnify the broker.

• Agency Relationships. Discloses that the broker may represent more than one Buyer and shall, as soon as
practicable, disclose to the owner any election to act as a dual agent. Owner understands that broker may
have or obtain listings on other Businesses that potential Buyers may consider, or make offers on, or
purchase through broker.

• Dispute Resolution. The owner and broker agree to mediate any dispute arising out of the listing agreement
or any resulting transaction before resorting to arbitration or court action. If the owner and broker initial the
Mediation of Disputes paragraph, then they agree to arbitration subject to the exclusions contained within
the agreement.

A business opportunity broker must ensure that all representations concerning a business are those of the owner
or seller. A broker may be liable for any personal representations or projections that he or she makes.

The agent must inform the seller that the seller must have all equipment purchased and used in the operation of
the business in working order on the day the buyer takes possession, unless the listing agreement and purchase
agreement provide otherwise. It is also the seller’s responsibility to see that necessary clearances from
governmental agencies are secured. The seller should understand clearly that any sale will be subject to the
buyer receiving all required licenses, permits and clearances.

When sales and/or social security and unemployment taxes are involved in the transaction, the agent must
remind the seller (and see that the purchase agreement provides) that no funds are to be released to seller from
escrow until such time as seller has provided the escrow holder clearances from the State Board of Equalization
and the Department of Benefit Payments. Remember, the buyer can be held responsible for the unpaid taxes of
buyer’s predecessor (“successor’s tax liability”) up to the amount buyer paid to purchase the business. Sales tax
must also be paid on the fixtures and furniture. The tax must be paid by the buyer to the seller, and the state will
collect it from the seller, normally through escrow.

The seller must also be apprised that the buyer will have the right to inspect the business records of income and
expense and in most cases will make the offer to purchase contingent upon the later inspection and approval of
the records. The seller should also be informed of escrow costs and of any other fees the seller will be expected
to pay. In most cases, the seller and buyer share the closing costs equally.

Establishing Value

There is no magic formula for estimating the equitable “saleable price” of a business. Some brokers draw from
their own experience and ability to understand business accounting and devise initial price guides. These should
be used only as rough guides.

When a broker has developed a price guide for use as a starting point in listing negotiations, the broker will find
out by market comparison and careful examination of economic data that market prices of like businesses in the

same general area vary considerably. Some of the factors making for this variation are differences in location,
net earnings, hours of operation of the business, terms and conditions of lease, number of employees, etc. Other
major factors in adjusting any price guide are the age, appearance and usefulness of furniture, fixtures and
equipment, and the exterior and interior physical appearance of the business.

To arrive at an estimate of value, a business opportunity agent will examine the following:

1. Operating statements and business tax statements for the last three years. Sometimes a formal
reconstruction of the records may be necessary to arrive at an “adjusted net profit.” The adjusted net profit
may reflect certain discretionary expenses which a new owner may not have.

2. Intangible assets being purchased, including goodwill, location, fictitious business name (dba), and the
seller’s covenant not to compete.

3. Aspects of the lease: renewable or extendible on reasonable terms; new lease or assignment; lessor’s
consent.

4. Financing: availability; suitability of assets (including real property, if applicable) as security for a bank or
other loan.

5. The business opportunity’s compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.

6. Employees; insurance; hours of operation needed to produce income; management problems; labor costs.

7. Zoning; parking; pedestrian and vehicular access; compatibility of neighboring businesses; square
footage/future expansion possibilities.

8. Current ratio of operating expenses to gross income; seller’s return on investment; seller’s current assets,
liabilities, and cash flow; consistency of profitability.

9. Comparison with similar businesses being offered for sale.

10. Written appraisal report from expert, if necessary.

Note that it is inevitable that there will be differences of opinion as to the appraised value of a business
opportunity. The appraisal of a business opportunity is difficult because of the wide diversity of types of
businesses and the fact that the amount of “goodwill” is difficult to quantify.

Some brokers become value specialists in their own right in specific types of business opportunities.

The final appraised value will be the best coordination of (l) the quality of the business investment and (2) the
current market price for that type of business opportunity. Where the business is large and complex, the agent
should advise the seller to have it appraised by a reputable specialist.

Valuation Methods

A number of valuation methods and statistical models exist for estimating the value of a business. Two common
methods are: (l) capitalizing value based on estimated annual profit and the desired rate of return of the
investment; and (2) evaluating the fixed assets and inventory being purchased.

A business opportunity broker who prepares a pro forma budget or statement of projected income should be
aware that these documents may be construed as a representation or warranty. The broker may be held liable to
the buyer for such statements. A business opportunity broker should deal only with the factual, historic
operation of a business as reflected in existing records, and avoid any representations concerning future income.

Lease

If there is a lease involved, what is its status? Will the landlord permit the present lease to be assigned, and, if
so, under what terms and conditions? Is a sublease possible and preferable to a new lease? If the present lease
has only a few years left, is a new lease for a longer term possible and under what terms and conditions? Will
the lessor demand payment of a bonus for a new lease and, if so, who will pay it? What is the lessor’s name and
address and who is to be held responsible for dealing with the lessor regarding a new lease or the transferring or
extension of the present lease? If it is a percentage lease, how is the payment and accounting of same to be
handled? The buyer should reimburse the seller through escrow for any prepaid rent and/or security money on

the lease. The broker should carefully read any lease which is part of the transaction, and note all pertinent facts
therein before quoting what broker believes to be facts to a buyer. It is likely that the buyer will need competent
legal advice in this regard.

Goodwill

The goodwill of a business has monetary value, which the law protects. Goodwill is the expectation of
continued public patronage.

Some factors to be considered in establishing a value for goodwill are:

1. History of sales and profits with greater weight given to the most current figures.

2. Length of time a business has been established in its present location.

3. Location and whether or not, with a few changes, the volume of business can be increased.

4. The present and protected future situation regarding competition. If a business has a location or license
which amounts to a monopoly, it is possible to obtain a premium for goodwill. (As to a liquor license, there
may be a limit on the valuation of goodwill.)

5. Purchase of the business name. If the name has become well known and has a good reputation for quality,
service, dependability, etc., the goodwill value of the name is a definite asset and should be reflected in the
price.

6. The seller’s agreement not to compete, within legal limitations.

7. The characteristics of the business in reference to customer traffic (both foot and automobile), repeat
business, and personality/ability of the owner and key personnel.

Fictitious Business Name

Not later than 40 days after commencing business in California under a fictitious business name, a business
entity is required to file a fictitious business name statement with the county clerk in the county where the
principal place of business is located (or with the Clerk of Sacramento County if there is no place of business
located in this state).

Under the provisions of Section 17900 of the Business and Professions Code, a fictitious business name is one
which does not include the surname of the individual or suggests the existence of additional owners. A
partnership (or other association of persons) name that does not include the surname of each general partner or
suggests the existence of additional owners is fictitious. In the case of a corporation, any name other than the
one stated in the Articles of Incorporation is also considered fictitious. Names that suggest the existence of
additional owners include such words as “Company,” “& Company,” “& Son,” “& Sons,” “& Associates,” and
“Brothers.”

Within 30 days after a fictitious business name statement has been filed it must be published once a week for
four successive weeks in a newspaper of general circulation in the county where the principal place of business
is located. Where a new statement is required because the prior statement has expired, the new statement need
not be published unless there has been a change in the information required in the expired statement.

An affidavit showing the publication of the statement shall be filed with the county clerk within 30 days after
the completion of the publication.

A fictitious business name statement expires at the end of five years from December 31 of the year in which it
was filed in the office of the county clerk, unless, prior to its expiration, a statement of abandonment of the
fictitious business name described in the statement has been filed.

Franchising

Franchising is a business plan under which a business firm (franchisor) agrees to provide a purchaser-investor
(franchisee) the right to engage in the business of offering, selling or distributing goods or services under a
marketing plan or system prescribed by the franchisor, for a franchise fee.

Franchising allows investors to benefit from the expert management, assistance, special training, and marketing
and promotional know-how of the franchisor while being self-employed.

A few examples of franchises are food service operations, hotels and motels, convenience stores, and drug
stores.

There are many risks to consider in purchasing a franchise. Many poorly conceived, inefficient, noncompetitive,
product-deficient franchisors have failed.

The Franchise Investment Law (Section 31000, et seq. of the Corporations Code) is designed to provide a
prospective purchaser with full and adequate disclosure of all material terms of the franchise agreement. These
disclosures will be contained in an offering prospectus which must be delivered to a prospective purchaser at
least 10 business days prior to the effect of any binding franchise agreement, or at least 10 business days before
the receipt of any consideration, whichever occurs first. To find out if a franchise is registered in California, call
the California Department of Corporations Index Section.

The three categories of persons authorized to sell franchises under Section 31210 of the Corporations Code are:

1. A person identified in an application registered with the Commissioner of Corporations for an offering of a
franchise in California.

2. A person licensed as a real estate broker or a real estate salesperson.

3 A person licensed by the Commissioner of Corporations as a broker-dealer or agent under the Corporate
Securities Law of 1968.

Thus, a real estate broker, real estate salesperson, broker-dealer or agent can sell franchise interests without
being identified in the registration application, while a person identified in the registration application can sell
the franchise interest even though not licensed as a real estate broker, real estate salesperson, broker-dealer or
agent.

Before becoming involved in franchising, a real estate licensee should possess a professional knowledge of the
entire system and be familiar with the type of problems likely to be encountered by an owner of a franchise
business.

Public
Off

THE BUSINESS PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THE BUSINESS PURCHASE AGREEMENT somebody

THE BUSINESS PURCHASE AGREEMENT

The licensee is encouraged, whenever possible, to use the Business Purchase Agreement and Joint Escrow
Instructions (C.A.R. Form BPA). While similar in content and language to the California Residential Purchase
Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions (C.A.R. Form RPA-CA), the Form contains language unique to the
sale of a Business opportunity ( See chapter 22).

Significant differences in the Form include:

• Payment of Purchase Price. Provides provisions for new loans on any real property included in the
Business sale and also has provisions for loans secured by Business assets. The loan will be evidenced by a
note in favor of the Seller together with a security agreement covering all assets of the Business and a
UCC-1 to be filed with the Secretary of State.

• Assets Transferred. Provides that the Buyer is purchasing all assets of the Business with the exception of
cash or cash equivalents and any excluded assets as denoted.

• Liabilities Transferred. Establishes the Buyer is not purchasing any of the liabilities of the Business other
than those noted.

• Inventory. If checked, Seller typically has 7 days to provide the Buyer with an inventory list. The Buyer
has the right to confirm the inventory up to 5 days prior to the close of escrow.

• Seller Disclosure:, Buyer Investigation. Specifies the Seller, generally within 7 days, will provide Buyer
the lists of items or documents checked and made a part of the contract. This can include such items as
inventory, government licenses and permits, schedule of accounts receivable, Business appraisal, sales tax
returns for specified years, federal and state tax returns, etc. The Seller also represents that the books and
records provided are those maintained in the ordinary course of Business and the state and federal tax
returns are those filed with the applicable government agencies.

• Consulting and Training. Contains provisions for the Seller to consult with and train the Buyer for a
specified time as agreed to in the contract.

• Agreement Not To Compete. If checked, the Seller agrees not to compete with the Buyer in any Business
the same as, or substantially similar to the Business for a time and distance from as specified in the
contract.

• Lease. Specifies the Sale is contingent upon the Buyer obtaining an assignment, a new lease or sublease for
the Business.

• Purchase of Real Property. If checked, the sale is contingent upon the Buyer's ability to purchase the real
property in which the Business operates. A separate Real Property Purchase Agreement is required, such as
the Commercial Property Purchase Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions (C.A.R. Form CPA).

• Licenses. The sale is contingent upon the transfer or obtaining of any licenses needed to operate the
Business.

• Franchise. If the Business is a Franchise, the sale is contingent upon the Buyer's acceptance of the terms of
the Franchise and the Franchisor's acceptance of the Buyer.

• Bulk Transfer. The seller agrees to comply with Bulk Sales provision of Division 6 of the Uniform
Commercial Code.

• Agency. The provisions of Civil Code 2079 relating to Agency do not apply to a Business Opportunity sale.
However, it is a violation of Business and Professions Code Section 10176(d) for a licensee to represent
more than one party in a transaction without the knowledge or consent of all parties. This section of the
contract establishes the Buyer and Seller acknowledge receipt of a disclosure that the licensee may be
acting for more than one Buyer or Seller and provides for a Confirmation of the agency elected for the
transaction.

Licensees should be aware of the importance, in those transactions where the sale is being secured with the
personal property of the business, of having the UCC-1 filed with the Secretary of State. Just as the Deed of
Trust provides the security and collateral for the promissory note in a loan secured by real property; the UCC-1,
when filed, gives notice to the world that there is an interest (lien) in personal property of the business. In order
to fully protect the lender's interest the UCC-1, which is only a notice and not an agreement, must be
accompanied by a promissory note and a security agreement covering all assets of the business.
Public
Off

Chapter 25 - Mineral, Oil and Gas Brokerage

Chapter 25 - Mineral, Oil and Gas Brokerage somebody
Public
Off

HISTORY

HISTORY somebody

HISTORY

History

Prior to 1943 there was much speculation in the sale and leasing of mineral, oil and gas lands, particularly
during the Depression period from 1933 to 1939. While it may seem strange that people invested in such highly
speculative ventures during that period, it is explained that they were desperation investments. Many persons
gambled their last resources in hope of gaining huge profits.

During the period mentioned, it was estimated that approximately 1,000 oil and gas salespersons were actively
engaged in every section of the state. They confined their sales to parcels in newly created oil and gas
subdivisions for the most part. While most oil and gas subdivisions were located in California, lands and leases
in Texas, Oklahoma, Illinois, New Mexico, Wyoming, Montana and various other states were offered. While
these lands were believed to have some potential for oil and gas production, the possibilities were rather
remote. In most cases, purchasers of interests lost the entire amount invested.

A statewide drive was undertaken in 1943 to end these activities. This was accomplished by the Department of
Real Estate (the Department) with the assistance of district attorneys, the Attorney General, Department of
Corporations and local police departments. Many promoters were convicted of grand theft and about 600
operators lost their real estate licenses as a result of formal hearings or failures to renew such license because of
the circumstances. The 1943 efforts resulted in legislation.

Public
Off

MINERAL, OIL AND GAS REGULATION

MINERAL, OIL AND GAS REGULATION somebody

MINERAL, OIL AND GAS REGULATION

The 1943 legislation required persons engaging in business as mineral, oil and gas brokers or salespersons
within this state to secure a Mineral, Oil and Gas (M.O.G.) license from the Department. In 1967, due to the
declining appeal of these types of transactions, the mineral, oil and gas salesperson license was discontinued.
However, the broker classification was retained. Licensed real estate brokers were not required to have an
M.O.G. license if the transfer of a mineral, oil or gas interest was “purely incidental” to the sale, lease or
exchange of real property. If not, a real estate licensee was required to obtain a special M.O.G. permit in order
to engage in not more than ten mineral, oil or gas transactions in a year.

In 1984, the licensing laws for mineral, oil and gas brokers were further simplified to conform them to those
relating to real estate brokers, and to eliminate bonding and quarterly report requirements.

Public
Off

NO SEPARATE LICENSE REQUIREMENT - 1994

NO SEPARATE LICENSE REQUIREMENT - 1994 somebody

NO SEPARATE LICENSE REQUIREMENT - 1994

Since January 1, 1994, an M.O.G. broker license is no longer required to allow anyone who is a licensed real
estate broker or salesperson to engage in M.O.G. transactions. Those who hold M.O.G. licenses may continue
to do so, and may renew their licenses, but no new M.O.G. licenses are issued. Instead, the definition of a real
estate broker has been expanded to include mineral, oil and gas transactions.

Transactions Requiring a Real Estate License

A real estate broker, or a salesperson duly employed by a broker, may now solicit, negotiate and broker the
sale, purchase or exchange of mineral, oil or gas properties. A licensee may also solicit borrowers or lenders,
negotiate loans, service loans, lease, rent and collect rents or royalties relating to M.O.G. properties.

A real estate license is also required to assist or offer to assist another in filing an application for the purchase
or lease, or to locate or enter upon mineral, oil or gas properties owned by the state or federal government.

Persons who act as principals in the purchase, lease or taking of an option on mineral, oil or gas land or
property must obtain a real estate license if the purpose of the transaction is to then sell, exchange, lease,
sublease or assign a lease on all or part of the property to another. Any person acting as a principal who offers
mining claims for sale or assignment must also have a real estate license.

Exempt Transactions

A real estate broker’s license is not required to engage in the following activities with respect to a mineral, oil
or gas property:

• acting as a depository under an oil and/or gas lease if it is not for the purpose of a sale;

• engaging in a transaction subject to a court order;

• engaging in the business of drilling for or producing oil or gas, or in the business of mining for or
producing minerals;

• negotiating leases or agreements between owners of mineral, oil or gas lands, leases, or mineral rights, and
specified production businesses, or entering into leases or agreements with owners on behalf of such
production businesses; and

• dealing with mineral rights or land, other than oil or gas rights or land, as the owner of the rights or land.

Mineral, Oil and Gas is a Technical Field

Mineral, oil and gas brokerage is a specialized branch of the general real estate brokerage business. The
primary prerequisites for success are a broad knowledge of the elementary principles of geology relating to this
field and sound knowledge of the fundamentals of real estate practice and ethics.

A person interested in focusing on M.O.G. transactions should develop a working knowledge of the technical
subject matter with particular emphasis upon the functions and duties of a real estate broker as they relate to
practice in the field of mineral, oil and gas brokerage.

Study References

Given the nature of this Reference Book and the relatively few persons specializing in this field, an extended
discussion of mineral, oil and gas subject areas is not warranted. There are a number of geology text books
available in bookstores, including California’s Changing Landscapes by Gordon B. Oakeshott, which focus on
the geology of California.

Considerable information concerning the oil and gas fields of this state, their structural conditions, importance,
quality of oil or gas produced, etc., may be obtained in various publications of the California Division of Oil,
Gas, and Geothermal Resources of the Department of Conservation. The California Geological Survey of that
Department also has publications and resources of value regarding mineral, mining, and geological matters.

Mineral, Oil and Gas Subdivisions

Mineral, oil and gas subdivisions are those created for the sale, lease or financing of 5 or more speculative
parcels of land for mineral, oil or gas purposes. The subdivision laws apply and there is no exemption for lots
of 160 acres or more. The property may be located in California or in any other state. If the developer proposes
to make sales in this state, the Department assumes jurisdiction.

No mineral, oil or gas subdivisions have been filed with the Department for a number of years, perhaps because
of the stringent conditions which must be met under the law and the widespread prospecting activities of the
major oil companies. Anyone interested in filing a mineral, oil or gas subdivision with the Department may
obtain details from the Subdivisions Technical Section in Sacramento.
Public
Off

Chapter 26 - Tables, Formulas, and Measurements

Chapter 26 - Tables, Formulas, and Measurements somebody
Public
Off

FORMULAS

FORMULAS somebody

FORMULAS

Three-Variable Formulas

In three-variable formulas, each variable is a function of the other two.

Income Formula Property Tax Formula
Income = Rate x Value Tax = Assessed Value x Rate
I = R x V R = I ÷ V V = I ÷ R T = A x R A = T ÷ R R = T ÷ A
Percentage Formula Percentage = Rate x Base P = R x B R = P ÷ B B = P ÷ R Commission Formula Commission = Sale Price x Rate C = S x R S = C ÷ R R = C ÷ S

Area Formula

Area = Length x Width

A = L x W

L = A ÷ W

W = A ÷ L

Public
Off

INTEREST COMPUTATION AND TABLES

INTEREST COMPUTATION AND TABLES somebody

INTEREST COMPUTATION AND TABLES

Simple interest computation involves multiplying the principal (amount of note) by the selected interest rate and
the product or result is the interest for one year. Remember, the interest rate (.06 or .09 for example) is a
decimal and two points are to be marked off from the right.

There are 12 months in a year or 365 days. This latter figure makes for an awkward denominator. As a result, as
an acceptable business practice, we assume 12 months of 30 days each, and 360 days to a year.

To avoid long computations which may involve cumbersome fractions, it is common to use prepared
computations in the form of interest tables which show the base as $1, $100 or $1,000 for a variety of interest
and time periods. From the interest table, we determine the factor and multiply it by the amount involved if it
exceeds or is less than the base of the table. The following illustrates the different methods and short cuts.

Long Conventional Method

1. What is the interest on $4,650 for 75 days at 10 percent?

2. What is the interest on $4,650 for 1 year, 4 months and 10 days at 10 percent?

Answer:

1. 4650 x .10 x 75/360 = $96.88

2. 4650 x .10 x {360 + 120 + 10} or 490/360 = $632.92

(proper fraction for periods if less than 1 year; improper fraction for periods of more than 1 year)

Use of Interest Tables Method

1. Same problem

Look in table on next page for 30 days at 10 percent

factor is 8.3340 = 30

factor is 8.3340 = 30

factor for 15 days 4.1670 = 15

20.8350 75 days

$4,650 = $4.65 per $1,000

Multiply $4.65 x 20.8350 = $96.88

2. Table not complete to show higher factors, but it could be done this way:

30 day factor 8.3340

x 16 (16 months)

133.3440

2.7780 (10 days)

136.1220 factor for 1 year,

4 months and 10 days at $1,000

Therefore, 136.1220 x 4.65 (number of thousands) = $632.92 interest.

INTEREST TABLE FIGURED ON $1,000

360 Days to the Year

Days 5% 6% 7% 8% 9% 10%
1 $0.1389 $0.1667 $0.1944 $0.2222 $0.2500 $0.2778
2 0.2778 0.3333 0.3889 0.4444 0.5000 0.5556
3 0.4167 0.5000 0.5833 0.6666 0.7500 0.8334
4 0.5556 0.6667 0.7778 0.8888 1.0000 1.1112
5 0.6944 0.8333 0.9722 1.1111 1.2500 1.3890
6 0.8333 1.0000 1.1667 1.3333 1.5000 1.6668
7 0.9722 1.1667 1.3611 1.5555 1.7500 1.9446
8 1.1111 1.3333 1.5556 1.7777 2.0000 2.2224
9 1.2500 1.5000 1.7500 2.0000 2.2500 2.5002
10 1.3889 1.6667 1.9444 2.2222 2.5000 2.7780
11 1.5278 1.8333 2.1389 2.4444 2.7500 3.0558
12 1.6667 2.0000 2.3333 2.6666 3.0000 3.3336
13 1.8056 2.1667 2.5278 2.8888 3.2500 3.6114
14 1.9444 2.3333 2.7222 3.1111 3.5000 3.8892
15 2.0833 2.5000 2.9167 3.3333 3.7500 4.1670
16 2.2222 2.6667 3.1111 3.5555 4.0000 4.4448
17 2.3611 2.8333 3.3055 3.7777 4.2500 4.7226
18 2.5000 3.0000 3.5000 4.0000 4.5000 5.0004
19 2.6389 3.1667 3.6944 4.2222 4.7500 5.2782
20 2.7778 3.3333 3.8889 4.4444 5.0000 5.5560
21 2.9167 3.5000 4.0833 4.6666 5.2500 5.8338
22 3.0556 3.6667 4.2778 4.8888 5.5000 6.1116
23 3.1944 3.8333 4.4722 5.1111 5.7500 6.3894
24 3.2222 4.0000 4.6667 5.3333 6.0000 6.6672
25 3.4722 4.1667 4.8611 5.5555 6.2500 6.9450
26 3.6111 4.3333 5.0555 5.7777 6.5000 7.2228
27 3.7500 4.5000 5.2500 6.0000 6.7500 7.5006
28 3.8889 4.6667 5.4444 6.2222 7.0000 7.7784
29 4.0278 4.8333 5.6389 6.4444 7.2500 8.0562
30 4.1667 5.0000 5.8333 6.6666 7.5000 8.3340

Public
Off

LINEAR AND SPATIAL MEASUREMENTS AS USED IN APPRAISING AND LAND DESCRIPTIONS

LINEAR AND SPATIAL MEASUREMENTS AS USED IN APPRAISING AND LAND DESCRIPTIONS somebody

LINEAR AND SPATIAL MEASUREMENTS AS USED IN APPRAISING AND LAND DESCRIPTIONS

Common Linear Measurements

One foot = 12 inches

One yard = 3 feet or 36 inches

One rod = 16 1/2 feet or 5 1/2 yards

One furlong = 40 rods

100 feet = 6.6 rods

One mile = 5,280 feet; 1,760 yards; 320 rods; or 80 chains

Surveyors’ Measurements

1 link = 7.92 inches

1 rod = 25 links

1 chain = 4 rods or 66 feet

(These are the old surveyors’ measurements. Modern surveyors use a steel tape or what is called an
engineer’s chain which is 100 feet long with links of one foot. Thus, a mile measured by a modern steel tape
chain is 52.8 chains.)

Spatial or Area Measurements (Length x Width)

1 square foot = 144 square inches

1 square yard = 9 square feet

1 square rod = 30 1/4 square yards

1 acre = 10 square chains; 160 square rods; 4,840 square yards; 43,560 square feet

(An acre is an odd and inconsistent measurement. It is supposed to have been the amount of land that a
farmer could plow in a day with oxen and the old wooden plow. As a square, it is approximately 208.71 feet
on a side.)

A section = 1 square mile or 640 acres

A township = 36 square miles

A quarter section = 160 acres

Area of a square or rectangle = length x width in unit of linear measurement used

Area of a triangle = base x 1/2 height

Cubic Measurement (Length x Width x Height)

1 cubic foot = 1,728 cubic inches.

1 cubic yard = 27 cubic feet.

Public
Off

OTHER SHORTCUT METHODS FOR COMPUTING SIMPLE INTEREST

OTHER SHORTCUT METHODS FOR COMPUTING SIMPLE INTEREST somebody

OTHER SHORTCUT METHODS FOR COMPUTING SIMPLE INTEREST

4% Multiply the principal by number of days; cut off right-hand figure and divide by 9.

5% Multiply by number of days and divide by 72.

6% Multiply by number of days; cut off right-hand figure and divide by 6.

7% Compile the interest for 6% and add 1/6.

8% Multiply by number of days and divide by 45.

9% Multiply by number of days; cut off right-hand figure and divide by 4.

10% Multiply by number of days and divide by 36.

BANKERS 12%-30 DAY/6%-60 DAY INTEREST COMPUTATION METHOD

(Using 360 day year)

To find interest on any principal amount for 30 days at 12%, or for 60 days at 6%, simply move the decimal
point in the principal amount two places to the left.

Therefore, the interest amount on $8432.67 at 12% for 30 days is $84.33.

Likewise, the interest amount on $8432.67 at 6% for 60 days is $84.33

(Since 12% per annum is 1% a month, and 1% of any number is the hundredth part of it, then by pointing off
two places from the right of a number, it is in effect divided by 100.)

What is the interest on $7397.64 at 9% for 69 days?

Interest @ 6% for 60 days = $73.98 (move decimal two places to left)

Interest @ 3% for 60 days = 36.99 (1/2 of 6% amount)

Interest @ 9% for 60 days = 110.97

We still need 9 days more interest:

6 days = 1/10 of 60 days: 6 days = 11.09 (1/10 of $110.97)

3 days = 1/2 of 6 days 3 days = 5.55 (1/2 of $11.09)

9 days = 16.64

Therefore, interest @ 9% for 69 days = $110.97 + $16.64 = $127.61

Public
Off

SOME METRIC EQUIVALENTS

SOME METRIC EQUIVALENTS somebody

SOME METRIC EQUIVALENTS

Lengths Areas
one foot = 0.3048 meter one square foot = 0.0929 sq. meter
one yard = 0.9144 meter one square yard = 0.836 sq. meter
one mile = 1.6093 kilometers or 1609 meters one acre = 4068.8 sq. meters
one meter = 39 inches one square mile = 259 hectares or 2.59 sq. km.
one kilometer = 3281 feet or .62 miles or 1000 meters one square meter = 10.76 sq. feet
one hectare = 2.47 acres or 10,000 sq. meters

Public
Off

TABLE OF MONTHLY PAYMENTS

TABLE OF MONTHLY PAYMENTS somebody

TABLE OF MONTHLY PAYMENTS
TO AMORTIZE $1,000 LOAN
Years 2.0% 2.5% 3.0% 3.5% 4.0% 4.5% 5.0% 5.5% 6.0% 6.5%
5 17.53 17.75 17.97 18.19 18.42 18.64 18.87 19.10 19.33 19.58
6 14.75 14.97 15.19 15.42 15.65 15.87 16.10 16.34 16.57 16.83
7 12.77 12.99 13.21 13.44 13.67 13.90 14.13 14.37 14.61 14.87
8 11.28 11.50 11.73 11.96 12.19 12.42 12.66 12.90 13.14 13.41
9 10.13 10.35 10.58 10.81 11.04 11.28 11.52 11.76 12.01 12.27
10 9.20 9.43 9.66 9.89 10.12 10.36 10.61 10.85 11.10 11.38
11 8.45 8.67 8.90 9.14 9.38 9.62 9.86 10.11 10.37 10.64
12 7.82 8.05 8.28 8.51 8.76 9.00 9.25 9.50 9.76 10.04
13 7.28 7.51 7.75 7.99 8.23 8.48 8.73 8.99 9.25 9.53
14 6.83 7.06 7.30 7.54 7.78 8.03 8.29 8.55 8.81 9.10
15 6.44 6.67 6.91 7.15 7.40 7.65 7.91 8.17 8.44 8.73
16 6.09 6.32 6.56 6.81 7.06 7.32 7.58 7.84 8.11 8.41
17 5.79 6.02 6.26 6.51 6.76 7.02 7.29 7.56 7.83 8.13
18 5.52 5.75 6.00 6.25 6.50 6.76 7.03 7.30 7.58 7.89
19 5.28 5.51 5.76 6.01 6.27 6.53 6.80 7.08 7.36 7.67
20 5.06 5.30 5.55 5.80 6.06 6.33 6.60 6.88 7.16 7.48
21 4.86 5.10 5.35 5.61 5.87 6.14 6.42 6.70 6.99 7.31
22 4.69 4.93 5.18 5.44 5.70 5.97 6.25 6.54 6.83 7.15
23 4.52 4.77 5.02 5.28 5.55 5.82 6.10 6.39 6.69 7.02
24 4.37 4.62 4.88 5.14 5.41 5.68 5.97 6.26 6.56 6.89
25 4.24 4.49 4.74 5.01 5.28 5.56 5.85 6.14 6.44 6.78
26 4.11 4.36 4.62 4.89 5.16 5.44 5.73 6.03 6.34 6.67
27 4.00 4.25 4.51 4.78 5.05 5.34 5.63 5.93 6.24 6.58
28 3.89 4.14 4.40 4.67 4.95 5.24 5.54 5.84 6.15 6.50
29 3.79 4.04 4.31 4.58 4.86 5.15 5.45 5.76 6.07 6.42
30 3.70 3.95 4.22 4.49 4.77 5.07 5.37 5.68 6.00 6.35
35 3.31 3.57 3.85 4.13 4.43 4.73 5.05 5.37 5.70 6.07
40 3.03 3.30 3.58 3.87 4.18 4.50 4.82 5.16 5.50 5.88

TABLE OF MONTHLY PAYMENTS

TO AMORTIZE $1,000 LOAN

Years 7.0% 7.5% 8.0% 8.5% 9.0% 9.5% 10.0% 10.5% 11.0% 11.5% 12.0% 12.5%
5 19.80 20.04 20.28 20.52 20.76 21.01 21.25 21.49 21.74 21.99 22.25 22.50
6 17.05 17.29 17.53 17.78 18.03 18.28 18.53 18.78 19.04 19.29 19.55 19.81
7 15.09 15.34 15.59 15.84 16.09 16.35 16.61 16.86 17.12 17.39 17.65 17.92
8 13.63 13.88 14.14 14.39 14.66 14.92 15.18 15.44 15.71 15.98 16.25 16.53
9 12.51 12.76 13.02 13.28 13.55 13.81 14.08 14.35 14.63 14.90 15.18 15.47
10 11.61 11.87 12.13 12.40 12.67 12.94 13.22 13.49 13.78 14.06 14.35 14.64
11 10.88 11.15 11.42 11.69 11.97 12.24 12.52 12.80 13.09 13.38 13.68 13.98
12 10.28 10.55 10.82 11.10 11.39 11.67 11.96 12.24 12.54 12.83 13.13 13.44
13 9.78 10.05 10.33 10.61 10.90 11.19 11.48 11.78 12.08 12.38 12.69 13.00
14 9.35 9.63 9.91 10.20 10.49 10.79 11.09 11.38 11.69 12.00 12.31 12.63
15 8.99 9.27 9.56 9.85 10.15 10.45 10.75 11.05 11.37 11.68 12.00 12.33
16 8.67 8.96 9.25 9.54 9.85 10.15 10.46 10.77 11.09 11.41 11.74 12.07
17 8.40 8.69 8.98 9.28 9.59 9.90 10.22 10.53 10.85 11.18 11.51 11.85
18 8.16 8.45 8.75 9.05 9.37 9.68 10.00 10.32 10.65 10.98 11.32 11.66
19 7.94 8.24 8.55 8.85 9.17 9.49 9.82 10.14 10.47 10.81 11.15 11.50
20 7.75 8.06 8.36 8.68 9.00 9.33 9.66 9.98 10.32 10.66 11.01 11.36
21 7.58 7.89 8.20 8.52 8.85 9.18 9.51 9.85 10.19 10.54 10.89 11.24
22 7.43 7.75 8.06 8.38 8.72 9.05 9.39 9.73 10.07 10.42 10.78 11.14
23 7.30 7.61 7.93 8.26 8.60 8.93 9.28 9.62 9.97 10.33 10.69 11.05
24 7.18 7.50 7.82 8.15 8.49 8.83 9.18 9.52 9.88 10.24 10.60 10.97
25 7.07 7.39 7.72 8.05 8.40 8.74 9.09 9.44 9.80 10.16 10.53 10.90
26 6.97 7.29 7.63 7.96 8.31 8.66 9.01 9.37 9.73 10.10 10.47 10.84
27 6.88 7.21 7.54 7.88 8.23 8.58 8.94 9.30 9.67 10.04 10.41 10.79
28 6.80 7.13 7.47 7.81 8.16 8.52 8.88 9.25 9.61 9.99 10.37 10.75
29 6.72 7.06 7.40 7.75 8.10 8.46 8.82 9.19 9.57 9.94 10.32 10.71
30 6.65 6.99 7.34 7.69 8.05 8.41 8.78 9.15 9.52 9.90 10.29 10.67
35 6.39 6.74 7.10 7.47 7.84 8.22 8.60 8.98 9.37 9.76 10.16 10.55
40 6.21 6.58 6.95 7.33 7.71 8.10 8.49 8.89 9.28 9.68 10.09 10.49

Public
Off

Chapter 27 - Glossary

Chapter 27 - Glossary somebody
Public
Off

GLOSSARY

GLOSSARY somebody

GLOSSARY

ABANDONMENT — The failure to occupy and use property that may result in a loss of rights.

ABATEMENT OF NUISANCE — Extinction or termination of a nuisance.

ABSOLUTE OWNERSHIP — See FEE SIMPLE ESTATE.

ABSTRACT OF JUDGMENT — A condensation of the essential provisions of a court judgment.

ABSTRACT OF TITLE — A summary or digest of all transfers, conveyances, legal proceedings, and any
other facts relied on as evidence of title, showing continuity of ownership, together with any other elements
of record which may impair title.

ABSTRACTION — A method of valuing land. The indicated value of the improvement is deducted from the
sale price.

ACCELERATED COST RECOVERY SYSTEM — The system for figuring depreciation (cost recovery) for
depreciable real property acquired and placed into service after January 1, 1981. (ACRS)

ACCELERATED DEPRECIATION — A method of cost write-off in which depreciation allowances are
greater in the first few years of ownership than in subsequent years. This permits an earlier recovery of
capital and a faster tax write-off of an asset.

ACCELERATION CLAUSE — A condition in a real estate financing instrument giving the lender the power
to declare all sums owing lender immediately due and payable upon the happening of an event, such as sale
of the property, or a delinquency in the repayment of the note.

ACCEPTANCE — The act of agreeing or consenting to the terms of an offer thereby establishing the
“meeting of the minds” that is an essential element of a contract.

ACCESS RIGHT — The right of an owner to have ingress and egress to and from owner’s property over
adjoining property.

ACCESSION — An addition to property through the efforts of man or by natural forces.

ACCRETION — Accession by natural forces, e.g., alluvium.

ACCRUED DEPRECIATION — The difference between the cost of replacement new as of the date of the
appraisal and the present appraised value.

ACCRUED ITEMS OF EXPENSE — Those incurred expenses which are not yet payable. The seller’s
accrued expenses are credited to the purchaser in a closing statement.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT — A formal declaration made before an authorized person, e.g., a notary public, by a
person who has executed an instrument stating that the execution was his or her free act. In this state an
acknowledgment is the statement by an officer such as a notary that the signatory to the instrument is the
person represented to be.

ACOUSTICAL TILE — Blocks of fiber, mineral or metal, with small holes or rough-textured surface to
absorb sound, used as covering for interior walls and ceilings.

ACQUISITION — The act or process by which a person procures property.

ACRE — A measure of land equaling 160 square rods, or 4,840 square yards, or 43,560 square feet, or a tract
about 208.71 feet square.

ACTUAL AUTHORITY — Authority expressly given by the principal or given by the law and not denied by
the principal.

ACTUAL FRAUD — An act intended to deceive another, e.g., making a false statement, making a promise
without intending to perform it, suppressing the truth.

ADDENDUM — Additional pages of material that are added to and become part of a contract.

ADJUSTABLE RATE MORTGAGE (ARM) — A mortgage loan which bears interest at a rate subject to
change during the term of the loan, predetermined or otherwise.

ADJUSTMENTS — In appraising, a means by which characteristics of a residential property are regulated by
dollar amount or percentage to conform to similar characteristics of another residential property.

ADMINISTRATOR — A person appointed by the probate court to administer the estate of a deceased person
who died intestate. (Administratrix, the feminine form.)

ADR — See ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION.

AD VALOREM — A Latin phrase meaning “according to value.” Usually used in connection with real estate
taxation.

ADVANCE — Transfer of funds from a lender to a borrower in advance on a loan.

ADVANCE COMMITMENT — The institutional investor’s prior agreement to provide long-term financing
upon completion of construction; also known as a “take-out” loan commitment.

ADVANCE FEES — A fee paid in advance of any services rendered. Sometimes unlawfully charged in
connection with that illegal practice of obtaining a fee in advance for the advertising of property or
businesses for sale, with no intent to obtain a buyer, by persons representing themselves as real estate
licensees, or representatives of licensed real estate firms.

ADVERSE POSSESSION — A method of acquiring title to real property through possession of the property
for a statutory period under certain conditions by a person other than the owner of record.

AFFIANT — One who makes an affidavit or gives evidence.

AFFIDAVIT — A statement or declaration reduced to writing sworn to or affirmed before some officer who
has authority to administer an oath or affirmation.

AFFIDAVIT OF TITLE — A statement, in writing, made under oath by seller or grantor, acknowledged
before a Notary Public in which the affiant identifies himself or herself and affiant’s marital status certifying
that since the examination of title on the contract date there are no judgments, bankruptcies or divorces, no
unrecorded deeds, contracts, unpaid repairs or improvements or defects of title known to affiant and that
affiant is in possession of the property.

AFFIRM — To confirm, to aver, to ratify, to verify. To make a declaration.

AGENCY — The relationship between principal and the principal’s agent which arises out of a contract, either
expressed or implied, written or oral, wherein the agent is employed by the principal to do certain acts
dealing with a third party.

AGENT — One who acts for and with authority from another called the principal.

AGREEMENT — An exchange of promises, a mutual understanding or arrangement; a contract.

AGREEMENT OF SALE — A written agreement or contract between seller and purchaser in which they
reach a “meeting of minds” on the terms and conditions of the sale. The parties concur; are in harmonious
opinion.

AIR RIGHTS — The rights in real property to the reasonable use of the air space above the surface of the
land.

ALIENATION — The transferring of property to another; the transfer of property and possession of lands, or
other things, from one person to another.

ALIENATION CLAUSE — A clause in a contract giving the lender certain rights in the event of a sale or
other transfer of mortgaged property.

ALLODIAL TENURE — A real property ownership system where ownership may be complete except for
those rights held by government. Allodial is in contrast to feudal tenure.

ALLUVIUM — The gradual increase of the earth on a shore of an ocean or bank of a stream resulting from the
action of the water.

ALTA OWNER’S POLICY — An owner’s extended coverage policy that provides buyers and owners the
same protection the ALTA policy gives to lenders.

ALTA TITLE POLICY — (American Land Title Association) A type of title insurance policy issued by title
insurance companies which expands the risks normally insured against under the standard type policy to
include unrecorded mechanic’s liens; unrecorded physical easements; facts a physical survey would show;
water and mineral rights; and rights of parties in possession, such as tenants and buyers under unrecorded
instruments.

ALTERNATIVE DISUPUTE RESOLUTION (ADR) — The resolution of disputes by various means
including, but not limited to negotiation, mediation, and arbitration.

AMENITIES — Satisfaction of enjoyable living to be derived from a home; conditions of agreeable living or a
beneficial influence from the location of improvements, not measured in monetary considerations but rather
as tangible and intangible benefits attributable to the property, often causing greater pride in ownership.

AMORTIZATION — The liquidation of a financial obligation on an installment basis; also, recovery over a
period of cost or value.

AMORTIZED LOAN — A loan to be repaid, interest and principal, by a series of regular payments that are
equal or nearly equal, without any special balloon payment prior to maturity. Also called a Level Payments
Loan.

ANNEXATION — The attaching of personal property to land so that the law views it as part of the real
property (a fixture). Annexation can be actual or constructive.

ANNUAL PERCENTAGE RATE — The relative cost of credit as determined in accordance with Regulation
Z of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System for implementing the Federal Truth in Lending
Act.

ANNUITY — A sum of money received at fixed intervals, such as a series of assured equal or nearly equal
payments to be made over a period of time, or it may be a lump sum payment to be made in the future. The
installment payments due to the landlord under a lease is an annuity. So are the installment payments due to
a lender.

ANTICIPATION, PRINCIPLE OF — Affirms that value is created by anticipated benefits to be derived in
the future.

APPELLANT — A party appealing a court decision or ruling.

APPRAISAL — An estimate of the value of property resulting from an analysis of facts about the property. An
opinion of value.

APPRAISER — One qualified by education, training and experience who is hired to estimate the value of real
and personal property based on experience, judgment, facts, and use of formal appraisal processes.

APPR0PRIATION OF WATER — The taking, impounding or diversion of water flowing on the public
domain from its natural course and the application of the water to some beneficial use personal and
exclusive to the appropriator.

APPURTENANCE: That which belongs to something, but not immemorially; all those rights, privileges, and
improvements which belong to and pass with the transfer of the property, but which are not necessarily a
part of the actual property. Appurtenances to real property pass with the real property to which they are
appurtenant, unless a contrary intention is manifested. Typical appurtenances are rights-of-way, easements,
water rights, and any property improvements.

APPURTENANT — Belonging to; adjunct; appended or annexed to. For example, the garage is appurtenant
to the house, and the common interest in the common elements of a condominium is appurtenant to each
apartment. Appurtenant items pass with the land when the property is transferred.

APR — See ANNUAL PERCENTAGE RATE.

ARBITRATION — A neutral third party who listens to each party’s position and makes a final binding
decision.

ARCHITECTURAL STYLE — Generally the appearance and character of a building’s design and
construction.

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION — An instrument setting forth the basic rules and purposes under which
a private corporation is formed.

ARTIFICIAL PERSON — Persons created by law; a corporation.

ASSESSED VALUATION — A valuation placed upon a piece of property by a public authority as a basis for
levying taxes on the property.

ASSESSMENT — The valuation of property for the purpose of levying a tax or the amount of the tax levied.
Also, payments made to a common interest subdivision homeowners- association for maintenance and
reserves.

ASSESSOR — The official who has the responsibility of determining assessed values.

ASSIGNMENT — A transfer to another of any property in possession or in action, or of any estate or right
therein. A transfer by a person of that person’s rights under a contract.

ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS — A provision in a deed of trust (or mortgage) under which the beneficiary may,
upon default by the trustor, take possession of the property, collect income from the property and apply it to
the loan balance and the costs incurred by the beneficiary.

ASSIGNOR — One who assigns or transfers property.

ASSIGNS, ASSIGNEES — Those to whom property or interests therein shall have been transferred.

ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT — An undertaking or adoption of a debt or obligation primarily resting upon
another person.

ASSUMPTION FEE — A lender’s charge for changing over and processing new records for a new owner
who is assuming an existing loan.

ASSUMPTION OF MORTGAGE — The taking of a title to property by a grantee wherein grantee assumes
liability for payment of an existing note secured by a mortgage or deed of trust against the property,
becoming a co-guarantor for the payment of a mortgage or deed of trust note.

ATTACHMENT — The process by which real or personal property of a party to a lawsuit is seized and
retained in the custody of the court for the purpose of acquiring jurisdiction over the property, to compel an
appearance before the court, or to furnish security for a debt or costs arising out of the litigation.

ATTEST — To affirm to be true or genuine; an official act establishing authenticity.

ATTORNEY IN FACT — One who is authorized by another to perform certain acts for another under a
power of attorney; power of attorney may be limited to a specific act or acts or be general.

AVULSION — A sudden and perceptible loss of land by the action of water as by a sudden change in the
course of a river.

BACKFILL — The replacement of excavated earth into a hole or against a structure.

BALANCE SHEET — A statement of the financial condition of a business at a certain time showing assets,
liabilities, and capital.

BALLOON PAYMENT — An installment payment on a promissory note - usually the final one for
discharging the debt - which is significantly larger than the other installment payments provided under the
terms of the promissory note.

BARGAIN AND SALE DEED — Any deed that recites a consideration and purports to convey the real estate;
a bargain and sale deed with a covenant against the grantor’s act is one in which the grantor warrants that
grantor has done nothing to harm or cloud the title.

BASE AND MERIDIAN — Imaginary lines used by surveyors to find and describe the location of private or
public lands. In government surveys, a base line runs due east and west, meridians run due north and south,
and are used to establish township boundaries.

BASIS — (1) Cost Basis—The dollar amount assigned to property at the time of acquisition under provisions
of the Internal Revenue Code for the purpose of determining gain, loss and depreciation in calculating the
income tax to be paid upon the sale or exchange of the property. (2) Adjusted Cost Basis—The cost basis
after the application of certain additions for improvements, etc., and deductions for depreciation, etc.

BEARING WALL — A wall or partition which supports a part of a building, usually a roof or floor above.

BENCH MARK — A monument used to establish the elevation of the point, usually relative to Mean Sea
Level, but often to some local datum.

BENEFICIARY — (1) One entitled to the benefit of a trust; (2) One who receives profit from an estate, the
title of which is vested in a trustee; (3) The lender on the security of a note and deed of trust.

BEQUEATH — To give or hand down by will; to leave by will.

BEQUEST — Personal property given by the terms of a will.

BETTERMENT — An improvement upon property which increases the property value and is considered as a
capital asset as distinguished from repairs or replacements where the original character or cost is unchanged.

BILL OF SALE — A written instrument given to pass title of personal property from vendor to the vendee.

BINDER — An agreement to consider a down payment for the purchase of real estate as evidence of good
faith on the part of the purchaser. Also, a notation of coverage on an insurance policy, issued by an agent,
and given to the insured prior to issuing of the policy.

BLANKET MORTGAGE — A single mortgage which covers more than one piece of real property.

BLIGHTED AREA — A district affected by detrimental influences of such extent or quantity that real
property values have seriously declined as a result of adverse land use and/or destructive economic forces;
characterized by rapidly depreciating buildings, retrogression and no recognizable prospects for
improvement. However, renewal programs and changes in use may lead to resurgence of such areas.

BLOCKBUSTING — The practice on the part of unscrupulous speculators or real estate agents of inducing
panic selling of homes at prices below market value, especially by exploiting the prejudices of property
owners in neighborhoods in which the racial make-up is changing or appears to be on the verge of changing.

BONA FIDE — In good faith; without fraud or deceit; authentic.

BOND — Written evidence of an obligation given by a corporation or government entity. A surety instrument.

BOOK VALUE — The current value for accounting purposes of an asset expressed as original cost plus
capital additions minus accumulated depreciation.

BREACH — The breaking of a law, or failure of duty, either by omission or commission.

BROKER — A person employed for a fee by another to carry on any of the activities listed in the license law
definition of a broker.

BROKER-SALESPERSON RELATIONSHIP AGREEMENT — A written agreement required by the
regulations of the Real Estate Commissioner setting forth the material aspects of the relationship between a
real estate broker and each salesperson and broker performing licensed activities in the name of the
supervising broker.

B.T.U. — British thermal unit. The quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of one pound of water one
degree Fahrenheit.

BUILDING CODE — A systematic regulation of construction of buildings within a municipality established
by ordinance or law.

BUILDING LINE — A line set by law a certain distance from a street line in front of which an owner cannot
build on owner’s lot. A setback line.

BUILDING, MARKET VALUE OF — The sum of money which the presence of that structure adds to or
subtracts from the value of the land it occupies. Land valued on the basis of highest and best use.

BUILDING RESTRICTIONS — Zoning, regulatory requirements or provisions in a deed limiting the type,
size and use of a building.

BUNDLE OF RIGHTS — All of the legal rights incident to ownership of property including rights of use,
possession, encumbering and disposition.

BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT — A federal bureau within the Department of the Interior which
manages and controls certain lands owned by the United States.

BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY — The assets for an existing business enterprise including its goodwill. As used
in the Real Estate Law, the term includes “the sale or lease of the business and goodwill of an existing
business enterprise or opportunity.”

BUYDOWN — See SUBSlDY BUYDOWN.

BUYER’S MARKET — The condition which exists when a buyer is in a more commanding position as to
price and terms because real property offered for sale is in plentiful supply in relation to demand.

BYLAWS — Rules for the conduct of the internal affairs of corporations and other organizations.

CAL-VET PROGRAM — A program administered by the State Department of Veterans Affairs for the direct
financing of farm and home purchases by eligible California veterans of the armed forces.

CC&Rs — Covenants, conditions and restrictions. The basic rules establishing the rights and obligations of
owners (and their successors in interest) of real property within a subdivision or other tract of land in
relation to other owners within the same subdivision or tract and in relation to an association of owners
organized for the purpose of operating and maintaining property commonly owned by the individual owners.

CCIM — Certified Commercial Investment Member.

CPM© — Certified Property Manager, a designation of the Institute of Real Estate Management.

CAPACITY — The legal ability to perform some act, such as enter into a contract or execute a deed or will.

CAPITAL ASSETS — Assets of a permanent nature used in the production of an income, such as land,
buildings, machinery and equipment, etc. Under income tax law, it is usually distinguishable from
“inventory” which comprises assets held for sale to customers in ordinary course of the taxpayer’s trade or
business.

CAPITAL GAIN — At resale of a capital item, the amount by which the net sale proceeds exceed the adjusted
cost basis (book value). Used for income tax computations. Gains are called short or long term based upon
length of holding period after acquisition. Usually taxed at lower rates than ordinary income.

CAPITALIZATION — In appraising, determining value of property by considering net income and
percentage of reasonable return on the investment. The value of an income property is determined by
dividing annual net income by the Capitalization Rate.

CAPITALIZATION RATE — The rate of interest which is considered a reasonable return on the investment,
and used in the process of determining value based upon net income. It may also be described as the yield
rate that is necessary to attract the money of the average investor to a particular kind of investment. In the
case of land improvements which depreciate, to this yield rate is added a factor to take into consideration the
annual amortization factor necessary to recapture the initial investment in improvements. This amortization
factor can be determined in various ways — (1) straight-line depreciation method, (2) Inwood Tables and (3)
Hoskold Tables. (To explore this subject in greater depth, the student should refer to current real estate
appraisal texts.)

CAP RATE — See LIFE OF LOAN CAP.

CARRYBACK LOAN — The extension of credit from the seller to the buyer to finance the purchase of the
property, accepting a deed of trust or mortgage instead of cash. Sometimes called a purchase money loan.

CASEMENT WINDOWS — Frames of wood or metal which swing outward.

CASH FLOW — The net income generated by a property before depreciation and other noncash expenses.

CAVEAT EMPTOR — Let the buyer beware. The buyer must examine the goods or property and buy at his
or her own risk, absent misrepresentation.

CERTIFICATE OF ELIGIBILITY — Issued by Department of Veterans Affairs - evidence of individual’s
eligibility to obtain VA loan.

CERTIFICATE OF REASONABLE VALUE (CRV) — The Federal VA appraisal commitment of property
value.

CERTIFICATE OF TAXES DUE — A written statement or guaranty of the condition of the taxes on a
certain property made by the County Treasurer of the county wherein the property is located. Any loss
resulting to any person from an error in a tax certificate shall be paid by the county which such treasurer
represents.

CERTIFICATE OF TITLE — A written opinion by an attorney that ownership of the particular parcel of
land is as stated in the certificate.

CHAIN — A unit of measurement used by surveyors. A chain consists of 100 links equal to 66 feet.

CHAIN OF TITLE — A history of conveyances and encumbrances affecting the title from the time the
original patent was granted, or as far back as records are available, used to determine how title came to be
vested in current owner.

CHANGE, PRINCIPLE OF — Holds that it is the future, not the past, which is of prime importance in
estimating value. Change is largely result of cause and effect.

CHARACTERISTICS — Distinguishing features of a (residential) property.

CHATTEL MORTGAGE — A claim on personal property (instead of real property) used to secure or
guarantee a promissory note. (See definition of Security Agreement and Security Interest.)

CHATTEL REAL — An estate related to real estate, such as a lease on real property.

CHATTELS — Goods or every species of property movable or immovable which are not real property.
Personal property.

CHOSE IN ACTION — A personal right to something not presently in the owner’s possession, but
recoverable by a legal action for possession.

CIRCUIT BREAKER — (l) An electrical device which automatically interrupts an electric circuit when an
overload occurs; may be used instead of a fuse to protect each circuit and can be reset. (2) In property
taxation, a method for granting property tax relief to the elderly and disadvantaged qualified taxpayers by
rebate, tax credits or cash payments. Usually limited to homeowners and renters.

CLOSING — (l) Process by which all the parties to a real estate transaction conclude the details of a sale or
mortgage. The process includes the signing and transfer of documents and distribution of funds. (2)
Condition in description of real property by courses and distances at the boundary lines where the lines meet
to include all the tract of land.

CLOSING COSTS — The miscellaneous expenses buyers and sellers normally incur in the transfer of
ownership of real property over and above the cost of the property.

CLOSING STATEMENT — An accounting of funds made to the buyer and seller separately. Required by
law to be made at the completion of every real estate transaction.

CLOUD ON TITLE — A claim, encumbrance or condition which impairs the title to real property until
disproved or eliminated as for example through a quitclaim deed or a quiet title legal action.

CODE OF ETHICS — A set of rules and principles expressing a standard of accepted conduct for a
professional group and governing the relationship of members to each other and to the organization.

COLLATERAL — Marketable real or personal property which a borrower pledges as security for a loan. In
mortgage transactions, specific land is the collateral. (See definition of Security Interest. )

COLLATERAL SECURITY — A separate obligation attached to contract to guarantee its performance; the
transfer of property or of other contracts, or valuables, to insure the performance of a principal agreement.

COLLUSION — An agreement between two or more persons to defraud another of rights by the forms of law,
or to obtain an object forbidden by law.

COLOR OF TITLE — That which appears to be good title but which is not title in fact.

COMMERCIAL ACRE — A term applied to the remainder of an acre of newly subdivided land after the area
devoted to streets, sidewalks and curbs, etc., has been deducted from the acre.

COMMERCIAL LOAN — A personal loan from a commercial bank, usually unsecured and short term, for
other than mortgage purposes.

COMMERCIAL PAPER — Negotiable instruments such as promissory notes, letters of credit and bills of
lading. Instruments developed under the law of merchant.

COMMINGLING — The illegal mixing of personal funds with money held in trust on behalf of a client. See
CONVERSION.

COMMISSION — An agent’s compensation for performing the duties of the agency; in real estate practice, a
percentage of the selling price of property, percentage of rentals, etc. A fee for services.

COMMITMENT — A pledge or a promise or firm agreement to do something in the future, such as a loan
company giving a written commitment with specific terms of mortgage loan it will make.

COMMON AREA — An entire common interest subdivision except the separate interests therein.

COMMON INTEREST SUBDIVISION — Subdivided lands which include a separate interest in real
property combined with an interest in common with other owners. The interest in common may be through
membership in an association. Examples are condominiums and stock cooperatives.

COMMON LAW — The body of law that grew from customs and practices developed and used in England
“since the memory of man runneth not to the contrary.”

COMMON STOCK — That class of corporate stock to which there is ordinarily attached no preference with
respect to the receipt of dividends or the distribution of assets on corporate dissolution.

COMMUNITY PROPERTY — Property acquired by husband and/or wife during a marriage when not
acquired as the separate property of either spouse. Each spouse has equal rights of management, alienation
and testamentary disposition of community property.

COMPACTION — Whenever extra soil is added to a lot to fill in low places or to raise the level of the lot, the
added soil is often too loose and soft to sustain the weight of the buildings. Therefore, it is necessary to
compact the added soil so that it will carry the weight of buildings without the danger of their tilting, settling
or cracking.

COMPARABLE SALES — Sales which have similar characteristics as the subject property and are used for
analysis in the appraisal process. Commonly called “comparables”, they are recent selling prices of
properties similarly situated in a similar market.

COMPARISON APPROACH — A real estate comparison method which compares a given property with
similar or comparable surrounding properties; also called market comparison.

COMPETENT — Legally qualified.

COMPETITION, PRINCIPLE OF — Holds that profits tend to breed competition and excess profits tend to
breed ruinous completion.

COMPOUND INTEREST — Interest paid on original principal and also on the accrued and unpaid interest
which has accumulated as the debt matures.

CONCLUSION — The final estimate of value, realized from facts, data, experience and judgment, set out in
an appraisal. Appraiser’s certified conclusion.

CONDEMNATION — The act of taking private property for public use by a political subdivision upon
payment to owner of just compensation. Declaration that a structure is unfit for use.

CONDITION — In contracts, a future and uncertain event which must happen to create an obligation or which
extinguishes an existent obligation. In conveyances of real property conditions in the conveyance may cause
an interest to be vested or defeated.

CONDITION PRECEDENT — A qualification of a contract or transfer of property, providing that unless and
until a given event occurs, the full effect of a contract or transfer will not take place.

CONDITION SUBSEQUENT — A condition attached to an already-vested estate or to a contract whereby
the estate is defeated or the contract extinguished through the failure or non-performance of the condition.

CONDITIONAL COMMITMENT — A commitment of a definite loan amount for some future unknown
purchaser of satisfactory credit standing.

CONDITIONAL ESTATE — Usually called, in California, Fee Simple Defeasible. An estate that is granted
subject to a condition subsequent. The estate is terminable on happening of the condition.

CONDITIONAL SALE CONTRACT — A contract for the sale of property stating that delivery is to be
made to the buyer, title to remain vested in the seller until the conditions of the contract have been fulfilled.
(See definition of Security Interest.)

CONDOMINIUM — An estate in real property wherein there is an undivided interest in common in a portion
of real property coupled with a separate interest in space called a unit, the boundaries of which are described
on a recorded final map, parcel map or condominium plan. The areas within the boundaries may be filled
with air, earth, or water or any combination and need not be attached to land except by easements for access
and support.

CONDOMINIUM DECLARATION — The document which establishes a condominium and describes the
property rights of the unit owners.

CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT — An entry of judgment upon the debtor’s voluntary admission or
confession.

CONFIRMATION OF SALE — A court approval of the sale of property by an executor, administrator,
guardian or conservator.

CONFISCATION — The seizing of property without compensation.

CONFORMITY, PRINCIPLE OF — Holds that the maximum of value is realized when a reasonable degree
of homogeneity of improvements is present. Use conformity is desirable, creating and maintaining higher
values.

CONSERVATION — The process of utilizing resources in such a manner which minimizes their depletion.

CONSIDERATION — Anything given or promised by a party to induce another to enter into a contract, e.g.,
personal services or even love and affection. It may be a benefit conferred upon one party or a detriment
suffered by the other.

CONSTANT — The percentage which, when applied directly to the face value of a debt, develops the annual
amount of money necessary to pay a specified net rate of interest on the reducing balance and to liquidate
the debt in a specified time period. For example, a 6% loan with a 20 year amortization has a constant of
approximately 8 1/2%. Thus, a $10,000 loan amortized over 20 years requires an annual payment of
approximately $850.00.

CONSTRUCTION LOAN — A loan made to finance the actual construction or improvement on land. Funds
are usually dispersed in increments as the construction progresses.

CONSTRUCTIVE EVICTION — Breach of a covenant of warranty or quiet enjoyment, e.g., the inability of
a lessee to obtain possession because of a paramount defect in title or a condition making occupancy
hazardous.

CONSTRUCTIVE FRAUD — A breach of duty, as by a person in a fiduciary capacity, without an actual
fraudulent intent, which gains an advantage to the person at fault by misleading another to the other’s
prejudice. Any act of omission declared by law to be fraudulent, without respect to actual fraud.

CONSTRUCTIVE NOTICE — Notice of the condition of title to real property given by the official records
of a government entity which does not require actual knowledge of the information.

CONTIGUOUS — In close proximity.

CONTOUR — The surface configuration of land. Shown on maps as a line through points of equal elevation.

CONTRACT — An agreement to do or not to do a certain thing. It must have four essential elements —
parties capable of contracting, consent of the parties, a lawful object, and consideration. A contract for sale
of real property must also be in writing and signed by the party or parties to be charged with performance.

CONTRACT, BILATERAL — A contract in which each party promises to do something.

CONTRACT, EXECUTED — 1) A contract in which both parties have completely performed their
contractual obligations. 2) A signed contract.

CONTRACT, EXECUTORY — A contract in which one or both parties have not yet completed performance
of their obligations.

CONTRACT, EXPRESS — A contract that has been put into words, either spoken or written.

CONTRACT, IMPLIED — An agreement that has not been put into words, but is implied by the actions of
the parties.

CONTRACT, UNILATERAL — When one party promises to do something if the other party performs a
certain act, but the other party does not promise to perform it; the contract is formed only if the other party
does perform the requested act.

CONTRIBUTION, PRINCIPLE OF — A component part of a property is valued in proportion to its
contribution to the value of the whole. Holds that maximum values are achieved when the improvements on
a site produce the highest (net) return, commensurate with the investment.

CONVENTIONAL MORTGAGE — A mortgage securing a loan made by investors without governmental
underwriting, i.e., which is not FHA insured or VA guaranteed. The type customarily made by a bank or
savings and loan association.

CONVERSION — (1) Change from one legal form or use to another, as converting an apartment building to
condominium use. (2) The unlawful appropriation of another’s property, as in the conversion of trust funds.

CONVEYANCE — An instrument in writing used to transfer (convey) title to property from one person to
another, such as a deed or a trust deed.

COOPERATIVE (apartment) — An apartment building, owned by a corporation and in which tenancy in an
apartment unit is obtained by purchase of shares of the stock of the corporation and where the owner of such
shares is entitled to occupy a specific apartment in the building. In California, this type of ownership is
called a “stock cooperative.”

CORNER INFLUENCE TABLE — A statistical table that may be used to estimate the added value of a
corner lot.

CORPORATION — An entity established and treated by law as an individual or unit with rights and
liabilities, or both, distinct and apart from those of the persons composing it. A corporation is a creature of
law having certain powers and duties of a natural person. Being created by law it may continue for any
length of time the law prescribes.

CORPOREAL RIGHTS — Possessory rights in real property.

CORRECTION LINES — A system for compensating inaccuracies in the Government Rectangular Survey
System due to the curvature of the earth. Every fourth township line, 24 mile intervals, is used as a
correction line on which the intervals between the north and south range lines are remeasured and corrected
to a full 6 miles.

CORRELATION — A step in the appraisal process involving the interpretation of data derived from the three
approaches to value (cost, market and income) leading to a single determination of value. Also frequently
referred to as “reconciliation.”

CO-SIGNER — A second party who signs a promissory note together with the primary borrower.

COST APPROACH — One of three methods in the appraisal process. An analysis in which a value estimate
of a property is derived by estimating the replacement cost of the improvements, deducting therefrom the
estimated accrued depreciation, then adding the market value of the land.

COTENANCY — Ownership of an interest in a particular parcel of land by more than one person; e.g. tenancy
in common, joint tenancy.

COUNTER OFFER — A response to an offer to enter into a contract, changing some of the terms of the terms
of the original offer. A counter offer is a rejection of the offer (not a form of acceptance), and does not
create a binding contract unless accepted by the original offeror.

COVENANT — An agreement or promise to do or not to do a particular act such as a promise to build a house
of a particular architectural style or to use or not use property in a certain way.

CRAWL HOLE — Exterior or interior opening permitting access underneath building, as required by building
codes.

CRE — Counselor of Real Estate, Member of American Society of Real Estate Counselors.

CREDIT — A bookkeeping entry on the right side of an account, recording the reduction or elimination of an
asset or an expense, or the creation of or addition to a liability or item of equity or revenue.

CURABLE DEPRECIATION — Items of physical deterioration and functional obsolescence which are
customarily repaired or replaced by a prudent property owner.

CURRENT INDEX — With regard to an adjustable rate mortgage, the current value of a recognized index as
calculated and published nationally or regionally. The current index value changes periodically and is used
in calculating the new note rate as of each rate adjustment date.

CURTAIL SCHEDULE — A listing of the amounts by which the principal sum of an obligation is to be
reduced by partial payments and of the dates when each payment will become payable.

DAMAGES — The indemnity recoverable by a person who has sustained an injury, either in his or her person,
property, or relative rights, through the act or default of another. Loss sustained or harm done to a person or
property.

DATA PLANT — An appraiser’s file of information on real estate.

DEBENTURE — Bonds issued without security, an obligation not secured by a specific lien on property.

DEBIT — A bookkeeping entry on the left side of an account, recording the creation of or addition to an asset
or an expense, or the reduction or elimination of a liability or item of equity or revenue.

DEBT — That which is due from one person or another; obligation, liability.

DEBTOR — A person who is in debt; the one owing money to another.

DECLINING BALANCE DEPRECIATION — A method of accelerated depreciation allowed by the IRS in
certain circumstances. Double Declining Balance Depreciation is its most common form and is computed by
using double the rate used for straight line depreciation.

DECREE OF FORECLOSURE — Decree by a court ordering the sale of mortgaged property and the
payment of the debt owing to the lender out of the proceeds.

DEDICATION — The giving of land by its owner to a public use and the acceptance for such use by
authorized officials on behalf of the public.

DEED — Written instrument which when properly executed and delivered conveys title to real property from
one person (grantor) to another (grantee).

DEED IN LIEU OF FORECLOSURE — A deed to real property accepted by a lender from a defaulting
borrower to avoid the necessity of foreclosure proceedings by the lender.

DEED OF TRUST — (See Trust Deed.)

DEED RESTRICTIONS — Limitations in the deed to a property that dictate certain uses that may or may not
be made of the property.

DEFAULT — Failure to fulfill a duty or promise or to discharge an obligation; omission or failure to perform
any act.

DEFEASANCE CLAUSE — The clause in a mortgage that gives the mortgagor the right to redeem
mortgagor’s property upon the payment of mortgagor’s obligations to the mortgagee.

DEFEASIBLE FEE — Sometimes called a base fee or qualified fee; a fee simple absolute interest in land that
is capable of being defeated or terminated upon the happening of a specified event.

DEFENDANT — A person against whom legal action is initiated for the purpose of obtaining criminal
sanctions (criminal defendant) or damages or other appropriate judicial relief (civil defendant) .

DEFERRED MAINTENANCE — Existing but unfulfilled requirements for repairs and rehabilitation.
Postponed or delayed maintenance causing decline in a building’s physical condition.

DEFERRED PAYMENT OPTIONS — The privilege of deferring income payments to take advantage of
statutes affording tax benefits.

DEFICIENCY JUDGMENT — A judgment given by a court when the value of security pledged for a loan is
insufficient to pay off the debt of the defaulting borrower.

DELEGATION OF POWERS — The conferring by an agent upon another of all or certain of the powers that
have been conferred upon the agent by the principal.

DEPOSIT RECEIPT — A term used by the real estate industry to describe the written offer to purchase real
property upon stated term and conditions, accompanied by a deposit toward the purchase price, which
becomes the contract for the sale of the property upon acceptance by the owner.

DEPRECIATION — Loss of value of property brought about by age, physical deterioration or functional or
economic obsolescence. The term is also used in accounting to identify the amount of the decrease in value
of an asset that is allowed in computing the value of the property for tax purposes.

DEPTH TABLE — A statistical table that may be used to estimate the value of the added depth of a lot.

DESIST AND REFRAIN ORDER — An order directing a person to stop from committing an act in violation
of the Real Estate Law.

DETERMINABLE FEE — An estate which may end on the happening of an event that may or may not occur.

DEVISE — A gift or disposal of real property by last will and testament.

DEVISEE — One who receives a gift of real property by will.

DEVISOR — One who disposes of real property by will.

DIRECTIONAL GROWTH — The location or direction toward which the residential sections of a city are
destined or determined to grow.

DISCOUNT — To sell a promissory note before maturity at a price less than the outstanding principal balance
of the note at the time of sale. Also an amount deducted in advance by the lender from the nominal principal
of a loan as part of the cost to the borrower of obtaining the loan.

DISCOUNT POINTS — The amount of money the borrower or seller must pay the lender to get a mortgage at
a stated interest rate. This amount is equal to the difference between the principal balance on the note and the
lesser amount which a purchaser of the note would pay the original lender for it under market conditions. A
point equals one percent of the loan.

DISCRETIONARY POWERS OF AGENCY — Those powers conferred upon an agent by the principal
which empower the agent in certain circumstances to make decisions based on the agent’s own judgment.

DISINTERMEDIATION — The relatively sudden withdrawal of substantial sums of money savers have
deposited with savings and loan associations, commercial banks, and mutual savings banks. This term can
also be considered to include life insurance policy purchasers borrowing against the value of their policies.
The essence of this phenomenon is financial intermediaries losing within a short period of time billions of
dollars as owners of funds held by those institutional lenders exercise their prerogative of taking them out of
the hands of these financial institutions.

DISPOSABLE INCOME — The after-tax income a household receives to spend on personal consumption.

DISPOSSESS — To deprive one of the use of real estate.

DOCUMENTARY TRANSFER TAX — A state enabling act allows a county to adopt a documentary
transfer tax to apply on all transfers of real property located in the county. Notice of payment is entered on
face of the deed or on a separate paper filed with the deed.

DOCUMENTS — Legal instruments such as mortgages, contracts, deeds, options, wills, bills of sale, etc.

DONEE — A person who receives a gift.

DONOR — A person who makes a gift.

DOUBLE DECLINING BALANCE DEPRECIATION — (See DECLINING BALANCE DEPRECIATION.)

DRAW — Usually applies to construction loans when disbursement of a portion of the mortgage is made in
advance, as improvements to the property are made.

DUAL AGENCY — An agency relationship in which the agent acts concurrently for both of the principals in a
transaction.

DUE ON SALE CLAUSE — An acceleration clause granting the lender the right to demand full payment of
the mortgage upon a sale of the property.

DURESS — Unlawful constraint exercised upon a person whereby he or she is forced to do some act against
his or her will.

EARNEST MONEY — Down payment made by a purchaser of real estate as evidence of good faith. A
deposit or partial payment.

EASEMENT — A right, privilege or interest limited to a specific purpose which one party has in the land of
another.

ECONOMIC LIFE — The period over which a property will yield a return on the investment over and above
the economic or ground rent due to land.

ECONOMIC OBSOLESCENCE — A loss in value due to factors away from the subject property but
adversely affecting the value of the subject property.

ECONOMIC RENT — The reasonable rental expectancy if the property were available for renting at the time
of its valuation.

EFFECTIVE AGE OF IMPROVEMENT — The number of years of age that is indicated by the condition of
the structure, distinct from chronological age.

EFFECTIVE DATE OF VALUE — The specific day the conclusion of value applies.

EFFECTIVE INTEREST RATE — The percentage of interest that is actually being paid by the borrower for
the use of the money, distinct from nominal interest.

EMBLEMENTS — The crops and other annual plantings considered to be personal property of the cultivator.

EMINENT DOMAIN — The right of the government to acquire property for necessary public or quasi-public
use by condition; the owner must be fairly compensated and the right of the private citizen to get paid is
spelled out in the 5th Amendment to the United States Constitution.

ENCROACHMENT — An unlawful intrusion onto another’s adjacent property by improvements to real
property, e.g. a swimming pool built across a property line.

ENCUMBRANCE — Anything which affects or limits the fee simple title to or value of property, e.g.,
mortgages or easements.

EQUITY — The interest or value which an owner has in real estate over and above the liens against it. Branch
of remedial justice by and through which relief is afforded to suitors in courts of equity.

EQUITY BUILD-UP — The increase of owner’s equity in property due to mortgage principal reduction and
value appreciation.

EQUITY PARTICIPATION — A mortgage transaction in which the lender, in addition to receiving a fixed
rate of interest on the loan acquires an interest in the borrower’s real property, and shares in the profits
derived from the real property.

EQUITY OF REDEMPTION — The right to redeem property during the foreclosure period, such as a
mortgagor’s right to redeem within either 3 months or 1 year as may be permitted after foreclosure sale.

EROSION — The wearing away of land by the act of water, wind or glacial ice.

ESCALATION — The right reserved by the lender to increase the amount of the payments and/or interest
upon the happening of a certain event.

ESCALATOR CLAUSE — A clause in a contract providing for the upward or downward adjustment of
certain items to cover specified contingencies, usually tied to some index or event. Often used in long term
leases to provide for rent adjustments, to cover tax and maintenance increases.

ESCHEAT — The reverting of property to the State when heirs capable of inheriting are lacking.

ESCROW — The deposit of instruments and/or funds with instructions with a third neutral party to carry out
the provisions of an agreement or contract.

ESCROW AGENT — The neutral third party holding funds or something of value in trust for another or
others.

ESTATE — As applied to real estate, the term signifies the quantity of interest, share, right, equity, of which
riches or fortune may consist in real property. The degree, quantity, nature and extent of interest which a
person has in real property.

ESTATE OF INHERITANCE — An estate which may descend to heirs. All freehold estates are estates of
inheritance, except estates for life.

ESTATE FOR LIFE — A possessory, freehold estate in land held by a person only for the duration of his or
her life or the life or lives of another.

ESTATE FROM PERIOD TO PERIOD — An interest in land where there is no definite termination date but
the rental period is fixed at a certain sum per week, month, or year. Also called a periodic tenancy.

ESTATE AT SUFFERANCE — An estate arising when the tenant wrongfully holds over after the expiration
of the term. The landlord has the choice of evicting the tenant as a trespasser or accepting such tenant for a
similar term and under the conditions of the tenant’s previous holding. Also called a tenancy at sufferance.

ESTATE AT WILL — The occupation of lands and tenements by a tenant for an indefinite period, terminable
by one or both parties.

ESTATE FOR YEARS — An interest in lands by virtue of a contract for the possession of them for a definite
and limited period of time. May be for a year or less. A lease may be said to be an estate for years.

ESTIMATE — A preliminary opinion of value. Appraise, set a value.

ESTIMATED REMAINING LIFE — The period of time (years) it takes for the improvements to become
valueless.

ESTOPPEL — A legal theory under which a person is barred from asserting or denying a fact because of the
person’s previous acts or words.

ETHICS — That branch of moral science, idealism, justness, and fairness, which treats of the duties which a
member of a profession or craft owes to the public, client or partner, and to professional brethren or
members. Accepted standards of right and wrong. Moral conduct, behavior or duty.

ET UX — Abbreviation for “et uxor.” Means “and wife.”

EVICTION — Dispossession by process of law. The act of depriving a person of the possession of lands in
pursuance of the judgment of a court.

EXCEPTIONS — Matters affecting title to a particular parcel of real property which are included from
coverage of a title insurance policy.

EXCHANGE — A means of trading equities in two or more real properties, treated as a single transaction
through a single escrow.

EXCLUSION — General matters affecting title to real property excluded from coverage of a title insurance
policy.

EXCLUSIVE AGENCY LISTING — A listing agreement employing a broker as the sole agent for the seller
of real property under the terms of which the broker is entitled to a commission if the property is sold
through any other broker, but not if a sale is negotiated by the owner without the services of an agent.

EXCLUSIVE RIGHT TO SELL LISTING — A listing agreement employing a broker to act as agent for the
seller of real property under the terms of which the broker is entitled to a commission if the property is sold
during the duration of the listing through another broker or by the owner without the services of an agent.

EXECUTE — To complete, to make, to perform, to do, to follow out; to execute a deed, to make a deed,
including especially signing, sealing and delivery; to execute a contract is to perform the contract, to follow
out to the end, to complete.

EXECUTOR — A man named in a will to carry out its provisions as to the disposition of the estate of a
deceased person. (A woman is executrix.)

EXECUTORY CONTRACT — A contract in which something remains to be done by one or both of the
parties.

EXPENSES — Certain items which appear on a closing statement in connection with a real estate sale.

FACADE — The front of a building, often used to refer to a false front and as a metaphor.

FAIR MARKET VALUE. This is the amount of money that would be paid for a property offered on the open
market for a reasonable period of time with both buyer and seller knowing all the uses to which the property
could be put and with neither party being under pressure to buy or sell.

FANNIE MAE — An acronymic nickname for Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA).

FARMERS HOME ADMINISTRATION — An agency of the Department of Agriculture. Primary
responsibility is to provide financial assistance for farmers and others living in rural areas where financing is
not available on reasonable terms from private sources.

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION — (FDIC) Agency of the federal government which
insures deposits at commercial banks, savings banks and savings and loans.

FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION — An independent stock company which
creates a secondary market in conventional residential loans and in FHA and VA loans by purchasing
mortgages.

FEDERAL HOUSING ADMINISTRATION — (FHA) An agency of the federal government that insures
private mortgage loans for financing of new and existing homes and home repairs.

FEDERAL LAND BANK SYSTEM — Federal government agency making long term loans to farmers.

FEDERAL NATIONAL MORTGAGE ASSOCIATION — (FNMA) “Fannie Mae” a quasipublic agency
converted into a private corporation whose primary function is to buy and sell FHA and VA mortgages in
the secondary market.

FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM — The federal banking system of the United States under the control of
central board of governors (Federal Reserve Board) involving a central bank in each of twelve geographical
districts with broad powers in controlling credit and the amount of money in circulation.

FEE — An estate of inheritance in real property.

FEE SIMPLE — The maximum possible estate in land in which the owner holds unconditional power of
disposition; an estate freely transferable and inheritable.

FEE SIMPLE DEFEASIBLE — An estate in fee subject to the occurrence of a condition subsequent whereby
the estate may be terminated.

FEE SIMPLE ESTATE — The greatest interest that one can have in real property. An estate that is
unqualified, of indefinite duration, freely transferable and inheritable.

FEUDAL TENURE — A real property ownership system in which ownership rests with a sovereign who may
grant lesser interests in return for service or loyalty. This is in contrast to allodial tenure.

FHLMC — See FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION.

FIDELITY BOND — A security posted for the discharge of an obligation of personal services.

FIDUCIARY — A person in a position of trust and confidence, as between principal and broker; broker as
fiduciary owes certain loyalty which cannot be breached under the rules of agency.

FIDUCIARY DUTY — That duty owed by an agent to act in the highest good faith toward the principal and
not to obtain any advantage over the latter by the slightest misrepresentation, concealment, duress or
pressure.

FILTERING — The process whereby higher-priced properties become available to lower income buyers.

FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARY — Financial institutions such as commercial banks, savings and loan
associations, mutual savings banks and life insurance companies which receive relatively small sums of
money from the public and invest them in the form of large sums. A considerable portion of these funds are
loaned on real estate.

FINANCING PROCESS — The systematic 5 step procedure followed by major institutional lenders in
analyzing a proposed loan, which includes — filing of application by a borrower; lender’s analysis of
borrower and property; processing of loan documentation; closing (paying) the loan; and servicing
(collection and record keeping).

FINANCING STATEMENT — The instrument which is filed in order to give public notice of the security
interest and thereby protect the interest of the secured parties in the collateral. (See definition of Security
Interest and Secured Party.)

FIRST MORTGAGE — A legal document pledging collateral for a loan (See “mortgage”) that has first
priority over all other claims against the property except taxes and bonded indebtedness. That mortgage
superior to any other.

FIRST TRUST DEED — A legal document pledging collateral for a loan (See “trust deed”) that has first
priority over all other claims against the property except taxes and bonded indebtedness. That trust deed
superior to any other.

FISCAL CONTROLS — Federal tax revenue and expenditure policies used to control the level of economic
activity.

FISCAL YEAR — A business or accounting year as distinguished from a calendar year.

FIXITY OF LOCATION — The physical characteristic of real estate that subjects it to the influence of its
surroundings.

FIXTURES — Appurtenances attached to the land or improvements, which usually cannot be removed
without agreement as they become real property; examples — plumbing fixtures, store fixtures built into the
property, etc.

FORECLOSURE — Procedure whereby property pledged as security for a debt is sold to pay the debt in
event of default in payments or terms.

FORFEITURE — Loss of money or anything of value, due to failure to perform.

FRANCHISE — A specified privilege awarded by a government or business firm which awards an exclusive
dealership.

FRAUD — The intentional and successful employment of any cunning, deception, collusion, or artifice, used
to circumvent, cheat or deceive another person whereby that person acts upon it to the loss of property and
to legal injury. (Actual Fraud — A deliberate misrepresentation or representation made in reckless disregard
of its truth or its falsity, the suppression of truth, a promise made without the intention to perform it, or any
other act intended to deceive.)

FRAUDS, STATUTE OF — (See Statute of Frauds.)

“FREDDIE MAC” — (See FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION.)

FREEHOLD ESTATE — An estate of indeterminable duration, e.g., fee simple or life estate.

FRONTAGE — A term used to describe or identify that part of a parcel of land or an improvement on the land
which faces a street. The term is also used to refer to the lineal extent of the land or improvement that is
parallel to and facing the street, e.g., a 75-foot frontage.

FRONT FOOT — Property measurement for sale or valuation purposes; the property measured by the front
linear foot on its street line—each front foot extending the depth of the lot.

FRONT MONEY — The minimum amount of money necessary to initiate a real estate venture, to get the
transaction underway.

FROSTLINE — The depth of frost penetration in the soil. Varies in different parts of the country. Footings
should be placed below this depth to prevent movement.

FULLY INDEXED NOTE RATE — As related to adjustable rate mortgages, the index value at the time of
application plus the gross margin stated in the note.

FUNCTIONAL OBSOLESCENCE — A loss of value due to adverse factors from within the structure which
affect the utility of the structure, value and marketability.

FUTURE BENEFITS — The anticipated benefits the present owner will receive from the property in the
future.

GABLE ROOF — A pitched roof with sloping sides.

GAIN — A profit, benefit, or value increase.

GAMBREL ROOF — A curb roof, having a steep lower slope with a flatter upper slope above.

GENERAL LIEN — A lien on all the property of a debtor.

GIFT DEED — A deed for which there is no consideration.

GOODWILL — An intangible but salable asset of a business derived from the expectation of continued public
patronage.

GOVERNMENT NATIONAL MORTGAGE ASSOCIATION — An agency of HUD, which functions in
the secondary mortgage market, primarily in social housing programs. Commonly called by the acronymic
nickname “Ginnie Mae” (GNMA).

GOVERNMENT SURVEY — A method of specifying the location of parcel of land using prime meridians,
base lines, standard parallels, guide meridians, townships and sections.

GRADE — Ground level at the foundation.

GRADUATED LEASE — Lease which provides for a varying rental rate, often based upon future
determination; sometimes rent is based upon result of periodical appraisals; used largely in long-term leases.

GRADUATED PAYMENT MORTGAGE — Providing for partially deferred payments of principal at start
of loan. (There are a variety of plans.) Usually after the first five years of the loan term the principal and
interest payment are substantially higher, to make up principal portion of payments lost at the beginning of
the loan. (See Variable Interest Rate.)

GRANT — A technical legal term in a deed of conveyance bestowing an interest in real property on another.
The words “convey” and “transfer” have the same effect.

GRANT DEED — A limited warranty deed using the word “grant” or like words that assures a grantee that the
grantor has not already conveyed the land to another and that the estate is free from encumbrances placed by
the grantor.

GRANTEE — A person to whom a grant is made.

GRANTOR — A person who transfers his or her interest in property to another by grant.

GRATUITOUS AGENT — A person not paid by the principal for services on behalf of the principal, who
cannot be forced to act as an agent, but who becomes bound to act in good faith and obey a principal’s
instructions once he or she undertakes to act as an agent.

GRID — A chart used in rating the borrower risk, property and the neighborhood.

GROSS INCOME — Total income from property before any expenses are deducted.

GROSS MARGIN — With regard to an adjustable rate mortgage, an amount expressed as percentage points,
stated in the note which is added to the current index value on the rate adjustment date to establish the new
note rate.

GROSS NATIONAL PRODUCT (GNP) — The total value of all goods and services produced in an
economy during a given period of time.

GROSS RATE — A method of collecting interest by adding total interest to the principal of the loan at the
outset of the term.

GROSS RENT MULTIPLIER — A number which, times the gross income of a property, produces an
estimate of value of the property. Example — The gross income from an unfurnished apartment building is
$200,000 per annum. If an appraiser uses a gross multiplier of 7%, then it is said that based on the gross
multiplier the value of the building is $1,400,000.

GROUND LEASE — An agreement for the use of the land only, sometimes secured by improvements placed
on the land by the user.

GROUND RENT — Earnings of improved property credited to earnings of the ground itself after allowance is
made for earnings of improvements; often termed economic rent.

HABENDUM CLAUSE — The “to have and to hold” clause which may be found in a deed.

HEIR — One who inherits property at the death of the owner of the land, if the owner has died without a will.

HIGHEST AND BEST USE — An appraisal phrase meaning that use which at the time of an appraisal is
most likely to produce the greatest net return to the land and/or buildings over a given period of time; that
use which will produce the greatest amount of amenities or profit. This is the starting point for appraisal.

HIP ROOF — A pitched roof with sloping sides and ends.

HOLDER IN DUE COURSE — One who has taken a note, check or bill of exchange in due course:

1. before it was overdue;

2. in good faith and for value; and

3. without knowledge that it has been previously dishonored and without notice of any defect at the time it
was negotiated to him or her.

HOLDOVER TENANT — Tenant who remains in possession of leased property after the expiration of the
lease term.

HOMESTEAD — (exemption) — A statutory protection of real property used as a home from the claims of
certain creditors and judgments up to a specified amount.

HOUSING FINANCIAL DISCRIMINATION ACT OF 1977 (Holden Act) — California Health and Safety
Code Section 35800, et seq., designed primarily to eliminate discrimination in lending practices based upon
the character of the neighborhood in which real property is located. (See Redlining.)

HUD — The Department of Housing and Urban Development which is responsible for the implementation and
administration of U.S. government housing and urban development programs.

HUNDRED PERCENT LOCATION — A city retail business location which is considered the best available
for attracting business.

HYPOTHECATE — To pledge a thing as security without the necessity of giving up possession of it.

IMPERATIVE NECESSITY — Circumstances under which an agent has expanded authority in an
emergency, including the power to disobey instructions where it is clearly in the interests of the principal
and where there is no time to obtain instructions from the principal.

IMPOUNDS — A trust type account established by lenders for the accumulation of borrowers funds to meet
periodic payment of taxes, FHA mortgage insurance premiums, and/or future insurance policy premiums,
required to protect their security. Impounds are usually collected with the note payment. The combined
principal, interest, taxes and insurance payment is commonly termed a PITI payment.

INCOME (CAPITALIZATION) APPROACH — One of the three methods of the appraisal process
generally applied to income producing property, and involves a three-step process— (1) find net annual
income, (2) set an appropriate capitalization rate or “present worth” factor, and (3) capitalize the income
dividing the net income by the capitalization rate.

INCOMPETENT — One who is mentally incompetent, incapable; any person who, though not insane, is, by
reason of old age, disease, weakness of mind, or any other cause, unable, unassisted, to properly manage and
take care of self or property and by reason thereof would be likely to be deceived or imposed upon by artful
or designing persons.

INCORPOREAL RIGHTS — Nonpossessory rights in real estate, a rising out of ownership, such as rents.

INCREMENT — An increase. Most frequently used to refer to the increase of value of land that accompanies
population growth and increasing wealth in the community. The term “unearned increment” is used in this
connection since values are supposed to have increased without effort on the part of the owner.

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT — An agreement by the maker of the document to repay the addressee of the
agreement up to the limit stated for any loss due to the contingency stated on the agreement.

INDENTURE — A formal written instrument made between two or more persons in different interests, such
as a lease.

INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR — A person who acts for another but who sells final results and whose
methods of achieving those results are not subject to the control of another.

INDORSEMENT — The act of signing one’s name on the back of a check or note, with or without further
qualification.

INITIAL NOTE RATE — With regard to an adjustable rate mortgage, the note rate upon origination. This
rate may differ from the fully indexed note rate.

INITIAL RATE DISCOUNT — As applies to an adjustable rate mortgage, the index value at the time of loan
application plus the margin less the initial note rate.

INJUNCTION — A writ or order issued under the seal of a court to restrain one or more parties to a suit or
proceeding from doing an act which is deemed to be inequitable or unjust in regard to the rights of some
other party or parties in the suit or proceeding.

INSTALLMENT NOTE — A note which provides for a series of periodic payments of principal and interest,
until amount borrowed is paid in full. This periodic reduction of principal amortizes the loan.

INSTALLMENT REPORTING — A method of reporting capital gains by installments for successive tax
years to minimize the impact of the totality of the capital gains tax in the year of the sale.

INSTALLMENT SALES CONTRACT — Commonly called contract of sale or “land contract.” Purchase of
real estate wherein the purchase price is paid in installments over a long period of time, title is retained by
seller, and upon default by buyer (vendee) the payments may be forfeited.

INSTITUTIONAL LENDERS — A financial intermediary or depository, such as a savings and loan
association, commercial bank, or life insurance company, which pools money of its depositors and then
invests funds in various ways, including trust deed and mortgage loans.

INSTRUMENT — A written legal document; created to effect the rights of the parties, giving formal
expression to a legal act or agreement for the purpose of creating, modifying or terminating a right. Real
estate lenders’ basic instruments are — promissory notes, deeds of trust, mortgages, installment sales
contracts, leases, assignments.

INTEREST — A portion, share or right in something. Partial, not complete ownership. The charge in dollars
for the use of money for a period of time. In a sense, the “rent” paid for the use of money.

INTEREST EXTRA LOAN — A loan in which a fixed amount of principal is repaid in installments along
with interest accrued each period on the amount of the then outstanding principal only.

INTEREST ONLY LOAN — A straight, non-amortizing loan in which the lender receives only interest
during the term of the loan and principal is repaid in a lump sum at maturity.

INTEREST RATE — The percentage of a sum of money charged for its use. Rent or charge paid for use of
money, expressed as a percentage per month or year of the sum borrowed.

INTERIM LOAN — A short-term, temporary loan used until permanent financing is available, e.g., a
construction loan.

INTERMEDIATION — The process of pooling and supplying funds for investment by financial institutions
called intermediaries. The process is dependent on individual savers placing their funds with these
institutions and foregoing opportunities to directly invest in the investments selected.

INTERPLEADER — A court proceeding initiated by the stakeholder of property who claims no proprietary
interest in it for the purpose of deciding who among claimants is legally entitled to the property.

INTERVAL OWNERSHIP — A form of timeshare ownership. (See Timeshare Ownership.)

INTESTATE — A person who dies having made no will, or one which is defective in form, is said to have
died intestate, in which case the estate descends to the heirs at law or next of kin.

INVOLUNTARY LIEN — A lien imposed against property without consent of an owner; example — taxes,
special assessments, federal income tax liens, etc.

IRREVOCABLE — Incapable of being recalled or revoked, unchangeable.

IRRIGATION DISTRICTS — Quasi-political districts created under special laws to provide for water
services to property owners in the district; an operation governed to a great extent by law.

JOINT NOTE — A note signed by two or more persons who have equal liability for payment.

JOINT TENANCY — Undivided ownership of a property interest by two or more persons each of whom has
a right to an equal share in the interest and a right of survivorship, i.e., the right to share equally with other
surviving joint tenants in the interest of a deceased joint tenant.

JOINT VENTURE — Two or more individuals or firms joining together on a single project as partners.

JUDGMENT — The final determination of a court of competent jurisdiction of a matter presented to it; money
judgments provide for the payment of claims presented to the court, or are awarded as damages, etc.

JUDGMENT LIEN — A legal claim on all of the property of a judgment debtor which enables the judgment
creditor to have the property sold for payment of the amount of the judgment.

JUNIOR MORTGAGE — A mortgage recorded subsequently to another mortgage on the same property or
made subordinate by agreement to a later-recorded mortgage.

JURISDICTION — The authority by which judicial officers take cognizance of and decide causes; the power
to hear and determine a cause; the right and power which a judicial officer has to enter upon the inquiry.

LACHES — Delay or negligence in asserting one’s legal rights.

LAND — The material of the earth, whatever may be the ingredients of which it is composed, whether soil,
rock, or other substance, and includes free or unoccupied space for an indefinite distance upwards as well as
downwards.

LAND CONTRACT — A contract used in a sale of real property whereby the seller retains title to the
property until all or a prescribed part of the purchase price has been paid. Also commonly called a
conditional sales contract, installment sales contract or real property sales contract. (See REAL PROPERTY
SALES CONTRACT for statutory definition.)

LAND AND IMPROVEMENT LOAN — A loan obtained by the builder-developer for the purchase of land
and to cover expenses for subdividing.

LANDLORD — One who rents his or her property to another. The lessor under a lease.

LATE CHARGE — A charge assessed by a lender against a borrower failing to make loan installment
payments when due.

LATER DATE ORDER — The commitment for an owner’s title insurance policy issued by a title insurance
company which covers the seller’s title as of the date of the contract. When the sale closes the purchaser
orders the title company to record the deed to purchaser and bring down their examination to cover this later
date so as to show purchaser as owner of the property.

LATERAL SUPPORT — The support which the soil of an adjoining owner gives to a neighbor’s land.

LEASE — A contract between owner and tenant, setting forth conditions upon which tenant may occupy and
use the property and the term of the occupancy. Sometimes used as an alternative to purchasing property
outright, as a method of financing right to occupy and use real property.

LEASEHOLD ESTATE — A tenant’s right to occupy real estate during the term of the lease. This is a
personal property interest.

LEGAL DESCRIPTION — A land description recognized by law; a description by which property can be
definitely located by reference to government surveys or approved recorded maps.

LESSEE — One who contracts to rent, occupy, and use property under a lease agreement; a tenant.

LESSOR — An owner who enters into a lease agreement with a tenant; a landlord.

LEVEL-PAYMENT MORTGAGE — A loan on real estate that is paid off by making a series of equal (or
nearly equal) regular payments. Part of the payment is usually interest on the loan and part of it reduces the
amount of the unpaid principal balance of the loan. Also sometimes called an “amortized mortgage” or
“installment mortgage.”

LEVERAGE — The use of debt financing of an investment to maximize the return per dollar of equity
invested.

LEVY — To impose a tax.

LIEN — A form of encumbrance which usually makes specific property security for the payment of a debt or
discharge of an obligation. Example — judgments, taxes, mortgages, deeds of trust, etc.

LIFE ESTATE — An estate or interest in real property, which is held for the duration of the life of some
certain person. It may be limited by the life of the person holding it or by the life of some other person.

LIFE OF LOAN CAP (CAP RATE) — With regard to an adjustable rate mortgage, a ceiling the note rate
cannot exceed over the life of the loan.

LIMITATIONS, STATUTE OF — The commonly used identifying term for various statutes which require
that a legal action be commenced within a prescribed time after the accrual of the right to seek legal relief.

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP — A partnership consisting of a general partner or partners and limited partners
in which the general partners manage and control the business affairs of the partnership while limited
partners are essentially investors taking no part in the management of the partnership and having no liability
for the debts of the partnership in excess of their invested capital.

LINTEL — A horizontal board that supports the load over an opening such as a door or window.

LIQUIDATED DAMAGES — A sum agreed upon by the parties to be full damages if a certain event occurs.

LIQUIDATED DAMAGES CLAUSE — A clause in a contract by which the parties by agreement fix the
damages in advance for a breach of the contract.

LIQUIDITY — Holdings in or the ability to convert assets to cash or its equivalent. The ease with which a
person is able to pay maturing obligations.

LIS PENDENS — A notice filed or recorded for the purpose of warning all persons that the title or right to the
possession of certain real property is in litigation; literally “suit pending;” usually recorded so as to give
constructive notice of pending litigation.

LISTING — An employment contract between principal and agent authorizing the agent to perform services
for the principal involving the latter’s property; listing contracts are entered into for the purpose of securing
persons to buy, lease, or rent property. Employment of an agent by a prospective purchaser or lessee to
locate property for purchase or lease may be considered a listing.

LIVERY OF SEISIN (SEIZIN) — The appropriate ceremony at common law for transferring the possession
of lands by a grantor to a grantee.

LOAN ADMINISTRATION — Also called loan servicing Mortgage bankers not only originate loans, but
also “service” them from origination to maturity of the loan through handling of loan payments,
delinquencies, impounds, payoffs and releases.

LOAN APPLICATION — The loan application is a source of information on which the lender bases a
decision to make the loan; defines the terms of the loan contract, gives the name of the borrower, place of
employment, salary, bank accounts, and credit references, and describes the real estate that is to be
mortgaged. It also stipulates the amount of loan being applied for and repayment terms.

LOAN CLOSING — When all conditions have been met, the loan officer authorizes the recording of the trust
deed or mortgage. The disbursal procedure of funds is similar to the closing of a real estate sales escrow.
The borrower can expect to receive less than the amount of the loan, as title, recording, service, and other
fees may be withheld, or can expect to deposit the cost of these items into the loan escrow. This process is
sometimes called “funding” the loan.

LOAN COMMITMENT — Lender’s contractual commitment to make a loan based on the appraisal and
underwriting.

LOAN-TO-VALUE RATI0 — The percentage of a property’s value that a lender can or may loan to a
borrower. For example, if the ratio is 80% this means that a lender may loan 80% of the property’s appraised
value to a borrower.

MAI — Member of the Appraisal Institute. Designates a person who is a member of the American Institute of
Real Estate Appraisers.

MARGIN OF SECURITY — The difference between the amount of the mortgage loan (s) and the appraised
value of the property.

MARGINAL LAND — Land which barely pays the cost of working or using.

MARKET DATA APPROACH — One of the three methods in the appraisal process. A means of comparing
similar type properties, which have recently sold, to the subject property. Commonly used in comparing
residential properties.

MARKET PRICE — The price paid regardless of pressures, motives or intelligence.

MARKET VALUE — The highest price in terms of money which a property will bring in a competitive and
open market and under all conditions required for a fair sale, i.e., the buyer and seller acting prudently,
knowledgeably and neither affected by undue pressures.

MARKETABLE TITLE — Title which a reasonable purchaser, informed as to the facts and their legal
importance and acting with reasonable care, would be willing and ought to accept.

MATERIAL FACT — A fact is material if it is one which the agent should realize would be likely to affect
the judgment of the principal in giving his or her consent to the agent to enter into the particular transaction
on the specified terms.

MATURITY DATE — The date by which a loan is to be paid in full.

MECHANIC’S LIEN — A lien created by statute which exists against real property in favor of persons who
have performed work or furnished materials for the improvement of the real property.

MEDIATION CLAUSE — A clause in a contract requiring mediation in the event of a dispute.

MERIDIANS — Imaginary north-south lines which intersect base lines to form a starting point for the
measurement of land.

MESNE PROFITS — Profit from land use accruing between two periods as for example moneys owed to the
owner of land by a person who has illegally occupied the land after the owner takes title, but before taking
possession.

METES AND BOUNDS — A term used in describing the boundary lines of land, setting forth all the
boundary lines together with their terminal points and angles. Metes (length or measurements) and Bounds
(boundaries) description is often used when a great deal of accuracy is required.

MILE — 5,280 feet.

MINOR — A person under 18 years of age.

MISPLACED IMPROVEMENTS — Improvements on land which do not conform to the most profitable use
of the site.

MISREPRESENTATION — A false or misleading statement or assertion.

MOBILEHOME — As defined in Business and Professions Code Section 10131.6(c), “mobilehome” means a
structure transportable in one or more sections, designed and equipped to contain not more than two
dwelling units to be used with or without a foundation system. “Mobilehome” does not include a
recreational vehicle, as defined in Section 18010.5 of the Health and Safety Code, a commercial coach, as
defined in Section 18012 of the Health and Safety Code, or factory-built housing, as defined in Section
19971 of the Health and Safety Code.

MODULAR — A system for the construction of dwellings and other improvements to real property through
the on-site assembly of component parts (modules) that have been mass produced away from the building
site.

MOLDINGS — Usually patterned strips used to provide ornamental variation of outline or contour, such as
cornices, bases, window and door jambs.

MONETARY CONTROLS — Federal Reserve tools for regulating the availability of money and credit to
influence the level of economic activity, such as adjusting discount rates, reserve requirements, etc.

MONUMENT — A fixed object and point established by surveyors to establish land locations.

MORATORIUM — The temporary suspension, usually by statute, of the enforcement of liability of debt.
Temporary suspension of development or utilities connections imposed by local government.

MORTGAGE — An instrument recognized by law by which property is hypothecated to secure the payment
of a debt or obligation; a procedure for foreclosure in event of default is established by statute.

MORTGAGE BANKER — A person whose principal business is the originating, financing, closing, selling
and servicing of loans secured by real property for institutional lenders on a contractual basis.

MORTGAGE CONTRACTS WITH WARRANTS — Warrants make the mortgage more attractive to the
lender by providing both the greater security that goes with a mortgage, and the opportunity of a greater
return through the right to buy either stock in the borrower’s company or a portion of the income property
itself.

MORTGAGE GUARANTY INSURANCE — Insurance against financial loss available to mortgage lenders
from private mortgage insurance companies (PMICs).

MORTGAGE INVESTMENT COMPANY — A company or group of private investors that buys mortgages
for investment purposes.

MORTGAGE LOAN DISCLOSURE STATEMENT — The statement on a form approved by the Real
Estate Commissioner which is required by law to be furnished by a mortgage loan broker to the prospective
borrower of loans of a statutorily-prescribed amount before the borrower becomes obligated to complete the
loan.

MORTGAGEE — One to whom a mortgagor gives a mortgage to secure a loan or performance of an
obligation; a lender or creditor. (See definition of secured party.)

MORTGAGOR — One who gives a mortgage on his or her property to secure a loan or assure performance of
an obligation; a borrower.

MULTIPLE LISTING — A listing, usually an exclusive right to sell, taken by a member of an organization
composed of real estate brokers, with the provisions that all members will have the opportunity to find an
interested buyer; a cooperative listing insuring owner property will receive a wider market exposure.

MULTIPLE LISTING SERVICE — An association of real estate agents providing for a pooling of listings
and the sharing of commissions on a specified basis.

MUTUAL SAVINGS BANKS — Financial institutions owned by depositors each of whom has rights to net
earnings of the bank in proportion to his or her deposits.

MUTUAL WATER COMPANY — A water company organized by or for water users in a given district with
the object of securing an ample water supply at a reasonable rate; stock is issued to users.

NARRATIVE APPRAISAL — A summary of all factual materials, techniques and appraisal methods used by
the appraiser in setting forth his or her value conclusion.

NEGATIVE AMORTIZATION — Occurs when monthly installment payments are insufficient to pay the
interest accruing on the principal balance, so that the unpaid interest must be added to the principal due.

NEGOTIABLE — Capable of being negotiated, assignable or transferable in the ordinary course of business.

NET INCOME — The money remaining after expenses are deducted from income; the profit.

NET LEASE — A lease requiring a lessee to pay charges against the property such as taxes, insurance and
maintenance costs in addition to rental payments.

NET LISTING — A listing which provides that the agent may retain as compensation for agent’s services all
sums received over and above a net price to the owner.

NOMINAL INTEREST RATES — The percentage of interest that is stated in loan documents.

NONCONFORMING USE — A property use that doesn’t’ conform to current zoning requirements, but is
allowed because the property was being used in that way before the present zoning ordinance was enacted.

NOTARY PUBLIC — An appointed officer with authority to take the acknowledgment of persons executing
documents, sign the certificate, and affix official seal.

NOTE — A signed written instrument acknowledging a debt and promising payment, according to the
specified terms and conditions. A promissory note.

NOTE RATE — This rate determines the amount of interest charged on an annual basis to the borrower. Also
called the “accrual rate”, “contract rate” or “coupon rate.”

NOTICE — (l) Actual Notice - Express or implied knowledge of a fact. (2) Constructive notice - A fact,
imputed to a person by law, which should have been discovered because of the person’s actual notice of
circumstances and the inquiry that a prudent person would have been expected to make. (3) Legal Notice—
Information required to be given by law.

NOTICE OF NONRESPONSIBILITY — A notice provided by law designed to relieve property owner from
responsibility for the cost of unauthorized work done on the property or materials furnished therefor; notice
must be verified, recorded and posted.

NOTICE TO QUIT — A notice to a tenant to vacate rented property.

NOVATION — The substitution or exchange of a new obligation or contract for an old one by the mutual
agreement of the parties.

NULL AND VOID — Of no legal validity or effect.

OBSOLESCENCE — Loss in value due to reduced desirability and usefulness of a structure because its
design and construction become obsolete; loss because of becoming old-fashioned and not in keeping with
modern needs, with consequent loss of income. May be functional or economic.

OFFER TO PURCHASE — The proposal made to an owner of property by a potential buyer to purchase the
property under stated terms.

OFFSET STATEMENT — Statement by owner of property or owner of lien against property setting forth the
present status of liens against said property.

OPEN-END MORTGAGE — A mortgage containing a clause which permits the mortgagor to borrow
additional money after the loan has been reduced without rewriting the mortgage.

OPEN HOUSING LAW — Congress passed a law in April 1968 which prohibits discrimination in the sale of
real estate because of race, color, or religion of buyers.

OPEN LISTING — An authorization given by a property owner to a real estate agent wherein said agent is
given the nonexclusive right to secure a purchaser; open listings may be given to any number of agents
without liability to compensate any except the one who first secures a buyer ready, willing and able to meet
the terms of the listing, or secures the acceptance by the seller of a satisfactory offer.

OPINION OF TITLE — An attorney’s written evaluation of the condition of the title to a parcel of land after
examination of the abstract of title.

OPTION — A right given for a consideration to purchase or lease a property upon specified terms within a
specified time, without obligating the party who receives the right to exercise the right.

ORAL CONTRACT — A verbal agreement; one which is not reduced to writing.

ORIENTATION — Placing a structure on its lot with regard to its exposure to the rays of the sun, prevailing
winds, privacy from the street and protection from outside noises.

OSTENSIBLE AUTHORITY — That authority which a third person reasonably believes an agent possesses
because of the acts or omissions of the principal.

OVERIMPROVEMENT — An improvement which is not the highest and best use for the site on which it is
placed by reason of excess size or cost.

OWNERSHIP — The right of one or more persons to possess and use property to the exclusion of all others.
A collection of rights to the use and enjoyment of property.

PACKAGE MORTGAGE — A type of mortgage used in home financing covering real property,
improvements, and movable equipment/appliances.

PARAMOUNT TITLE — Title which is superior or foremost to all others.

PARTICIPATION — Sharing of an interest in a property by a lender. In addition to base interest on mortgage
loans on income properties, a percentage of gross income is required, sometimes predicated on certain
conditions being fulfilled, such as a minimum occupancy or percentage of net income after expenses, debt
service and taxes. Also called equity participation or revenue sharing.

PARTIES (PARTY) — Those entities taking part in a transaction as a principal, e.g., seller, buyer, or lender in
a real estate transaction.

PARTITION — A division of real or personal property or the proceeds therefrom among co-owners.

PARTITION ACTION — Court proceedings by which co-owners seek to sever their joint ownership.

PARTNERSHIP — A decision of the California Supreme Court has defined a partnership in the following
terms — “A partnership as between partners themselves may be defined to be a contract of two or more
persons to unite their property, labor or skill, or some of them, in prosecution of some joint or lawful
business, and to share the profits in certain proportions.” A voluntary association of two or more persons to
carry on a business or venture on terms of mutual participation in profits and losses.

PARTY WALL — A wall erected on the line between two adjoining properties, which are under different
ownership, for the use of both properties.

PAR VALUE — Market value, nominal value.

PATENT — Conveyance of title to government land.

PAYMENT ADJUSTMENT DATE — With regard to an adjustable rate mortgage, the date the borrower’s
monthly principal and interest payment may change.

PAYMENT CAP — With regard to an adjustable rate mortgage, this limits the amount of increase in the
borrower’s monthly principal and interest at the payment adjustment date, if the principal and interest
increase called for by the interest rate increase exceeds the payment cap percentage. This limitation is often
at the borrower’s option and may result in negative amortization.

PAYMENT RATE — With respect to an adjustable rate mortgage, the rate at which the borrower repays the
loan—reflects buydowns or payment caps.

PENALTY — An extra payment or charge required of the borrower for deviating from the terms of the
original loan agreement. Usually levied for being late in making regular payment or for paying off the loan
before it is due, known as “late charges” and “prepayment penalties.”

PERCENTAGE LEASE — Lease on the property, the rental for which is determined by amount of business
done by the lessee; usually a percentage of gross receipts from the business with provision for a minimum
rental.

PERIMETER HEATING — Baseboard heating, or any system in which the heat registers are located along
the outside walls of a room, especially under the windows.

PERIODIC INTEREST RATE CAP — With respect to an adjustable rate mortgage, limits the increase or
decrease in the note rate at each rate adjustment, thereby limiting the borrower’s payment increase or
decrease at the time of adjustment.

PERSONAL PROPERTY — Any property which is not real property.

PHYSICAL DETERIORATION — Impairment of condition. Loss in value brought about by wear and tear,
disintegration, use and actions of the elements; termed curable and incurable.

PLAINTIFF — In a court action, the one who sues; the complainant.

PLANNED DEVELOPMENT — A subdivision consisting of separately owned parcels of land together with
membership in an association which owns common area. Sometimes the owners of separate interests also
have an undivided interest in the common area.

PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT — (PUD) A term sometimes used to describe a planned development. A
planning and zoning term describing land not subject to conventional zoning to permit clustering of
residences or other characteristics of the project which differ from normal zoning.

PLANNING COMMISSION — An agency of local government charged with planning the development,
redevelopment or preservation of an area.

PLAT (of survey) — A map of land made by a surveyor showing the boundaries, buildings, and other
improvements.

PLEDGE — The depositing of personal property by a debtor with a creditor as security for a debt or
engagement.

PLEDGEE — One who is given a pledge or a security. (See definition of Secured Party.)

PLEDGOR — One who offers a pledge or gives security. (See definition of debtor.)

PLOTTAGE — A term used in appraising to designate the increased value of two or more contiguous lots
when they are joined under single ownership and available for use as a larger single lot. Also called
assemblage.

PLOTTAGE INCREMENT — The appreciation in unit value created by joining smaller ownerships into one
large single ownership.

POINTS — See Discount Points.

POLICE POWER — The right of the State to enact laws and enforce them for the order, safety, health, morals
and general welfare of the public.

POWER OF ATTORNEY — A written instrument whereby a principal gives authority to an agent. The agent
acting under such a grant is sometimes called an attorney in fact.

POWER OF SALE — The power of a mortgagee or trustee when the instrument so provides to sell the
secured property without judicial proceedings if a borrower defaults in payment of the promissory note or
otherwise breaches the terms of the mortgage or deed of trust.

PREFABRICATED HOUSE — A house manufactured and sometimes partly assembled before delivery to
building site.

PREFERRED STOCK — A class of corporate stock entitled to preferential treatment such as priority in
distribution of dividends.

PREPAID ITEMS OF EXPENSE — Prorations of prepaid items of expense which are credited to the seller
in the closing escrow statement.

PREPAYMENT — Provision made for loan payments to be larger than those specified in the note.

PREPAYMENT PENALTY — The charge payable to a lender by a borrower under the terms of the loan
agreement if the borrower pays off the outstanding principal balance of the loan prior to its maturity.

PRESCRIPTION — The means of acquiring incorporeal interests in land, usually an easement, by
immemorial or long continued use. The time is ordinarily the term of the statute of limitations.

PRESUMPTION — An assumption of fact that the law requires to be made from another fact or group of facts
found or otherwise established in the section.

PRIMA FACIE — Latin meaning first sight, a fact presumed to be true until disproved.

PRINCIPAL — This term is used to mean the employer of an agent; or the amount of money borrowed, or the
amount of the loan. Also, one of the main parties in a real estate transaction, such as a buyer, borrower,
seller, lessor.

PRINCIPAL NOTE — The promissory note which is secured by the mortgage or trust deed.

PRIOR LIEN — A lien which is senior or superior to others.

PRIORITY OF LIEN — The order in which liens are given legal precedence or preference.

PRIVATE MORTGAGE INSURANCE — Mortgage guaranty insurance available to conventional lenders
on the first, high risk portion of a loan (PMI).

PRIVITY — Mutual relationship to the same rights of property, contractual relationship.

PRIVITY OF CONTRACT — The relationship which exists between the persons who are parties to a
contract.

PROCURING CAUSE — That cause originating from a series of events that, without break in continuity,
results in the prime object of an agent’s employment producing a final buyer; the real estate agent who first
procures a ready, willing, and able buyer for the agreed upon price and terms and is entitled to the
commission.

PROGRESS PAYMENTS — Scheduled, periodic, and partial payment of construction loan funds to a builder
as each construction stage is completed.

PROGRESSION, PRINCIPLE OF — The worth of a lesser valued residence tends to be enhanced by
association with higher valued residences in the same area.

PROMISSORY NOTE — Following a loan commitment from the lender, the borrower signs a note,
promising to repay the loan under stipulated terms. The promissory note establishes personal liability for its
payment. The evidence of the debt.

PROPERTY — Everything capable of being owned and acquired lawfully. The rights of ownership. The right
to use, possess, enjoy, and dispose of a thing in every legal way and to exclude everyone else from
interfering with these rights. Property is classified into two groups, personal property and real property.

PROPERTY MANAGEMENT — A branch of the real estate business involving the marketing, operation,
maintenance and day-to-day financing of rental properties.

PRO RATA — In proportion; according to a certain percentage or proportion of a whole.

PRORATION — Adjustments of interest, taxes, and insurance, etc., on a pro rata basis as of the closing or
agreed upon date. Fire insurance is normally paid for three years in advance. If a property is sold during this
time, the seller wants a refund on that portion of the advance payment that has not been used at the time the
title to the property is transferred. For example, if the property is sold two years later, seller will want to
receive 1/3 of the advance premium that was paid. Usually done in escrow by escrow holder at time of
closing the transaction.

PRORATION OF TAXES — To divide or prorate the taxes equally or proportionately to time of use, usually
between seller and buyer.

PROXIMATE CAUSE — That cause of an event which, in a natural and continuous sequence unbroken by
any new cause, produced that event, and without which the event would not have happened. Also, the
procuring cause.

PUBLIC RECORDS — Records which by law impart constructive notice of matters relating to land.

PUBLIC TRUSTEE — The county public official whose office has been created by statute to whom title to
real property in certain states, e.g., Colorado, is conveyed by Trust Deed for the use and benefit of the
beneficiary, who usually is the lender.

PURCHASE AND INSTALLMENT SALEBACK — Involves purchase of the property upon completion of
construction and immediate saleback on a long-term installment contract.

PURCHASE OF LAND, LEASEBACK AND LEASEHOLD MORTGAGES — An arrangement whereby
land is purchased by the lender and leased back to the developer with a mortgage negotiated on the resulting
leasehold of the income property constructed. The lender receives an annual ground rent, plus a percentage
of income from the property.

PURCHASE AND LEASEBACK — Involves the purchase of property by buyer and immediate leaseback to
seller.

PURCHASE MONEY MORTGAGE OR TRUST DEED — A trust deed or mortgage given as part or all of
the purchase consideration for real property. In some states the purchase money mortgage or trust deed loan
can be made by a seller who extends credit to the buyer of property or by a third party lender (typically a
financial institution) that makes a loan to the buyer of real property for a portion of the purchase price to be
paid for the property. In many states there are legal limitations upon mortgagees and trust deed beneficiaries
collecting deficiency judgments against the purchase money borrower after the collateral hypothecated under
such security instruments has been sold through the foreclosure process. Generally no deficiency judgment
is allowed if the collateral property under the mortgage or trust deed is residential property of four units or
less with the debtor occupying the property as a place of residence.

QUANTITY SURVEY — A highly technical process in arriving at cost estimate of new construction and
sometimes referred to in the building trade as the “price take-off” method. It involves a detailed estimate of
the quantities of raw material (lumber, plaster, brick, cement, etc.,) used as well as the current price of the
material and installation costs. These factors are all added together to arrive at the cost of a structure. It is
usually used by contractors and experienced estimators.

QUARTER ROUND — A molding that presents a profile of a quarter circle.

QUIET ENJOYMENT — Right of an owner or tenant to the use of the property without interference of
possession.

QUIET TITLE — A court action brought to establish title; to remove a cloud on the title.

QUITCLAIM DEED — A deed to relinquish any interest in property which the grantor may have, without
any warranty of title or interest.

RADIANT HEATING — A method of heating, usually consisting of coils, or pipes placed in the floor, wall,
or ceiling.

RANGE — A strip or column of land six miles wide, determined by a government survey, running in a north-
south direction, lying east or west of a principal meridian.

RANGE LINES — A series of government survey lines running north and south at six-mile intervals starting
with the principal meridian and forming the east and west boundaries of townships.

RATE ADJUSTMENT DATE — With respect to an adjustable rate mortgage, the date the borrower’s note
rate may change.

RATIFICATION — The adoption or approval of an act performed on behalf of a person without previous
authorization, such as the approval by a principal of previously unauthorized acts of an agent, after the acts
have been performed.

READY, WILLING AND ABLE BUYER — One who is fully prepared to enter into the contract, really
wants to buy, and unquestionably meets the financing requirements of purchase.

REAL ESTATE — (See Real Property.)

REAL ESTATE BOARD — An organization whose members consist primarily of real estate brokers and
salespersons.

REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST — (See REIT).

REAL ESTATE SETTLEMENT PROCEDURES ACT (RESPA) — A federal law requiring the disclosure
to borrowers of settlement (closing) procedures and costs by means of a pamphlet and forms prescribed by
the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development.

REAL ESTATE SYNDICATE — An organization of investors usually in the form of a limited partnership
who have joined together for the purpose of pooling capital for the acquisition of real property interests.

REAL ESTATE TRUST — A special arrangement under Federal and State law whereby investors may pool
funds for investments in real estate and mortgages and yet escape corporation taxes, profits being passed to
individual investors who are taxed.

REAL PROPERTY — Land and anything growing on, attached to, or erected on it, excluding anything that
may be severed without injury to the land.

REAL PROPERTY LOAN LAW — Article 7 of Chapter 3 of the Real Estate Law under which a real estate
licensee negotiating loans secured by real property within a specified range is required to give the borrower
a statement disclosing the costs and terms of the loan and which also limits the amount of expenses and
charges that a borrower may pay with respect to the loan.

REAL PROPERTY SALES CONTRACT — An agreement to convey title to real property upon satisfaction
of specified conditions which does not require conveyance within one year of formation of the contract.

RECAPTURE — The process of recovery by an owner of money invested by employing the use of a rate of
interest necessary to provide for the return of an investment; not to be confused with interest rate, which is a
rate of return on an investment.

RECONVEYANCE — The transfer of the title of land from one person to the immediate preceding owner.
This instrument of transfer is commonly used to transfer the legal title from the trustee to the trustor
(borrower) after a trust deed debt has been paid in full.

RECORDING — The process of placing a document on file with a designated public official for public notice.
This public official is usually a county officer known as the County Recorder who designates the fact that a
document has been presented for recording by placing a recording stamp upon it indicating the time of day
and the date when it was officially placed on file. Documents filed with the Recorder are considered to be
placed on open notice to the general public of that county. Claims against property usually are given a
priority on the basis of the time and the date they are recorded with the most preferred claim going to the
earliest one recorded and the next claim going to the next earliest one recorded, and so on. This type of
notice is called “constructive notice” or “legal notice”.

REDEEM — To buy back; repurchase; recover.

REDEMPTION — Buying back one’s property after a judicial sale.

REDLINING — A lending policy, illegal in California, of denying real estate loans on properties in older,
changing urban areas, usually with large minority populations, because of alleged higher lending risks
without due consideration being given by the lending institution to the credit worthiness of the individual
loan applicant.

REFINANCING — The paying-off of an existing obligation and assuming a new obligation in its place. To
finance anew, or extend or renew existing financing.

REFORMATION — An action to correct a mistake in a deed or other document.

REHABILITATION — The restoration of a property to satisfactory condition without drastically changing
the plan, form or style of architecture.

REIT — A Real Estate Investment Trust is a business trust which deals principally with interest in land—
generally organized to conform to the Internal Revenue Code.

RELEASE CLAUSE — A stipulation that upon the payment of a specific sum of money to the holder of a
trust deed or mortgage, the lien of the instrument as to a specifically described lot or area shall be removed
from the blanket lien on the whole area involved.

RELEASE DEED — An instrument executed by the mortgagee or the trustee reconveying to the mortgagor or
trustor the real estate which secured the loan after the debt has been paid in full.

REMAINDER — An estate which takes effect after the termination of the prior estate, such as a life estate. A
future possessory interest in real estate.

REMAINDER DEPRECIATION — The possible future loss in value of an improvement to real property.

RENEGOTIABLE RATE MORTGAGE — A loan secured by a long term mortgage which provides for
renegotiation, at pre-determined intervals, of the interest rate (for a maximum variation of five percent over
the life of the mortgage.)

RENUNCIATION — When someone who has been granted something or has accepted something later gives
it up or rejects it; as when an agent withdraws from the agency relationship.

REPLACEMENT COST — The cost to replace a structure with one having utility equivalent to that being
appraised, but constructed with modern materials and according to current standards, design and layout.

REPRODUCTION COST — The cost of replacing the subject improvement with one that is the exact replica,
having the same quality of workmanship, design and layout, or cost to duplicate an asset.

RESCISSION — The cancellation of a contract and restoration of the parties to the same position they held
before the contract was entered into.

RESCISSION OF CONTRACT — The abrogation or annulling of contract; the revocation or repealing of
contract by mutual consent by parties to the contract, or for cause by either party to the contract.

RESERVATION — A right retained by a grantor in conveying property.

RESERVES — 1) In a common interest subdivisions, an accumulation of funds collected from owners for
future replacement and major maintenance of the common area and facilities. 2) With regard to mortgage
loans, an accumulation of funds, collected by the lender from the borrower as part of each monthly mortgage
payment, an amount allocated to pay property taxes and insurance when they are due.

RESPA — (See Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act.)

RESTRICTION — A limitation on the use of real property. Property restrictions fall into two general
classifications—public and private. Zoning ordinances are examples of the former type. Restrictions may be
created by private owners, typically by appropriate clauses in deeds, or in agreements, or in general plans of
entire subdivisions. Usually they assume the form of a covenant, or promise to do or not to do a certain
thing.

RETROSPECTIVE VALUE — The value of the property as of a previous date.

RETURN — Profit from an investment; the yield.

REVERSION — The right to future possession or enjoyment by a person, or the person’s heirs, creating the
preceding estate. (For example, at the end of a lease.)

REVERSIONARY INTEREST — The interest which a person has in lands or other property, upon the
termination of the preceding estate. A future interest.

REVOCATION — When someone who granted or offered something withdraws it; as when a principal
withdraws the authority granted to the agent, an offeror withdraws the offer or the DRE cancels a
salesperson or broker license.

RIGHT OF SURVIVORSHIP — The right of a surviving tenant or tenants to succeed to the entire interest of
the deceased tenant; the distinguishing feature of a joint tenancy.

RIGHT OF WAY — A privilege operating as an easement upon land, whereby the owner does by grant, or by
agreement, give to another the right to pass over owner’s land, to construct a roadway, or use as a roadway,
a specific part of the land; or the right to construct through and over the land, telephone, telegraph, or
electric power lines; or the right to place underground water mains, gas mains, or sewer mains.

RIGHT, TITLE AND INTEREST — A term used in deeds to denote that the grantor is conveying all of that
to which grantor held claim.

RIPARIAN RIGHTS — The right of a landowner whose land borders on a stream or watercourse to use and
enjoy the water which is adjacent to or flows over the owners land provided such use does not injure other
riparian owners.

RISK ANALYSIS — A study made, usually by a lender, of the various factors that might affect the repayment
of a loan.

RISK RATING — A process used by the lender to decide on the soundness of making a loan and to reduce all
the various factors affecting the repayment of the loan to a qualified rating of some kind.

SALE AND LEASEBACK — A financial arrangement where at the time of sale the seller retains occupancy
by concurrently agreeing to lease the property from the purchaser. The seller receives cash while the buyer is
assured a tenant and a fixed return on buyer’s investment.

SALE-LEASEBACK-BUY-BACK — A sale and leaseback transaction in which the leaseholder has the
option to buy back the original property after a specified period of time.

SALES CONTRACT — A contract by which buyer and seller agree to terms of a sale.

SALVAGE VALUE — In computing depreciation for tax purposes, the reasonably anticipated fair market
value of the property at the end of its useful life and must be considered with all but the declining balance
methods of depreciation.

SANDWICH LEASE — A leasehold interest which lies between the primary lease and the operating lease.

SASH — Wood or metal frames containing one or more window panes.

SATISFACTION — Discharge of a mortgage or trust deed from the records upon payment of the debt.

SATISFACTION PIECE — An instrument for recording and acknowledging payment of an indebtedness
secured by a mortgage.

SCRIBING — Fitting woodwork to an irregular surface.

SEAL — An impression made to attest the execution of an instrument.

SECONDARY FINANCING — A loan secured by a second mortgage or trust deed on real property. These
can be third, fourth, fifth, sixth mortgages or trust deeds, on and on ad infinitum.

SECONDARY MARKET — The buying and selling of existing deeds of trust and promissory notes. The
primary market is the one in which lenders loan money to borrowers; the secondary market is the one in
which the lenders sell their loans to the large secondary marketing agencies (FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA)
or to other investors.

SECTION — Section of land is established by government survey, contains 640 acres and is one mile square.

SECURED PARTY — This is the party having the security interest. Thus the mortgagee, the conditional
seller, the pledgee, etc., are all now referred to as the secured party. (Uniform Commercial Code.)

SECURITY AGREEMENT — An agreement between the secured party and the debtor which creates the
security interest. (Uniform Commercial Code.)

SECURITY INTEREST — A term designating the interest of the creditor in the property of the debtor in all
types of credit transactions. It thus replaces such terms as the following — chattel mortgage; pledge; trust
receipt; chattel trust; equipment trust; conditional sale; inventory lien; etc., according to Uniform
Commercial Code usage.

SEISIN (SEIZIN) — Possession of real estate by one entitled thereto.

SELLER’S MARKET — The market condition which exists when a seller is in a more commanding position
as to price and terms because demand exceeds supply.

SEPARATE PROPERTY — Property owned by a married person in his or her own right outside of the
community interest including property acquired by the spouse (1) before marriage, (2) by gift or inheritance,
(3) from rents and profits on separate property, and (4) with the proceeds from other separate property.

SEPTIC TANK — An underground tank in which sewage from the house is reduced to liquid by bacterial
action and drained off.

SERVICING LOANS — Supervising and administering a loan after it has been made. This involves such
things as — collecting the payments, keeping accounting records, computing the interest and principal,
foreclosure of defaulted loans, and so on.

SET BACK ORDINANCE — An ordinance requiring improvements built on property to be a specified
distance from the property line, street or curb.

SEVERALTY OWNERSHIP — Owned by one person only. Sole ownership.

SHARED APPRECIATION MORTGAGE — A loan having a fixed rate of interest set below the market
rate for the term of the loan which also provides for contingent interest to be paid to the lender on a certain
percentage of appreciation in the value of the property against which the loan is secured upon transfer or sale
of the property or the repayment of the loan.

SHERIFF’S DEED — Deed given by court order in connection with sale of property to satisfy a judgment.

SIMPLE INTEREST — Interest computed on the principal amount of a loan only as distinguished from
compound interest.

SINKING FUND — Fund set aside from the income from property which, with accrued interest, will
eventually pay for replacement of the improvements.

SLANDER OF TITLE — False and malicious statements disparaging an owner’s title to property and
resulting in actual pecuniary damage to the owner.

SPECIAL ASSESSMENT — 1) Legal charge against real estate by a public authority to pay cost of public
improvements such as street lights, sidewalks, street improvements. 2) In a common interest subdivision, a

charge, in addition to the regular assessment, levied by the association against owners in the development,
for unanticipated repairs or maintenance on the common area or capital improvement of the common area.

SPECIAL POWER OF ATTORNEY — A written instrument whereby a principal confers limited authority
upon an agent to perform certain prescribed acts on behalf of the principal.

SPECIAL WARRANTY DEED — A deed in which the grantor warrants or guarantees the title only against
defects arising during grantor’s ownership of the property and not against defects existing before the time of
grantor’s ownership.

SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE — An action to compel performance of an agreement, e.g., sale of land as an
alternative to damages or rescission.

SREA — Society of Real Estate Appraisers.

STANDARD DEPTH — Generally the most typical lot depth in the neighborhood.

STANDBY COMMITMENT — The mortgage banker frequently protects a builder by a “standby”
agreement, under which banker agrees to make mortgage loans at an agreed price for many months into the
future. The builder deposits a “standby fee” with the mortgage banker for this service. Frequently, the
mortgage broker protects self by securing a “standby” from a long-term investor for the same period of time,
paying a fee for this privilege.

STATUTE OF FRAUDS — A state law, based on an old English statute, requiring certain contracts to be in
writing and signed before they will be enforceable at law, e.g.. contracts for the sale of real property,
contracts not be performed within one year.

STATUTORY WARRANTY DEED — A short term warranty deed which warrants by inference that the
seller is the undisputed owner, has the right to convey the property, and will defend the title if necessary.
This type of deed protects the purchaser in that the conveyor covenants to defend all claims against the
property. If conveyor fails to do so, the new owner can defend said claims and sue the former owner.

STRAIGHT LINE DEPRECIATION — A method of depreciation under which improvements are
depreciated at a constant rate throughout the estimated useful life of the improvement.

STRAIGHT NOTE — A note in which a borrower repays the principal in a lump sum at maturity while
interest is paid in installments or at maturity. (See Interest Only Note.)

SUBAGENT — A person upon whom the powers of an agent have been conferred, not by the principal, but by
an agent as authorized by the agent’s principal.

SUBDIVISION — A legal definition of those divisions of real property for the purpose of sale, lease or
financing which are regulated by law. For examples see — California Business and Professions Code
Sections 11000, 11000.1, 11004.5; California Government Code Section 66424; United States Code, Title
15, Section 1402(3).

“SUBJECT TO” A MORTGAGE — When a grantee takes title to real property subject to a mortgage,
grantee is not responsible to the holder of the promissory note for the payment of any portion of the amount
due. The most that grantee can lose in the event of a foreclosure is grantee’s equity in the property. (See also
“assumption of mortgage”.) In neither case is the original maker of the note released from primary
responsibility. If liability is to be assumed, the agreement must so state.

SUBLEASE — A lease given by a lessee.

SUBORDINATE — To make subject to, or junior or inferior to.

SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT — An agreement by the holder of an encumbrance against real property
to permit that claim to take an inferior position to other encumbrances against the property.

SUBPOENA — A legal order to cause a witness to appear and give testimony.

SUBROGATION — Replacing one person with another in regard to a legal right or obligation. The
substitution of another person in place of the creditor, to whose rights he or she succeeds in relation to the
debt. The doctrine is used very often where one person agrees to stand surety for the performance of a
contract by another person.

SUBSIDY BUYDOWN — Funds provided usually by the builder or seller to temporarily reduce the
borrower’s monthly principal and interest payment.

SUBSTITUTION, PRINCIPLE OF — Affirms that the maximum value of a property tends to be set by the
cost of acquiring an equally desirable and valuable substitute property, assuming no costly delay is
encountered in making the substitution.

SUM OF THE YEARS DIGITS — An accelerated depreciation method.

SUPPLY AND DEMAND, PRINCIPLE OF — In appraising, a valuation principle starting that market value
is affected by intersection of supply and demand forces in the market as of the appraisal date.

SURETY — One who guarantees the performance of another — Guarantor.

SURPLUS PRODUCTIVITY, PRINCIPLE OF — The net income that remains after the proper costs of
labor, organization and capital have been paid, which surplus is imputable to the land and tends to fix the
value thereof.

SURVEY — The process by which a parcel of land is measured and its area is ascertained.

SYNDICATE — A partnership organized for participation in a real estate venture. Partners may be limited or
unlimited in their liability. (See real estate syndicate.)

TAKE-OUT LOAN — The loan arranged by the owner or builder developer for a buyer. The construction
loan made for construction of the improvements is usually paid in full from the proceeds of this more
permanent mortgage loan.

TAX — Enforced charge exacted of persons, corporations and organizations by the government to be used to
support government services and programs.

TAX DEED — The deed given to a purchaser at a public sale of land held for nonpayment of taxes. It conveys
to the purchaser only such title as the defaulting taxpayer had.

TAX-FREE EXCHANGE — The trade or exchange of one real property for another without the need to pay
income taxes on the gain at the time of trade.

TAX SALE — Sale of property after a period of nonpayment of taxes.

TENANCY IN COMMON — Co-ownership of property by two or more persons who each hold an undivided
interest, without right of survivorship; interests need not be equal.

TENANT — The party who has legal possession and use of real property belonging to another.

TENANTS BY THE ENTIRETIES — Under certain state laws, ownership of property acquired by a husband
and wife during marriage, which property is jointly and equally owned. Upon depth of one spouse it
becomes the property of the survivor.

TENTATIVE MAP — The Subdivision Map Act requires subdividers to submit initially a tentative map of
their tract to the local planning commission for study. The approval or disapproval of the planning
commission is noted on the map. Thereafter, a final map of the tract embodying any changes requested by
the planning commission is required to be filed with the planning commission.

TENURE IN LAND — The mode or manner by which an estate in lands is held. All rights and title rest with
owner.

TERMITES — Ant-like insects which feed on wood and are highly destructive to wooden structures.

TERMITE SHIELD — A shield, usually of noncorrodible metal, placed on top of the foundation wall or
around pipes to prevent passage of termites.

TESTATOR — One who makes a will.

THIRD PARTY — Persons who are not parties to a contract which affects an interest they have in the object
of the contract.

THRESHOLD — A strip of wood or metal beveled on each edge and used above the finished floor under
outside doors.

TIDELANDS — Lands that are covered and uncovered by the ebb and flow of the tide.

TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE — A condition of a contract expressing the essential nature of performance of
the contract by a party in a specified period of time.

TIME-SHARE ESTATE — A right of occupancy in a time-share project (subdivision) which is coupled with
an estate in the real property.

TIME-SHARE PROJECT — A form of subdivision of real property into rights to the recurrent, exclusive use
or occupancy of a lot, parcel, unit, or segment of real property, on an annual or some other periodic basis, for
a specified period of time.

TIME-SHARE USE — A license or contractual or membership right of occupancy in a timeshare project
which is not coupled with an estate in the real property.

TITLE — Indicates “fee’’ position of lawful ownership and right to property. “Bundle of Rights” possessed by
an owner. Combination of all elements constituting proof of ownership.

TITLE INSURANCE — Insurance to protect a real property owner or lender up to a specified amount against
certain types of loss, e.g., defective or unmarketable title.

TITLE REPORT — A report which discloses condition of the title, made by a title company preliminary to
issuance of title insurance policy.

TITLE THEORY — Mortgage arrangement whereby title to mortgaged real property vests in the lender.
Some states give greater protection to mortgage lenders and assume lenders have title interest. Distinguished
from Lien Theory States.

TOPOGRAPHY — Nature of the surface of land; topography may be level, rolling, mountainous. Variation in
earth’s surface.

TORRENS TITLE — System of title records provided by state law (no longer used in California)

TORT — Any wrongful act (not involving a breach of contract) for which a civil section will lie for the person
wronged.

TOWNHOUSE — One of a row of houses usually of the same or similar design with common side walls or
with a very narrow space between adjacent side walls.

TOWNSHIP — In the survey of public lands of the United States, a territorial subdivision six miles long, six
miles wide and containing 36 sections, each one mile square, located between two range lines and two
township lines.

TRADE FIXTURES — Articles of personal property annexed by a business tenant to real property which are
necessary to the carrying on of a trade and are removable by the tenant.

TRADE-IN — An increasingly popular method of guaranteeing an owner a minimum amount of cash on sale
of owner’s present property to permit owner to purchase another. If the property is not sold within a
specified time at the listed price, the broker agrees to arrange financing to personally purchase the property
at an agreed upon discount.

TRANSFER FEE — A charge made by a lending institution holding or collecting on a real estate mortgage to
change its records to reflect a different ownership.

TRUST ACCOUNT — An account separate and apart and physically segregated from broker’s own funds, in
which broker is required by law to deposit all funds collected for clients.

TRUST DEED — Just as with a mortgage this is a legal document by which a borrower pledges certain real
property or collateral as guarantee for the repayment of a loan. However, it differs from the mortgage in a
number of important respects. For example, instead of there being two parties to the transaction there are
three. There is the borrower who signs the trust deed and who is called the trustor. There is the third, neutral
party, to whom trustor deeds the property as security for the payment of the debt, who is called the trustee.
And, finally, there is the lender who is called the beneficiary, the one who benefits from the pledge
agreement in that in the event of a default the trustee can sell the property and transfer the money obtained at
the sale to lender as payment of the debt.

TRUSTEE — One who holds property in trust for another to secure the performance of an obligation. Third
party under a deed of trust.

TRUSTOR — One who borrows money from a trust deed lender, then deeds the real property securing the
loan to a trustee to be held as security until trustor has performed the obligation to the lender under terms of
a deed of trust.

TRUTH IN LENDING — The name given to the federal statutes and regulations (Regulation Z) which are
designed primarily to insure that prospective borrowers and purchasers on credit receive credit cost
information before entering into a transaction.

UNDERIMPROVEMENT — An improvement which, because of its deficiency in size or cost, is not the
highest and best use of the site.

UNDERWRITING — Insuring something against loss; guaranteeing financially.

UNDUE INFLUENCE — Use of a fiduciary or confidential relationship to obtain a fraudulent or unfair
advantage over another’s weakness of mind, or distress or necessity.

UNEARNED INCREMENT — An increase in value of real estate due to no effort on the part of the owner;
often due to increase in population.

UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE — Establishes a unified and comprehensive method for regulation of
security transactions in personal property, superseding the existing statutes on chattel mortgages, conditional
sales, trust receipts, assignment of accounts receivable and others in this field.

UNIT-IN-PLACE METHOD — The cost of erecting a building by estimating the cost of each component
part, i.e., foundations, floors, walls, windows, ceilings, roofs, etc., (including labor and overhead).

URBAN PROPERTY — City property; closely settled property.

USURY — On a loan, claiming a rate of interest greater than that permitted by law.

UTILITIES — Refers to services rendered by public utility companies, such as — water, gas, electricity,
telephone.

UTILITY — The ability to give satisfaction and/or excite desire for possession. An element of value.

VACANCY FACTOR — The percentage of a building’s space that is not rented over a given period.

VALID — Having force, or binding force; legally sufficient and authorized by law.

VALLEY — The internal angle formed by the junction of two sloping sides of a roof.

VALUATION — Estimated worth or price. Estimation. The act of valuing by appraisal.

VA LOAN — A loan made to qualified veterans for the purchase of real property wherein the Department of
Veteran’s Affairs guarantees the lender payment of the mortgage.

VALUE — Present worth of future benefits arising out of ownership to typical users/investors.

VARIABLE INTEREST RATE — (VlRs or VMRs, Variable Mortgage Rates.) An interest rate in a real
estate loan which by the terms of the note varies upward and downward over the term of the loan depending
on money market conditions.

VENDEE — A purchaser; buyer.

VENDOR — A seller.

VENEER — Thin sheets of wood.

VERIFICATION — Sworn statement before a duly qualified officer to correctness of contents of an
instrument.

VESTED — Bestowed upon someone; secured by someone, such as title to property.

VOID — To have no force or effect; that which is unenforceable.

VOIDABLE — That which is capable of being adjudged void, but is not void unless action is taken to make it
so.

VOLUNTARY LIEN — Any lien placed on property with consent of, or as a result of, the voluntary act of the
owner.

WAINSCOTING — Wood lining of an interior wall; lower section of a wall when finished differently from
the upper part.

WAIVE — To relinquish, or abandon; to forego a right to enforce or require anything.

WARRANTY OF AUTHORITY — A representation by an agent to third persons that the agent has and is
acting within the scope of authority conferred by his or her principal.

WARRANTY DEED — A deed used to convey real property which contains warranties of title and quiet
possession, and the grantor thus agrees to defend the premises against the lawful claims of third persons. It is
commonly used in many states but in others the grant deed has supplanted it due to the modern practice of

securing title insurance policies which have reduced the importance of express and implied warranty in
deeds.

WASTE — The destruction, or material alteration of, or injury to premises by a tenant.

WATER TABLE — Distance from surface of ground to a depth at which natural groundwater is found.

WEAR AND TEAR — Depreciation of an asset due to ordinary usage.

WILL — A written, legal declaration of a person expressing his or her desires for the disposition of that
person’s property after his or her death.

WRAP AROUND MORTGAGE — A financing device whereby a lender assumes payments on existing trust
deeds of a borrower and takes from the borrower a junior trust deed with a face value in an amount equal to
the amount outstanding on the old trust deeds and the additional amount of money borrowed.

X — An individual who cannot write may execute a legal document by affixing an “X” (his/her mark) where
the signature normally goes. Beneath the mark a witness then writes the person’s name and signs his or her
own name as witness.

YARD — A unit of measurement 3 feet long.

YIELD — The interest earned by an investor on an investment (or by a bank on the money it has loaned).
Also, called return.

YIELD RATE — The yield expressed as a percentage of the total investment. Also, called rate of return.

ZONE — The area set off by the proper authorities for specific use; an area subject to certain restrictions or
restraints.

ZONING — Act of city or county authorities specifying type of use to which property may be put in specific
areas.
Public
Off

Chapter 3 - Trade and Professional Associations

Chapter 3 - Trade and Professional Associations somebody
Public
Off

BACKGROUND

BACKGROUND somebody

BACKGROUND

In the 1800s, real estate transactions were primarily the result of direct negotiation between buyer and seller,
sometimes conducted with the aid of lawyers when transactions were more complicated. As specialization
developed within the field of real estate and the mobility of people increased, particularly during the western
movement, there was a good deal of unorganized and often unscrupulous real estate competition. Real estate
practitioners began to feel the need for some controlling organization. This was first attempted in 1891 and
1892 with the organization of the ambitious but short-lived National Real Estate Association. In 1908, the
National Association of Real Estate Associations/Boards was formed by the unification of a nationwide
complex of local units or Associations/Boards. The newly formed California Real Estate Associated (CREA,
now CAR) and Los Angeles Real Estate Association were part of the original founding members of the
National Association of Real Estate Associations/Boards. On January 1, 1974 this organization officially
changed its name to the National Association of Realtors® (NAR). Every business and professional group
seeks to attain recognition and acceptance by the public. There is the conviction that if members reach
professional status, such as that held by lawyers, doctors, clergymen, engineers, the standards of business
would rise. Yet experience has shown that even in these recognized professional groups, there must be
supervision by the organization itself as well as by some government agency. All members of an
Association/Board of Realtors® commit to adhere to the N.A.R. Code of Ethics. All real estate licensees,
whether Realtors® or not, are under the jurisdiction of the California Department of Real Estate (DRE),
which was founded as the nation’s first state licensing over-site/licensing agency in 1917.

Public
Off

ETHICS

ETHICS somebody

ETHICS

The word “ethics” has its origins in the Greek word ethos which means moral custom, use and character. Ethics
is usually expressed as a set of principles or values - a standard of conduct by which the individual guides his or
her own behavior and judges that of others. It refers then to our conduct, socially and in business, and in
attitudes toward others. Whenever one person who has the status of being an expert or knowing a great deal
more about a particular field than others assumes the duty of directing the business, health, investment, or
general well-being of another on a fee basis, there is vested in such person a high degree of confidence and
trust. When one takes advantage of this position of trust to the detriment of another party solely for the purpose
of one's own gain, we say that this person is unethical.

Professional courtesy and ethics should not stop at those things which have been sanctioned by law. The
individual who tries only to stay on the border of the law, inevitably, at some time, steps across. The course of
ethical conduct set forth in the Real Estate Law is that which a licensee must observe. We will now consider
what all licensees should observe and transcends the “law”. Both NAR and Realtists (NAREB) have codified
Code of Ethics, living documents which are constantly being amended and updated.

Public
Off

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF REAL ESTATE BROKERS INCORPORATED

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF REAL ESTATE BROKERS INCORPORATED somebody

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF REAL ESTATE BROKERS INCORPORATED

PREAMBLE.

Land is the fixed and therefore the controlled element of nature. The Control of land has been one of the major
concerns of man of all times. The Realtist recognizes that he/she is a person through whom transfers of
ownership and control are made and therefore diligently prepares him/herself to service such transfers with
competence and integrity and to protect and promote the best interests of his/her client.

The Realtist has a moral obligation to deal fairly and honestly with all parties to a transaction and to conduct
him/herself and his/her business in such a manner as to be a credit to his/her profession.

To protect the public against unethical, improper or fraudulent practices by the affixing of the term or symbol
“Realtist” to advertising matter, stationery, signboards, stock certificates, bonds, mortgages, and other
instruments or other material used by or in connection with the real estate business, and to educate the general
public to deal only with those persons who have agreed to observe the standards maintained by the National
Association of Real Estate Brokers,

Incorporated.

To this end, the Realtist accepts the Code of Ethics set forth herein and pledges to observe it in all of his/her
business transactions.

MISSION.

National Association of Real Estate Brokers, Inc. is a trade association whose mission is to enhance the
economic improvement of its members and the minority community it serves.

CODE OF ETHICS PART 1 RELATIONS TO THE PUBLIC.

1. A Realtist is never relieved of the responsibility to observe fully this Code of Ethics.

2. A Realtist shall not discriminate against any person because of Race, Color, Religion, Sex, National Origin,
Disability, Familial Status or Sexual Orientation:

• In the sale or rental of real property.

• In advertising the sale or rental of real property.

• In the financing of real property.

• In the provision of professional services.

A Realtist shall not be instrumental in establishing, reinforcing or extending any agreement or provision that
restricts or limits the use or occupancy of real property to any person or group of persons on the basis of race,
color, religion, sex, national origin, disability, familial status or sexual orientation.

3. It is the duty of a Realtist to protect the public against misrepresentations, unethical practices or fraud in real
estate transactions, and to offer all properties listed with him/her solely on merit and without exaggeration,
concealment, deception or misleading information.

4. Before offering a property for sale or rent, a Realtist shall:

(a) Secure written authorization of the owner of his/her authorized agent.

(b) Furnish a copy of the authorization to each person who signed it.

(c) Fully inform him/herself of the pertinent facts concerning the property.

5. A Realtist should always offer property at the price currently set forth in the listing agreement.

6. To protect the public against unethical, improper or fraudulent practices by the affixing of the term or symbol
“Realtist” to advertising matter, stationery, signboards, stock certificates, bonds, mortgages, and other
instruments or other material used by or in connection with the real estate business and to educate the general
public to deal only with those persons who have agreed to observe the standards maintained by the National
Association of Real Estate Brokers, Incorporated, whose members are commonly referred to as Realtists.

7. A Realtist shall not engage in activities that constitute the unauthorized practice of law. He/she should advise
that legal counsel be obtained, wherever the interest of any party to the transaction requires it.

8. The Realtist shall inform all parties to a transaction of his/her own position or pecuniary interest in the
transaction and shall not demand or accept a commission from both parties except with their knowledge and
consent in writing and signed by all parties.

9. If the Realtist has any personal interest in the ownership of a property this shall be disclosed to all parties at
the inception of the Realtist’s business dealings with the parties.

10. The Realtist shall see that all contracts and agreements for the ownership, use and/or occupancy of real
properties shall be in writing and signed by all parties, or their lawfully authorized agents

11. The Realtist shall keep in a special escrow account in an appropriate financial institution all monies
belonging to others, which are placed in trust, in his/her possession. He/she shall not co-mingle such monies
with his/her own funds.

CODE OF ETHICS PART II RELATION TO CLIENT.

1. When a Realtist has accepted a listing on a property, he/she shall give an honest and comprehensive
valuation of its fair market value to the owner.

2. In all real estate transactions, the Realtist shall always be fair to all parties to the transaction while promoting
the interest of his/her client and maintaining the proper professional relationship.

3. The Realtist shall not buy for him/herself property listed with him/her for sale, nor purchase an interest
therein, without stating the facts to his/her client in writing and prior to such purchase.

4. The Realtist, when under contract in the management of property, shall not demand and receive
commissions, rebates and/or profits on expenditures made on behalf of his/her client without that client’s prior
written authority.

5. The written exclusive listing of property should be encouraged by all Realtists as a means of preventing
misunderstandings and assuring the best service to the owner, unless this is contrary to the best interest of the
owner. The acceptance of such listing creates the obligation of giving skilled and conscientious service in the
transactions. When a Realtist is unable to render such service through his/her own office or with the aid of
fellow Realists, he/she should inform all concerned parties, cancel and return such listing.

6. In all matters of appraisals, the Realtist should give a written opinion. He/she is therefore entitled to recover
a fee for such service from the requesting party, as it is a matter of his/her professional service. The opinion,
whether on appraisal or real estate problem shall be thoroughly considered and without any personal interest in
the result of a possible sale or lease. Possible employment should not affect the amount of appraisal or honesty
of opinion whose members are commonly referred to as Realtists.

CODE OF ETHICS PART III PROFESSIONAL RELATIONS.

1. The Realtist should always be loyal to his/her local Board of Real Estate Brokers and active in its work. The
fellowship of his/her associates and the mutual sharing of experiences are always assets to his/her own
business.

2. The Realtist should so conduct his/her business as to avoid controversies with his/her fellow Realtists, who
are members of the same local Board of Real Estate Brokers. Any such controversies should be submitted in
writing for arbitration in accordance with the regulations of his/her Real Estate Board and not in an action at
law. The decision in such arbitration should be accepted as final and binding.

3. Controversies between Realtists who are not members of the same local board should be submitted for
arbitration to an Arbitration Board consisting of one arbitrator chosen by each Realtist from the Board of Real
Estate Brokers to which he belongs and one other member, or a sufficient number of members to make an odd
number, selected by the arbitrators thus chosen.

4. All employment arrangements between broker and salesmen should be reduced to writing and signed by both
parties. It is particularly important to specify rights of parties, in the event of termination of employment. All
listings acquired by a salesman during his/her tenure of employment with the Broker, shall be the exclusive
property or right of the Employing Broker after such termination.

5. A Realtist should never publicly criticize a fellow Realtist. He/she shall never express an opinion of a
transaction unless expressly requested to do so by one of the principals. His/her opinion then should be
rendered in accordance with strict professional courtesy and integrity.

6. A Realtist shall never seek information about a fellow Realtist’s transactions to use for the purpose of closing
the transaction himself/herself or diverting the client to another property.

7. When a cooperating Realtist accepts a listing from another Broker, the agency of the Broker who offers the
listing should be respected until it has expired and the property has come to the attention of the cooperating
Realtist from a different source, or until the owner, without solicitation, offers to list with the cooperating
Realtist; furthermore, such a listing should not be passed onto a third Broker without the consent of the listing
Broker.

8. Negotiations concerning property, which is listed with one Realtist exclusively, should be carried on with the
listing Broker, not with the owner.

9. A Realtist shall not solicit the services of any employee in the organization of a fellow Realtist without the
express written consent of the employer.

10. A Realtist shall not place a sign on any property offering it for sale or rent without the written consent of
the owner or his/her authorized agent.

11. All local boards or affiliates shall hear all complaints involved in their jurisdiction. Any decision made may
be appealed through the Regional Vice President to the Board of Directors of the National Association of Real
Estate Brokers, Incorporated for final resolution through the grievance and arbitration procedure. All
complaints against a member of NAREB, which have not been addressed at the local level by local board or
affiliate organizations, shall be submitted in writing to the Board of Directors. This procedure shall comply
with the arbitration provisions as set forth under Robert’s Rules of Order.

12. In the event that a Realtist is asked to present evidence in any charges of violation of this Code of Ethics or
in other disciplinary investigation, he/she shall be accorded an opportunity to present all pertinent information.

ARTICLE I NAME.

The name of the organization shall be: National Association of Real Estate Brokers, Incorporated. Said
organization is currently incorporated under the laws of the State of Michigan.

ARTICLE II PURPOSES.

The purposes of the National Association shall be:

Section 1. To unite those engaged in the recognized branches of the real estate industry including brokerage,
management, mortgage financing, appraising, land development and home building, and allied fields in the
United States of America and other foreign countries and territories; for the purpose exerting effectively a
combined influence upon matters affecting real estate interests:

Section 2. To enable its members to transact their business in a more professional manner, by the adoption of
such rules and regulations as they may deem proper;

Section 3. To promote and maintain high standards of conduct in the transaction of the real estate business;

Section 4. To formulate and enforce a code of ethics for all Realtist members;

Section 5. To license its members the right to use the name of the National Association of Real Estate Brokers,
Incorporated, and/or the term or symbol “Realtist.” Realtist is hereby deemed as designating a person engaged
in the real estate industry who is a recognized and certified member of the National Association of Real Estate
Brokers, Incorporated, and is subject to its rules and regulation, observes its standards of conduct, and is
entitled to its benefits; and

Section 6. To protect the public against unethical, improper or fraudulent practices by the affixing of the term
of symbol “Realtist” to advertising matter, stationary, signboards, stock certificates, bonds, mortgages. and
other instruments or other material used by or in connection with the real estate business, and to educate the
general public to deal only with those persons who have agreed to observe the standards maintained by the
National Association of Real Estate Brokers, Incorporated, whose members are commonly referred to as
Realtists;

MEMBERSHIP.

Section 1(a). The classes of the National Association of Real Estate Brokers, Incorporated shall consist of:

1. Member Boards

2. Local Board Member

3. Individual Broker Member

4. Associate Members

5. Allied Associate Members

6. Individual Members

7. Allied Members

8. Honorary Members

9. Subscribers

10. Corporate Members

11. Life Members

Section l (b). Classifications:

1. Member Board shall consist of local boards of Rea1 Estate Brokers, which shall include city, county, or
inter-county boards and state associations of Real Estate Brokers.

2. Local Board Member shall be persons who are certified by a local board as eligible for membership in the
National Association of Real Estate Brokers, Incorporated.

3. Individual Broker Member shall be a licensed broker who is certified by a local board or by individual
membership approved by the Board of Directors and shall have one (1) full vote in all annual meetings.

4. Associate Member shall be those individuals who hold a license under any member Real Estate Broker as a
salesperson and shall have one-half (1/2) vote in all annual meetings.

5. Allied Associate Members shall be those individuals who hold a license under any non-member Real Estate
Broker as a salesperson and shall have one-half (1/2) vote in all annual meetings.

6. Individual Members shall be those who are elected to direct membership by the Board of Directors. The
Board of Directors of the National Association of Real Estate Brokers, Incorporated, may elect individuals of
any classification who are not within the territory of a local or state association. They shall hold and exercise
their membership until six (6) months after the acceptance by the Board of Directors of an application of a
Member Board of State Association within the same territory. Such membership shall be designated
“INDIVIDUAL MEMBER” subject to any classification determined by the Board of Directors. Such
membership dues shall be paid directly to the Secretary and the member shall be entitled to the same voting
privileges as applies to his or her classification and shall be eligible to hold office.

7. Allied Members shall be those individuals, associations, organizations, co- partnerships and corporations
engaged in business allied to real estate, and shall include such persons, associations, co-partnerships and
corporations as mortgage bankers, architects, building superintendents, property managers, public housing
managers, rental agencies, interior decorators, household appliances, and furniture dealers, public officers, city,
state and federal housing officials and faculties of trade schools and teachers of architectural business courses
and such other technicians as may be related to the development of the housing program. Allied members shall
have one-quarter (1/4) vote in all annual meetings.

8. Honorary Members may be nominated and accepted by the Board of Directors, and who shall have no voting
power. (Refer to Honorary Officers or Members. Section 1. of By-Laws.)

9. Subscribers include the general public and past clients of NAREB members who have either bought or sold
properties. The subscription would be set by the NAREB member, the price of which is to be set by the general
membership. The subscriber will not be bound by the NAREB Code of Ethics, and thus, has no voting power,
and shall not use the term Realtist.

10. Corporate Members shall be those individual, associations, organizations. co-partnerships and corporations
not engaged in business allied to real estate. Corporate members shall have no voting power.

11. Life Members shall be determined by the Board of Directors and shall be granted to members who have
rendered distinguished service to the National Association of Real Estate Brokers, Incorporated. Voting rights
of Life members shall vary according to membership designation.
Public
Off

OTHER ASSOCIATIONS

OTHER ASSOCIATIONS somebody

OTHER ASSOCIATIONS

There are a large number of associated trades and professional bodies which are closely related to the real estate
industry, and the average broker will from time to time work with them. These include associations related to
the construction phase of real estate; real estate finance-related associations, and affiliate members of NAR
which include:

• Certified Commercial Investment Member (CCIM)

• Institute of Real Estate Management (IREM)

• Realtors Land Institute (RLI)

• Council of Real Estate Brokerage Managers (CRB)

• Council of Residential Specialists (CRS)

• Society of Industrial and Office Realtors (SIOR)

• The Counselors of Real Estate (CRE)

• Women’s Council of Realtors (WCR).

Construction related associations include:

• California Building Industry Association

• National Association of Home Builders (originally an affiliate of NAR),

• Building Owners and Managers Association (BOMA),

• and the Prefabricated Home Manufacturers Institute.

Real estate finance-related associations include:

• American Bankers Association, which has an important impact upon the real estate business through
their subsidiary phase of mortgage lending.

• The U. S. Savings and Loan League,

• American Savings and Loan Institute,

• National Savings and Loan League,

• National Association of Mutual Savings Banks,

• California Mortgage Bankers' Association.

• California Mortgage Association

• California Association of Mortgage Professionals

Public
Off

REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATIONS AND BOARDS

REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATIONS AND BOARDS somebody

REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATIONS AND BOARDS

A trade association is a voluntary nonprofit organization of independent and competing business units engaged
in the same industry or trade, and formed to resolve the industry's problems, promote its progress and enhance
its service.

A real estate association/board is a voluntary organization whose members are engaged in some phase of the
real estate business. Real estate licensees who fulfill the membership requirements of a local association of
Realtors® are eligible for Realtor® or Realtor-Associate® membership. Membership in a local
association/board automatically makes one a member in the California Association of Realtors®and the
National Association of Realtors®. (known as the 3-way agreement). Most associations/boards also
maintain an “affiliate” classification of membership which is open to financial institutions, trust companies, title
companies, escrow companies and others whose duties or interests are related to the real estate business.

The purpose of the California Association of Realtors® is to serve its membership in developing and
promoting programs and services that will enhance the members’ freedom and ability to conduct their
individual businesses successfully with integrity and competency and, through collective action, to promote the
preservation of real property rights. The pioneer real estate organizations in California were the San Diego
Realty Board organized in 1887 and the San Jose Real Estate Board in 1896. Others followed early in the l900s.
The Berkeley Realty Association/Board was founded in 1902; Los Angeles in 1903; San Francisco in 1905.
The California Real Estate Association was formed at Los Angeles in 1905. The name was officially changed to
the California Association of Realtors® on January 1, 1975.

The California Association of Realtors®is an organization composed of the members of local
associations/boards of Realtors® throughout the State. In its statement of policy, C.A.R. commits to be
responsive to the needs of its members through direct and indirect economic and professional benefits by
striving to increase the professionalism, standards and productivity of its members. C.A.R. is dedicated to the
protection and preservation of the free enterprise system and the right of the individual to own real property.
C.A.R. offers a broad array of valuable products and services to its members. These include: legislative
advocacy, legal services, local government relations liaison, standard forms, magazine, economics and research
and insurance programs, among others.

REALTOR® Defined

The National Association of Realtors® unites and unifies the organized real estate interests of the Nation
and presents a common cause and program regarding national issues affecting real property. The terms
Realtor®, Realtors® and Realtor-Associate® as well as the logo “Realtor®” are collective membership
marks owned by National Association of Realtors®. It is only through membership in the National
Association that the right to use the term Realtor® and its related marks is granted.

A Realtor® is a person engaged in the real estate business who is a local and state association/board member
and therefore a member of the National Association of Realtors®, is subject to its rules and regulations,
observes its standards of conduct, and is entitled to its benefits. Realtor® members and Realtor-
Associate® members are defined in the association's constitution, Article III, Section 1 (C). In California,
Realtor® members of local associations/boards are also members of the California Association of
Realtors®.

Pursuant to Section 10140.6 of the California Business and Professions Code, a real estate licensee must
indicate in real estate advertising that he or she is performing acts for which a license is required. Appropriate
designations, such as agent, broker, Realtor®, and loan correspondent (or abbreviations such as bro., agt.)
satisfy the requirement. Licensees entitled to use the term “Realtor®” must spell out the word in accordance
with the N.A.R. trademark guidelines. There are also a few associations/boards in California which are not
affiliated with the National and the California Association of Realtors®. Only those local
associations/boards who are affiliated with N.A.R. may identify themselves as “Associations/Boards of
Realtors®.”

Multiple Listing Service

Most associations/boards operate a multiple listing service (MLS) that serves consumers and brokers as a
marketing tool. Some join together regionally in collaboration with other association/boards in their joint
market area. The purpose of an MLS is to provide a means by which authorized MLS broker participants
establish legal relationships with other participants by making a blanket unilateral contractual offer of
compensation and cooperation to other broker participants. In part, the MLS accumulates and disseminates
information to enable authorized participants to prepare valuations of real property. An MLS is a facility for the
orderly correlation and dissemination of listing information among the participants so that they may better serve
their clients and the public.

California Civil Code Section 1087 defines an MLS as “…a facility of cooperation of agents and appraisers,
operating through an intermediary which does not itself act as an agent or appraiser, through which agents
establish express or implied legal relationships with respect to listed properties, or which may be used by agents
and appraisers, pursuant to the rules of the service, to prepare market evaluations and appraisals of real
property.” Qualified real estate brokers and certified or licensed appraisers are eligible to be participants in the
Multiple Listing Service. A real estate salesperson may obtain access through his/her broker.

An MLS will have local rules and regulations regarding the use of the service, including listing, showing,
negotiating, presenting offers and lockbox usage. Most California MLSs use the California Model MLS Rules,
approved by C.A.R. Many MLSs are part of a regional MLS or have reciprocal agreements with other MLSs.
Some MLSs participate in the statewide reciprocal agreement which allows broader exposure of listings and
varying levels of access to other participating MLSs.

REALTIST Defined

The NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF REAL ESTATE BROKERS, INC. (NAREB)® was established in
Miami, Florida in 1947. Comprised primarily of African-American real estate licensees, NAREB® is the oldest
minority professional/trade association in America. Members of NAREB® are denoted as “Realtists®,” and
are committed to fulfillment of industry ideals, policies, practices, and programs consistent with the Realtist®
Theme: “Democracy in Housing.” Membership in NAREB® is open to all qualified industry practitioners who
subscribe to the Realtist® philosophy and organizational objectives.

The NAREB® organization includes chartered state and local boards throughout the United States and Affiliate
Organizations including the Real Estate Management Brokers Institute (REMBI); National Society of Real

Estate Appraisers, Inc.; Homeownership Education Counseling Affiliate of NAREB®; Young Realtist®
Division; NAREB® Investment Division (NID); NAREB® Sales Division; and Women’s Council of
NAREB®. Active membership in a state and/or local board/association is a prerequisite for NAREB®
membership.

NAREB® provides educational, training, and development programs and services for members engaged in
diverse components of the real estate industry including brokerage, property management, mortgage financing,
appraisal, land development, construction, and affiliated/ancillary business fields. NAREB® accomplishes
these objectives through a comprehensive series of publications, seminars, training workshops/certifications,
and conferences.

Visit the Realtist® web site at www.nareb.com for additional information about membership, activities, affiliate
organizations, and local boards/associations.

The CALIFORNIA ASSOCIATION OF REAL ESTATE BROKERS, INC. (CAREB), which was established
in 1955, is the oldest and largest state chapter of the National Association of Real Estate Brokers, Inc.
(NAREB)®. CAREB is a professional/trade organization with membership comprised primarily of African
American real estate licensees. CAREB members are distinguished by the trade name “Realtists®”, and
membership in a local board/association affiliated with CAREB is a prerequisite for membership in both
CAREB and the national parent organization, NAREB®.

CAREB has eight (8) local board/association affiliates located throughout the State of California including the
Associated Real Property Brokers (Oakland); Sacramento Association of Realtists®; Consolidated Realty
Board of Southern California, Inc. (Los Angeles); Solano Board of Realtists® (Fairfield); Inland Valley Board
of Realtists® (Ontario); San Francisco Board of Realtists® ; North Bay Board of Realtists® (Richmond); and
the South Bay Board of Realtists® (San Jose).

Historically, CAREB functioned as an advocate for eradication of disparate treatment of African American real
estate professionals and disenfranchised minority communities. Through an agenda of political and social
activism, CAREB influenced the development of legislation and programs that created urban redevelopment
and fair housing in the 1950s and 1960s. During the 1970s, CAREB promoted enactment of the Community
Reinvestment Act and opened doors to career opportunities for minorities at financial institutions and in other
industries ancillary to real estate sales. From the 1980s to the present, CAREB continues to function as an
industry resource for the formulation of mortgage financing programs, government services, and corporate
policies designed to promote homeownership in minority communities and to enhance business opportunities
for CAREB members.

CAREB membership provides a mechanism for licensees to remain abreast of industry related legislation and
emerging market trends, and a channel to render service to disenfranchised, low-to-moderate income
households.

Additional information about membership, activities, and local boards/associations is available on the
California Realtists® web site at www.careb.biz.

NAHREP (National Association of Hispanic Real Estate Professionals)

Established in 1999, NAHREP is a national non-profit trade association created to establish a venue where
members can network, exchange ideas, and formulate an agenda of collective benefit.

The mission of NAHREP is to increase the Hispanic homeownership rate by empowering the real estate
professionals that serve Hispanic consumers. Further information is available at www.nahrep.org.

AREAA (Asian Real Estate Association of America)

Formed in 2001, AREAA is a national trade association committed to enhancing the business opportunities and
success of real estate professionals serving the Asian American community. AREAA is dedicated to promoting
home ownership opportunities among the many Asian American communities throughout the nation. Further
information is available at www.areaa.org.

Public
Off

REALTORS CODE OF ETHICS

REALTORS CODE OF ETHICS somebody

REALTORS CODE OF ETHICS

The National Association of Realtors® and its constituent boards and state associations form a composite
organization of brokers and salespeople whose objectives include providing real estate education, research, and
exchange of information for those engaged in the recognized branches of the real estate business for the
purpose of raising the standards of real estate practice, and preserving the right of property ownership in the
interest of the public welfare; to promote and maintain high standards of conduct in the transaction of the real
estate business; and to formulate and promulgate a code of ethics for the members of the Association. To this
end, the National Association of Realtors® Code of Ethics was formulated and adopted. It has the
approval of a very large body of brokers in this country. It is recommended that it be carefully studied.

In brief, the Code of Ethics entails adhering to the Golden Rule. You can find the latest copy at
www.realtor.org.

Public
Off

Chapter 4 - Property

Chapter 4 - Property somebody
Public
Off

FIXTURES

FIXTURES somebody

FIXTURES

Fixtures are items of personal property which are attached to the land in such a manner as to be considered part
of the real property.

The courts have utilized five general tests to determine whether or not a given piece of personal property is a
fixture. These are:

1. The intention of the person incorporating the personal property into the land.

2. The method by which the property is incorporated into the land. The degree of permanence of the
annexation is significant. For example, if the attachment is by cement and plaster, the item so attached is
likely to be classified as a fixture.

3. The adaptability of the personal property so attached for ordinary use in connection with the land. If well
adapted, the item is probably a fixture.

4. The existence of an agreement between the parties involved as to the nature of the property affixed to the
land. If there is a clear agreement, the status of the attached item is not likely to be an issue.

5. The relationship between the person who adds or annexes the article and the person with whom a dispute
arises as to its character. This would usually involve seller and buyer or landlord and tenant.

Buyers and lenders inspecting property in contemplation of purchase or loan are justified in assuming that
whatever is attached to the land or building and is essential for its use will be part of the conveyance/security.
The contract should state clearly any desired exceptions.

A tenant may, during the term of the tenancy, remove from the premises anything the tenant has affixed thereto
for purposes of trade, manufacture, ornament or domestic use, provided the removal can be accomplished
without damage to the premises. This exception does not apply if the thing has, by the manner in which it is
affixed, become an integral part of the premises.

Public
Off

HISTORICAL DERIVATIONS

HISTORICAL DERIVATIONS somebody

HISTORICAL DERIVATIONS

In English Common Law, the word property referred not to the thing owned, but rather to the rights which the
owner had: the rights to possess, use, encumber, transfer and exclude others. Property consisted of a “bundle of
rights” or a “bundle of interests” a person had in a thing, whether the thing was real or personal property.

The early English courts distinguished between lawsuits in which the landowner, if wrongfully ousted, could
recover the land itself (the “real thing”) and those lawsuits in which the owner could recover only monetary
damages. By bringing a “real action,” the owner could receive the return of the land, the “real property.” An
action for monetary damages was called “personal,” and the owner’s limited interest was labeled “personal
property.”

In the feudal society of medieval England, an estate was the ownership interest that a person had in the land.
The estate was termed a freehold estate when the owner’s interest was not subject to certain servile incidents or
demands of the overlord. Only an owner of a freehold estate could bring a real action. Therefore, only freehold
estates were regarded as real property. A freehold estate was of indefinite duration. A less-than-freehold estate
was an interest of specified duration.

Freehold Estates

A freehold estate could be an estate in fee or a life estate. An estate in fee could be either absolute or qualified.

An estate in fee simple absolute was the largest estate recognized by the law. Among other rights, its owner
controlled its disposition, including the right to will it. Upon disposition, this estate could become qualified by a
condition. For example, grantor A could sell the estate to grantee B on the condition that the property be used
as a hostel for itinerant musicians. If B changed the use, A could reenter the property and terminate B’s estate.
Hence, B’s fee estate could be defeated and was termed fee simple defeasible.

A life estate would be created if grantor A conveyed real property to B for the life of B or the life of some other
person, with the initial grant controlling disposition of the estate upon the death of B (or the death of the other
person). Again, this was a freehold because its duration was not fixed in specified temporal terms (i.e., months
or years).

Less-Than-Freehold Estates

Less-than-freehold estates were the rights of tenants who rented or leased real property. These estates were
personal property.

Public
Off

LAND DESCRIPTIONS

LAND DESCRIPTIONS somebody

LAND DESCRIPTIONS

Every parcel of land sold, leased or mortgaged must be properly identified or described. These descriptions are
often referred to as legal descriptions. A good description is said to be one which describes no other piece of
property but the one involved in the transaction.

The three most common methods of describing property are: by recorded map; by U. S. Government section
and township; and by metes and bounds.

Recorded Map

In California, the Subdivision Map Act (Government Code Sections 66410 et seq.) requires the mapping of all
new subdivisions. The map shows the relationship of the subdivision to other lands and each parcel in the
subdivision is delineated and identified. When accepted by county or city authority, the map is filed in the
county recorder’s office. Documentation can then describe any lot in the subdivision by indicating the lot
number, the block, and the map. The description also includes the name of the city, county and state. For
example:

“Lot 14, Block B, Parkview Addition (as recorded July 17, 1956, Book 2, Page 49 of maps), City of
Sacramento, County of Sacramento, State of California.”

Description by Township and Section

In the township and section system, we begin with base lines, which are horizontal, and meridians, which are
vertical.

This system establishes a grid of vertical lines (“ranges”) and horizontal lines (“township” lines). The lines are
six miles apart. A square created by intersections is therefore six miles on each side and contains 36 square
miles. Each of these squares is called a township. (In order to correct for the spherical shape of the Earth,
additional guide meridians are run every 24 miles east and west of the meridian and standard parallels are run
every 24 miles north and south of the base line. These are known as correction lines.)

In land descriptions, we move “townships” (north or south) from a principal base line and “ranges” (east or
west) from a principal meridian,

California has three sets of base lines and meridians: the Humboldt Base Line and Meridian in the northwestern
part of the State; the Mt. Diablo Base Line and Meridian in the central part of the State; and the San Bernardino
Base Line and Meridian in the southern part of the State.

The description “township 4 north, range 3 east, Humboldt Base Line and Meridian” directs us to the township
which is 4 townships to the north from the Humboldt Base Line and 3 townships to the east from the Humboldt
Meridian.

Here is a township, with its 36 (square mile) sections numbered and further divided so that the smallest squares
are quarters of quarter sections, each containing 40 acres.

The following mathematical observations may aid understanding of section/township descriptions:

• a township is a square, six miles on each side;

• a township contains 36 sections;

• each of the 36 sections in a township is a square, one mile on each side;

• a mile is 5,280 feet;

• a square mile is 27,878,400 square feet (5,280 x 5,280);

• an acre is 43,560 square feet;

• each section in a township is 640 acres (27,878,400 divided by 43,560);

• a half-section is 320 acres;

• a quarter-section is 160 acres; and

• a quarter of a quarter-section (the smallest squares in the township plat) is 40 acres.

The following is the description for the diamond-shaped figure on the township on the preceding page.

Beginning at the NE. corner of SW. 1/4 of Sec. 17, thence southeasterly to the NW. corner of the SE. 1/4 of
Section 21, thence southwesterly to the SE. corner of the NW.1/4 of Sec. 29, thence northwesterly to the SW.
corner of the NE. 1/4 of Sec. 19, thence northeasterly to the point of beginning.

The description is linear, delineating the boundaries of the figure by connecting four points.

For practice, the reader may want to write out the descriptions of the other two figures. The description of the
figure in the upper right can begin: “The SE 1/4 of the NE 1/4 of the SE 1/4, and the S 1/2 of the SE 1/4 of
Section 10;” If the reader can locate and shade that portion, the reader can write the rest of the description in
like fashion.

The description of the third figure can begin as follows: “Beginning at the NW corner of the SE 1/4 of the NE
1/4 of Section 27, thence due east 3,960 feet,”. [Each side of a quarter of a quarter section measures 1,320 feet
(5,280 ÷ 4). The line/side described therefore measures 1,320 feet x 3 = 3,960 feet.]

Metes and Bounds Description

A “metes and bounds” description may be necessary when the property referred to is not covered by a duly
recorded map and is shaped so as to make it impractical to describe by section and township. Some metes and
bounds descriptions are lengthy and difficult for anyone but a civil engineer or surveyor to understand. A
complex metes and bounds description is a burden to county recorders and assessors.

A metes and bounds description starts at a fixed point of beginning and follows, in detail, the boundaries of the
land described in courses and distances from one point to another until returning to the point of beginning. If a
mistake is made at the point of beginning, the description is worthless.

Metes are measures of length: feet, yards, etc.

Bounds are measures of boundaries, both natural and manmade: e.g., rivers and roads. Landmarks (trees,
boulders, creeks, fences, roads and iron pipes, etc.), referred to as monuments, are often used in such
descriptions.

Older descriptions of this type used markers that have disappeared, been moved or otherwise been altered,
making the descriptions indefinite. Thus, since markers are subject to destruction and disappearance they
should be used only where necessary and every identifying feature should be designated.

Here is a drawing and metes and bounds description of a regular parcel (front and rear dimensions and sides are
the same).

Plat Map

Lots 1 to 8, block 10, tract 1502

Beginning at a point on the southerly line of “0” Street, 150 feet westerly of the SW corner of the intersection
of “0” and 8th Streets; running thence due south 300 feet to the northerly line of “P” Street; thence westerly
along the northerly line of “P” Street, 100 feet; thence northerly and parallel to the first course, 300 feet, to the
southerly line of “0” Street; thence easterly along the southerly line of “0” Street, 100 feet, to the point or place
of beginning.

Public
Off

LEGAL DIFFERENCES BETWEEN REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY

LEGAL DIFFERENCES BETWEEN REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY somebody

LEGAL DIFFERENCES BETWEEN REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY

The following are important legal differences between real and personal property:

1. To be enforceable, an agreement for the sale of real property must ordinarily be in a writing signed by the
party to be charged. An agreement for the sale of personal property must be in writing if the amount or
value of the property exceeds $500.

2. For the most part, the laws of the situs state govern the transfer of title to real property. Commercial sales
of personal property are subject to federal and state laws.

3. The state has provided by law a system for recording documents or instruments affecting the title or
interest in real property.

4. Tax laws often distinguish between real and personal property. To the property owner and the taxing
authority, the distinction may be one of considerable importance.

Public
Off

OTHER DESCRIPTION METHODS

OTHER DESCRIPTION METHODS somebody

OTHER DESCRIPTION METHODS

Government Lots

In the original government survey system, lakes, streams and other features were sometimes encountered which
created fractional pieces of land less than a quarter section in size. These fractional segments were identified by
number. The specific lot number then became the legal description for that land parcel and these parcels were
called government lots.

Today, acreage lost due to township correction lines and unascertainable errors is placed in the quarter sections
bordering the western and northern boundaries of a township. These geographical divisions which would
otherwise qualify as quarter-quarter sections are also referred to as “government lots.” A government lot does
not necessarily contain a standard number of acres.

Record of Survey

After establishing points or lines, a land surveyor or civil engineer who has made a survey in conformity with
land surveying practices may file a record of survey relating to boundaries or property lines with the county
surveyor in the county in which the survey was made. This record of survey map discloses: (l) material
evidence of physical change which does not appear on any map previously recorded in the office of the county
recorder; (2) a material discrepancy with information of record with the county; (3) any evidence that might
result in alternate positions of lines or points; and (4) the establishment of lines not shown on a recorded map
which are not ascertainable from an inspection of the map without trigonometric calculations.

The county surveyor, after examining a record of survey map filed with the surveyor’s office, will then file it
with the county recorder.

Assessor’s Maps

The county assessor may prepare and file in the assessor’s office an accurate map of any land in the county and
may number or letter the parcels in a manner approved by the board of supervisors. Section 327 of the Revenue
and Taxation Code provides “that land shall not be described in any deed or conveyance by a reference to any
such map unless such map has been filed for record in the office of the county recorder of the county in which
such land is located.”

Informal Method

In the absence of a title report, it is often found convenient to refer to a specific parcel of realty by street
number, name (e.g., “The Norris Ranch”), or blanket reference (e.g., “my lot on High Street”). These methods
are legal, but title companies will not ordinarily insure title involving such a description.

If there is doubt about the correct property description method to be used, a person should consult with a
licensed engineer or surveyor or with a title company.
Public
Off

PERSONAL PROPERTY

PERSONAL PROPERTY somebody

PERSONAL PROPERTY

Personal property is any property that is not real property. It includes money, movable goods or chattels,
evidences of debt and choses (things) in action.

“Choses in action” is a legal phrase used to describe the right to recover money or other personal property
through a judicial proceeding. It includes the right to recover something under a contract (e.g., money owed on
a note) and the right to recover damages for a tort or private wrong.

Public
Off

THE MODERN VIEW

THE MODERN VIEW somebody

THE MODERN VIEW

Today, we think of property as the thing (not the rights) owned. Property is either real or personal. Real
property consists of:

1. Land;

2. Anything affixed and regarded as a permanent part of the land;

3. That which is incidental or appurtenant to the land; and

4. That which is immovable by law.

Land

Land includes the soil, rock, and other substances that compose the material of the earth. It also includes space.
Not just the space on the surface of the earth, but also the space beneath it to the center of the earth and the
space above it to the top of the sky.

The courts have recognized a public right to the use of airspace above private land as a “highway” available to
all so long as such use does not unreasonably interfere with the landowner’s enjoyment of the property. The
courts also recognize the fluid and “fugitive” or moving nature of subsurface oil and gas. The right of the

landowner to drill vertically into his or her land for the purpose of capturing these substances is a valuable part
of what is included in the ownership of land, but this does not include any right to drill slantwise under a
neighbor’s land for this purpose.

Things Affixed to Land

These include buildings, bridges and trees, as well as anything that is affixed to them (e.g., the doors of a
building, permanently installed cabinets, or built-in appliances).

Incidental or Appurtenant to the Land

This form of real property includes anything which is by right used with the land for its benefit.

Examples are watercourses or easements/rights of way over adjoining lands and even passages for light, air, or
heat from or across the land of another. Another example is stock in a mutual water company. When such stock
is “appurtenant to the land,” ownership of the stock may not be transferred unless the land is transferred with it.

Crops

A tenant’s crops, industrial growing crops and things attached to or forming part of the land which are agreed
to be severed before sale or under a contract of sale, are treated as goods.

“Modern” Estates

Section 761 of the California Civil Code (enacted in 1872) classifies estates in real property, with respect to
duration, as:

1. Estates of inheritance or perpetual estates;

2. Estates for life;

3. Estates for years; or

4. Estates at will.

Public
Off

Chapter 5 - Title to Real Property

Chapter 5 - Title to Real Property somebody
Public
Off

ASSURING MARKETABILITY OF TITLE

ASSURING MARKETABILITY OF TITLE somebody

ASSURING MARKETABILITY OF TITLE

Casual reflection on the nature of title to real property and its use and transfer must lead to the conclusion that
establishing marketable title is often a complex and difficult undertaking. The term itself has no universally
accepted meaning. It does not mean a perfect title, but rather one that is free from plausible or reasonable
objections. In effect, the title is marketable (or merchantable) if there is reasonable assurance as to the extent of
the rights involved. The title must be such that a proper court would compel the buyer to accept it, if asked to
decree specific performance of the purchase and sale contract/agreement.

Establishing a marketable title is especially important whenever land/property is transferred for consideration,
and when, in connection with such transfer or otherwise, money is loaned with land as security. The
prospective buyer or lender would be reluctant to commit funds to the transaction without some assurance of

getting what was bargained for. Buyers of real property expect some assurance that there are no hidden interests
in the real property they propose to buy.

For example: One uses the surface, another extracts subsurface minerals, and a third controls the air space
above the surface. Interests in land/real property may be divided, distributed, and distinguished in many
different manners or ways. This occurs since much land/property is of comparatively high value, especially in
urban areas where the growth and concentration of population have placed a premium on such parcels.
Consequently, the land/property has been divided, subdivided and recombined into a patchwork measured in
feet and sometimes even in inches.

Since the persons who own or deal with land/property are themselves subject to a variety of laws which
determine the extent of their rights (e.g., probate, dissolution, guardianship, bankruptcy, business association
laws, among others), an understanding of how these laws affect ownership rights is necessary. Since creditors
and others may burden the real property with a variety of liens and encumbrances, an understanding of how
applicable law affects the rights of mortgagees and mortgagors (beneficiaries and trustors) and creditors and
debtors is also essential.

Who owns what? The issue is one of determining all the important facts with reference to who owns what
interests or rights in the title to a particular parcel of land. Actual possession of the land/property has always
been important and helpful in providing the answer. But possession may be by someone other than the owner,
and transfers may be made without taking possession. Hence, the documentary record of ownership in the
county recorder’s office of the county in which the parcel is located assumes great significance. Reliance on
recorded documents is encouraged by the official recording system under which deeds and other instruments
affecting title may be recorded with the recorder of the county in which the land/property is situated.

Thus, a “chain of paper title” could be traced back to the original conveyance from the government. However,
recordation is not generally compulsory, although there are fact situations were it is required. The “Race
Recording” or “Race-Notice Recording” systems were created to accomplish a “chain of paper title” and to
establish the priority of recorded instruments/documents. However, the record of the “chain of paper title” is
not always properly achieved or maintained. Records may be erroneous, or sometimes may even reflect
fraudulent and unenforceable transactions. When done thoroughly and conscientiously, the resulting records
over the years become a complicated history in themselves, yet they may be woefully incomplete for purposes
of determining the status of the title in question. This is so for a variety of reasons.

For example: In an intestate transfer, a qualified heir might have inadvertently been excluded; or a transfer,
valid on its face may have been made by a person incompetent because of age or mental condition. Then too,
other official records (e.g., tax records and records of court judgments) may profoundly affect the picture. In
short, title to land/property and marketability of that title depends not only on recorded facts of title transfer, but
also on a vast array of extraneous information outside of the documents recorded in the county recorder’s
office.

Abstract of Title

As might be expected under such complex circumstances, historically the individual buyer or lender was ill
equipped to make the necessary investigation of the status of the title to property. They soon came to rely on the
title specialist who made a business of studying the records and preparing summaries or abstracts of title of all
pertinent documents discovered in the search. An abstract of title is a summary statement of the successive
conveyances and other facts (appearing in the proper place in the public records) on which a person’s title to
real property rests. The abstract of title and a lawyer’s opinion of the documents appearing in the abstractor’s
“chain of title” were the basis of our earliest attempts to establish marketable title. This method still exists
today, with modern refinements.

Certificate of Title

In time, abstractors accumulated extensive files of abstracts and other useful data, including “lot books”
wherein references to recorded documents were systematically arranged according to the particular property
affected, and “general indices” wherein landowners were listed alphabetically together with information
concerning them and affecting titles (e.g., probates and property settlements).

These files came to be known as “title plants” and provided classified and summarized histories of real estate
transactions and of other activities that affect or might affect ownership of the land/property in the areas

covered. With the growth and improvement of title plants and increased proficiency of examiners employed by
the abstractors, the formal abstract of title for delivery to the customer and the related legal opinion were
sometimes dispensed with completely. The abstract company would simply study its records and furnish the
customer with a certificate of title in which it stated that it found the title properly vested in the present owner,
subject to noted encumbrances. The certificate plan has strictly limited use today, for it was a transitional
method of assuring not insuring titles.

Guarantee of Title

The next step was the guarantee of title under which the title insurance company did more than certify the
correctness of its research and examination.

Thus, the company provided written assurances (not insurance) about the title to real property. The coverage
was usually limited to a particular condition of title, a certain period of time, and a certain kind of information.
This meant it was engaged in the insurance business and generally was subject to regulation as such.

Title Insurance

As already noted, the public records may be incomplete or erroneous and do not necessarily disclose
shortcomings arising from forgery, incompetence, and failures to comply with legal requirements, among
others. Accordingly, the policy of title insurance was developed as the culmination of the quest for a reliable
and marketable title as well as compensation for incorrect assurances that cause a covered loss. Although still
covering most risks that are a matter of public record, it alone extends protection against many nonrecorded
types of risks, depending on the type of policy purchased. The title insurance company continues to utilize the
“title plant” to conduct as accurate a search of the records as possible and seeks to interpret correctly what it
finds in the records. Its unique contribution is the protection it affords against risks that lie outside the public
records.

Preliminary report. In current practice, the title insurance industry typically issues a “preliminary report”
rather than a “search” or “abstract” that are intended to assure the status of title and for which there would be
liability, as defined in the document issued as a “search” or “abstract”. The Insurance Code defines
“preliminary report” as a “commitment” or “binder” furnished in connection with an application for title
insurance and such reports are offers to issue a title policy subject to the stated exceptions set forth therein and
such other matters as may be incorporated by reference. Preliminary reports are not abstracts of title, nor are
any of the rights, duties, or responsibilities applicable to the preparation and issuance of an abstract of title
applicable to the issuance of such reports. Preliminary reports are not to be construed as nor constitute a
representation as to the condition of title to real property (a “search” of the title). Preliminary reports are a
statement of the terms and conditions upon which the issuer is willing to issue its title policy, if such offer is
accepted. See Insurance Code Section 1234.11.

Standard policy. In addition to risks of record, the standard policy of title insurance protects against:

• off-record hazards such as forgery, impersonation, or lack of capacity of a party to any transaction
involving title to the land (e.g., a deed of an incompetent or an agent whose authority has terminated, or of
a corporation whose charter has expired);

• the possibility that a deed of record was not in fact delivered with intent to convey title (typically excluding
a fraudulent conveyance);

• the loss which might arise from the lien of federal estate taxes, which is effective without notice upon
death; and

• the expense, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in defending the title, whether the plaintiff prevails or not.

The standard policy of title insurance does not however protect the policyholder against defects in the title
known to the holder or to the agent of the holder to exist at the date of the policy and not previously disclosed
to the insurance company. Further, the standard policy neither protects against easements and liens which are
not shown by the public records; nor against rights or claims of persons in physical possession of the
land/property, yet which are not shown by the public records (since the insurer typically does not inspect the
property when offering such coverage); nor against rights or claims not shown in public records, yet which
could be ascertained by physical inspection of the land/property, or by appropriate inquiry of persons on the

land/property, or by a correct survey; nor against mining claims, reservations in patents, or water rights; nor
against zoning ordinances.

These limitations may not be as dangerous as they might appear to be. To a considerable degree, the limitations
can or may be eliminated by careful inspection of the land/property by the purchaser/buyer or his or her agents
(e.g., brokers/appraisers) and a routine inquiry as to the status of persons in possession. However, if desired,
most of these risks can be covered by special endorsement or use of extended coverage policies at added
premium cost.

ALTA Policy (for lenders). In California, many loans secured by real property have been made by out-of-state
financial institutions/licensed lenders that were not in a position to make personal inspection of the properties
involved except at disproportionate expense. For them and other nonresident lenders, the special ALTA
(American Land Title Association) Policy was developed. This policy expands the risks normally insured
against to include: rights of parties in physical possession, including tenants and buyers under unrecorded
instruments; reservations in patents; and, most importantly, unmarketable title. The new ALTA Loan Policy
(issued 10-17-92 and further revised 6-17-2006) also covers recorded notices of enforcement of excluded
matters (like zoning), as well as recorded notices of defects, liens or encumbrances affecting title that result
from a violation of matters excluded from policy coverage. A review by knowledgeable legal counsel of the
provisions of ALTA Loan Policies is recommended before purchasing coverage, including specific
endorsements.

Extended coverage. The American Land Title Association has adopted an owner’s extended coverage policy
(designated as ALTA Owner’s Policy [10-17-92]) that provides to buyers or owners much the same protection
that the ALTA policy gives lenders. The owner’s policy has been recently revised and the coverage expanded.
The California Land Title Association (“CLTA”) has also provided expanded protection for the owner’s
policies it issues under standard coverage.

However, reliance on the owner’s or the owner’s agent notice or knowledge of defects affecting the title and
not of record has also been expanded and enhanced. These policies offer no protection against defects or other
matters concerning the title that are known to exist by the insured (the owner or the agents of the owner) as of
the date of the policy that have not previously been communicated in writing to the insurer. These policies also
offer no protection regarding governmental regulations concerning occupancy and use. The former limitation is
self-explanatory; the latter exists because zoning regulations concern the condition of the land/property rather
than the condition of title.

For homeowner’s (1 to 4 residential units) a new CLTA/ALTA policy was developed in 1998; (ALTA
Homeowner’s Policy (10-17-98), and CLTA Homeowners Policy (6-2-98). As previously mentioned, these
polices have been revised again. Generally, the policies are the same with the exception: the CLTA policy
provides a form of Subdivision Map coverage, while the ALTA policy makes the Map Act coverage optional.
The idea of the new and revised policies is to provide homeowners with a form of extended coverage. The new
and revised policies contain maximums payable under certain categories of coverage and small deductibles
payable by the insured. Both policies incorporate protection against certain risks that conventionally were
available only to lenders and only by endorsement.

Domestic Title Insurance Companies in California

Section 12359 of the Insurance Code of California requires that a title insurance company organized under the
laws of this State have at least $500,000 paid-in capital represented by shares of stock. Section 12350 requires
that the insurer deposit with the Insurance Commissioner a “guarantee fund” of $100,000 in cash or approved
securities to secure protection for title insurance policy holders. A title insurer must also set apart annually, as a
title insurance surplus fund, a sum equal to 10 percent of its premiums collected during the year until this fund
equals the lesser of 25 percent of the paid-in capital of the company or $1,000,000. This fund acts as further
security to the holders and beneficiaries of policies of title insurance.

Policies of title insurance are now almost universally used in California, largely in the standardized forms
prepared by the California Land Title Association (“CLTA”), the trade organization of the title companies in
this State. Every title insurer must adopt and make available to the public a schedule of fees and charges for
title policies. Today, it is the general practice in California for buyers, sellers and lenders, as well as the

attorneys and real estate brokers who serve them, to rely on title insurance companies for title information, title
reports and policies of title insurance.

Rebate Law

Title insurance companies are required to charge for preliminary reports under the terms of legislation adopted
at the 1967 general session of the California Legislature. The rebate law requires title insurance companies to
not only charge for reports, but also to make sincere efforts to collect for them except in certain defined
circumstances.

Title insurance companies can still furnish “the name of the owner of record and the record description of any
parcel or real property” without charge. Such information may be referred to as a “property profile” or “subject
property history”.

The statute extends the anti-commission provisions of Section 12404 of the Insurance Code to prohibit direct or
indirect payments by a title insurance company to principals in a transaction as a consideration for title
business.

Thus, the law prohibits a title insurance company from paying, either directly or indirectly, any commission,
rebate, or other consideration as an inducement for or as compensation on any title insurance business, escrow
or other title business in connection with which a title policy is issued. Rebates are also precluded in the Real
Estate Law, as defined.

See Business and Professions Code Section 10177.4.

86

Public
Off

ATTACHMENTS AND JUDGMENTS

ATTACHMENTS AND JUDGMENTS somebody

ATTACHMENTS AND JUDGMENTS

Property Subject to Attachment

Attachment is the process by which real or personal property of a defendant in a lawsuit is seized and retained
in the custody of the law as security for satisfaction of the judgment the plaintiff hopes to obtain in the pending
litigation. The plaintiff gets the lien before entry of judgment, and is somewhat more assured of availability of
the defendant’s property for eventual execution in satisfaction of the claim (if the judgment is awarded to the
plaintiff).

The purpose of an attachment is to protect a plaintiff who is a prospective judgment creditor against attempts by
the defendant/debtor to transfer or dissipate the property subject to the attachment, and thus, in so dissipating
the property, frustrate efforts to obtain satisfaction of a judgment subsequently obtained. The property seized
and held under the attachment process constitutes an asset, or assets, which a judgment creditor may cause to be
sold through execution proceedings in satisfaction of the judgment.

An attachment has always been referred to as a harsh remedy because it imposes a lien on the defendant’s
property and deprives him or her of absolute dominion and control over it for so long as it takes the court to
adjudicate the plaintiff’s claim. It is because of the deprivation of the defendant’s right to dispose of
defendant’s attached property that the procedural framework of the attachment process has not been adopted to
accommodate time consuming complex legal issues or disputes. Instead, the attachment process is based on the
theory that the existence of a debt owed by the defendant to the plaintiff is conceded and that the principal
function of the court is merely to ascertain the amount of that debt. This is why the right of a plaintiff to an
attachment lien before trial (a prejudgment attachment lien) has been historically confined to actions arising out
of contracts, express or implied, for the payment of money. Even in case of a claim arising out of a contract, the
courts have been reticent to issues orders for prejudgment attachment liens.

Section 488.720 of the Code of Civil Procedure introduces a novel method of tempering the harsh
consequences of an attachment lien and preventing its abuse. In noticed proceedings before the court, should
the value of the defendant’s interest in the property sought to be attached be shown to be clearly in excess of
the amount necessary to satisfy plaintiff’s claim, the court may order a release of as much of the property as it
considers excess security.

Prejudgment attachments of the property of a natural person (individual) have been limited by case law and
statute to claims arising out of the conduct of a business, trade, or profession. There are numerous other
limitations on obtaining a prejudgment attachment.

Property Exempt from Attachment and Execution

As a matter of public policy, certain property is exempt from attachment or execution where the defendant is a
natural person. The exemptions include, among others, property that is necessary for the support of the
defendant or the family of the defendant; “earnings” as provided for and defined in Code of Civil Procedure
Sections 706.010 and 706.011; interests in real property except leasehold estates with unexpired terms of less

than a year; accounts receivable of a trade, business, or profession conducted by the defendant, as defined;
equipment; farm products; inventory; money judgments arising out of the conduct of the defendant regarding a
trade, business, or profession; money on the premises where a trade, business, or professions is conducted by
the defendant, except the first $1000.00 located elsewhere, as defined; negotiable documents of title;
instruments; securities; and minerals or the like. Community property interests of the defendant are subject to
the attachment. A proper claim is to be made for the exemptions to apply. See Code of Civil Procedure Sections
487.010, 487.020, 487.030 and 706.010, et seq.

The most important exemption is the homestead, and the formalities of declaration of homestead by the owner
are discussed later in this chapter. See Code of Civil Procedures Section 487.025.

Judgment

A final judgment is the final determination of the rights of the parties in an action or proceeding by a court of
competent jurisdiction. Of course, the possibility exists that either party will appeal the judgment and,
following the appeal, the judgment might subsequently be reversed or amended. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
comparatively few judgments are appealed. Even for those judgments that are not appealed, the judgment is
enforceable until the time to appeal or seek other procedural legal relief has elapsed.

A simple money judgment does not automatically create a lien. However, as soon as a properly certified
abstract of the judgment is recorded with the recorder of any county, it becomes a lien upon all real property of
the judgment debtor located in that county. It extends in that county to all real property the debtor may
thereafter acquire before the lien expires. The lien of a lump sum money judgment normally continues for ten
years from the date of entry of the judgment or decree. See Code of Civil Procedure Section 664 et seq. As
with the lien on attachment, a judgment lien is discharged if enforcement of the judgment is stayed on appeal
and the defendant executes a sufficient undertaking (promise or security) or deposits in court the requisite
amount of money. See Code of Civil Procedure Sections 489.010 et. seq. and 515.010 et seq.

California Law has been amended to limit the inclusion of the social security number of the debtor on the
abstract of judgment to the last four digits of the number. However, the listing of the social security number and
the driver’s license number of the judgment debtor pursuant to Section 4506 of the Family Code applies to
abstracts of judgment recorded after January 1, 1979, unless otherwise limited pursuant to the previously
mentioned section of the Family Code.

The abstract of judgment is to contain the title of the court where the judgment is entered, the cause and number
of the action, and the date of the entry of the judgment in the records of the court. In addition, the name and last
know address of the judgment debtor and the name and address of the judgment creditor are to be included
along with the date of the issuance of the abstract. Generally, the priority of an abstract of judgment is the date
of recordation of the original abstract of judgment. Exceptions to this rule have been provided by law. See
Code of Civil Procedure Section 674.

Public
Off

CALIFORNIA ADOPTS A RECORDING SYSTEM

CALIFORNIA ADOPTS A RECORDING SYSTEM somebody

CALIFORNIA ADOPTS A RECORDING SYSTEM

California was admitted to the Union by the United States on September 9, 1850. One of the first acts of the
Legislature of the new state was to adopt a recording system by which evidence of title or interests in the title
could be collected and maintained in a convenient and safe public place. The purpose of establishing a
recording system was to inform persons planning to purchase or otherwise deal with land about the ownership
and condition of the title. This system was designed to protect innocent lenders and purchasers against secret
sales, transfers, or conveyances and from undisclosed encumbrances/liens. The purpose of this system is to
allow the title to the real property to be freely transferable.

The California Legislature adopted a recording system modeled after the system established by the original
American Colonies. It was strictly an American device for safeguarding the ownership of and the encumbering
of land/property. Recording of sales, transfers, or conveyances and encumbrances/liens as part of a public
record was established to impart constructive notice. This system of recording is known as the “Race
Recording”, or as the “Race-Notice Recording” statute/law.

Actual v. Constructive Notice

Actual notice consists of express information of a fact. Constructive notice means notice given by the public
records. By means of constructive notice, people are presumed to know the contents of recorded instruments.
Publicly recording instruments of transfer/conveyance or to encumber/lien the title to real property imparts
constructive notice. For example, Civil Code Section 2934 enacted in 1872 states in part, “Any assignment of a
mortgage and any assignment of the beneficial interest under a deed of trust may be recorded, and from the time
the same is filed for record operates as constructive notice of the contents thereof to all persons…”.

Which Instruments May Be Recorded

The Government Code of California provides that, after being acknowledged (executed in front of a Notary
Public, or properly witnessed as provided by applicable law), any instrument or judgment affecting the title to
or possession of real property may be recorded. See Government Code Sections 27201, 27201.5, 27287, and
27288.

The word “instrument” as defined in Section 27279(a) of the Government Code “…means a written paper
signed by a person or persons transferring the title to, or giving a lien on real property, or giving a right to a
debt or duty.” A similar definition is set forth in a historic 19th century case. See Hoag v Howard (1880) 55
Cal. 564-567. The definition of an “instrument” does not necessarily include every writing purporting to affect
real property. However, the term “instrument” does include, among others, deeds, mortgages, leases, land
contracts, deeds of trust and agreements between or among landowners/property owners.

Purpose of Recording Statutes

The general purpose of recording statutes is to permit (rather than require) the recordation of any instrument
which affects the title to or possession of real property, and to penalize the person who fails to take advantage
of recording.

However, existing law includes examples where recording is required as a predicate to accomplish a defined
public policy objective. One such example is Civil Code Section 2932.5 that provides, “Where a power to sell
real property is given to a mortgagee, or other encumbrancer, in an instrument intended to secure the payment
of money …[T]the power of sale may be exercised by the assignee of the assignment if duly acknowledged
and recorded (emphasis added).”

Another example is in Business and Professions Code Section 10233.2 regarding perfecting ownership of
promissory notes or interests therein. This Section states in part “…the delivery, transfer and perfection shall be
deemed complete even if the broker retains possession of the note or collateral instruments and documents,
provided that the deed of trust or assignment of the deed of trust or collateral documents in favor of the lender
or purchaser is recorded in the office of the county recorder in the county in which the security property
is located, and the note is made payable to the lender or is endorsed or assigned to the purchaser
(emphasis added).”

Because of the recording of instruments of conveyance or encumbrance/lien, purchasers (and others dealing
with title to property) may in good faith discover and rely upon the ownership of title or an interest therein.
While the Government Code does not specify any particular time within which an instrument must be recorded,
priority of recordation will ordinarily determine the rights of the parties if there are conflicting claims to the
same parcel of land/property, i.e., the title thereto or an interest therein. The instrument recorded first in the
chain of title would generally achieve priority over subsequently recorded instruments (fact issues such as
subordination or actual notice may affect priority notwithstanding recording dates). The definition of the “Race
Recording” or “Race-Notice Recording” statutes/laws is intended to describe the manner of achieving priority
in the chain of title. Generally, the person winning the race gains priority.

The county recorder in the county within which the property is located must record instruments affecting real
property. If the property lies in more than one county, the instrument, or certified copy of the record, must be
recorded in each county in which the property is located in order to impart constructive notice in the respective
counties.

If it is necessary to record a document written in a foreign language, the recorder will file the foreign language
instrument with a certified translation. In those counties in which a photographic or electronic method of
recording is employed, the foreign language instrument and the translation may be recorded and the original
instrument returned to the party who requested recordation. See Government Code Section 27293.

When an Instrument is Deemed Recorded

Generally, an instrument is recorded when it is duly acknowledged or verified and deposited in the recorder’s
office with the proper officer and marked “filed for record.” It is the duty of the recorder to number the
instrument in the order in which it is deposited, including the year, month, day, hour, and minute of its
reception, and indicate at whose request it was “filed for record.” The contents of the document are transferred
to its appropriate book or image of records upon the page or pursuant to the number endorsed on the document,
and the original document is returned to the party who left it for recording.

The recorder indexes all recorded documents in alphabetical order according to the names of the grantors and
grantees or mortgagors or mortgagees, which terms include holders of beneficial interests in and
trustors/borrowers of deeds of trusts, and the name or nature of the document. The documents are also indexed
by date of recording and the recording reference. See Government Code 27230 et seq.

Effect of Recording as Imparting Notice

The courts have ruled that the benefits of a recording statute are not available to one who takes title with actual
notice of a previously executed though unrecorded instrument. For example, possession of land/property by one
other than the seller is actual notice to an intending buyer sufficient to impose a duty to inquire about the
possession. Despite the recording statutes and the assurance they give about the status of title, a prudent
purchaser should inspect the premises in person or through a trusted agent.

The obligation to inspect includes inquiring of persons in possession of the real property (e.g., a tenant or
lessee), what claim such persons have to occupy and use the property, and is there a written agreement
supporting the claim. The agreement may be a month-to-month tenancy, a leasehold or an estate for years, a
land contract of sale, an option to purchase, a lease with a first right of refusal, etc. Such a claim would be

imparted by actual notice because of the occupancy of the persons in possession. The agreement evidencing the
claim need not be recorded to affect the title to the real property.

In addition to the foregoing, there are many types of unrecorded interests that a prospective purchaser may
discover during a physical inspection of property. For example, a pathway or sewer line may mean adjoining
owners have an unrecorded easement. Lumber or recent carpentry work may mean certain persons have a right
to file mechanics’ liens.

The recording laws do not protect the party “first to record” against what may be discovered through a physical
inspection, nor do standard form title insurance policies cover the situations previously described. As
previously mentioned, the inspection of a property to be purchased or encumbered is recommended and advice
from a qualified professional is often required (e.g., lawyer, title officer, civil engineer, etc.) before proceeding
to purchasing or encumbering the land/property. The intended title insurer should be asked about extended
coverage to insure against the unrecorded interests that may be discovered by physical inspection as discussed
in this section.

Priorities in Recording

The California recording statutes encourage prompt recording of conveyances and encumbrances and prohibits
use of the constructive notice doctrine as an aid to proven fraud. The recording laws protect only innocent
parties.

Certain priorities are affected by statutory provisions. For example and for the purposes of establishing priority,
existing California Law distinguishes between a mortgage and deed of trust given for the price of real property
(purchase money mortgage) from such instruments of encumbrance given to refinance or further encumber the
property (non-purchase money mortgage). The former have priority over all other liens created against the
purchaser, subject to the operation of the recording laws, and the later do not have priority over the defined
liens. Further, the priority to be established for mortgagees or deeds of trust on an estate for years in real
property (leasehold) shall be determined in the same manner as establishing the priorities of such liens against
the title of real property. See Civil Code Section 2898.

Not all liens on real property rank in priority according to their respective dates of recording. For example, with
respect to the same parcel of property, A executed a mortgage in favor of B dated June 1 and recorded June 20.
A executed a mortgage in favor of C dated June 10 and recorded June 15. C’s mortgage will be superior in
priority to B’s only if C did not have, on or prior to June 15, notice of B’s mortgage.

Special Lien/Encumbrance Situations

Liens and encumbrances are discussed again later in this chapter. However, it will be helpful to note here the
impact of the recording laws on liens and encumbrances. Liens are imposed for monetary claims against the
title to real property or for the performance of an act in connection therewith. Liens are encumbrances, but there
are encumbrances that are not monetary claims, e.g., an easement. These forms of encumbrances typically
affect the condition or use of the property. It can be said that all liens are encumbrances, but not all
encumbrances are liens.

California Law refers to mortgages and deeds of trust as functional equivalents. The historic distinctions
between the two instruments include the application of the “lien” vs. “legal title” theories (to be discussed later
in this chapter), and the use of a third party trustee with certain defined powers in a deed of trust but not in a
classic mortgage instrument. The perceived limitation of the use of the trustee in a deed of trust was eliminated
in 1986 through the enactment of Civil Code Section 2920. For the purposes of this chapter, the terms
“mortgage” and “deed of trust” are used interchangeably and for each other as functional equivalents, as
defined in current California Law.

A lender/encumbrancer will often agree in the deed of trust (the senior instrument) to make “future advances”
as a part of a secured loan transaction. Another lien/encumbrance (for example, a junior deed of trust or a
mechanic’s lien) may intervene between the time of recordation of the lender’s senior deed of trust and the time
of a “future advance”. A question of priority is then posed regarding the sums advanced by the senior lender.

When the terms of the senior deed of trust obligate the lender to make “future advances” (e.g., progress
payments under a construction loan), these “obligatory advances” have the same priority as the loan secured by
the senior deed of trust, regardless of intervening liens (monetary claims). See Civil Code Section 2884.

In other cases, the senior lender may have the option of making “future advances” of money to the
borrower/trustor, but is not required to do so. These “optional advances” for priority purposes date from the
time the advance is made, unless the lender can show no actual or constructive notice of intervening liens. This
does not mean lenders are excused from checking the public record.

The issue of “future advances” is of particular concern in loan products known as Home Equity Lines of Credit
(“HELOC”). Such loan products have become popular in the last 15 to 20 years. The advances made as part of
a HELOC loan transaction are generally “optional”, i.e., defined conditions must first be met prior to the lender
extending to the borrower/trustor additional credit. To facilitate the use of these loan products, the title
insurance industry has offered endorsements to the institutional lending community (financial depository
institutions and certain licensed lenders) maintaining for the purposes of the coverage provided the priority of
the “optional advances” to protect the interests of the lenders making HELOCs. See Civil Code Section 2884.

Mechanics’ liens generally relate back to the time of the commencement of the construction work as a whole.
Thus, a deed of trust must be executed, delivered, accepted and recorded prior to commencement of any work
regarding the security property to assure the priority of the construction loan secured by the deed of trust over
the claims that may be made by contractors, laborers, material houses, suppliers, design professionals and the
like in the form of mechanics liens. See Civil Code Section 3134.

Liens for real property taxes and other general taxes, as well as special county and municipal taxes and
assessments are superior in priority to the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust regardless of the date of
creation, including execution, delivery, acceptance, and recording. California Law provides that any tax or
assessment declared a lien on real property should be given priority over all other liens, including judgments,
deeds, mortgages, deeds of trust, etc. See Revenue & Taxation Code Section 2192.1.

Provided they are bona fide encumbrances/liens, deeds of trust and mortgages recorded prior to general federal
tax liens or state tax liens are superior in priority to those liens. However, subsequent to the non-judicial
foreclosure of the security property, the IRS has asserted the priority of its tax claims are altered to a senior
position when the assets to which such claims attached become the cash available from the foreclosure
proceeds.

Persons having priority may by agreement waive this priority in favor of others. An agreement to do this is
called a “subordination agreement.” These agreements are often executed in connection with deeds of trust to
subordinate a senior encumbrance/lien to a later recorded junior encumbrance/lien. An example is where a
landowner’s/property owner’s “purchase-money” deed of trust (securing a debt in the form of a seller “carry-
back” established at the time the security property was purchased) is subordinated by agreement to a
construction loan to finance the improvements to be made to the property.

Without such priority of claim for payment against the real property, a construction lender would typically
decline to extend credit and, therefore, funds would not be available for the building contractor to expend time
and materials on the construction project.

In certain loan transactions, statutory requirements are imposed regarding the use of subordination clauses.
These requirements include notice of the existence of a subordination clause, and a disclosure of the contents of
the subordination agreement. While these requirements apply to loans in the amount of $25,000 or less, they
represent good guidelines to be considered when engaging in the use of subordination clauses and agreements.
See Civil Code Section 2953.1 et seq.

As previously mentioned, a mortgage or deed of trust given for the purchase price of real property at the time of
the conveyance of the security property has priority over all other liens created against the purchaser, subject to
operation of the recording laws. See Civil Code Section 2898.

Two or more deeds of trust recorded at the same time (concurrently) may contain on the face of each deed of
trust (as part of an industry practice) a recital about which is intended by the parties to be first, second, or third
in priority. The recitals can be effective subordination agreements with the informed knowledge and consent of
the lenders and the trustors/borrowers (referred to as mortgagors).

Public
Off

CONDITIONS REQUIRING OWNER TO PROVIDE CONTRACTOR WITH COPY OF RECORDED CONSTRUCTION LOAN INSTRUMENTS AND SECURITY FOR PAYMENT

CONDITIONS REQUIRING OWNER TO PROVIDE CONTRACTOR WITH COPY OF RECORDED CONSTRUCTION LOAN INSTRUMENTS AND SECURITY FOR PAYMENT somebody

CONDITIONS REQUIRING OWNER TO PROVIDE CONTRACTOR WITH COPY OF RECORDED CONSTRUCTION LOAN INSTRUMENTS AND SECURITY FOR PAYMENT

Recent amendments to the law require (in those fact situations where a lending institution is extending credit in
the form of a construction loan) the owner must provide the original contractor with a copy certified by the
county recorder of the recorded construction mortgage or deed of trust. The recorded instrument is to disclose
the amount of the construction loan. The trigger for the foregoing is when the contract for the work of
improvement is more than $5,000,000 and the owner is the fee simple title holder of the property, or the
contract for the work of improvement is more than $1,000,000 and the owner holds less than a fee simple title
interest such as a leasehold interest.

In certain defined fact situations, the owner may be required to provide security for the payment obligations
under the construction contract. The security may be in the form of a payment bond, an irrevocable letter of
credit, or an escrow account with funds deposited therein subject to a security interest established in favor of
the original contractor being determined sufficient by written opinion of legal counsel. This body of law is
complex and should be reviewed by knowledgeable legal counsel. See Civil Code Section 3110.5.

Public
Off

EASEMENTS

EASEMENTS somebody

EASEMENTS

Generally

Having considered various types of liens which are encumbrances affecting the title to property, it is important
to consider encumbrances which affect the physical condition or use of the property. Easements, probably the
most common of this category, are ordinarily rights to enter and use another person’s land or a portion thereof
within definable limits. Therefore, an easement is a right, privilege, or interest limited to a specific purpose
which one party has in the land/property of another.

Easement rights are often created for the benefit of the owner of adjoining land. The benefitted land is called
the “dominant tenement,” and the land subject to the easement is described as the “servient tenement.” Unless
the easement is specifically described to be “exclusive,” its creation does not prevent the owner of the land
from using the land/property and the portion covered by the easement in a way that does not interfere with the
use of the easement.

Appurtenant Easements

Typical statutory easements (or land burdens or servitudes as they are also known) include, among others: a
right of ingress and egress (a right to go on the land and to exit from the land); the right to use a wall as a party
wall; or the right to receive more than natural support from adjacent land/property or things affixed thereto.

These easements, when attached to a ‘‘dominant tenement,” are considered “appurtenant” thereto, and pass
automatically upon transfer of the dominant tenement without explicit mention in the instrument of transfer.
“Appurtenant” means “belonging to.” Civil Code Section 801 lists a variety of easements commonly used in
real property transactions. Civil Code Section 801.5 provides for a solar easement to ensure that solar collectors
receive direct and unimpaired sunlight to facilitate the operation of the solar energy system.

Easements in Gross

It is possible to have an easement that is not appurtenant to particular land/property. Thus A, who owns no
related land/property, may have a right-of-way over B’s land/property. Public utilities frequently enjoy
easements to erect poles and string wires over private lands, yet own no related dominant tenement. Such
easements are technically known as easements in gross, and are personal rights attached to the person of the
easement holder and not attached to any specific land/property, yet in reality they encumber someone’s
land/property and in effect constitute an interest therein.

If the instrument creating an easement is unclear, the following factors are useful in determining whether the
easement is appurtenant or in gross: (1) if the easement can fairly be construed as being attached to the
land/property, it will be so construed; (2) the intention of the parties and the right created are important
considerations; and (3) outside evidence may be considered.

How Easements Are Created

Easements may be created in various ways, such as by express grant, express reservation, implied grant or
implied reservation, agreement, prescription, necessity, dedication, condemnation, sale of land/property with
reference to a plat, or estoppel.

Normally, easements arise in one of three ways. Either they are expressly set forth in some writing (such as a
deed or a contract), or they arise by implication of law, or by virtue of long use. Those created by deed must
comply with the usual requirements of any deed and may arise either by express grant to another or by express
reservation to oneself.

While the most common method of creating an easement is by express grant or reservation in a grant deed,
written agreements/contracts between adjoining landowners/property owners often are used. Generally, a deed
or other recorded instrument to impart constructive notice of the easement established by the
agreement/contract. The person who can grant a permanent easement is the fee owner of the servient tenement,
or a person with the power to dispose of the fee.

Easements created by agreement/contract with a deed or other instrument of record to impart constructive
notice must not violate applicable law, public policy implementing the law, or public policy even though not
expressly applicable law. In a recent case, the agreement/contract between the dominant tenement and the
servient tenement established an easement for maintaining horses on the land/property of the servient tenement.
The applicable zoning ordinance prohibited the maintenance of horses on the land/property affected by the
easement. Because of the violation of the zoning ordinance, the court held the easement unenforceable and the
agreement/contract void. See Civil Code Section 1667 and Baccouche v. Blankenship (2007), Cal.App.4th [No.
B192291. Second Dist., Div. Four. Sep. 11, 2007.]

Easement by Implication of Law

Civil Code Section 1104 contains the rule for implied grants. Certain conditions must exist at the time
land/property is conveyed before an easement by implied grant will have effect. An easement by necessity is
one example of an easement by implication, but an easement by necessity differs somewhat in its requirements
from other easements by implication.

The “way of necessity” is generally recognized whenever a transfer occurs which truly “landlocks” a parcel of
real estate (land/property) and no method of access exists, except over the servient tenement retained by the
seller, or over the land/property of a stranger. The former is established by implication. The later would
generally require a quit claim deed from the seller describing the road used by the seller and the seller’s
predecessors in title to the parcel of land/property conveyed that otherwise is “landlocked”. To implement the
claim to the access may require establishing the easement by perscription.

Another implied easement is recognized when land/property in one ownership is divided, and at the time of
division, one portion is being used for the benefit of the other portion, e.g., a sewer lateral. See Civil Code
Section 801 and 1104.

Easement by Prescription

Continuous and uninterrupted use for five years will create an easement by prescription where such use is
hostile and adverse (without license or permission from the owner), open and notorious (the owner knows of
the use or may be presumed to have notice of the use), exclusive (although use is not necessarily by one person
only, it is such as to indicate to the landowner/property owner that a private right is being asserted), and under
some claim of right. Generally, payment of ad valorem or other relevant real property taxes is not required to
establish an easement by prescription, although it is among the requirements to establish adverse possession and
ownership of the land/property. The obtaining of a quitclaim deed as discussed in the previous section may join
the concept of easement by implication with easement by prescription. Should the stranger have been in chain
of title to the subject land/property, an easement by implication with a quitclaim deed may be established. See
Civil Code Section 813 and 1008.

Termination of Easements

Easements may be extinguished or terminated in several ways, including express release, legal proceedings,
nonuse of a prescriptive easement for five years, abandonment, merger of the servient tenement and the
easement in the same person, destruction of the servient tenement, and adverse possession by the owner of the
servient tenement. An easement obtained by grant cannot be lost by nonuse. See Civil Code Section 811.

Public
Off

ENCROACHMENTS

ENCROACHMENTS somebody

ENCROACHMENTS

Adjoining owners of real property often find themselves involved with encroachments in the form of fences or
walls and buildings extending over the boundary lines. The party encroaching on a neighbor may be doing so
with legal justification. The person who encroached may have gained title to the strip encroached on by adverse
possession, or may have acquired an easement by prescription or possibly by implication to the land/property
upon which the encroachment has occurred.

On the other hand, the encroachment may be wrongful. If it is, the party encroached upon may sue for damages
and a court may require removal of the encroachment.

Note: If the encroachment is slight (e.g., measurable in inches), the cost of removal great, and the cause an
excusable mistake, a court may deny removal and award dollar damages to the owner of the land/property
subject to the encroachment. In such an event, the local government would require either a boundary line
adjustment or an appropriate variance to establish the minimum “setbacks” required by the applicable zoning

ordinance. The determination whether the encroachment may remain and damages may be paid in lieu of
removal requires exhausting administrative remedies with the local government prior to a court of competent
jurisdiction being able to rule on the matter.

Public
Off

ENCUMBRANCES/LIENS

ENCUMBRANCES/LIENS somebody

ENCUMBRANCES/LIENS

In this section, the principal types of encumbrances/liens are examined that may be imposed on a given parcel
of land/property without affecting the fee title to the owner’s real property as part of the owner’s estate. This

discussion includes the distinctions between the “lien” vs. “legal title” theories, and the fact that the “lien”
theory has been adopted by California and represents current law.

Definition- Encumbrance

An encumbrance may be defined very generally as any right or interest in land/property, possessed by a
stranger to the title, which affects the value of the owner’s estate, but does not prevent the owner from enjoying
and selling, transferring, or otherwise conveying the fee title.

Two categories of encumbrances exist: those affecting title and those affecting condition or use of the property.

Encumbrances that affect title. Most notably, these are liens. A lien is defined as a charge imposed on
property and made security for the payment of a monetary claim or the performance of an act in connection
therewith. Typically, the lien is imposed for the payment of a debt evidenced by a promissory note. Liens may
also be imposed solely for the performance of an act in the form of a performance deed of trust.

Liens may affect real or personal property and may be voluntary (e.g., a home mortgage to secure a loan) or
involuntary (e.g., imposed by law for overdue taxes). A lien may be specific, affecting only a particular
property (e.g., a trust deed, or a mechanic’s lien on a given property) or may be a general lien, affecting all
property of the owner not exempt by law (e.g., a money judgment, or a lien for overdue state or federal income
taxes). As previously mentioned in this chapter, all liens are encumbrances, but not all encumbrances are liens.

Encumbrances that affect the physical condition or use of the property. Examples are easements, building
restrictions and zoning requirements, and encroachments.

A buyer will commonly accept a deed to encumbered property, with the price adjusted accordingly. Often, the
encumbrance may not be objectionable, e.g., an easement for utility purposes. But sometimes a buyer may insist
that the encumbrance be removed or cleared from the public record before the transaction closes.

Cloud on the title. A “cloud on the title” is defined as any outstanding claim or encumbrance that would, if
valid, affect or impair the owner’s title to a particular property/estate. While the cloud remains, the owner is
prevented from selling transferring, or conveying marketable title. The ability to further encumber the title may
also be impaired by a “cloud on the title”.

Examples are: a mortgage paid off but without official recordation of that fact (a reconveyance of a deed of
trust); an apparent interest in the property which remains because one of a group of heirs fails to sign the deed
on sale of the property; or a notice of action (a lis pendens) which remains on the public record even after the
plaintiff and defendant have agreed to dismissal of the court action. Removal of a cloud may require time and
patience. Meanwhile, closing will be postponed until the persons requesting coverage obtain a title insurance
policy without reference to the cloud.

It is important to understand the distinction between the “lien” theory and the “legal title” theory and the impact
of these theories on the use of mortgages and deeds of trust as security devices/instruments for the repayment of
a monetary claim or the performance of an act.

LIEN THEORY VS. LEGAL TITLE THEORY

History. An essential concept of California Law is the ability to secure the repayment of monetary claims or the
performance of an act typically in connection therewith by a “lien” that does not impair the owner’s rights to
freely enjoy the benefits of the use and ownership of the property. These benefits include the right to sell,
transfer, or otherwise convey, or further encumber the title to the land/real property. It is settled law that
California is a “lien” and not a “legal title” theory state when imposing encumbrances/liens against the title of
real property.

California has a 150-year history of development and evolution in the way its courts have applied legal
principles to mortgages and deeds of trust. As of 2009, this 150-year history is split approximately in half,
creating two 75-year periods. The first 75-year period begins in 1859, ends in 1933, and is marked by the
California Supreme Court’s historic insistence that mortgages create “liens” and deeds of trust transfer “legal
title”. The Court held that the two instruments/security devices have no common features, and each are
controlled by different bodies of real property law (“Title Period”).

The second 75-year period begins in 1933, runs to the present, and is marked by the 180-degree reversal of
position in which the California Supreme Court currently insists that a deed trust is the functional equivalent of
a mortgage with power of sale. Therefore, both instruments (mortgages and deeds of trust) are governed by
mortgage laws (“Lien Period”). In these two periods, dramatically differing opinions on the same legal issue
were offered by California courts. These differing opinions evolved the law regarding deeds of trust over the
last 75 years to reconcile the law applicable to mortgages with power of sale, and thus established the “lien
theory” as the applicable California Law.

The most comprehensive analysis of distinctions in the legal status of deeds of trusts and mortgages during the
Title Period is contained in two California Law Review articles. The first published in 1915 by Professor Kidd
is Trust Deeds and Mortgages in California. See, A. M. Kidd, Trust Deeds and Mortgages in California, 3 Cal.
L. Rev 381 (1915).

The second analysis, Applications of the Distinction between Mortgages and Trust Deeds in California, was
published in 1938 and brings Professor Kidd’s 1915 article current through the watershed Bank of Italy II
decision in 1933. See, Joseph M. Cormack and James B. Irsfeld Jr., Applications of the Distinction between
Mortgages and Trust Deeds in California, 26 Cal. L. Rev. 206 (1938).

In the 1915 article, Professor Kidd identifies the paradoxical character of California mortgage and deed of trust
law, which applied the “lien” theory and “legal title” theory of real property security instruments in the same
state at the same time. The Title Period begins with the California Supreme Court’s decision in Koch v. Briggs,
14 Cal. 256 (1859.

The California Supreme Court held in the Koch v. Briggs case: “It [a deed of trust] has no feature in common
with a mortgage, except that it was executed to secure an indebtedness.” As the 1915 and 1938 articles detail,
the legal effect of seeking to impose the “lien” theory for mortgages and the “legal title” theory for deeds of
trust resulted in numerous distinctions that seemingly had no foundation in legal principle, since both
instruments were clearly real property instruments/security devices. These distinctions were most prominent in
substantive areas such as the right of redemption (none historically recognized for deeds of trust), the one form
of action rule, limitations on deficiencies, and negotiability of a note secured by a mortgage versus deed of
trust, the fiduciary duties imposed on foreclosure trustees, homestead exemptions, mechanics liens, and the
impact of bankruptcy.

As noted by the leading treatise on California real estate: “Creditors began using the deed of trust as a real
property security instrument during the 19th century because of the procedural inhibitions imposed on the
mortgage by the courts and the impediments attendant with judicial foreclosure of the debtor's equity of
redemption. The use of a conveyance to a trustee clothed with a power of sale offered the creditor several
advantages over the mortgage so that, by the time the distinctions between the two security instruments were
removed during the early part of the 20th century, the deed of trust had become the generally accepted and
preferred security device in California.”

“Except for some minor distinctions, for all practical purposes, a mortgage that contains a power of sale has a
similar legal effect and economic function as the deed of trust. Each is subject to the same procedures and
limitations on judicial and non-judicial foreclosure, each is subject to the same redemption provisions both
prior to and after the foreclosure sale, and each is subject to the same anti-deficiency limitations. Both are
intended by the parties to serve the same economic function of providing security for the performance of an
obligation.” See, Miller & Starr, California Real Estate 3d, § 10:1.

The depression era years of 1932 and 1933 were the turning point for beginning the process of reconciling
California mortgage and deed of trust law. Two California Supreme Court opinions arising from the same case
symbolize the fitful end of the “Legal Title” period and the beginning of the “Lien” period. Although Bank of
Italy II is universally cited as the seminal decision reconciling mortgage and deed of trust law, little attention is
paid to the fact that just six (6) months earlier, the California Supreme Court decided Bank of Italy Nat. Trust &
Savings Ass’n v. Bentley, 14 P. 2d 85 (1932) – Bank of Italy I.

In Bank of Italy I, the California Supreme Court held: “It must be considered as thoroughly settled in California
that a deed of trust is not a mortgage. Substantial differences between two types of security have been
recognized, and statutes applicable to mortgages have generally been held inapplicable to deeds of
trust…”.[citations omitted]…Stockwell v. Barnum, 7 Cal. App. 413, 94 P. 400 …Id., 14 P. 2d at 86.

This holding of Bank of Italy I makes even more remarkable the reversal of position contained in Bank of Italy
II (only six months later in the same case before the same court): “This view, that deeds of trust, except for the
passage of title for the purpose of the trust, are practically and substantially only mortgages with a power of
sale…”. See, Bank of Italy Nat’l Trust and Savings Ass’n v. Bentley, 217 Cal. 644, 657 (1933).

Current Law. The California Supreme Court’s recognition in Bank of Italy II that deeds of trust are
“practically and substantially only mortgages with power of sale” renders obsolete all pre-1933 case law that
was built upon the legal foundation of Koch v. Briggs that holds a deed of trust “has no feature in common with
a mortgage, except that it was executed to secure an indebtedness.” In case after case published over the last 75
years, the California courts have reconciled any remaining distinctions between a deed of trust and mortgage
with power of sale. See, The 1989 California Supreme Court case of Monterey S.P. Partnership v. W.L.
Bingham, Inc., 261 Cal. 3d 454 (1989). (“Monterey”) reveals just how far the unification of trust deeds and
mortgages has come.

In Monterey, the court considered whether service of a complaint to the trustee of a deed of trust in a
mechanic’s lien foreclosure action is sufficient to bind the beneficiary of the deed of trust. In its holding, the
court makes it abundantly clear that a deed of trust creates a “lien” on the property and has the same legal effect
as a mortgage with a power of sale: “Although Whitney, supra, 10 Cal. 547, involved the effect of a mechanic’s
lien foreclosure on the rights of a mortgagee, the holding applies equally to a beneficiary under a deed of trust.
As explained in describing “the anomalous nature of deeds of trust in this state” (Bank of Italy etc. Assn. v.
Bentley (1933) 217 Cal. 644, 657, 20 P.2d 940), “deeds of trust, except for the passage of title for the purpose
of the trust, are practically and substantially only mortgages with a power of sale...”.

In practical effect, if not in legal parlance, a deed of trust is a “lien” on the property and not a transfer of fee
title to the trustee, i.e., establishing and adopting the “lien” theory vs. the “legal title” theory. It would be
inconsistent with Bank of Italy, supra, 217 Cal. 644, 20 P.2d 940, to deny the beneficiaries the rights of
mortgagees recognized in Whitney, supra, 10 Cal. 547, merely because the beneficiaries’ security interest took
the form of a deed of trust, which conveys “title” to a trustee. The deed of trust conveys “title” to the trustee
“only so far as may be necessary to the execution of the trust.” (Lupertino v. Carbahal (1973) 35 Cal.App.3d
742, 748, 111 Cal.Rptr. 112.)

The Court of Appeal also relied on Johnson v. Curley (1927) 83 Cal.App. 627, 257 P. 163, which held that
beneficiaries under a deed of trust were not necessary parties to an action to have that deed declared void for
fraud. However, as plaintiff Monterey and amici curiae on its behalf point out, the Court of Appeal’s reliance
on Johnson was misplaced for several reasons. First, Johnson was decided before the court clarified that a
deed of trust is tantamount to a mortgage with a power of sale. (Bank of Italy, supra, 217 Cal. at p. 657, 20
P.2d 940.) Id., at 590-591 (emphasis added).

As Monterey makes clear, pre-Bank of Italy II cases premised on the distinction between trust deeds and
mortgages are no longer good law. The same result was recently reached in Aviel v. Ng, 161 Cal. App. 4th 809
(2008). In Aviel, the court considered whether a subordination agreement subordinating a lease to “mortgages”
also subordinated the lease to a deed of trust beneficiary that had foreclosed on the lessor’s property. The lessee
argued strenuously that the perceived distinctions between a mortgage and a deed of trust should result in the
court finding that the subordination did not apply to the deed of trust. The court rejected the arguments as
follows:

Here there was a subordination clause within the lease rendering the lease subordinate to “mortgages which
may now or hereafter affect” the real property. The Ngs, however, emphasize distinctions between mortgages
and deeds of trust that are either illusory or unimportant. For example, they underscore that a deed of trust
conveys legal title, and, citing Anglo-California T. Co. v. Oakland Rys. (1924), 193 Cal. 451, 225 P. 452, urge
that “the interest in the property [vests] as an estate and not as a lien.” Anglo-California T. Co. predates Bank of

Italy and is predicated on the obsolete “lien” versus “legal title” theory historically relied on to differentiate the
two security devices/instruments. That theory has been discredited by the more contemporary jurisprudence
discussed above which functionally equates the two instruments and recognizes that a deed of trust, for all
practical purposes, is a “lien” on the property. Also See, Domarad v. Fisher & Burke, Inc., 270 Cal.App.2d
543, 553 (1969).

These authorities and many more since 1933 confirm that any pre-Bank of Italy II authorities are premised on
the distinction between deeds of trust and mortgages with power of sale are no longer good law. These earlier
decisions have been rendered obsolete based on the evolution of California Law and the consistently applied
holding that mortgages and deeds of trust are functionally equivalent and trust deeds are evaluated under
general mortgage law. Also See, Cornelison v. Kornbluth, 15 Cal.3d 590 (1975).

MECHANIC’S LIEN

California law expressly provides that persons furnishing labor or material for the improvement of real estate
may file liens upon the property affected, if the persons furnishing labor or material are not timely paid. Thus,
an unpaid contractor, or a craftsman employed by the contractor to work on a building project, but who has not
been paid by the owner or contractor may protect their right as an unpaid contractor or craftsman employed by
a contractor, to receive payment by filing a lien against the property in a manner prescribed by law. Any person
who has furnished material such as lumber, plumbing, or roofing holds the same right, if the claim is not timely
paid. It is because of the possibility of these liens being recorded that an owner employing a contractor often
requires that a bond be furnished to guarantee payment of possible mechanics’ lien claims.

DESIGN PROFESSIONAL’S LIEN

Effective January 1, 1991, California Civil Code Sections 3081.1 through 3081.10 provide for the filing of a
design professional’s lien.

For this purpose, a “design professional” is defined as a certificated architect, a registered professional
engineer, or a licensed land surveyor who furnishes services, pursuant to a written contract with a landowner
(property owner) for the design, engineering, or planning of a work of improvement.

If a landowner (property owner) defaults under a written contract with a design professional, a 10-day written
demand for payment must be made on the landowner (property owner) prior to the recordation of a design
professional’s lien. Section 3081.3 requires the 10-day written demand for payment be mailed by first-class
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the landowner (property owner), which notice of and
demand for payment shall specify that a default has occurred (pursuant to the contract or agreement) and the
amount of the default. Subsequently, the design professional may record a notice of lien against the real
property on which a work of improvement is to be constructed, with the notice of lien describing the real
property being improved, and further specifying the building permit or other governmental approval of the
work as a condition of recording the notice of lien. See Civil Code Section 3081.2 and 3081.3.

The design professional’s lien will not take priority over the interests of record of a purchaser/
buyer/lessee/encumbrancer, if the interests of the foregoing in question was duly recorded prior to the recording
of the design professional’s lien. See Civil Code Section 3081.9. The design professional’s lien does not apply
to the work of an improvement related to a single-family owner occupied residence where the construction
costs are less than $100,000 in value. See Civil Code Section 3081.10.

Except as previously discussed, the statutes provide for enforcement of a design professional’s lien in the same
manner as a mechanic’s lien.

Definition

A lien is a charge imposed in some way, other than by a transfer in trust upon specific property by which it is
made security for the performance of an act. A mechanic’s lien is a lien that secures payment to persons who
have furnished material, performed labor, or expended skill in the improvement of real property belonging to
another. See Title 15 of the Civil Code, commencing with Section 3082.

It is helpful to keep in mind while reading and thinking about this material on mechanics’ liens that:

• The mechanic’s lien claimant’s fundamental objective is to get paid; and

• The claim of mechanic’s lien is the claimant’s security used to reach the objective of payment.

To convert the security for the lien into money requires:

1. Timely recordation of a notice and claim of lien (one document) in the county recorder’s office in which
the work of improvement is located;

2. Perfection of the recorded notice and claim of lien by the filing of an action (a lawsuit) in the right court;

3. Recordation of a lis pendens (a written notice that a lawsuit has been filed concerning real property,
involving either the title to the property or a claimed ownership in the property);

4. Timely pursuit of the lawsuit to judgment; and

5. Enforcement of that judgment by a mechanic’s lien foreclosure sale.

Origin

The basic lien rights of mechanics, materialmen, artisans and laborers is found at Article XIV, Section 3 of the
California State Constitution:

“Sec. 3. Mechanics, persons furnishing materials, artisans, and laborers of every class, shall have a lien upon
the property upon which they have bestowed labor or furnished material for the value of such labor done and
material furnished; and the Legislature shall provide, by law, for the speedy and efficient enforcement of such
liens.”

The statutes enacted pursuant to this constitutional provision are, as previously mentioned found in Title 15,
Division 3, Part 4, of the Civil Code, commencing with Section 3082. This Section of the law is entitled,
“WORKS OF IMPROVEMENT”.

The Theory

The mechanic’s lien law is based on the theory that improvements to real property contribute additional value
to land; therefore, it is only equitable to impose a charge on the land/property equal to such increase in value.
This charge may exist in the absence of any direct contract relationship between the lien claimant and the
landowner. The lien must, however, be founded upon a valid contract with the contractor, subcontractor,
material house, supplier, lessee or vendee. Also, ordinarily the lien is valid only to the extent of labor and
materials furnished for and actually used in the job.

Public Policy

The mechanics’ lien statutes and the decisions of the courts interpreting and construing them reflect a strong
public policy of providing extraordinary rights to unpaid contributors of services and material in the property
they were instrumental in improving, and in the funds intended for payment for the improvements. The rights of
these unpaid contributors accrue and may be enforced against the property, even though (in certain fact
situations) the owner of the property has not contracted with the claimant and no personal liability exists to the
claimant.

The mechanic’s lien device is the traditional remedy giving security to people who improve the property of
others. However, owners are given means within the California statutes to protect against the burdening of their
land/property with improper liens. The basic elements of California’s system of protection for mechanics’
lienors and owners are:

1. Mechanic’s lien;

2. Stop notice on private work;

3. Stop notice on public work;

4. Payment bond on private work;

5. Payment bond on public work;

6. Contractor’s license bond; and

7. Notice of nonresponsibility.

Persons Entitled to a Mechanic’s Lien

The constitutional guarantee of the right to a mechanic’s lien upon the property is provided to mechanics,
materialmen, contractors, subcontractors, lessors of equipment, artisans, design professionals, machinists,
builders, teamsters, draymen, and all persons and laborers of every class performing labor upon or bestowing
skill or other necessary services upon, or bestowing materials, or leasing equipment to be used or consumed in
or furnishing appliances, teams, or power contributing to works of improvement. See Section 3110 of the Civil
Code. Persons specifically entitled to mechanics’ liens by virtue of the constitution and the statutes include the
following:

Mechanics Registered Engineers
Materialmen Licensed Land Surveyors
Contractors Machinists
Subcontractors Builders
Lessors of Equipment Artisans Teamsters Draymen
Architects Union Trust Fund

See Section 3111 of the Civil Code

Property Subject to Mechanics’ Liens

The land/property that may be subject to a claim of mechanic’s lien should be the property described in a
recorded claim of mechanic’s lien. Perhaps the only safe exception to this is real property owned and used by
the public. No lien for work or material attaches to a “public work.” See Los Angeles Stone Co. v. National
Surety Co., 178 C 247, 173 P 79 (1918). In situations in which private enterprise undertakes improvement of
public lands/properties, a claim of lien could be sustained against the improvements, although it would be
invalid as to the land/property. See Western Electric Co. Inc. v. Colley, 79 CA 770, 251 P 331 (1926).

With every statutory increase in the designation of those contributors of services and material entitled to a claim
of mechanic’s lien, there has usually been a corresponding broadening of the land/property interests that may be
subjected to a claim of mechanic’s lien. Today, under appropriate circumstances, a claim of mechanic’s lien
may attach to only a building or structure; only to land/property beneath a building or structure; to both
land/property and the building or structure; or, to a parcel of land upon/property for which there is no structure.

Public Works

This discussion of the mechanic’s lien law applies only to private works of improvement. Sections 3179
through 3214 and Sections 3247 through 3252 of the Civil Code should be consulted in connection with any
question or problem arising from the contribution of labor or material to a public work of improvement. A
“public work of improvement” means any work of improvement contracted for by a public entity. “Public
entity” means the state, Regents of the University of California, a county, a city, district, public authority,
public agency, and any other political subdivision or public corporation in the state. See Civil Code Sections
3099 and 3100.

Work of Improvement

Mechanics’ liens are triggered by the commencement of a work of improvement. A work of improvement is
defined in Section 3106 of the Civil Code as including the construction, alteration, addition to, or repair of a
building or structure. The structure could be a bridge, ditch, well, fence, etc. It may also include activities not
directly associated with a building or structure such as seeding, sodding, planting, or grading. A work of
improvement includes “site improvements” such as trees or other vegetation located on the land/property, the
drilling of test holes, grading, filling, or otherwise improving the land/property as well as the street, highway, or
sidewalk in front of adjoining the land/property. “Site improvements” also improve constructing or installing
sewers or other public utilities, the construction of areas, vaults, cellars, or rooms under the land/property
including sidewalks and demolishing or removing of any improvements on the land/property. See Civil Code
Section 3102.

Lender’s Priority

If commencement of work has occurred on a project prior to recordation of a mortgage or deed of trust, all
mechanics’ liens are prior to the recorded instrument of encumbrance. The lender’s margin of security for
repayment of a construction loan is jeopardized by the commencement of work on the project prior to
recordation of the instrument of encumbrance. If any mechanic’s lien claimant can show that commencement of
work occurred prior to recordation of the lender’s instrument of encumbrance, all mechanic’s lienors will take
priority over the lender if the real property/land subject to the work of improvement is sold at sheriff’s sale. See
Civil Code Section 3134.

Preliminary 20-Day Notice

The right to claim a lien and to assert the privileges of a mechanic’s lien claimant is dependent on compliance
with numerous statutory procedural requirements.

The initial step in the perfection of a claim of mechanic’s lien for all claimants, except one under direct contract
with the owner, one performing actual labor for wages or an express labor trust fund, as defined in Civil Code
Section 3111, is to give the preliminary 20-day notice specified in Section 3097 of the Civil Code. That is,
before recording a mechanic’s lien, the lien claimant gives a written notice to certain persons, depending on the
relationship of the lien claimant to the work of improvement and the owner of the real property/land on which
the work has been done or will be done. The notice may be given any time after the contract has been entered
into, but it must be given no later than 20 days after claimant has first furnished labor, services, equipment or
materials to the job site. This 20-day notice is preliminary to the recording of a mechanic’s lien. It is a
prerequisite to the validity of a claim of mechanic’s lien. The persons who are entitled to receive the notice
depends on the relationship of the mechanic’s lien claimant to the owner of the property. Thus:

1. If the claimant has a direct contract with the owner, the notice needs to be given only to the construction
lender, if any, or to the reputed construction lender, if any. See Section 3097(b) of the Civil Code.

2. If the claimant does not have a direct contract with the owner, the notice is required to be given to the
following persons. See Section 3097 (a) of the Civil Code:

a. The owner, or reputed owner;

b. The original contractor, or reputed contractor; and

c. The construction lender, or reputed construction lender.

d. Any subcontractors with whom the claimant has contracted.

The purpose of the notice is to inform the owner, original contractor, and construction lender, if any, prior to
the time of recording a claim of lien, that the improved property may be subject to liens arising out of a contract
to which they are parties. See Wand Corp. v. San Gabriel Valley Lumber Co. 236 CA2d 855, 46 Cal. Rptr. 486
(1965).

The preliminary 20-day notice shall contain all of the following:

1. Name and address of the person furnishing the labor, service, equipment, or materials;

2. Name of the person who contracted for purchase of the labor, service, equipment, or materials;

3. A description of the job site sufficient for identification (e.g., common street address of the job site or legal
description);

4. A general description of the labor, service, equipment, or materials furnished, or to be furnished and an
estimate of the total price thereof; and

5. A Notice To Property Owner in bold face type as required by law.

See Civil Code Section 3097.

An up-to-date form should be used since a failure to use a current form that complies with the statute may cause
the court to disregard the preliminary 20-day notice. See Harold James Inc. v. Five Points Ranch, Inc., 158
CA3 1, 204 CR 494 (1984).

Every written contract entered into between a land/property owner and an original contractor shall provide
space for the owner to enter his name and address of residence and place of business. The original contractor
must make available the name and address of residence of the owner and the name and address of the
construction lender or lenders to any person seeking to serve a preliminary 20-day notice. See Section 3097 (m)
of the Civil Code.

If one or more construction loans are obtained after commencement of construction, the property owner must
provide the name and address of the construction lender or lenders to each person who has given to the property
owner a preliminary 20-day notice. See Section 3097 (n) of the Civil Code.

Filing a Preliminary 20-day Notice

Each person serving a preliminary 20-day notice may file (not record) that notice with the county recorder in
which any portion of the real property is located. The filed preliminary 20-day notice is not a recordable
document and, hence, is not entered into the county recorder’s indexes that impart constructive notice. The
recorder is to maintain a separate and distinct index of the filings of the preliminary 20-day notice that does not
impart actual or constructive notice to any person of the existence (or contents) of the filed 20-day notice. No
duty of inquiry on the part of any party to determine the existence or contents of the preliminary 20-day notice
is imposed by the filing. See Civil Code Section 3079(o).

The purpose of filing the preliminary 20-day notice is limited. It is intended to provide the necessary
information for the county recorder to issue notices of recorded notices of completion and of cessation to those
persons who filed the 20-day notice. Once the county recorder’s office records either a notice of completion or
cessation, it must mail to those persons who filed a preliminary 20-day notice, notification that a notice of
completion or cessation has been recorded and the date of recording of the foregoing. See Section 3097 (o) (2)
of the Civil Code.

Failure of the county recorder to mail the notices required by law to the person who filed the preliminary 20-
day notice, or the failure of those persons to receive such notices shall not affect the period within which a
claim of lien is required to be recorded. However, the county recorder is to make a good faith effort to mail
within 5 days after the recording of a notice of completion or cessation notices thereof to those persons who
filed the preliminary 20-day notice. See Section 3079 (o)(3) of the Civil Code.

Determination of Completion Time

Fixing the time of completion, to the exact day, is critical to establishing whether a given claim of lien
(mechanic’s or design professional’s lien) has been recorded within the time limit fixed by law. The
determination of completion of works of improvement can be complex under California law. Generally, any
one of the following alternatives is recognized by the law as equivalent to completion:

l. Occupation or use by the owner or owner’s agent, accompanied by cessation of labor on the work of
improvement;

2. Acceptance by the owner or owner’s agent of the work of improvement;

3. A cessation of labor on the work of improvement for a continuous period of 60 days; or

4. A cessation of labor on the work of improvement for a continuous period of 30 days or more, if the owner
records in the county recorder’s office a prescribed notice of cessation. See Section 3092 of the Civil Code.

If the work of improvement is subject to acceptance by any public entity, the completion date is considered as
the date of acceptance or a cessation of labor for a continuous period of 30 days. See Civil Code Section 3086.

Thereafter, generally within 10-days the owner may file the notice of completion. If properly drawn, it will
show the date of completion, the name and address of the owner, the nature of the interest or estate of the
owner, a description of the land/property (which includes the official street address of the property, if it has
one, or a sufficient legal description of the site), and the name of the original contractor, if any. If the notice is
given only of completion of a contract for a particular portion of the total work of improvement, then the notice
will also generally state the kind of work done or materials furnished.

As previously mentioned, the notice of completion should be filed with the recorder of the county where the
property is situated within 10 days after completion of the work of improvement. See Civil Code Sections 3093
and 3117.

A mechanic’s claim of lien may be filed:

1. By the original contractor within 60 days after the date of filing for record of the notice of completion or
of cessation. An original contractor is one who contracts directly with the owner or owner’s agent to do the
work and furnish materials for the entire job, or for a particular portion of the work of construction. The
owner may enter into different original contracts, for example, framing, plumbing, painting, or papering. A
material supplier, as such, is not an original contractor. (It should be noted that contracting with more than
one original contractor may be subject to applicable provisions of the Contractors State License Law. See
Business and Professions Code Section 7000 et seq).

2. By any claimant, other than the original contractor, within 30 days after filing for record of the notice of
completion or of cessation.

3. If the notice of completion or cessation is not recorded, the original contractor (as defined) or any other
claimant must file/record a claim of mechanic’s lien within 90 days after completion of the work of
improvement. See Civil Code Section 3106.

If there are two or more original contractors, as defined, and a notice of completion or cessation is properly
recorded as to one of them, the original contractor under the contract covered by the notice must, within 60
days after recording of such notice, file/record the claim of mechanic’s lien. The claimant under the contract for
which notice of completion or cessation has been recorded must, within 30 days after the recording of the
notice, file/record the claim of a mechanic’s lien. Each original contractor and any claimants under the contract
with the original contractor are subject to their own notice of completion or cessation and the recording of a
claim of mechanic’s lien within the periods prescribed by applicable law. If no notice of completion or
cessation has been recorded, the period of recording claims of mechanic’s liens is the 90 days specified in
Sections 3115 and 3116. See Sections 3114, 3115, 3116, and 3117 of the Civil Code.

Termination of the Lien

Voluntary release of a mechanic’s lien, normally after payment of the underlying debt, will terminate the lien.
But even in the absence of release, the lien does not endure indefinitely. If a mechanic’s lien claimant fails to
commence an action to foreclose the claim of lien within 90 days after recording the claim of lien and if within
that time no extended credit is recorded, the lien is automatically null, void and of no further force and effect.
(Section 3144(b), Civil Code) When credit is extended for purposes of this limitation, it may not extend for
more than one year from the time of completion of the work. Moreover, a notice of the fact and terms of the
credit must be filed for record within the 90-day lien period.

If the lien is foreclosed by court action, there may ultimately be a judicial sale of the property and payment to
the lienholder out of the proceeds.

Notice of Nonresponsibility

The owner or any person having or claiming any interest in the land may, within 10 days after obtaining
knowledge of construction, alteration, or repair, give notice that he or she will not be responsible for the work
by posting a notice in some conspicuous place on the property and recording a verified copy thereof. The notice
must contain a description of the property; the name of the person giving notice and the nature of his/her title or
interest; the name of the purchaser under the contract, if any, or lessee if known; and a statement that the person
giving the notice will not be responsible for any claims arising from the work of improvement. If such notice is
posted, the owner of the interest in the land may not have his/her interest liened, provided the notice is recorded
within the ten-day period.

The validity of a notice of nonresponsibility cannot be determined from the official county records since they
will not disclose whether compliance has been made with the code requirements as to posting on the premises.
If such posting has not been made, a recorded notice affords no protection from a mechanic’s lien.

Release of Lien Bond

Owners and contractors disputing the correctness or the validity of a recorded claim of mechanic’s lien may
record, either before or after the commencement of an action to enforce the claim of lien, a lien release bond in
accordance with the provisions of Civil Code Section 3143. A proper lien release bond, properly recorded, is
effective to “lift” or release the claim of lien from the real property described in the lien release bond as well as
any pending action brought to foreclose the claim of lien.

Public
Off

HOMESTEAD EXEMPTION

HOMESTEAD EXEMPTION somebody

HOMESTEAD EXEMPTION

The principal purpose of the homestead exemption is to shield the home against creditors of certain types whose
claims might be exercised through judgment lien enforcement. Few areas of California real property law are
more misunderstood.

Obligations unaffected by the declaration. Over the years, the homestead exemption amount has been
increased from time to time, with the type of homestead determining the actual amount of the exemption.
However, the validity of a homestead depends not only upon the recordation of the homestead declaration but
on certain off-record matters including, actual residency in the declared homestead dwelling at the time the
declaration is recorded and an actual interest in the “dwelling”.

The homestead declaration does not protect the homestead from all forced sales. For example, it is subject to a
forced sale if a judgment is obtained: (l) prior to the recording of the homestead declaration; (2) on debts
secured by encumbrances on the premises executed by the owner before the declaration was filed for record;
and (3) obligations secured by mechanics’, contractors’, subcontractors’, laborers’, materialmen’s, suppliers’ or
vendors’ liens on the premises. Voluntary encumbrances by the owner of the homestead are not affected by a
declaration of homestead. A mortgage or deed of trust is an example of a voluntary encumbrance.

Two Homestead Statutes

Articles 4 and 5 of Chapter 4, Division 2, Title 9, Part 2 of the California Code of Civil Procedure
(commencing with Section 704.710) contain respectively the applicable law regarding the “Homestead
Exemption” and ”Declared Homesteads”.

While both Articles deal with granting homeowners homestead protection from the claims of certain creditors,
the Articles are in part mutually exclusive. Article 4 provides protection to homeowner debtors who meet the
requirements but have not filed a declaration of homestead. Article 5 concerns homeowners who undertake the
actual filing of a homestead declaration. In either case, there is protection against certain judgment liens to the
amount of the exemption afforded by law.

The following discussion concerns primarily the “Declared Homestead” under Article 5.

(N OTE: A “Probate Homestead” also exists in California. See Probate Code Sections 60 and 6520 through
6528.)

Declared Homestead

A dwelling in which an owner or his or her spouse resides may be selected as a “Declared Homestead” by
recording a homestead declaration in the office of the county recorder of the county where the dwelling is
located. From and after the time of recording, the dwelling is a “Declared Homestead”. See the Code of Civil
Procedure Sections 704.710 and 704.910.

Definitions for Declared Homestead

A “Declared Homestead” is the dwelling described in a homestead declaration and a “Declared Homestead
Owner” includes both (1) the owner of an interest in the “Declared Homestead” who is named as a “Declared
Homestead Owner” in a homestead declaration recorded pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 704.920
and, (2) the declarant named in a declaration of homestead, including the spouse of the declarant, recorded prior
to July 1, 1983, pursuant to the former Title 5 (commencing with Section 1237) of Part 4 of Division 2 of the
Civil Code. See the Code of Civil Procedure Section 704.910.

“Dwelling” means any interest in real property (whether present or future, vested or contingent, legal or
equitable) that is a “dwelling” as defined in Section 704.710 of Article 4 and Section 704.910 of Article 5 of
the Code of Civil Procedure, but does not include a leasehold estate with an unexpired term of less than two
years or the interest of the beneficiary of a trust. See the Code of Civil Procedure Section 704.910.

For the purpose of Article 4 and Article 5 of the Code of Civil Procedure, “Spouse” means a “spouse” as
defined in Sections 704.710 and 704.910.

Definitions and Terminology

Some of the terminology for “Declared Homesteads” depends for their meaning on definitions from Article 4,
which describes a residential exemption, even if there is no filing of a “Declared Homestead”. These definitions
are:

1. “Dwelling” means a place where a person actually resides and may include, but is not limited to, the
following:

a. A house together with the outbuildings and the land upon which they are situated;

b. A mobilehome together with the outbuildings and the land upon which they are situated;

c. A boat or other waterborne vessel;

d. A condominium, as defined in Section 783 of the Civil Code;

e. A Planned Development, as defined in Section 11003 of the Business and Professions Code;

f. A stock cooperative, as defined in Section 11003.2 of the Business and Professions Code; and

g. A community apartment project, as defined in Section 11004 of the Business and Professions Code.

2. “Family unit” means any of the following:

a. The judgment debtor and the judgment debtor’s spouse if the spouses reside together in the homestead.

b. The judgment debtor and at least one of the following persons who the judgment debtor cares for or
maintains in the homestead:

(1) The minor child or minor grandchild of the judgment debtor or the judgment debtor’s spouse or
the minor child or grandchild of a deceased spouse or former spouse.

(2) The minor brother or sister of the judgment debtor or judgment debtor’s spouse or the minor child
of a deceased brother or sister of either spouse.

(3) The father, mother, grandfather, or grandmother of the judgment debtor or the judgment debtor’s
spouse or the father, mother, grandfather, or grandmother of a deceased spouse.

(4) An unmarried relative described in this paragraph who has attained the age of majority and is
unable to take care of or support himself or herself.

c. The judgment debtor’s spouse and at least one of the persons listed in paragraph (2) who the judgment
debtor’s spouse cares for or maintains in the homestead.

See the Code of Civil Procedure Section 704.710.

3. “Homestead” means the principal dwelling (l) in which the judgment debtor or the judgment debtor’s
spouse resided on the date the judgment creditor’s lien attached to the dwelling, and (2) in which the
judgment debtor or the judgment debtor’s spouse resided continuously thereafter until the date of the court
determination that the dwelling is a homestead. Where exempt proceeds from the sale or damage or
destruction of a homestead are used toward the acquisition of a dwelling within the six-month period
provided by Section 704.720, “homestead” also means the dwelling so acquired if it is the principal
dwelling in which the judgment debtor or the judgment debtor’s spouse resided continuously from the date
of acquisition until the date of the court determination that the dwelling is a homestead, whether or not an
abstract or certified copy of a judgment was recorded to create a judgment lien before the dwelling was
acquired. See the Code of Civil Procedure Section 704.710.

4. “Spouse” does not include a married person following entry of a judgment decreeing legal separation of
the parties, or an interlocutory judgment of dissolution of the marriage, unless such married persons reside
together in the same dwelling. See the Code of Civil Procedure Section 704.710.

Amount of Homestead Exemption

The amount of the homestead exemption is the same under Articles 4 and 5 and is based upon the debtor’s
status at the time the creditor’s lien is recorded. The current protected homestead exemption values and the
required status of the debtor or spouse are as follows:

1. $50,000, unless the judgment debtor or spouse of the judgment debtor who resides in the homestead is
the person described in paragraph (2) or (3);

2. $75,000, if the judgment debtor or the spouse of the judgment debtor who resides in the homestead at
the time of the attempted sale of the homestead is a member of the family unit, and there is at least one
member of the family unit who owns no interest in the homestead or whose only interest in the
homestead is a community property interest with the judgment debtor;

3. $150,000, if the judgment debtor or spouse of the judgment debtor who resides in the homestead is at
that time of the attempted sale of the homestead any one of the following:

A. A person 65 years of age or older

B. A person physically or mentally disabled and because of that disability is unable to engage in
substantial gainful employment. There is a rebuttable presumption affecting the burden of
proof that the person receiving disability insurance payments under Title II or supplemental
security income payments under Title XVI of the Federal Social Security Act satisfies the
requirement of this paragraph as to his or her inability to engage insubstantial gainful
employment.

C. A person 55 years of age or older with a gross annual income of not more than $15,000 or, if
the judgment debtor is married, a gross annual income, including the gross annual income of
the judgment debtor’s spouse, of not more than $20,000 and the sale is an involuntary sale.

Regardless of any other provision of this law, the combined homestead exemptions of spouse on the same
judgment shall not exceed the amount specified in paragraph (2) or (3) above, which ever is applicable,
regardless of whether the spouses are jointly obligated on the judgment or whether the homestead consists of
community or separate property or both. If both spouses are entitled to a homestead exemption, the exemption
of proceeds of the homestead shall be apportioned between the spouses on the basis of their proportionate
interests in the homestead. See the Code of Civil Procedure Section 704.730.

Contents of the Declaration of Homestead

1. A recorded homestead declaration will contain all of the following:

a. The name of the “Declared Homestead” owner. A husband and wife both may be named as “Declared
Homestead” owners in the same homestead declaration if each owns an interest in the dwelling
selected as the “Declared Homestead”.

b. A description of the “Declared Homestead”.

c. A statement that the “Declared Homestead” is the principal dwelling of the “Declared Homestead”
owner or such person’s spouse, and that the “Declared Homestead” owner or such person’s spouse
resides in the “Declared Homestead” on the date the homestead declaration is recorded.

2. The homestead declaration shall be executed and acknowledged in the manner of an acknowledgment of a
conveyance of real property by at least one of the following persons.

a. The “Declared Homestead” owner.

b. The spouse of the “Declared Homestead” owner.

c. The guardian or conservator of the person or estate of either of the persons listed in (a) or (b) above.
The guardian or conservator may execute, acknowledge, and record a homestead declaration without
the need to obtain court authorization.

d. A person acting under a power of attorney or otherwise authorized to act on behalf of a person listed in
(a) or (b) above.

3. The homestead declaration shall include a statement that the facts stated in the homestead declaration are
known to be true as of the personal knowledge of the person executing and acknowledging the homestead
declaration. If the homestead declaration is executed and acknowledged by a person listed in (c) or (d)
above, it shall also contain a statement that the person has authority to so act on behalf of the “Declared

Homestead” owner or the spouse of the “Declared Homestead” owner and the source of the person’s
authority.

See the Code of Civil Procedure Section 704.930.

The definition of “dwelling” for purposes of Article 5 means an interest in real property that is a dwelling as
defined in Section 704.710 (Article 4), but excludes a leasehold estate with an unexpired term of less than two
years at the time of the filing of the homestead declaration. A “dwelling” that is personal property (boat,
waterborne vessel or mobilehome not affixed to land/property) appears to be excluded under Article 5. Prior to
applying the definition of “dwelling”, the advise of knowledgeable legal counsel should be obtained. See the
Code of Civil Procedure Section 704.910.

The law does not set a limit on the amount of land/property that may be contained in the homestead “dwelling”
property Ownership interests and occupancy by the owner or owner’s spouse at the time of filing the
declaration are the principal governing factors.

Where unmarried persons hold interests in the same “dwelling” in which they both reside, they must record
separate homestead declarations, if each desires to have a valid homestead.

Under previous law, a person who was a “head of household” was entitled to qualify for the amount of the
greater exemption. Under current law, the amount of the exemption will depend upon whether or not the
judgment debtor qualifies as a “family unit.”

See Article 4 and 5 of the Code of Civil Procedure commencing with Section 704.710.

Declarations recorded prior to July 1, 1983. Any declaration of homestead filed prior to July 1, 1983,
remains valid, but the effect is limited to the effect given a homestead declaration under current statutes, i.e.,
the previously filed declaration must be qualified under present law. See Article 5 of the Code of Civil
Procedure commencing with Section 704.910.

Effect of recording - how terminated. When a valid declaration of homestead has been filed in the office of
the county recorder where the property is located, containing all of the statements and information required by
law, the property becomes a homestead protected from execution and forced sale, except as otherwise provided
by statute. The homestead remains operative until terminated by conveyance, abandoned by a recorded
instrument of abandonment, or sold at execution sale.

A homestead declaration does not restrict or limit any right to convey or encumber the declared homestead.

To be effective, the declaration must be recorded; when properly recorded, the declaration is prima facie
evidence of the facts contained therein; but off-record matters could prove otherwise.

See the Code of Civil Procedure Sections 704.920, 704.940, 704.965, 704.970, 704.980, and 704.990.

Rights of spouses. A married person who is not the owner of an interest in the dwelling may execute,
acknowledge, and record a homestead declaration naming the other spouse who is an owner of an interest in the
dwelling as the “Declared Homestead” owner but at least one of the spouses must reside in the dwelling as his
or her principal dwelling at the time of recording. See the Code of Civil Procedure Sections 704.920 and
704.930.

Either spouse can declare a homestead on the community or quasi-community property, on property held as
tenants in common, or held as joint tenants, but cannot declare a homestead on the separate property of the
other spouse in which the declarant has no ownership interest. A homestead cannot be declared after the
homeowner files a petition in bankruptcy. The phrase, “Quasi-community property”, refers to real property
situated in this state acquired in any of the following ways:(1) By either spouse while domiciled elsewhere
which would have been community property if the spouse who acquired the property had been domiciled in this
state at the time of its acquisition. (2) In exchange for real or personal property, wherever situated, which would
have been community property if the spouse who acquired the property so exchanged had been domiciled in
this state at the time of its acquisition.

If a husband and wife own separate interests as separate property, each spouse qualifies for his or her own
exemption but the combined exemptions cannot exceed the amount that is due to a “family unit.” A declaration
intended to be for the “joint benefit” of both spouses, one or both spouses must qualify as a “family unit.”

After a decree of legal separation or interlocutory judgment of dissolution of marriage, if a spouse no longer
resides on the property, the spouse cannot declare a homestead on the property.

See the Code of Civil Procedure Sections 704.710 and 704.910 and Family Code Section 910 et seq.

Levy and execution sale. When an execution for the enforcement of a judgment is levied on a homestead
dwelling, the judgment creditor must follow specific procedures.

Within 20 days after a writ of execution is levied and the creditor is notified of this fact, the creditor must apply
to the court where the judgment was rendered for an order to execute the sale of the property. See the Code of
Civil Procedure Sections 704.740, 704.750 and 704.760.

The value of the property is determined by the court. The court may appoint an appraiser and will consider
other evidences of value to set a minimum bid for the property. Creditors must prove sufficient value to receive
the minimum bid or the court may not make a finding for the sale.

If the court makes an order for sale of the dwelling upon a hearing at which neither the judgment debtor’s
spouse nor attorney debtor or spouse appeared, then within 10 days after the order for sale, the creditor must
serve a copy of the order and statutory notice of sale on the debtor. The property is not sold if no bid is received
at least equal to the court’s prescribed minimum bid (which is a sum at least equal to the amount needed to pay
all liens and encumbrances on the property, the amount of the homestead exemption, and the lien of the
judgment creditor enforcing the lien), and the creditor cannot subject the property to an additional order for sale
for at least one year. See the Code of Civil Procedure Sections 704.770, 704.780, 704.790, and 704.800.

After the sale, the proceeds of sale are distributed as follows: (a) to discharge all liens and encumbrances on the
property recorded prior to the judgment lien; (b) to the owner/debtor for the amount of the homestead
exemption; (c) to costs of execution; (d) to the amount due the judgment creditor; and finally (e) balance to
owner/debtor.

The proceeds from the execution sale are exempt for 6 months after the debtor receives the proceeds. If
reinvested in a new “dwelling” and a new declaration of homestead is recorded within this 6-month period, the
new filing has the same effect as though recorded on the date the prior declaration was recorded. See the Code
of Civil Procedure Section 704.960(b).

Federal Homestead Act of 1862

The declared homestead discussed above has nothing to do with the term “homesteading” as applied to filings
on federal lands whereby a person acquired title to acreage by establishing residence or making improvements
upon the land.

The purpose of the Federal Homestead Act of 1862 was to encourage settlement of the nation. Except for
Alaska, homesteading was discontinued on public lands in 1976. Because all the good agricultural land had
already been homesteaded and deeded, Congress recognized that the Homestead Act had outlived its usefulness
and passed the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976that immediately repealed the old law (as to
all states except Alaska).

Public
Off

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION somebody

INTRODUCTION

In California, the basic principles followed governing title to real property were derived from England’s
Common Law generally implemented by case law known as stare decisis. This term is Latin for "to stand by a
decision". Stare decisis is applied as a doctrine to bind a trial court by higher court decisions (appellate and
supreme court) that become precedents on a legal question raised in the lower/trial court. Reliance on such
precedents is required of lower/trial courts until a higher court changes the rule.

California has a 150-year history of development and evolution in the way its courts have applied legal
principles regarding the title to real property and the conveyance/transfer of the title. These legal principles also
apply to the encumbering of title to real property through mortgages or deeds of trust and to provide notice of
and to evidence monetary claims against the title in the form of liens. This history is documented by the
enactment of constitutional provisions and statutes and by a long line of case law. In the absence of some
specifically applicable constitutional or statutory provisions, the Common Law/case law prevails.

Public
Off

JOINT, COMMON, OR COMMUNITY OWNERSHIP

JOINT, COMMON, OR COMMUNITY OWNERSHIP somebody

JOINT, COMMON, OR COMMUNITY OWNERSHIP

Joint, common, or community ownership or co-ownership means simultaneous ownership of a given piece of
property by several persons (two or more). See Civil Code Section 682. The types of such ownership interests
include the following:

Tenancy in Common

Tenancy in common exists when several (two or more) persons are owners of undivided interests in the title to
real property. It is created if an instrument conveying an interest in real property to two or more persons does
not specify that the interest is acquired by them in joint tenancy, in partnership, or as community property.
Some instruments of transfer/deeds of conveyance clearly state the intentions of the persons acquiring are to
hold title as tenants in common. See Civil Code Section 685.

Example: Interests of such tenants in common may be any fraction of the whole. One party may own one-tenth,
another three-tenths, and a third party may own the remaining six-tenths. If the deed to cotenants does not recite
their respective interests, the interests will be presumed to be equal.

There is a unity of possession in tenancy in common. This means each owner has a right to possession and none
can exclude the others nor claim any specific portion for him or herself alone. It follows that no tenant in
common can be charged rent for the use of the land/property, unless otherwise agreed to by all the cotenants.
On the other hand a tenant in common who receives rent for the premises/property from a third party, must
divide such profits with the other tenants in common in proportion to the shares owned. Similarly, payments
made by one tenant in common for the benefit of all may normally be recovered on a proportionate basis from
each. These might include, among others, moneys spent for necessary repairs, taxes, and interest and principal
payments under a deed of trust.

Subject to applicable federal and state law, a tenant in common is free to sell, transfer or otherwise convey, or
mortgage the tenant’s own interest as he or she sees fit. The new owner becomes a tenant in common with the
others. Few lenders are willing to extend credit to be secured by a mortgage or deed of trust against only the
interest of a single tenant in common. In the event of a foreclosure of their mortgage encumbrance/lien, lenders
typically do not want to end up as co-owner with other tenants in common. Because of the practical difficulties
involved in selling, transferring or otherwise conveying, or mortgaging the interest of a single tenant in
common, the tenant may be limited in his/her effort to liquidate the single interest to forcing a sale of the entire
property by filing an action before a court of competent jurisdiction known as a “partition action.”

No right of survivorship exists for individual tenants when title is held as tenants in common. The undivided
interest of a deceased tenant in common passes to the beneficiaries (heirs or devisees) of the estate subject to

probate, pursuant to the last will and testament of the deceased or by intestate succession. The heirs or devisees
of the deceased simply take the tenant’s place among the other owners who continue to hold title to the property
as tenants in common. See Probate Code Section 6400 et seq.

Joint Tenancy

Joint tenancy exists if two or more persons are joint and equal owners of the same undivided interest in real
property. Generally, to establish a joint tenancy a fourfold unity must exist: interest, title, time, and possession.
Joint tenants have the same interest, acquired by the same conveyance, commencing at the same time, and held
by the same possession. See Civil Code Section 683.

The most important characteristic of a joint tenancy is the right of survivorship that flows from the unity of
interest. If one joint tenant dies, the surviving joint tenant (or tenants) become(s) the owner(s) of the property to
the exclusion of the heirs or devisees of the deceased. Thus, joint tenancy property cannot be disposed of by the
last will and testament, is not subject to intestate succession, and typically does not become part of the estate of
a joint tenant subject to probate.

Further, the surviving joint tenant(s) is/are not liable to creditors of the deceased who only hold existing
encumbrances/liens on the joint tenancy property. The words “with the right of survivorship” are not necessary
for a valid joint tenancy deed, although they are often inserted. To perfect the ownership interests of the
surviving joint tenants, severance of the joint tenancy of the deceased is to be accomplished and evidenced in
the public record.

The creditors of a living joint tenant (as distinct form a deceased joint tenant) may proceed against the interest
of that tenant and force an execution sale. This would sever the joint tenancy and leave title in the execution
purchaser and the other joint tenant as tenants in common.

Creating A Joint Tenancy. With limited exception, California appellate courts have accepted and enforced the
common law rule that if any one of the four unities — time, title, interest or possession — is lacking, a tenancy
in common, not a joint tenancy, exists. An exception to the general rule has been more recently applied in
connection with the time of acquisition of the title to the property. Consultation with knowledgeable legal
counsel is recommended to answer questions that may be posed by property owners regarding the establishment
of joint tenancies and the legal, practical, tax, estate planning, and other considerations involved.

However, by statute a joint tenancy may be created:

1. By transfer from a sole owner to himself or herself and others as joint tenants.

2. By transfer from tenants in common to themselves or to themselves, or any of them, and others as joint
tenants.

3. By transfer from joint tenants to themselves, or to any of them, or to others as joint tenants.

4. By transfer from a husband and wife (when holding title as community property or otherwise) to
themselves, or to themselves and others, or to one of them and to another or others as joint tenants.

5. By transfer to executors of an estate or trustees of a trust as joint tenants.

See Civil Code Section 683.

Severance. A joint tenant may sever the joint tenancy as to his or her own interest by a conveyance to a third
party, or to a cotenant. If there are three or more joint tenants, the joint tenancy is severed as to the interest
conveyed but continues as between the other joint tenants as to the remaining interests. If title is in A, B and C
as joint tenants, and A conveys to D, then B and C continue as joint tenants as to a two-thirds interest and D
owns a one-third interest, as tenant in common. If A and B only are joint tenants and B conveys to C, then A
and C would be in title as tenants in common. See Civil Code Section 683.2

Another method is a partition action by the joint tenants. If the partition cannot be made without prejudice to
the owners, a court may order the property sold and the division of the proceeds of the sale distributed ratably
to the owners. In some circumstances, a severance will not terminate the right of survivorship interest of the
other joint tenants in the severing joint tenant’s interest. Nor, under the circumstances set out in Civil Code

Section 683.2, may a severance contrary to a written agreement of the joint tenants defeat the rights of a
purchaser or encumbrancer for value and in good faith and without knowledge of the written agreement.

On death of a joint tenant, the joint tenancy is automatically terminated. Nevertheless, for record title purposes,
the following must be recorded in the county where the property is located:

• A certified copy of a court decree determining the fact of death and describing the property; or

• A certified copy of the death certificate or equivalent, or court decree determining the fact of death, or

letters testamentary or of administration or a court decree of distribution in probate proceedings. With
each of these alternatives, it is customary to attach an affidavit that identifies the deceased as one of
the joint tenants of the property.

Some of the Pros and Cons of Joint Tenancy. On the plus side, the major advantage of joint tenancy is the
comparative simplicity of vesting title in the surviving joint tenant (or joint tenants). The marketable title delay
arising from probate proceedings in the form of a stay for as much as six months (or even longer) is avoided.
Although certain legal costs are ultimately involved in terminating the joint tenancy, the customary
commissions and fees payable to executors or administrators and to their attorneys may become unnecessary.

As previously mentioned, a further advantage of joint tenancy is that the survivor holds the property free from
debts of the deceased tenant and from liens against the deceased tenant’s interest. This can work an injustice to
creditors, but a diligent creditor can usually take appropriate precautionary steps to avoid such loss, or may
have access to other assets of the decedent. On the other hand, in many situations joint tenancy is a pitfall for
the uniformed or unwary.

The supposed advantages may be imaginary. A joint tenant may not want the other (surviving) joint tenant to
get the title free and clear; the likely saving of probate fees is at least partly offset by costs of terminating the
joint tenancy, and may be completely offset by added taxes. The probate delay is not unreasonably long, and
there may be no creditors of the estate. Moreover, the joint tenant gives up the right to dispose of his or her
interest by a last will and testament.

Giving advice about the way to hold title to real property is ill advised and considered the unauthorized practice
of law when offered by persons who are not members of the State Bar of California. As previously mentioned,
significant legal, practical, tax, estate planning, and other issues and consequences may result from holding title
in one form or another. The advice of knowledgeable legal counsel and other appropriate professionals is
strongly recommended before selecting the form of ownership of the title to real property

Community Property

Community property generally consists of all property acquired by a husband and wife, or either, during a valid
marriage, other than separate property acquired prior to the marriage, by gift, or as an individual heir or devisee
of a deceased. Separate property may also include the fruits falling from the previously described tree of
categories of separate property, as well as property designated as separate by the husband or wife or by court
order. Separate property of either the husband or the wife is not community property.

Separate property of a married person includes:

1. All property owned before marriage.

2. All property acquired during marriage by gift or inheritance.

3. All rents, issues and profits of separate property, as well as other property acquired with the proceeds from
sale of separate property. For instance, if a wife owned a duplex prior to marriage, the rents from the
duplex would remain her separate property. If she sold the duplex and bought common stock, the stock and
dividends would be her separate property. It would have to be clearly and unequivocally identifiable as
separate property, and separate records should be maintained to make certain any separate property is not
commingled in any way with the community property. Very often husband and wife deliberately may allow
their separate property to merge with community property in keeping with their intentions or with their
conduct and actions.

4. Earnings and accumulations of a spouse while living separate and apart from the other spouse.

5. Earnings and accumulations of each party after a court decree of separate maintenance.

6. Property conveyed by either spouse to the other with the intent of making it the grantee’s separate property.

It should be recalled that a husband and wife often hold property as joint tenants. Yet, even when title is held in
joint tenancy, it is possible (e.g., by separate written agreement) to own the assets as community property. The
record title may not be controlling in light of off-record agreements showing other intentions of the parties. For
example, joint tenancy property owned by married persons may, in fact, be considered separate property. See
Civil Code Sections 682.1 and 687 and the Family Code under Part 1 and 2, Division 4, commencing with
Section 720.

Management and control. Each spouse has equal management and control of community property. An
exception exists if one of the spouses manages a community personal property business. That spouse generally
has sole management and control of that business. Community property is liable for the debts of either spouse
contracted after marriage. Community property is liable for a debt contracted prior to marriage, except that
portion of the community property comprised of the earnings of the other spouse.

Neither spouse may make a gift of community property without the consent of the other. Neither spouse may
encumber personal property such as the furniture, furnishings, or fittings of the home, or the clothing of the
other spouse or minor children without the written consent of the other spouse. However, each must join in the
sale/transfer or conveyance, or the encumbrancing or leasing of community real property.

If real property is owned by several (two or more) persons, real estate licensees should obtain the necessary
signatures of each person in title to listing agreements and to purchase and sale agreements, whether for the
purpose of countering or accepting offers from the intended buyer/purchaser.

Each spouse has the right to dispose of his or her half of community property by will. Absent a will, title to the
decedent’s half of the community property passes to the surviving spouse. See the Family Code under Part 4,
Division 4, commencing with Section 1100.

Joint tenancy and community property. Considerable confusion surrounds the status of some family homes
in California, since the husband and wife may acquire their home with community funds but proceed (as
previously mentioned) to take record title “as joint tenants.” It is not generally understood that some of the
consequences of holding title in joint tenancy are entirely different from the consequences of holding title as
community property.

As previously mentioned, California courts are aware of this problem and have established the rule that the true
intention of husband and wife as to the status of their property shall prevail over the record title. Ambiguity
results from the specific circumstance of having the record title in joint tenancy while the true character of the
property, as intended by the husband and wife, is community property. This transition might be accomplished
by appropriate agreement in writing, or even by a deed from themselves “as joint tenants” to themselves “as
community property.”

Among themselves, the rights and duties of joint tenants are generally the same as among tenants in common,
with the vital exception of the rule of survivorship. As previously discussed, a joint tenant may borrow money
and, as security for the repayment of the debt, execute a mortgage or deed of trust on his/her interest just as a
tenant in common may. This does not destroy the joint tenancy, but if the borrower should default, and the
mortgage or deed of trust should be foreclosed while the borrower is still alive, the joint tenancy would be
ended (a severance) and a tenancy in common created. As previously noted, most lenders would hesitate to
make such a loan.

Should the borrower/trustor/mortgagor die before the mortgage is paid off or foreclosed, the surviving joint
tenant gets title free and clear of the mortgage executed by the deceased joint tenant. When title is held as
community property, no separate interest exists for the purpose of encumbering through a mortgage or a deed
of trust. As previously mentioned, the signatures of both the husband and wife are required to sell, transfer, or
otherwise convey or encumber the community property.

While a probate is typically required to dispose of the community property in the event of the death of either
spouse, in certain fact situations a limited probate proceeding has been authorized by existing law. This limited

probate proceeding is commonly known as a community property or small estate “set-aside”. For example, the
court may find that the entire estate of the deceased spouse is property passing to the surviving spouse. In such
event, the court may determine that no administration of the estate is required. See Probate Code Section 6600
et seq. and Section 13656.

Public
Off

OTHER LAWFULLY CREATED ENTITIES

OTHER LAWFULLY CREATED ENTITIES somebody

OTHER LAWFULLY CREATED ENTITIES

In the 19th century when some of the applicable Civil Code Sections previously cited were enacted, the entity
most commonly used to hold title or interests therein was a partnership. Corporations and trusts existed, and
when they joined in a common economic enterprise, were often identified as “combinations”. Two additional
entities have been more recently authorized by state legislative action. They are Limited Liability Companies
(“LLCs”) and, as previously discussed, Limited Liability Partnerships (“LLPs”).

Each of the foregoing entities may and do hold title to real property or to interests therein. The body of law
describing corporations and their organization, operation, and management is enormous. Three categories of
corporations are recognized in California Law. Included are general corporations, nonprofit corporations, and
corporations for a specific purpose.

The law applicable to corporations is set forth in federal and state statutes and regulations. For example, the
State of Delaware publishes statutes and regulations regarding corporations, which are instructive as many
corporations are organized under Delaware law. Organizing and operating a corporation under California Law
requires review of California Corporations Code Sections 100 through 2319 (General Corporation Law),
Sections 5000 through 10841 (Nonprofit Corporation Law), and Sections 12000 through 14451(Corporations
for Specific Purposes).

Limited Liability Partnerships were discussed in the previous section entitled, “TENANCY IN
PARTNERSHIP”. Limited Liability Companies are organized similar to a corporation, but taxed similar to a
partnership. The legislation authorizing the use of such entitles was enacted in 1994 and is set forth in
Corporations Code Sections 17000 through 17656. LLCs may hold title to real property and to interests therein.
However, a real estate broker may not license an LLC entity to perform acts for which a real estate license is
required. See Corporations Code Section 17375. Real estate brokers may license corporations as brokers and
partnerships are able to perform acts for which a real estate license is required through licensed partners that are
real estate brokers. See Business and Professions Code Sections 10137.1, 10158, and 10211.

The body of law describing the administration of trusts, the duties of trustees, the accounting of trust assets,
federal and state tax issues, etc. is complex and appears in various state and federal statutes and regulations.
The primary reference for trust administration is found in California Probate Code Sections 16000 through
16504. The use of trusts to hold title or interests therein occurs most often in family trusts or in other forms of
inter vivos trusts.

Again, it is important to understand that the use of trusts, as well as other entities, to hold title or interests
therein should occur only with the advice of knowledgeable legal counsel and of other appropriate
professionals. A word of caution is necessary regarding the demands frequently made upon real estate and
mortgage brokers by lenders and title insurers (or their underwritten companies), either directly or through
escrow holders, regarding properties where the title is held in trusts by principals of the brokers.

Typically, the real estate or mortgage broker is directed to instruct his/her principals to transfer the title to the
real property from an existing trust to the individual beneficiaries/settlers/trustors for purposes of encumbering
the property with new financing; or to sell, transfer or convey title to the property to third parties. The practical,
legal, estate planning, and tax consequences may be significant and should be reviewed, in advance, by legal
counsel and appropriate professionals representing the principals for this purpose. Real estate and mortgage
brokers may be engaging in the unauthorized practice of law to provide such instructions to their principals
(even when directed to do so by representatives of the lending, title, or escrow industries) without making it
perfectly clear the information required to make such a decision is beyond the scope of the practice of real
estate and requires the advice of knowledgeable legal counsel and competent professionals.

Public
Off

OWNERSHIP OF REAL PROPERTY

OWNERSHIP OF REAL PROPERTY somebody

OWNERSHIP OF REAL PROPERTY

All property has an owner, the government - federal, state, or local— or some private party or entity (typically
referred to as persons). Very broadly, an estate in real property may be owned in the following ways:

1. Sole or several ownership;

2. Joint, common, or community ownership;

a. Tenancy in common;

b. Joint tenancy;

c. Community property; or,

d. Partnership interests.

3. Ownership by other lawfully created entities.

Public
Off

RESTRICTIONS

RESTRICTIONS somebody

RESTRICTIONS

A very common type of encumbrance is the restriction, which, as the name suggests, in some way restricts the
free use of the land by the owner. Commonly, restrictions are referred to as the covenants, conditions, and
restrictions (CC&Rs) or the declaration.

Restrictions are generally created by private owners, typically by appropriate clauses in deeds, or in
agreements, or in general plans of entire subdivisions. A restriction usually assumes the form of a covenant—a
promise to do or not to do a certain thing—or a condition. Zoning is an example of a public use restriction on
the use of land.

Distinction between Covenants and Conditions

A covenant is essentially a promise to do or not to do a certain thing. It is generally used in connection with
instruments pertaining to real property, and is created by agreement. Typically it is embodied in deeds, but it
may be found in any other writing. For example, a tenant might covenant in a lease to make certain repairs, or a
buyer might covenant to use certain land/property only for a retail grocery store. A mere recital of fact, without
anything more, is not a covenant.

A condition, on the other hand, is a qualification of an estate granted. Conditions, which can be imposed in
conveyances, are classified as conditions precedent and conditions subsequent. A condition precedent requires
certain action or the happening of a specified event before the estate granted can vest (i.e., take effect).

A familiar example is a requirement found in most of the installment contracts of sale of real estate (also known
as a land contract of sale). All payments required under the agreement shall be made at the time specified
before the buyer may demand transfer of title. It is important to understand that the use of such contracts are
subject to legal issues where there is existing mortgages or deeds of trust encumbering the title of the
land/property described therein. Accordingly, such contracts should not be used without the advice of
knowledgeable legal counsel.

If there is a condition subsequent in a deed, the title vests immediately in the grantee, but upon breach of the
condition, the grantor has the power to terminate the estate. This is termed a forfeiture, since the title may revert
or be forfeited to the creator of the condition or to the heirs or successors in interest of the creator without
payment of any consideration. An example is a condition subsequent in the deed stating that the property may
not be used for the sale of liquor or other forms of alcoholic beverage. Should this condition subsequent be
violated, title reverts to the grantor that created the condition or to the lawful heirs or successors in interest of
the grantor.

Covenants and conditions are distinguishable in two further respects, in regard to the relief awarded and
second, as to the persons by or against whom they may be enforced.

Relief awarded. As to the first, while a condition affects the estate created, and the failure to comply with it
may result in a forfeiture of title, the only remedy to a breach of covenant is an action of damages or an
injunction. Breach of a condition may prevent any right arising in favor of the breaching party, or destroy a
right previously acquired, but does not subject the breaching party to liability and damages. While a breach of a
covenant gives rise to a right of actual damages, does not necessarily excuse the other party from performance.

Enforcement. As to the second difference, a covenant normally does not bind successors of the promisor who
may become owners of the affected land/property. However, some covenants “run with the land” (i.e., they
bind the assigns of the covenantor or promisor and vest in and benefit the assigns of the covenantee or
promisee), or they may be binding and effective by statute or in equity. Conditions, on the other hand, run with
the restricted land into the indefinite future, unless abandoned or vacated by the grantor creating the condition
or the lawful heirs or successors in interest of the grantor.

How construed. Whether a particular provision is a condition or covenant is a question of construction. Since
the law abhors forfeitures, the courts ordinarily will construe restrictive provisions as covenants only, unless the
intent to create a condition is plain. The use of the term “condition” or “covenant” is not always controlling.
The real test is whether the intention is clearly expressed and the enjoyment of the estate conveyed was
intended to depend upon the performance of a condition; otherwise, the provision will be construed as a
covenant only.

For instance, the deed reciting that it is given upon the agreement of the grantee to do or not to do a certain
thing implies a covenant and not a condition. So also with a recital that the land conveyed is or is not to be used
for certain purposes.

Certain Covenants and Conditions Are Void

Covenants and conditions that are unlawful, impossible of performance, or in restraint of alienation, are void.

For example, a condition that a party shall not marry is void, but a condition to give use of property only until
marriage is valid. A condition against conveying without the consent of the grantor, or for only a specified
price, is void as in restraint of alienation. In such cases, title passes free of the condition subsequent. Recently,
owner/developers of subdivision properties have sought to impose conditions subsequent upon the deeds
conveying title to the individual parcels/properties within the subdivision requiring the payment of fees at the
time of sale or transfer to an entity established for a community purpose (such as the maintenance of a
commonly or publicly owned land/property functioning as a preserve).

Title does not pass at all if a condition precedent is impossible to perform or requires the performance of a
wrongful act. However, if the act itself is not wrong, but is otherwise unlawful, the deed takes effect and the
condition is void.

Covenants Implied in Grant Deed

When the word “grant” is used in any conveyance of an estate of inheritance or fee simple, it implies the
following covenants on the part of the grantor (and grantor’s heirs or successors in interest) to the grantee (and
grantee’s heirs, successors and assigns):

1. That the grantor has not already conveyed the same estate or any interest therein to any other person;

2. That the estate is free from undisclosed encumbrances made by the grantor, or any person claiming under
grantor. As noted earlier, encumbrances include, among others, liens, taxes, easements, restrictions,
conditions, mortgages and deeds of trust.

Thus, a grant deed by a private party is presumed by law to convey a fee simple title, unless it appears from the
wording of the deed itself that a lesser estate was intended. Moreover, if a grantor subsequently acquires any
title or claim of title to the real property that the grantor had purported to grant in fee simple, the after-acquired
title usually passes by operation of law to the grantee or grantee’s successors. When fee title to the
land/property is being conveyed that is subject to encumbrances such as mortgages and deeds of trust, the
practice in California is to rely on title insurance coverage (obtained at the time of the sale or transfer) listing
the encumbrances as exceptions to the coverage in the order of their priority. The title insurance coverage
issued to the purchaser is relied upon in lieu of describing these instruments of encumbrance on the face of the

deed. Accordingly, it is important that title insurance coverage be obtained at the time of the sale or transfer of
the land/property.

Deed Restrictions

Restrictions imposed by deeds, or in similar private contracts, may be drafted to restrict, for any legitimate
purpose, the use or occupancy of land/property. The right to acquire and possess property includes the right to
dispose of it or any part of it, and to impose upon the grant any legal restrictions the grantor deems appropriate.
However, the right may not be exercised in a manner forbidden by law. Restrictions prohibiting the use of
property on the basis of race, color, sex, religion, ancestry, national origin, age (generally), disability, sexual
orientation, marital status, familial status, or source of income are unenforceable under state and federal law.

Declarations that impose restricted covenants that discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion or other
prohibited basis included in a deed or grant in violation of Section 12955 of the Government Code are unlawful
and unenforceable. Should historic restrictions include covenants that contain unlawful discriminatory
prohibitions, the conditions, covenants and restrictions, or other governing documents must contain a cover
page or stamp on the face thereof stating such restrictive covenants are unlawful and unenforceable. Further, a
statutory procedure is provided through which the documents may be created and recorded by a person who
holds an ownership record in the land/property that he or she believes is the subject of an unlawful restrictive
covenant. The document is entitled, “Restrictive Covenant Modification”. See Government Code Sections
12956.1 and 12956.2.

In addition, conditions restraining alienation, when “repugnant to the interest created”, are void. However,
federal law has been enacted that preempts state law in this regard to the extent mortgagees or beneficiaries of
mortgage/deed of trust instruments have the right (pursuant to the provisions of these instruments) to accelerate
all sums due thereunder irrespective of the majority date stated in such instruments of encumbrance in the event
of the sale, transfer, further encumbrance, or other conveyance of the security property. See Section 711 of the
Civil Code and the Federal Depository Institutions Act of 1982.

Restrictions may validly cover a multitude of matters: use for residential or business purposes; character of
buildings (single family or multiple units); cost of buildings (e.g., a requirement that houses cost more than
$100,000); location of buildings (e.g., side lines of five feet and 20-foot setbacks); and even requirements for
architectural approval of proposed homes by a local group/committee established for that purpose.

Unless the language used in the deed clearly indicates that the grantor intended the conditions or restrictions to
operate for the benefit of other lots or persons, the restrictions run to the grantor only, and a quitclaim deed
from the grantor, or the grantor’s heirs, successors in interest or assigns, is a sufficient release. However, if the
language used in the deed shows that the conditions or restrictions were intended for the benefit of adjoining
owners, or other lots or owners of separate interests in the tract/subdivision (such as a common interest
development), quitclaim deeds may be required from each owner of separate interests having the benefit
thereof, as well as from the grantor or the grantor’s heirs, successors in interest or assigns, to release the
conditions or restrictions. When the subdivision is a common interest development, the vote of the owners of
separate interests is generally required. The requirements and conditions imposed by the political subdivision of
jurisdiction (local government) to establish the common interest development may prevent the release of the
covenants or restrictions without the concurrence of the governmental entity.

Notice of Discriminatory Restrictions

Effective January 2000, a county recorder, title insurance company, escrow company, or real estate licensee
who provides a declaration, governing documents or deed to any person that contain an unlawful covenant or
restriction must provide a specified statement about the illegality of discriminatory restrictions and the right of
homeowners to have such language removed. As previously mentioned, the statement must be contained in
either a cover page placed over the document or a stamp on the first page of the document. See Government
Code Sections 12956.1 and 12956.2.

New Subdivisions

In contrast to zoning ordinances, private contract restrictions need not promote public health, general public
welfare or safety. They may be intended to create a particular type of neighborhood deemed desirable by the
tract/subdivision owner and may be based solely on aesthetic conditions. These tracts/subdivisions are typically
know and described as common interest developments. As might be expected, the most common use of
covenants and restrictions today is in new subdivisions. The original owner/developer/subdivider establishes

uniform regulations as to occupancy, use, character, cost and location of buildings and records a “declaration of
restrictions” when the subdivision is first created. Thereafter, all lot owners or owners of separate interests, as
among themselves, may enforce the covenants and restrictions against any one or all of the others, provided the
covenants and restrictions have been properly imposed and have not been otherwise waived.

In some cases, when land/property is originally subdivided, arrangement is made in the nature of a covenant
whereby a perpetual property owners’ association is formed to be governed by rules and regulations set forth in
an agreement signed by all new lot purchasers/owners of separate interests. Such associations (typically
described as homeowner’s associations) are often given the power to amend tract/subdivision restrictions from
time to time to correspond with community growth (provided the amendments are not inconsistent with the
conditions imposed by the local government having jurisdiction over the land/property when the
tract/subdivision was established and are not inconsistent with applicable law, including zoning ordinances and
building codes. Homeowner’s associations may have the power to revise building restrictions pertaining to
certain blocks of lots/parcels in the development/subdivision, impose architectural restrictions, and make other
authorized requirements from time to time.

Termination

Restrictions may be terminated by

l. expiration of their terms;

2. voluntary cancellation;

3. merger of ownership;

4. act of government; or

5. changed conditions (i.e., a court finds that the restrictions should be terminated because the conditions
which the restrictions addressed have changed).

Restrictions usually have either a fixed termination date or one which becomes effective on recordation of a
cancellation notice by a given the appropriate percentage of the lot owners or owners of special interests.

Zoning Regulations

Restrictions on the use of land may be imposed by government regulation as well as by private contracts.

The governing authority of a city or county (local government) has the power to adopt ordinances establishing
zones within which structures/improvements must conform to specified standards as to character (including
aesthetic considerations) and location, and to limit buildings designed for business or trade to designated areas
consistent with the general plan. Zoning ordinances apply to each form of use that may be contemplated by the
owner of the land/property (agricultural, industrial, commercial retail, commercial office, research and
development, multi-family residential, single family residential, among others),

However, zoning restrictions, to be valid, should be substantially related to the preservation or protection of
public health, safety, morals, or general welfare. They must be uniform and cannot be discriminatory or created
for the benefit of any particular group. Public authorities may enjoin or abate improvements or alterations that
are in violation of a zoning ordinance, but only the use of the land/property, not the title, is affected.

Public
Off

SOLE OR SEVERAL OWNERSHIP

SOLE OR SEVERAL OWNERSHIP somebody

SOLE OR SEVERAL OWNERSHIP

Sole or several ownership is defined to mean ownership by one person. Being the sole owner, one person
enjoys the benefits of the property and is subject to the accompanying burdens, such as the payment of taxes.
Subject to applicable federal and state law, a sole owner is free to dispose of property at will. Typically, only
the sole owner’s signature is required on the instrument of transfer/deed of conveyance. See Civil Code Section
681.

Public
Off

TENANCY IN PARTNERSHIP

TENANCY IN PARTNERSHIP somebody

TENANCY IN PARTNERSHIP

At the time of initial codification in California Law of the various forms of ownership of property interests, the
recognized entity for ownership was a partnership. Tenancy in partnership exists if two or more persons, as
partners, own property for partnership purposes. Under the Uniform Partnership Act, the incidents of tenancy in
partnership are such that:

1. A partner has an equal right with all other partners to possession of specific partnership property for
partnership purposes. Unless the other partners agree, however, no partner has a right to possession for any
other purpose.

2. A partner’s right in specific partnership property is not assignable except in connection with the
assignment of rights of all the partners in the same property.

3. A partner’s right in specific partnership property is not subject to attachment or execution, except on a
claim against the partnership.

4. On death, a partner’s right in specific partnership property vests in the surviving partner (or partners). The
rights in the property of the last surviving partner would vest in the decedent’s legal representative. In
either case, the vesting creates a right to possess the partnership property only for partnership purposes.

5. A partner’s right in specific partnership property is not subject to dower or curtesy (both have been
abolished in California by statute) nor allowance to widows, heirs, or next of kin. Even when married, a
partner’s right is not community property. On the other hand, a partner’s interest in the partnership as such
(that is, a partner’s share of profits and of surplus) is governed by community property rules for some
purposes.

These incidents make sense because two or more persons are attempting to carry on a business for profit.
Without these incidents, continuity and unified, efficient operation would be difficult. Partners are not,
however, prevented from owning different fractional parts of the business. Thus, although each partner has
unlimited liability to third parties for firm debts, each partner’s interest in profits and losses may be any
percentage to which the parties agreed.

Partners may also structure the business relationship as a partnership in many different ways. By agreement,
one partner may have greater authority than the other partners. An example that is often used is a limited
partnership. The general partner or partners manage and control the partnership and the limited partners (in
exchange for limited liability) give up management and control. In a partnership where all partners have equal
rights of management and control, the partnership is commonly referred to as a general or co-partnership.

The Uniform Partnership Act set forth in 15001 et seq. of the Corporations Code and the Limited Uniform
Partnership Act set forth in 15501 et seq. of the Corporations Code each have been or will be repealed effective
January 1, 2010. The Uniform Partnership Act of 1994, commencing with Section 16100 of the Corporations
Code, remains operative and describes, among other issues, the scope of and limitations imposed on general or
co-partnerships in California. This law includes language describing the relationships between partners, the
handling of charging orders and claims of creditors against the partnership or an individual partner, and how
the partnership is to be wound-up and dissolved.

Limited Liability Partnerships are described in the Corporations Code, commencing with Section 16951.
However, the Uniform Limited Partnership Act of 2008 (enacted subsequent to the previous sections of the
Corporations Code describing Limited Liability Partnerships) is set forth in the Corporations Code,
commencing with Section 15900.

The foregoing body of law is complex and comprehensive. Understanding what portions have been or will be
repealed and what portions remain operative is essential. Furthermore, to establish partnership relationships

requires an understanding of practical, legal, tax and other important issues. Accordingly, the advice of
knowledgeable legal counsel is recommended before proceeding to form a partnership or determining to hold
title to real property or interests therein in a partnership entity.

Public
Off

Chapter 6 - Transfer of Interests in Real Property

Chapter 6 - Transfer of Interests in Real Property somebody
Public
Off

ACQUISITION AND TRANSFER OF REAL ESTATE

ACQUISITION AND TRANSFER OF REAL ESTATE somebody

ACQUISITION AND TRANSFER OF REAL ESTATE

Usually, acquisition of property by one party entails a transfer from another party, and so we consider
acquisition and transfer together.

The basic distinction between real and personal property is not taken into account in the broad statutory
statement of how property is acquired. In the following discussion, however, the methods by which real
property is acquired or transferred are emphasized.

The Civil Code states that there are nine ways to acquire property: will, succession, accession, occupancy, and
by transfer as follows:

1. By will:

a. Formal or witnessed will.

b. Holographic will.

c. California Statutory will.

d. California Statutory will with Trust.

2. By succession:

a. Of separate property.

b. Of community property.

3. By accession:

a. Through actiocren (alluvion or reliction).

b. Through avulsion.

c. Through addition of fixtures.

d. Through improvements made in error.

4. By occupancy:

a. Abandonment.

b. Prescription.

c. Adverse possession.

5. By transfer:

a. Private grant.

b. Public grant.

c. Gift (to private person or to public, by dedication).

d. Alienation by operation of law or court action (partition, quiet title, foreclosure, declaratory relief).

6. By marriage.

7. By escheat.

8. By eminent domain.

9. By equitable estoppel.

Will

Property accumulated during life may be disposed of at death to designated beneficiaries. The instrument
achieves this disposition of property is called a will. The execution of a will during life has no effect on
property interests, as the instrument only becomes effective at death. This is the distinguishing feature between
wills and other instruments creating property interests such as deeds and contracts. The latter two instruments
create some present interest and are not dependent upon death to be effective.

Types of wills. The types of wills permitted by law are the witnessed will, holographic will, statutory will and
statutory will with trust. The first is a formal written instrument signed by the maker, and declared to be the
maker’s will in the presence of at least two witnesses who, at the maker’s request and in the maker’s presence,
also sign the will as witnesses. This document should be prepared by an attorney. A holographic will is one
entirely written, dated and signed in the testator’s own handwriting. No other formalities are required. Statutory
wills are prepared in accordance with a format authorized by statute.

When a person dies, title to his or her real property passes directly to the beneficiaries named in the will, or to
the heirs if the decedent did not leave a will. Title, however, is not marketable or insurable because the law
provides that on death all property is subject to the temporary possession of the executor or executrix,
administrator or administratrix, with a few exceptions. Legal title is also subject to the control of the probate
court for purposes of determining and liquidating creditors’ claims and for establishing the identity of the heirs,

devisees, and legatees of the estate.

Probate

Probate procedure commences with a petition for probate of a will or for letters of administration if there is no
will. A hearing is held and a representative is appointed to handle the estate. This person is referred to as an
executor or executrix if there is a will or an administrator or administratrix if there is no will, or if no personal
representative is named in the will.

Notice to creditors is then published, giving all creditors four months within which to file their claims. An
inventory and appraisement of the estate listing all the assets is filed with the county clerk. During
administration of the estate, the representative may sell estate property subject to court approval only.

After the time for filing and “creditors” claims have expired, the representative files an accounting of all
receipts and disbursements and requests court approval of the same. Finally, the representative petitions the
court to approve distribution of the remaining assets to the proper heirs and devisees. Small estates may be
exempt from probate administration or subject to special summary procedures.

Succession

If a person dies without leaving a will, the law provides for disposition of decedent’s property. This is called
intestate succession. A large number of special rules are included in the law depending upon the character of the
property and the relationship of the next of kin. In the simplest cases, separate property is divided equally
between a surviving spouse and one child, or split one-third to the surviving spouse and one-third to each of two
children, etc. One-half of the community property belongs to the surviving spouse and the other half is subject
to disposition by the decedent’s will. If there is no will, the decedent’s half of the community property
remaining after payment of his or her liabilities goes to the surviving spouse.

Accession

By accession, an owner’s title to improvements or additions to his or her property may be extended as a result
of either man-made or natural causes. For example, a fixture may be annexed to a building by a tenant, or a
neighbor may affix a wall or a building in such a way to the landowner’s property without agreement to remove
the improvement so as to extend the landowner’s title to the improvement.

By natural causes, through accretion, the owner of a riparian property (i.e., located along a moving body of
water such as a river or stream) or littoral property (i.e., located beside a pond, lake or ocean) may acquire title
to additional land by the gradual accumulation of land deposited on the owner’s property from the shifting of
the river or the ocean’s action. The land increase by this build-up of sediment (or alluvium) is called alluvion.
The gradual recession of water, leaving permanently dry land is accession caused by reliction. Rapid washing
away of land is called avulsion.

Addition of fixtures. Acquisition of title by addition of fixtures occurs when a person affixes something to the
land of another without permission and/or an agreement permitting removal of it. The thing so affixed belongs
to the owner of the land, unless the owner requires the former tenant to remove it.

Improvements made in error. At one time there was no compensation for the innocent person who mistakenly
improved someone else’s real property (e.g., built a house on another’s lot). However, the Legislature changed
this in 1953 by amending the Civil Code Section 1013.5. The change permits a person who affixes
improvements to the land of another, in good faith and erroneously believing - because of a mistake of fact or
law – that he or she has a right to do so, to remove the improvements upon payment of damages to the owner of
the land and any other persons having an interest therein who acquired the interest in reliance on the
improvements.

Abandonment. Abandonment is the voluntary surrender of possession of real property or a leasehold with the
intention of terminating one’s possession or interest and without assigning the interest to another. If the owner
of a leasehold interest (i.e., the lessee) abandons the property, the landlord reacquires possession and full control
of the premises. Mere non-use is not abandonment.

Prescription. An easement created by prescription is analogous to adverse possession (discussed below).
Although only the right to use someone else’s land results in a property interest that is thus acquired.

Adverse possession. The actual physical possession of property has always been accorded considerable weight
in connection with a variety of rights and obligations. Immediately upon occupying property, an adverse
possessor acquires a title to the property good against all the rest of the world except the state and the true
owner. Such occupation may ripen into legal title by adverse possession if the possession is:

1. by actual occupation;

2. open and notorious;

3. hostile to the true owner’s title;

4. under claim of right or color of title;

5. continuous and uninterrupted for a period of five years; and

6. accompanied by payment of all real property taxes for a period of five years.

Since title by adverse possession cannot be traced from the county recorder’s office, it is neither marketable nor
insurable until perfected by court decree.

Title by adverse possession usually cannot be acquired against a public body.

Transfer

Property is acquired by transfer when, by an act of the owner or of law, title to property is conveyed from one
person to another. It is the variations of transfer which are of primary concern to real estate brokers.

Private grant. Conveyancing, for consideration, of title to real property by private grant is very important to a
real estate broker and is discussed in Chapter 7.

Gift. An owner of property may voluntarily transfer property to another person without demanding or receiving
consideration. If the gift is real property, it would normally be conveyed by a deed.

Public dedication. Real property intended for public use can be acquired by a governmental body for such use
in any one of three ways: common law dedication, statutory dedication, and deed.

Common law dedication requires that the landowner’s conduct evidences an intent to devote the land to some
public use, such as by executing a deed describing a boundary as being a “street.” To be effective, the public
must accept this dedication by local ordinance or by public use.

The most common example of statutory dedication takes place under the Subdivision Map Act when a
landowner records a map on which certain areas are expressly dedicated to the public for streets and parks.
Dedication by deed is generally used in specific situations not involving subdivisions created under the
Subdivision Map Act. Usually, only an easement is transferred. However, many local governments now require
deeds so that fee title, rather than an easement, is acquired. This method avoids title problems arising upon
abandonment.

Alienation by court action. There are a variety of situations in which courts establish legal title regardless of
the desires of the record owners.

Any person may sue another who claims an adverse interest in real property. This type of proceeding is called a
quiet-title action and is the usual way of clearing tax titles, titles based upon adverse possession, and the title of
a seller under a forfeited recorded contract of sale.

A co-owner of property may sue the other co-owners, requesting a severance of the respective interests. If the
property cannot practically be divided physically, as is usually the case, the court may order a sale, transfer title
to the buyer, and divide the proceeds among the former owners. This proceeding is called a partition action.

A person holding a lien based upon contractual delinquency may ask that the court order sale of the property,
transfer of title to the purchaser, and application of the sales proceeds to the unpaid balance due under the
contract. This is called a foreclosure action. Mortgage and mechanic’s lien foreclosures are examples.

A person may, in cases of actual controversy, bring an action to determine his or her rights and obligations
under any written instrument. A judicial declaration of rights in advance of an actual tortious incident enables

the parties to shape their conduct so as to avoid a breach. This declaratory relief action is often used to construe
deeds, restrictions or homesteads, or to determine rights under an oral contract.

Execution sale. A plaintiff in an action who obtains a money judgment against a defendant can take appropriate
steps to get a writ of execution. This court order directs the sheriff (or marshal or constable) to satisfy the
judgment out of property of the debtor. Real property belonging to the debtor, and not exempt from execution,
is seized by the officer and sold at public auction.

The buyer receives a certificate of sale and, if no redemption is made within the time allowed by statute (usually
12 months), the officer executes and delivers a deed to the buyer.

Forfeiture. An owner may impose a condition subsequent in a deed. If the condition is breached, the grantor or
grantor’s successor has the power to terminate the estate and reacquire title. Similarly, the owner may impose a
special limitation in a deed. If the stated event occurs or the prescribed status fails to endure, the estate
automatically terminates and the grantor or his or her successor reacquires title. In both cases, property is
acquired by forfeiture with no need for consideration.

Marriage. Under California law, marriage does not effect a transfer of title to property. However, subsequent
earnings and acquisitions of husband and wife, or either, during marriage, when not acquired as separate
property, are community property. Each spouse has a present, existing and equal interest in such property.

Escheat. Escheat is the legal process by which title to property vests in the state, usually for lack of heirs or
want of legal ownership. Since a presumption exists that some heirs capable of taking title exist in every case,
the process of escheat is not automatic. Escheat proceedings can be based on an action initiated by the Attorney
General or on a decree of distribution by a probate court.

Eminent domain. By eminent domain, a governmental entity takes private property for public use, paying
compensation based on fair market value.

Equitable estoppel. Equity and good conscience sometimes require that title to real property be transferred if
justice is to be done. The former owner is barred or estopped from denying the title of the innocent claimant.

For example, if an owner permits a friend to appear to the world as the owner of certain property, and an
innocent third party buys the land from that apparent owner, the true owner is barred by the doctrine of
equitable estoppel from claiming ownership.

Similarly, if a person has no title, a defective title, or an estate smaller than the one purported to be conveyed,
but later acquires full title or estate, or perfects the title, the grantee (or grantee’s successor) gets the after-
acquired title by way of estoppel.
Public
Off

CONTRACTS IN GENERAL

CONTRACTS IN GENERAL somebody

CONTRACTS IN GENERAL

Probably no other area of the law is as important to real estate brokers, salespersons, and parties transferring
real estate than that of contracts. Nearly every consequential transaction includes one or more contracts. It is
important, therefore, to understand their nature and to be well acquainted with some of the broad rules
governing contract creation, operation and enforcement.

In this chapter we consider contracts in general. Chapter 7 focuses on contracts used most frequently in the real
estate business.

Contract Defined

Any term as broad in its application as “contract” is difficult to define with precision. California’s Civil Code
states the following: “A contract is an agreement to do or not to do a certain thing.” The American Law Institute
offers this definition: “A contract is a promise or a set of promises for the breach of which the law gives a
remedy, or the performance of which the law in some way recognizes as a duty.” Still another authority on the
subject, Corbin, submits a definition which combines the foregoing two versions: “A contract is an agreement
between two or more persons consisting of a promise or mutual promises which the law will enforce, or the
performance of which the law in some way will recognize as a duty.” The latter will serve as our working
definition, and its meaning will be clarified later when we analyze the essential elements of a contract.

Classification. It will be helpful to review certain terms which are commonly used to classify contracts. With
*
reference to manner of creation, a contract may be express or implied.

In an express contract, the parties declare the terms and put their intentions in words, either oral or written. In an
implied contract, however, the agreement is shown by acts and conduct rather than words. (In a hurry, you enter
the corner drugstore, where you have an account, pick up a pack of gum, wave it at the clerk; the clerk nods and
you leave. There is an implied contract that you will pay for the gum later.)

With reference to content of the agreement, a contract may be bilateral or unilateral. A bilateral contract is one
in which the promise of one party is given in exchange for the promise of the other party. (e.g., A tells B, “I’ll
give you $300 if you will promise to paint my house” and B so promises.) In a unilateral contract, on the other
hand, a promise is given by one party to induce some actual performance by the other party. The second party is
not bound to act but if the second party acts, the former is obligated to keep the promise. (e.g., A offers a reward
of $100 to anyone who will find and return A’s lost dog. B does not make any promise but just happens to find
and return the dog. A must pay B $100.)

With reference to extent of performance, a contract may be executory or executed. In an executory contract,
something remains to be done by one or both parties. In an executed contract, both parties have completely
performed.

Finally, with reference to legal effect, contracts may be classified as void, voidable, unenforceable, or valid. A
void agreement is not a contract at all. It lacks legal effect (e.g., an agreement to commit a crime; or, in
California, an attempt by a minor under 18 to make a contract relating to real property). A voidable contract is
one which is valid and enforceable on its face, but one which one or more of the parties may reject (e.g., certain
contracts of minors are voidable at the option of the minor; a contract induced by fraud may be voided by the
victim). An unenforceable contract is valid, but for some reason cannot be proved or sued upon by one or both
of the parties (e.g., a contract that cannot be enforced because of the passage of time under the statute of
limitations). A valid contract is one that is binding and enforceable. It has all the essential elements required by
law.

*

Contract implied in fact should be distinguished from contract implied in law. A contract implied in law evidences
obligations created by law for reasons of justice. A contract implied in fact would be the foundation of an employee’s claim
against a deceased employer’s estate for overtime wages.

Public
Off

ESSENTIAL ELEMENTS A OF CONTRACT

ESSENTIAL ELEMENTS A OF CONTRACT somebody

ESSENTIAL ELEMENTS A OF CONTRACT

Under the California Civil Code the existence of a contract requires:

1. Parties capable of contracting;

2. Mutual consent;

3. Lawful object; and

4. Sufficient consideration.

It may be helpful to add a fifth requirement which is present only in certain contracts: a proper writing.

Parties Capable of Contracting

For a valid contract, there must be two or more parties who have at least limited legal capacity. Generally
everyone is fully capable of contracting, except persons who are subject to certain limitations [unemancipated
minors, persons of unsound mind, aliens, and persons deprived of civil rights (e.g., convicts)].

Minors. A minor is a person under the age of 18 years. Under the Emancipation of Minors Law, a minor is
either unemancipated or emancipated (set free from parental control/supervision).

An unemancipated minor (hereafter “minor”) cannot give a delegation of power, make a contract relating to real
property or any interest therein, or make a contract relating to any personal property not in the minor’s
immediate possession or control. With certain statutory exceptions, a minor may disaffirm any contracts entered
into during minority or for a reasonable time after reaching majority. In case of a minor’s death within that
period, the minor’s heirs or personal representatives may disaffirm any contract into which the minor entered.

A minor is deemed incapable of appointing an agent; therefore, a delegation of authority (e.g., a power of
attorney) is void. A real estate broker can not serve as agent of a minor to buy or sell. A broker can represent an
informed adult in dealing with a minor, but the client assumes the risk of having the contract voided. However,
one may negotiate in real property with or for a minor only through a court-appointed guardian. For the minor’s
protection, the guardian needs court approval to carry out such negotiations.

Emancipation of Minors Law. Under this law (Family Code Sections 7000, et seq.), emancipated minors have
certain powers to deal with real property and are considered as being over the age of majority for certain
purposes, including the following: entering into a binding contract to buy, sell, lease, encumber, exchange, or
transfer any interest in real or personal property; conveying or releasing interests in property.

An emancipated minor is a person under 18 years of age who has entered into a valid marriage (even though
terminated by dissolution), is on active duty with any of the armed forces of the United States of America, or
has received a declaration of emancipation by petitioning the superior court of the county where he or she
resides.

Brokers dealing with minors must proceed cautiously and should seek the advice of their attorney.

Incompetents. California law provides that after the incapacity of a person of unsound mind has been judicially
determined, no contract can be made with such person until restoration to capacity. Similarly, a person who is
entirely without understanding but has not been judicially declared incompetent has no power to contract.

When dealing with incompetents concerning real property, proper procedure requires an appointment of a
guardian and court approval of the guardian’s acts.

Note: Both minors or incompetents, however, may acquire title to real property by gift or by inheritance. They
may convey, mortgage, lease or acquire real property pursuant to a superior court order obtained through
appropriate guardianship or conservatorship proceedings.

Aliens. In California, resident or nonresident aliens have essentially the same property rights as citizens. Section
671 of the Civil Code provides that “any person, whether citizen or alien, may take, hold, and dispose of
property, real or personal, within this state.” Federal law, however, provides certain restrictions on the property
rights of aliens.

Convicts. Persons sentenced to imprisonment in state prisons are deprived of such of their civil rights as may be

necessary for the security of the institution in which they are confined and for the reasonable protection of the
public.

Convicts do not forfeit their property. They may acquire property by gift, inheritance or by will, under certain
conditions, and they may convey their property or acquire property through conveyance.

Individual proprietors. The bulk of the nation’s business is conducted by individual proprietors, ordinary
partnerships, corporations, and, more recently, by limited partnerships and limited liability companies. The
first category does not present any special problems. The owner who is a sole proprietor takes title in his or her
own name, or, if married, the spouse may join as a grantee.

Partnership. In a partnership, two or more persons carry on a business as co-owners. The partnership may exist
if such intention can be proven whether or not the partners have reduced their agreement to a formal writing.
The more important characteristics of a partnership are the following: its lack of separate capacity to deal
independently from its members (with certain exceptions hereafter noted); customary equal participation of
members in management; co-ownership of partnership assets; individual interest of each partner in profits and
surplus; and the mutual agency relationship between partners making each the agent of the others insofar as
partnership business is concerned.

Partnership property consists of the originally invested and subsequent partnership acquisitions. Usually, the
best practice in investing in property usually is to take title in the name of the partnership itself. However, title
may also be taken in the individual name of one or more partners, or in the name of a third party as trustee for
the partnership. Although any authorized partner may then dispose of the property, it is customary for all
partners to execute the instrument of transfer.

If property is acquired in the partnership name, it should not be transferred until a “GP-1 form” is filed with the
Secretary of State and then recorded in the recorder’s office showing the names of the partnership and its
members.

The Uniform Partnership Act of 1994 became effective January 1, 1997. All partnerships formed prior to
January 1, 1997 were governed by the old Uniform Partnership Act (Corporations Code Section 15001, et seq.)
until January 1, 1999. On that date, the old Uniform Partnership Act was repealed and all partnerships were
governed by the Uniform Partnership Act of 1994 (Corporations Code Section 16100, et seq.).

Of course, if title to real property is in an individual’s name, both the individual and his or her spouse should
sign the instrument of transfer.

In order to enjoy some of the benefits of incorporation while retaining the partnership form, a possibility is to
create a limited partnership. This can only be achieved by filing a formal certificate. Limited partners may not
allow their names to be used in the business and may not participate in the control of the business. If all legal
requirements are met, the limited partners are not responsible for partnership debts beyond their investment. But
at least one partner must be a general partner with unlimited liability.

Limited liability companies. The Beverly-Killea Limited Liability Company Act (California Corporations
Code Sections 17000–17705) allows the formation of limited liability companies. It became effective, in
September of 1994.

To form a limited liability company, two or more persons must enter into an operating agreement and must
execute and file articles of organization with the California Secretary of State.

The end of the name of a limited liability company must contain, either the words “limited liability company”
or the abbreviation “LLC”. The words “limited” and “company” may be abbreviated to “Ltd.” and “Co.,”
respectively.

Subject to limitations contained in the articles of organization and compliance with other applicable laws, a
limited liability company may engage in any lawful business activity, except the banking, insurance, or trust
company business. (Corporations Code Section 17002)

Corporations Code Section 17101 sets forth the liability of members of a limited liability company. In part, the
liability parallels that of shareholders in a corporation, while the company is treated as a partnership for tax
purposes.

Corporations. The more important characteristics of a corporation are the following: separate capacity to deal
with property independently from its members; centralized control in a board of directors; liability of
shareholders normally limited to the amount of their investment; freely transferable shares; and continued
existence regardless of death or retirement of its shareholders.

Although a corporation may take title to property in its own name, it is an “artificial person” created by law, and
must function through human agents. Accordingly, corporate control is vested in the board of directors and so it
becomes important to have some evidence of the board’s decision in connection with the proposed property
transaction. The decisions of the board are usually in the form of resolutions authorizing certain officers to deal
with the corporate property. It should be noted that since a corporation has perpetual existence, it is not
permitted to take title to property in joint tenancy with right of survivorship.

Note: Some corporations are organized on a nonprofit basis. Members of such a nonprofit corporation are not
personally liable for the debts or obligations of the corporation, and in many respects such an organization is
similar in operation to a regular corporation. A board of directors controls its property and conducts its affairs.
The corporation may enter into contracts as well as acquire and dispose of real or personal property in its own
name.

Nonprofit associations. Sometimes transactions in real property will involve nonprofit associations: loosely
knit, unincorporated associations of natural persons for religious, scientific, social, educational, recreational,
benevolent or other purposes. Members of such associations are not personally liable for debts incurred in
acquisition or leasing of real property used by the association, unless they specifically assume such liability in
writing. These nonprofit organizations may, by statute, hold such property in the group name as is necessary for
business objects and purposes. Also, they may hold nonessential property for 10 years.

When an unincorporated association proposes to dispose of property, the conveyance should, in the case of
benevolent or fraternal societies or associations, be executed by its presiding officer and recording secretary
under seal after resolution is duly adopted by its governing body. In the case of other incorporated associations
for which no other provision is made by statute, conveyances may be executed by the president or other head,
and secretary, or by other specific officers so authorized by resolution. Such an association may record a
statement setting forth its names and the persons authorized to execute conveyances. California Corporations
Code Sections 20003 through 24007 govern unincorporated associations organized under California law.

Personal representative. A final category of parties to contracts, and one of considerable importance, is that of
personal representatives of decedents. A person who leaves a will may name an executor or executrix to carry
out its provisions. If a person dies intestate or fails to name an executor, the probate court will appoint an
administrator to administer the estate. The acts of these officials are generally subject to court supervision. Real
estate agents usually come in contact with executors and administrators when the latter are interested in selling
a parcel of real estate belonging to the estate.

Mutual Consent

The second element of a valid contract is that the parties who have capacity to contract shall properly and
mutually consent or assent to be bound. This mutual consent is normally evidenced by an offer of one party and
acceptance by the other party. An offer expresses the offeror’s willingness to enter into the contract. It must be
communicated to the offeree. The offer must also manifest a contractual intention. There need not be a true
“meeting of the minds” of the parties, for they are bound only by their apparent intentions that are outwardly
manifested by words or acts. Courts cannot read minds, and secret or unexpressed intentions, hopes and
motivations are immaterial. However, the assent must be genuine and free, and if it is clouded or negated by
such influences as fraud or mistake, the contract may be voidable at the option of one or both parties, depending
on the circumstances.

When negotiating a contract, some of the terms might be left open for future determination, or there might be a
condition which must be met before the parties become obligated (this may be called a “condition precedent”).
In either of these situations, it is usually held that only preliminary negotiations have taken place, mutual
consent has not been reached and a binding contract has not come into existence. In such cases even the courts
cannot guess what the parties will mutually agree upon.

Definite contract terms. Finally, the offer must be definite and certain in its terms. The precise acts to be

performed must be clearly ascertainable. Courts cannot make contracts for the parties, nor fix terms and
conditions. The offer must be “nonillusory” in character, meaning it must actually bind the offeror upon
acceptance.

If the offeror can cancel or withdraw at pleasure, without reasonable notice, the offer is illusory. Another
example is an offer/promise completely within the offeror’s control to perform or not to perform, such as an
offer to buy a property “contingent upon obtaining a $100,000 loan.” Without more conditions and specificity,
the offeror might not even apply for a loan. To avoid illusion, clauses in the contract should carefully specify
the details of the condition and should contain promises by both parties to provide some semblance of
mutuality. A clause in a deposit receipt conditioning the offer upon the obtaining of a loan by the offeror should
include the amount of the loan the buyer desires; interest rate; monthly installments; how secured; type (i.e.,
FHA, VA or conventional); an agreement by the buyer to use best efforts to procure such a loan; and an
agreement by the seller to cooperate in such efforts.

On many occasions, California courts have refused to enforce contracts because of uncertainty. In one case, a
broker provided in a deposit receipt that there was to be a first deed of trust in a fixed amount to a bank, and a
second to the seller for the balance. Interest in each case was fixed. The contract stated “total monthly payments
including interest, to be $95.” The court denied specific performance because the deposit receipt was silent as to
what portion of the $95 was to be paid to the bank and what portion to the seller.

Another agreement was drawn which was certain in all particulars except that it provided that the balance of the
purchase price was to be evidenced by a first and second mortgage. The agreement was silent as to the amount
of each mortgage and the uncertainty was critical because the parties disagreed as to the amounts of each
mortgage. The court refused to enforce the agreement.

Another contract was found to be too uncertain because it was silent as to the rate of interest on the deferred
balance and as to the date of maturity of the indebtedness.

Uncertainty and insufficiency were found in a form which was used containing a provision that an “extension of
time for 30 days may be granted by (blank)”. Since either party could extend, the court held that no one was in
fact authorized.

Provisions in a contract that state the property is to be improved with streets, water system, other utilities, and
paved boulevards are too indefinite for enforcement. The court will not determine where the streets are to run,
how many there are to be, or the area to be covered or how they are to be constructed.

Description of property. The problem of certainty and definiteness may be acute in connection with land
identification. A broker may not have the deed by which the owner acquired property, or the title report or
policy connected with it. The contract must, however, contain such a description, or at least include a unique
aspect of the property agreed to be sold so that it can be exactly ascertained. Where the broker has a former title
policy or a preliminary report, he should refer to the description by the title company’s name and policy
number. From such a mention or reference, it can be ascertained what property is meant. Oral evidence may be
used in court for the purpose of identifying the description, but not for the purpose of ascertaining and locating a
missing description or one that is too uncertain to be identified.

For example, it is very common to describe property by the street and house number, i.e.,: No. 19, 10th Street,
city, county and state. Usually, this is sufficient. However, if the seller has a large property with more than one
building on it, or an adjoining lot, this description would be insufficient. “My house and lot on 10th Street,
between A and B Streets” would be sufficient provided the owner did not have any other house and lot on that
block. “My land consisting of 96 acres located about four miles northeast from Porterville, California” was held
sufficient to enable the court to determine what land was meant, because that was all that the seller had in that
vicinity.

Termination of offer. The hope of the offeror is that the other party will accept and a contract will be formed.
But the offeror does not want to wait indefinitely, and need not. There are five ways to terminate an offer:

1. Lapse of Time. The offer is revoked if the offeree fails to accept it within a time period prescribed in the
offer. If the offer does not include a deadline for acceptance, the lapse of a reasonable time without
communication of acceptance may cause the offer to be considered to have been revoked. What is a
reasonable time is a question of fact dependent upon the circumstances.

2. Communication of Notice of Revocation. This can be done anytime before the other party has
communicated acceptance. It is effective even if the offeror said the offer would be kept open for a stated
period of time which has not yet elapsed. If the offeree pays to keep the offer open for a prescribed period
of time, an option is created, and the offeror must abide by its terms.

Sometimes an offer is made to sell property and the person to whom the offer is made later acquires reliable
information that the property has been sold to another party. This, too, constitutes a revocation.

3. Failure of offeree to fulfill a condition prescribed by the offeror or to accept in a prescribed manner. If the
offeree makes a qualified acceptance (as by changing the price), in effect a counteroffer is made and the
original offer is cancelled. It cannot later be accepted, unless revived by the offeror repeating it. Thus the
roles of the parties are exchanged, and the counteroffer itself may then be terminated like an original offer.
It should be noted here that this discussion of offer and acceptance, and the rest of the discussion as to
formation of contracts, may not apply to contracts between merchants for the sale of goods. These are
governed by the California Uniform Commercial Code.

4. Rejection by the offeree. An unequivocal rejection ends the offer, but simple discussion and preliminary
bargaining do not do so when they involve no more than inquiries or suggestions for different terms.

5. Death or insanity of the offeror or offeree revokes the offer.

Acceptance. Acceptance is the proper assent by the offeree to the terms of the offer.

The person to whom the offer is made must have knowledge of it before he or she can accept. Acceptance by
anyone other than the offeree is not possible. Most contracts are bilateral, but interesting problems arise in
connection with the less common unilateral contract, which is when the offeror asks for action, not a promise.
Normally, when the requested act is performed, the offer is automatically accepted. But if the offeree does not
intend an act to be an acceptance, or if there is no knowledge of the offer, there can be no acceptance and no
contract. This situation may occur when one returns a lost dog without seeing the ads offering a reward for its
return.

Acceptance must be absolute and unqualified, because if it modifies the terms of the offer in any material way,
it becomes a counteroffer. As already noted, this terminates the original offer. Indeed, if the acceptance is too
late or otherwise defective, the person making the offer cannot waive the delay or defect and treat the
relationship as a binding contract.

Acceptance must be expressed or communicated, though it may be sufficient without actually being received by
the person making the offer. Generally, silence is not regarded as an acceptance of an offer, because the party
making the offer cannot force the party to whom an offer is made to make an express rejection. Silence may
constitute an acceptance when the circumstances or previous course of dealing with a party places the party
receiving the offer under a duty to act or be bound. Acceptance may be made by implication to the
consideration tendered with an offer.

Acceptance of an offer must be in the manner specified in the offer, but if no particular manner of acceptance is
not specified, then acceptance may be by any reasonable and usual mode.

A contract is made when the acceptance is mailed or put in the course of transmission by a prescribed or
reasonable mode (e.g., by deposit of a telegram for transmission). This is so even though the letter of acceptance
is lost and never reaches the party making the offer, because the acceptance has been placed in the course of
transmission by the offeree.

Genuine assent. The final requirement for mutual consent is that the offer and acceptance be genuine. The
principal obstacles to such genuine or real assent are fraud, mistake, menace, duress or undue influence. If any
one of these obstacles is present, the contract may be voidable and a party to the alleged contract may seek
rescission (restoring both parties to their former positions), dollar damages or possibly reformation of the
contract to make it correct.

Fraud. Fraud may be either actual or constructive in nature. Normally, fraud exists when a person
misrepresents a material fact while knowing it’s not true, or does so with careless indifference as to its veracity.
A person must misrepresent with the intent to induce the other person to enter the contract, and the other must

rely thereon in entering the contract. “Material fact” is defined as an important fact which significantly affects
the party’s decision to enter into the contract.

Civil Code Section 1572 lists the following five acts which would be deemed actual fraud when done by a party
to a contract or with his or her connivance with intent to induce another to enter into the contract, or even
simply to deceive the other party:

1. The suggestion, as a fact, of that which is not true, by one who does not believe it to be true;

2. The positive assertion, in a manner not warranted by the information of the person making it, of that which
is not true, though the person believes it to be true;

3. The suppression of that which is true, by one having knowledge or belief of the fact;

4. A promise made without any intention of performing it; or,

5. Any other act intended to deceive.

Ordinarily, misrepresentation of law does not amount to actionable fraud, because everyone is presumed to
know the law. Nevertheless, this may be actionable fraud where one party uses superior knowledge to gain an
unconscionable advantage, or where the parties occupy some sort of confidential relationship, even though the
guilty party is not a strict fiduciary.

Constructive fraud. Constructive fraud as defined in the Civil Code may first consist of first, any breach of
duty which, without an actual fraudulent intent, gains an advantage for the person in fault or anyone claiming
under that person by misleading another to the other’s prejudice or to the prejudice of anyone claiming under
the other person.

Second, it may consist of any such act or omission as the law specifically declares to be fraudulent without
respect to actual fraud. The element of reliance is essential, and where it is shown that no commitments were
made until independent investigation by others, there can be no action claiming fraud. Negligent
misrepresentation has also been held to be a species of fraud.

A distinction should be made between fraud in the inception or execution, and fraud in the inducement of a
contract. For example, if the promisor knows what he or she is signing and the consent is induced by fraud, the
contract is voidable by the promisor; but if the fraud goes to the inception or execution of the agreement so that
the promisor is deceived as to the nature of his or her act and actually does not know what is being signed, and
does not intend to enter into a contract at all, it is void. A voidable contract is binding until rescinded.
Conversely, a void contract needs no formal act for rescission.

If one signs a contract without reading it and therefore fails, through carelessness or negligence, to familiarize
oneself with the contents of a written contract prior to its execution, relief is denied. The court may reform or
cancel the contract, where such failure or negligence to sign the instrument without reading it, is induced by
false representation and fraud made by the other party in order to make provisions that are different than those
set out in the instrument.

A party to a contract who is guilty of fraud in its inducement is not relieved of the effects of the fraud by any
stipulation in the contract that states either that no representations have been made or that any right which might
be grounded upon them is waived. Such a stipulation or waiver will be ignored, because the fraud renders the
whole agreement voidable, including the waiver provisions.

False representations. Where false representations are made by an agent and the contract contains a recital
limiting the agent’s authority to make representations, the innocent principal may, by certain stipulations, be
relieved of liability in a court action for damages for fraud and deceit. The defrauded third party may
nevertheless rescind the contract. The guilty agent may, of course, be liable in damages for the wrongful act.

Mistakes. Another possible obstacle to genuineness of assent is mistake. Where both parties are mistaken as to
the identity of the subject matter of the contract, there can be no contract. Where the subject matter of the
agreement has, unknown to the parties, already ceased to exist, so that performance of the contract would be
impossible, there is no contract.

Mutual agreement as to the subject matter is the basis of a contract. If the parties to an agreement consent
thereto, a contract results. However, the contract may be voidable if there is a substantial mistake as to some
basic or material fact which induced the complaining party to enter into the contract. Negligence of the injured
party does not in itself preclude release from mistakes, unless the negligence is gross, such as where the party
simply fails to read the agreement. One who accepts or signs an instrument, which is on its face a contract, is
deemed to assent to all of its terms and cannot escape liability on the ground of not having read it. This is true
only in the absence of influences such as fraud, undue influence, or duress.

Mistakes are classified in the Civil Code as mistakes of fact or of law. A mistake of fact is one consisting of
ignorance or forgetfulness of a fact material to the contract, but which is not caused by the neglect of a legal
duty on the part of the person making it. Or it may consist of a mistaken belief in the existence of a thing
material to the contract, or a belief in the past existence of such a thing, which has not existed. A mistake of law,
on the other hand, is described as one which arises from a misunderstanding of the law by all parties involved,
all making substantially the same mistake while thinking they knew and understood the law.

A mistake may also be a misunderstanding of law by one party, which the other party is aware of but does not
rectify.

Duress, menace, undue influence. Sometimes a contract may be rendered voidable because it was entered into
under the pressure of duress, menace, or undue influence. All three, in effect, deprive the victim of the exercise
of free will, and so the law permits such person to void the contract, as well as other remedies under the law.

Duress involves coercion or confinement. While duress is technically the unlawful confinement of persons or
property, modern case law has expanded duress to include unlawfully depriving a person of the exercise of free
will. Economic compulsion or duress may result in a finding that a contract provision is unconscionable.

Menace consists of a threat to commit duress, including the threat of unlawful and violent injury to a person or
the person’s character.

Undue influence is unfair advantage taken by someone who has the confidence of another, or who holds a real
or apparent authority over another. It may involve taking an unfair advantage of another’s weakness of mind, or
taking a grossly oppressive and unfair advantage of another’s necessities or distress. Undue influence is most
frequently encountered in connection with contracts between persons in confidential relationships, where the
victim is justified in assuming the other party will not act contrary to the victim’s welfare. The relationships that
usually fall within this rule include trustee and beneficiary, broker and principal, attorney and client, guardian
and ward, parent and child, husband and wife, physician and patient, and employer and employee.

Lawful Object

Assuming now that parties are capable of contracting and have properly manifested their consent through an
offer and acceptance, the validity of their agreement might still be attacked on grounds of legality. The contract
must be legal in its formation and operation. Both its consideration and its object must be lawful. The object
refers to what the contract requires the parties to do or not to do. Where the contract has but a single object, and
that object is unlawful in whole or in part, or performance is impossible, the contract is void. If there are several
distinct objects, the contract is normally valid as to those objects which are lawful. An object is unlawful when
it is contrary to an express provision of the law, or contrary to the policy of express law.

In general, the law will not lend its resources to either party involved in an illegal contract. Thus, if a contract is
executory and illegal, neither party may enforce it. If it is executed, neither party may rescind and recover
consideration. But sometimes the law which was violated was designed to protect one of the parties; or the
parties are not equally blameworthy; or when one party repents and calls the deal off before any part of the
illegal object has been realized. In such cases, the law will provide appropriate relief.

Common violations. The objects and consideration of a contract must be legal and cannot violate some specific
prohibition of the law. If such violation does occur, its effect upon the contract may depend upon the particular
statute involved. Two types of situations in the real estate field involving statutory violations are:

1. Contracts of unlicensed “brokers” or “general contractors.” These persons are not permitted to enforce their
contracts.

2. Forfeiture clauses in deposit receipts, contracts of sale and leases.

A contract clause which specifies a fixed amount of damages in the event of a breach is known as a liquidated
damages clause. Except as discussed below, a liquidated damages clause is presumed valid, unless the party
seeking to invalidate the provision proves that it was unreasonable under the circumstances existing at the time
the contract was made.

A liquidated damages clause is void if the liquidated damages are sought to be recovered from (l) a party to a
contract for the retail purchase or rental of personal property or services primarily for that party’s personal,
family, or household purposes; or (2) a party to a lease of real property for use as a dwelling by that party or his
or her dependents.

Special rules apply to liquidated damages provisions in contracts for the purchase of residential real property.
These rules are explained below in the Section entitled “REAL ESTATE CONTRACTS.”

Special rules apply to liquidated damages clauses in construction contracts with certain government entities,
making provisions for amounts to be paid for each day of delay in construction valid unless manifestly
unreasonable at the time the contract was made.)

3. Contracts by which one is restrained from engaging in business may be void, although a person selling
goodwill may promise the buyer not to compete within a reasonably limited area for a specific period of
time.

4. Persons may not generally avoid responsibility for their own fraud or negligence merely by so providing in
a contract.

5. A contract calling for the payment of interest in excess of the California Constitution’s current limits may
be usurious depending upon the identity of the lending entity and the purpose of the loan. If such a contract
is usurious, that portion of the contract relating to the payment of interest is void.

6. In addition to the foregoing, brokers must be careful to comply with the numerous regulatory measures
incorporated in the Real Estate Law. Specific violations may prevent enforcement of a listing contract. It
should be noted that violations of law not only affect the enforceability of the contract involved, but may
also subject the violator to criminal punishment.

Sufficient Consideration

Even if the agreement meets all the requirements of a valid contract already discussed, it may fail because of the
lack of sufficient consideration. In general, every executory contract requires consideration. The consideration
may be either a benefit conferred, or agreed to be conferred, upon the person making the promise, or any other
person, or a detriment suffered or agreed to be suffered. It may be an act of forbearance or a change in legal
relations. Consideration is the price bargained for and paid for a promise, and it may, of course, be a return
promise. If a valid consideration exists, the promise is binding even though some motive other than obtaining a
consideration induced the promisor to enter into the contract.

Ordinarily, the nature of the consideration is reflected in the written agreement of the parties. The consideration
must have some value. A purely moral obligation may under some circumstances be consideration. There is no
requirement of adequacy to make the contract enforceable. Thus, an option to purchase valuable property may
be given for consideration of one dollar or some other nominal sum. It is only in an action for specific
performance that the amount is important, and in this event the equitable remedy will be denied unless an
adequate consideration is proved. Also, gross inadequacy of consideration may be a circumstance which,
together with other facts, will tend to show fraud or undue influence.

In a unilateral contract, a promise of the offeror is consideration for an act or forbearance sought from the
offeree. In a bilateral contract, a promise of one party is consideration for the promise of another, and generally
any valid promise, whether absolute or conditional, is sufficient consideration for another promise.

Public
Off

INTERPRETATION, PERFORMANCE AND DISCHARGE OF CONTRACTS

INTERPRETATION, PERFORMANCE AND DISCHARGE OF CONTRACTS somebody

INTERPRETATION, PERFORMANCE AND DISCHARGE OF CONTRACTS

The majority of all contracts are properly performed and discharged or executed without legal complications. If
difficulties arise, the parties themselves, or with the aid of legal counsel, will typically work out an amicable
settlement. But the courts remain available for the resolution of conflicts between contracting parties that cannot
be so settled. Set forth below are some of the rules which guide the courts in their interpretation of contracts.

Interpretation of Contracts

In general, contracts are interpreted so as to give effect to the mutual intention of the parties as it existed at the
time of contracting, insofar as that intention is ascertainable and lawful. A contract may be explained by
reference to the circumstances under which it was made, and the matter to which it relates. But the language of
the contract governs its interpretation, if the language is clear and explicit and does not involve an absurdity.
Obviously the language should be reduced to writing, for the wiles of the unscrupulous are infinite, and the
memory of every man and woman is finite and fallible.

Fortunately, as noted earlier, most contracts of interest to real estate brokers must be in writing under the Statute
of Frauds. A broker can render valuable service by ensuring that the writing clearly expresses the intention of
the parties. But when a written contract fails to express the real intention of the parties because of fraud, mistake
or accident, the courts will attempt to discover the real intention and disregard the erroneous parts of the
writing.

The execution of a contract in writing supersedes all negotiations and stipulations concerning the matter which
preceded or accompanied the execution of the instruction, even though the law may or may not require writing.
When a contract is partly written and partly printed, written parts control the printed part, and the parts which
are purely original control those which were copied from a form. If the two contradict the latter must be
disregarded.

Modification or alteration of a contract is a change in the obligation by a modifying agreement, which requires
mutual assent. A contract in writing may be altered by a new contract in writing, or by an executed oral
agreement, and not otherwise.

Parol evidence rule. Parol evidence refers to prior oral or written negotiations or agreements of the parties, or
even oral agreements contemporaneous with their written contract. The parol evidence rule prohibits the
introduction of any extrinsic evidence (oral or written) to vary or add to the terms of an integrated written
instrument, such as a deed, contract, will, etc. This rule helps to finalize agreements with certainty, and it

discourages fraudulent claims. On the other hand, the courts will permit such outside evidence to be introduced
when the written contract is incomplete or ambiguous, or when necessary to show that the contract is not
enforceable because of mistake, fraud, duress, illegality, insufficiency or failure of consideration, or incapacity
of a party.

Under the “parol evidence rule,” when a contract is expressed in a writing which is intended to be the complete
and final expression of the rights and duties of the parties, parol evidence is not admissible as evidence.

Where the parties come to an agreement by mistake or fraud, and the written instrument does not express their
agreement correctly, it may be reformed or revised by the court on the application of the party agreeing to it,
provided that this can be done without prejudice to the rights acquired by third persons in good faith and for
value.

Performance of Contracts

Regarding performance of contracts, it is common to find a party who would prefer to drop out of the picture
without terminating the contract. Under proper circumstances, this may be accomplished by assignment or by
novation.

Assignable contract. Whether the contract is assignable depends upon its nature and terms. Ordinarily, either a
bilateral or a unilateral contract is assignable unless it calls for some personal quality of the promisor, or unless
it expressly or impliedly negates the right to assign. The contract might expressly provide that it shall not be
assigned, or contain provisions which are equivalent to such expressed stipulations, or require consent to assign.

An assignment transfers all the assignor’s interests to the assignee. The assignee stands in the shoes of the
assignor, taking the assignor’s rights and remedies, subject to any defenses that the obligor has against the
assignor, prior to notice of the assignment. Where the subject matter of the assignment involves reciprocal
rights and duties, the assignor may transfer the benefit and may divest himself or herself of all rights, but cannot
escape the burden of an obligation by a mere assignment. The assignor still remains liable to the oblige. Even if
the assignee assumes the obligation, the assignor still remains secondarily liable as a surety or guarantor, unless
the obligee releases the assignor.

The assignment carries with it all the rights of the assignor. Thus the assignment of a note carries with it any
incidental securities such as mortgages or other liens.

In some cases the original contracting party who wants to drop out completely may do so by novation.

Novation is the substitution by agreement of a new obligation for an existing one, with intent to extinguish the
latter. The substitution may be a new obligation between the same parties, and/or a new party, either a new
debtor or a new creditor. A novation requires an intent to discharge the old contract and, being a new contract, it
requires consideration and other essentials of a valid contract.

Where one party is indebted to another and the creditor takes a promissory note for the sum owed, this does not
discharge the original debt, unless the parties expressly agree to it, or unless such intention is clearly indicated.
Ordinarily, for a novation, a particular form is not necessary required. It may be written or implied from
conduct where the intent sufficiently appears.

Time

The question of time is often significant in contracts. By statute, if a time is not specified for the performance of
an act required to be performed, a reasonable time is allowed. If the act is in its nature capable of being
performed instantly, it must be performed immediately upon being exactly ascertained, unless otherwise agreed.

If the last day for the performance of any act provided by law to be performed within a specified period of time
shall be a holiday, then such period is extended to the next day which is not a holiday.

Discharge of Contracts

In the matter of discharge of contracts, there are two extremes, full performance and breach of contract.
Between these extremes are a variety of methods of discharge of the contract including the following:

1. By part performance;

2. By substantial performance;

3. By impossibility of performance;

4. By agreement between the parties;

5. By release;

6. By operation of law; and

7. By acceptance of a breach of the contract.

Statute of Limitations

The running of the Statute of Limitations will bar any legal action seeking relief for a breach of contract. Civil
actions can be commenced only within the periods prescribed by the statute after the cause of action has
accrued. The policy of the law is to aid the vigilant. The person who “sleeps upon his rights” may be barred
from relief by this statute. The following is a summary of some of the clauses which are of special interest to
real estate brokers.

Actions which must be brought within 90 days. Civil actions for the recovery of or conversion of personal
property such as baggage alleged to have been left at a hotel, boarding house, lodging house, furnished
apartment house or furnished bungalow court, shall be commenced within 90 days from and the departure of the
owner of the personal property.

Within six months. An action against an officer, or officer defacto, to recover any goods, wages, merchandise
or other property seized by the officer in an official capacity as tax collector, or to recover the price or value of
any such goods or other personal property, as well as for damage done to any person or property in making any
such seizure. Also, actions on claims against a county which have been rejected by the board of supervisors are
included.

Within one year. An action for libel, slander, injury or death caused by wrongful act or neglect of another, or
by a depositor against a bank for the payment of a forged or raised check.

Within two years. An action upon a contract, obligation or liability not founded upon an instrument in writing
(other than open book accounts, accounts stated, and open, current and mutual accounts, where the limit is four
years); or an action founded upon a contract, obligation or liability, evidenced by a certificate or abstract or
guaranty of title of real property or by a policy of title insurance; provided, that the cause of action of such
contracts shall not be deemed to have accrued until the discovery of the loss or damage suffered by the
aggrieved party thereunder.

Within three years. Included are an action upon a liability created by statute, other than a penalty or forfeiture;
an action for trespass upon or injury to real property; an action for taking, detaining, or injuring any goods or
chattels, including actions for the recovery of specific personal property; an action for relief on the grounds of
fraud or mistake. (Cause of action does not accrue until discovery by the injured party of the facts constituting
the fraud or mistake.)

Within four years. An action upon any contract, obligation, or liability founded upon an instrument in writing,
except an action upon any bonds, notes, or debentures issued by any corporation or pursuant to permit of the
Commissioner of Corporations, or upon any coupons issued with such bonds, notes, or debentures, if such
bonds, notes or debentures shall have been issued to or held by the public, where the limit is six years; also
provided that the time within which any action for a money judgment for the balance due upon an obligation for
the payment of which a deed of trust or mortgage with power of sale upon real property or any interest therein
was given as security, following the exercise of the power of sale in such deed of trust or mortgage, may be
brought but shall not extend beyond three months after the time of sale under such deed of trust or mortgage.

An action to recover:

1. Upon a book account whether consisting of one or more entries;

2. Upon an account stated, based upon an account in writing;

3. A balance due upon a mutual, open and current account, provided that where an account stated is based
upon an account of one item, the time shall begin to run from the date of said item, and where an account
stated that is based upon more than one item, the time shall begin to run from the date of the last item.

Within five years. An action for mesne profits (i.e., profits accruing between the time an owner acquires title
and actually takes possession). Also included is an action for the recovery of real property.

Within ten years. An action upon a judgment or decree by any court of the United States or by any state within
the United States.

In connection with the Statute of Limitations, an action is commenced when the complaint is filed with a court
of competent jurisdiction.

Remedies for Breach

As a final possibility, a contract may be discharged by simple acceptance of breach of contract. If one party
fails to perform, the other may accept the contract as ended, concluding either that recoverable damages are too
limited to justify litigation or that the other party is “judgment proof” (i.e., without sufficient assets to satisfy a
judgment).

On the other hand, the victim of a breach of contract may not be willing to accept the breach. That person has a
choice of two, and sometimes three, courses of action, which includes:

1. Unilateral rescission.

2. Action for dollar damages.

3. Action for specific performance.

Rescission

To rescind based upon a breach of contract requires diligent compliance with the following statutory rules:

• One must rescind promptly after discovering the facts which justify rescission; and

• One must restore to the other party everything of value received from the other party under the contract, or
must offer restoration upon condition that the other party do likewise, unless the latter is unable or refuses
to do so.

If a court awards rescission, it may require that the rescinding party make any compensation to the other which
justice may require. It should be noted, however, that a party having the right to rescind may independently
accomplish a completed rescission, terminating further liability and discharging the contract.

Damages

Whenever a party to a contract is a victim of a breach, such party has suffered a detriment and may recover
monetary compensation, which is called damages. This party is entitled to interest (now 10% per annum)
thereon from the day the right to recover is vested. If the contract, itself, stipulates a legal rate of interest, that
rate remains chargeable after the breach as before, and until superseded by a verdict or other new obligation.

Damages for breach of contract must be reasonable, and exemplary damages which serve to punish the
defendant are generally not allowed normally, unless a strong showing of bad faith can be made. Generally, the
measure of damages is the amount which will compensate the party aggrieved party for all the detriment
proximately caused thereby, or which, in the ordinary course of things would likely result therefrom.
Sometimes, if the breach has caused no appreciable detriment, hence no dollar damages, the court will award
“nominal damages” (e.g., $1).

The detriment caused by the breach of an agreement to convey an estate in real property is deemed to be the
price paid and the expenses properly incurred in examining the title and preparing the necessary papers, with
interest thereon. In cases of bad faith, added to the above is the difference between the price agreed to be paid
and the value of the estate agreed to be conveyed, at the time of the breach, as well as the expenses properly
incurred in preparing to enter upon the land. On the other hand, the detriment caused by the breach of an
agreement to purchase an estate in real property is deemed to be the excess, if any, of the amount which would
have been due to the seller, under the contract, over the value of the property to the seller.

Sometimes, especially in building contracts, the parties will anticipate the possibility of a breach (e.g., a delay in
completion beyond a promised date). The parties may specify in the contract the amount of damage to be paid
in the event of a breach. Such liquidated damage agreements will be enforced by the courts provided the
amount specified is not so excessive as to constitute a penalty, and provided it would be impractical or
extremely difficult to fix the actual damage, and normally only if the contract expressly provides that liquidated

damages shall be the only remedy available in the event of breach of the contract.

Specific Performance

Generally, if dollar damages at law cannot provide an adequate remedy, equity will take jurisdiction and order
the defendant to perform the contract. Sometimes, equity may also enforce a promise to forbear from doing
something by granting an injunction.

Requirements to compel performance. Specific performance is especially important in the real estate business
in connection with contracts for the transfer of interests in land. Since every piece of land is unique, the law
presumes that the breach of an agreement to transfer real property cannot be relieved adequately by money
compensation. For specific performance to be available as a remedy, however, certain other requirements must
normally be met before the court will compel a party to perform a contract.

If specific performance is to be ordered, the remedy must be mutual. However, by statute, even if the agreed
counter-performance would not be specifically enforceable, specific performance may be compelled if (a)
specific performance would otherwise be an appropriate remedy, and (b) the agreed counter-performance has
been substantially performed or can be assured. Brokers dealing with prospective oil land and oil leases are
familiar with a contract provision that states the lessee may, at any time before or after discovery of oil on the
property, quitclaim the same or any part thereof to the lessor, whereupon the rights and obligations of the parties
to the lease shall cease. Such a clause, giving the lessee the right to abandon, robs the contract of mutuality.
Therefore, the contract cannot be specifically enforced.

An option for the purchase of real estate, where there is consideration is therefore, specifically enforceable
although the owner cannot at that time compel its performance. Neither can the owner withdraw the option
during the time agreed upon. Upon the written exercise of the option by the buyer according to its terms, a
contract of sale is created. It is this contract that gives rise to the remedy of specific performance. It is not
uncommon for an optionee, or other person who may not have signed a contract, to bring suit thereon for its
specific performance. The fact that the party brings such a suit establishes mutuality, because its subjects
oneself to the court and to agree to abide by the decree of the court.

Obligations which cannot be specifically enforced. By statute, the following obligations cannot be
specifically enforced: (l) to render personal service; (2) to employ another in personal service; (3) to perform an
act which the party has no lawful power to perform when required to do so; (4) to procure the consent of any
third person; and (5) an agreement where the terms are not sufficiently certain to make the precise act which is
to be done clearly ascertainable.

Thus, husband and wife must join in executing any instrument by which community real property or any
interest therein is sold, conveyed, or encumbered, or is leased for a longer period than one year.

Note: The right of a purchaser in good faith without knowledge of the marriage relation where one spouse alone
holds the record title to the real property may be established without the other spouse’s signature.

Since an agreement to procure the consent of a spouse or any third person cannot be specifically enforced, it is
exceedingly important to obtain the signature of the other spouse. In fact, the signatures of both spouses to any
contract relating to community real property should be secured.

Frequently this failure to procure the signature of the other spouse is cured by the seller putting into escrow the
deed signed by both husband and wife, or by the buyer putting into escrow a deed of trust signed by both. When
that is done the original want of mutuality is cured, provided it is done before an attempt is made by the other to
withdraw from the contract by the other party. It is not wise to rely upon this possibility, or even probability.
The alert real estate broker will obtain the signatures of all parties in the beginning.

It is not uncommon that there are two owners of property other than husband and wife. Therefore, it is
necessary to get the signatures of all of the owners, because the buyer could not compel specific performance of
the contract as to one-half of the property that it is contemplated that the whole is to be sold.

Adequate consideration — assent by fraud — merchantable title. Specific performance cannot be enforced
against a party to a contract if such party has not received adequate consideration. This doctrine does not require
that the highest price obtainable must be procured. It means that a price that is fair and reasonable under the

circumstances must be obtained. If a higher price is offered during the negotiations, it must be presented.

Thus, in one California case, the broker signed up a buyer at $30,000, knowing that $35,000 had been offered
for the property. The court held inadequacy was to defeat the buyer’s suit in specific performance. The court
also referred attention to the law which requires perfect good faith on the part of agents, not only in form but in
substance.

Furthermore, in order for the plaintiff to utilize the equitable remedy of specific performance, he or she must
show that the contract with the defendant is just and reasonable. The court denied specific performance in one
case because the seller had not been given adequate security to insure the payment of the balance of the price.

Specific performance cannot be enforced against a party to a contract if his or her assent was obtained by
misrepresentation, concealment, circumvention, or unfair practices of any party to whom performance would
become due under the contract, or by any promise of such party which has not been substantially fulfilled. This
is also true if such assent was given under the influence of mistake, misapprehension, or surprise.

Note: Where the contract provides for compensation in case of mistake, the mistake, if correctable, may be
compensated for, and the contract specifically enforced in other respects.

A buyer is always entitled to receive a merchantable title. Therefore, if the seller cannot give the buyer a title
free from reasonable doubt, the seller cannot specifically enforce such an agreement. This does not mean that
title needs to be merchantable at the time the original agreement was executed. It only means that title needs to
be merchantable at the time it becomes the duty of the seller to convey the title. If the parties agree that the
transfer of title will be subject to the agreement that title will be conveyed, these encumbrances should be
described in the contract and will not block specific performance.

Public
Off

REAL ESTATE CONTRACTS

REAL ESTATE CONTRACTS somebody

REAL ESTATE CONTRACTS

Real estate contracts include the following: (l) contracts for the sale of real property or of an interest therein; (2)
agreements for leasing of realty for a longer period than one year; and (3) agreements authorizing or employing
an agent or broker to buy or sell real estate for compensation or a commission.

These contracts are essentially like any other contract except that they must be in writing and signed by the
party to be charged to make them valid under the Statute of Frauds. Thus, as we have seen in the discussion on
contracts in general, there are four requirements: (l) parties capable of contracting; (2) their consent (i.e.,
genuine offer and acceptance); (3) a lawful object; and (4) sufficient consideration.

In the usual real estate sales transaction, the prospective buyer states the terms and conditions under which the
buyer is willing to purchase the property. These terms and conditions constitute the offer. If the owner of the
property agrees to all of the terms and conditions of the offer, it is an acceptance which results in the creation of
a contract. It does not make a difference whether the offer comes from the seller or the buyer. If the negotiation
ultimately leads to a definite offer on the one side and unconditional acceptance on the other side, a contract has
been created. To complete the contract for the sale of real property, the parties must reduce the terms and
conditions to writing and sign the contract.

Provisions in Contracts

Forms such as listing agreements (authorization to sell), deposit receipts, exchange agreements, and other real
estate contracts for the sale or exchange of real estate should contain the following provisions:

1. The date of the agreement;

2. The names and addresses of the parties to the contract;

3. A description of the property;

4. The consideration;

5. Reference to creation of new mortgages (or trust deeds) and the terms thereof; the terms and conditions of
existing mortgages, if any;

6. Any other provisions which may be required or requested by either of the parties;

7. The date and place of closing the contract.

A contract of sale normally calls for the preparation of a deed to convey the property. It is executory because
when the deed is properly signed and delivered to the purchaser the contract is executed.

Handling deposit on property in a sale. An earnest money deposit by a prospective purchaser of real property
is trust funds. The broker must handle the deposit as prescribed by the Real Estate Law and The Regulations.

Section 10145 of the Real Estate Law provides that the broker who receives trust funds must place the funds
into a trust fund account in a bank or other recognized depository, if the broker does not place the funds into a
neutral escrow or into the hands of the broker’s principal.

The regulations of the Commissioner dictate the procedures to be followed by a broker who elects to hold the
funds uncashed or places the earnest money deposit into the broker’s trust fund account until acceptance. The
contract usually provides that, upon acceptance, the deposit will be immediately placed into an independent
escrow or title company.

The provision of law that sanctions the handing over of all varieties of trust funds to a principal by the broker
poses some dilemmas for brokers when the trust funds, which are toward the purchase, are in the form of
deposits. The particularly troublesome predicaments brokers may face are the transactions in which the buyer
has allegedly breached a binding contract to purchase the real property. The law permits a broker to hand over
an earnest money deposit to the seller as soon as there has been an acceptance of the offer to purchase, unless
the terms of the contract provide otherwise. The question then becomes whether the broker, who has the money
in his or her trust fund account, can refuse to turn it over to the seller upon demand when the seller concludes
that the buyer has breached the contract?

There is no legal authority that provides a clear-cut answer to this question. Those knowledgeable in the Real
Estate Law in California contend the broker holds the earnest money deposit after an apparent acceptance of the
contract as an escrow holder rather than as an agent of the seller. The Department does not accept this
proposition. However, it does understand the broker is in a very difficult position when a transaction falls apart
and either or both parties demand the earnest money. To avoid the decision as to who is entitled to an earnest
money deposit and the later possibility of being held liable or subject to disciplinary action for making the
wrong decision, the broker is well advised to file an interpleader action and deposit the funds in the court where
the action is to be brought. If, as noted above, the trust funds have already been placed into an independent
escrow upon acceptance, the funds may be held there pending resolution of the dispute.

Forfeitures. Contracts for the sale of real property frequently include a provision that states if a prospective
buyer breaches the contract through no fault of the seller or broker, the deposit made by the buyer toward the
purchase shall be divided between the seller and the broker. Such provisions of cases of breaches by the buyer
by the forfeiture of the deposit come within the definition of liquidated damages clauses.

If the contract is for the purchase and sale of residential real property, defined as a dwelling of not more than
four residential units, and the buyer intends to occupy the dwelling or one of the units as a residence, the
following rules apply:

1. These special rules apply only to amounts actually prepaid, in the form of deposit, downpayment, or
otherwise.

2. If the amount paid pursuant to the liquidated damages clause does not exceed 3% of the purchase price, the
clause is valid unless the buyer proves that the amount paid is unreasonable.

3. If the amount actually paid pursuant to the liquidated damages clause exceeds 3% of the purchase price, the
clause is invalid unless the party seeking to enforce it proves that the amount paid is reasonable.

4. The provision must be separately signed or initialed by each party to the contract, and if it is a printed
contract, the provision must be set off in ten point bold type or contrasting red print in eight point type.

These rules do not apply to real property sales contracts, as defined in Civil Code Section 2985.

Effect of seller’s death on real estate contract. A real problem may ensue if a contract is entered into for the
sale or purchase of real estate and the seller dies before the time of taking title. A properly drawn real estate

contract contains a provision stating that all the terms of the contract are binding upon the heirs, executors,
administrators, and the assigns of the respective parties.

With this provision, the buyer’s rights are the same against the heirs, executors, administrators, or assigns of the
seller as the buyer had against the seller. Under these circumstances, the buyer may compel specific
performance of the contract by the seller’s heirs, administrators, executors, or assigns.

Uniform Vendor and Purchaser Risk Act (Civil Code Section 1662). In some circumstances, after a contract
is made for the purchase and sale of real property, a fire or other disaster destroys or seriously damages the
property. The question becomes who shall take the loss? Under California’s Uniform Vendor and Purchaser
Risk Act, any contract made in this state for the purchase and sale of real property shall be interpreted as
including an agreement that the parties shall have the following rights and duties unless the contract expressly
provides otherwise:

1. If, when neither the legal title nor the possession of the subject matter of the contract has been transferred,
and all or a material part thereof is destroyed without fault of the purchaser or is taken by eminent domain,
the seller cannot enforce the contract, and the purchaser is entitled to recover any portion of the price paid;

2. If, either the legal title or the possession of the subject matter of the contract has been transferred, and all or
any part thereof is destroyed without fault of the seller or is taken by eminent domain, the purchaser is not
relieved from a duty to pay the price, nor entitled to recover any portion thereof that has been paid.

Options

Since an option is a form of contract, the requirements for the enforceability of real estate contracts apply to
options. Some consideration, even though it might be only 25¢ on a $100,000 parcel of real estate, must in fact
pass from optionee to optionor. A mere recital of consideration alone is insufficient. Provisions of a lease,
however, constitute sufficient consideration to support an option contained in the lease. Option contracts
typically run from seller to buyer. That is, in exchange for consideration paid by the buyer, the seller is deprived
of the right and power to revoke the basic offer to sell. The buyer, in effect, purchases an agreed amount of time
in which to accept or reject the seller’s underlying offer concerning the property. Thus, the underlying offer is
rendered irrevocable for the period specified in the collateral option contract.

Although option rights are usually assignable unless there is a restriction to the contrary, they do not give the
optionee any interest in the land. For this reason, the optionee cannot mortgage his or her rights. However, the
holder of an unexercised option does, however, have an interest for which the holder may be entitled to
compensation upon condemnation of the land.

The option may be given either alone or in connection with the lease of the property. It may be in either the
customary form of an exclusive right to purchase or lease, or in the form of a privilege of first right of refusal to
purchase or lease. The option will terminate automatically upon expiration of the time specified without
exercise by the optionee. Additionally, the termination of a lease containing an option also usually terminates
the option. A renewal of the lease may, however, renew the option. The specific lease situation must sometimes
be carefully examined, since the option provisions and the lease provisions may be divisible.

An option to purchase real property is a written agreement whereby the owner of real property agrees with the
prospective buyer, that such buyer shall have the right to purchase the property from the owner at a fixed price
within a certain time. Terms of financing, payments, etc., should be set forth in such agreement. The
prospective buyer at buyer’s option may comply with all the terms of the agreement or be relieved from its
terms. The owner would not have recourse to any legal procedures for damages or specific performance. The
option does not bind the optionee to any performance. It merely gives the optionee a right to demand
performance. Time is of the essence in an option and is usually strictly construed. If no time is specified, a
reasonable time period is implied.

If an option is recorded by the optionee, but is not exercised before or on the date of the expiration of the option,
the optionee should remove the effect of the option from the records by recording a quitclaim deed.

The broker usually does not earn a commission for having secured a client who takes an option, as the broker’s
right of commission does not arise unless the option is exercised.

Listing Defined

A listing is a written contract by which a principal employs an agent to do certain duties (e.g., sell real property)
for the principal. Therefore, an agent holding a listing is always bound by the law of agency and has certain
fiduciary obligations to the principal that do not exist between two principals.

Net listing. In a net listing the compensation is not definitely determined, but a clause in the contract usually
permits the agent to retain as compensation all the money received in excess of the selling price that is accepted
by the seller. Under the Real Estate Law, failure of an agent to disclose the amount of an agent’s compensation
in connection with a net listing is cause for revocation or suspension of license. The disclosure must be done
prior to or at the time the principal binds himself or herself to the transaction. The agent is also required by the
Real Estate Law, in writing within one month of the transactions’ closing, to reveal to both buyer and seller the
selling price involved. The law, which is the usual practice, permits this information to be disclosed by the
closing statement of the escrow holder.

A net listing is perfectly legitimate, but it may give rise to a charge of fraud, misrepresentation and other abuses.
Accordingly, if a net listing is used, the commission arrangement should be thoroughly explained to the
principal.

Open listing. An open listing is a written memorandum signed by the party to be charged (usually the seller of
the property) which authorizes the broker to act as agent for the sale of certain described property. Usually, no
time limit is specified for the employment, although open listings can provide for a definite term. The property
is identified by a suitable description, and generally the terms and conditions of sale are set forth in the open
listing.

Open listings are the simplest form of written authorization to sell. They may be given concurrently to more
than one agent. Usually, the seller is not required to notify the other agents in case of a sale by one of them in
order to prevent liability of paying more than one commission. Where several open listings are given, the
commission is considered to be earned by the broker who first finds a buyer who meets the terms of the listing,
or whose offer is accepted by the seller. If the owner personally sells the property, the owner is not obligated to
pay a commission to any of the brokers holding open listings. The sale of the property under such an agreement
cancels all outstanding open listings.

Exclusive agency listing. An exclusive agency listing is a contract containing the words “exclusive agency.”
The commission is payable to the broker named in the contract, and if the broker or any other broker finds the
buyer and effects the sale, the broker holding the exclusive listing is entitled to a commission.

If a broker other than the broker holding the exclusive agency listing is the procuring cause of the sale, and the
procuring broker has some types of written agreement with the seller, the owner may be liable for the payment
of two full commissions. Because the listing refers to an agency and the owner is not an agent, the owner may
personally effect the sale without incurring liability for commission to the broker holding the exclusive agency
listing.

Exclusive right to sell listing. Another form of listing is the exclusive right to sell. Under such listing, a
commission is due to the broker named in the contract if the property is sold within the time limit by the said
broker, by any other broker, or by the owner. Frequently, this listing also provides that the owner will be liable
for a commission if a sale is made, within a specified time after the listing expires, to a buyer introduced to the
owner by the listing broker during the term of the listing. The real estate broker is usually obligated under the
terms of the listing contract to furnish a list of the names of persons with whom the broker has negotiated during
the listing period, within a specified number of days after the expiration of the listing.

The exclusive right and the exclusive agency type of listing must be for a definite term, with a specified time of
termination. If a broker does not provide for this, the broker’s license is subject to disciplinary action under the
Real Estate Law.

Multiple listing service. A multiple listing service is a cooperative listing service conducted by a group of
brokers, usually members of a real estate board. The group provides a standard multiple listing form which is
used by the members. It is usually an Exclusive Authorization Right to Sell listing form and provides, among
other things, that the member of the group who takes the particular listing is to turn it in to a central bureau.

From there, it, is distributed to all participants in the service and all have the right to work on it. Commissions
earned on such listings are shared between the cooperating brokers, with the listing broker providing for the
division of commission in each listing sent to other participants.

When broker is entitled to commission. Ordinarily the broker is entitled to a commission when the broker
produces a buyer who is ready, willing, and able to purchase the property for the price and on the terms
specified by the principal, regardless of whether the sale is ever consummated. Contracts may expressly provide
that no commission is payable except on a completed sale or on an installment of the purchase price when paid
by the buyer. Such provision controls in the absence of fraud or prevention of performance by the principal. The
broker must be the procuring cause of the sale. It is not sufficient that the broker merely introduces the seller
and buyer, if they are unable to agree on the terms of the sale within the time period of the agency.

The broker may, however, have a cause of action for the payment of commission if, within a specified time after
expiration of the listing, the property is sold to a buyer introduced by the broker during the term of the listing
contract.

Deposit Receipt

California brokers use a deposit receipt when accepting earnest money with an offer to purchase real property.
This is a receipt for the money deposited and, more importantly, the basic contract for the transaction. It should
set forth all the basic factors which are included in a contract of sale, including arrangements for financing. It
should contain a complete understanding among the buyer, seller, and broker as to the return of the deposit in
the event the offer is not accepted, and provisions for disposition of deposit money should the buyer fail to
complete the purchase.

Some of these provisions are incorporated by standard clauses in the deposit receipt forms. The terms and
conditions written into the offer must be done with extreme care by the broker or salesperson.

Agent must give copies of contracts. The real estate license law provides that brokers and salespersons must
give copies of documents and agreements to the persons signing them at the time the signature is obtained. The
law not only applies to copies of listing contracts and deposit receipts, but to any document pertaining to any of
the acts for which one is required to hold a real estate license.

Tender Defined

A tender in a real estate transaction is an offer by one of the parties to the contract to carry out that party’s part
of the contract. A tender is usually made at the time of closing of escrow (i.e., concluding the transaction). If
one of the parties defaults or is unable to carry out his or her contractual obligation, the other party makes the
tender. (If the seller, an offer of the deed and a demand for payment of the balance of the purchase price. If the
purchaser is ready, an offer of the money required and demand for the deed.) If litigation arisis out of some
dispute between the buyer and the seller, the party who made the tender can rightfully claim that he or she was
ready, willing and able to go through with the deal, and that the other party defaulted. If both parties were in
default, neither may recover any damages from the other. Whether the parties made a tender is a question of fact
that must be established by competent evidence.

The person must specify any objections at the time the tender is made or the objections are waived. The tender
of performance, when properly made, has the effect of placing the other party in default if the other party
refuses to accept it, and the party making the tender may rescind or sue for breach of contract or specific
performance.

Public
Off

STATUTE OF FRAUDS

STATUTE OF FRAUDS somebody

STATUTE OF FRAUDS

Contracts That Must Be Written

The law is more concerned with substance than with form. With reference to form, it is generally immaterial
whether a contract is oral or written, or even manifested by acts or conduct. Thus all contracts may be oral

except those specially required by a statute to be in writing.

Most contracts which are required by statute to be in writing are referred to as coming under the Statute of
Frauds. The Statute of Frauds was first adopted in England in 1677 and became part of the English common
law. Subsequently, it was introduced into this country and has been codified in California. The purpose of the
California Statute of Frauds is to prevent perjury, forgery and dishonest conduct on the part of unscrupulous
people in proving the existence and terms of certain important types of contracts.

The statute provides that certain contracts are invalid, unless the contract or some note or memorandum of the
contract is in writing and subscribed (i.e., signed) by the party to be charged or by his or her agent. Under
Section 1624 of California’s Civil Code, contracts that are required to be in writing are:

1. An agreement that by its terms is not to be performed within a year from the making thereof;

2. A special promise to answer for the debt, default, or miscarriage of another, except in the cases provided
for in Civil Code Section 2794;

3. An agreement for the leasing for a longer period than one year or for the sale of real property, or of an
interest therein. Such agreement, if made by an agent of the party sought to be charged, is invalid, unless
the authority of the agent is in writing and subscribed by the party sought to be charged;

4. An agreement authorizing or employing an agent, broker, or any other person, to purchase or sell real
estate, or to lease real estate for a longer period than one year, or to procure, introduce, or find a purchaser
or seller of real estate or a lessee or lessor of real estate where such lease is for a longer period than one
year, for compensation or a commission;

5. An agreement which by its terms is not to be performed during the lifetime of the promisor;

6. An agreement by a purchaser of real property to pay an indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed of trust
upon the property purchased, unless assumption of the indebtedness by the purchaser is specifically
provided for in the conveyance of such property.

7. A contract, promise, undertaking, or commitment to loan money or to grant or extend credit, in an amount
greater than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), not primarily for personal, family, or household
purposes, made by a person engaged in the business of lending or arranging for the lending of money or
extending credit. For purposes of this section, a contract, promise, undertaking, or commitment to loan
money secured solely by residential property consisting of one to four dwelling units shall be deemed to be
for personal, family, or household purposes.

Relates to remedy. It should be noted that the Statute of Frauds relates to the remedy only and not to the
substantial validity of the contract. Thus, the contract which fails to comply with the statute is not void but
merely unenforceable. This, of course, is an important distinction. It is effective for all purposes until, in an
attempt to enforce it by action, its invalidity is urged. Moreover, the statute is a defense only and cannot be the
basis for affirmative action. It has been held that significant partial performance can excuse the lack of a
writing.

When a contract has been fully performed, the Statute of Frauds does not apply and may not be invoked for any
reason.

The note or memorandum required by the statute may be in any form since its purpose is simply evidence of the
contract. It may consist of one paper, or even a series of letters. It must however contain all the material terms
of the contract so that a court can determine to what the parties agreed. It must, bear the signature of the party to
be charged or held to the agreement. The other party bringing the action can always add his or her signature
later.

Real estate applications of the statute. It is readily apparent that several very important sections of the Statute
of Frauds apply to persons dealing in real estate. Practically all contracts for the sale of any interest in real
property must be in writing. This includes assignment of a percentage of the proceeds of oil produced from
designated lands. It embraces any and all instruments creating liens, such as trust deeds, mortgages, leases for
periods of longer than one year, rights to rights of way through property and any and all encumbrances incurred
or suffered by the owners, or by operation of law. “By operation of law” means judgments, attachments, or

restrictions placed on the property by legislative bodies, zoning ordinances, and other such means.

The statute does not apply to a lease for a year or less.

Commissions. The Statute of Frauds provides that for a broker to collect a commission when earned, the
contract providing for a commission must be in writing and signed by the party to be charged (e.g., a property
owner who employs the broker to produce a buyer; or a buyer who employs the broker to find a suitable
property).

The Statute of Frauds is applicable to situations where the lease of real estate for a period exceeding one year is
involved. A broker who is commissioned to seek a lessee of property for a term exceeding one year cannot rely
upon an oral agreement to collect a commission. If the broker is successful in negotiating the lease, the contract
with the lessor must be in writing or there must be reliable written evidence thereof to sustain a claim of
commission.

It has been held that the moral obligation to pay for services performed under oral authorization is sufficient
consideration to support a promise of compensation contained in escrow instructions later drawn up. It also has
been held that these provisions have no application to an oral agreement between brokers to share a commission
to be earned as a result of the sale or exchange of real estate.

The Statute of Frauds invalidates any unwritten agreement by a purchaser of real property to pay an
indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed of trust upon that property, unless assumption of the indebtedness
is specifically provided for in the property conveyance.

Public
Off

Chapter 7 - Principal Instruments Of Transfer

Chapter 7 - Principal Instruments Of Transfer somebody
Public
Off

DEEDS IN GENERAL

DEEDS IN GENERAL somebody

DEEDS IN GENERAL

When properly executed, delivered and accepted, a deed transfers title to real property from one person (the
grantor) to another person (the grantee). Transfer may be voluntary, or involuntary by act of law, such as a
foreclosure sale.

There are several different essentials to a valid deed:

1. It must be in writing;

2. The parties must be properly described;

3. The parties must be competent to convey and capable of receiving the grant of the property;

4. The property conveyed must be described so as to distinguish it from other parcels of real property.;

5. There must be a granting clause, operative words of conveyance (e.g., “I hereby grant”);

6. The deed must be signed by the party or parties making the conveyance or grant; and

7. It must be delivered and accepted.

Contrary to the law and established custom in other states, the expression “to have and to hold” (called the
“habendum clause” of a deed) is not necessary, nor are witnesses or seal required. The deed should be dated,
but this too is not necessary to its validity.

Any form of written instrument containing the essentials above set out will convey title to land. A typical grant

deed may be in the form as follows:

“I, John A. Doe, a single man, grant to Emma B. Roe, a widow, all that real property situated in Sacramento
County, State of California, described as follows: Lot 21, Tract 62, recorded at Page 91 of Book 7 of Maps of
Sacramento County, filed January 21, 1965. Witness my hand this tenth day of October, 1983.

(Signed) John A. Doe”

Usually, a deed is executed for consideration, but this is not essential for a valid transfer. Moreover, even when
consideration is given for the property, this point need not be mentioned in the deed. However, it should be
noted that lack of consideration may affect the rights of the grantee as against the rights of certain third parties
because the recording statutes are intended to protect bona fide purchasers.

For example, a transfer made without consideration by a grantor who is or will thereby be rendered insolvent, is
fraudulent as to grantor’s creditors and those creditors may have the deed set aside in a court action.

A deed need not be acknowledged, nor need it be recorded. However, both acknowledgment and recordation
are part of the standard operating procedure in real estate transfers for very good reasons.

Acknowledgment

An acknowledgment is a formal declaration before a duly authorized officer, such as a notary public, by a
person who has executed an instrument that such execution is his or her act and deed. The piece of paper (or
form) executed by the officer before whom the formal declaration was made (for example, the grantor in a grant
deed) is a Certificate of Acknowledgment. This certificate is either printed right on the grant deed itself or is a
separate piece of paper which is stapled to the grant deed. The acknowledgment of a writing is a way of
proving that the writing was in fact signed (or executed) by the person who purported to sign (or execute) the
writing. Moreover, an acknowledgment is a safeguard against forgery and false impersonation. Duly
acknowledged writings are entitled to be introduced into evidence in litigation without further proof of
execution.

Many instruments are not entitled to be recorded unless acknowledged. Unless by statute an acknowledgment is
made essential to the validity of an instrument, the instrument itself is valid between the parties and persons
having actual notice of it, though not acknowledged. The time of acknowledgment is almost invariably
immaterial if the rights of innocent third parties do not intervene.

Where acknowledgments may be taken and by whom. Anywhere within the state, proof or acknowledgment
of an instrument may be made before a justice, retired justice or clerk of the Supreme Court, or District Court
of Appeal, or the judge or retired judge of a superior court, or, after September 17, 1959, a notary public.
(Before that date a notary could not act outside the notary’s own county.)

In this state and within the city, county, city and county, or district for which the officer was selected, or
appointed, acknowledgment of an instrument may be made before either: a clerk of a municipal or justice court;
a county clerk; a court commissioner; a judge or retired judge of a superior, municipal or justice court or certain
other local officials. (Civil Code Section 1181)

Acknowledgments may be made and taken by any deputy of the foregoing, duly authorized by law. Also,
certain military officers are authorized to take acknowledgments of persons serving in the armed forces. (Civil
Code Section 1183.5)

The principal form of acknowledgement authorized by California law is provided for in Civil Code Section
1183.5. An acknowledgment taken outside this state, must be in accordance with the forms, provisions, and
laws of this state. If not, it should have attached thereto a certificate of a clerk of the court of record of the
county or district where the same was taken, or of a consul or consular agent of the U.S., or judge if in a foreign
country. The certificate of acknowledgment must state that it is in accordance with the laws of the state, the
United States or the foreign country in which it was taken and that the officer taking the same was authorized
by law to do so and that the signature is true and genuine.

A form of acknowledgment called an “Apostille” may be used in California to authenticate a certificate of
acknowledgment drafted in a foreign country.

If the certificate of acknowledgment is sufficient in other respects, it will not be invalidated by a mistake in the

date or even by the absence of a date. It is sufficient that such date appears by evidence within the instrument
itself and, in the absence of proof to the contrary, it may be presumed that the acknowledgment was taken on
the date of the execution of the instrument or at least before the recordation thereof.

Where the date of the deed is subsequent to that of the acknowledgment, the later date may be taken as the true
date of the deed. The certificate must be authenticated by the signature of the officer followed by the name of
his or her office. An official seal must be affixed if the officer is by law required to have a seal.

In California, a notary public must provide and keep an official seal, which must clearly show, when embossed,
stamped, impressed or affixed to a document, the name of the notary, the State Seal, the words “Notary Public,”
the name of the county wherein the bond and oath of office are filed, and the date the notary public’s
commission expires. In addition the Notary Stamp contains the sequential identification number (commission
number) assigned to the notary public, as well as the identification number assigned to the seal manufacturer or
vendor. Because the legal requirement that the seal be photographically reproducible, the rubber stamp seal is
almost universal; however, notaries public may use an embosser seal in addition to the rubber stamp.

A notary public is required to keep one active sequential journal at a time of all acts performed as a notary
public. The journal must be kept in a locked and secured area, under the direct and exclusive control of the
notary public. The journal must include the items shown below. (Government Code Section 8206 (a))

• Date, time, and type of each official act (e.g. acknowledgment, jurat).

• Character of every instrument sworn to, affirmed, acknowledged or proved before the notary public (e.g.
deed of trust).

• The signature of each person whose signature is being notarized.

• A statement that the identity of a person making an acknowledgment or taking an oath or affirmation was
based on “satisfactory evidence” pursuant to Civil Code Section 1185.

• The fee charged for the notarial service.

• If the document to be notarized is a deed, quitclaim deed, or deed of trust affecting real property or a power
of attorney document, the notary public must require the party signing the document to place his or her
right thumbprint in the journal. Government Code Section 8206 specifies alternatives if right thumbprint is
not possible.

Acknowledgments taken by officers having an interest in the transaction. In general, case law has
consistently provided that officers who take an acknowledgment of a writing should not have a direct financial
interest in the transaction. The purpose of the prohibition is to discourage fraud, and if an acknowledged
instrument discloses on its face that such conflict of interest exists, it has been held the recorded instrument
does not impart constructive notice of its contents.

No reliance should be placed on instruments acknowledged before an officer who is known to have, or who
may reasonably be expected to have, a direct financial or beneficial interest in the transaction. For example: an
officer acknowledging his own signing of a document or instrument; an officer acknowledging a mortgagor’s
execution of a mortgage naming the officer as mortgagee; and an officer acknowledging a deed in which he or
she is named as grantee.

An acknowledging officer who is one of several grantors or mortgagors may properly acknowledge signing of
the instrument by the other grantors or mortgagors, but his or her own signing must be acknowledged by a
different officer.

Effective January 1, 1978 the following statutes became effective with respect to the acknowledgments taken
by notaries public:

• Government Code Section 822.

A notary public who has a direct financial interest in a transaction can not perform any notarial act in
connection therewith. Transactions covered include the following:

1. Financial transactions in which the notary public is named, individually, as a principal.

2. Real property transactions in which the notary public is named, individually, as grantor, grantee,

mortgagor, mortgagee, trustor, trustee, beneficiary, vendor, vendee, lessor or lessee.

• Government Code Section 8224.1

A notary public can not take the acknowledgment or proof of instruments in writing executed by him or by her.

Certain instruments must be acknowledged by affected party. California law protects property owners from
unwarranted or unauthorized encumbrance of their property on the official records. Most instruments affecting
real property must be executed and acknowledged or proved by the owner of the property before the instrument
is eligible for recordation.

Among such instruments, besides conveyances, mortgages and trust deeds, are agreements for sale, option
agreements, deposit receipts, commission receipts or any affidavit which quotes or refers to these instruments.

Any instrument transferring or encumbering community property must be executed by both the husband and the
wife.

Recordation

While recording a deed does not affect its validity, it is extremely important to record since recordation protects
the grantee. If a grantee fails to record, and another deed or any other document encumbering or affecting the
title is recorded, the first grantee is in jeopardy. The recording system is established to show the sequence of
transfers or other actions affecting property, and it is foolish to fail to avail oneself of the privilege of recording.

Possession of property also gives notice of the rights of persons in possession. A person buying real property
should not rely entirely on a title policy, but should investigate to see if somebody is in possession and find out
what their rights are. The occupants might be in possession under a partly paid contract of purchase and sale, or
they could be in possession under a lease that gave them an option to buy.

Consistency of names in title instruments. Complete record title to land cannot be established unless the
various instruments in a chain of title in the recorder’s office show direct connection by name between the
different owners. Any substantial variation between the name of the grantee in one instrument and the name of
the grantor in the next instrument executed by that grantee will, irrespective of the fact that identity may be
shown by “off record” evidence, render the title defective. Furthermore, the subsequent instrument executed by
the grantor of that grantee cannot impart constructive notice of its contents to a third person.

A legal name of an individual consists of one personal, or given, name and one surname/family name. The old
common law recognized but one given name and frequently disregarded middle names or initials. It has been
stated that the insertion or omission of, or mistake or variance in a middle name or initial is immaterial.
However, while the omission or addition of a middle name or initial in an instrument affecting real property is
generally considered immaterial, a variance in middle names or initials may result in defective record of title.

Change of name. With limited exceptions, a person in whom title to real estate is vested who afterwards has a
name change must, in a conveyance of the real estate, set forth the name in which he/she took title. For
example: If a single woman acquires title as “Mary Doe” and later marries a man whose last name is Smith, she
should convey the property as “Mary Doe Smith, formerly Mary Doe” (or “who acquired title as Mary Doe”).

Generally, any conveyance, though recorded as provided by law, which does not comply with the foregoing
provision does not impart constructive notice of the contents to subsequent purchasers and encumbrancers, but
the conveyance is valid as between the parties thereto and those who have actual notice. To correct a situation
in which an incorrect name has been used in a transfer of title, it is advisable to clear title by filing a special
action and proceeding under Section 770.020 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

Party in title instrument cannot be fictitious but may use fictitious name. A deed to a purely fictitious
person (false or feigned name) is void, but a deed to an actual person under a fictitious name by which he or she
is known or which this person assumes for the occasion is valid. If the grantee is misnamed in the deed, the
error can be corrected by a second deed to the same grantee under the true name. The grantee designated in the
deed must be a person in existence, either natural or artificial, and must be capable of taking title to the land, for
a deed to a dead person is void. A deed to the estate of a deceased person is questionable. A deed to the
administrator of the estate of a deceased person, if the administrator is duly nominated, appointed and acting,
conveys title to the heirs or devisees of the deceased, subject to administration of the estate.

For example: A better mode of granting deeds to an estate, and one which has been approved by most title
companies would be “to the heirs or devisees of John Doe, deceased, subject to the administration of his
estate.”

Delivery and Acceptance

A deed is of no effect unless delivered. But delivery in this context means more than a turning over of the
physical possession of the document. The grantor must have the intention to pass title immediately. It is
possible in some cases to have a legal delivery without the instrument actually being handed to the grantee, if
the grantor has the requisite intent to transfer title.

That intention is not present if A gives B a deed but tells B not to record it until A’s death, both parties
believing the deed is ineffective until recorded. Nor is such intention present in the typical case of cross-deeds
between husband and wife placed in a joint safe-deposit box with the understanding that the survivor will
record his or her deed.

The law presumes a valid delivery if the deed is found in the possession of the grantee or is recorded, but such
presumption is rebuttable. A deed may be entrusted to a third party (such as an escrow agent) with directions
that it be delivered to the grantee upon the performance of designated conditions. The deed itself may contain
conditions. But with reference to delivery, by statute, a grant cannot be delivered to the grantee conditionally.
Delivery to the grantee, or to the grantee’s agent as such, is necessarily absolute, and the instrument takes effect
immediately, discharged of any condition on which the delivery was made which is not expressed in the deed.
(Or, no delivery may have occurred and the deed may be found to be void.) The grantor attempting a
conditional delivery should withhold transfer of the deed to the grantee until the conditions are satisfied; or
incorporate the conditions in the deed itself; or deposit the deed into an escrow with appropriate instructions.
Transfer of a deed conditioned on the grantor’s death is ineffective as an attempted testamentary disposition
failing to meet the requirements of a will.

A duly executed deed is presumed to be delivered as of its dated date. The dated date of a deed is often
different from its recorded date. Possession or the rights thereto must be given when the deed is delivered.

Ordinarily, a deed cannot be given effect unless it is accepted by the grantee. An exception to this rule is made
when the grantee is a minor or mentally incompetent. Acceptance of a deed may be shown by acts, words or
conduct of the grantee showing an intent to accept. A deed to a governmental entity must ordinarily contain
(either on the face of the deed itself or on a separate sheet attached to the deed) a certificate of acceptance.

Public
Off

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION somebody

INTRODUCTION

A Backward Look

Under the early English common law, ownership of real property was transferred by a technique called
“feoffment.” This involved delivery of possession, which was termed “livery of seizin.” No writing or deed was
involved. The transfer was actually effected by a delivery of the land itself or something symbolical of the land,
such as a twig, a stone, or a handful of dirt.

Another early method of transfer was by a statement usually made before witnesses in view of the land to the
effect that possession was transferred, followed by entry of the new owner. Again, no written instrument was at
first required. An interest in land which was not capable of actual possession (termed an incorporeal right),
such as an easement, was transferred by a deed called a “deed of grant.”

A “conveyance by a release” was a deed given to transfer an estate or interest in land, but no “livery of seizin”
could be given until the new owner took possession, which involved a multiplicity of formalities. A release was
also used for the purpose of extinguishing a right in the land and corresponds to its modern descendant, the
quitclaim deed.

A recording system was unknown to the early common law. Ownership was a matter of common knowledge
and transfer was not often made except by descent from father to son on the father’s death.

The method of making land transfers in California under Spanish and Mexican rule was somewhat similar to
that of the common law. It was early held by the Supreme Court of California that land could not be conveyed
under Spanish and Mexican laws without an instrument in writing, unless conveyance of the land was made by
an executed contract in which actual possession was delivered at the time of sale by entry upon the premises
and the doing of certain ceremonial acts (which in a sense were like “livery of seizin” at common law). The
ancient “livery of seizin” is symbolized today by the delivery of the deed, not the property, by the grantor to the
grantee. The deed is the now the symbol of title.

The Pattern Today

Today, Californians most often transfer title to real property by a simple written instrument, the grant deed. The
word “grant” is expressly designated by statute as a word of conveyance. (Civil Code Section 1092) A second
form of deed is the quitclaim deed. It resembles the common law “conveyance by a release.” Other types of
deeds are the warranty deed, the trust deed, the reconveyance deed, the sheriff’s deed, and the gift deed.

Public
Off

TYPES OF DEEDS

TYPES OF DEEDS somebody

TYPES OF DEEDS

Grant Deed

Because of inclusion of the word “grant” in a grant deed, the grantor impliedly warrants that he or she has not
already conveyed to any other person and that the estate conveyed is free from encumbrances done, made or
suffered by the grantor or any person claiming under grantor, including taxes, assessments and other liens. This
does not mean that the grantor warrants that grantor is the owner or that the property is not otherwise
encumbered. The grant includes appurtenant easements for ingress and egress and building restrictions. The
grantor’s warranty includes encumbrances made during grantor’s, but no other individual’s, possession of the
property. It conveys any title acquired after the grantor has conveyed the title to the real property (after-
acquired title), generally. Observe that these warranties carried by a grant deed are not usually expressed in the
grant deed form. They are called “implied warranties” because the law deems them included in the grant
whether or not explicitly expressed in the deed

Quitclaim Deed

A quitclaim deed is a deed by which a grantor transfers only the interest the grantor has at the time the
conveyance is executed. There are no implied warranties in connection with a quitclaim deed. This type of deed
guarantees nothing and there is no expressed or implied warranty that grantor owns the property or any interest
in it. Moreover, a quitclaim deed does not convey any after-acquired title. A quitclaim deed effectively says, “I
am conveying all the title that I have in the property described in this quitclaim - if I have, in fact, any title.”

A quitclaim deed is generally used to clear some “cloud on the title.” A “cloud on the title” is some minor
defect in the title which needs to be removed in order to perfect the title. Deeds of court representatives, such as
guardians, administrators, and sheriffs, usually have the effect of a quitclaim pursuant to court order.

Warranty Deed

A warranty deed contains express covenants of title. Warranty deeds are uncommon in California, no doubt
because of the almost universal reliance in this state on title insurance to evidence marketable title.

Trust Deed

A trust deed (or deed of trust) is a 3-party security instrument conveying title to land as security for the
performance of an obligation. There are three parties to a trust deed: borrower (trustor), lender (beneficiary),
and a third party, called a trustee, to whom legal title to the real property is conveyed. The trustee holds the
legal title in trust for the beneficiary and has the power to sell the property if the trustor does not fulfill the
obligations as recited in the instrument. The trustee also possesses power to reconvey the legal title to the
trustor provided the beneficiary requests a reconveyance of that title. This event occurs if the promissory note is
paid in full.

A trustor signing the trust deed retains what is called an equitable title. That is, the trustor enjoys the right of
possession and can do with the property whatever the trustor pleases so long as the trustor does not jeopardize
the interest of the lender (beneficiary).

Business and Professions Code Section 10141.5 requires that a real estate licensee record a deed of trust within
one week after closing of a transaction or deliver it to the beneficiary with a written recommendation that it be
recorded or deliver it to the escrow holder. Failure of a real estate licensee to carry out the duties prescribed in
Section 10141.5 does not affect the validity of the transfer of title to the real property.

Reconveyance Deed

A reconveyance deed is an instrument conveying title to property from a trustee back to the trustor on
termination of the trust. This title is held by the trustee until the note or obligation is fully paid. Then, when the
beneficiary issues a “Request for Full Reconveyance,” the trustee executes the reconveyance to the borrower.
Termination of the trust usually occurs when the promissory note is paid in full.

Sheriff’s Deed

A sheriff’s deed is a deed given to a party on the foreclosure of property, levied under a judgment for
foreclosure on a mortgage or of a money judgment against the owner of the property.

The title conveyed is only that acquired by the state or the sheriff under the foreclosure and carries no
warranties or representations whatsoever.

Gift Deed

A grantor may make a gift of property to the grantee, and use a grant deed form or a quitclaim deed form for
the purpose. Grantor may, but need not, say in the deed that grantor makes the transfer because of love and
affection for the grantee.

A gift deed made to defraud creditors may be set aside if it leaves the debtor/grantor insolvent or otherwise
contributes to fraud. (Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Civil Code Sections 3439 through 3439.12)

Void Deeds

Deeds that are void and pass no title even in favor of a bona fide purchaser for value include:

1. A deed from a person whose incapacity has been judicially determined, e.g., a deed from a person for
whom a conservator has been appointed (Civil Code Section 40);

2. Forged deeds (Meley v. Collins, 41 Cal. 663);

3. A deed from a person under 18 years and not emancipated;

4. A deed executed in blank, where the name of the grantee has been inserted without authorization or
consent of the grantor (Trout v. Taylor, 220 Cal. 652); and

5. A deed purely testamentary in character, i.e., when the grantor intends that the deed not become operative
until his or her death.

Voidable Deeds

Deeds which are not void, but are voidable and pass title subject to being set aside in appropriate judicial
proceedings include:

1. A deed from a person of unsound mind whose incapacity has not been determined (Hughes v. Grandy, 78
Cal. App. 2nd, 555);

2. Prior to March 4, 1972, a deed from a person over 18 years of age and under 21 years of age, except a deed
from a lawfully married person 18 years of age or older (Family Code Sections 6700, 6701, 6710). Family
Code Section 6701(b) limits the authority of a minor to “make a contract relating to real property or any
interests therein”. Since any person 18 or over, and under 21, who was lawfully married was deemed to be
an adult for the purposes of dealing in property, it may be necessary to determine the legality of the
marriage. If the person was married outside of California, and the marriage was valid by the laws of the
state or the county in which the same was contracted, the marriage was valid in California. If the person
was married in California, the age of the person will determine the procedure necessary to effect a valid
marriage. (Family Code Sections 301 and 302.)

Public
Off

Chapter 8 - Escrow

Chapter 8 - Escrow somebody
Public
Off

AUDIT

AUDIT somebody

AUDIT

An escrow holder/agent licensed under the Escrow Law is required to keep accurate accounts and records,
which are subject to examination by the Commissioner of Corporations. The corporation must submit annually,
at its own expense, an independent audit prepared by a Certified Public Accountant. Real estate brokers
conducting sale escrows are subject to the audit of their trust funds and the examination of their accounts and
records by the Real Estate Commissioner.

Public
Off

DESIGNATING THE ESCROW HOLDER/AGENT

DESIGNATING THE ESCROW HOLDER/AGENT somebody

DESIGNATING THE ESCROW HOLDER/AGENT

The selection of an escrow holder/agent may not be critical to the principals in a real estate transaction. In the
past, real estate brokers have played a large role in deciding where such transactions would be escrowed. In
recent years, there has been an increasing effort on the part of federal and state regulators to minimize the
influence of the real estate broker in selection of the escrow holder. The rationale is that buyers and sellers have
the right, and should have the opportunity, to compare escrow holders, escrow services and charges and, if they
so desire, negotiate among themselves as to where escrow will be held and conducted. In addition, the buyers
and the sellers (as principals to the escrow) may wish to assert independent control over the preparation of the
escrow instructions.

Public
Off

DEVELOPER CONTROLLED ESCROWS - PROHIBITION

DEVELOPER CONTROLLED ESCROWS - PROHIBITION somebody

DEVELOPER CONTROLLED ESCROWS - PROHIBITION

Civil Code Section 2995 prohibits any real estate developer (defined as any person or entity having an
ownership interest in real property which is improved by such person or entity with single-family dwellings
which are offered for sale to the public) from requiring, as a condition precedent to the transfer of real property
containing a single-family residential dwelling, that escrow services effecting such transfer be provided by an
escrow entity in which the developer has a “financial interest.” The phrase “financial interest” means ownership
or control of 5 percent or more of the escrow entity. A developer who violates this statute is liable for damages
of $250 or three times the charge for escrow services, whichever is greater, plus attorney’s fees and costs. Any
waiver of this prohibition is against public policy and therefore void.

Public
Off

GENERAL ESCROW PROCEDURES

GENERAL ESCROW PROCEDURES somebody

GENERAL ESCROW PROCEDURES

(May vary according to local custom and practice)

1. Prepared Escrow Instructions on the Escrow Holder’s Pre-printed Forms:

The escrow instructions are expected to describe the understandings and intentions of the principals to the
sale escrow.

In Southern California, joint/bilateral escrow instructions are typically prepared and submitted following
the execution by the principals of the receipt for deposit (residential purchase agreement) or other form of
agreement of sale. These instructions are usually accompanied by an initial earnest money deposit made by
the buyer, which is conditionally delivered awaiting the happening of specified events and the performance
of the conditions imposed in the joint escrow instructions.

In Northern California, unilateral escrow instructions are typically prepared and submitted a few days
before the anticipated completion or close of the sale escrow. Following the execution by the principals of
the deposit receipt (residential purchase agreement) or other form of agreement of sale, the buyer’s earnest
money deposit is generally delivered to the escrow holder for which a receipt has been obtained (without
instructions and in the absence of conditional delivery). Typically, no escrow instructions are prepared at
this time describing the happening of specified events or the performance of prescribed conditions,
together with the conditional delivery of instruments, money, or other things of value. Therefore, the
escrow has not been opened and will not be opened until much later when the unilateral escrow
instructions are prepared and signed by the principals of the escrow and conditional delivery occurs.

The principals to the escrow should carefully review any general provisions of the escrow prepared and
submitted to them by the escrow holder. These general provisions often include, among others, duties and
obligations imposed upon the principals (which may or may not be acceptable) and exclusions or
exceptions from the intended title insurance coverage.

In recent years, some “standard” forms of deposit receipts (residential purchase agreements) used by the
real estate brokerage industry have included provisions executed by the principals to be transmitted to the
escrow holder for the expected purpose of opening or establishing an escrow. The issue is whether
conditional delivery to the escrow holder has occurred by one or more principals of instruments,
money/funds, or other things of value to be delivered to another principal(s) upon the happening of
specified events or the performance of described conditions.

For a home purchase, the mutual escrow instructions of the principals (whether in the form of
joint/bilateral or unilateral instructions) are to include, among others:

• the purchase price and terms;

• agreement as to mortgages;

• how buyer’s title is to vest;

• matters of record subject to which buyer is to acquire title;

• inspection reports to be delivered through escrow;

• proration adjustments;

• date of buyer’s possession of the subject property;

• instruments and related documents to be signed by the principals, delivered into escrow, and recorded;

• disbursements to be made, including fees, costs and charges, who pays for them, and who is to receive

each disbursement; and,

• the date of closing of the sale escrow.

2. Ordering a “Preliminary Report” on the Subject Property:

A “Preliminary Report” is ordered from the title company selected by the buyer. The escrow holder (which
may be the same person/entity as the title company) examines this report carefully for items not
contemplated in the escrow instructions. Typically, the seller must clear or remove any such item and it
must be brought to the attention of the buyer “for information”, “expression of desire in the matter”, and
for the appropriate instructions of the buyer. The real estate broker acting as the agent and the fiduciary of
the buyer should review the “Preliminary Report” to offer the broker’s advice and recommendations within
the course and scope of the broker’s agency relationship. The “Preliminary Report” provides the
information upon which the instructions of the principals and of the lender(s) are based, as applicable,
when making/funding “purchase money” loans. The “Preliminary Report” (together with the instructions
of the principals and such lender(s)) become the basis upon which the title insurance company provides the
requested insurance coverage.

3. Requesting Demands and/or Beneficiary Statements:

Such demands or beneficiary statements are generally obtained by the escrow holder from the lender(s) of
record. The necessary documents will include:

• a “Demand for Pay-off”, if an existing loan is to be paid in part or in full through escrow; or,

• a “Beneficiary Statement”, if the buyer is purchasing “subject to” or “assuming” an existing loan.

(Purchasing “subject to” should not occur without the buyer receiving independent professional advice
regarding the legal and practical consequences of such a transaction.)

4. Accepting Structural Pest Control and Other Reports:

Structural pest control and other reports such as plumbing or roofing inspections are typically delivered to
the escrow holder who is to obtain, as instructed, any necessary approvals from the principals in connection
with such reports/inspections. The escrow holder receives the reports/inspections (and holds any funds
associated therewith) for delivery to the proper principal or party at the completion and close of the escrow
(or, depending upon the fact situation, for delivery subsequent to the close of the sale escrow).

5. Accepting New Loan Instructions, Instruments, and Related Documents:

If the buyer is requiring new financing, the escrow holder is to obtain the buyer’s approval/execution of the
loan instructions, instruments, and related documents as requested by the lender(s). The escrow holder is to
satisfy the instructions of the lender(s) prior to using the funds of the lender(s) to complete and close the
sale escrow.

6. Accepting Fire Insurance Policies and Completing and Closing the Sale Escrow:

• Accepting and delivering any fire insurance policy and transferring or establishing the insurance
coverage, as instructed by the principals of the escrow, including the lender(s);

• Making all proration’s (e.g., property taxes and insurance premiums) as instructed by the principals of
the escrow; and,

• Completing the accounting details and informing the principals the sale escrow is ready to close.

7. Requesting Closing Funds:

Upon the instructions of the principals, the escrow holder orders loan funds from the lender(s). The law
prohibits disbursal of funds from an escrow account until all items such as checks, drafts, etc. have cleared
and become available for withdrawal as an automatic right.

8. Auditing the File in Preparation for Closing:

• Accounting for all funds (Cash Reconciliation Statement) instruments and related documents;

• Determining that the principals have complied with the escrow instructions.

9. Ordering the Recording:

The title company (as the agent of the title insurance company), or the title insurance company intending to
issue the insurance coverage, will proceed to “date down”, i.e., to run the seller’s title to date. Thereafter,
the escrow holder/agent will request recording of the necessary instruments, provided no change has
occurred in the seller’s title (since issuance of the “Preliminary Report”).

10. Closing Escrow:

After confirming recording of the instruments described in the escrow instructions, the escrow holder
prepares:

• Closing or settlement statements for buyer and seller (typically in the form of a HUD 1 statement in a
sale escrow);

• Disbursing all funds; and,

• Delivering instruments and related documents to the principals or parties entitled thereto.

Proration’s

The seller is the fee title holder/ owner of the subject property until the completion and close of the escrow. If
possession is delivered at some time other than at the close of escrow, the principals may agree to adjust
accordingly the proration date. Depending upon the operative agreement, possession may alter one or more
incidents of ownership. If possession is delivered sometime after the completion and the close of the escrow,
the principals may agree to the proration of taxes, rent and/or assessments, along with prepaid items for which
the buyer becomes responsible as of the date of possession, or alternatively upon recording of the instrument of
conveyance (grant deed). Prepaid items include, among others, interest on a new loan or prepaid fire insurance
premiums obtained by buyer.

Termination

Escrows are voluntarily completed by full performance/execution and closing, or the escrow may be terminated
by mutual consent. The termination of the sale escrow is accomplished by cancellation of the escrow, and by
rescission or cancellation of the residential purchase agreement, or other form of agreement of sale. It has been
held that compliance with the escrow instructions must be achieved within the time limit set forth (unless the
time of performance included within the escrow instructions are mutually extended by the principals). The
escrow holder has no authority to enforce or accept performance after the time limit provided in the
instructions. When the time limit provided in the escrow instructions has expired and either principal to the
escrow has not performed in accordance with the terms of the escrow instructions, the principals may elect to
mutually cancel the sale escrow and each are thereupon entitled to the return of their respective property,
including funds, instruments and related documents. The escrow holder does not have authority to determine
that a principal has not performed, or that evidence of continuation of performance by either principal exists.
Therefore, clear and precise instructions from the principals are necessary.

Cancellation of Escrow - Cancellation or Rescission of Purchase Agreement/ Contract

Cancellation of escrow may not also cancel or rescind a purchase agreement/contract. In Cohen v. Shearer
(1980) 108 C.A. 3d 939, a Court of Appeal decided that cancellation of an escrow by mutual agreement of the
principals did not rescind the purchase agreement/contract between them. The distinction between cancelling
or rescinding the purchase agreement/contract is whether the principals stop the transaction in place (subject to
whatever limited fees, costs, and expenses as may be imposed by third parties and/or to the payment of
liquidated damages pursuant to the agreement of the principals), or whether the principals are returned to their
respective status prior to commencing the contemplated transaction. The former is an example of cancellation
and the later an example of a rescission.

Therefore, a real estate broker seeking to carry out the decision of the principal(s) to cancel or rescind a
agreement/contract of purchase or sale should be sure the other principal(s) to the agreement/contract agree in
writing to do precisely that and not simply settle for written instructions to cancel the sale escrow. As happened

in the Cohen case, if a purchase agreement/contract is not canceled or rescinded along with the cancelling of the
sale escrow, either principal to the purchase agreement/contract may retain the right to specific performance of
the agreement/contract or for the recovery of damages.

Public
Off

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION somebody

INTRODUCTION

An escrow is essentially a small and short-lived trust arrangement. It has become an indispensable mechanism
in this state for the consummation of real property transfers and other transactions such as exchanges, leases,
sales of personal property, sales of securities, loans, and mobilehome sales. This chapter discusses the real
estate sale escrow.

Definition of an Escrow

California Civil Code Section 1057 provides this description of an escrow:

“A grant may be deposited by the grantor with a third person, to be delivered on the
performance of a condition, and, on delivery by the depositary, it will take effect. While in the
possession of the third person, and subject to condition, it is called an escrow.”

And, in Section 17003 of the Financial Code:

“Escrow means any transaction wherein one person, for the purpose of effecting the sale,
transfer, encumbering or leasing of real or personal property to another person, delivers any
written instrument, money, evidence of title to real or personal property, or other thing of
value to a third person to be held by such third person until the happening of a specified event
or the performance of a prescribed condition, when it is then to be delivered by such third
person to a grantee, grantor, promisee, promisor, obligee, obligor, bailee, bailor, or any agent
or employee of any of the latter.”

Essential Elements of an Escrow

The two essential elements for a valid sale escrow are a binding contract/agreement between buyer and seller
and the conditional delivery to a neutral third party of something of value, as defined, which typically includes
written instruments of conveyance (grant deed) or encumbrance (deed of trust) and related documents. The
binding contract/agreement can appear in any legal form, including a deposit receipt (a residential purchase
agreement), other forms of agreements of sale, exchange agreements, option agreements, or jointly executed
bilateral or individually executed unilateral escrow instructions evidencing a mutual agreement of the buyer and
the seller.

Escrow Holder

The escrow holder is the agent and depositary (as an impartial/neutral third party) having and holding
possession of money, written instruments, documents, personal property, or other things of value to be held
until the happening of specified events or the performance of described conditions. Once these events occur or
the conditions are met and performed (satisfied or waived) in strict compliance with the escrow instructions, the
escrow holder (performing as the “escrow agent”) has accomplished its primary duty of faithfully executing the
instructions given to it by the principals to the escrow (e.g., the buyer and the seller in a real estate sale escrow).

The escrow holder is the agent and fiduciary of the principals to the escrow, and is defined to be a person who
is lawfully engaged in the business of receiving escrows for deposit in behalf of or for delivery to the
designated principal(s). As a fiduciary in performing its duties, the escrow holder must at all times exercise
reasonable care, loyalty, and good faith towards the principals of the escrow. An escrow holder’s fiduciary duty
is generally limited to the faithful performance/execution of the instructions given by the principals to the
escrow. See Summit Financial Holdings, Ltd. v. Continental Lawyers Title Co. (2002) 27 Cal. 4th 705, 711,
Civil Code Section 2297and Financial Code Section 17004.

The escrow holder acts to ensure that all principals to the transaction comply with the terms and conditions of
the contract/agreement as set forth in the escrow instructions. The escrow holder may (within the course and
scope of the escrow instructions) coordinate the activities of the professional service providers involved in the
transaction, such as the activities of the lender(s), the title company (if distinguishable from the escrow holder),
the title insurance company, as well as those among the buyer, seller and real estate broker.

Definition of Principals to the Escrow

In a real estate sale escrow, the principals include the buyer and the seller and, if applicable, the lender(s)
making the “purchase money” loan. While principals are parties to the escrow, not all parties involved are
principals. The principals are persons who are executing and performing the escrow instructions and who are

making the conditional deliveries in connection therewith. The lender(s) are included in this category, since
they execute and provide to the escrow holder their written instructions together with instruments of
encumbrance and related loan documents that are conditionally delivered in anticipation of the issuance of title
insurance coverage. These instructions, instruments, funds, and loan documents are essential to the real estate
sale escrow when financing by a lender(s) is required.

As discussed above, the escrow holder is (within the course and scope of the escrow instructions) the agent and
fiduciary of the principals of the escrow. As a result, the escrow holder is a dual agent, i.e., agent and fiduciary
of the buyer and seller and of the lender(s), if applicable. Upon the completion and close of the sale escrow, the
escrow holder is the agent for each of the principals to deliver the statements, instruments, funds, documents,
and title insurance coverage to which each are entitled in accordance with the escrow instructions.

Escrows include parties who are not principals to the escrow and, therefore, to whom fiduciary duties are not
owed by the escrow holder. These parties may include, among others, claimants within the chain of title,
persons placing demands for payment into the escrow, persons submitting reports/inspections to be delivered
through the escrow. To these parties the escrow holder functions as a custodian with the duty to act in good
faith and consistent with the standard of care applicable to escrow holders/agents. See Summit Financial
Holdings, Ltd. v. Continental Lawyers Title Co. (2002) 27 Cal. 4th 705, 711.

Escrow Instructions

The conditional delivery of an instrument of conveyance or encumbrance, money/funds, or other things of
value is accompanied by instructions to the escrow holder authorizing the delivery of the instruments, funds,
and related documents upon the happening of specified events or the performance of stipulated conditions. In
California, there are two forms of escrow instructions generally employed: bilateral (i.e., executed by and
binding on both buyer and seller) and unilateral (i.e., separate instructions executed by the buyer and seller,
binding on each). Since the escrow instructions implement and may supplement the original
contract/agreement (e.g., residential purchase agreement or agreement of sale), each are interpreted together.

However if the escrow instructions contain terms in conflict with the original contract/agreement, the
instructions constituting the later contract/agreement will usually control, subject to separate consideration
regarding the escrow instructions (as may be required). When joint/bilateral instructions have been signed by
the principals to the escrow, neither principal may unilaterally change the escrow instructions. The principals
may change, by mutual agreement, the instructions at any time and one principal may waive the performance
of certain conditions, provided the waiver is not detrimental to the other principal to the transaction.

While an independent/neutral escrow holder can be held liable for violating written instructions (including
breaches of fiduciary duty within the course and scope of the escrow instructions), the escrow holder is only a
neutral stakeholder who is not to be concerned with controversies among the principals. As such, an escrow
holder is entitled to file an action of interpleader and for declaratory relief to ask a court of competent
jurisdiction to resolve the controversies and to direct the escrow holder on how to proceed.

Completed Escrow

Properly drawn and executed escrow instructions become an enforceable contract/agreement. An escrow is
termed “completed” or “perfected” when each of the terms of the instructions have been met or performed
(satisfied or waived).

Escrow Principles

The following are major escrow principles:

1. Escrow instructions must contain mutuality, including the understandings and the intentions of the
principals to the escrow. Properly drawn instructions should be clear and certain as to the understandings
and the intentions of the principals, the duties of the escrow holder, and the fact that it is the principals
themselves who must perform the escrow contract/agreement. The escrow holder does not have, and must
not exercise, discretionary authority. The escrow holder/agent acts in behalf of and not in the place and
stead of principals.

2. The escrow holder does not act as a mediator. However, the escrow holder/agent may offer advice to the
principals as an agent and fiduciary within the course and scope of the escrow instructions. As previously
discussed, the escrow holder/agent does not participate in controversies among the principals or among the
parties to the escrow, or arbitrate disputes. Instructions are drawn so that the principals to the escrow make

the promises, perform their obligations, and put the escrow holder in a position to complete and close the
escrow. If the claim of the non-principal parties to the escrow is within the chain of title, such claims must
be satisfied by the escrow holder to obtain the title insurance coverage required by the principals (including
the lender(s)).

3. The escrow holder is prohibited from offering legal advice and must suggest that disagreeing parties
consult an attorney (or a real estate broker when the transactional matter may be negotiated within the
course and scope of the real estate license).

4. Escrow is a limited/special agency relationship governed by the content of the escrow instructions. As
agent for both principals (often including an additional principal, the lender(s) extending credit in the form
of “purchase money” financing), the escrow holder acts only upon specific written instructions of the
principals. As previously noted, when the escrow is completed/perfected and closed, the escrow holder
becomes the agent for each principal with respect to those things in escrow to which the principals have
respectively become entitled.

5. When all principals to the escrow have signed mutual (conforming) instructions, the escrow becomes
perfected. If only one principal has signed, that principal may terminate the proposed escrow at any time
prior to the other principal’s signing of conforming escrow instructions. As an additional principal, the
lender(s) typically reserve the right to withdraw their instructions, instruments, funds, and related
documents if the escrow instructions of the buyer and seller do not conform to the instructions of the
lender(s).

6. The escrow holder must avoid vague or ambiguous terms and provisions in the escrow instructions and
related documents.

7. The escrow holder must forward immediately to the title insurance company (or its underwritten title
company agent, if other than the escrow holder) any instrument that is to be recorded. Copies are to be
furnished to appropriate and concerned principal(s) or third parties, so that the instrument’s sufficiency can
be determined. This will help avoid a delay in completing and closing the sale escrow.

8. The escrow holder without authorization of the principals may only accept claims, demands, instruments,
funds, as well as related documents contemplated by the escrow instructions. Other claims, demands,
instruments, funds, and documents are not to be accepted by the escrow holder.

9. The escrow trust account must be maintained with extreme care. Overdrawn accounts (debit balances) are
strictly forbidden.

10. Escrows are privileged and confidential in nature. The escrow holder must not give out any information to
third parties (persons who are not principals of the escrow) concerning an escrow without approval of the
principals.

11. The escrow holder is the agent of the principals to the escrow. Any facts known by the escrow agent are
imputed to the principals. Therefore, the escrow holder owes a duty to communicate to its principals
knowledge acquired within the course and scope of the agency relationship established by the escrow
instructions with respect to material facts that might affect a principal’s decision as to the pending
transaction. Any detrimental or new material information, previously undisclosed, made known to the
escrow holder and affecting the principals should be disclosed to them for their instructions in the matter.

12. The escrow holder must maintain a high degree of trust, efficient service, and good public relations,
particularly concerning the principals to the escrow.

13. The escrow holder must remain strictly neutral, not favoring either principal, including the lender(s)
extending credit in the form of “purchase money’ financing. Notwithstanding the required neutrality, the
escrow holder must advise the principals to the escrow in the context described in item 11. To the extent
possible, the escrow holder must be careful to avoid preceding in a manner that results in a gain to one
principal to the detriment of the other principal(s).

14. The escrow holder must constantly maintain records and files to be sure that a procedure is not overlooked.
Neat and orderly files, complete with check sheets, will help ensure smooth progression towards
completing and closing the escrow.

15. Before closing an escrow, the escrow holder must audit the file, accounting for all items to be handled,
recorded and delivered, including cleared funds.

16. The escrow holder must not disburse any funds from an escrow account until all items such as checks,
drafts, etc. have cleared, and thus have become available for withdrawal as an automatic right. This
“holding period” may range from 1 to 10 days, depending on the type and location of the financial
institution upon which the checks, drafts, etc. have been drawn.

17. Completing and closing the escrow must be prompt, using forms and disclosures which are simple and
clear.

Public
Off

PROHIBITED CONDUCT

PROHIBITED CONDUCT somebody

PROHIBITED CONDUCT

No escrow holder/agent licensee may disseminate misleading statements or describe as an “escrow” any
transaction that is not included under the definition of “escrow” in the Financial Code or in the Civil Code.

An escrow holder/agent may not pay fees to real estate brokers or others for referral of business. Such
prohibited “fees” would include gifts of merchandise or other things of value.

An escrow holder/agent cannot disburse from the escrow proceeds a real estate broker’s commission prior to
closing of the escrow.

Escrow holders/agents may not solicit or accept escrow instructions, or amended or supplemental instructions,
containing any blank to be filled in after signing or initialing. They may not permit any person to make any
addition to, deletion from, or alteration of an escrow instruction, unless it is signed or initialed by all principals
who had previously signed or initialed the instructions. At the time of execution, escrow holders/agents are
charged by law with delivering a copy of any escrow instruction, or amended or supplemental instruction, to all
principals executing the instructions. However, escrow instructions, being privileged and confidential, may not
be disclosed to non-principals.

Real estate brokers when conducting escrows must follow similar standards of conduct and as required in the
Real Estate Law and the Commissioner’s Regulations pertaining thereto, including 2830.1 et seq. and 2950 and
2951.

A real estate broker may not nominate an escrow holder/agent as a condition precedent to a transaction, but
may suggest an escrow holder/agent, if requested to do so by the principals to the transaction. The buyer in the
real estate sales transaction generally makes the selection of the escrow holder/agent and the title insurance
company intending to issue the title insurance coverage.

Public
Off

RELATIONSHIP OF THE REAL ESTATE BROKER AND THE ESCROW HOLDER/AGENT

RELATIONSHIP OF THE REAL ESTATE BROKER AND THE ESCROW HOLDER/AGENT somebody

RELATIONSHIP OF THE REAL ESTATE BROKER AND THE ESCROW HOLDER/AGENT

A real estate broker should consult the escrow holder/agent before informing the principals that escrow will
close on a certain date. An escrow includes a myriad of details, any of which could cause delay. Submission of
accurate instructions, instruments, and documents will expedite closing. Some suggestions:

1. As far as possible, make certain that the deposit receipt (residential purchase agreement/contract and the
escrow instructions) reflect the understandings and the intentions of the principals.

2. When opening escrow, a copy of the recorded grant deed (instrument of conveyance) conveying title of
the subject property to the seller, or a copy of a deed of trust (instrument of encumbrance) encumbering the
title to the subject property, or a copy of the seller’s title insurance policy should be provided to the escrow
holder. Such instruments and documents should establish the correct legal description and the manner in
which seller holds title to the property.

3. Remember that escrow instructions and amended instructions must be in writing. If the buyers are planning
to be away, the real estate broker should check with the escrow holder/agent (the authorized representative
of the escrow holder) before the buyers leave to determine if their absence will in any way hold up closing
of escrow. Without instruction from the buyers as a principal to the escrow, the real estate broker cannot
offer to put up money due from the buyers or instruct the escrow officer to deduct the amount owing by
the buyers from the real estate broker’s commission. The buyers may be deliberately withholding the

deposit of closing funds until the seller performs some condition precedent known only to the principals.
Except pursuant to the instructions of the buyers, accepting the funds required of the buyers from any one
other than buyers may cause an escrow to close against the understandings and intentions of the principals
of the escrow.

4. Furnish the escrow officer (representative of the escrow holder) with the correct spelling of the principals’
names, addresses, and telephone numbers. Business and cell phone numbers should be included. Some
escrow holders would appreciate being told of the email addresses of the principals to the escrow.

5. Be sure the escrow officer (representative of the escrow holder) knows how the buyers want to take title.
Real estate brokers, salespersons, or escrow officers, should not assist with this decision, as it may involve
legal and tax consequences. Independent professional advice is required.

6. Give escrow holders/agents the names and addresses of the existing lender(s) and/or loan servicing agents
and the applicable loan numbers. Many existing lender(s), and FHA, require a 30-day advance payoff
notice or the sellers may be subject to additional charges on any loan payoff.

7. Check with the sellers regarding bonds or other liens on the subject property. Those not being assumed
may be paid during the escrow.

8. Notify the escrow officer (representative of the escrow holder) when the loan commitment required by the
buyers has been received, i.e., the loan terms have been “locked” and/or an approval letter has been issued
by the intended lender(s). The approval letter must come from the lender(s) and not from a mortgage
broker. A copy of the approval letter (if any) should be provided to the escrow holder.

9. Determine how fire insurance coverage is to be handled. The buyers may want to do business with their
insurance agent or with a certain insurance company. The sellers’ insurance policy may include other
property and the sellers may not want the coverage transferred to the buyers.

10. Be aware of the escrow holder’s/agent’s time requirement relating to non-cash deposit of funds. Checks
must clear and the funds must be available as an automatic right before the escrow holder/agent can make
disbursements.

11. The principals of the escrow (buyers and sellers) should meet with the escrow officer when executing the
escrow instructions. It is the responsibility of the escrow officer (as the authorized representative of the
escrow holder) to explain and to provide copies of the escrow instructions to the principals and to carry out
what instructions may be required by the lender(s) when “purchase money” financing is a necessary part of
the transaction.

Public
Off

WHO MAY ACT AS ESCROW HOLDER/AGENT

WHO MAY ACT AS ESCROW HOLDER/AGENT somebody

WHO MAY ACT AS ESCROW HOLDER/AGENT

The Escrow Law (Division 6 of the California Financial Code) provides the Commissioner of Corporations
must license escrow holders/agents who conduct what are commonly know as public escrows. However, banks,
savings and loan associations, title insurance companies, underwritten title companies, trust companies,
attorneys and real estate brokers have certain exemptions from the licensing requirements of the Escrow Law.

Pursuant to Section 17006(a)(4) of the California Financial Code, a real estate broker licensed by the Real
Estate Commissioner is exempt from the Escrow Law when performing acts in the course of or directly
incidental to a real estate transaction. The exemption further requires that the real estate broker must either be
an agent or a party to the real estate transaction and performing an act for which a real estate license is required.
For example, if a real estate broker is acting as an agent on behalf of a buyer or seller in a real estate
transaction, the broker may lawfully perform the escrow. In contrast, if the real estate broker is acting solely as
a party (i.e., principal) to the transaction, and is not acting as a real estate agent on behalf of himself or any
other party, the broker is not authorized to perform the escrow under the Financial Code exemption.

The Department of Corporations has interpreted Section 17006 (a)(4) to mean that:

1. the exemption is personal to the broker and the broker (when acting as the escrow holder) cannot delegate
other than ministerial duties/functions;

2. the exemption is not available for any association or arrangement with other brokers for the purpose of
conducting escrows; and

3. when the broker’s escrow business is a substantial factor in the utilization of the broker’s services, the
escrow business is not “incidental to a real estate transaction.”

A real estate broker cannot advertise in any manner that would tend to be misleading to the public, or advertise
that he or she conducts escrows under the above exemption without specifying in the advertisement that such
services are only in connection with the broker’s real estate brokerage business. Moreover, a real estate broker
may not use a fictitious name containing the word “escrow,” or any name which implies that escrow services
are provided in connection with that broker’s licensed activities, unless the fictitious business name includes the
term “a non-independent broker escrow” following the name. Real estate brokers who have been or are issued
a license with a fictitious business name with the term “escrow”, or any term which implies that escrow services
are provided, must include the term “a non-independent broker escrow” in any advertising, signs, or electronic
promotional material (Real Estate Commissioner’s Regulation 2731(d)).

A real estate broker who conducts an escrow under the exemption must maintain all escrowed funds in a trust
account and keep proper records in accordance with the Real Estate Law and the Real Estate Commissioner’s
Regulations pertaining thereto, including Regulations 2830.1 et seq. and 2950 and 2951.

The agency and fiduciary duties of the real estate broker when acting as an escrow holder are not limited to the
course and scope of the escrow instructions (as previously described regarding neutral third party escrow
holders/agents). The real estate broker is an agent and fiduciary of one or more principals in the real estate
sales transaction, and the purpose and scope of the agency is expanded to include the escrow (when the broker
conducts the escrow pursuant to the previously described exemption from licensing under the Escrow Law). In
addition, the real estate broker representing either the buyer or seller or acting as either the buyer or seller
becomes the agent and fiduciary of the other principal(s) to the transaction when the broker elects to conduct
the escrow. The additional agency and fiduciary relationships created are to be disclosed and consented to by
the principals and the conflicts involved with the multiple roles of the broker must be identified.

Escrow Companies Must Be Incorporated

An individual cannot be licensed as an escrow holder/agent. A corporation duly organized for conducting an
escrow business must hold the license. Applicants for escrow licenses must be financially solvent and furnish a
surety bond in the amount of $25,000 or more, based upon yearly average trust fund obligations. All officers,
directors, trustees, and employees having access to money or negotiable instruments in the possession of the

corporate licensee must furnish a bond of indemnification against loss. All money deposited in escrow must be
placed in a trust account that is exempt from execution or attachment.

Public
Off

Chapter 9 - Landlord and Tenant

Chapter 9 - Landlord and Tenant somebody
Public
Off

LANDLORD AND TENANT

LANDLORD AND TENANT somebody

LANDLORD AND TENANT

The distinguishing feature of a leasehold interest is the right to exclusive possession and use of real property, for
a fixed period of time, held by the lessee (or “tenant”). The lessor (or “landlord”), having parted with this right
to exclusive possession, merely holds the basic title (the “reversion”) during the existence of the lease. Hotel
guests, licensees and employees may all be privileged to use a given space under certain contractual conditions,
but since none of these has an exclusive right to possession, they are not governed by the laws regulating the
relationship of landlord and tenant.

A leasehold estate itself is chattel real. Although the lessee has an estate/interest in real property, the estate is in
fact a form of personal property, governed by laws applicable to personal property.

Types of Leasehold Estates

Most authorities classify leases into four categories, based on the lease term:

• Estate for years;

• Estate from period to period (periodic tenancy);

• Estate at will; and

• Estate at sufferance.

Estate for years. An estate for years is one which is to continue for a definite period fixed in advance by
agreement between landlord and tenant. The name is somewhat misleading because the period may be for less
than a year, measured in specific days, weeks, or months.

Estate from period to period. An estate from period to period (or periodic tenancy) is one which continues for
periods of time (typically year-to-year, month-to-month, or week-to-week) as designated by landlord and tenant
in their agreement. The most common periodic tenancy is the month-to-month tenancy.

Estate at will. An estate at will is one which is terminable at the will or unilateral decision of either party with
no designated period of duration. Tenancies at will are uncommon because the landlord’s acceptance of periodic
rents causes the tenancy to be treated like a periodic tenancy (Civil Code Section 1946). By statute, California
and certain other states have modified the potentially summary and abrupt conclusion of such estates to require
advance 30-day notice of termination by either party.

Estate at sufferance. An estate at sufferance is one in which the tenant who has rightfully come into possession
of the land retains possession after the expiration of the term. For example, a tenant who holds over after the
expiration of a lease would be deemed to be holding an estate at sufferance.

Dual Legal Nature of Lease

A lease is an oral or written agreement that creates and governs, by express or implied terms, a landlord-tenant
relationship. A lease has two characteristics, each of which has its own set of rights and obligations:

1. a conveyance by the landlord to the tenant of an estate in real property covering the premises leased (which
creates “privity of estate” between the landlord and tenant); and

2. a contract between the landlord and tenant which governs both the landlord’s delivery and maintenance of
the premises and the tenant’s possession of, use of, and payments for the premises (which creates “privity of
contract” between the landlord and tenant).

Verbal and Written Agreements

A lease with a term of one year or less may be created by verbal agreement. However, for the sake of clarity and
to reduce the risk of disagreement (both during the lease term and after tenant’s surrender of the premises), all
leases, even those with month-to-month terms, should be reduced to written form.

California’s Statute of Frauds requires a lease to be in writing if it either:

1. has a term longer than one year; or

2. has a term less than one year which expires more than one year after the agreement is reached.

An example of a lease with a term of less than one year that must be in writing is a lease for a ten month term
that begins three months from the date when an agreement is reached. Although one might automatically assume

that the lease would not need to be in writing since it is for a term of less than one year, the contractual
relationship (which will exist during the three month “pre-tenancy” period and the ten month term of lease) will
actually be maintained for thirteen months.

Unwritten leases that are for a term of longer than one year or that expire more than one year after the agreement
is reached are unenforceable. If a tenant enters into possession under an unenforceable lease, the tenant becomes
a tenant at-will.

Lease Ingredients

No particular words, form, or language are required to create an oral or written lease. However, the words used
must:

1. evidence the landlord’s and tenant’s intent to create a landlord-tenant relationship (which intent is apparent
from either the parties’ acts or deeds, or the language of a written agreement);

2. identify the parties;

3. describe the premises leased;

4. specify the time, amount, and manner of rental payments; and

5. establish a definite term.

Contract and Conveyance Issues

In light of its dual character of being a contract and a conveyance, an enforceable lease must satisfy specific
laws with respect to:

1. the creation and interpretation of a contract; and

2. the prerequisites for the transfer of an interest in real property.

Contract specifics. The general rules regarding the creation of a lease (and contract), in addition to those
governing whether or not there must be a writing, include:

1. mutual assent of landlord and tenant (i.e., an offer and an acceptance);

2. mutuality of obligation (i.e., neither party may have an unrestricted right to withdraw from the lease);

3. legal capacity of each party to contract (which, in general, excludes minors, persons of unsound mind, and
persons deprived of their civil rights); and

4. lawful object (e.g., use does not violate health and safety regulations or criminal statutes). Although a lease
may, indeed, have a lawful object, specific provisions within the lease may be deemed against public policy
and therefor void. For example, residential leases that waive tenant procedural rights (such as the right to
receive a notice of default) or rights regarding security deposits; or waive any future course of action
against the landlord.

As a contract, a written lease is construed according to the intent of the parties, as gathered from the language of
the lease and the performance of the parties under the lease, and in accordance with the rules of interpretation of
contracts. Furthermore, like other written contracts, the executory (yet to be performed) provisions of a written
lease may not be orally modified. Rather, such provisions must be modified in a writing signed by all parties to
the original lease. To the extent that the parties mutually agree to modify the lease with respect to fully
performed lease obligations, such modifications become executed modifications of the lease. When a lease is
negotiated in Spanish and is for a residential unit, the lease must be written in Spanish.

Execution, delivery and acceptance. In general, a written lease must be executed, delivered, and accepted
before it may be enforced according to its express terms. However, a lease signed and delivered by the landlord
is enforceable by the tenant even if the tenant fails to sign the lease. On the other hand, if the tenant takes
possession of the premises or pays the stipulated rent, having still failed to sign the lease, the tenant’s acceptance
of the landlord’s delivery of the executed lease and premises is presumed and the landlord may then enforce the
lease provisions against the tenant. The lease must be fully executed, however, before the landlord may enforce
the lease’s special contractual covenants (e.g., a covenant to repair) against the tenant.

Recording. A lease (or memorandum thereof summarizing key provisions) may be recorded in the official
public records of the county in which the leased premises are situated. However, even an unrecorded lease is
enforceable between the parties and against any party who, with notice of the tenant’s interest, receives an

interest in the property in which the premises are situated. If a lease term exceeds one year and the lease is not
properly recorded, and if the tenant’s possession under the lease does not give a bona fide purchaser notice of
the tenant’s on-going tenancy, that tenancy becomes subject (and subordinate) to the bona fide purchaser’s
interest in the leased premises.

Rights and Obligations of Parties to a Lease

A number of matters should be considered before entering into a lease agreement. Many of these are relatively
unimportant in an oral month-to-month tenancy, but become increasingly important in the case of written
leaseholds for a longer period of time. Since these subjects are each covered in considerable detail by contract
provisions of the instrument, each written lease must be studied to determine the rights and obligations of the
parties involved. Some of the more important aspects of a lease are:

1. term of lease;

2. rent;

3. security deposit;

4. possession, maintenance, and improvements;

5. liability of parties for injuries resulting from condition of premises;

6. transfer of interest in leased premises;

7. special covenants, conditions and provisions; and,

8. termination.

Term of lease. The lease term is that period of time during which the tenant may occupy the premises. Since the
lease term is an essential element of a lease, if the lease fails to specify its term, a specific period of time will be
implied as a matter of law, and the length of that period of time hinges on the nature of the lease and the
circumstances surrounding it.

A lease term need not commence with full execution of the lease, and it ordinarily is based on a fixed or
computable period. On some occasions, however, the length of a tenancy is either:

1. conditioned on the occurrence of an event which may trigger the commencement of the lease term,
terminate the lease term, or both; or

2. based on the life of the landlord.

A common example is a term which commences upon the landlord’s completion of certain improvements to the
premises and/or delivery thereof to the tenant. If, however, a lease is to commence upon the occurrence of a
future event, the lease becomes invalid if the term does not commence within 30 years of full execution of the
lease.

Where the parties fail to specify the lease term, the term is determined in accordance with the following statutory
presumptions, each of which applies to a certain type of rental property:

1. For lodgings, dwelling-houses, and residential properties, the period of time adopted for the payment of
rent. For example, if rental payments are due on a monthly basis, the lease term is equal to one month. If the
lease fails to address the period adopted for rental payments, the tenancy is presumed to be for one month.
(Civil Code Section 1944).

2. For agricultural or grazing properties, one year.

3. For all other properties where there is no custom or usage on the subject, the tenancy is for one month
unless otherwise designated in writing. (Civil Code Section 1943).

Even if the landlord and tenant do specify a lease term or the term is implied by statute, the following statutory
restrictions will supersede and limit the lease term:

1. A lease for agricultural or horticultural purposes cannot have a term exceeding 51 years.

2. A lease for any town or city lot cannot have a term exceeding 99 years.

3. A lease of land for the production of minerals, oil, gas, or other hydrocarbon substances cannot have a term
exceeding 99 years.

4. A lease of property owned by an emancipated minor or an incompetent person cannot have a term longer
than a probate court may authorize.

A lease renewal creates a new and distinct tenancy. Accordingly, the parties should execute an entirely new
instrument.

A lease extension is a continuation in possession under the original lease. A lease extension may also occur if
the tenant holds over with permission from the landlord. Indeed, if a tenant remains in possession of the
premises after expiration of the lease term and the landlord accepts rental payments, the parties are presumed to
have renewed the lease on the same terms and conditions on a month-to-month basis if rent is payable monthly,
and in no event longer than one year.

A contractual right to extend or renew a lease is an irrevocable offer by the landlord to lease the premises in the
future on specific terms. Such a right to extend or renew a lease is within the Statute of Frauds and, therefore, if
the original lease is covered by the Statute of Frauds or if the lease, as extended, would be covered by the
Statute of Frauds, the renewal or extension must be in writing to be enforceable.

To be enforceable, lease provisions for the extension or renewal of a lease must be reasonably specific and
contain all of the material terms. A provision on terms “to be mutually agreed upon” is generally unenforceable.
An unexercised option to extend the term for a specified period does not create a property right until it is
exercised unequivocally and in strict accordance with its terms. Whether specified in the lease or not, an option
hinges on the continued viability of the lease and must be exercised prior to expiration or earlier termination of
the lease. A lease that is limited to the hiring of residential real property and provides for an automatic renewal
or extension of the lease if the tenant either remains in possession after lease expiration or fails to give notice of
intent not to renew, is voidable by the party who did not prepare the lease. Provided, however, that such a lease
is valid if, in a printed lease, the automatic renewal clause is printed in 8-point boldface type and a recital of
inclusion of the automatic renewal clause appears in 8-point boldface type immediately above the signature line.

Rent. Rent is the consideration paid for possession, use, and enjoyment of leased property. A tenant’s obligation
to pay rent arises from either the express terms of a lease (privity of contract) or a tenant’s mere occupancy of
the premises where no gift is intended (privity of estate).

Through privity of contract, a tenant is bound by a covenant to pay rent even if the tenant never enters into
possession of the premises. Through privity of estate, even if a lease does not specify the terms for payment of
rent, an obligation to pay rent arises out of a tenant’s occupancy of the premises (again, assuming no gift is
intended).

Since, by statute, the term “rent” includes “charges equivalent to rent,” rental payments need not be paid in
currency (unless otherwise specified in the lease), but may be made in the form of goods, crops, and any other
product or other consideration agreed upon by the parties.

Unless there is either a course of dealing between the parties or a lease provision to the contrary, rental
payments are due at the end of each successive holding period or term (e.g., at the end of the day, week, month,
quarter, or year). In addition, in the absence of any lease provision to the contrary, rental payments must be
delivered to the demised premises. Most commercial and residential leases, however, specifically provide for
payment of rent in advance of the period covered by such payment and provide for payment of rent to a specific
address.

Rent paid by check constitutes payment of rent conditioned on the landlord presenting the check to the drawee
bank, and the tenant’s obligation to pay rent is merely suspended until the check is presented to the drawee bank.
If, however, the tenant knows that there are insufficient funds to honor the check at the time of delivery to the
landlord, the tenant’s obligation to pay rent is not suspended and the landlord may, immediately after the rent is
due, sue for the payment of rent or commence eviction proceedings. In addition, although the landlord is liable
for any loss caused by its delay in presenting a rental check to the drawee bank, the landlord’s acceptance of a
rental payment by check does not prejudice its right to sue for collection of rent or to evict the tenant for failure
to pay rent.

A late charge is enforceable by the landlord if the amount specified in the lease is reasonably related to the
landlord’s anticipated administrative costs and loss of interest caused by the late payment. However, since

forfeiture of a lease is a drastic remedy, when a lease does provide for a late charge the landlord may not have
the right to terminate the lease solely because of a late rental payment.

In general, rent that is paid in advance is due on a specific date and is not apportionable. However, if, after
prepayment of rent, the lease is terminated due to the fault of the landlord (thereby causing a “constructive
eviction”), or if the lease provides for apportionment of rent, the rule against apportionment is inapplicable. If
rent is not prepaid and the lease is terminated prior to the expiration of the term, the tenant is liable for that
portion of the rent due for the time during which the tenant had the right to occupy the premises.

Unless otherwise specified in the lease or unless terminated prior to the expiration of the lease term (for
example, due to complete destruction or condemnation of the premises, or the tenant’s death), a tenant must pay
rent throughout the term of the lease and thereafter until the tenant returns possession of the premises to the
landlord. If the tenant tenders possession of premises to the landlord upon the expiration of the lease, the
tenant’s rental obligation terminates at that time.

A tenant’s obligation to pay rent is generally deemed an “independent” lease obligation: i.e., independent of the
landlord’s lease obligations to the tenant. Therefore, even if the landlord fails to honor its lease obligations (e.g.,
fails to perform its maintenance obligations), the tenant must continue to pay rent according to the provisions of
the lease.

In contrast, if the landlord breaches a material covenant of the lease, the tenant’s obligation to pay rent may be
abated or terminated. For example, in a residential lease, if the landlord fails to honor the implied warranty of
habitability (which is deemed so material that it cannot be waived by the tenant), the tenant is deemed
constructively evicted and may remain in possession and abate rental payments in proportion to the impairment
of use and enjoyment of the premises. In addition, if a residential or commercial tenant is actually or
constructively evicted from the premises as a result of events not caused by the tenant, such as partial
condemnation or lack of access to the premises (and assuming that the risk of such occurrence is not allocated to
the tenant in the lease), the tenant’s rental obligations terminate if (and only if) the tenant vacates the premises.

Generally, if the leased premises are taken by government power or eminent domain, the lease will be
terminated as of the date of taking (unless the lease specifically provides otherwise), and the tenant’s obligation
to pay rent would cease. However, if only a portion of the leased premises is taken and the remaining portion is
still usable for the purpose for which it was leased, the tenant may still be obligated to continue to pay rent
according to the terms of the lease agreement. Thus, it may be advisable for the parties to provide in the lease
for a proportional abatement of rent if the leased premises are partially taken; and to specify what portion of the
premises (e.g., 50%), if taken, will constitute a complete taking and terminate the tenant’s obligation to pay rent.

Security deposit. A security deposit secures a tenant’s performance of lease obligations. It constitutes assurance
to the landlord that, in the very least and to the extent of the security deposit, the tenant’s monetary obligations
will be satisfied.

Although a security deposit is generally cash deposited with the landlord, other forms are often used in
commercial transactions: letters of credit and certificates of deposit. In addition, a security deposit may generally
be categorized pursuant to the terms of the lease as:

1. prepaid rent (generally for rent payable at the end of the term);

2. a forfeitable security deposit (forfeited in its entirety upon a tenant default specified in the lease);

3. a non-forfeitable security deposit (refunded at the end of the term, less debits attributable to specified tenant
defaults); or

4. a bonus for lease execution (non-refundable).

In any event, a security deposit is held by the landlord for the benefit of the depositing tenant, and a tenant’s
claim to the security deposit has priority over claims of all the landlord’s creditors except a trustee in
bankruptcy.

In a residential lease, notwithstanding the specific terminology (e.g., “advance payment,” “fee,” or “charge”) or
the purpose designated (e.g., a “cleaning” or “security” deposit) used to describe a tenant’s monetary deposit to
secure performance under the lease, the money deposited is a refundable security deposit. Any purported waiver

by a tenant of the right to a refund of the security deposit (less allowable debits attributable to the tenant’s
defaults as specified in the lease) is null and void.

A landlord may require that the tenant pay, regardless of the purpose therefor and in addition to the first month’s
rent, a maximum of:

• two months’ rent in the case of an unfurnished residential property;

• three months’ rent in the case of a furnished residential property.

If, however, the term of the lease is six months or longer, the landlord is not prohibited from collecting an
advance payment of not less than 6 months rents.

These limitations do not preclude the landlord and tenant from entering into a mutual agreement for the
landlord, at the request of the tenant and for a specified fee or charge, to make structural, decorative, furnishing,
or other similar alterations, if the alterations are other than cleaning or repairing for which the landlord may
charge the previous tenant as provided by Civil Code Section 1950.5 (e).

Within three weeks after a tenant vacates and surrenders the premises, but not earlier than the time that either the
landlord or the tenant provides a lawful notice to terminate the tenancy or not earlier than 60 calendar days prior
to the expiration of a fixed-term lease, the landlord must furnish the tenant, by personal delivery or by first class
mail, postage prepaid, a copy of an itemized statement indicating the basis for, and the amount if, any security
received and the disposition of the security and must return any remaining portion of the security to the tenant.
Along with the itemized statement, the landlord must also include copies of documents showing charges
incurred and deducted by the landlord to repair or clean the premises, as detailed by Civil Code Section 1950.5.

If the landlord sells the residential property or transfers its interest in the premises, the landlord may transfer the
security deposit (less any lawful deductions) to the new landlord. In the event of any such transfer, the landlord
must (by personal delivery or first-class mail, postage prepaid) give the tenant written notice specifying the
amount of the transfer, itemizing the deductions, and identifying the successor landlord by name, address, and
telephone number. Alternatively, the landlord may return the security deposit to the tenant, less any lawful
deductions, with a statement itemizing the deductions therefrom. The successor residential landlord has the same
rights and obligations with respect to a security deposit as the original landlord.

The existence of a security deposit creates a debtor/creditor relationship between the landlord and tenant.
Consequently, the landlord has a personal obligation to return the security deposit (less any lawful deductions).
If the original landlord fails to satisfy either statutory alternative set forth immediately above, both the original
landlord and the successor landlord remain personally liable to the tenant for the amount of the deposit (less any
lawful deductions).

If the landlord retains any portion of the deposit in bad faith, the landlord is liable for actual damages, along
with possible statutory penalty of up to twice the amount of the security. A court may award to the tenant
damages for bad faith whenever the facts warrant such an award.

The law governing commercial property security deposits is less onerous to landlords in each of the following
material respects (and is otherwise similar to that governing residential property security deposits):

1. The landlord may claim of the payment or deposit only those amounts as are reasonably necessary to
remedy tenant defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damages to the premises caused by the tenant, or to
clean the premises upon termination of the tenancy, if the payment or deposit is made for any or all of those
specific purposes.

2. If the claim of the landlord upon the payment or deposit is only for the defaults in the payment of rent and
the security deposit equals no more than one month’s rent plus a deposit amount clearly described as the
payment of the last month’s rent, then any remaining portion of the payment or deposit must be returned to
the tenant at a time as may be mutually agreed upon by the landlord and tenant, but in no event later than 30
days from the date the landlord receives possession of the premises.

3. If the claim of the landlord upon payment or deposit is only for defaults in the payment of rent and the
security deposit exceeds the amount of one month’s rent plus a deposit amount clearly described as the
payment of the last month’s rent, then any remaining portion of the payment or deposit in excess of an
amount equal to one month’s rent must be returned to the tenant no later than two weeks after the date the

landlord receives possession of the premises, with the remainder to be returned or accounted for within 30
days from the date the landlord receives possession of the premises.

4. If the landlord in bad faith fails to return the security deposit in a timely manner, the statutory penalty is
$200, in addition to any actual damages.

5. If the claim of the landlord upon the payment or deposit includes amounts reasonably necessary to repair
damages to the premises caused by the tenant or to clean the premises, then any remaining portion of the
payment or deposit must be returned to the tenant at a time as may be mutually agreed upon by landlord and
tenant, but in no event later than 30 days from the date the landlord receives possession of the premises.

Possession, maintenance and improvements. In a commercial lease, the landlord’s right of entry to perform
maintenance obligations should be set forth in the lease. If not, a landlord would likely be permitted access to
the premises to perform obligations under the lease, following reasonable advance notice.

In contrast, a landlord may enter premises rented to a residential tenant only in specific situations, at certain
times, and after giving (or attempting to give) advance notice.

Specifically, a landlord may enter a dwelling unit only:

1. in case of emergency;

2. to make necessary or agreed repairs, decorations, alterations, or improvements;

3. to supply necessary or agreed services;

4. to show the dwelling to prospective or actual purchasers, mortgagees, tenants, workers, or contractors;

5. where the tenant has abandoned or surrendered the premises; or

6. pursuant to court order.

A landlord may not abuse the right of access or use it to harass the tenant. Any purported waiver or modification
by tenant of the statutory protection in this regard is null and void.

Except for cases of emergency, unless the tenant has abandoned or surrendered the premises or the tenant is
present and consents at the time of entry, a landlord may only enter the dwelling unit during normal business
hours. Unless it is impracticable to do so, the landlord must give the tenant reasonable notice of intent to enter
the premises. Twenty four hours advance notice is presumed to be reasonable absent evidence to the contrary.

If the purpose of the entry is to exhibit the dwelling unit to prospective or actual purchasers, the notice may be
given orally, in person or by telephone, if the landlord or his or her agent has notified the tenant in writing
within 120 days of the oral notice that the property is for sale and that the landlord or agent may contact with the
tenant orally for the purpose described in the statute. Twenty-four hours is presumed reasonable notice in the
absence of evidence to the contrary. The notice must include the date, approximate time, and purpose of the
entry. At the time of entry, the landlord or agent must leave written evidence of the entry inside the unit. The
tenant and the landlord may agree orally to an entry to make agreed repairs or supply agreed services. The
agreement must include the date and approximate time of the entry, which must be within one week of the
agreement. In this case, the landlord is not required to provide the tenant a written notice.

While a landlord’s limited right of entry is defined by statute, a tenant’s remedy against a landlord who fails to
honor the statutory requirement is not specified in the statute. A tenant may, however, pursue either: the
common law remedy for breach of the implied warranty of quiet enjoyment, including invasion of privacy and
intentional infliction of emotional distress; or the statutory remedy of relief from harassment under California
Code of Civil Procedure Section 527.6.

Similarly, a landlord’s remedy against a tenant for failure to permit access (after providing the requisite notice)
is not defined by statute. Denied access, the landlord may have to seek entry under court order.

The essence of a tenant’s leasehold interest is possession, or the right to possess, the leased premises. In every
lease, the law implies a covenant on the part of the landlord to provide the tenant with possession and “quiet
enjoyment” of the premises. This “covenant of quiet enjoyment” constitutes a warranty by the landlord that the
landlord will not take any action or make any omission which disturbs a tenant’s right to possession and quiet
enjoyment of the premises. The covenant does not protect the tenant from the acts of third parties over whom the
landlord has no control.

A landlord can breach the covenant of quiet enjoyment in various ways, some of which are:

1. causing a tenant to be “evicted,” i.e., physically removed from the leased premises under circumstances
where the tenant otherwise has the legal and contractual right to possession.

2. denying a tenant access to the premises.

3. causing or permitting a third party who has paramount title to physically oust the tenant. For example, if a
lender forecloses upon the landlord’s property pursuant to a mortgage which is senior to the tenant’s lease
(and there is no “non-disturbance” agreement between the tenant and the lender), the lease is extinguished
and the foreclosing lender has the right to evict the tenant. This would constitute a breach of the covenant
by the landlord, even though it is the lender rather than the landlord actually evicting the tenant.

4. any disturbance, caused either directly by the landlord or by a person or circumstance within the landlord’s
legal control, of the tenant’s use or possession of the leased premises whereby the property is rendered
wholly or substantially unsuitable for the use for which it was leased. For example: a landlord’s attempt to
lease the property to a third party; harassing the tenant or making unwarranted threats of expulsion; making
extensive and unwarranted alterations to the leased property which materially and adversely interfere with
the tenant’s use and enjoyment thereof; or failing to make necessary repairs to the premises. Of course, a
tenant cannot establish a constructive eviction if the tenant, by wrongful or negligent action, causes the
defects in the premises.

It must be emphasized that a tenant must have a legal right to possession of the premises in order to make a
claim of breach of the covenant of quiet enjoyment. Thus, if a landlord evicts a tenant through proper legal
procedures following a default by the tenant under the lease, the tenant no longer has a legal right to occupy the
premises and eviction would not constitute a violation of the covenant of quiet enjoyment.

For many years, the courts held that a tenant relying on the doctrine of constructive eviction must surrender
possession of the premises in order to escape the obligation to pay rent. This rule still applies to leases of
commercial buildings. However, the California Supreme Court has held that there is no obligation to vacate the
premises in order to avoid the obligation to pay rent where the leased premises is a dwelling. Instead, the
California Supreme Court held that there exists an implied warranty of habitability from the landlord to the
tenant that the premises will be maintained in a condition to meet bare living requirements, and that if the
landlord breaches this implied warranty the tenant will remain liable for the reasonable rental value of the
premises in the condition existing at the time of the violation as long as the tenant continues to occupy the
premises. A condition which renders a dwelling partially or entirely uninhabitable, however, does not
automatically give the tenant the right to reduce or cease paying rent. Before the tenant may be entirely or
partially absolved from the obligation to pay rent, or may vacate the premises, the tenant must have given notice
to the landlord of the defects which allegedly render the premises uninhabitable or unusable and the landlord
must have failed to cancel or cure such defects within a reasonable time following receipt of tenant’s notice. If a
tenant vacates the leased premises or pays a reduced rent based upon even a good faith belief that the condition
of the premises supports a claim of constructive eviction, such tenant does so at the risk that a court may deny
the allegation that the premises are totally or partially uninhabitable. In such circumstances, a court may rule that
the tenant violated the lease by failing to pay the full amount of rent owed under the lease, entitling the landlord
to the same remedies as if a tenant simply defaulted in the obligation to pay rent, including ordering that the
tenant be evicted from the premises and awarding the landlord damages against the tenant for the reasonable
rental value of the premises for the remainder of the lease term.

A landlord of a residential dwelling has a legal duty to keep the dwelling in a habitable condition. Civil Code
Section 1941.1 sets forth the following criteria:

1. Effective waterproofing and weather protection of roof and exterior walls, including unbroken windows and
doors;

2. Plumbing or gas facilities which conformed to applicable law in effect at the time of installation, maintained
in good working order;

3. A water supply approved under applicable law, which is under the control of the tenant, capable of
producing hot and cold running water, or a system which is under the control of the landlord which
produces hot and cold running water, furnished to appropriate fixtures and connected to a sewage disposal
system approved under applicable law;

4. Heating facilities which conformed with applicable law at the time of installation, maintained in good
working order;

5. Electrical lighting, with wiring and electrical equipment which conformed with applicable law at the time of
installation, maintained in good working order;

6. Building, grounds, and appurtenances at the time of commencement of the lease or rental agreement in
every part clean, sanitary, and free from all accumulations of debris, filth, rubbish, garbage, rodents, and
vermin, and all areas under control of the landlord kept in every part clean, sanitary, and free from all
accumulations of debris, filth, rubbish, garbage, rodents, and vermin;

7. An adequate number of appropriate receptacles for garbage and rubbish, in clean condition and good repair
at the time of the commencement of the lease or rental agreement, with the landlord providing appropriate,
serviceable receptacles thereafter, and being responsible for the clean condition and good repair of such
receptacles under his control; and

8. Floors, stairways, and railings maintained in good repair.

9. A locking mail receptacle for each residential unit in a residential hotel, as required by Section 17958.3 of
the Health and Safety Code.

There are other statutory provisions which affect the landlord’s maintenance obligations. For example, the
California Health and Safety Code requires that every dwelling intended for human occupancy have an operable
smoke detector. The landlord is responsible for installing and maintaining the smoke detector, but if a smoke
detector is operable when the tenant takes possession, the tenant has a duty to inform the landlord if it becomes
inoperable.

It is not always clear that a landlord’s failure to maintain constitutes a breach of the implied warranty of
habitability. A court will decide this on a case-by-case basis. Generally, if a unit falls into disrepair but still
meets basic living requirements, the court will find that the landlord has not breached the warranty. Serious
housing code violations, lack of adequate heat, serious rodent infestation, or extremely unsafe utilities or
appliances are examples of factors upon which courts will base a finding that the implied warranty of
habitability has been breached.

In cases where a landlord breaches the implied warranty of habitability, a tenant is not obligated to give the
landlord notice and an opportunity to correct the conditions causing the breach of this warranty prior to
exercising the tenant’s remedies. Moreover, when this warranty is breached, a tenant is temporarily relieved of
its obligation to pay rent until the deficient conditions are corrected. However, a court will ultimately determine
the rental value of the premises in the substandard condition and the tenant will be obligated to pay that rent.
Accordingly, a court will often require the tenant to deposit with the court the rent the tenant otherwise would
have paid the landlord until the dilapidated condition is repaired and the court has determined the extent of the
tenant’s rental obligation for the period in which the property was in substandard condition. Alternatively, the
tenant can exercise the same remedy available for breach of the covenant of quiet enjoyment, vacate the
property, and be relieved of the obligation to pay rent for the remainder of the lease term. In either case, the
tenant can seek to recover monetary damages from the landlord for breach of the implied warranty of
habitability. However, as with the covenant of quiet enjoyment, a tenant who exercises his remedies for breach
of this warranty does so at the risk that the court will not agree that the warranty has been breached.

Civil Code Section 1941.2 provides that if a tenant fails in certain affirmative obligations and the failure
“contributes substantially” to a condition which renders the property uninhabitable or interferes substantially
with the landlord’s repair obligations, the landlord has no duty to repair the condition. The tenant’s obligations
under Section 1941.2 are as follows:

1. Keep his/her part of the property as clean and sanitary as the condition of the property permits (unless the
landlord has expressly agreed in writing to do so);

2. Dispose of rubbish, garbage, and other waste from the dwelling in a clean and sanitary manner (unless the
landlord has expressly agreed in writing to do so);

3. Properly use the plumbing, electrical and gas fixtures and keep them as clean and sanitary as their condition
permits;

4. Not permit any person on the property with the tenant’s permission to willfully or wantonly destroy, deface,
damage, impair, or remove any part of the structure or dwelling unit or the facilities, equipment, or
appurtenances thereto; nor may the tenant do any such thing; and

5. Occupy the property as an abode, using for living, sleeping, cooking, or dining purposes only those portions
which were designed or intended to be so used.

In addition to the implied covenant of habitability and the landlord’s maintenance obligations expressed in a
lease agreement, the California State Housing Law and various local housing codes require the landlord to keep
a dwelling in good condition in accordance with specified structural, plumbing, electrical sanitation, fire and
safety standards. Local government departments are generally empowered to investigate complaints and require
the landlord to make needed repairs and/or to impose a fine upon the landlord.

If the landlord fails to maintain a residential property in a condition fit for human occupancy, the tenant may
give the landlord notice to repair the premises. If, after receipt of tenant’s notice, the landlord fails within a
reasonable time to make the repairs necessary, the tenant has the statutory right to either:

1. spend up to one month’s rent in repairs (only twice in any twelve-month period); or

2. abandon the premises, in which case the tenant is relieved from the requirement of paying additional rent
and the performance of other conditions of the lease. (See Cal. Civil Code § 1942.)

Generally, in non-residential leases, the landlord is not under any implied obligation to make repairs or to
maintain the leased premises in a tenantable condition. The respective obligations of landlord and tenant with
respect to maintenance and repair are typically addressed in their lease agreement. For example, it is common in
a lease for a commercial building for the landlord to be obligated to maintain and repair the “structural
elements” of the building (i.e., the foundation, exterior walls, roof supports and roof), and for the tenant to agree
to maintain the remainder of the building, including interior, plumbing, electrical, heating, ventilation, and air
conditioning systems. In the absence of a specific covenant obligating the landlord to maintain or repair the
premises, the tenant is deemed to have taken the premises in “as is” condition and to have assumed the
obligation to maintain the premises in a safe condition.

Closely related to the landlord’s and tenant’s maintenance obligations under a lease is the obligation to cause the
premises to comply with laws existing as of the time the lease is entered into or enacted at any time during the
term of the lease.

In the non-residential context, the lease agreement should specify which party shall bear the responsibility of
complying with governmental laws and regulations affecting the leased premises, whether enacted before or
after the lease date. If the law does not explicitly place upon the landlord the obligation to comply with its
provisions, courts will look to the language of the lease agreement to determine where this responsibility lies.
However, the lease agreement will not necessarily be dispositive on the issue of who will ultimately have to bear
the time, expense, and effort necessary to bring the premises into compliance with applicable law. Using the
terms of the lease as a starting point, pursuant to the California Supreme Court case of Brown v. Green (8 Cal.
4th 812, 35 Cal. Rptr. 2d 598 1994), courts will endeavor to analyze the relevant provisions of the lease in light
of certain circumstantial factors in order to determine the “probable intent” of the parties in entering into the
lease. Among these factors are the length of the lease term, the cost of compliance in relation to the rent, the
nature of the repair (i.e., structural v. non-structural), the extent to which the tenant’s enjoyment of the premises
will be interfered with during the period in which the necessary alterations are made, and the likelihood that the
parties, in entering into the lease, contemplated that the particular law or regulation would become effective.

Governmental mandates affecting leased premises can be enacted at any time during the lease term and
compliance can be extremely expensive. Examples of governmental compliance issues which have been of great
significance to landlords and tenants include: the requirement that asbestos or other toxic substances be removed
from the leased premises; the requirement that the leased premises be reinforced for seismic safety; and the
requirement that alterations be made to the leased premises to comply with the Americans With Disabilities Act.
In light of the ambiguity in the standards set forth in Brown v. Green, it is important that both parties consider
the potential impact of unforeseen governmental mandates and address the issue accordingly in drafting the
lease.

The terms of the lease should address to what extent, if any, the landlord and the tenant have the right and/or
obligation to make alterations or improvements to the leased premises. A lease should also specify whether or
not the tenant has the right and/or the obligation to remove certain improvements upon the expiration or
termination of the lease. Upon installation of fixtures or improvements in the premises, the issue arises as to the
ownership thereof. Unless the landlord and tenant agree otherwise, many improvements and fixtures installed in
a leased premises will as a matter of law be deemed “permanent” and will become part of the premises (and thus
the landlord’s property) upon the expiration of the term. Thus, if a lease is not clear as to the nature of certain
improvements which a tenant desires to make to the premises, the tenant should first attempt to establish an
understanding with the landlord, perhaps entering into a separate agreement concerning such improvements.
Otherwise, the tenant may not have the right to remove its fixtures or improvements upon the expiration of the
lease term; or, the tenant may be obligated to remove certain fixtures or improvements which the tenant wanted
to leave in the premises. The general rule that improvements will become part of the premises has been modified
by statute in California in cases where a tenant has installed fixtures for the purposes of trade, manufacture,
ornamental or domestic use. Such fixtures may be removed by the tenant during or upon expiration of the term
of the lease unless they have become an integral part of the premises through the manner in which they are
affixed and if removal cannot be accomplished without injury to the leased property.

The law in its current state leaves much room for honest differences of opinion between the landlord and tenant
as to the characterization of fixtures and other improvements installed in the leased premises. It is therefore
preferable for the landlord and tenant to provide in advance by agreement for the disposition of fixtures.

Liability of parties for injuries resulting from condition of premises. Depending on the circumstances, both
residential and non-residential landlords may be held liable for injuries to tenants resulting from the condition of
the premises. A residential landlord can be held liable on simple negligence grounds for injuries resulting from
potentially hazardous conditions or defects in the premises existing at the time of renting the premises to the
tenant if such conditions or defects could have been discovered by a reasonable inspection of the premises.
Thus, if such an inspection would have revealed a potentially dangerous condition (e.g., a slippery bathtub or
staircase), the landlord may be held liable for failing to take corrective measures to mitigate the condition.
Merely warning a tenant will probably not be sufficient to protect the landlord from liability.

In addition, if a dangerous condition or defect does not exist at the commencement of the rental term but arises
later, a residential landlord has a duty to repair such condition or defect after receiving notice from the tenant
thereof. Failure to make such repair could subject the landlord to liability for injuries arising from such defect or
condition.

The law pertaining to a residential landlord’s liability for a “latent” defect in the premises (i.e., a defect which is
not discoverable by a reasonable, diligent inspection of the premises) existing at commencement of the rental
term, has changed significantly. Previously, in the case of Becker v. IRM Corp. (38 Cal. 3d 454, 213 Cal. Rptr.
213 1985), the California Supreme Court held that a residential landlord was “strictly liable” for injuries to
tenant resulting from a “defective” shower door which shattered, in spite of the fact that the “latent defect” in the
premises (i.e., the fact that the shower door was made of regular glass, as opposed to tempered glass), would not
have been discoverable by a reasonable inspection of the premises. Under such a ruling, a thorough, diligent
inspection of the premises would not insulate a residential landlord from liability for injuries to a tenant resulting
from the defective condition. However, in Peterson v. Superior Court (10 Cal. 4th 1185, 43 Cal. Rptr. 2d 836
1995), the California Supreme Court reversed its earlier holding in Becker and returned to the rule that a
landlord will only be liable for injuries resulting from defects in residential premises existing as of the
commencement of the rental term if the landlord is negligent in failing to discover and correct the defect in the
premises. Thus, while a landlord may still be liable if a court finds that a defect should have been discovered and
corrected by the landlord, the ruling in Peterson should provide residential landlords with some relief from
liability for defects which are not readily discoverable.

In leases of non-residential premises, a landlord generally will not be liable for injuries sustained by tenants
resulting from defects in the leased premises. However, the landlord will be liable for injuries resulting from the
landlord’s failure to correct such defects if the lease:

1. places the obligation on the landlord to maintain all or a portion of the premises (e.g., making the landlord
responsible for maintenance of the roof and structure);

2. contains an affirmative covenant requiring the landlord to correct or repair a defective item; or

3. gives the landlord control over a defective item or the area containing the defective item (e.g., defective or
dangerous sidewalk in common areas of shopping center or office building which landlord controls).

Additionally, the landlord may be held liable for resulting injuries if the landlord:

1. is under a statutory duty to repair the defective condition;

2. knows of or has reason to know of a “latent” defective condition and fails to disclose it to the tenant or to
adequately repair it; or

3. agrees to make a repair but does so negligently or fails to even make the repair.

Transfer of interest in leased premises by landlord. Unless prohibited by the terms of the lease, a landlord
may transfer its interest in leased property to a third party. Following such transfer, the lease will remain in force
and effect and the new landlord and the tenant will generally have the same rights and obligations with respect to
each other as did the prior landlord and tenant. However, an exception to this principal is set forth in California
Civil Code §823, which provides that successor landlord will not be liable for violations caused by the prior
landlord of covenants against encumbrances or relating to title or possession of the premises.

Transfer of interest in leased premises by tenant. Unless a lease expressly prohibits the tenant from
transferring its interest in the premises, the tenant may “assign” (i.e., transfer its entire remaining interest in the
premises for the remainder of the lease term) or “sublease” (i.e., transfer its right to a portion of the premises, or
its right to the entire premises for less than the entire remaining lease term) its interest in the premises to any
third party. Leases usually will either prohibit the tenant from subleasing or assigning its interest in the lease or,
more often, prohibit it without the landlord’s consent. Since the law favors the transferability of a tenant’s
leasehold rights, prohibitions against subleasing or assigning are construed strictly against the landlord.
Nevertheless, courts generally have held that a prohibition in a lease against assigning or subleasing without the
landlord’s consent will be valid if such consent is exercised in a reasonable manner.

Regardless of whether a transfer is called an “assignment” or a “sublease,” the nature of the transfer will
determine whether it will be legally treated as an assignment or a sublease. An assignment of a tenant’s interest
in a lease does not relieve the tenant from its liability under the lease, unless the landlord expressly agrees to do
so. The original tenant will remain liable under the lease throughout the remainder of the lease term. Likewise,
the successor tenant (the “assignee”), and each succeeding assignee will remain liable to the landlord throughout
the term. However, the extent of this remaining liability of an assignee depends on whether the assignee
expressly assumed the obligations of the assignor. If there is an express assumption, an assignee will be fully
liable under the lease. If, instead, there is an assignment without an express assumption by the assignee, the
assignee will be liable for certain obligations which derive from its “privity of estate” or its occupancy of the
premises, such as the payment of rent and the duty to maintain, but will not be liable for purely contractual
obligations under the lease, such as the obligation to pay the landlord’s attorney’s fees in the event of litigation
between the parties.

Likewise, in a sublease the original tenant remains liable to the landlord for all obligations under the lease and
for all acts or omissions committed by the subtenant. However, because there is neither “privity of contract” nor
“privity of estate” between a subtenant and a landlord, a subtenant generally has no direct obligation to the
landlord. The subtenant’s rights are derived entirely through the tenant. Thus, although a landlord has no right to
enforce the provisions of the lease directly against a subtenant, the landlord can enforce them against the tenant,
and if the landlord terminates the tenant’s lease for default, whether it was the tenant or the subtenant who
performed the act or omission leading to the default, the subtenant’s rights in the premises will be
simultaneously extinguished. Nevertheless, in some cases a landlord’s consent to a sublease, or a subtenant’s
assumption of the obligations of the tenant contained in the lease, creates a sufficient “direct” relationship to
enable the parties to enforce the terms of the lease against one another.

Termination. A lease automatically expires by its own terms at the end of the term specified in the lease. If
neither party commits a breach or other act justifying a termination of the lease, the tenancy will continue until
the term expires. If the tenancy is for a specified term (i.e., estate for years), the tenancy ends at the expiration of
the term without notice or any other act or deed by either party.

In addition, since a lease is a contract, it may be rescinded by a party if that party enters into the lease in reliance
upon the other party’s fraud or by either party if the parties enter into the lease in reliance upon a mutual
mistake.

A lease is terminated only when a landlord or tenant exercises a specific right set forth in the lease or prescribed
by statute, or when a lease-terminating event occurs that is not within the control of either the landlord or the
tenant.

In general, a lease may be terminated for any of the following reasons:

1. notice;

2. destruction of the premises;

3. commercial frustration of purpose;

4. merger of estates;

5. death of a party;

6. insolvency or bankruptcy of the tenant;

7. insolvency or bankruptcy of the landlord;

8. exercise of option to terminate;

9. tenant’s or landlord’s breach of a condition or covenant;

10. illegal use of the premises; or

11. abandonment and surrender of the premises.

[Notwithstanding any lease provision to the contrary, a lease may not be terminated for any reason which
contravenes public policy, including, without limitation: retaliatory eviction (e.g., retaliation by the landlord for
tenant’s reporting to governmental authorities the landlord’s health or safety code violations); discrimination
against children or physically disabled persons; or discrimination based on race, creed, color, national heritage,
or sex.]

Termination by notice. Although a tenant at sufferance is not entitled to notice and a tenant under a lease with
a specified term is not required to give or entitled to receive notice, either party to a tenancy at will or a periodic
tenancy may terminate a lease by giving notice thereof to the other in accordance with the terms and provisions
of the lease.

A tenancy at will may be terminated by not less than 30 days’ written notice, regardless of whether the tenancy
is created orally (and is an unenforceable lease), under no agreement, or otherwise.

Periodic tenancies, on the other hand, may be terminated by either party by written notice equal to the term of
the tenancy or 30 days, whichever is less. For example, if a tenant pays rent weekly, one week’s advance notice
is sufficient, and if a tenant pays rent only bi-annually, 30 days’ written notice is sufficient. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, a lease for an unspecified term may provide for termination upon as little as 7-days’ advance written
notice. In a month-to-month tenancy, the tenant’s notice of termination need not correspond to the due date for
rent. For example, if rent is payable in advance monthly and due on the first of the month, the tenant can give
written notice on the tenth of a month and move out on the tenth of the following month. The tenant will be
liable, of course, for rent for the first 10 days of the following month.

It should be noted that the foregoing termination rights may be modified by specific statutory limitations on a
landlord’s ability to terminate tenancies without cause pursuant to local rent control ordinances, laws pertaining
to publicly-owned and federally assisted housing projects, and mobilehome tenancies.

Destruction of the premises. If neither party assumes the duty to repair or rebuild, either party may terminate
the lease upon complete destruction of the premises (so long as the party seeking to terminate the lease is not a
cause of the destruction). If the premises are only partially destroyed (due to no fault of the tenant), the tenant
may terminate the lease upon delivery of written notice to the landlord if a substantial portion of the premises is
damaged or if a material portion of the premises necessary for tenant’s use is damaged. Unless the lease
provides otherwise, however, a tenant may not terminate the lease if the damage or destruction occurs to a part
of the property not actually leased by the tenant; e.g., a ground lessee may not terminate a lease if a building
situated on the leased land is damaged or destroyed.

If damage or destruction occurs and the lease continues in effect (either because neither party has the right to
terminate the lease or neither party elects to do so), the tenant may not apportion rent if the lease does not permit
apportionment and rent is required be paid in advance, even if the premises are uninhabitable. Of course, if the

tenant is entitled to exercise a right to terminate, a shrewd tenant desirous of staying in the premises would
probably threaten to exercise its right to terminate if the landlord would not permit a retroactive apportionment
of rent.

If a commercial landlord assumes an unconditional obligation to repair or rebuild the leased premises in the
event of damage or destruction (as contrasted with an obligation merely to repair and maintain the premises), the
tenant cannot terminate the lease. A landlord’s general covenant to repair and maintain the premises, however,
does not preclude the tenant from exercising a right to terminate when the premises are totally destroyed. In
addition, if a commercial lease gives the tenant a right to terminate the lease within a certain period of time after
the damage or destruction occurs, the tenant may terminate the lease within that time-frame, even if the landlord
has commenced the repair or rebuilding.

Frustration of commercial purpose. Although a tenant may lease property for a specific purpose, the tenant
may not terminate the lease because that purpose is frustrated. However, if the lease specifies and limits the
tenant’s use of the premises, the tenant may be excused from performance and terminate the lease if the tenant
may no longer use the premises for the purpose specified in the lease.

A tenant’s right to terminate for frustration of purpose, however, is only available in cases of extreme hardship.
Indeed, the tenant’s purpose must be completely frustrated. A “significant” or “material” frustration (e.g., the
tenant’s purpose becomes more difficult or less profitable) is not sufficient to justify termination. In addition, the
tenant must not have assumed the risk of the occurrence of the intervening event (regardless of how
unimaginable the event was at the time of entering into the lease), the intervening event must have been
unforeseeable at the time of entering into the lease, and the intervening event must be uncontrollable by the
tenant at the time of its occurrence.

Merger of estates. When a landlord acquires the leasehold estate (e.g., by tenant’s assignment of the lease and
surrender of the premises to landlord), or the tenant acquires title to the premises superior to that of the landlord
(and there is no intervening estate), the landlord’s fee simple ownership interest in the property and the tenant’s
leasehold interest are deemed to “merge” as a matter of law. In such a case, the lease is terminated and the tenant
is relieved of its obligation to pay rent.

Death of a party. A lease terminable at the will of the landlord and tenant is terminated upon the death (or
incapacity) of either party upon delivery of written notice to the other of such death (or incapacity). Although
written notice is not required to terminate a tenancy at will or at sufferance upon the death of either party, if the
landlord desires to terminate the lease upon the death of the tenant, the landlord must file and prosecute against
the tenant an unlawful detainer action. In the absence of a provision to the contrary contained in the lease, a
lease for a fixed term is not terminable or terminated upon the death of either party.

Insolvency or bankruptcy of tenant. In light of the “automatic stay” imposed on a bankrupt’s financial and
legal affairs, as long as a tenant has an interest in a lease a landlord may not, without prior bankruptcy court
approval, recover possession of the bankrupt tenant’s premises or evict the tenant therefrom.

The trustee in bankruptcy must, however, accept or reject a bankrupt’s leases within a certain period of time
(which period varies according to the nature of the property and the bankruptcy filing). If the trustee fails to do
so within the specified time-frame, the lease is deemed rejected.

While the trustee decides whether to reject or confirm the lease, the landlord may petition the bankruptcy court
for relief from the automatic stay (which requires a showing of either inadequate protection or both that the
tenant lacks equity in the premises and the lease is not essential to the reorganization). During that time, the
court may enforce specific lease provisions, including, without limitation, provisions regarding payment of rent
and maintenance of the premises.

A lease is generally breached if a trustee rejects it. After rejection, the landlord can proceed with unlawful
detainer proceedings to recover possession. In addition, as soon as a plan of reorganization is filed and the
automatic stay is removed, the landlord may employ remedies for defaults which occurred after the bankruptcy
petition.

Insolvency or bankruptcy of landlord. A trustee’s power to reject leases entered into by a now bankrupt
landlord is limited to:

• leases that would not, under federal bankruptcy law, be binding on a bona fide purchaser;

• situations where rejection would provide substantial benefit to the bankrupt’s estate and other creditors.

If the trustee elects to reject a lease, the tenant may treat the lease as terminated or may remain in possession of
the premises as permitted under state law.

Exercise of option to terminate. A lease may provide that it is terminable at the election of a particular party
(or either party) upon: the occurrence or non-occurrence of a particular event (e.g., sale of the premises); the
passage of time; or simply the party’s election, for no particular reason at all. Such options to terminate may be
exercised only by the delivery of notice from the terminating party to the other in strict accordance with the
terms and provisions specified in the lease, regardless of statutory notice requirements for termination of leases.

Tenant’s or landlord’s breach of a condition or covenant. A condition is a prerequisite to a party’s
performance. If the condition does not occur, the party whose performance is conditioned need not perform. The
non-occurrence of a lease condition entitles the party whose performance is conditioned to terminate the lease. A
covenant, however, is a promise to do or not do a certain act. If the promise is not honored, the non-breaching
party is generally only entitled to remedies for breach of lease (such as suing for damages or injunctive relief),
which are usually less drastic than termination.

Lease provisions are often construed as both conditions and covenants. Because of the severity of the remedy for
breach of a condition (termination), a court is likely to construe an ambiguous provision as merely a covenant.
In addition, conditions are narrowly construed, and even if a condition is breached, the breach must generally be
material or substantial to warrant the remedy of termination and forfeiture.

On the other hand, some covenants are so material to the efficacy of the lease that their breach justifies
termination and forfeiture. For example, a landlord’s implied covenant of habitability in a residential lease and a
tenant’s express covenant to not assign a lease or use the premises for unlawful purposes are deemed so material
that their breach may warrant termination and forfeiture of the lease.

A landlord’s and tenant’s covenants to one another are the inducements by each of them to the other to enter into
the lease transaction, and to the extent that covenants are not merely incidental or subordinate to the main
purposes of the lease, they are mutual. Accordingly, a landlord’s and tenant’s covenants to one another are
deemed dependent obligations, and each party’s performance of its covenants is a condition precedent to its
right to recover for the breach of a covenant by the other party. For example, if a landlord fails to continue to
provide quiet possession of the premises or constructively evicts the tenant, the tenant may elect to terminate the
lease.

There is, however, one significant exception to the doctrine of dependent covenants: if the tenant fails to pay
rent, the landlord must continue to honor its lease obligations (e.g., the promise to maintain and repair the
premises) and, conversely, if the landlord fails to honor its lease obligations, the tenant must continue to pay
rent. This exception, however, does not apply to the landlord’s implied covenant of habitability for residential
premises. If the landlord breaches the implied covenant of habitability, the tenant may withhold rent until the
landlord satisfies its maintenance and repair obligations.

Illegal use of the premises. A tenant’s occasional use of the premises for an illegal purpose is not grounds for
termination unless the lease specifically provides therefor, though the landlord may seek alternative remedies
against the tenant. Only an illegality that specifically relates to the use of the premises may justify a termination
of the lease.

Abandonment and surrender of the premises. A surrender of the premises (and termination of the lease), by
mutual agreement of landlord and tenant, occurs upon an actual abandonment of the premises by the tenant and
acceptance of them by the landlord. Upon surrender, the leasehold and fee title estates are merged, and the
tenant remains liable for only its “pre-surrender” obligations.

A surrender may occur by express mutual agreement between the landlord and tenant, or by implication and
operation of law. If a lease is surrendered and that lease is required by the Statute of Frauds to be in writing, the
surrender must also be in writing, unless the surrender either occurs by an executed oral agreement or operation
of law.

For example, a surrender by implication and operation of law occurs if a tenant abandons the premises and
tenders it to the landlord, and thereafter the landlord relets the premises to a new tenant. In this scenario, the
landlord will be deemed to have accepted the abandoned premises from the original tenant and that lease is
automatically terminated, even without a writing, and the landlord will be estopped from asserting that the
premises were not surrendered since it took actions inconsistent with such an assertion.

Condemnation of Leased Property

If a leased property is condemned under a proceeding in eminent domain, the tenant is ordinarily released from
all of his or her obligations under the lease agreement, including the obligation to pay rent. If the premises are
only partially taken and the portion of the property which has not been condemned may still be used by the
tenant for the purpose for which it was leased, the tenant must continue to pay rent according to the terms of the
lease agreement.

Notice Upon Tenant Default

If a landlord desires to terminate a lease upon the tenant’s default, the landlord must comply with requirements
set forth in the California Code of Civil Procedure. The required written notice must specify that the tenant must,
within three days, either comply with the terms of the lease (if the breach is of a nature which can be cured by
the tenant) or vacate and surrender the premises. Compliance with this procedural requirement is a prerequisite
to the filing of an unlawful detainer action.

Service. The notice of default may be served:

1. by personal delivery on the tenant;

2. if the tenant is absent from the premises and from the tenant’s usual place of business, by leaving a copy
with a person of suitable age and discretion at the tenant’s residence or place of business and mailing a copy
to the tenant at the tenant’s residence; or

3. if the tenant’s place of residence or business address cannot be ascertained, or if a person of suitable age
and discretion cannot be found, by affixing a copy in a conspicuous place on the premises, delivering a copy
to the person occupying the premises, and mailing a copy to the tenant at the premises.

It must be noted that delivery of a notice in accordance with the statutory requirements does not automatically
terminate the lease. See the discussion below regarding unlawful detainer actions.

Non-Waivable Tenant Rights

Any provision in a residential lease executed after January 1, 1976, which purports to modify or waive any of
the following tenant rights is void and unenforceable:

1. A tenant’s rights with respect to the security deposit, as set forth in California Civil Code Section 1950.5;

2. A tenant’s rights with respect to limitations on the landlord’s ability to enter the premises, as set forth in

California Civil Code Section 1954;

3. A tenant’s right to assert a cause of action against the landlord which may arise in the future;

4. A tenant’s right to a notice, as provided by law;

5. The procedural rights available to a tenant in any litigation involving the tenant’s rights and obligations
under the lease;

6. A tenant’s right to have the leased premises maintained in a habitable condition and in compliance with all
applicable health, safety, environmental, and other laws, rules, regulations, and ordinances; and,

7. A tenant’s right to have the landlord exercise a duty of care to prevent personal injury or personal property
damage where that duty is imposed by law.

Remedies of Landlord

Right to maintain lease in effect. In the event the tenant is in default in rental payments, the landlord may sue
for each installment as it becomes due. (Civil Code Section 1951.4) This is true whether the tenant remains in
possession or abandons the premises.

In any suit by the landlord to collect unpaid rent, the tenant may assert certain defenses, such as any right of the
tenant contained in the lease to withhold or offset rent due to landlord’s failure to comply with the lease, or the
landlord’s breach of the implied warranty of habitability.

In any event, this remedy is usually unsatisfactory to the landlord from a financial standpoint, and is thus not
often used.

Termination of lease. If a tenant breaches the obligation to pay rent or any other obligation under the lease, and
fails to cure the violation or quit the premises after three days’ notice from the landlord, the landlord can
terminate the lease under Civil Code Section 1951.2, and receive damages resulting from the breach. Where the
tenant abandons the property, the landlord usually retakes possession for the tenant’s account and relets the
premises to others. At the end of the term, the landlord sues the old tenant for damages in the amount of the
difference between the lease rental and the lesser amount actually obtained by reletting. On the other hand,
where the tenant refuses to give up possession although in default in rental payments, the landlord normally
serves a three-day notice and files an unlawful detainer action as a means to regain possession of the premises.

Unlawful detainer. A landlord who seeks to oust a defaulting tenant from possession of the premises may bring
an action in ejectment (which is a long process), or the more common and expeditious procedure of unlawful
detainer. Because of the complexities involved in properly prosecuting an unlawful detainer, the landlord is
likely to employ an attorney or reputable eviction service.

The remedy of unlawful detainer is available against a tenant who:

1. holds over after expiration of the term for which the property has been let.

2. continues in possession after default in payment of rent.

3. continues in possession after neglect or failure to perform conditions or covenants of the lease or agreement
under which the property is held, including any covenant not to assign or sublet.

4. commits waste or causes a nuisance upon the leased premises.

5. fails to quit (i.e., leave/vacate) after giving written notice of intention to terminate lease.

In most cases, a three-day notice to cure a breach or quit is required. In instances where a breach of a lease
cannot be cured, the three-day notice need not give the tenant the option to cure the breach.

The purpose of the unlawful detainer procedure is to provide a landlord with a relatively quick and direct means
of regaining possession of leased premises following a tenant default in instances where the tenant refuses to
vacate voluntarily. It is intended to encompass all claims a landlord may have against the tenant resulting from
the tenant’s default. Nevertheless, in connection with granting the landlord possession of the leased premises, a
court in an unlawful detainer proceeding can award the landlord damages for rent owing up through the date of
the court’s judgment. A landlord cannot recover in an unlawful detainer proceeding rent which would have been
owed by the tenant under the lease after the date of the unlawful detainer judgment. If the landlord desires to
recover post-judgment rent or other damages from the tenant (e.g., losses resulting from tenant’s physical
damage to the premises), the landlord must do so in a separate proceeding.

Because possession is the focus of an unlawful detainer proceeding, if a tenant relinquishes possession of the
leased premises to the landlord prior to the commencement of the unlawful detainer trial the case is converted
into an ordinary civil lawsuit for damages and will not receive priority on the court’s calendar as would an
unlawful detainer proceeding.

A defendant/tenant in an unlawful detainer proceeding has five days from service of the summons in which to
file an answer with the court, or judgment will be entered in favor of the landlord. In the tenant’s answer, the
tenant must raise any affirmative defenses it may have to the landlord’s unlawful detainer, or they will be
deemed waived. The most common defenses to an unlawful detainer action are allegations that:

1. the landlord has not complied with the procedural requirements for an unlawful detainer (e.g., failure to
properly serve tenant with a three-day notice);

2. the landlord has breached the implied warranty of habitability;

3. the unlawful detainer was brought in retaliation for some lawful exercise of the tenant’s rights (e.g., tenant’s
reporting landlord to governmental authorities for violation of building or health codes); or

4. the landlord is evicting the tenant on the basis of the tenant’s race or some other form of prohibited
discrimination.

After granting judgment in favor of the landlord in an unlawful detainer proceeding, the court will authorize the
local sheriff or other evicting authority to remove the tenant and the tenant’s property from the premises. A
landlord is not permitted to enter the premises and forcibly remove the tenant or the tenant’s property.

Disclosures by Owner or Rental Agent to Tenant

The owner of every multi-unit dwelling or a party signing a rental agreement on such owner’s behalf must
disclose the name and address of each person authorized to manage the premises and to receive process for
notices and demands on behalf of the owner. In the case of an oral rental agreement, on written demand by the
tenant, the owner or person acting on the owner’s behalf must furnish the tenant with a written statement
containing such information, which must be kept current. The statutory requirement to furnish a tenant with this
information is enforceable against a successor owner or manager.

If the party who enters into a rental agreement on behalf of the owner fails to comply with the above provisions,
such person is deemed an agent of each person who is an owner for the purpose of service of process, notices
and demands and for the purpose of performing the obligations of the owner under the law and the rental
agreement. It should be noted that the law provides for optional methods of disclosure. A printed or typed
written notice containing the required information may be placed in every elevator and in one other conspicuous
place. Where there are no elevators, notices must be posted in at least two conspicuous places.

Laws Protecting Tenants’ Rights With Respect to Foreclosed Properties

As recently as early 2008, in the absence of a written lease agreement requiring greater notice, California law
required that an owner provide only a 30-day notice to a tenant to vacate the property for any reason (other than
the failure to pay rent, which required a 3-day notice). However, recent legislation has changed the rules.

Signed as an urgency measure in 2008, Senate Bill 1137gives tenants at least 60 days after a foreclosure before
they can be asked to vacate the property. The provisions of SB 1137 are due to sunset (be repealed) on January
1, 2013. To review a copy of the bill and get more details, please visit www.leginfo.ca.gov.

Federal legislation was enacted effective May 20, 2009, requiring property owners who have taken a residential
property by foreclosure, to give their tenants at least a 90 day notice to vacate the property before beginning the
eviction process. That federal law is applicable nationwide and it is known as “Protecting Tenants At
Foreclosure Act”. The law is found at Title 7 US Code section 701 (“the Act”). See http://thomas.loc.gov.

The Act provides that if a tenant is renting under a lease entered into before the notice of foreclosure was
communicated to the tenant, the tenant may remain in the property until the lease ends, unless the owner sells the
property to a purchaser who will occupy the property as his primary residence. In that case, the owner may
properly give the tenant a 90day notice to vacate.

While the Act provides greater protection to tenants than State law, local law may provide even more protection.
If a particular property is subject to local “rent control” or “housing assistance” laws, or so-called “just cause for
eviction” ordinances, those laws may provide even greater protection than the Act itself. As an example, even
the Act itself provides that the owner of a residential property which is subject to a “housing assistance
contract”, and who has a lease with a tenant in that property, is subject to any additional protections in the
housing assistance contract (this typically applies to “Section 8” properties).

Finally, a California bill effective January 1, 2011 requires tenants be told of their rights when the property they
occupy is foreclosed. Senate Bill 1149 requires that tenants who are living in foreclosed homes be given notice
of their rights and responsibilities under these state and federal laws by requiring a cover sheet be attached to
any eviction notice that is served within one year of a foreclosure sale. The cover sheet would delineate the laws
and rights a tenant may have in cases where the property he or she occupies is foreclosed upon. The bill also
seeks to help protect tenants who would otherwise have a negative mark on their rental history by prohibiting the
release of court records in a foreclosure-related eviction unless the plaintiff landlord prevails. To review a copy
of the bill and get more details, please visit www.leginfo.ca.gov.

Additional Resource

That State of California, Department of Consumer Affairs annually publishes a booklet entitled “California
Tenants, A Guide to Residential Tenants’ and Landlords’ Rights and Responsibilities”. A copy of the booklet
can be downloaded from the Department of Consumer Affairs’ web site at www.dca.ca.gov.
Public
Off